Souvenir Volume-9 Issue-2S2 December 2019 PDF

International Journal of Innovative
Technology and Exploring Engineering
ISSN : 2278 - 3075

Website: www.ijitee.org
Volume-9 Issue-2S2, DECEMBER 2019
Published by:
Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering and Sciences Publication
xploring Eng
dE ine
an
er
y
e Technolog
ing
IjItEe
ativ
Inte
ov
EX
N
rn
O
P
OR TI ati
L
ING VA nn
INNO on
al Journal of I
www.ijitee.org
Exploring Innovation
Editor-In-Chief Chair
Dr. Shiv Kumar
Ph.D. (CSE), M.Tech. (IT, Honors), B.Tech. (IT), Senior Member of IEEE
Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication, Bhopal (M.P.), India.
Associated Editor-In-Chief Chair

Prof. MPS Chawla
Member of IEEE, Professor-Incharge (head)-Library, Associate Professor in Electrical Engineering, G.S. Institute of Technology &
Science Indore, Madhya Pradesh, India, Chairman, IEEE MP Sub-Section, India
Dr. Vinod Kumar Singh

Associate Professor and Head, Department of Electrical Engineering, S.R.Group of Institutions, Jhansi (U.P.), India
Dr. Rachana Dubey

Ph.D.(CSE), MTech(CSE), B.E(CSE)
Professor & Head, Department of Computer Science & Engineering, Lakshmi Narain College of Technology Excellence (LNCTE),
Bhopal (M.P.), India
Associated Editor-In-Chief Members

Dr. Hai Shanker Hota
Ph.D. (CSE), MCA, MSc (Mathematics)
Professor & Head, Department of CS, Bilaspur University, Bilaspur (C.G.), India
Dr. Gamal Abd El-Nasser Ahmed Mohamed Said

Ph.D(CSE), MS(CSE), BSc(EE)
Department of Computer and Information Technology , Port Training Institute, Arab Academy for Science ,Technology and Maritime
Transport, Egypt
Dr. Mayank Singh

PDF (Purs), Ph.D(CSE), ME(Software Engineering), BE(CSE), SMACM, MIEEE, LMCSI, SMIACSIT
Department of Electrical, Electronic and Computer Engineering, School of Engineering, Howard College, University of KwaZulu-
Natal, Durban, South Africa.
Scientific Editors
Prof. (Dr.) Hamid Saremi
Vice Chancellor of Islamic Azad University of Iran, Quchan Branch, Quchan-Iran
Dr. Moinuddin Sarker

Vice President of Research & Development, Head of Science Team, Natural State Research, Inc., 37 Brown House Road (2nd Floor)
Stamford, USA.
Prof. (Dr.) Nishakant Ojha

Principal Advisor (Information &Technology) His Excellency Ambassador Republic of Sudan& Head of Mission in New Delhi, India
Dr. Shanmugha Priya. Pon

Principal, Department of Commerce and Management, St. Joseph College of Management and Finance, Makambako, Tanzania, East
Africa, Tanzania
Dr. Veronica Mc Gowan

Associate Professor, Department of Computer and Business Information Systems,Delaware Valley College, Doylestown, PA, Allman,
China.
Dr. Fadiya Samson Oluwaseun

Assistant Professor, Girne American University, as a Lecturer & International Admission Officer (African Region) Girne, Northern
Cyprus, Turkey.
Dr. Robert Brian Smith

International Development Assistance Consultant, Department of AEC Consultants Pty Ltd, AEC Consultants Pty Ltd, Macquarie
Centre, North Ryde, New South Wales, Australia
Dr. Durgesh Mishra

Professor & Dean (R&D), Acropolis Institute of Technology, Indore (M.P.), India
Special Issue Section Editor

Mr. Siddth Kumar
Founder and Managing Director, IFERP, Technoarete Groups, India
Mr. Rudra Bhanu Satpathy
Founder and Managing Director, IFERP, Technoarete Groups, India
Dr. Mahdi Esmaeilzadeh

Founder & Chairman, of Scientific Research Publishing House (SRPH), Mashhad, Iran
Executive Editor Chair

Dr. Deepak Garg
Professor & Head, Department Of Computer Science And Engineering, Bennett University, Times Group, Greater Noida (UP), India
Executive Editor Members

Dr. Vahid Nourani
Professor, Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Tabriz, Iran.
Dr. Saber Mohamed Abd-Allah

Associate Professor, Department of Biochemistry, Shanghai Institute of Biochemistry and Cell Biology, Shanghai, China.
Dr. Xiaoguang Yue

Associate Professor, Department of Computer and Information, Southwest Forestry University, Kunming (Yunnan), China.
Dr. Labib Francis Gergis Rofaiel

Associate Professor, Department of Digital Communications and Electronics, Misr Academy for Engineering and Technology,
Mansoura, Egypt.
Dr. Hugo A.F.A. Santos

ICES, Institute for Computational Engineering and Sciences, The University of Texas, Austin, USA.
Dr. Sunandan Bhunia

Associate Professor & Head, Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering, Haldia Institute of Technology, Haldia
(Bengal), India.
Dr. Awatif Mohammed Ali Elsiddieg

Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics, Faculty of Science and Humatarian Studies, Elnielain University, Khartoum Sudan,
Saudi Arabia.
Technical Program Committee Chair

Dr. Mohd. Nazri Ismail
Associate Professor, Department of System and Networking, University of Kuala (UniKL), Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
Technical Program Committee Members

Dr. Haw Su Cheng
Faculty of Information Technology, Multimedia University (MMU), Jalan Multimedia (Cyberjaya), Malaysia.
Dr. Hasan. A. M Al Dabbas

Chairperson, Vice Dean Faculty of Engineering, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Philadelphia University, Amman, Jordan.
Dr. Gabil Adilov

Professor, Department of Mathematics, Akdeniz University, Konyaaltı/Antalya, Turkey.
Dr.Ch.V. Raghavendran
Professor, Department of Computer Science & Engineering, Ideal College of Arts and Sciences Kakinada (Andhra Pradesh), India.
Dr. Thanhtrung Dang

Associate Professor & Vice-Dean, Department of Vehicle and Energy Engineering, HCMC University of Technology and Education,
Hochiminh, Vietnam.
Dr. Wilson Udo Udofia

Associate Professor, Department of Technical Education, State College of Education, Afaha Nsit, Akwa Ibom, Nigeria.
Manager Chair
Mr. Jitendra Kumar Sen
Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication, Bhopal (M.P.), India
Editorial Chair
Dr. Arun Murlidhar Ingle
Director, Padmashree Dr. Vithalrao Vikhe Patil Foundation’s Institute of Business Management and Rural Development, Ahmednagar
(Maharashtra) India.
Editorial Members
Dr. Wameedh Riyadh Abdul-Adheem
Academic Lecturer, Almamoon University College/Engineering of Electrical Power Techniques, Baghdad, Iraq
Dr. T. Sheela
Associate Professor, Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering, Vinayaka Mission’s Kirupananda Variyar
Engineering College, Periyaseeragapadi (Tamil Nadu), India
Dr. Manavalan Ilakkuvan

Veteran in Engineering Industry & Academics, Influence & Educator, Tamil University, Thanjavur, India
Dr. Shivanna S.
Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Sir M.Visvesvaraya Institute of Technology, Bengaluru (Karnataka), India
Dr. H. Ravi Kumar

Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Sir M.Visvesvaraya Institute of Technology, Bengaluru (Karnataka), India
Dr. Pratik Gite

Assistant Professor, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Institute of Engineering and Science (IES-IPS), Indore (M.P),
India
Dr. S. Murugan
Professor, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Alagappa University, Karaikudi (Tamil Nadu), India
Dr. S. Brilly Sangeetha

Associate Professor & Principal, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, IES College of Engineering, Thrissur (Kerala),
India
Dr. P. Malyadri
Professor, ICSSR Senior Fellow Centre for Economic and Social Studies (CESS) Begumpet, Hyderabad (Telangana), India
Dr. K. Prabha
Assistant Professor, Department of English, Kongu Arts and Science College, Coimbatore (Tamil Nadu), India
Dr. Liladhar R. Rewatkar

Assistant Professor, Department of Computer Science, Prerna College of Commerce, Nagpur (Maharashtra), India
Dr. Raja Praveen.N

Assistant Professor, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Jain University, Bengaluru (Karnataka), India
Dr. Issa Atoum

Assistant Professor, Chairman of Software Engineering, Faculty of Information Technology, The World Islamic Sciences & Education
University, Amman- Jordan
Dr. Balachander K
Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Karpagam Academy of Higher Education, Pollachi
(Coimbatore), India
Dr. Sudhan M.B

Associate Professor & HOD, Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering, Vins Christian College of Engineering,
Anna University, (Tamilnadu), India
Dr. T. Velumani
Assistant Professor, Department of Computer Science, Kongu Arts and Science College, Erode (Tamilnadu), India
Dr. Subramanya.G.Bhagwath
Professor and Coordinator, Department of Computer Science & Engineering, Anjuman Institute of Technology & Management
Bhatkal (Karnataka), India
Dr. Mohan P. Thakre

Assistant Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering, K. K. Wagh Institute of Engineering Education & Research Hirabai
Haridas Vidyanagari, Amrutdham, Panchavati, Nashik (Maharashtra), India
Dr. Umar Lawal Aliyu

Lecturer, Department of Management, Texila American University Guyana USA.
Dr. K. Kannan
Professor & Head, Department of IT, Adhiparasakthi College of Engineering, Kalavai, Vellore, (Tamilnadu), India
Volume-9 Issue-2S2, December 2019, ISSN: 2278-3075 (Online)
S. No Published By: Blue Eyes Intelligence Engineering & Sciences Publication Page No.
Authors: Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, Lavanya B
Paper Title: Strength Development of Pervious Concrete with various Aggregate/Cement Ratio
Abstract: This paper evaluates the effect of aggregate/cement ratio on the strength development of pervious
concrete. To evaluate this study, mixture proportions have been prepared by varying the aggregate/cement ratio
and studying its compressive strength development. Four different aggregate cement ratios were chosen and its
strength development at 7 days and 28 days is studied. It has been observed that lesser the aggregate/cement
ratio greater the strength and vice versa.
Keyword: Pervious concrete, compressive strength, void content

References:
1. Report on Pervious Concrete, ACI Committee 522, ACI 522R–10; 2010. p. 42.
2. Tennis P.D., Leming M.L, Akers D.J., Pervious concrete pavements., Skokie (IL): Portland Cement Association; 2004.
3. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, Freeze-Thaw Resistance of Pervious Concrete. NRMCA, Silver Spring, MD., 2004
4. Kevern, J.T., Schaefer, V.R, Wang, K., Suleiman, M.T., Pervious concrete mixture proportions for improved freeze-thaw
1. durability, J ASTM International, 2008; 5(2):12.
5. Schaefer, V. R., Wang, K., Suleiman, M., and Kevern, J. T., Mix Design Development for Pervious Concrete in Cold Weather
Climates. Report, 2006.
6. Huang, B., Wu, H., Shu, X., and Burdette, E.G., Laboratory evaluation of permeability and strength of polymer-modified pervious 1-3
concrete, Construction and Building Materials, 24 (2010), pp 818-823.
7. Yang, J., and Guoliang, J., Experimental Study on Properties of Pervious Concrete Pavement Materials. Cement and Concrete
Research, (2003), pp. 381-386.
8. Crouch, L.K., Pitt, J., Hewitt, R., Aggregate effects on pervious Portland cement concrete static modulus of elasticity, J Mater Civ
Eng 2007;19(7):561–567.
9. Master Builders Degussa Admixtures Inc, Product Information: Pervious Concrete, Master Builders., 2005
10. ACI Committee 330 -2001, Guide for Design and Construction of Concrete Parking Lots.
11. Putman, B.J., Neptune, A.J., Comparison of test specimen preparation, techniques for pervious concrete pavements, Construction
and Building Materials, 25, 2011, 3480-3485
12. Deo, O., Neithalath, N., Compressive response of pervious concrete proportioned for desired properties, Construction and
Building Materials, 25, 2011, 4181-4189
13. IS 12269 -1987, Specifications for 53 grade OPC, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
14. IS 2386-1968, Methods of test for aggregate concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
15. IS 456 -2000, Plain and reinforced concrete: Code of practice, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
16. IS 516-1959, Method of test for strength of concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delh.
17. Malayali, A.B., Chokkalingam, R.B., Mechanical properties of geopolymer pervious concrete, International Journal of Civil
Engineering and Technology, 9(11), 2018, pp 2394-2400.
Authors: C. Sivapragasam, A. Kowsiga, G. Lidwin Joan Jeraldine
Paper Title: Estimation of Minor Loss Coefficient Associated with Fitting of Venturimeter in a Pipe System
Abstract: Quantification of minor losses associated with a pipe fitting and regular updating is necessary for
ensuring the sustainability of the system. In this study, based on simple lab based experiments, the minor loss
coefficient associated with a venturimeter fitted in a pipe system is estimated. It is seen that the loss coefficient
varies inversely with the increase in the Reynold’s number and can be depicted with a simple mathematical
2. equation.
Keyword: Loss coefficient, Minor loss, Reynold’s number, Venturimeter. 4-7

References:
1. Farsirotou, E., Kasiteropoulou, D., & Stamatopoulou, D. (2014). Experimental investigation of fluid flow in horizontal pipes
system of various cross-section geometries. In EPJ Web of Conferences (Vol. 67, p. 02026). EDP Sciences.W.-K. Chen, Linear
Networks and Systems (Book style). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1993, pp. 123–135.
2. Frank M White, Fluid mechanics, 7th ed., The McGraw-Hill, 2011.
3. John M. Cimbala and Yunus A. Cengel, Fluid Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications , 3rd ed. The McGraw-Hill: 2014.
Authors: C. Sivapragasam, K. Selva Rani, S.Vanitha, A.Kowsiga, G.Lidwin Joan Jeraldine
Paper Title: Effect of Different Combinations of Panchagavya on Plant Yield

Abstract: Use of organic fertilizer is being promoted as the sustainable method of agriculture for
maximizing yield. In this study the six different combinations of Panchagavya are prepared and laboratory
3. growth study is made using seed. Vigour index is used for quantifying growth rate of seeds. Result indicates that
500ml of tender coconut water added to the control combination gives maximum yield. The efficacy of the
optimal Panchagavya combination from the lab study is applied to the field directly yielding much higher growth 8-11
than the other methods used by the farmers.
Keyword: organic fertilizer, panchagavya, tender coconut water, vigour index,

References:
1. Rao, Mudiganti Ram Krishna, M. Sathish Kumar, and Neema Kumari Jha. "Comparative yield analysis of Chilli (Capsicum
annuum L.) by application of Vermicompost and Panchagavya." Journal of Chemical and Pharmaceutical Research 7, no. 9
(2015): 319-323.
2. Rembiałkowska, Ewa. "Quality of plant products from organic agriculture." Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture87,
no. 15 (2007): 2757-2762.
3. Oad, F. C., U. A. Buriro, and S. K. Agha. "Effect of organic and inorganic fertilizer application on maize fodder production. "
Asian J. Plant Sci 3, no. 3 (2004): 375-377.
4. Ullah, M. S., M. S. Islam, M. A. Islam, and T. Haque. "Effects of organic manures and chemical fertilizers on the yield of brinjal
and soil properties." Journal of the Bangladesh Agricultural University 6, no. 2 (2008):271-276
5. Yong, Jean W., Liya Ge, Yan Fei Ng, and Swee Ngin Tan. "The chemical composition and biological properties of coconut
(Cocos nucifera L.) water." Molecules 14, no. 12 (2009): 5144-5164.
6. Rakesh, Suchitra, S. Poonguzhali, B. Saranya, S. Suguna, and K. Jothibasu. "Effect of panchagavya on Growth and Yield of
Abelmoschus esculentus cv. Arka Anamika." Int. J Curr. Microbiol. App. Sci 6, no. 9 (2017): 3090-3097.
7. Ali, M. N., S. Ghatak, and T. Ragul. "Biochemical analysis of Panchagavya and Sanjibani and their effect in crop yield and so il
health." J. Crop Weed 7, no. 2 (2011): 84-86.
8. Yong, Jean W., Liya Ge, Yan Fei Ng, and Swee Ngin Tan. "The chemical composition and biological properties of coconut
(Cocos nucifera L.) water." Molecules 14, no. 12 (2009): 5144-5164.
Authors: S.Vanitha, C.Sivapragasam, K.Rohini, A.Malathy

Genetic Programming based Modeling Method for Prediction of Phosphate in Water Hyacinth
Paper Title:
based Wetland System
Abstract: Phosphate Removal is very essential while discharging into natural water bodies. In this study,
water hyacinth based wetland system is created at lab scale level, the inlet phosphate, outlet phosphate is studied
daily till maximum removal is obtained. Weather parameters namely Apparent temperature (Ta) and wastewater
temperature (Tw) are collected. Genetic Programming (GP) based mathematical model is developed and
influence of weather parameter and wastewater temperature is studied. It is seen Genetic programming based
mathematical model can predict the behaviour of wetland system accurately and the influence of weather is not
evident in small level wetland system because of less in variation of Ta and Tw. Also it is recommended to
conduct the experiments with variation of Ta and Tw to understand the major input parameter affecting the
wetland system.
Keyword: phosphate removal, genetic programming, weather parameters, mathematical modeling

References:
1. Metcalf &Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse” 4th edition, Tata Mc graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2003.
2. J.Vymazal,“Removal of nutrients in various types of constructed wetlands”, Science of the Total Environment, Vol.380, 2007, p p.
48- 65.
3. A. Priya, K. Avishek, and G.Pathak,“Assessing the potentials of Lemna minor in the treatment of domestic wastewater at p ilot
scale”, Environmental Monitoring and Assessment, Vol.184, 2012, pp 4301- 4307.
4. 4. C.Nivetha, S.Subraja R.Sowmya, N.M.Induja, “Water Lettuce for Removal of Nitrogen and Phosphate from Sewage”, IOSR
Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering ,Vol. 13( 2), 2016, pp.104-107.
5. A.M.Nahlik, and W.J.Mitsch, “Tropical treatment wetlands dominated by free-floating macrophytes for water quality 12-15
improvement in Costa Rica”, Ecological Engineering, Vol.1078, 2006, pp1-12.
6. C.Liu, Z.Dai, and H.Sun, “Potential of duckweed (Lemna minor) for removal of nitrogen and phosphorus from water under salt
stress”, Journal of Environmental Management., in press.
7. Z.Ismail, S.Z.Othman, K.H.Law, A.H.Sulaiman, and R.Hashim, “Comparative performance of water hyacinth and water lettuce in
preventing nutrients build up in municipal wastewater”, Clean-Soil, Air, Water, Vol.43(4), 2015, pp.521-531.
8. K.Fytianos, E.Voudrias, and N. Raikos, “ Modelling of phosphorus removal from aqueous and wastewater samples using ferric
iron” Environmental Pollution, Vol. 101, 1998, pp. 123-130.
9. M.Mortula, J.Abdalla, and A.Ghadban, “Modeling Phosphorous removal using Artificial neural network”, Balwois 2010, Ohrid,
Republic of Macedonia-25, May 29, 2010, pp.1-8.
10. J.Cheng,L.B.A.Landesman, B.A.Bergmann, J.J. Classen, J.W. Howard, Y.T.Yamamoto, “Nutrient Removal From Swine Lagoon
Liquid by Lemna Minor 8627”, American Society of Agricultural Engineers ,Vol. 45(4), 2002, pp.1003–1010 .
11. K.R.Reddy, and W.F. Debusk, “Nutrient removal potential of selected aquatic macrophytes”, Journal of Environmental Quality,
Vol.14(4), 1985, pp. 459-461.
12. S.Rezania, M.F.Din, S.M. Taib, F.Aini, D.A.R.Songip, L.Singh, and H. Kamya, “The efficient role of aquatic plant (water
hyacinth) in treating domestic wastewater in continuous system”, International Journal of Phytoremediation , Vol. 18(7), 2016, pp.
679-685.
13. L.Jianbo, F. Zhihui, and Y. Zhaozheng, "Performance of a water hyacinth system in the treatment of wastewater from a duck farm
andthe effects of using water hyacinth as duck feed”, Journal of Environmental Sciences , Vol.20, 2008, pp 513-519.
14. S.Vanitha, N.V.N.Nampoothiri, and C.Sivapragasam, “Modeling of Constructed wetland performance in BOD5 removal for
domestic wastewater under changes in relative humidity using Genetic Programming”, Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment, Vol.189(164), 2017, pp.1-10.
15. C.Sivapragasam, S.Vanitha, N.Nampoothiri, and R.Mahalakshmi,“Genetic programming based modelling for the
duckweed based treatment system”, Environmental Monitoring and Assessment, Vol.189, 607, 2017, pp.1-12.
16. Koza J.R., Genetic Programming: On the Programming of computers by Natural Selection, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1992.
Authors: S.Vanitha, C.Sivapragasam
Paper Title: Suitability of Macrophytes for Wastewater Treatment and Biogas Generation
Abstract: In this paper three sustainable approaches are made in waste management option. Firstly primary
5. treated domestic sewage is treated by aquatic macrophytes using duckweed, water hyacinth and water lettuce.
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Total
Dissolved Solids (TDS), Phosphate, Nitrates are tested before and after. Result indicates in terms of water 16-18
quality, almost all three plants shows same removal efficiencies. BOD and TSS removal efficiency is attained
more than 95%. COD and TDS removal is reached upto 50% for almost all plants. Secondly the used aquatic
macrophytes for wastewater treatment is again used for generation of biogas (water lettuce unit, duckweed unit,
water lettuce unit). In addition to three aquatic macrophytes, sludge is collected from aquatic macrophyte unit
for generation of biogas. Comparison is made with conventional cow dung biogas unit. Result indicates water
lettuce and duckweed produce biogas at earlier stage itself and water hyacinth takes some time for starting of
biogas production. This may be due to the structure and texture causes some time for decomposition. Sludge
gives maximum biogas generation among all experimental setup. Also in this study cow dung did not give
biogas more may be due to poor blend ratio of cow dung with water is one of the reason.
Keyword: domestic sewage, Aquatic plants, biogas, spinach plant.

References:
1. W. Cui, J.J. Cheng, “Growing duckweed for biofuel production: a review”, Plant biology, Vol.17, 2014, pp16-23.
2. M Alfa, S.O. Dahunsi, O.T. Iorhemen, C.C. Okafor, Ajayi, “Comparitive evaluation of biogas production from poultry
dropping, cowdung and lemon grass”, Bioresource technology, Vol.157, 2014, pp.270-277
3. V.K.Verma, Y.P.Singh, J.P.N.Rai, “Biogas production from plant biomass used for phytoremediation of industrial wastewater”,
Bioresource Technology, Vol.98, 2007, pp 1664- 1669
4. K. Nahar, “Biogas production from water hyacinth (Eichhornnia crassipes), Asian Journal of Applied Science and
Engineering”, Vol.1, No.1, 2012, pp 9-13
5. P. Triscari, S. Henderson, D. Reinhold, “Anaerobic Digestion of Dairy Manure Combined with Duckweed” An ASABE meeting
presentation June-21-24, 2009.
Authors: T.R. Neelakantan
Paper Title: User-friendly Method and Skew Removal in NIRF

Abstract: National Institute Ranking Framework (NIRF) initiative of Government of India is becoming
popular among students. NIRF changed ranking methods in the past and stabilizing. This paper presents some
analyses and suggestions based on the 4th edition of annual ranks released in April 2019. Unlike many private
ranking systems, NIRF ranking is performed by the Government of India and it analyses a lot of data. However,
if the facilities of presenting data in the user-friendly format are provided, many students and others may benefit
6. a lot. Further, some of the parameters are less required by students and has skew. Suggestions are given to
improve NIRF so that more students and others will get benefitted.
19-22
Keyword: Higher Education, National Institute Ranking Framework, Rank.
References:
1. G. Prathap, “Danger of a single score: NIRF rankings of colleges” Curr. Sci., 113(4), 550–553, 2017.
2. A. Gorobets, “Universities rankings: methodology should be improved” Curr. Sci., 114(2), 245, 2018.
3. L. Cremonini, D. Westerheijden, J. Enders, “Disseminating the right information to the right audience: cultural determinants in the
use (and misuse) of rankings” High. Educ., 55, 373–385, 2008. DOI 10.1007/s10734-007-9062-8
Authors: T.R. Neelakantan, T. Rajeshwaran and G. N. Renganathan
Paper Title: Hydraulic Advantage of Piano-key Weir Over Ogee Weir

Abstract: The piano-key weir is a new encouraging hydraulic structure yet to become a widespread usage
due to limited knowledge of the hydraulic performance. A laboratory investigation on the hydraulic efficiency of
the piano-key weir was compared with that of an ogee weir. The experiment data confirmed that the piano-key
weir discharged more than ogee weir for the same upstream head. However, the coefficient discharge of the
piano-key weir is extremely low compared to the ogee weir.
Keyword: hydraulic performance, labyrinth, piano-key, weir

7. References:
1. R.M. Anderson, B.P. Tullis, “Piano-Key Weir Hydraulics And Labyrinth Weir Comparison,” J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 2013, Vol.
139(3), Pp. 246–253.
23-25
2. A. Kabiri-Samani, A. Javaheri, “Discharge Coefficients For Free And Submerged Flow Over Piano-Key Weirs,” J. Hydraulic Res.,
2012, Vol. 50(1), Pp. 114–120.
3. L.M. Ribeiro, M. Pfister, A.J. Schleiss, J.-L. Boillat, “Hydraulic Design Of A-Type Piano-Key Weirs,” J. Hydraulic Res., 2012a,
Vol. 50(4), Pp. 400–408.
4. L.M. Ribeiro, M. Bieri, J.-L. Boillat, A.J. Schleiss, G. Singhal, N. Sharma, “Discharge Capacity Of Piano-Key Weirs,” J. Hydraulic
Eng., 2012b, Vol. 138, Pp. 199–203.
5. O. Machiels, “Experimental Study Of The Hydraulic Behaviour Of Piano-Key Weirs,” Phd Thesis. HECE Research Unit, University
Of Liège, Belgium, 2012. Http://Hdl.Handle.Net/2268/128006.
6. O. Machiels, S. Erpicum, B. Dewals, P. Archambeau, M. Pirotton, “Experimental Observation Of Flow Characteristics Over A
Piano-Key Weir,” J. Hydraulic Res., 2011, Vol. 49(3), Pp. 359–366.
7. O. Machiels, S. Erpicum, P. Archambeau, B.J. Dewals, M. Pirotton, “Parapet Wall Effect On Piano-Key Weirs Efficiency,” J. Irrig.
Drain. Eng., 2012, Vol. 139(6), Pp. 506–511.
Authors: T.R. Neelakantan, D. Vijay, R. Sasikrishna, R. Ashokkumar
8. Paper Title: Performance Advantages of Labyrinth Weir

Abstract: Weir is a very common structure across water courses to control flow and to release surplus water
from water bodies. Simple straight weirs are less efficient compared to labyrinth weir where the weir length is 26-29
increased by folds. In this research, experiments were conducted in the laboratory to find the increase in
discharge due to labyrinth or decrease in coefficient of discharge due to labyrinth. Further two labyrinth weirs
were analyzed to understand the efficiency with respect to the shape of the labyrinth weir. Compared to the ogee
weir, the labyrinth weir discharges more water (more than 60%) for the same head of flow.
Keyword: coefficient of discharge, hydraulic performance, labyrinth weir, ogee weir

References:
1. N. Hay, and G. Taylor, “Performance and design of labyrinth weirs”, J. of Hydr. Engrg., ASCE, 96(11), 2337-2357 ,1970.
2. L. Darvas, “Discussion of performance and design of labyrinth weirs, by Hay and Taylor”, J. of Hydr. Engrg., ASCE, 97(80), 1246-
1251, 1971.
3. P. Tullis, N. Amanian, and D. Waldron, “Design of labyrinth weir spillways.” J.of Hydr. Engrg., ASCE, 121(3), 247-255, 1995.
4. B. Tullis, and J. Young, “Lake Brazos Dam model study of the existing spillway structure and a new labyrinth weir spillway
structure.” Hydraulics. Report No. 1575. Utah Water Research Laboratory. Logan, Utah, 2005.
5. K. Houston, “Hydraulic model study of Ute Dam labyrinth spillway.” Report No. GR-82-7, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Denver,
Colorado, 1982.
6. K. Houston, “Hydraulic model study of Hyrum Dam auxiliary labyrinth spillway.” Report No. GR-82-13, U.S. Bureau of
Reclamation, Denver, Colorado, 1983.
7. P. Tullis, “Standley Lake service spillway model study.” Hydraulic Report No. 341, Utah Water Research Laboratory, Logan, Utah,
1993..
8. P. Tullis, “Weatherford Spillway model study.” Hydraulic Report No. 311, Utah Water Research Laboratory, Logan, Utah, 1992.
9. C. Willmore, “Hydraulic haracteristics of labyrinth weirs.” M.S. report, Utah State University, Logan, Utah, 2004.
10. B.M. Crookston, Labyrinth weirs, Ph.D. thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah, 2010.
Authors: Shaji M Jamal, Femi K M et al, T.R Neelakantan
Paper Title: A Compact Equipment for Removing Dissolved Iron from Drinking Water
Abstract: Iron is an essential mineral for health, but more than desired content in water may become
objectionable as it will give a rusty colour on laundered clothes and affect the taste and may cause odour. A new
effective and economic product was developed for removing iron from waterworks on the principle of cascading
aeration. It requires only less space, zero maintenance, it is energy efficient and it can be used for water with a
range of iron content.
Keyword: Dissolved iron, Drinking water, Iron remover

References:
1. International Journal Of Engineering And Innovative Technology (IJEIT) – Vol.3 – Issue – 12, June 2014 – “Removal Of Iron
From Drinking/Groundwater By Using Agricultural Waste As Natural Absorbents” written by R. Balaji, S. Sasikala, G.
Muthuraman – University of Madras, Department of Chemistry, Presidency College, Chennai-600 005, India
9. 2. In the journal, ISSN : 2157 – 7048 JCEPT- Vol. 4 – Issue 4 (2013), Removal Of Iron And Manganese In Water Samples Using
Activated Carbon Derived From Local Agro – Residues written by Magda A. Akl*, Abd EI Fatah M. Yousef and Sameh Abd
EInasser 30-33
3. Journal Of Chemical And Pharmaceutical Research – J. Chem. Pharm. Res. – 2011- 3(2) : 454-459 – Iron Removal Efficiency Of
Different Bamboo Charcoals : A Study On Modified Indigenous Water Filtration Technique In Rural Areas Of Assam written by
B. K. Baruah, B. Das, A. Haque, K. Misra and A. K. Misra
4. 33rd WEDC International Conference, ACCRA, Ghana, 2008 – Aeration and Its Application in Ground Water Purification –
written by W. K. Siabi, Ghana
5. Iron Removal At Groundwater Pumping Station Harderbroek – Bto 2007.016- June 2007 is a report containing the result of a
research performed to finalize the study Civil Engineering at Delft University of technology by Karin Teunissen RECYCLE,
REUSE, AND RECLAMATION
6. Iron In Drinking Water - Background Document For Development Of Who Guidelines For Drinking – Water Quality-Guidelines
For Drinking-Water Quality, 2nd ed. Vol. 2 - Health criteria and other supporting information. World Health Organization,
Geneva, 1996
7. A lecture note Water Treatment- Lecture 2: Aeration given by Dr. Fahid Rabah –Islamic University of Gaza – Environmental
Engineering Department.
8. Vol. 2–“Treatment Options For Removal Of Specific Impurities From Water” written by S. Vigneswaran, C. Viswanathan, M.
Sundaravadive.
9. Journal, WASTE WATER The book, Water Treatment: Principles And Design, Mwh (2005),(ISBN O471110183) (1948 Pages)
Authors: Muthukannan M, Vinod Kumar M

Structural Performance of Steel Fibre Reinforced Lightweight Concrete Frames Subjected to
Paper Title:
Lateral Load
Abstract: Masonry infilled Reinforced Concrete (RC) framed structure is the utmost common kind of
building in which, RC frames contribute in resisting lateral forces. Due to heavy mass and rigid construction, the
RC framed buildings performs unfortunate under lateral forces. Practice of Lightweight concrete (LWC) is
superlative because the dead load of concrete is massive. Low density materials are chosen in LWC, reduces the
10. mass of the building thus decreasing the influence of lateral forces. However, LWC having a lesser modulus of
elasticity has a more rapidly develops the cracks in the RC members. In this investigation, pumice is a naturally
available material of volcanic source, has low density, which creates it ideal for production of LWC, likewise 34-37
steel fibres are employed as an additive to enhance the energy absorption ability and to reduce the possibility of
development of the cracks. In the present paper the structural behaviour of Lightweight RC framed structures
realized by using steel fibres and subjected to lateral forces, In this study, four RC frames viz., F1-NWC
(Control), F2- NWCF (with 1% Vf of steel fibres), F3-LWC (with 20% substitute of coarse aggregate instead of
pumice aggregate) and F4-LWCF (with 20% substitute of coarse aggregate instead of pumice aggregate and 1%
Vf of steel fibres) were casted and tested under in-plane horizontal loading, which are designed according to
Indian Standard (IS) code IS 456 (2000). It was observed that the behaviour of F4-LWCF significantly better in
comparison to other frames in various parameters such as load carrying capacity, displacement, ductility,
stiffness and energy dissipation.
Keyword: Lateral forces, Lightweight concrete (LWC), Pumice aggregate, Steel fibres.
References:
1. ASTM C494 Type F “Standard specification for chemical admixtures for concrete”.
2. Hasan Oktay, RecepYumrutas and Abdullah Akpolat (2015), ‘Mechanical and thermophysical properties of lightweight aggregate
concretes’, Construction and Building Materials, Vol. 96, pp. 217-225.
3. R. Kalpana R, Kothai (2015), “Study on Properties of Fibre Reinforced Light Weight Aggregate Concrete”, International Journal
for Scientific Research & Development, Vol. 3, pp. 1876-1879.
4. IS: 12269 (1987), “Indian standards-specification for 53 grade ordinary Portland cement”.
5. IS: 383 (1970), “Indian standards-specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete”.
6. IS: 9103 (1999), “Indian standards-specification for concrete admixtures”.
7. IS: 10262 (2009), “Guidelines for Concrete Mix Proportioning”.
8. IS 456 (2000), “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete”.
9. Lila Abdel-Hafez, Abouelezz and FasealElzefeary (2015), ‘Behaviour of masonry strengthened infilled reinforced concrete
frames under in-plane load, Housing and Building National Reasearch Journal, Vol. 11, pp. 213-223.
10. SemsiYazici, GozdeInan and VolkanTabak (2007), ‘Effect of aspect ratio and volume fraction of steel fibre on the mechanical
properties of SFRC’, Construction and Building Materials, Vol. 21, pp. 1250-1253.
Authors: A. Chithambar Ganesh, M. Muthukannan
Paper Title: Effect of steel fibers over the Self Compacting Concrete
Abstract: The introduction of self-compacting concrete in the construction industry overcomes the flaws
caused due to the improper compaction of concrete. Fibers are proved to increase the properties of conventional
concrete. This research focuses on the performance of self-compacting concrete after augmenting steel fibers.
The steel fibers are added in proportions such as 0.25 percentage, 0.5 percentage, 0.75 percentage and 1
percentage. After casting the self- compacting concrete, the strength was assessed for 7 days and 28 days and its
compressive strength and split tensile strength was analyzed. The inclusion of steel fibers yielded good outcome
in the tests and it is proved to yield better engineering properties.
Keyword: The steel fibers are added in proportions such as 0.25 percentage,
References:
1. Rafat Siddique, Gurwinder Kaur, Kunal, Strength and permeation properties of self-compacting concrete containing fly
ash and hooked steel fibres , Construction and Building Materials 103 (2016)15–22.
2. Pratyush Kumar, Rahul Roy Pratyuh Kumar,Rahul Roy, Study and experimental investigation of flow and flexural
11. properties of natural fiber reinforced self compacting concrete, International Conference on Smart Computing and
Communications, (2017)7-8.
3. As’Ad, S., Gunawan, P., &Alaydrus, M. S., Fresh State Behavior of Self Compacting ConcreteContaining Waste
38-41
Material Fibres. Procedia Engineering, procedia engineering 14 (2011) 797-804.
4. Clifford A.O. Okeh, David W. Begg, Stephanie J. Barnett, Nikos Nanos, Behaviour of hybrid steel fibre reinforced self
compacting concrete using innovative hooked-end steel fibres under tensile stress, Construction and Building Materials
202 (2019)753–761.
5. Cristina Frazao, Aires Camoes, Joaquim Barros, Delfina Goncalves, Durability of steel fiberreinforced self- compacting
concrete, Construction and Building Materials 80 (2015)155–166.
6. Mohammad Ghasemi, Mohammad Reza Ghasemi, Seyed Roohollah Mousavi, Studying thefracture
7. parameters and size effect of steel fiber-reinforced self-compacting concrete, construction and building materials 201
(2019) 447- 460.
8. Oldrich Svec, Giedrius Zirgulis, John E. Bolander, Henrik Stang, Influence of formworksurface on the
9. orientation of steel fibres within self-compacting concrete and on the mechanical properties of cast structural elements,
Cement & Concrete Composites 50 (2014) 60–72.
10. Sai Nitesh K.J.N, S. Venkateswara Rao, P. Rathish, An experimental investigation on torsional behaviorof
11. recycled aggregate based steel fiber reinforced self compacting concrete, journal of building engineering (2018).
12. Salem G. Nehmea, Roland Laszlob, Abdulkader El Mirc, Mechnical performance of steel fibrereinforced
13. self-compacting concrete in panels, Creative Construction Conference (2017) 19 -22.
14. A.ChithambarGanesh,M.Muthukannan,M.Rajeswaran,T.Umashankar,MariSelvam,Comparitivestudy on the behavior of
Geopolymer concrete using Msand and conventional concrete exposed to elevated temperature, International Journal of
Civil Enfineering and Technology, 9(11) (2018) pp -981-989.
Authors: Premkumar R, Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, M Shanmugasundaram, S.Rajesh
Paper Title: Effect of Silica fume on Ordinary Portland Cement and Polymer Concrete Made out of M Sand
Abstract: In this investigation, conventional concrete was made with replacing the sand by 80 % of M-sand
and the cement by fillet material silica fume in varying percentages say 5%, 10 % , and 15%, to study the
compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength. In order to the maximum strength was attained
12. at 10% of silica fume. The result showed that by increasing the silica fume content, the strength of the M-sand
concrete was decreased because higher fineness of silica fume content decreases the strength of the M-sand
concrete. Secondly polymer concrete with unsaturated polyester resin with hardener MEKP, Cobalt as the 42-46
accelerator and silica fume in varying percentages say 0%, 5% and 10% was made to study the compressive
strength and split tensile strength of polymer concrete. In improved silica fume content the strength was high.
Polymer concrete improved the mechanical properties. Polymer concrete system was mainly useful to fill the
micro voids. In this research, the maximum strength was attained at 5% of silica fume filler added with polymer
concrete. Thus the high strength of the concrete was obtained due to the pozzolanic reaction with the silica fume.
Keyword: M Sand, , Polymer Concrete, Polyester resin, Silica fume.

References:
1. H Temiz, A.Y Karakeci, “An investigation on microstructure of cement paste containing fly ash and silica fume ,” Cement and
Concrete Research , vol. 32, pp. 1131–1132, Julyl 2002.
2. Praveen Kumar K, “Strength and Workability of Cement Mortar With Manufactured Sand,” International Journal of Research in
Engineering and Technology , vol. 04, pp. 186–189, Feb 2015
3. Mehran Khan, Majid Ali, “Improvement in concrete behavior with fly ash, silica-fume and coconut fibres,” Construction and
Building Materials , vol.203, pp. 174–187, April 2019
4. Thanongsak Nochaiya, Watcharapong Wongkeo, Arnon Chaipanich, “Utilization of fly ash with silica fume and properties of
Portland cement–fly ash–silica fume concrete,” Fuel , vol. 89, pp. 768–774, March 2010
5. Garas, V. Y., and Vipulanandan, C. Review of polyseter polymer concreteproperties, Univ. of Houston, Houston, 2003.
6. Mehmet Saribiyik, Abdullah Piskin, Ali Saribiyik, “The effects of waste glass powder usage on polymer concrete” Construction
and Building Materials , vol.47, pp. 840–844, June 2013
7. Raman Bedi, Rakesh Chandra and S.P. Singh, “Reviewing some properties of polymer concrete, ” Indian Concrete Journal ,
vol.88, pp. 47-68, August 2014
8. Barbut M, Harja M, Baran I,”Comparison of mechanical properties for polymer concrete with different types of filler,” Journal of
Materials in Civil Engineering, vol 22, pp. 696-701, July 2010
Authors: S.Christopher Gnanaraj, Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, S.K.M. Pothinathan, R.Rekha
Paper Title: Experimental Research on Treatment of Greywater using a Prototype

Abstract: Water is principal standard resource brought by nature. Freshwater deficiency is a noteworthy
issue impacts no less than one fifth of the aggregate masses and more will be affected on account of people
advancement. Now a days the openness of consumable water isn’t abundant. Hence to satisfy the need and
demand, the best course of action is reusing, and treatment of family wastewater except an irreplaceable part for
the human activities. We pick diminish water reuse and stimulate near bore well. For this examination unrefined
water and bore water is accumulated from three one of a kind domain, which is attempted by physical and
naturally while treating. This ask about expected to consider the efficiencies of unravel treatment for greywater
reuse with three models using fine aggregates, various sizes of coarse aggregate, powdered activated carbon in
view of quick sand channel thought and complexity and bore water standards. Physic-blend parameters viz.
turbidity, pH, CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (COD), DISSOLVED OXYGEN (DO), Total dissolved solids
(TDS), Conductivity, Hardness and alkalinity were penniless down. Organic parameters including coli form
were finished by two strategies. The empirical formulas were additionally developed utilizing this investigation.
The correlation between's pH-turbidity, pH-EC, pH-DO, pH-BOD, turbidity-Hardness, turbidity-DO, turbidity-
BOD, turbidity-COD, BOD-DO, BOD-COD were derived. The expulsion proficiency of pH, turbidity, hardness,
ELECTICAL CONDUCTIVITY(EC), DISSOLVED OXYGEN(DO), BIOLOGICAL OXYGEN
DEMAND(BOD) and CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND(COD) were between 50% - 90%, 75% - 90%, 70% -
85%, 50% - 90%, 85% - 99%, 70% - 90% and 55% - 90% individually. It is a convincing system for treatment
of diminish water when appeared differently in relation to the standard method so it can be executed on little
scale at houses, structures et cetera. The result get also nearer to the ground water of different sources. The best
level of capability were high, showing the capacity of the structure, and proposing their change keeping in mind
the end goal to achieve ordinary viability.
13.
Keyword: About four key words or phrases in alphabetical order, separated by commas.
47-55
References:
1. R.T.Pachkor and Dr.D.K.Parbat, “A Literature Review on Integrated Approach for Greywater Treatment”, International Journal
for Research in Applied Science & Engineering Technology (IJRASET), Volume 5 Issue IV, April 2017 ISSN: 2321-9653.
2. C.Santos, F.Taveira-Pinto, C.Y.Cheng and D.Leite, “Development of an experimental system for greywater reuse”, Desalination
285 (2012) 301-305
3. Fangyue Li, Knut Wichmann and Ralf Otterpohl, “Review of the technological approaches for greywater treatment and reuses”,
Science of the Total Environment 407 (2009) 3439-3449.
4. Shaikha Binte Abedin and Zubayed Bin Rakib, “Generation and Quality Analysis of Greywater at Dhaka City”, Environmental
Research, Engineering and Management, 2013. No. 2(64), P. 29-41 ISSN 2029-2139.
5. Nirmala.M.D., Muthukumar.K. and Ravikumar.G, “Review Of Greywater treatment methods”, International Conference on
Current Research in Engineering Science and Technology (ICCREST-2016).
6. Charles B. Niwangaba, Patrick Dinno, Issac Wamala, S.Sahar Dalahmeh, Cecilia Lalander and Hakan Jonsson, “Experiences on
the implementation of a pilot grey water treatment and reuse based system at a household in the slum of Kyebando -Kisalosalo,
Kampala”, Journal Of Water Reuse and Desalination 0.04, 2014.
7. Chidozie C Nnaji, Cordelia N mama, Arinze Ekwueme and Terlumun Utsev, “Feasibility of a Filtration-Adsorption Grey Water
Treatment System for developing Countries”, Hydrology Current Research 2013, ISSN 2157-7587.
8. Shobha Kundu, Isha P. Khedikar, Aruna M. Sudame, “Laboratory Scale Study for Reuse of Greywater”, Journal of Mechanical
and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE), Volume 12, Issue 3 Ver.1 (May – June 2015) PP 40-47.
9. Adi Maimon, Eran Friedler and Amit Gross, “Parameters affecting greywater quality and its safety for reuse”, Science of the
Total Environment 487 (2014) 20-25.
10. Parameshwara Murthy.P.M., B.M.Sadasiva Murthy and Kavya.S, “Greywater Treatment & Reuse: A Technological review”,
Global Journal for Research Analysis Volume-5, Issue-3, March-2016. ISSN No 2277-8160.
11. Karnapa Ajit, “A Review on Greywater Treatment and Reuse”, International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology
(IRJET), Volume:03 Issue:05, May-2016.
12. R.Saranya, S.Shanmugapriya and R.Subashini, “Experimental Study on Treatment Of Sullage Waste Water Using Coagulants”,
SSRG International Journal Of Civil Engineering- (ICRTCEMT-2017) – April 2017.
13. A.Y.Katukiza, M.Ronteltap, C.B.Niwagaba, F.Kansiime and P.N.L.Lens, “Greywater treatment in Urban slums by a Filtration
system: Optimisation of the filtration medium”, Journal of Environmental Management 146 (2014) 131-141.
14. . Mariah Siebert Zipf, Ivone Gohr Pinheiro and Mariana Gracia Cnegero, “Simplified greywater treatment systems: Slow filters
of sand and slate waste followed by granular activated carbon”, Journal of Environmental management 176 (2016) 119-127.
15. Shaikh, Sk Sameer and Sk Younus, “Greywater Reuse: A Sustainable Solution of Water Crisis in Pusad city in Maharastra,
India”, International Journal on Recent and Innovation Trends in Computing and Communication (Feb. 2015) Volume: 3 Issue: 2
ISSN: 2321-8169.
16. Zeev Ronen, Adriana Guerrero and Amit Gross, “Greywater disinfection with the environmentally friendly Hydrogen Peroxide
Plus (HPP)”, Chemosphere 78 (2010) 61-65.
17. J.S.Lambe and R.S. Chougule, “Greywater – Treatment and Reuse”, Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE)
ISSN: 2278-1684, PP: 20-26.
18. Marc Pidou, lisa Avery, Tom sephenson, Paul Jeffrey, Simon A. Parsons, Shuming Liu, Fayyaz A. Memon and Bruce Jefferson,
“Chemical Solutions for Greywater Recycling”, Chemosphere 71 (2008) 147 – 155.
19. E.Eriksson and E.Donner, “Metals in Greywater: Sources, presence and removal efficiencies”, Desalination 248 (2009) 271-278.
20. Lina Abu Ghunmi, Grietje Zeeman, Manar Fayyad and Jules B. Van Lier, “Greywater Treatment Systems: A Review”
21. Dr.Marc Pidou, Dr.Fayyaz Ali Memon, Prof. Tom Stephenson, Dr.Bruce Jefferson and Dr.Paul Jeffrey, “Greywater recycling: A
review of treatment options and applications”, Institution of Civil Engineers, Engineering Sustainability, Vol.160.
22. Sunil J. Kulkarni, Pallavi M. Kherde, “Research on Advanced Biological Effluent Treatment: A Review”, International Journal of
Research and Review, E-ISSN: 2349-9788: P-ISSN:2454-2237.
23. Prasant Tayde, Chaitanya Shastri, Bhoomi Shah, Nitesh Asabe, Dr. Hansa Jeswani, “Use of Sullage for Non-Potable Purpose”,
2015 International Conference on Technologies for Sustainable Development (ICTSD-2015), Feb. 04-06, 2015.
24. Joseph B. Skudi, Ruth Wanjau, Jane Murungi and C.O.Onindo, “Alum Treated Greywater for Toilet Flushing, Mopping and
Laundry work”, Hydrology Current Research, Volume 2, Issue 2, ISSN: 2157-7587.
25. Mr.Amol Ashok Inamdar, “Sullage Water Treatment Technique”, International Journal of Innovative studies in Sciences and
Engineering Technology, Volume 2, Issue 12, ISSN 2455-4863.
26. Long D.Nghiem, Nadine Oschmann, Andrea I.Schafer, “Fouling in greywater recycling by direct ultrafiltration”, Desalination
187 (2006) 283-290.
27. J.G.March and M.Gual, “Studies on Chlorintion of Greywater”, Desalination 249 (2009)317-322.
28. GideonP.Winward, Lisa M.Avery, Tom Stephenson and Bruse Jefferson, “Chlorine disinfection of greywater for reuse: Effect of
organics and particles”’ Water research 42 (2008) 483-491.
29. Sandhya Pushkar singh and Nusrat Ali, “Treatment of domestic wastewater by Rapid Sand Filter for Reuse in Irrigation
Purpose”, International Journal for Scientific Research & Development Vol. 4, Issue 04, 2016 ISSN: 2321-0613.
30. J.de Koning, D.Bixio, A.karabelas, M.Salgot and A.Schafer, “Characterization and assessment of water treatment technologies
for reuse”, Desalination 218(2008) 92-104.
31. S.N.Ugwu, A.F.Umuokoro, E.A.Echiegu, B.O.Ugwuishiwu and C.C.Enweremadu, “Comparative Study of use of natural and
artificial coagulant for the treatment of Sullage”

32. and treatment of greywater –a review”
33. P.Santhosh, D.Revanth and K.Saravanan, “Treatment of Sullage Wastewater by electro Coagulation using Stainless Steel
Electrons”,
34. J.K.Braga and M.B.A.Varesche, “Commercial Laundry Water Characterization”, American Journal of Analytical Chemistry,
2014,5, 8-16
35. Golda A.Edwin, Poyyamoli Gopalswamy and Nandhivarmam muthu, “Characterization of domestic greywater from point source
to determine the potential for urban residential reuse”, Appl Water Sci (2014), 4:39-49.
36. Dilip M. Ghatidak, Kunwar D, Yadav “Characteristics and treatment of greywater –a review”
37. Anudeep nema, Kunwar D.Yadav and Robin A.Christian, “Effect Of Retention Time On Primary Media For Grey Water
Treatment”
38. Bessy John and Bindhu.G, “Greywater treatment by Drawer Compacted Sand Filter with Silver coated Sand”, International
Journal of Science, Technology and Engineering, Volume 3, Issue 10, April 2017.
39. A.M. Kharwadea and Isha. P. Khedikar, “Laboratory Scale Studies On Domestic Grey Water Through Vermifilter and non-
vermifilter”, Journal of Engineering Research and Studies, E-ISSN0976-7916.
40. Dr.H.Karibasappa, A.Akila, N.Dhanabal, R.Dharani, K.Dhinesh, “An Experimental Investigation on Recycling of Grey Water
Naturally by Using Canna Plants”, International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, Vol 6,
Issue 3, March2017.
41. Anjali P Sasidharan1 and Meera V, “Performance evaluation of treatment of greywater by down-flow hanging sponge bio-tower
using aerated aerobic sludge and microalgae chlorella”, International Journal of Engineering Research and Science &
Technology, ISSN: 2319-5991, Vol 2 No 4 November 2013.
42. Oumar Sall ,Yukio Takahashi “Physical , chemical and biological characteristics of stored greywater from unsewered suburban
Dakar in Senegal” Urban water journal vol 3,no 3,September 2006,153-164.
43. Sunil.J. Kulkarni , Ajaygiri K. Goswami “Application and advancement in treatment of wastewater by membrane’’ ISSN: 2277-
9655
44. Andreas N. Angelkis , shane A. Snyder , “Wastewater treatment and reuse : past, present and future” ISSN: 2073-4441.
Authors: Ganesan Nagalingam, Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, Meyyappan PL
Paper Title: Strength Attainment of Geopolymer Concrete with GGBS at Ambient Curing
Abstract: Geopolymer concrete plays a major role in concrete industry by replacing cement and using the
industrial wastes. In this study, the cement is completely replaced by GGBS and strength properties are
analyzed. An M30 mix design is prepared and the specimens are cast and tested. For this, sodium hydroxide and
sodium silicate are used as activator and its ratio is fixed as 1:2.5. Sodium hydroxide of 12 molarity, 550kg/m3
of GGBS is used in the study. Admixture La Hypercrete S25 (HTS code 38244090) is added in the mix by 1%
of weight of GGBS to obtain the required workability. For compression study, cubes in 100 mm size are cast.
Cylinders with 100mm dia and 200mm height are tested for splitting tensile strength and beam specimens of
500mm long and 100mm cross sections were cast for determining the flexure behaviour. The beams are
subjected to ambient curing and tested at 3, 7, 14, 28 and 56 days. The test result shows that there is a gradual
increment in all the strengths from 3 to 56 days and it proves that geopolymer concrete with GGBS cured at
ambient temperature performs well in the strength properties.
14.
Keyword: activator, admixture, ambient curing, Geopolymer concrete, GGBS
56-59
References:
1. M.C.G. Juenger, F. Winnfield, J.L. Provis and J.H. Ideker,“Advances in alternative cementitious binders,” Cement and Concrete
Research, 2010, pp.1232–1243, vol. 41
2. Hardjito, Djwantoro and B. Vijaya Rangan, “On the development of fly ash based geopolymer concrete”, ACI Materials Journal,
2004 , pp. 467-472.
3. J.Davidovits, “Geopolymer chemistry and application,” 2nd
4. edition, Saint-Quentin (France)
Institute Geopolymer; 2008.
5. Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, N Ganesan , A study on the strength

development of geopolymer concrete using fly ash International Journal
of Engineering & Technology, 2017, pp 163-167, 6 (4).
6. N Ganesan, Ruby Abraham, S Deepa Raj , Divya Sasi, Stress-strain
behavior of confined Geopolymer concrete, Construction and Building
Materials 73 , 2014, pp.326 – 331
7. B Singh , G Ishwarya , M Gupta , Bhattacharyya, Geopolymer concrete: A
review of some recent developments, Construction and Building
Materials 2015, pp.78-90, 85
8. Indian Standard Code of practice for specification for coarse and fine
aggregates from natural sources for concrete, IS: 383 – 1970, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, India
9. Indian Standard code of practice for specifications for admixtures for
concrete IS: 9103-1999, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India
10. Indian Standard Code for recommended guidelines for concrete mix
design IS: 10262-2009, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
Authors: Arunkumar K, Muthukannan M
Paper Title: Assessment of Blast Resistant Structures

Abstract: According to National Crime Record Bureau (NCRB) report, accidents due to Fire has been
ranked fifth it’s up by three positions from the last year’s ranking and accidents due to fire killed more human
lives and lead to property loss. Due to explosive accidents, it revealed that loads, for example, the effect of
essential sections, and effect of optional parts, and pressure by reflective and blast waves are generated and it
collapses the whole structure. To overcome the damages due to fire accidents, strengthening of members,
protection to the structure, design the structural member as a more adequate to resist the blast load and design
the structure as a blast resistant may be good. In this paper, various structural members due to blast load and the
numerical methods to persist the blast load behaviour are reviewed. The behaviours of various type of concrete
under blast load were discussed. Based on the review, it may be concluded that to avoid explosive collapse the
structural member has to be designed to withstand the blast waves and utilization of adaptable type materials
which was light in weight result by decreasing transfer of energy and less strength, less ductile fibres mixed into
the concrete will give blast performance to the concrete.
Keyword: Blast Resistant Structure, Blast Loading, Field Blast Test, Fibre Reinforced Concrete.
References:
1. A.A. Nassr, A.G. Razaqpur, M.J. Tait, M. Campidelli, S. Foo, Dynamic response of steel columns subjected to blast loading, Journal of
structural engineering, (2013).
2. A.A. Nassr, A.G. Razaqpur, M.J. Tait, M. Campidelli, S. Foo, Experimental performance of steel beams under blast loading, Jou rnal of
Performance of Constructed Facilities, 26 (2011) 600-619.
15. 3. A.M. Coughlin, E.S. Musselman, A.J. Schokker, D.G. Linzell, Behaviour of portable fibre reinforced concrete vehicle barriers subject
to blasts from contact charges, Int. J. Impact Eng 37 (5) (2010) 521–529.
4. A.Maazouna, J.Vantomme, S.Matthys , Damage assessment of hollow core reinforced and prestressed concrete slabs subjected to b last 60-65
loading, Procedia Engineering 199 (2017) 2476–2481.
5. A.Masood, M. Arif, S. Akhtar, M. Haquie, Performance of ferrocement panels in different environments, Cement and Concrete
Research 33 (2003) 555–562.
6. B. Luccioni , F. Isla , R. Codina , D. Ambrosini , R. Zerbino , G. Giaccio, M.C. Torrijos, Effect of Steel Fibres on Static a nd Blast
Response of High Strength Concrete, International Journal of Impact Engineering (2015.)
7. C. Wu, D.J. Oehlers, M. Rebentrost, J. Leach, A.S. Whittaker, Blast testing of ultra-high performance fibre and FRP-retrofitted
concrete slabs, Eng. Struct. 31 (2009) 2060–2069.
8. C.P. Pantelides, T.T. Garfield, W.D. Richins, T.K. Larson, J.E. Blakeley, Reinforced concrete and fibre reinforced concrete panels
subjected to blast detonations and post-blast static tests, Engineering Structures 76 (2014) 24–33.
9. D. Aoude Hassan, Frederic P,Burrell, Russell P,Saatcioglu, Murat, Behaviour of ultra-high performance fibre reinforced concrete
columns under blast loading, International Journal of Impact Engineering, 80 (2015) 185-202.
10. Echevarria, A.E. Zaghi, V. Chiarito, R. Christenson, S. Woodson, Experimental comparison of the performance and residual capacity
of CFFT and RC bridge columns subjected to blasts, Journal of Bridge Engineering, 21 (2015).
11. Foglar M, Kovar M. Conclusions from experimental testing of blast resistance of FRC and RC bridge decks. Int J Impact Eng 2013;
18–28.
12. G. Thiagarajan, A.V. Kadambi, S. Robert, C.F. Johnson, Experimental and finite element analysis of doubly reinforced concrete slabs
subjected to blast loads, Int. J. Impact Eng 75 (2015) 162–173.
13. H. Arora, P.A. Hooper, J.P. Dear, Dynamic response of full-scale sandwich composite structures subject to air-blast loading,
Composites Part A: Applied Science and Manufactures. 42 (11) (2011) 1651-1662.
14. Hao H, Stewart M, Li Z-X, et al. (2010a), RC column failure probabilities to blast loads, International Journal of Protective Structures
1(4): 571–591.
15. J. Li, H. Hao, Numerical study of concrete spall damage to blast loads, Int. J. Impact Eng 68 (2014) 41–55.
16. J. Magnusson, Fibre reinforced concrete beams subjected to air blast loading, Int. J. Nordic Concr. Res. 35 (2006) 1–17.
17. J. S. KUANG and H. F. TSOIa, Failure of Blast-Loaded Reinforced Concrete Slabs, Procedia Engineering 14 (2011) 2658–2665
18. James S. Davidson, Jeff W. Fisher, Michael I. Hammons, Jonathan R. Porter, and Robert J. Dinan, Failure Mechanisms of Polymer-
Reinforced Concrete Masonry Walls Subjected to Blast, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE (2005)
19. John P. Dear, Emily Rolfe, Mark Kelly, Hari Arora, Paul A. Hooper, Blast performance of composite sandwich structures, Proced ia
Engineering 173 ( 2017 ) 471 – 478.
20. Jun Li , Chengqing Wu , Hong Hao , Yu Su , Zhong-Xian Li, A study of concrete slabs with steel wire mesh reinforcement under
close-in explosive loads, International Journal of Impact Engineering(2018).
21. Jun Li , Chengqing Wua, Hong Hao, An experimental and numerical study of reinforced ultra-high performance concrete slabs under
blast loads, Materials & Design 82 (2015) 64–76
22. Jun Li, ChengqingWu, Hong Hao, ZhongqiWang, Yu Su, Experimental investigation of ultra-high performance concrete slabs under
contact explosions, International Journal of Impact Engineering 93 (2016) 62–75
23. Li J, Hao H. Numerical study of concrete spall damage to blast loads, Int J Impact Eng 2014;68:41–55.
24. Li J, Wu C and Hao H (2015), An experimental and numerical study of reinforced ultra-high performance concrete slabs under blast
loads, Materials & Design 82: 64–76.
25. Luccioni B, Ambrosini R, Danesi R. Analysis of building collapse under blast loads, Eng Struct 2004; 26:63–71.
26. M.A. Yusof, Norazman Ariffin, F.M. Zain, Risby, C.P. Ng, Normal strength steel fibre reinforced concrete subjected to explosive
loading, Int. J. Sust. Constr. Eng. Technol. (2010) 127–136.
27. Marek Foglar , Radek Hajek , Martin Kovar , Jirˇi Štoller Blast performance of RC panels with waste steel fibres, Construction and
Building Materials 94 (2015) 536–546
28. N. Gardner, E. Wang, A. Shukla, Performance of functionally graded sandwich composite beams under shock wave loading,
Composite Structures. 94 (5) (2012) 1755-1770.
29. Ohkubo K, Beppu M, Ohno T, Satoh K. Experimental study on the effectiveness of fibre sheet reinforcement on the explosive-resistant
performance of concrete plates, Int J Impact Eng 2008;35:1702–8.
30. Ohtsu M, Uddin FA, Tong W, Murakami K. Dynamics of spall failure in fibre reinforced concrete due to blasting, Constr Build Mater
2007;21:511–18.
31. S. Barnett, Development of advanced concrete materials for anti-terrorism applications, Struct. Eng. 89 (2008) 28–29.
32. S.N. Ramaswamy and A.M. Arunmohan, Static and Dynamic Analysis of fireworks industrial buildings under impulsive loading,
IJREAT International Journal of Research in Engineering & Advanced Technology, Volume 1, Issue 1, March 2013.
33. Sekar. T, S.N. Ramaswamy and NVN. Nampoothiri, Studies on strengthening of brick masonry structures in fireworks industries
against Accidental explosions, Asian Journal of Civil Engineering, Vol.13, No.6, December 2012, 743-752.
34. Shengrui Lan , Tat-Seng Lok , Leonard Heng Composite structural panels subjected to explosive loading, Construction and Building
Materials 19 (2005) 387–395
35. Smith PD and Rose TA (2006) Blast wave propagation in city streets – an overview. Progress in Structural Engineering and Materials
8(1): 16–28.
36. T. Ngo, P. Mendis, T. Krauthammer, Behaviour of ultrahigh-strength prestressed concrete panels subjected to blast loading, J. Struct.
Eng. 133 (2007) 1582– 1590.
37. T.T. Garfield, W.D. Richins, T.K. Larson, C.P. Pantelides, J.E. Blakeley, Performance of RC and FRC wall panels reinforced with
mild steel and GFRP composites in blast events, Procedia Eng. 10 (2011) 3534–3539. ISSN 1877- 7058.
38. W. Wang, D. Zhang, F. Lu, S. Wang, F. Tang, Experimental study and numerical simulation of the damage mode of a square
reinforced concrete slab under close-in explosion, Eng. Fail. Anal. 27 (2013) 41–51.
39. Wang Y, Liew JR and Lee SC (2015) Experimental and numerical studies of non-composite Steel–Concrete–Steel sandwich panels
under impulsive loading, Materials & Design 81: 104 112.
40. Wu C, Nurwidayati R, Oehlers DJ. Fragmentation from spallation of RC slabs due to air blast loads, Int J Impact Eng 2009; 36: 1371–
6.
41. Wu K-C, Li B, Tsai K-C. Residual axial compression capacity of localized blast-damaged RC columns. Int J Impact Eng 2011; 38:29–
40.
42. Wu K-C, Li B, Tsai K-C. The effects of explosive mass ratio on residual compressive capacity of contact blast damaged composite
columns, J Construction Steel Res 2011; 67:602–12.
43. Xingxing Liang, Zhongqi Wang, Runan Wang, Deformation model and performance optimization research of composite blast resistan t
wall subjected to blast loading, Journal of Loss Prevention in the Process Industries (2017)
44. Y.S. Tai, T.L. Chu, H.T. Hu, J.Y. Wuc, Dynamic response of a reinforced concrete slab subjected to air blast load, Theoretica l and
Applied Fracture Mechanics 56 (2011) 140–147
45. Yan Liu, Jun-bo Yan, Feng-lei Huang, Behaviour of reinforced concrete beams and columns subjected to blast loading, Defence
Technology (2018)
46. Yufeng Shi, Mark G. Stewart, Damage and Risk Assessment for Reinforced Concrete Wall Panels Subjected to Explosive Blast
Loading, International Journal of Impact Engineering (2015).
47. Accident Statistical yearbook of India by Govt of Indiahttp://mospi.nic.in/statistical-year-book-india/2017/207
48. Fire accidents in India so far http://www.beyondcarlton.org/7-worst-fire-accidents-india-2018/
49. Fire Accidents Strategies https://factly.in/fire-accidents-caused-an-average-of-62-deaths-per-day-in-the-last-5-years/
50. India risk Survey Report 2017 by FICCI http://ficci.in/Sedocument/20416/India-Risk-Survey-2017-Report.pdf
Authors: PL. Meyyappan, B. Jayaprakash

Optimized Utilization of Flyash and Cowdung ash in Enhancing the Properties of Self Compacting
Paper Title:
Concrete
Abstract: In a brief outlook, the conventional concrete has a numerous setbacks in order to congregate the
vast demand of the construction industries, regarding the complex construction projects in a stipulated time.
Among that, the improper and lack of compaction will leads a key role in affecting the strength and durability
characteristics of the concrete in several ways. This issue will be resolved in the existence of the self compacting
properties within the concrete. Since the lack of design procedures and mixing guidelines in relevant to Indian
standards, many researchers used EFNARC guidelines for their studies. In this paper, the combined effect of the
16. filler materials such as flyash and cowdung ash in satisfying the requirements of SCC is presented for the
different replacement levels such as 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25% and 30%. The optimum combined replacement
level is found as 15% in succeeding the requirements of the filling and passing ability properties of SCC. 66-70
Keyword: SCC, EFNARC Guidelines, Concrete, Strength

References:
1. Duna Samson, Omoniyi Tope Moses (2014), “Investigating the Pozzolanic Potentials of Cow dung Ash in Cement Paste and Mortars”
Civil and Environmental Research, Vol.6, No.8.
2. Inderveer Singh Gurjar, Gautam Bhadouriya, (2015) “A Study on Use of Cowdung ash and Rice Husk ash in Concrete” International
Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology, pp 306 – 310.
3. Jitender Kumar Dhaka, Surendra Roy (2015), “Utilization of fly ash and cow dung ash as partial replacement of cement in concr ete”
International Journal of Civil and Structural Engineering, Vol.6. pp 23-28.
4. Kumar Satish, Sanjay Kumar, Baboo Rai (2017), “Self Compacting Concrete Using Fly Ash and Silica Fumes as Pozzolanic Material”
Vol. 6, No. 2, pp.394-407.
5. Mallesh M, Shwetha G C, Reena K, Madhukaran (2015), “Experimental Studies on M30 Grade Self Compacting Concrete”
International Journal of Science, Engineering and Technology Research (IJSETR), Vol.4, No. 9.
6. Omoniyi.T, Duna,S and Mohammed .A., (2014), “Compressive strength characteristic of cow dung ash blended cement concrete”
International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, vol. 5, No. 7, pp. 770-776.
7. Ojedokun O. Y., A. A. Adeniran, S. B. Raheemand S. J. Aderinto, (2014) “Cow Dung Ash (CDA) as Partial Replacement of
Cementing Material in the Production of Concrete” British Journal of Applied Science & Technology, Vol. 4, No. 24, pp. 3445-3454.
8. The European Guidelines for Self Compacting Concrete (2005), http://www.efnarc.org/pdf/SCCGuidelinesMay2005.pdf.
9. Hemant Sood, R.K. Khitoliya and S.S.Pathak (2009), “Incorporating European Standards for Testing Self Compacting Concrete in
Indian Conditions”, International Journal of Recent Trends in Engineering, Vol. 1, No.6, pp.41-45.
10. Kshama Shukla and Akansha Tiwari (2017), “Self Compacting Concrete Mix Design for M-30”, Vol. 4, No.7, pp. 1832-1835.
11. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Effect of glass fibers, flyash and quarry ash on Stre ngth
and Durability Aspects of Concrete – An Experimental Study”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and Engineering,
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/396/1/012001.
12. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Experimental Investigation on the Effect of Silica fu me
and Pumice stone in Developing Light Weight Concrete”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and Engineering,
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012064.
13. PL. Meyyappan, P. Amuthakannan, R. Sutharsan and M. Ahamed Azik Ali (2019), “Utilization of M-Sand & Basalt Fiber in Concrete:
An Experimental Study on Strength and Durability Properties”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and Engineering,
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012035.
Authors: Muthukannan M, Arunkumar K, Maheswari M
Paper Title: Treatment of Textile Waste Water using Different Local Absorbents
Abstract: The waste water resulting from textile industries is a major environmental pollutant, and it can
also contaminate soil, when deposited on the ground. There are various commercially available adsorbents for
treatment of waste water, however, cheaper alternatives are being proposed in this study. Waste water, highly
alkaline and high in suspended solids and colour, was used for the investigation. Different proportions of local
materials, sugarcane bagasse, saw dust, maize, and lime stone, were utilized in the process, thus, with a view to
ascertain their efficiency to modify the water properties: colour, turbidity, sulfate, chromium, iron, Chemical
Oxygen Demand, and Biochemical Oxygen Demand. While a dosage of 1-5 ml per 250 ml of sample was added
for the adsorption process, activated carbon was replaced with each natural adsorbents by 0-100% replacement
at 20% intervals and added to the sample water. The optimum adsorbent dosage was obtained by making many
trials with different dosages and different pH. The adsorption process was done by using adsorption column. The
results showed that the alternative materials studied, could be used effectively for treatment of textile industrial
waste water, with performance similar to the conventional adsorbents.
17. Keyword: waste water, adsorbent, activated carbon, textile dye, eco-friendly.
References:
1. C., Mouline P., Maissey M. and Charbit F. (2006), ‘Treatment and reuse of reactive dyeing effluents’, Journal of Membrane Science, 71-77
Vol. 269, pp. 15-34.
2. Asamudo N.U., Daba A.S. and Ezeronyel O.U. (2005), ‘Bioremediation of textile effluent using Phanerocha etechrysosporium’,
African Journal of Biotechnology, Vol. 4, pp. 1548-1553.
3. Bhattacharyya K.G. and Sharma A. (2005), ‘Kinetics and thermodynamics of methylene blue adsorption on Neem (Azadirachta indic a)
leaf powder’, Dyes and Pigments, Vol. 65, pp. 51 – 59
4. Chavan R.B. (2001), ‘Environment-friendly dyeing processing for cotton’, Indian Journal of Fiber and Textile Research, Vol. 4, pp.
239242.
5. Ghanshyam Pandhare, Nikhilesh Trivedi, NitinKanse and Dawande S.D. (2013), ‘Synthesis of Low Cost Adsorbent from Azadirachta
Indica (Neem) Leaf Powder’, International Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and Studies, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 29 -31.
6. Nelliyat Prakash (2007), ‘Industrial Growth and Environmental Degradation: A Case Study of Tirupur Textile Cluster’, Working paper
No.17, Madras School of Economics, Chennai.
7. Robinson T., McMullan G., Marchant R. and Nigam P. (1997), ‘Remediation of dyes in textile effluent: a critical review on current
treatment technologies with a proposed alternative’, Colourage, Vol. 46, pp. 247-255.
8. Sule A.D. and Bardhan M.K. (1999), ‘Objective evaluation of feel and handle appearance and tailor ability of fabrics. Part II : the KES-
FB system of Kawabata’, Colourage, Vol. 46, pp. 23-35.
9. Swaminathan and Jeyaranjan J. (1995), ‘The Knitwear Cluster in Tirupur: an Indian Industrial District in the Making’, Working Paper
No.126, Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chennai.
10. Walker G.M. and Weatherly L.R. (1997), ‘Adsorption of acid dyes onto granular activated carbon in fixed beds’, Journal of Water
Resource, Vol. 31, pp. 2093-2101.
Authors: Ganesan Nagalingam, Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, Meyyappan PL
Paper Title: Durability Behaviour of Geopolymer Concrete with Metakaolin and GGBS
Abstract: This study consists of preparation of Geopolymer concrete mix with Ground Granulated Blast
furnace Slag (GGBS) which is followed by the usage of Metakaolin in replacement of GGBS with 5% variation
from 0 to 25%. From previous researches on geopolymer concrete with GGBS, an optimized mix is selected and
18. tested for durability behaviour. A 12 Molarity sodium hydroxide solution along with sodium silicate in the ratio
of 1:2.5 is used as activator in this study. La Hypercrete S25 which belongs to the category of carboxylic is used
as admixture for escalating the workability. Water absorption, Acid resistance, and Rapid Chloride Penetration 78-81
(RCPT) are the durability tests performed on the specimens. The prepared specimens are water cured at room
temperature for the required days in accordance with the codal guidelines and tested for durability. For water
absorption test, concrete cylinders of 50mm dia and 100mm height are prepared. 100 mm size cube specimens
prepared for acid resistance test. The specimens for RCPT include preparation of discs of 100 mm dia and 50
mm height. In all the test specimens, GGBS is replaced by Metakaolin. It is believed from the test results that
geopolymer concrete with Metakaolin and GGBS performs well in durability aspects.
Keyword: activator, admixture, Geopolymer concrete, GGBS, Metakaolin,

References:
1. .B.Singh, G.Ishwarya, Gupta M.Bhattacharyya “Geopolymer concrete:
A review of some recent developments” Construction and Building
Materials , 2015, pp 78-90
2. .Daniel L.Y. Kong, Jay G. Sanjayan “Effect of elevated
temperatures on geopolymer paste, mortar and concrete”
Cement and Concrete Research, 2010 , pp 334-339
3. J Davidovits, “Geopolymer chemistry and application,”2nd edition,
Saint-Quentin(France);Institute Geopolymer; 2008.
4. Ramesh Babu Chockalingam, N Ganesan, “A Study on the Strength
Development of Geopolymer concrete using Fly ash” International
Journal of Engineering and Technology, 2017, pp 163-167
5. P Chindaprasirt , W Chalee ,“ Effect of sodium hydroxide concentration
on chloride penetration and steel corrosion of fly ash based geopolymer
concrete under marine site” Construction and Building Materials
2014, pp 303- 310
6. .B Sarath Chandra Kumar , K Ramesh , P Poluraju “An Experimental
investigation on flexural behaviour of GGBS and Metakaolin based
Geopolymer concrete” ARPN Journal of Engineering and Applied
Sciences 12 pp 2052 – 2062
7. Indian Standard Code of practice for specification for coarse and fine
aggregates from natural sources for concrete, IS: 383 – 1970, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, India
8. Indian Standard code of practice for specifications for admixtures for
concrete IS:9103-1999, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India
Indian Standard Code for recommended guidelines for concrete mix
design IS:10262-2009, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
9. Salmabanu Luhar, Urvashi Khandelwal “ A Study on Water Absorption
and Sorptivity of Geopolymer Concrete” SSRG International Journal of
Civil Engineering (SSRG-IJCE),2015 ,pp 1-9
10. T N JayShankar, P S Nagaraja , “Evaluation of Water Absorption and
Sorptivity Properties of FlyAsh, GGBS, M-Sand Based Glass Fiber
Reinforced Geopolymer Concrete” International Research Journal of
Engineering and Technology (IRJET) 5 pp 1-5
11. Smruthimol Joseph, V Sreevidya , R Anuradha ,R. Venkatasubramani,
“Effect of water absorption, acid attack and sulphate attack on
durability properties of geopolymer mortar” International Journal of
Emerging Trends in Engineering and Development , pp 316-322
Authors: PL. Meyyappan, N. Ganesan
Paper Title: Establishing Relationship of Porosity and Strength of Fibre Reinforced Concrete
Abstract: There are numerous factors that affect the performance of concrete in terms of strength and
durability aspects. Amongst, the pores in the concrete are the one which is playing a foremost role in deciding
strength and durability characteristics. The presences of pores in the concrete are due to inferior quality of
concrete ingredients, lack of w/c ratio, improper compaction, poor workmanship etc. Many past studies reveal
that the presence of fillers materials may reduce the pores on the concrete. But at the same time, the strength and
durability should improve a lot. Under these circumstances, the presence of steel fibres in the concrete will give
a better solution to arrest the pores and furnish desired results in all aspects. This study is made an attempt to
19. establish the relationship between porosity and compressive strength on the various proportions of steel fibres of
M20 and M40 grade concrete.
82-85
Keyword: Steel fibre reinforced concrete; fibre content, Compressive strength; Porosity
References:
1. EI-Dieb A.S and Hooton R.D. (1995). “Water-permeabilitymeasurement of high performance concrete using a high-pressure triaxial
cell”. Journal of Cement and ConcreteResearch, Vol.25, No.6, pp.1199-1208.
2. O. Deo, M. Sumanasooriya, and N. Neithalath, “Permeability reduction in pervious concretes due to clogging: experiments and
modeling,” Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, vol. 22, no. 7, pp. 741–751, 2010.
3. M. Sonebi and M. T. Bassuoni, “Investigating the effect of mixture design parameters on pervious concrete by statistical mode lling,”
Construction and Building Materials, vol. 38, pp. 147–154, 2013.
4. IS 516-1959 (1959). “Methods of tests for strength of concrete”.Bureau of Indian Standards.
5. IS 3085-1965 (1965). “Method of test for permeability ofcement mortar and concrete”. Bureau of Indian Standards.
6. Khan M.I. and Lynsdale C.J. (2002). “Strength, permeability,and carbonation of high-performance concrete”. Journal ofCement and
Concrete Research, 32 (2002), 123131.
7. Miloud B. (2005). “Permeability and porosity characteristics ofsteel fiber reinforced concrete.” ASIAN JOURNAL OF
CIVILENGINEERING (BUILDING AND HOUSING), Vol. 6, No.4, pp.317-330
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/396/1/012001.
9. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Experimental Investigation on the Effect of Silica fume
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012064.
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012035.
Authors: PL. Meyyappan
Paper Title: Optimum Utilization of Locally Available Waste Materials in Enhancing the Properties of Concrete
Abstract: The current challenges faced by the civil professionals are unbearable high cost of construction
materials, green house effects and disposal of waste materials. All these problems are raised due to the limited
supply of natural materials, more construction demand, and enormous generation of waste materials from
various sources of occupations etc. The superlative solution for all the problems is to utilize the possible
maximum extend of waste materials to the manufacturing of construction materials without compromising its
properties. In regarding that, an attempt is made to study the possible way of utilizing the locally available waste
products such as sugar cane bagasse, wild green grass and rice husk in to the concrete. All these waste products
are dried and burnt into fine ashes. These ashes are added in to the concrete with various proportions such as 0%,
5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25% and 30% for examining the strength and durability properties of M20 grade concrete.
The test results reveal that, the waste products can be effectively in to the concrete and the optimum proportion
found to be around 15% to 20%.
20. Keyword: Waste Materials, Sugar cane bagasse, Rice husk ash, Green grass ash, Concrete
References:
1. Bosela, P., Delatte, N., Obrati, R., Patel, A., 2008. Fresh and G=hardened properties of paving concrete with steel slag aggr egates. In: 86-88
Proceedings, 9th International Conference on Concrete Pavements, San Francisco, California, 2008
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/396/1/012001.
3. Kaur, M., & Kaur, M. (2012). A Review on Utilization of Coconut Shell as Coarse Aggregates in Mass Concrete. International Jo urnal
of Applied Engineering Research, 7(11), 7–9..
4. Olanipekun, E. a., Olusola, K. O., & Ata, O. (2006). A comparative study of concrete properties using coconut shell and palm kernel
shell as coarse aggregates. Building and Environment, 41(3), 297–301. doi:10.1016/j.buildenv.2005.01.029
5. A. Halicka, P. Ogrodnik, and B. Zegardlo, “Using ceramic sanitary ware waste as concrete aggregate,” Constr. Build.Mater., vol. 48,
no. May, pp. 295–305, 2013.
6. J Ajnavi S., Bioconversion of Cellulosic Agricultural Wastes. Masters Technol Diss Dep Biotechnol Environ Sci Thap arUniv. 2008;
(60601011).
7. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Experimental Investigation on the Effect of Silica fu me
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012064.
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012035.
Authors: A. Chithambar Ganesh, M. Muthukannan
Paper Title: Effect of Polypropylene fibers over GGBS based Geopolymer concrete under ambient curing
Abstract: Geopolymer is being widely used in the construction industry in the recent years. Ground
Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) based geopolymer concrete is the most suited for ambient curing
conditions. It has been perceived that geopolymer concrete is brittle in nature. This brittleness could be reduced
by the augmentation of fibers. The objective of this paper is to study the effect of incorporation of polypropylene
fibers in Geopolymer Concrete. The various proportions of the ingredients of Geopolymer concrete were
calculated from the B.V.Rangan mix design of Geopolymer Concrete. Based on the previous research works
21. conducted by the author, optimum molarity of the sodium hydroxide solution to be used as a part of alkaline
activator solution was taken as 13M. Polypropylene fibers were added to the matrix in the ratios from 0.1% to
0.6%. Cubical, Cylindrical and Prism Specimens were casted and subjected to ambient curing. Compaction 89-92
factor test was performed to measure workability of fresh concrete and tests such as compressive strength test,
split tensile strength test and flexural strength test were performed to assess the mechanical properties of
hardened Fiber Reinforced Geopolymer Concrete. Tests were carried after curing period of 7days & 28 days and
the results were tabulated. Being a low modulus fiber, the fiberposses a good post cracking behaviour and reduce
the brittleness of the Geopolymer Concrete. The incorporation of polypropylene fibers increases the compressive
strength and flexural strength initially and then decreases.
Keyword: Polypropylene fibers, GGBS based Geopolymer Concrete. Geopolymer Concrete, Ambient Curing
References:
1. J. Guru Jawaharand G. Mounika, “Strength properties of fly ash and GGBS based geo polymer concrete”, Asian Journal Of
Civil Engineering (BHRC) Vol. 17, No. 1 (2016) Pages 127-135.
2. SundeepInti, Megha Sharma and Dr.VivekTandon(2016), “Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) and Rice Husk
Ash (RHA) Uses in the Production of Geopolymer Concrete”Geo-Chicago 2016 GSP 270 621 University Of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee on 08/22/16. Copyright ASCE.
3. B.V.Rangan, “Modified guidelines for geopolymer concrete mix design using indianstandard”,ASIAN JOURNAL OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING (BUILDING AND HOUSING) VOL. 13, NO. 3 (2012) PAGES 353-364.
4. N.Manojkumar, P.Hanitha(2016), “ Geopolymer Concrete by using fly ash and GGBS as a Replacement of Cement” IOSR
Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE) e-ISSN: 2278-1684,p-ISSN: 2320-334X, Volume 13, Issue 6 Ver.
V (Nov. - Dec. 2016), PP 85-92.
5. WeiboRen, JinyuXu and ErleiBai(2015), “Strength and Ultrasonic Characteristics of Alkali-Activated Fly Ash-Slag
Geopolymer Concrete after Exposure to Elevated Temperatures” DOI: 10.1061/(ASCE)MT.1943-5533.0001406. ©2015
American Society of Civil Engineers.
6. Ahmed Mohmed Ahmed Blash, Dr. T.V. S. Vara Lakshmi(2015), “ Properties of Geopolymer Concrete Produced by Silica
Fume and Ground-Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag” International Journal of Science and Research (IJSR) ISSN (Online): 2319-
7064 Index Copernicus Value (2013): 6.14 | Impact Factor (2015): 6.391 Volume 5 Issue 10, October 2016 www.ijsr.net.
7. Manish Chand Kumain, Seema Rani, “An experimental study of fiber reinforced geo-polymer concrete slab for
continouslyincresing height of impact load”, International Journal of Advanced Technology & Engineering Research
(IJATER) , ISSN No: 2250-3536 Volume 5, Issue 4, July 2015.
8. Yeol Choi and Robert L. Yuan (2005), “An experimental investigation on Hybrid fiber reinforced concrete”, DOI:
10.1054/(ASCE)MT.1943-5533.0000054. © 2011 American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE).
9. Y. EmiliusSebastina Antony, “Experimental Investigation on Replacement of GGBS for Flyash in Steel fiber reinforced
geopolymer concrete”, International Journal on Applications in Civil and Environmental Engineering Volume 2: Issue
3:March 2016, pp 14-18. www.aetsjournal.com, ISSN (Online) :2395 – 3837.
10. Mark Reed, WeenaLokuge and WarnaKarunasena, “ Fiber reinforced geopolymer concrete with ambient curing for in-situ
applications”, Journal of Materials Science, 49 (12). pp. 4297-4304. ISSN 0022-2461(AUSTRALIA).
11. P. Nath, P. K. Sarker, “Geopolymer concrete for AmbientCuring
12. H. Gokulram, R. Anuradha, “Strength Studies on Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced Geopolymer Concrete using M-Sand”,
International Journal of Emerging Trends in Engineering and Development, Issue 3, Vol.2 (March 2013).
13. NavidRanjbar, SepehrTalebian, et.all, “Mechanisms of interfacial bond in steel and polypropylene
fiberreinforcedgeopolymer composites”,Composites Science and Technology 122 (2016) 7381.
14. Milind V. Mohod, “Performance of Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced Concrete”, IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil
Engineering (IOSR-JMCE), e-ISSN: 2278-1684,p-ISSN: 2320-334X, Volume 12, Issue 1 Ver. I (Jan- Feb. 2015), PP 28-36.
15. Muhammad N.S. Hadi, Nabeel A. Farhan, M. Neaz Sheikh, “Design of geopolymer concrete with GGBFS at ambient curing
condition using Taguchi method”
Authors: Jagan Sivamani
Paper Title: Behaviour of Low cost Tiles and Bricks manufactured using Agricultural Wastes
Abstract: In this study, an attempt has been taken to utilize the wastes produced from agriculture as a partial
replacement to scarce material like fine aggregate in the manufacturing of useful construction materials. Also,
Waste Sludge (WS) generated through treatment plant from Kalasalingam Academy of Research and Education
was used suitably as one of the ingredients in the manufacturing of construction materials. Various other wastes
generated through agriculture such as Banana Fiber (BF), Rice Husk Ash (RHA), and Sugarcane Bagasse Ash
(SBA) was also utilized suitably after pre-treatment in the manufacture of tiles and bricks. Five different mixes
under various levels of replacement of waste sludge and agricultural wastes were prepared to study its behavioral
performance. Various tests conducted to study the performance behavior include Compressive Strength, Water
Absorption and Physical Parametric tests on both brick and tile specimens. Results indicate that all physical and
mechanical properties of bricks and tiles fall within BIS standards by the combination with a higher percentage
22. of Red Soil,Sugarcane fiber and Waste Sludge.
Keyword: Agricultural wastes, Bricks, Fine Aggregate, Pre-treatment, Tiles and Waste Sludge 93-96
References:
1. Pappu Asokan, Saxena Mohini, Asolekar Shyam R, “Solid wastes generation in India and their recycling potential in building
materials” Build Environment, vol. 42, Aug. 2007, pp. 2311–2320.
2. Mangesh V. Madurwar, Rahul V, Ralegaonkar, Sachin A and Mandavgane, “Application of agro-waste for sustainable
construction materials: A review” Construction and Building Materials., vol. 38, April. 2017, pp. 872-878.
3. Joo-Hwa Tay, “Bricks Manufactured from Sludge” Journal of Environmental Engineering, vol. 113, October. 1987, pp. 278-284.
4. Ritu Daheriya and V V Singh, “An experimental investigation of the use of industrial waste and sewage sludge for the production
of bricks” International Journal of Advance Research, Ideas and Innovations in Technology, vol. 4, Dec. 2018, pp. 2562-2569.
5. L. Zhang, “Production of bricks from waste materials – a review” Construction and Building Materials., vol. 47, Feb. 2013, pp.
643–655.
6. More, A. Tarade, A. Anant, “Assessment of suitability of Fly Ash and Rice Husk Ash burnt clay bricks” International Journal of
Scientific Research Publications, vol. 4, Mar. 2014, pp. 1-6.
7. D. Tonnayopas, P. Tekasakul, S. Jaritgnam, “Effects of rice husk ash on characteristics of lightweight clay brick” International
Conference on Technology and Innovation for Sustainable Development, Thailand, 2008.
8. K. Faria, R. Gurgel, J. Holanda, “Recycling of sugarcane bagasse ash waste in the Production of clay bricks” Journal of
Environmental Management, vol. 101, Dec. 2012, pp. 7-12.
9. Saravanan J, Sridhar M, “Construction technology, challenges and possibility of low carbon buildings in India” International
Journal of Civil Engineering, vol. 11, Dec. 2015, pp. 2678-2685.
10. Gunasekaran K, Kumar P S and Lakshmipathy M, “Mechanical and bond properties of coconut shell concrete” Construction and
Building Materials, vol. 25, Sep. 2011, pp. 92-98.
11. Tiza Michael Toryila, Akuto Tersoo, Femi Agbede and Ugama Terry Ukande, “Production of Concrete Roofing tiles using Rice
Husk Ash (RHA) in partial replacement of cement” International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology, vol. 3, Aug.
2016, pp. 2678-2685.
12. Bahurudeen A, Marckson A V, Arun Kishore and Manu Santhanam, “Development of Sugarcane Bagasse Ash based Portland
Pozzolana cement and evaluation of compatibility with superplasticizers” Construction and Building Materials, vol. 68, July.
2014, pp. 465-475.
13. Maurice E. Ephraim, Godwin A. Akeke and Joseph O. Ukpata, “Compressive strength of concrete with rice husk ash as partial
replacement of ordinary Portland cement” Scholarly Journal of Engineering Research, vol. 1, June 2012, pp. 32-36.
14. IS 1077 (1992) – Common Burnt Clay Building Bricks – Specification.
15. IS 2690 (1992) – I – Specifications on burnt clay flat terracingtiles.
Authors: S.Rajesh, NVN.Nampoothiri,S.Vanitha

Water Quality Index of river Thamirabarani at Papanasam (upper&lower dam) region, Tamilnadu,
Paper Title:
India
Abstract: This study is done to evaluate water quality of the Thamirabarani river, by using Water Quality
Index method. The water quality index of the river water was done, by analyzing the physical and chemical
parameters of water samples taken at seven locations in Jan 2017 to March 2017, along the through flow path of
the river. The analysis results were compared with maximum permissible limit values recommended by WHO
and BIS for drinking, irrigation and aquatic life. The water quality for Dinking was assessed utilizing the WQI
technique. The computed WQI values in this study are found to be between 55.65 to 23.3(for drinking), 47.1 to
14.4 (for Irrigation) and 61.2 to 15.4(for Aquatic life).The results are indicates that, for the stretch of
Tamirabarani where study was conducted, the water is suited for irrigation.
Keyword: Drinking water, Physicochemical Characteristics, Pollution, Water Quality Index, Water Quality
indicators, Thamirabarani river.
References:
1. APHA, “Standard Methods for Water and Wastewater Analysis”, 20th ed., American Public Health Association, Washington,
D.C. 1998.
2. A.R.K. Kulandaivel, P. E. Kumar, V. Perumal and P. N. Magudeswaran 2009. “Water Quality Index of River Cauvery At Erode
Region, Tamilnadu, India", Nature Environment and Pollution Technology, Vo1ume 8,No:2, PP.343-346
23. 3. Brown, R.M., McClelland, Dewinger, R.A. and Togen, R.C. 1970. “A Water Quality Index - Do We dare? Water Sewage
Works”, 11: 339-343.
4. Damir Tomas and Mirjana Curlin 2017. “Assessing the surface water status in Pannonian ecoregion by the water quality index 97-105
model”, Ecological Indicators, 79, PP.182-190.
5. G.B.Chaturvedi, B. B. Mishra and D. D. Tewari 2008. “Water Quality Index of Ground waters Near Industrial Areas of
Balrampur, U.P.”, Nature Environment and Pollution Technology, Vo1ume1,No:2, PP.331-335.
6. Gopalaswami, P.M., Kumar, P.E. and Kulandivelu, A.R., 2003. “Study on the quality ofwater in the Bhavani river”, Asian J.
Chem., 15(1): 306-310.
7. Horton, R.K. 1965. “An index number system for rating water quality”. J. Water Poll. Control Fed., 37: 300-305.
8. Jie wang, Houqi Liu and Paul K.S.Lam 2017. “Multivariate statistical evaluation of dissolved trace elements and a water quality
assessment in the middle reaches of Huaihe River Anhui,China”, Science of Total Environment, STOTEN-21801; No of Pages
11,Press Article.
9. Magudeswaran, P.N. and Ramachandran, T. 2007. “Water Quality Index of River Noyyal at Tiruppur, Tamilnadu, India”, Nature
Environment and Pollution Technology, 6(1): 51-54.
10. 10.Magudeswaran, P.N, Kamalakkannan, N. and Ramachandran, T. 2006. “Water Quality Index of Rivers Siruvani, Bhavani and
Noyyal using alternate Water Quality Index”. Poll. Res., 25(3): 519-523.
11. 11.Mausumi Raychaudhuri, S. Raychaudhuri, S. K. Jena, Ashwani Kumar and R. C. Srivastava (2014). “WQI to monitor water
quality for irrigation and potable use”. ICAR Research Bulletin, No.71, 2014: 10-16.
12. 12.Sehnaz Sener and Erhan Sener 2017. “Evaluation of water quality using Water Quality Index method and GIS in Aksu River”,
Science of Total Environment,584-585, PP.131-144
13. 13.Shweta Tyagi, Bhavtosh Sharma, Prashant Singh, Rajendra Dobhal 2013. “Water Quality Assessment in terms of Water
Quality Index”, American Journal of Water resources,2013, Vol.1,No.3,34-38.
14. 14.S.Sowmiya Lakshmi,S.Rajesh and Premkumar R ,2018, “Removal of Organic Pollutants From Textile Dye Wastewater By
Advanced Oxidation Process”, International Journal of Civil Engineering & Technology, (IJCIET),Volume 9,Issue 4,April
2008,:PP 452 – 461.
Authors: S.Rajesh, P.Saravanan,S.Pauline,R.Premkumar
Paper Title: Performance Evaluation of Phosphorous Removal by Coagulation using Natural Coagulants
Abstract: Phosphorous is one of the major nutrients contributing the increased eutrophication of lakes and
natural waters. The concentration of phosphorus in domestic sewage is generally adequate to support aerobic
24. biological wastewater treatment. Coagulation and flocculation processes can also to remove phosphorous from
industrial wastewater.In this experimental study, an attempt is made to feasibility of natural coagulants like
Cassia Alata, Calotropis Procera, Hyacinth bean, Banana leaves, Carcia Papaya, Acacia mearnsii, Jatropha 106-109
Curcas, Cactus and Tamarind seeds on the decrease of Phosphorous from Industrial wastewater. The batch
coagulation test was done to optimum graph was plotted between the removal efficiency all the chose
coagulated. From the optimum trails, that the rate of phosphorous removal is more for hyacinth bean with a level
of 75, trailed by casuarinas leaves with 74% and Banana leaves with 73%. Tamarind seed demonstrates the least
Phosphorous expulsion from the wastewater with 56%. From the optimum trails, the Hyacinth bean can be
utilized as a successful coagulant for the expulsion of phosphorus from the wastewater. In the optimum trails
coagulation studies were carried out to investigate the factor like optimum dosage, pH, initial concentration of
Phosphorous, Mixing time and the settling time which influences the removal of phosphorous by coagulation
process. From the study, it might be inferred that the maximum percentage removal of phosphorous was
acquired for the coagulant measurement of, pH of 8, the initial phosphorous concentration of, mixing time of and
settling time of 45 minutes. It might be presumed that the Phosphorous removal from the industrial wastewater
of 95% was conceivable when we kept up the optimum condition by the coagulation procedure..
Keyword: Effective Coagulant, Industrial Waste Water, Natural Coagulant, Phosphorous Removal.
References:
1. Abdelaal A.L. (Feb2004) “Using A Natural Coagulant Treating Wastewater”- Journal Of International Water Technology
Conference.
2. Erik R. Coats, David L. Watkin, Cynthia K. Brinkman, Frank J. Loge,(May2011) “Effect Of Anaerobic HRT On Biological
Phosphorus Removal And The Enrichment Of Phosphorus Accumulating Organisms”-Journal Of Water Environment Research.
3. Leader, J.W, Reddyk.R. And Wilkie A.C, (Feb2002) “Optimization Of Low-Cost Phosphorus Removal From Wastewater Using
Co-Treatments With Constructed Wetlands”- Journal Of Florida Water Science& Technology.
4. Magnus Christensson And Jes La Cour Jansen, Kristina Göransson And Helene Möncke ,(April2000) “ Influence Of Calcium
And Ph On The Enhanced Biological Phosphorus Removal In A Sequencing Batch Reactor System Treating Dairy Wastewater” -
Science Thesis Of Lund Institute Of Technology / Lund University, Dept Of Water And Environmental Engineering.
5. 5.Plaza.E, Levlin.E, Hultman.B, (Jul2008) “Phosphorus Removal From Wastewater” - Journal Of Swedan Water Science&
Technology.
6. Renuka A. Binayke, Prof. M.V.Jadhav (Jul2013) “Application Of Natural Coagulants In Water Purification”- International
Journal Of Automation And Control Engineering.
7. 7. Shilpa.B.S, Akanksha, Kavita, Girish.P, (June 2012) “Evaluation Of Cactus And Hyacinth Bean Peels As Natural
Coagulants”- International Journal Of Chemical And Environmental Engineering.
8. S.Rajesh and Premkumar R ,and Jeyadevi Neethipathi 2019, Relative Effectiveness of Methane (Biogas) Production from Dry
Grass Soaked with Vegetable Waste, Poultry Waste and Cow Dung, Oriental Journal of Chemistry, Volume 35,Issue 2,April
2019,PP 732-737.
9. 9 .S.Sowmiya Lakshmi,S.Rajesh and Premkumar R ,2018, Removal of Organic Pollutants From Textile Dye
Wastewater By Advanced Oxidation Process, International Journal of Civil Engineering & Technology, (IJCIET),Volume 9,Issue
4,April 2018,:PP 452 – 461.
10. 10.Sundaram haridoss, 2017.Study on air quality management in adyar river basin: A review, Journal of Industrial Pollution
Control 33(1):PP 730-740.
11. Tom Harner, Ky Sua, Susie Genualdia, and Jessica Karpowicza 2013. Short communication Calibration and application of PUF
disk passive air samplers for tracking polycyclic aromatic compounds (PACs). Atmospheric Environment International Journal,
Science direct Vol.75:PP 123-128.
12. WANG Ya, PAN Mian, YAN Min, PENG Yong-Zhen, WANG Shu-Ying,(Dec2006) “Characteristics Of Anoxic Phosphors
Removal In Sequence Batch Reactor”-Journal Of Environmental Sciences.
Authors: C.Marimuthu, S.Vidya, S. Diwakaran
Paper Title: Biogas Production from Poultry Wastewater using Anaerobic Digester
Abstract: Experimental work was carried out for the production of Biogas from poultry waste water. The
Poultry waste was collected from farm near Nagercoil at Kanyakumari District. Batch anaerobic digester was
designed for 20L capacity. The experiment was carried out for 36 days to monitor the performance. Various
parameters like pH, TS, COD have checked for every 24hours. The Production of biogas was measured by water
displacement method. The methane content was analyzed by gas chromatography test. Based on the
experimental data, kinetics studies have done for various models like Line Weaver-Burk method, Eadie-Hofstee
method, Hanes-Woolf method. The Eadie-Hofstee Method has provided better prediction than other method.
These results thus indicate that, Eadie-Hofstee Method is best to identify the growth rate, substrate concentration
and Limiting Substrate Concentration of the system. The sludge of the poultry wastewater and digester were
characterized by SEM analysis. The imaging was done to determine the morphological structure of the sludge
and to view the bacterial growth on the surface of the sludge.
25. Keyword: Anaerobic Digester, Biogas, Kinetic studies Poultry waste.

References: 110-114
1. Y.Jiang ,S.Heaven , C.J.Bamks.., “Strategies for stable anaerobic digestion of vegetable waste,” Renewable Energy, 2012, 44, pp.
206-214.
2. Zheng-Bo Yue , Jin Wang , Xio-Meng Liu , Han-Qing Yu, “Comparison of rumen microorganism and digester sludge dominated
anaerobic digesion process for aquatic plants,” Renewable Energy, 2012, 46, pp. 255-258.
3. V.N.Nkemka ,M.Muto , “Two-stage anaerobic dry digestion of blue mussel and reed,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 50, pp. 359-364.
4. Metcalf , Eddy , “Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse,” 4th ed, TATA McGraw-Hill Ed, 2007, pp. 1005 -01017
5. Azamjeihanipour , SolmazAslanzadeh , KarthikRajendran , GopinathBalasubramanian, “High-rate biogas production from waste
textiles using a two-stage process,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 52, pp. 128-135.
6. Yan-Yan Ning , Shao-Feng Wang , Da-Wei Jin , Hideki Harada , Xian-Yang Shi, “Formation of hydrogen-producing granules
and microbial community analysis in a UASB reactor,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 53, pp. 12-17.
7. J.Havukainen ,V.Uusitalo , A.Niskanen , V.Kapustina , M.Horttanainen, “Evaluation of methods for estimating energy
performance of biogas production,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 66, pp. 232-240.
8. Maria M.Estevex , ZehraSapci , Roar Linjordet , John Morken, “Incorporation of fish by-product into the semi-continuous
anaerobic co-digestion of pre-treated lignocellulose and cow manure, with recovery of digestate’s nutrients,” Renewable Energy,
2014, 66, pp. 550-558.
9. Pengchong Zhang , Che-Jen Lin , James Liu , PruekPongprueksa , Simon A. Evers , Peter Hart , “Biogas production from brown
grease using a pilot-scale high-rate anaerobic digester,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 68, pp. 304-313.
10. Marek Markowski, Ireneusz Bialobrzewski , Marcinzielinski , Marcin Debowski , Miroslawkrzemieniewski., “Optimizing low-
temperature biogas production from biomass by anaerobic digestion,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 69, pp. 219-225.
11. P.G.kougias, T.A.Kotsopoulos, G.g.Martzopoulos, “Effect of feedstock composition and organic loading rate during the
mesophilic co-digestion of olive mill wastewater and swine nmanure,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 69, pp. 202-207.
12. ElisavetTheofanous, NicolettaKythreotou, GregorisPanayiotou, GeorgiosFlorides, IoannisVyrides, “Energy production from
piggery waste using anaerobic digestion:Current status and potential in Cyprus,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 263-270.
13. James D.Browne , Jerry D,Murphy.,” The impact of increasing organic loading in two phase digestion of food waste,” Renewable
Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 69-76.
14. MehranAndalib , ElsayedElbeshbishy , Nizar Mustafa , hisham Hafez , George Nakhla , Jesse Zhu., “Performance of an
anaerobic fluidized bed bioreactor(AnFBR) for digestion of primary municipal wastewater treatment biosolids and bioethanol
thin stillage,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 276-285.
15. Ryan J. Lopez , Scott R Higgins , EulynPagaling , Tao Yan , Michael J.Cooney., “High rate anaerobic digestion of wastewater
separated from grease trap waste,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 62 pp. 234-242.
16. S.Tedesco , T.MarreroBarroso , A.G.Olabi., “Optimization of mechanical pre-treatment of Laminariaceae spp. Biomass-derived
biogas,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 62, pp. 527-534.
17. G.L.Karia ,R.A.Christian., Wastewater Treatment Concepts and Design Approach., 2nd Edition, PHI Publication,
18. J. Gelegenis et al, “Optimization of biogas production by co-digesting whey with diluted poultry manure” , Renewable Energy,
2007, 32. Pp. – 2147-2160.
Authors: S.Suresh, J.Revathi

An Experimental Study on Mechanical and Durability Properties of Cement Replacing with Marble
Paper Title:
Powder
Abstract: Leaving the waste products straight to the environment directly can cause environmental issues.
Waste can be used as a mixture to create fresh products or can be used as admixtures .In order to make more
efficient use of natural assets and protect the environment from waste deposits an inert material which is
procured as an industrial by-product during sawing, grinding, and polishing of marble. These wastes can be used
as concrete constituents by partly replacing the cement making it cost-effective. The main objective of this
research is to examine whether there is any possibility of utilizing marble powder in concrete production or not.
This research involves concrete m20 mixture by replacing cement with marble powder in different proportions
(0%, 5 %, 10 % & 15 %) by weight to determine the optimum proportion of replacement. The properties of
concrete such as compressive strength, flexural strength and modulus of elasticity were determined at age of 7
and 28 days. The durability characteristics of concrete with cement partially replaced by waste Marble powders
were also evaluated.
Keyword: Concrete, Durability, Mechanical Properties, Normal strength concrete Waste Marble Powder.
References:
1. Ali Ergun (2011), Effects of The Usage of Diatomite and Waste Marble Powder as Partial Replacement of Cement on The
Mechanical Properties of Concrete, Construction and Building Materials, Vol.25(3), pp.806–812.
1. 2.Ali Aliadbo, AbdElmoaty, M. and EsraaAuda, M. (2014), Re -Use of Waste Marble Dust in the Production of Cement and
Concrete, Construction and Building Materials, Vol.50(4), pp.28–41.
2. Dixit S, Nigam S. and Bharosh R.,(2018) Strength and Durability of Concrete Made with Marble Dust, International Journal of
Advance Research, Ideas And Innovations in Technology, Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 464-470..
3. IS 10262:2009, Concrete Mix Proportioning - Guidelines, Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS), New Delhi, India.
26. 4. IS 516-1959, Method of Test for Strength of Concrete, Bureau of Indian Standard, New Delhi, India.
5. IS 383-1970, Specifications for Coarse and Fine Aggregate from Natural Sources for Concrete, Bureau of Indian Standard, New
Delhi, India.
115-118
6. Jashandeep singh and Bansal, R.S. (2015), Partial Replacement of Cement with Waste Marble Powder with M25 Grade,
International Journal of Technical Research and Applications, Vol.3(2), 2324- 2329
7. 8.KirtiVardhan, ShwetaGoyal, RafatSiddique and Malkit Singh (2015), Mechanical Properties and Micro Structural Analysis of
Cement Mortar Incorporating Marble Powder as Partial Replacement of Cement, Construction and Building Material, Vol.96(5),
pp.615-621.
8. Li L.G., Huang Z.H., Tan Y.P., Kwan A.K.H. and F. Liu,(2018) Use of marble dust as paste replacement for recycling waste and
improving durability and dimensional stability of mortar, Construction and Building Materials, Vol. 166, pp. 423–432.
9. Li L.G, Wang Y.M., Tan Y.P, Kwan A.K.H. and Li L.J.(2018), Adding granite dust as paste replacement to improve durability
and dimensional stability of mortar, Powder Technology, Vol. 333, pp. 269–276.
10. Pathan V. G. and Pathan M. G., Feasibility and Need of use of Waste Marble Powder in Concrete Production., IOSR Journal of
Mechanical and Civil Engineering, pp. 23-26, 2014.
11. RamyaRaju, GeethaJayaraj, K. and Abuzar Aftab Shaikh (2014), Study of Partial Replacemet by Marble Powder, International
Journal of Recent Advances in Engineering & Technology, Vol.4(4)
12. Ranjan Kumar and Shyam Kishor Kumar (2015), Partial Replacement of Cement with Marble Dust Powder, International Journal
of Engineering Research and Applications, Vol.5(8)pp.2248- 2254
13. Rohan, K., RoshanRai, Bhavani Shankar and Akshay, NK. (2014), Influence of Marble Dust as Partial Replacement of Cement in
Normal Curing Concrete, Vol.2 (4) pp. 2278- 2284
14. `
15. 15 Shirule, P.A., AtaurRahman and RakeshGupta, D. (2012), Partial Replacement of Cement with Marble Dust Powder,
International Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and Studies, Vol.1(3), pp.175-177.
16. 16.Singh G. and Madan S. K.,(2018) An Experimental investigation on utilizations of Marble Dust as partial replacement of
Cement in Concrete, New Building Materials & Construction World, Vol. 23, No. 11, pp. 151-160.
17. Valeria Corinaldesi, Giacomo Moriconi and TarunNalik, R. (2010), Characterization of Marble Powder for its Use in Mortar and
Concrete, Construction and Building Materials, Vol.24(6), pp.113–117.
18. 18. Yang Zhong, Zhao Hui, Sun Wei,(2014), “Effect of the Type of Super plasticizers on the Fresh Mechanical and Durability
properties of the High Performance Concrete”, Crossref, Volume 44 issue 1, ISSN 0090-3973.
Authors: M. Deepak, M. Balamurali, P. Vinoth, J. Jeeva Bharathi, K. Kapilaravindh
Paper Title: Modeling of Compressive Strength of Concrete using Gaussian Membership Function
Abstract: This paper presents an application of fuzzy logic to forecast the compressive strength of concrete.
The fuzzy model examines 7 different input parameters that comprises: Cement, Coarse aggregate(CA), Super
plasticizer(SP), Fine Aggregate(FA), Slag, Fly ash, Water(W), and 28 days compressive strength is taken as the
output parameter. By using Gaussian membership function, the fuzzy logic technique is used for developing
models. For assessing the results of FL model with experimental results, root mean square error, mean absolute
error and correlation coefficient are used. The results showed that FL can be a better modeling tool and an
another technique for predicting the concrete’s compressive strength.
Keyword: Fuzzy Logic, Gaussian membership function, Compressive strength, Concrete.

References:
1. D.M. Suchorski, Aggregates For Concrete (ACI Education Bulletin, Atlantic, 2007)
2. M. Abdullahi, H.M.A. Al-Mattarneh, A.H. Hassan, M.H. Abu Hassan, B.S. Mohammed, ICCBT. A.21, 231 (2008)
3. M.C. Nataraja, M.A. Jayaram, C.N. Ravikumar, Eng. Lett. 13(2), 98 (2006)
4. S.-H. Han, J.-K. Kim, Y.-D. Park, Cement and Concrete Research 33 (2003) 965–971
5. Gleize PJP, Cyr M, Escadeillas G. “Effects of metakaolin on autogenous shrinkage of cement pastes”. Cement Concrete Compos
2007;29(2):80–7.
6. Vu DD, Stroeven P, Bui VB.” Strength and durability aspects of calcined kaolinblended Portland cement mortar and concrete”.
Cement Concrete Compos 2001;23(6):471–8.
7. R. Siddique, Cement and Concrete Research 34 (2004) 487–493.
8. K.G. Babu, G.S.N. Rao, Cement and Concrete Research 24 (1994) 277–284.
9. Akkurt S, Tayfur G, Can S. “Fuzzy logic model for prediction of cement compressive strength”. Cement and Concrete Research.
2004;34(8):1429–1433.
10. Demir F. “A new way of prediction elastic modulus of normal and high strength concrete-fuzzy logic”. Cement and Concrete
Research. 2005;35(8):1531–1538.
27. 11. Unal O, Demir F, Uygunog˘lu T. Fuzzy logic approach to predict stress–strain curves of steel fiber-reinforced concretes in
compression. Building Environment. 2007; 42(10):3589–95.
12. Topcu IB, Sarıdemir M. “Prediction of mechanical properties of recycled aggregate concretes containing silica fume using 119-125
artificial neural networks and fuzzy logic”. Computational Materials Science. 2008;42(1):74–82.
13. L.A. Zadeh, “Fuzzy Sets”, Information and Control, 1965, vol. 8, pp. 338–353.
14. Z. S_en, “Combining Back propagations and Genetic Algorithms to train to train neural networks for Ambient Temperature
Modelling”, Solar Energy, 1998 vol. 63 (1), pp. 39–49.
15. E.H. Mamdani, “Fuzzy Logic control of aggregate production planning”, S. Assilian, International Journal of Man –Machine
Studies, 1975, vol. 7, pp. 1–13.
16. F.M. McNeill, “Application of Fuzzy Logic in Interior Daylight Estimation”, E. Thro, Fuzzy Logic: A Practical Approach, AP
Professional, Boston, MA, 1994.
17. G. Inan, and A.B. Goktepe, “Prediction of sulfate expancion of PC mortar using adaptive neuro-fuzzy methodology”, K. Ramyar,
A. Sezer, Building and Environment, 2007 vol. 42 (3), pp. 1264–1269.
18. M. Sugeno, and G.T. Kang, “Fuzzy Sets Systems Man and Cybernetics”, 1993, vol. 23 (3), pp. 665–685.
19. K.M. Passino, “Stable Fuzzy Logic design of point to point control for mechanical systems”, S. Yurkovich, Fuzzy Control,
Addison-Wesley, 1998.
20. D.W.C. Ho, and P.A. Zhang, “Design of Fuzzy Wavelet Neural Networks using the GA approach for function approximation and
system”
21. T. Takagi, and M. Sugeno, “IEEE Transactions on Systems Man and Cybernetics”, 1985, vol. 15, pp. 116–132.
22. J.S.R. Jang, and C.T. Sun, Proceedings of the IEEE vol. 83, pp. 378–405, 1995.
23. S. Akbulut, A.S. Hasilog¢lu, and S. Pamukcu, Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering, vol. 24, pp. 805–814, 2004.
24. Sakshi Gupta, “Use of triangular membership function for prediction of compressive strength of concrete containing nanosilica”,
Cogent Engineering, 2:1025578, 2015.
25. Paratibha Aggarwal, Yogesh Aggarwal, “Prediction of Compressive Strength of Self Compacting Concrete with Fuzzy Logic”,
World Academy of Science, Engineering and Technology
26. International Journal of Mathematical and Computational Sciences, Vol:5, No:5, 2011.
27. C. Sivapragasam, G Vasudevan, P Vincent, P Sugendran, M Marimuthu, “Rule reduction in fuzzy logic for better interpretability
in reservoir operation”, Hydrological Processes: An International Journal 21 (21), 2835-2844,2007.
28. C. Sivapragasam, P Sugendran, M Marimuthu, S Seenivasakan,
29. “Fuzzy logic for reservoir operation with reduced rules”, Environmental Progress 27 (1), 98-103, 2008.
Authors: R. Sathish Kumar
Paper Title: Contemporary Methods of Construction for Social Deficit in Housing in India
Abstract: In India the housing shortage is much severe with an estimated shortage of around 18 million
houses, with 99% of this is in the economically weaker sections of society. Social housing is the housing system
28. provided for people with low income by government agencies or non-profit organizations. This research paper is
about the study of the methods of construction that is adopted in social housing system which will help in
improving the social deficit in the housing sector. The study is done with the help of live case studies on housing 126-129
projects in and around Hyderabad which comes under the flagship programme JNNURM for economically
weaker section. The study concluded that the contemporary methods of construction is considered to be
advantageous as the government does not provide enough funds for the housing projects and also the contractors
are not willing to take any risk and pay for any other modern method of construction.
Keyword: Affordable housing, Urbanization, Income level, Slums, Economic backwardness

References:
1. Michelle Hindman, Olivia Lu-Hill, Sean Murphy, Sneha Rao, Yash Shah Zeqi Zhu, “Addressingslum redevelopment issues in
India, Dow Sustainability Fellowship”, 2015.
2. Sara Mc Tarnaghan, Carlos Martín, TanayaSrini, Juan Collazos, “Literature review of housing in Latin America and the
Caribbean - Phase I”, Global Housing Research Initiative. 2016.
3. Grace. A. Daley Williams, “An evaluation of the low-income housing sector in Jamaica”, Georgia Institute of Technology. 2006.
4. Ron Mahabir, Andrew Crooks, ArieCroitoru , Peggy Agouris, “The study of slums as social and physical constructs: challenges
and emerging research opportunities”, Regional Studies, Regional Science, 2016.
5. Anindo Sarkar, UdayanDhavalikar, Vikram Agrawal, Sebastian Morris, “Examination of affordable housing policies in India,
Indian Institute of Managemen”t, Ahemedabad, 2016
6. Allan Cain, “Understanding market dynamics, performance, and opportunities”, Angola’sHousing Sectors, 2016.
7. Y. EmiliusSebastina Antony, “Experimental Investigation on
Authors: S.D.Anitha Selvasofia, G. Prince Arulraj, V.G.Srisanthi
Paper Title: Analysis of Traffic Congestion and Remedial Measures, Coimbatore City
Abstract: During the past few years, there has been high growth of demand for road transportation .The
volume of road traffic has increased continuously over years due to the increase in the vehicle population,
buying power, rented cab services, increasing economy activities and urbanisation. Road accidents and traffic
congestion impose a burden on the society. Reducing the traffic congestion and road accidents are very
important for efficient road transportation. With the increase in population in Coimbatore, the number of
vehicles also increased. An effort has been made to study the traffic volume of Avinashi Road NH47, Trichy
Road, NH81, Sathy Road NH209, Mettupalayam Road NH67 and Other Corporations Road . The vehicle
population in Coimbatore has increased at an alarming rate. In the year 2014-15, around 27100 two wheelers,
4800 cars and 1800 other transport vehicles have been registered. In the year 2015-16, 33000 two wheelers,
6700 cars and 3040 other vehicles have been registered. The increase in the percentage comes to 20%, 40%,
40% respectively during the years 2014-15, 2015-16. Coimbatore has a large number of floating population.
The traffic on its roads has increased so much that it often becomes very difficult to cross a road. During the
peak hours of the day, we find an unending stream of buses, trucks, cars, tempos, scooters, motor-cycles and
cycles are seen in many roads. Most of the drivers of the vehicles do not observe traffic rules. Other than this,
accident data opinion survey was also carried to know the problems faced by the pedestrians. After analyzing all
the data, remedial measures such as widening of road, removal/ relocation of bus stops, implementation of speed
brakers and introduction of manned and unmanned traffic signals are suggested in the study area. An overall
analysis was carried out to determine the effects of introducing the remedial measures. It is found that the traffic
congestion can be reduced if the remedial measures are implemented.
Keyword: Accident study, Traffic volume, Traffic congestion, manned traffic signals, traffic signals
29.
References:
1. Anitha Selvasofia S.D, Nithyaa.R & Prince Arulraj.G 2013, ‘Minimizing the Traffic Congestion Using GIS’ in IJREAT
International Journal of Research in Engineering & Advanced Technology, Volume 1, no. 1, ISSN 2320 – 8791.
130-135
2. Ardeshir Faghri & Khaled Hamad, 2002, ‘Application of GPS in Traffic Management Systems, GPS Solutions volume 5 52.
https//doi.org/10.1007/PL00012899
3. Banik B.K, Chowdhury M.A.I, Hossain E & Mojumdar B 2011, ‘Road Accident & Safety Study’ in Sylhet Region of Bangladesh
in Journal of Engineering Science And Technology vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 493 – 505.
4. Blazquez & Celis 2013, ‘A spatial & temporal analysis of child pedestrian crashes in Santiago, Chile’ Accident Analysis &
Prevention Volume 50, pp. 304-311.
5. Brian L. Smith, M. Asce, Ling Qin & Ramkumar Venkatanarayana.2003. ‘Characterization of Freeway Capacity Reduction
Resulting from Traffic Accidents’, Journal of Transportation Engineering,Volume 362
6. Carola A.BlazquezMarcela S.Celis 2013,’ A spatial & temporal analysis of child pedestrian crashes in Santiago, Chile’, Accident
Analysis & Prevention, Volume 50, pp. 304-311.
7. Daniel Shefer, Piet Rietveld, 1997 Congestion & Safety on Highways Towards an Analytical Model,
https//doi.org/10.1080/0042098975970 vol 34, no. 4. pp. 679-692.
8. David C. Eckley, Kevin M. Curtin,2013 ‘Evaluating the spatiotemporal clustering of traffic incidents’, Computers, Environment
& Urban Systems, Volume 37,pp. 70-81
9. Debasish Chakraborty , Debanjan Sarkar , Shubham Agarwal , Dibyendu Dutta & Jaswant R. Sharma, 2015 ‘Web Based GIS
Application using Open Source Software for Sharing Geospatial Data’, Cloud Publications International Journal of Advanced
Remote Sensing & GIS, Volume 4, no. 1, ISSN 2320 – 0243, pp. 1224-1228.
10. Deelesh Mandloi & Rajiv Gupta, 2003 ‘Evaluation of accident black spots on roads using Geographical Information Systems
(GIS)’ Map India Conferenceat GIS development.net, file///C/Users/sofia%20
samuel/Downloads/Evaluation_of_accident_black_spots_on_roads_using_.pdf
11. Deepthi Jayan.K & B.Ganeshkumar , 2010 ‘Identification of Accident Hot Spots’ in A GIS Based Implementation For Kannur
District, Kerala ‘ In International Journal of Geomatics And Geosciences Volume 1, No 1.
12. Duc Nguyen Huu & Chon Le Trung,2012 ‘Open Source Softwares In Building Webgis of Bus Information System’, International
Symposium on Geoinformatics for Spatial Infrastructure Development in Earth & Allied Sciences.
13. Elke Moons, Tom Brijs, 2009, ‘Spatial Modelling of Risk In Traffic Safety On The Road Network’, Association for European
Transport & contributors,pp. 1-16.
14. Erdogan, S., Yilmaz, I., Baybura, T., Gullu, M. 2008, ‘Geographical Information Systems Aided Traffic Accident Analysis
System Case Study City of Afyonkarahisar’, Accident Analysis & Prevention, vol. 40/1, pp. 174-181.
15. Fatih Keskin, Firdes,Yenilmez, MithatÇolak.Ipek, Yavuzer.H. SebnemDüzgün, 2011 ‘Analysis of traffic incidents in METU
campus’ Procedia - Social & Behavioral Sciences, Volume 19,pp. 61-70.
16. Ganeshkumar & D.Ramesh, 2010, ‘Emergency Response Management & Information System (ERMIS) A GIS based software to
resolve the emergency recovery challenges in Madurai city, Tamil Nadu’ International Journal of Geomatics And Geosciences
Volume 1, No 1.
17. Gary A. Davis (001, ‘Using Bayesian Networks to Identify the Causal Effect of Speeding in Individual Vehicle/Pedestrian
Collisions’ 17th Conference in Uncertainty in Artificial Intelligence, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, USA, pp .
105-111
18. Geurts.K, & Wets.G, 2003,’Black Spot Analysis Methods Literature Review’ http//www.steunpuntverkeersveiligheid.
be/sites/default/ files/ RA-2003-07.pdf
19. Ghazan Khan; Xiao Qin,& David A. Noyce 2008 ,’ Spatial Analysis of Weather Crash Patterns, Journal of Transportation
Engineering Volume 134 no. 5.
20. Gill.N & Bharath B.D, 2013 ‘Identification of Optimum Path for Tourist Places Using GIS Based Network Analysis A Case
Study of New Delhi’ IJARSGG, vol.1, No.2, PP34-38.
21. Gourav Goel , S.N. Sachdeva 2014 ‘Identification of Accident Prone Locations Using Accident Severity Value on a Selected
Stretch of NH-1’ International Journal of Engineering Research & Applications (IJERA) ISSN 2248-9622,PP31-34
22. Guler Yalcin & Sebnem Duzgun.H, (2015) ‘Spatial analysis of two-wheeled vehicles traffic crashes Osmaniye in Turkey’ KSCE
Journal of Civil Engineering, e Volume 19, no. 7, pp 2225–2232
23. Hamby.B,& Thompson.K. 2006. New toolkit provides practical tools to build better bus stops. ITE Journal 76 (9) PP22 –26.
Authors: T Bharath, J Sarathkumar Sebastin
Paper Title: An Experimental Study on Ice Pattern for Casting Process

Abstract: The casting process has come to wide range of use in manufacturing process. Wooden, aluminum
and wax are mostly used materials for pattern in the casting. However, it contains some limitations such as
expansion of wax pattern, cracks in ceramic, complexity limitation in wooden pattern and removal of wooden
pattern from sand mold etc., in the light of this, the work attempts to use ice pattern for mold making and
sublimating ice pattern to create cavity in the mold for pouring. Ice pattern can be produced with aid of rapid
freeze prototyping (RFP) or by traditional ice mold method. Integration of RFP/Traditional ice mold method
with sublimated ice in casting process allows the quick creation of complex metal parts. Here, mold is produced
by ice pattern and then ice pattern is removed by sublimation process (sublimation is the process of direct
conversion of solid phase to vapor phase of matters) to create cavity. The advantages of no parts geometric
complexity problems , No need of parting line design, less complex limitation, sound casting, clean and less cost
of process operation, and better performance. This paper will present our creation study on sublimation of ice
pattern in greensand for mold making for casting, and results of the cast piece obtained from sand casting
process.
30.
Keyword: Rapid freeze prototyping, ice pattern, sublimation of ice, green sand, sand casting process.
136-138
References:
1. A.S. Sabau and S. Viswanathan, “Material properties for predicting wax pattern dimensions in investment casting”, Material
Science and Engineering A, vol.362, 2003, pp 125–134.
2. V.F. Okhuysen, K. Padmanabhan, and R.C. Voigt, “Tooling allowance practices in investment casting industry”, Proceedings of
the 46th Annual Technical Meeting of the Investment Casting Institute, Orlando, USA, 1998, Paper no. 1.
3. J.C. Gebelin and M.R. Jolly, “Modeling of the investment casting process”, Journal of Material Processing Technology, vol. 135,
2003, pp 291 – 300.
4. W. Bonilla, S. H. Masood and P. Iovenitti, “An investigation of wax patterns for accuracy
improvement in investment casting parts”, Bulletin of Industrial Research Institute of Swineburne, Melbourne,
Australia, vol. 18, 2001, pp 348 – 356.
5. B. Singh, P. Kumar, and B.K. Mishra, “Optimization of injection parameters for making wax patterns to be used in
ceramic shell investment casting”, Proceedings of Asian Symposium on Materials and Processing, 2006,
Thailand.
6. Q. Liu, G. Sui and M.C. Leu, “Experimental Study on the ice pattern fabrication for the investment casting by rapid freeze
prototyping (RFP)”, Computers in Industry, vol. 48, 2002, pp 181 – 197.
7. Q. Liu, V.L. Richards, M.C. Leu, and S.M. Schmitt, “Dimensional accuracy and surface roughness of rapid freeze prototyping
icepatterns and investment casting metal parts”, International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, vol. 24, 2004, pp
485–495.
Authors: S. Suresh Kumar, M. Uthayakumar, S. Thirumalai Kumaran, K. Vinoth Babu
Paper Title: Synthesis, Characterization and Testing of Al Alloy Based Hybrid Composite Materials
Abstract: The developments in the area of aerospace, advancing activities in aircraft field and automotive
industry emerges the exploit of new materials. In such applications, the role of Metal Matrix Composites
(MMCs) is inevitable. In the proposed article, the fabrication of Al (6351) alloy reinforced with SiC and varying
weight proportion of Boron Carbide (B4C) was done through stir casting process. The characterization of
prepared composite materials is evaluated to ensure the homogeneous distribution of reinforced particulates in
31. Al matrix. The existence of alloying elements and their mapping is done through EDS. Moreover, the
enhancement of physical and mechanical behavior of the fabricated composites is also discussed in detail.
139-142
Keyword: hybrid composite, stir casting, SEM, microstructure, mechanical properties.
References:
1. N. Valibeygloo, R. Azari Khosroshahi and R. Taherzadeh Mousavian, “Microstructural and mechanical properties of Al -4.5wt%
Cu reinforced with alumina nano particles by stir casting method,” International Journal of Minerals, Metallurgy, and Materials,
2013, vol. 20 (10), pp. 978-985.
2. Wang Zhenlong, Geng Xuesong, Chi Guanxin and Wang Yukui, “Surface Integrity associated with SiC/Al particulate composite
by micro-wire electrical discharge machining,” Journal of Materials and Manufacturing Process, 2014, vol. 29, pp. 532-539.
3. K. Kalaiselvan, N. Muruganand and Siva Parameswaran, “Production and characterization of AA6061–B4C stir cast composite,”
Materials and Design, 2011, vo. 2, pp. 4004–4009.
4. Belete Sirahbizu Yigezu, P.K. Jha, and Mahapatra M.M., “The key attributes of synthesizing ceramic particulate reinforced Al-
based matrix composites through stir casting process: A Review,” Materials and Manufacturing Process, 2013, vol. 28 (9), pp.
969-979.
5. A.V. Pozdniakov, V.S. Zolotorevskiy, R. Yu. Barkov, A. Lotfy, A.I. Bazlov, “Microstructure and material characterization of
6063/B4C and 1545K/B4C composites produced by two stir casting techniques for nuclear applications,” Journal of Alloys and
Compounds, 2016, vol. 664, pp. 317-320.
6. [6] K.V. Mahendra and K. Radhakrishna, “Characterization of stir cast Al—Cu—(fly ash + SiC) hybrid metal matrix
composites,” Journal of Composite Materials, 2010, vol. 44 (8), pp. 989-1005.
7. Bijay Kumar Show, Dipak Kumar Mondal, Koushik Biswas and Joydeep Maity, “Development of a novel 6351 Al–
(Al4SiC4+SiC) hybrid composite with enhanced mechanical properties,” Materials Science and Engineering: A, 2013, vol. 579,
pp. 136-149.
8. Ali Mazahery and Mohsen Ostad Shabani, “Mechanical properties of squeeze-cast A356 composites reinforced with B 4C
particulates,” Journal of Materials Engineering and Performance, 2012, vol. 21 (2), pp. 247-252.
9. Arun Premnath, T. Alwarsamy, T. Rajmohan and R. Prabhu, “The influence of alumina on mechanical and tribological
characteristics of graphite particle reinforced hybrid Al-MMC,” Journal of Mechanical Science and Technology, 2014, vol. 28
(11), pp. 4737-4744.
10. Aykut Canakci, Fazli Arslan and Temel Varol, “Physical and mechanical properties of stir-casting processed AA2024/B4Cp
composites”, Science and Engineering of Composite Materials, 21 (4) (2014), 505-515.
11. Saba Khoramkhorshid, Morteza Alizadeh, Amir Hossein Taghvaei, Sergio Scudino, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of
Al-based metal matrix composites reinforced with Al 84Gd6Ni7Co3 glassy particles produced by accumulative roll bonding,
Materials & Design, 90 (2016), 137-144.
12. Sajjadi S.A, Ezatpour H.R, Beygi H, Microstructure and mechanical properties of Al–Al2O3 micro and nano composites
fabricated by stir casting, Materials Science and Engineering: A, 528 (29–30) (2011), 8765-8771.
Authors: P. Ram Kumar, M.Sivasubramanian, P.RajeshKanna, P.Raveendiran
Paper Title: Thermal Characteristics Analysis on Multi- Heat Pipe Induced Heat Exchanger
Abstract: In this investigation of multi heat pipe induced in heat exchanger shows the developments in heat
transfer is to improve the efficiency of heat exchangers. Water is used as a heat transfer fluid and acetone is used
as a working fluid. Rotameter is set to measure the flow rate of cold water and hot water. To maintain the
parameter as experimental setup. Then set the mass flow rate of hot water as 40 LPH, 60LPH, 80 LPH, 100LPH,
120 LPH and mass flow rate of cold water as 20 LPH, 30 LPH, 40 LPH, 50 LPH, and 60 LPH. Then 40 C, 45
ºC, 50 ºC, 55 C, 60 ºC are the temperatures of hot water at inlet are maintained. To find some various physical
parameters of Qc, hc, Re, , Pr, Rth. The maximum effectiveness of the investigation obtained from condition of
Thi 60 C, Tci 32 C and 100 LPH mhi, 60 LPH mci the maximum effectiveness attained as 57.25 . Then the
mhi as 100 LPH, mci as 60 LPH and Thi at 40 C as 37.6%. It shows the effectiveness get increased about
34.3 to the maximum conditions.
Keyword: Multi Heat pipe, Heat exchanger, Mass flow rates, Temperature of hot water, Heat transfer rate,
Effectiveness.
References:
1. Han Xiaoxing, Wang Yaxiong, “Experimental investigation of thermal performance of a novel concentric tube heat pipe heat
exchanger,” International journal of heat and mass transfer 2018, 127, pp. 1338-1342.
2. R.Wermer, Martin J.Ward,Justin D.Simpson,Robert A.Zimmerman, James A.Stewart,“Ahigh capacityself priming counter
gravity heat pipe,” International journal of heat and mass transfer. 2018, 125, pp. 1369-1378.
32. 3. Saud Ghani,S.Mahmoud, A.Gamaledin, “Experimental Investigation of double pipe heat exchanger in air conditioning
application,” International journal of heat pipe. 2018, 158, pp. 801-811.
4. Shuangfeng Wang, Zirong Lin, Weibao Zhang, Jinjian Chen, “Experimental study on pulsating heat pipe with functional thermal 143-147
fluids,” International journal of heat and mass transfer, 2009, 52, pp. 5276-5279.
5. Guen Jae Lee, Leonard D. Tijing, Bock Choon Pak, “Use of catalytic materials for the mitigation of mineral fouling,”
International communication in heat and mass transfer, 2006, 33, pp. 14-23.
6. Xiahou Guowei, Zhang Junjie, Ma Rui, Liu Yepang, “Novel heat pipe radiator for vertical CPU cooling and its experimental
study,” International journal of heat and mass transfer, 2019, 130, pp. 912-922.
7. Anand Takawale, Alex Sielaff, Peter Stephan, Aravind Pattamatta, “A comparative study of flow regimes and thermal
performance between flat plate pulsating heat pipe and capillary tube pulsating heat pipe,” Applied thermal engineering, 2018,
pp. 11-19.
8. Tong Miin Liou, Shyy Woei Chang, Wei Ling Cai, “Thermal fluid characteristics of pulsating in radially rotating thin pad”,
International journal of heat and mass transfer, 2019, 131, pp. 273-290.
9. V.Kiseev, O.Sazhin, “Heat transfer enhancement in a loop thermosyphon using nanoparticles/ water nanofluids,” International
journal of heat and mass transfer, 2019, 132, pp. 557-564.
10. Abhinav Malhotra, Martin Maldovan, “Thermal transport in semiconductor nanotubes,” International journal of heat and mass
transfer, 2019, 130, pp. 368-374.
11. Ye Bai, Liang Wang, Shuang Zhang, Ningning Xie, “Heat transfer characteristics of natural circulation separate heat pipe unde r
various operating condition,” International journal of heat and mass transfer, 2018,126, pp. 191-200.
12. S.A. Lurie, L.N. Rabiniskiy, Y.O. Solyaev, “Topology optimization of the wick geometry in a flat plate heat pipe,” Internatio nal
journal of heat and mass transfer, 2019, 128, pp. 239-247.
13. Gyoko Nagayama, Takaharu Tsuruta, Shunya Gyotoku, “Thermal performance of flat micro heat pipe with converging
microchannels,” international journal of heat and mass transfer, 2018,122, pp. 375-382.
14. M.A.Chernysheva, Y.F.maydanik, “simulation of heat and mass transfer in a cylindrical evaporator of a loop heat pipe,”
international journal of heat and mass transfer, 2019, 131, pp. 442-449.
15. E.N. Pis mennyi, S.M. Khayrnasov, B.M. Rassamakin, “Heat transfer in evaporation zone of aluminium grooved heat pipes”,
International journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 2018, 127, pp. 80-88.
33. Authors: Vignesh Sreekandan Nair, Jothiraj Palaniappan,Winowlin Jappes JT

Paper Title: Metallic Additives Dispersed Polymer Composites for Irradiation Shielding- A Novel Critique
Abstract: Ionizing radiation finds its part in a wide spectrum of fields such as medicine, industry and
research. These radiations in the form of alpha, beta, neutron particles, gamma and X-rays are very dangerous
for not only humans but also for biotic and abiotic environments. The present article briefly works out the
irradiation shielding ability of some potential composite materials to recognize the shielding tendency and
enabling the same to find some promising applications in defense as well as nuclear research. The physics of
irradiation decay and shielding is appraised in this critique. This review article studies about various materials
employed for the attenuation of nuclear radiations and their response in terms of attenuation rates (I/I0) after
exposure to the radiation. The study also focuses on the mechanical performance of the shielding materials
meticulously for the application of dry storage of the spent fuel possessing a potential threat of radiation hazards.
Moreover the evolution of composite materials in the structural applications is contemplated.
Keyword: Attenuation, Composite materials, Dry Storage, Irradiation shielding

References:
1. Hatwig G, Knaak S, Fibre-Epoxy Composites at Low Temperatures,
2. Cryogenics 24(11) (1984), 639-647
3. C. Soutis, Carbon fiber reinforced plastics in aircraft construction, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 412 (1) (2005) 171-176.
4. K. Friedrich, A.A. Almajid, Manufacturing aspects of advanced polymer composites for automotive applications, Appl.
Compos. Mater. 20 (2) (2013) 107-128.
5. R.M. Jones, Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC press, 1998.
6. M.F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Butterworth- Heinemann Press, 2005.
7. P. Kim, A comparative study of the mechanical performance and cost of metal, FRP, and hybrid beams, Appl. Compos.
Mater. 5 (3) (1998) 175-187.
8. Manalo, T. Aravinthan, A. Fam, B. Benmokrane, State-of-the-art review on FRP sandwich systems for lightweight civil
infrastructure, J. Compos. Constr. (2016).
9. R. Adeli, S. P. Shirmardi, and S. J. Ahmadi, “Neutron irradiation tests on B4C/epoxy composite for neutron shielding
application and the parameters assay,” Radiat. Phys. Chem., vol. 127, pp. 140–146, Oct. 2016.
10. M. R. Ambika et al., “Preparation and characterisation of Isophthalic- Bi2O3 polymer composite gamma radiation shields,”
Radiat. Phys. Chem., vol. 130, pp. 351–358, Jan. 2017.
11. H. S. Chen, W. X. Wang, Y. L. Li, P. Zhang, H. H. Nie, and Q. C. Wu, “The design, microstructure and tensile properties of
B4C particulate
12. reinforced 6061Al neutron absorber composites,” J. Alloys Compd., vol. 632, pp. 23–29, May 2015.
13. J. Dumazert et al., “Advancements in Gd-based neutron detection: γ–γ coincidence approach,” Nuclear Instruments and
Methods in Physics Research, Section A: Accelerators, Spectrometers, Detectors and Associated Equipment, Elsevier B.V.,
2018.
14. B. R. Evans, J. Lian, and W. Ji, “Evaluation of shielding performance for newly developed composite materials,” Ann.
Nucl. Energy, vol. 116, pp. 1–9, Jun. 2018.
15. X. Fu, X. Tang, Y. Hu, H. Li, and J. Tao, “Effect of different lay-ups on the microstructure, mechanical properties and
neutron transmission of neutron shielding fibre metal laminates,” J. Nucl. Mater., vol. 475, pp. 227–236, Jul. 2016.
148-154
16. D. Gosset, P. Herter, and V. Motte, “Evaluation of damage in neutron irradiated boron carbide,” Nucl. Instruments Methods
Phys. Res. Sect. B Beam Interact. with Mater. Atoms, vol. 434, pp. 66–72, Nov. 2018.
17. M. R. Gual, A. Z. Mesquita, and C. Pereira, “Evaluation of an alternative shielding materials for F-127 transport package,”
Radiat. Phys. Chem., vol. 144, pp. 29–33, Mar. 2018.
18. Y. Huang, W. Zhang, L. Liang, J. Xu, and Z. Chen, “A „ Sandwich‟ type of neutron shielding composite filled with boron
carbide reinforced by carbon fiber,” Chem. Eng. J., vol. 220, pp. 143–150, Mar. 2013.
19. B. K. Jang, J. C. Lee, J. H. Kim, and C. W. Chung, “Enhancement of thermal neutron shielding of cement mortar by using
borosilicate glass powder,” Appl. Radiat. Isot., vol. 123, pp. 1–5, May 2017.
20. M. A. Kiani, S. J. Ahmadi, M. Outokesh, R. Adeli, and A. Mohammadi, “Preparation and characteristics of epoxy/clay/B4C
nanocomposite at high concentration of boron carbide for neutron shielding application,” Radiat. Phys. Chem., vol. 141, pp.
223–228,
21. Dec. 2017
22. L. T. Jiang, Z. G. Xu, Y. K. Fei, Q. Zhang, J. Qiao, and G. H. Wu, “The design of novel neutron shielding
(Gd+B4C)/6061Al composites and its properties after hot rolling,” Compos. Part B Eng., vol. 168, pp. 183–194, Jul. 2019.
23. Y. Katoh et al., “Continuous SiC fiber, CVI SiC matrix composites for nuclear applications: Properties and irradiation
effects,” J. Nucl. Mater., vol. 448, no. 1–3, pp. 448–476, 2014.
24. R. Li, Y. Gu, Z. Yang, M. Li, Y. Hou, and Z. Zhang, “Gamma ray shielding property, shielding mechanism and predicting
model of continuous basalt fiber reinforced polymer matrix composite containing functional filler,” Mater. Des., vol. 124,
pp. 121–130, Jun. 2017.
25. M. E. Mahmoud, A. M. El-Khatib, M. S. Badawi, A. R. Rashad, R. M. El-Sharkawy, and A. A. Thabet, “Recycled high-
density polyethylene plastics added with lead oxide nanoparticles as sustainable radiation shielding materials,” J. Clean.
Prod., vol. 176, pp. 276–287, Mar. 2018.
26. T. Özdemir and S. N. Yılmaz, “Mixed radiation shielding via 3-layered polydimethylsiloxane rubber composite containing
hexagonal boron nitride, boron (III) oxide, bismuth (III) oxide for each layer,” Radiat. Phys. Chem., vol. 152, pp. 17 –22,
Nov. 2018.
27. X. Pang, Y. Xian, W. Wang, and P. Zhang, “Tensile properties and strengthening effects of 6061Al/12 wt%B4C composites
reinforced with nano-Al2O3 particles,” J. Alloys Compd., vol. 768, pp. 476–484, Nov. 2018.
28. J. J. Park, S. M. Hong, M. K. Lee, C. K. Rhee, and W. H. Rhee, “Enhancement in the microstructure and neutron shielding
efficiency of sandwich type of 6061Al-B4C composite material via hot isostatic pressing,” Nucl. Eng. Des., vol. 282, pp. 1–
7, 2015.
29. M. J. Saif, M. Naveed, H. M. Asif, and R. Akhtar, “Irradiation applications for polymer nano-composites: A state-of-the-art
review,” J. Ind. Eng. Chem., vol. 60, pp. 218–236, Apr. 2018.
30. D. Sarıyer, R. Küçer, and N. Küçer, “Neutron Shielding Properties of Concretes Containing Boron Carbide and Ferro –
Boron,” Procedia - Soc. Behav. Sci., vol. 195, pp. 1752–1756, Jul. 2015.
31. Solodkyi et al., “Addition of carbon fibers into B4C infiltrated with molten silicon,” Ceram. Int., vol. 45, no. 1, pp. 168 –
174, Jan. 2019.
32. Z. Soltani, A. Beigzadeh, F. Ziaie, and E. Asadi, “Effect of particle size and percentages of Boron carbide on the thermal
neutron radiation shielding properties of HDPE/B4C composite: Experimental and simulation studies,” Radiat. Phys.
Chem., vol. 127, pp. 182–187, Oct. 2016.
33. Z. G. Xu, L. T. Jiang, Q. Zhang, J. Qiao, D. Gong, and G. H. Wu, “The design of a novel neutron shielding B4C/Al
composite containing Gd,” Mater. Des., vol. 111, pp. 375–381, Dec. 2016.
34. P. Zhang, Y. Li, W. Wang, Z. Gao, and B. Wang, “The design, fabrication and properties of B4C/Al neutron absorbers,” J.
Nucl. Mater., vol. 437, no. 1–3, pp. 350–358, 2013.
35. Akkurt, I., El-Khayatt, A.M., The effect of barite proportion on neutron and gamma ray shielding. Ann. Nucl. Energy 51,
(2013) 5–9.
36. Akkurt, I., Akyıldırım, H., Mavi, B., Kilincarslan, S., Basyigit, C., Radiation shielding of concrete containing zeolite.
Radiat. Meas. 45, (2010) 827–830.
37. Akkurt, I., Akyildirim, H., Mavi, B., Kilincarslan, S., Basyigit, C., Gamma-ray shielding properties of concrete including
barite at different energies. Prog. Nucl. Energy 52, (2010), 620–623.
38. K.M. Shorowordi, T. Laoui, A. Haseeb, J.P. Celis, L. Froyen, Microstructure and interface characteristics of B4C, SiC and
Al2O3 reinforced Al matrix composites: a comparative study, J. Mater. Process. Technol. 142 (3) (2003) 738–743.
39. Abdollahi, A. Alizadeh, H.R. Baharvandi, Dry sliding tribological behavior and mechanical properties of Al2024–5
wt.%B4C nanocomposite produced by mechanical milling and hot extrusion, Mater. Des. 55 (2014) 471–481.
40. Y. Dou, Y. Liu, Y. Liu, Z. Xiong, Q. Xia, Friction and wear behaviors of B4C/6061Al composite, Mater. Des. 60 (2014)
669–677.
41. K. Kalaiselvan, N. Murugan, S. Parameswaran, Production and characterization of AA6061–B4C stir cast composite,
Mater. Des. 32 (7) (2011) 4004–4009.
42. Yiping Huang, Lu Liang, Jiao Xu, Weijiang, Zhang,The design study of a new nuclear protection material, Nuclear
Engineering and Design, 248 (2012), 22-27
43. Z. Zhou, G. Wu, L. Jiang, R. Li, Z. Xu, Analysis of morphology and microstructure of B4C/2024Al composites after 7.62
mm ballistic impact, Mater. Des. 63 (2014) 658–663.
44. H.S. Chen, W.X. Wang, Y.L. Li, J. Zhou, H.H. Nie, Q.C.Wu, The design, microstructure and mechanical properties of
B4C/6061Al neutron absorber composites fabricated by SPS, Mater. Des. 94 (2016) 360–367.
45. H.S. Chen,W.X. Wang, Y.L. Li, P. Zhang, H.H. Nie, Q.C.Wu, The design,microstructure and tensile properties of B4C
particulate reinforced 6061Al neutron absorber composites, J. Alloys Compd. 632 (2015) 23–29.
46. P. Zhang, Y. Li, W. Wang, Z. Gao, B. Wang, The design, fabrication and properties of B4C/Al neutron absorbers, J. Nucl.
Mater. 437 (1–3) (2013) 350–358.
47. B. Buyuk, A.B. Tugrul, M. Cengiz, O. Yucel, G. Goller, F.C. Sahin, Radiation shielding properties of spark plasma sintered
boron carbide- aluminium composites, Acta Phys. Pol. A 128 (2B) (2015) B132– B134.
48. J.-J. Park, S.-M. Hong, M.-K. Lee, C.-K. Rhee,W.-H. Rhee, Enhancement in the microstructure and neutron shielding
efficiency of sandwich type of 6061Al–B4C composite material via hot isostatic pressing, Nucl. Eng. Des. 282 (2015) 1–7.
49. A.V. Pozdniakov, V.S. Zolotorevskiy, R.Y. Barkov, A. Lotfy, A.I. Bazlov, Microstructure and material characterization of
6063/B4C and 1545K/B4C composites produced by two stir casting techniques for nuclear applications, J. Alloys Compd.
664 (2016) 317–320.
Authors: Anushraj B, Winowlin Jappes J T, Adam Khan M, Dillibabu V, Brintha N C
Paper Title: Comprehensive report on Materials for Gas Turbine Engine Components
Abstract: In the past three decades, it is very challenging for the researchers to design and development a best
gas turbine engine component. Engine component has to face different operating conditions at different working
environments. Nickel based superalloys are the best material to design turbine components. Inconel 718, Inconel
617, Hastelloy, Monel and Udimet are the common material used for turbine components. Directional
solidification is one of the conventional casting routes followed to develop turbine blades. It is also reported that
the raw materials are heat treated / age hardened to enrich the desired properties of the material implementation.
Accordingly they are highly susceptible to mechanical and thermal stresses while operating. The hot section of
the turbine components will experience repeated thermal stress. The halides in the combination of sulfur,
chlorides and vanadate are deposited as molten salt on the surface of the turbine blade. On prolonged exposure
the surface of the turbine blade starts to peel as an oxide scale. Microscopic images are the supportive results to
compare the surface morphology after complete oxidation / corrosion studies. The spectroscopic results are
useful to identify the elemental analysis over oxides formed. The predominant oxides observed are NiO, Cr2O3,
Fe2O3 and NiCr2O4. These oxides are vulnerable on prolonged exposure and according to PB ratio the
passivation are very less. In recent research, the invention on nickel based superalloys turbine blades produced
through other advanced manufacturing process is also compared. A summary was made through comparing the
conventional material and advanced materials performance of turbine blade material for high temperature
34. performance.
155-158
Keyword: nickel, corrosion, oxide, SEM, EDS, XRD
References:
1. Adam Khan M, Sundarrajan S, Natarajan S, Parameswaran P and Mohandas E “Oxidation & hot corrosion behavior of Nickel
based superalloy for Gas Turbine Applications”. Materials and Manufacturing Processes, (2014), 29, 1 – 8.
2. Adam Khan M, Sundarrajan S and Natarajan S “Cyclic hot corrosion behaviour of Inconel 617 with Na 2SO4 / NaCl / V2O5
molten salt environment at 900° and 1000°C”, High Temperature Materials and Processes (Accepted – 2014) [DOI:
10.1515/htmp-2014-0054, June 2014].
3. Courtesy of United Technologies Corporation, Pratt &Whitney Aircraft (JT8D turbofan engine)
4. Adam Khan M, Sundarrajan S and Natarajan S “Influence of Plasma coatings on Inconel617 for gas turbine applications”,
Surface Engineering, (2014) 30 (9), 656 – 661.
5. Joseph R. Davis Nickel, Cobalt, and Their Alloys, ASM International, Materials Park, Ohio, 2000.
6. George Y. Lai High-Temperature Corrosion and Materials Applications, ASM International, Materials Park, Ohio, USA, 2007.
7. Matthew J. Donachie and Stephen J. Donachie SUPERALLOYS: A Technical Guide, Second Edition, ASTM International,
Materials Park, Ohio, USA, 2002.
8. C. Juillet, A. Oudriss, J. Balmain, X. Feaugas, F.PedrazaCharacterization and oxidation resistance of additive manufactured and
forged IN718 Ni-based superalloys, Corrosion Science (2018), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.corsci.2018.07.032
9. K. Moussaoui, W. Rubio, M. Mousseigne, T. Sultan, F. Rezai, Effects of Selective Laser Melting Additive Manufacturing
Parameters of Inconel 718 on Porosity, Microstructure and Mechanical Properties, Materials Science & Engineering AS0921 -
5093(18)31093-1,2018
10. Chongliang Zhong, Jochen Kittela, Andres Gassera, Johannes Henrich Schleifenbaum, Study of nickel-based super-alloys Inconel
718 and Inconel 625 in highdeposition- rate laser metal deposition, Optics and Laser Technology 109 (2019) 352–360
11. Bonny Onuike, Bryan Heer, Amit Bandyopadhyay, Additive manufacturing of Inconel 718—Copper alloy bimetallic structure
using laser engineered net shaping (LENS™), Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018) 133–140
12. Mario Valdez Christopher Kozuch, Eric J. Faierson, Iwona Jasiuk, Induced porosity in Super Alloy 718 through the laser additive
manufacturing process: Microstructure and mechanical properties, Journal of Alloys and Compounds 725 (2017) 757e764
13. Yen-Ling Kuo, Shota Horikawa, Koji Kakehi , The effect of interdendritic δ phase on the mechanical properties of Alloy 718
built up by additive manufacturing, Materials & Design, doi: 10.1016/j.matdes.2016.12.026.
14. Lin Zhu, Zhoufeng Xu, Yuefeng Gu, Effect of laser power on the microstructure and mechanical properties of heat treated
Inconel 718 superalloy by laser solid forming, Journal of Alloys and Compounds (2018), doi: 10.1016/j.jallcom.2018.02.268.
15. Xing Li, J.J. Shi, C.H.Wang, G.H. Cao, A.M. Russell, Z.J. Zhou, C.P. Li, G.F. Chen, Effect of heat treatment on microstructu re
evolution of Inconel 718 alloy fabricated by selective laser melting, Journal of Alloys and Compounds 764 (2018) 639-649.
16. Y. Tiana, A. Gontcharovb, R. Gauvina, P. Lowdenb and M. Brochua, Effect of heat treatments on microstructure evolution and
mechanical properties of blended Nickel-based superalloys powders fabricated by laser powder deposition, Materials Science
& Engineering A, http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.07.116
17. C. Li, R. White, X.Y. Fang, M. Weaver, Y.B.Guo, Microstructure Evolution Characteristics of Inconel 625 Alloy from Selective
Laser Melting to Heat Treatment, Materials Science & Engineering A,
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.08.058
18. R. Konecna, L. Kunz, G. Nicoletto, A. Baca, Fatigue crack growth behavior of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,
Frattura Ed Integrita Strutturale,2016;(35):31.
19. M.Probstle, S.Neumeier, J.Hopfenmuller, L.Freund, T.Niendorf, D.Schwarze, M.Goken, Superior creep strength of a nickel-
based superalloy produced by selective laser melting, Mater. Sci. Eng.: A 2016; 674299-307
20. Y.Kuo, S.Horikawa, K.Kakehi, Effects of build direction and heat treatment on creep properties of Ni-base superalloy built up by
additive manufacturing, Scr. Mater. 2017; 12974-78
21. G. Strano, L. Hao, R.M. Everson, K.E. Evans, Surface roughness analysis, modelling and prediction in selective laser melting, J.
Mater. Process. Technol. 2013;213(4):589-597.
22. I.Gurrappa, I.V.S.Yashwanth, J.S.Burnell-Gray, Sulfidation characteristics of an advanced superalloy and comparison with other
superalloys intended for gas turbine use, The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society and ASM International 2013, DOI:
10.1007/s11661-013-1859-8
23. J.G. Gonzalez-Rodriguez, S. Haro, A. Martinez-Villafa, V.M. Salinas-Bravo, J. Porcayo-Calderon, Corrosion performance of
heat resistant alloys in Na2SO4–V2O5 molten salts, Materials Science and Engineering A 435–436 (2006) 258–265
24. T. S. Sidhu, S. Prakash, R. D. Agrawal, Study of Molten Salt Corrosion of High Velocity Oxy-Fuel Sprayed Cermet and Nickel-
Based Coatings at 900˚C, DOI: 10.1007/s11661-006- 9002-8 _ The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society and ASM International
2007
25. D. Saber, Islam S. Emam, R. Abdel-Karim, High temperature cyclic oxidation of Ni based superalloys at different temperatures
in air, Journal of Alloys and Compounds 719 (2017) 133e141
26. Shaolin Li, Xiaoguang Yang, Hongyu Qi, Jianan Song, Duoqi Shi, Low-Temperature Hot Corrosion Effects on the Low-Cycle
Fatigue Lifetime and Cracking Behaviors of a Powder Metallurgy Ni-Based Superalloy, International Journal of FatigueS0142-
1123(18)30270-6
DOI:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijfatigue.2018.06.035
27. G.A. El-Awadia, S. Abdel-Samada, Ezzat S. Elshazly, Hot corrosion behavior of Ni based Inconel 617 and Inconel 738
superalloys, Applied Surface Science 378 (2016) 224–230
28. V. Demetriou, J.D. Robson, M. Preuss, R. Morana, Study of the effect of hydrogen charging on the tensile properties and
microstructure of four variant heat treatments of nickel alloy 718, international journal of hydrogen energy xxx (2017) 1-15
29. Y. Noguchia, H. Okadaa, H. Hirataa, F. Minami, Effect of aging on high temperature fatigue properties of Ni-23Cr-7W alloy for
boiler pipes and tubes, International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping 165 (2018) 81–89
30. Enxiang Pua, Wenjie Zheng, Zhigang Song, Ke Zhang, Shuang Liu, Wenxing Shen, Han Dong, Evolution of microstructure and
tensile properties during solution treatment of nickel-based UNS N10276 alloy, Materials Science & Engineering A,
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.08.101
31. Y.C. Lin, Hui Yang, Ling Li, Effects of solutionizing cooling processing on γ ″ (Ni3Nb) phase and work hardening
characteristics of a Ni-Fe-Cr-base superalloy Vacuum (2017), doi: 10.1016/ j.vacuum.2017.07.025.
32. Li-ming TAN, Yi-wen ZHANG, Jian JIA, Shou-bo HAN, Precipitation of µ Phase in Nickel – based Powder Metallurgy
Superalloy FGH 97, Journal of iron and steel research, International, 2016, 23 (8) : 851-856.
Authors: Shan M Assis, S. Jeyakumar, K. Jayaraman
Paper Title: Flow characteristics of Axisymmetric Cavity Rear Wall Divergence Angle in a Scramjet Combustor
Abstract: Non-reacting experimental study was performed on a rear wall angled cavity actuated supersonic
flow of Mach 1.5 from a convergent divergent nozzle using a blowdown wind tunnel test setup. Ten different
model combinations of double angled rear wall cavities is preferred for the study of improvements in the
geometrical design of the combustor. Flow field properties of various cavity geometries were analyzed based on
the key parameters like, wall static pressures, stagnation pressure loss to the flow and qualitative mixing of flow
using momentum flux distribution. The static pressure is found to decrease inside the combustor with a decrease
in the secondary dual rear wall angle below 90 degrees whereas value increases at the rear wall OWING to
oscillation and recompression of shear layers inside the cavity region. In addition, the decrement in primary rear
wall angle, an enhancement in mixing profile and a reduction in stagnation pressure loss are also observed.
35.
Keyword: Cavity divergence angle, scramjet, momentum flux distribution, wall static pressure, pressure loss.
159-163
References:
1. Yu KH, Wilson KJ, Schadow KC. Effect of Flame-Holding Cavities on Supersonic-Combustion Performance. Journal of
Propulsion and Power, 2001;17:1287–1295. doi:10.2514/2.5877.
2. M. C. Mohamed Ali, Kurian J. Performance of Aft-Ramp Cavities for Flame Stabilization in Supersonic Flows, Journal of
Propulsion and Power, 2008, Vol. 24, No. 3, DOI: 10.2514/1.34751
3. Maurya et al, “Effect of aft wall offset and ramp on pressure oscillation from confined supersonic flow over cavity",
Experimental Thermal and Fluid-Science, 2015, 68, 559–573., doi:10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2015.06.014.
4. Sudhir L Gai, Harald Kleine and Andrew J Neely, “ Supersonic flow over a shallow open rectangular cavity “, Journal of
Aircraft, 2015, Vol.52, No.2, pp:609-616. doi.:10.2514/1.C032781.
5. Rajarshi Das, Heuy-Dong Kim and Job Kurien, “Experimental study of supersonic entrainment using a cavity”, AIAA Journal of
Propulsion and Power, 2014, Vol.30, No.5, pp.1143-1151.
6. Wei Huang, Zhen-guo Wang, Li Yan and Wei-dong Liu, “Numerical validation and parametric investigation on the cold flow
field of a typical cavity-based scramjet combustor”, Elsevier Journal, Acta Astronautica, 2012, Vol.80, pp.132-140.
7. Ming-Bo Sun, Hui Geng, Jian-Han Liang, and Zhen-Guo Wang. "Flame Characteristics in Supersonic Combustor with Hydrogen
Injection Upstream of Cavity Flameholder", Journal of Propulsion and Power, 2008, Vol. 24, No. 4 (2008), pp. 688 -696.doi:
10.2514/1.34970.
8. Yih Nen Jeng and Uon Jan Payne, “ Numerical study of Supersonic open cavity flow and pressure oscillation control “, AIAA
Journal of Aircraft, Vol.32, No.2, March-April 1995, pp.363-369
9. Sang Hun kang et al, “Scramjet Engine Combustor Tests in a supersonic Wind Tunnel with a Vitiated Air Heater” , 46th
AIAA/ASME/SAE/ASEE Joint Propulsion Conference & Exhibit, July 2010, AIAA 2010-7123.
10. Wei Huang et al, “Effect of geometric parameters on the drag of the cavity flameholder based on the variance analysis method” ,
Elsevier
11. W. Huang et al., “Flow-Field Analysis of a Typical Hydrogen-Fueled Dual-Mode Scramjet Combustor,” Journal of Aerospace
Engineering, vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 336–346, 2012..
12. Jeyakumar S, Shan M Assis, K Jayaraman, Effect of Axisymmetric Aft Wall Angle Cavity in Supersonic Flow Field ,
International Journal of Turbo & Jet-Engines, DOI: 10.1515/tjj-2016-0027, June 2016.
13. Maurya PK, C. R, R.R. VK, Vaidyanathan A. Effect of aft wall offset and ramp on pressure oscillation from confined supersonic
flow over cavity. Exp Therm Fluid Sci 2015;68:559–73. doi:10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2015.06.014.
14. Vikramaditya NS, Kurian J. Pressure Oscillations from Cavities with Ramp. AIAA J 2009;47:2974–84. doi:10.2514/1.43068.
15. Jeyakumar S, Shan M Assis, K Jayaraman, “Experimental Study on the Characteristics of Axisymmetric Cavity Actuated
Supersonic Flow”, Proc IMechE Part G: Journal of Aerospace Engineering, 2017 1–8, IMechE August 2016, DOI:
10.1177/0954410016667149
Authors: Roshan Kuruvila, S. Thirumalai Kumaran, M. Adam Khan
Paper Title: Analysis of air jet erosion on duplex stainless steel

Abstract: The prevention or minimization of erosion is an urgent need. The proper selection of the material
and the adopting methods for controlling the factors influencing erosion are the commonly used techniques.
Duplex Stainless Steel because of its good corrosion resistance and other properties becomes a common choice.
To have an effective control over erosion we must understand the effect of each parameter over the rate of
erosion. Air jet test rig was used to study the erosion behavior of Duplex Stainless steel of 2205 grade in a
controlled environment. Erosion tests were carried out with varying angle of impact, flow velocity and mass
flow rate under standard conditions using an air jet erosion rig made according to ASTM G76 standard.
Examination of the results associated with various elements such as impact angles, mass flow rate and flow
velocity. The results showed that the erosion rate was maximum at lower impact angles and decreases with
higher impact angles and the erosion rate increase with an increase in velocity and decrease with the increase in
mass flow rate.
36.
Keyword: duplex steel, erosion, standard.
164-166
References:
1. H. Najibi, R. Rezaei, J. Javanmardi, Kh. Nasrifar, and M. Moshfeghian, “Economic evaluation of natural gas transportation fro m
Iran’s South-Pars gas field to market,” Applied Thermal Engineering, vol. 29, 2009, pp. 2009-2015.
2. J. Postlethwaite, M. H. Dobbin, and K. Bergevin, “The role of oxygen mass transfer in the erosion-corrosion of slurry pipelines,”
Corrosion, vol. 42, 1986, pp. 514-521.
3. Finnie, “Erosion of surfaces by solid particles,” Wear, vol. 3, 1960, pp. 87-103.
4. Y. Guo, J. Hu, J. Li, L. Jiang, T. Liu, and Y. Wu, “Effect of annealing temperature on the mechanical and corrosion behavior of a
newly developed novel lean duplex stainless steel,” Materials, vol. 7, 2014, pp. 6604–6619.
5. Utu, I. Mitelea, S. Urlan, and C. Crăciunescu, “Transformation and precipitation reactions by metal active gas pulsed welded
joints from X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 duplex stainless steels,” Materials, vol. 9, 2016, pp. 606.
6. Viswanath, H. Dieringa, K.K. Ajith Kumar, UTS. Pillai, B.C. Pai, “Investigation on mechanical properties and creep behavior of
stir cast AZ91-SiCp composites,” Journal of Magnesium and Alloys, vol. 3, 2015, pp. 16-22.
7. Mayank Patela, Darshan Patela, S. Sekar, P.B. Tailora, and P.V. Ramanaa, “Study of solid particle erosion behaviour of SS 304 at
room temperature,” Procedia Technology, vol. 23, 2016, pp. 288-295.
8. K. Balamurugan, M. Uthayakumar, M. Ramakrishna, UTS. Pillai, “Air jet erosion studies on Mg/SiC composite,” Silicon, 2019,
pp 1–11.
Authors: R.Manikandan, .S.Rajesh, Chatush, P.Sibhin, Vignesh, G.Rampranav
Paper Title: Hazard Identification and Risk assessment in the Olive products manufacturing industry
Abstract: Nowadays health and safety issued have been raised all the manufacturing industry during making
products. Here the work is considered about the manufacturing process of Olive products and issues faced by
workers in the industry. In industry workers mostly exposed by health and safety hazards. The objective of this
study is to identify the risk level in the manufacturing process of Olive in industry and to assessment procedure
is given for access to the manufacturing process without adverse effect to the human being. The risk level is
37. estimated using hazards, risk (probability of hazards), severity and risk assessment matrix. Based on the
aforementioned consideration in the industry during the manufacturing process of Olive, the risk management
action is given and it should be reviewed and documented. 167-170
Keyword: Health issues, Safety issues, Olive manufacturing process, Risk assessment.
References:
1. S.M, El-Sayegh ,”Risk assessment and allocation in the UAE
construction industry,”. International journal of project management, 26(4),2008, pp. 431-438.
2. A.Pinto, I.L.Nunes, & R.A. Ribeiro,” Occupational risk
assessment in the construction industry Overview and reflection,” Safety science, 49(5), 2011, pp. 616-624.
3. J.V.Blackhurst, K.P.Scheibe, & D.J.Johnson, “Supplier
risk assessment and monitoring for the automotive industry,” International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics
Management, 38(2), 2008, pp. 143-165.
4. Greenberg, H. R., & Cramer, J. J. (Eds.). (1991). Risk assessment and
risk management for the chemicv al process industry. John Wiley & Sons.
5. R.R.Fullwood, & R.E.Hall, “Probabilistic risk assessment in
the nuclear power industry,”1988.
6. A.Matilde, “Occupational risk assessment at Olive Oil
7. Mills:Limitations and new perspectives,” 2016.
C.Jacinto, and C.Silva, “A semi-quantitative assessment of
occupational risks using bow-tie representation. Safety Science,” 48(8),2010, pp. 973-979.
8. A.Pinto, R.A.Ribeiro, and I.L.Nunes,” Fuzzy approach for reducing
subjectivity in estimating occupational accident severity,” Accident Analysis & Prevention, 45, 2012, pp. 281-290.
9. J.A.Carrillo-Castrillo, J.C.Rubio-Romero, J.Guadix, and L.Onievac,
“Risk assessment of maintenance operations: The analysis of performing task and accident mechanism,”International Journal of
Injury Control and Safety Promotion, 22(3), 2015, pp. 267-77.
10. V.V.Khanzode, J.Maiti, and P.K.Ray, “Occupational injury and
accident research: A comprehensive review,” Safety Science, 50(5), 2012, pp. 1355-1367.
11. M.A.Rodrigues, P.M.Arezes and C.P.Leão, “Risk decision in
occupational environments: The Portuguese reality,” Proceedings of 11th International Probabilistic Safety Assessment and
Management Conference and the Annual European Safety and Reliability Conference PSAM11 ESREL 2,2012, pp. 1366-1375.
12. M.A.Rodrigues, P.Arezes and C.P.Leão,” Defining risk acceptance
criteria in occupational settings: A case study in the furniture industrial sector,” Safety Science, 80,2015, pp. 288-295.
Authors: R.Manikandan, .S.Rajesh,T.Nikhil Babu, P.Vaibhav, P.Pradeep kannan
Paper Title: Manufacturing Process of Ductile Pipe using Casting Technique

Abstract: this paper, study the behavior of bendable iron which is used to the manufacturing of ductile steel
pipe. Bendable Iron offers higher elasticity than mellow steel and holds the intrinsic consumption opposition of
cast iron because of its spheroidal graphite small scale structure. Thus this bendable iron is utilized in the
production of channels by Srikalahasthi Pipes Limited. The state of graphite in the microstructure of the metal
ranges from 100mm to 1100mm measurement for ductile and cast iron. Channels produced using Ductile Iron
give considerable advantages as far as weight bearing capacity, sway opposition and ability to continue outer
static/unique stacking. These channels have adaptable push-on joints which don't spill at a high or low weight,
notwithstanding when avoided and are prominently known as 'Prepared to utilize' funnels, because of the
simplicity of jointing these channels. In the assembling procedure of Ductile Iron funnels water is utilized for
cooling frameworks in different areas. Keeping in perspective on generally water necessity and to lessen
groundwater tapping, a 5 MLD sewerage treatment plant has been set up in 2011 at a capex of Rs 20crores
which is adequate for procedure water prerequisite of the plant, which helped in sparing water amid the
assembling procedure. The investigation of utilization of Ductile iron in the assembling of channels by
Srikalahasthi Pipes Limited is giving beneficiaries in different segments as these are provided to different water
sheets, civic enterprises, military specialist administrations, railroads, and contractual workers the nation over
38. for their water foundation ventures.
171-174
Keyword: Ductile iron, Cast iron, Graphite, Pipes.
References:
1. M.Jagdishwar,”Casing Feeder Design
Optimization based on feed path and temperature analysis,” 2012.
2. Charles W. Mooney, Jr. Dies, “The best of Ductile
iron news‖,” IL, 2001, pp. 60016-8399
3. Guss Rohrsysteme, Griesheim, “Ductile iron pipe
System,”the European association for Ductile iron pipe systems, 2004
4. H.Najjaran, R.Sadiq &B.Rajani,”Fuzzy
expert system to assess corrosion of cast/ductile iron pipes from backfill properties,” Computer-Aided Civil and
Infrastructure Engineering, 21(1), 2006, pp. 67-77.
5. W. T.Adams Jr, U.S. Patent No. 5,480,196, “Washington, DC: "U.S. Patent and Trademark Office,” 2010
6. J.Jones, G.Darce, R.Chinchilla, &B.G.Corbett Jr
U.S. Patent No. 7,815,225. Washington, DC: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, 2010.
7. E.F.Wagner, “Autogenous Healing of Cracks in
Cement Mortar Linings for Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Water Pipe, “Journal American Water Works Association, 66(6),
2012, pp.358-360.
Authors: Venkumar P , Sureshkrishna K, Vignesh N, Sundaramoorthy K, Muthu Kumaran E
39. Paper Title: Automatic Drip Irrigation Using Solar Energy

Abstract: The proper usage of water is essential in irrigation because of the shortage of water. The shortage
of water is due to lack of rain and continuous supply of water for irrigation as a result lot of water got wasted. It 175-180
is very much essential to manage the use of water efficiently. The main objective in this project is to watering
crops automatically by monitoring soil moisture for supply water based on the requirement and to maintain the
water level in the overhead tank. This system suits for all climatic conditions. This project proposed on the usage
of automatic irrigation system based on Arduino board, soil moisture sensor, float switch and solar panel. This
automatic irrigation system senses the moisture content of the soil and automatically switches the solenoid valve
and the overhead water level is monitor by float switch sensor and the power the required for the entire system is
generated by using the solar panel. It will automatically control the water level in the tank also. The Global
system for mobile communication (GSM) module sends the message, whenever the valve is turn ON and OFF.
This project is fully automatic to support farmers, provides water as required, deploys renewable energy,
minimize man power, less space, low cost and user friendly.
Keyword: Automated drip Irrigation system, Solar panel, Arduino board, Soil moisture sensors
References:
1. Moriarty and P. Michael, “Solar receiver-based power generation system." U.S. Patent No. 6,668,555,2017.
2. F. A. Costello, J. L. Manniso, A., J. DiPinto, and G. W. Smith, “Solar Heating System,” U.S. Patent No. 4,055,163.
Washington, DC: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office,1977.
3. V. Raghunathan, A. Kansal, Hsu and B. Jasonetal, “Design Consideration For Solar Energy Harvesting Wireless Embedded
System” In Proceeding of the 4th international symposium on Information processing in sensor networks, (pp. 64), IEEE
Press,2015.
4. Jr. Northrup and L. Leonard, “Compound lens solar energy system” U.S. Patent No. 4,022,186,1977.
5. Shaikh Abdullah, Al MamunHossain and Wang Lixue, “Contemporary Perspective of Drip Irrigation: A Review of Water
Saving Crop Production” A Review of Saving Crop Production,2018.
6. Saeed Mohammed Wazeda and Ben Richard Hughesa, “A review of sustainable solar irrigation systems for Sub -Saharan
Africa,” Renewable and sustainable Energy reviews, pp 81, 1206-1225,2018.
7. S. Postel, P. Polak, F. Gonzales, & J. Keller, “Drip irrigation for small farmers: A new initiative to alleviate hunger and
poverty,”Water International, 26(1), 3-13,2001.
8. R. Gayathri, E. Roshith, B. S. Roshini, S. Murugan, & S. Priya, ”Implementation of Arduino based Enhanced Fingerprint
Biometric System for Secured Data Exchange”. International Journal of Computational Intelligence Research 13.8 , 2113-
2123,2017.
9. C. McNally, “Arduino based wireless power meter,” MS design project, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY,2010.
10. S. Anwaarullah, & S. V. Altaf, “RTOS based home automation system using Android” international journal of advanced
Trends in computer science and engineering, 2(1), 480-484,2013.
11. Source:MarcusJenkins1998,http://marcusjenkins.com/arduino-pinoutdiagrams/
12. https://valveproducts.net/solenoid-valve/9-basis-parts-of-a-solenoid-valve
13. https://www.solaralliance.org/solar-rechargeable-batteries/
14. https://www.majju.com/product/water-or-liquid-level-sensor-float-switch/
15. http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/irrigation/top-3-methods-of-irrigation-with-diagram/60659
16. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/282896700_Effect_of_Deficit_Irrigation_on_the_Growth_Water_Use_Characteri
stics_and_Yield_of_Cotton_in_Arid
Authors: Venkumar P, Sethuraman K
Paper Title: Method of streamlining Thoughts for Physically challenged People

Abstract: Most of the physically challenged have depression because of their physical disability. To avoid
depression they have to streamline their thoughts. Analysis of thought is one of the introspection practices in the
World Community Service Centre (WCSC), Aliyar, Tamilnadu, India, which is designed and developed by
Vethathiri Maharisi. Throughout the world so far around seven and half million people were trained in this
analysis of thought introspection practices through this centre. Thought is one of the important processes for the
humankind; if one should understand the thought then one can understand the whole process of the universe.
Thought is very important for the differently abled people. The objective of this research is to explain the
concept of Vethathiri Mahaishi’s analysis of thought and analyzing the effect of this introspection practices
through the questionnaire based analysis to the differently abled people. The result shows that the effect of
Vethathiri Maharishi’s analysis of thought is very effective and useful to the people to streamline their thoughts.
Keyword: Depression, Physically Challenged, Thoughts

40.
References:
1. V. Geetha, and S. V. Rajadurai, “Dalits and non-Brahmin consciousness in colonial Tamil Nadu,”Economic and Political Weekly,
pp.2091-2098,1993. 181-187
2. B.Muniapan, and M.Rajantheran,,”Ethics (business ethics) from the Thirukkural and its relevance for contemporary business
leadership in the Indian context. “International Journal of Indian Culture and Business Management, 4(4), pp.453-471. 2011.
3. S.H.M.Lee, and K.Sergueeva, , “Chewing increases consumers' thought-engagement during retail shopping.” Journal of Retailing
and Consumer Services, 35, pp.127-132. 2017.
4. C.Mills, , Q.Raffaelli, Z.C.Irving, D.Stan, and K.Christoff, , “Is an off-task mind a freely-moving mind? Examining the
relationship between different dimensions of thought”. Consciousness and cognition, 58, pp.20-33, 2018.
5. J.T.Aldrich, M.D.Wielgus, and A.H. Mezulis,” Low physiological arousal and high impulsivity as predictors of self-injurious
thoughts and behaviors among adolescents”. Journal of adolescence, 62, pp.55-60, 2018.
6. V.Engert, J.Smallwood, and T.Singer, “Mind your thoughts: Associations between self-generated thoughts and stress-induced and
baseline levels of cortisol and alpha-amylase.” Biological psychology, 103, pp.283-291. 2014.
7. A.Z.Levine,D.M. and Warman, “Appraisals of and recommendations for managing intrusive thoughts: An empirical
investigation”. Psychiatry research, 245, pp.207-216, 2016.
8. A.E.Lambert, , Y.Hu, J.C.Magee, J.R. Beadel, and B.A.Teachman, Thought suppression across time: Change in frequency and
duration of thought recurrence. Journal of obsessive-compulsive and related disorders, 3(1), pp.21-28, 2014.
9. E.D.Ballard, K. Wills, N,Lally, E.M. Richards, D.A.Luckenbaugh, , T.Walls, R.Ameli, M.J.Niciu, N.E.Brutsche, L. Park and
C.A.Zarate Jr, ” Anhedonia as a clinical correlate of suicidal thoughts in clinical ketamine trials”. Journal of affective disorders,
218, pp.195-200, 2017.
10. J.A.Erskine, G.J.Georgiou, M.Joshi, A.Deans, and C.Colegate, “Ageing and thought suppression performance: Its relationship with
working memory capacity, habitual thought suppression and mindfulness”. Consciousness and cognition, 53, pp.211-221. 2017.
11. V.Maharishi, “Yoga for modern age”, Vethathiri Publication, Erode, Tamil Nadu, India, 1979.
12. S.Mushtaq, and D.Akhouri, “Self Esteem, Anxiety, Depression and Stress among Physically Disabled People”, The International
Journal of Indian Psychology, 64, 3(4), pp.2349-3429, 2016.
13. M.Marschark,. .” Oxford University Press on Demand” Psychological development of deaf children, 1997
14. D.M.Boswell, and J,M,Wingrove, “The handicapped person in the community”, A reader and sourcebook. Tavistock Publications
Ltd., 11 New Fetter Lane, London EC4, 1974.
15. D.W.Krueger, ed., “Emotional rehabilitation of physical trauma and disability”, Springer Science & Business Media, 1984.
16. A.E.Lambert, F.L.Smyth,J.R. Beadel, and B.A.Teachman, “Aging and repeated thought “ suppression success. PloS one, 8(6),
p.e65009,2013.
17. M.N.Vijaya “Organs and Features of Simplfied Kundalini yoga of Vethathiri Maharishi” , International Journal of Social Science
and Humanities Research 4(1), pp.693-702, 2016.
18. V.Vethathiri, “Journey of consciousness”, Vethathiri publications 1992.
19. William Shakespeare, gurteen.com/gurteen/gurteen.nsf/id / L003127/1564-1616
20. J.A.Gliem, and R.R.Gliem, , “Calculating, interpreting, and reporting Cronbach’s alpha reliability coefficient for Likert-type
scales. “ Midwest Research-to-Practice Conference in Adult, Continuing, and Community Education, 2003.
Authors: G. Kalusuraman, K. Balamurugan, N. Sankara Subramanian, I. Siva
Paper Title: Synthesis and characterization of Lanthanum Zinc Aluminate.

Abstract: Thermal barrier coating materials (TBC) are temperature resistance material which is applied to
components in gas turbine or rocker engine in order to improve the life of the component. In this work, the
lanthanum Zinc Aluminate are extracted in the form of powder and synthesized using the sol gel process. For sol
gel process, Sample of different weight are taken and mixed with distilled water and these are prepared with a
controlled stoichiometry by mixing of components. The powder which is obtained from the sol-gel process is to
be characterized and the reported.
Keyword: lanthanum Zinc aluminate, TBC.

References:
1. Alejandro Hernández, Rossette Zdzislaw Mazur C, Alain Demeulenaere, J.A.Roque Lopez Hernández “The effect of start-up
41. cycle in ceramic coating used as thermal barrier for a gas turbine bucket,” Applied Thermal Engineering, Vol 29, pp 3056 -
3065(2009)
2. L. Wang, Y. Wang, X.G. Sun, J.Q. He, Z.Y. Pan, C.H. Wang, “A novel structure design towards extremely low thermal 188-190
conductivity for thermal barrier coatings – Experimental and mathematical study, Materials and Design”, pp505 -517 (2012)
3. Lisa Pin, Florence Ansart, Jean-Pierre Bonino, Yannick Le Maoult, Vanessa Vidal, Philippe Lours, “Processing, repairing
and cyclic oxidation behavior of sol–gel thermal barrier
coatings”, Surface and Coatings Technology, Vol. 206, pp 1609 - 1614 (2011)
4. L. Wang, Y. Wang, X.G. Sun, J.Q. He, Z.Y. Pan, Y. Zhou, P.L. Wu, “Influence of pores on the thermal insulation beh avior of
thermal barrier coatings prepared by atmospheric plasma spray”, Materials and Design, Vol.32, pp 36-47 (2011)
5. Shen Wei, Wang Fu-chi , Fan Qun-Bo, Ma Zhuang, “Effects of defects on the effective thermal conductivity of thermal
barrier coatings”, Applied Mathematical Modelling, Vol.36, pp 1995-2002 (2012)
6. Lorenzo Malavasi, Maria Cristina Mozzatib, Stefano Polizzi, Carlo Bruno Azzoni and Giorgio Flor, “Nanosized Sodium-
Doped Lanthanum Manganites: Role of the Synthetic Route on their Physical Properties” Chemistry of Materials, Vol.15, pp
(2003)
7. Rodica Rogojan, Ecaterina Andronescu, Cristina, Ghiţulică and Bogdan Stefan Vasile, “Synthesis and Characterization of
Alumina Nano-Powder Obtained By Sol-Gel Method”, UPB Scientific Bulletin, Series B: Chemistry and Materials
Science,Vol.73, pp 67 – 76 (2011)
Authors: J.Sarathkumar Sebastin, Raghu Dev S K

An Experiment on Solid PropellantCombinations; Evaluate the Propellant Properties using
Paper Title:
Ultrasonic Impulse Measuring System
Abstract: Impulse force is the key for all high speed aero propulsion system. Solid propellants are
uncontrollable once it ignited because it has the ingredients (fuel, oxidizer) for combustion within the chamber
in which they are ignited. Since an entire solid propellant motor performance depends on propellant choice,
chamber pressure, and nozzle design, the evaluation of propellant properties is highly needed. In the proposed
Ultrasonic Impulse measuring system, the solid propellant motor, when fired, produces a thrust force which
makes a bending moment in the simply supported beam. A sensitive Ultrasonic sensor will calibrate the bending
moment, proportional to the Impulse force. The effective burning time is noted. Thermocouple reading, load cell
reading, and the effective burning time value is used for calculating the mass flow rate, effective exhaust
42. velocity, and specific impulse. The different fuel – oxidizer combinations with catalysers, binders are made. The
small scaled propellant motor with length 0.12m, Diameter 0.025m, Exit Nozzle Diameter 0.003m, Empty
Motor weight 20grams are used. The Recrystallation method is used for propellant preparation. The pyrotechnic 191-193
ignition is adapted. The Grain test, Rope test are carried out. We have chosen high molecular weight, and low
heat of formation value propellants. There are 4 different propellant combinations are tested with the proposed
impulse measuring system. The Specific impulse reading of KNO3 + C12H22O11 + Al powder combination has
highest value among all the propellants. It has 87seconds of specific impulse. The proposed impulse measuring
system gives the reasonable readings with minimum error. We have compared the experimental results with the
theoretical results and got the specific impulse of 90 seconds. The heat of formation of potassium nitrate and
sucrose combination gives a low heat of formation value. The heat of combustion value and the characteristic
velocity of the solid propellant combination (KNO3 + C12H22O11 + Al powder) are decreased.
Keyword: Impulse force, Ultrasonic Impulse Measuring System, Bending moment, Heat of formation,
Characteristic velocity, Recrystallation method.
References:
1. S. S. Penner, chemical propellants, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
2. M. H. Ziraksaz, How to Design, Build and Test Small Solid Propellant Rocket motor (Part one) (Science and Research
Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran, 45th AIAA/ASME/SAE/ASEE Joint Propulsion Conference & Exhibit 2 - 5
August 2009, Denver, Colorado.)
3. Isakowitz, Steven J. International Reference Guide to Space Launch Systems. Washington, D.C.: American Institute of
Aeronautics and Astronautics (AIAA), 1999.
4. Sellers, Jerry J. et. al., “Investigation into Cost-Effective Propulsion System Options for Small Satellites.” Journal of
Reducing Space Mission Cost. Vol. 1, No. 1, 1998.
5. Wertz, James R. and Wiley J. Larson. Space Mission Analysis and Design. Third edition. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1999.
6. Total impulse measuring system for solid propellant rocket engine, technical documentary report no. Rpl-tdr64-110, v. C.
Plane, a division of north american aviation, inc.6633 canoga avenue, canoga park, california
7. Einstein, Albert. Relativity: The Special and the General Theory. New York, NY: Bonanza Books, 1961. Distributed by
Crown Publishers, Inc. for the estate of Albert Einstein.
8. Forward, Robert L. and Robert P. Hoyt. “Space Tethers.” Scientific American. pp. 86–87. February, 1999.
9. Humble, Ronald., Gary N. Henry, and Wiley J. Larson. Space Propulsion Analysis and Design. New York, NY: McGraw-
Hill, Inc., 1995
Authors: J.Sarathkumar Sebastin
Paper Title: Theoretical Examination of Laser Propulsion forAerospace Application

Abstract: This paper represents the significance of laser Propulsion for Aerospace Application. Laser impetus
is a type of shaft controlled drive where the vitality source is a remote laser framework and separate from the
response mass. This type of drive varies from a regular concoction rocket where both vitality and response mass
originate from the strong or fluid charges continued board the vehicle. The ongoing tests on laser Propulsion
demonstrate that, a little quad copter has flown for 12 hours and 26 minutes charged by a 2.25 kW laser
(controlled at not exactly 50% of its ordinary working current), utilizing 170 watt photovoltaic exhibits as the
power recipient, and a laser has been shown to charge the batteries of an unmanned elevated vehicle in trip for
48 hours. For shuttle, laser electric impetus is considered as a contender to sunlight based electric or atomic
electric drive for low-push impetus in space. In the present examination, correlation of execution parameters of
Laser Propulsion with Solar Propulsion are assessed hypothetically.
Keyword: Beam Powered Propulsion, Solar Propulsion, laser Electric Propulsion

43. References:
1. G.A. Landis, "Moon base Night Power by Laser Illumination," to be published, J. Propulsion and Power (1991)
2. G.A. Landis, "Solar Power for the Lunar Night," 9th Princeton/SSI Conf. on Space Manufacturing, Princeton, N.J. May 10 - 194-196
13 1989; paper published in Space Manufacturing 7, 290-296 (AIAA, 1989). Also available as NASA Technical
Memorandum TM-102127 (1989).
3. G.A. Landis, "Satellite Eclipse Power by Laser Illumination," Acta Astronautica, Vol. 25 o. 4, 229-233 (1991)
4. C.A. Beiochman and S. Ridgway, "Adaptive Optics and Interferometry, Physics Today, Apr. 1991, 48-51
5. P.A. Iles, "Non-solar Photovoltaic Cells," Twenty First IEEE Photovoltaic Specialists Conf , Vol. 1, 420-425 (1990).
6. G.H. Walker et al., "Potential Converter for Laser Power Beaming Using Diode Lasers," Space Photovoltaic Research and
Technology 1991, NASA CP-3121, pp. 25-1 to 25-9 (1991). [12] L. Fraas et al., Optoeleetronic Devices and Technologies,
Vol. 5, No. 2, 297-310 (1990).
7. A.F. Hepp and G.A. Landis," Applications of Thin-Film PV for Space," 26th Intersociety Energy Conversion Engineering
Conference, Nbl. 2, 256-261 (1991).
8. C. A. Schafer, D. Gray, Transmission media appropriate laser-microwave solar power satellite system, Acta Astronautica. 79
(2012) 140-156.
9. D. M. Flournoy, What is a solar power satellite? In: J. N. Pelton(Eds.), Solar power satellite, Springer, New York, 2012, pp.
1-8
10. Antonino Laudani, Fernando MancillaDavid, Francesco Riganti-Fulginei, Alessandro Salvini, Reduced-form of the
photovoltaic five-parameter model for efficient computation of parameters, Solar Energy 97 (2013) 122–127
11. N. Amrizal, D. Chemisana, J.I. Rosell, Hybrid photovoltaic– thermal solar collectors dynamic modeling, Applied Energy 101
(2013) 797–807.
12. Erdem Cuce, Pinar Mert Cuce, Tulin Bali, An experimental analysis of illumination intensity and temperature dependency of
photovoltaic cell parameters, Applied Energy
Authors: J.Sarathkumar Sebastin
Paper Title: Anaerobic Digestion Creating Renewable Energy-The Ultimate Closed Loop System
Abstract: This paper clarifies the significance of Anaerobic Digestion (AD) process. Sustainable power
source from anaerobic assimilation gets little evaluation in the press when contrasted with other standard
inexhaustible power age advances. It has not been so well known a sustainable power source when contrasted
44. with hydropower sustainable power source or wind sustainable power source in the course of the most recent
couple of years. Be that as it may, Renewable vitality from anaerobic processing is boosted the innovation will
turn out to be increasingly mainstream in the coming years. Sustainable power source from anaerobic 197-199
assimilation is amassed in America and Europe and eminently famous in India. Each 1 ton of sustenance waste
discarded unnecessarily is in charge of 4.5 huge amounts of CO2 proportionate emanations. Advertisement gives
a neighbourhood reasonable secure vitality source free of worldwide financial vitality changes and accessibility,
where income is kept in the nearby economy as opposed to going to oil rich nations and multinationals.
Sustainable power source from anaerobic processing is created by the consuming of methane. Sustainable power
source from anaerobic assimilation is created in storehouses where specific microbes are added to natural waste.
Sewage, vegetation, excrement, slaughterhouse waste and waste water would all be able to be separated in an
anaerobic assimilation storehouse. At times, specific silage yields are developed for decay. The microbes are
added to the waste and the disintegration happens without oxygen. The methane delivered during decay is
scorched nearby, driving turbines and making inexhaustible power. Anaerobic processing isn't especially
reasonable for little scale local sustainable power creation, to a great extent because of the space prerequisites for
the storehouses and the sheer measure of waste required to delivering methane. Notwithstanding, sustainable
power source from anaerobic assimilation can be delivered on a huge business scale, a training regular in the
United States, taking waste from a wide area.
Keyword: Anaerobic Digestion (AD), Processing techniques, Applications.

References:
1. Eunomia (2006), “A Changing Climate for Energy from Waste”, Dr Dominic Hogg,
http://www.foe.co.uk/resource/reports/changing_ climate.pdf
2. DEFRA (2007), “Waste Strategy for England 2007”, http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/strategy.
3. 3. Friends of the Earth (2006), “Dirty Truths: Incineration and Climate Change”,
http://www.foe.co.uk/resource/briefings/dirty_truths.pdf
4. DEFRA (2004), “Review of Environmental and Health Effects of Waste Management: Municipal Solid Waste and Similar
Wastes”, http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/rese arch/health.htm
5. ERM (2007), “Carbon Balances and Energy Impacts of the Management of UK Waste Streams”,
http://www.resourcesnotwaste.org/members/conf-application-form/Carbon&Waste (ERM).pdf.
Authors: Vivek Natarajan. S, Vivekanandhan. B, Armstrong. M

Aggrandizement in the Performance of Double slope Solar Still with the Incorporation of Peltier
Paper Title:
Effect in addition to water depths
Abstract: Because of continuous increment in the world population and pollution, the scarcity of water has
been increasing constantly. Many researchers are doing research in the field of desalination to convert the
impure or soar water into drinkable water. Even though many methodologies were followed, desalination using
solar still is the oldest and less cost concept with higher lifetime. So research in this field is still undergoing by
enhancing the distillate production by incorporating advanced technologies, by controlling the factors affecting
the distillate production and introducing various designs. In this work, the double slope solar still had been used
and the performance was found at 1 cm and 0.5 cm water depth. In addition to that, the introduction of Peltier
module in the back side of the absorber plate had been fixed to generate the electricity during the day time due to
the temperature difference in the Peltier module to charge the battery. The stored current is again used to activate
the Peltier to increase the heat generation during the evening time. The performance was increased in both 1 cm
water depth and 0.5 water depth by 13% and 9.1% respectively during the heating period in the evening hours.
Keyword: double slope solar still, Peltier module, distillate enhancement.

References:
1. UN 2018: SDG 6 Synthesis Report.
2. World Resources Institute: Blog: What we know about water scarcity.
3. N. Rahbar, J.A. Esfahani, “Experimental study of a novel portable solar still by utilizing the heatpipe and thermoelectric module,”
Desalination 284 (2012) 55–61.
4. Javad Abolfazli Esfahani, Nader Rahbar, Mehdi Lavvaf, “Utilization of thermoelectric cooling in a portable active solar still —
45. An experimental study on winter days”, Desalination 269 (2011) 198–205.
5. Amine Allouhi, “Advances on solar thermal cogeneration processes based on thermoelectric devices: A review,” Solar Energy
Materials and Solar Cells 200 (2019) 109954
6. V. P. Joshi, V. S. Joshi, H. A. Kothari, M. D. Mahajan, M. B. Chaudhari, K. D. Sant, “Experimental investigations on a portab le
200-204
fresh water generator using a thermoelectric cooler,” Energy Procedia 109 ( 2017 ) 161 – 166.
7. Hayder Al-Madhhachi, Gao Min, “Key factors affecting the water production in a thermoelectric distillation system,” Energy
Conversion and Management 165 (2018) 459–464.
8. Allouhi, A. Boharb, T. Ratlamwala, T. Kousksou, M.B. Amine, A. Jamil, A.A. Msaad, “Dynamic analysis of a thermoelectric
heating system for space heating in a continuous-occupancy office room”, Appl. Therm. Eng. 113 (2017).
9. P. Pounraj, D. Prince Winston, A.E. Kabeel, B. Praveen Kumar, A. Muthu Manokar, Ravishankar Sathyamurthy, S. Cynthia
Christabel,” Experimental investigation on Peltier based hybrid PV/T active solar still for enhancing the overall performance”,
Energy Conversion and Management 168 (2018) 371–381.
10. Amir Hossein Shourideh, Wael Bou Ajram, Jalal Al Lami, Salem Haggag, Abraham Mansouri.” A Comprehensive Study of an
Atmospheric Water Generator using Peltier Effect”, Thermal Science and Engineering Progress (2018).
11. N. Rahbar, J.A. Esfahani,” Experimental study of a novel portable solar still by utilizing the heatpipe and thermoelectric module,”
Desalination 284 (2012) 55–61.
12. M.M. Morad, Hend A.M. El-Maghawry, Kamal I. Wasfy,” A developed solar-powered desalination system for enhancing fresh
water productivity”, Solar Energy 146 (2017) 20–29.
13. B.SelvaKumar, Sanjay Kumar, R. Jayaprakasha) ‘Performance analysis of a “v” type solar still using a charcoal absorber’,
Desalination229 (1-3), 2007, 217-230.
14. Chandrasekhar M, Avadheh Yadav, ‘Water desalination system using solar heat’, Desalination 156(1-3) 2017, 323-332.
15. Gerald R. Ginn. ‘Filed test evaluation of solar heated evaporators’, journal of solar energy engineering 114(3), (2002), 165-
170
16. Hikmet.S Aybar, Fuat Egeliofglu, U. Atikol An experimental study on an inclined solar water distillation system’, Desalinatio n
180(1-3), (2005), 285-289.
17. Joachim Koschikowski, Marcel Wieghaus, Matthias Rommel, ‘Solar thermal-driven desalination plants based on membrane
distillation’, desalination 156(1-3), ,(2003) , 295-304.
18. M. Vivar, I. Skryabin, V. Everett, A. Blakers, ‘concept for a hybrid solar water Purification and photovoltaic system’, Solar
Energy Materials and Solar Cells 94(10), (2010), 1772-1782.
19. S.Al-kharabsheh, Yogi goswami ‘An experimental study on an inclined solar water distillation system, utilizing a passive vacuum
technique’ Desalination 180(1- 3), (2003) 285-289.
20. Ahmed Z Al-Garni, Ayman H Kaseem, Farooq Saeed and Faizan Ahmed, Effect of Glass Slope Angle and Water Depth on
Productivity of Double Slope Solar Still, Journal of Scientific and Industrial Research, Vol.70, 2011, pp. 884-890.
21. Hiroshi Tanaka and Yuh-Shan Ho, Global trends and performances of desalination research, Desalination Publications, 2011, pp.
1–12.
22. O.A Ighodalo and F.A. Ebhodaghe, Performance Evaluation of a Solar Still for Salty Water Desalination, Journal of Emerging
Trends in Engineering and Applied Sciences (JETEAS), Vol.2, 2011, , pp. 338-341.
23. K.L. Katsifarakis, Solar distillation treatment of landfill leachate. A case study in Greece, Desalination 94, 1993, pp. 213-221.
24. Y. P. Yadav and A. S. Prasad, Performance Analysis of a High Temperature Solar Distillation System, Energy Conservation and
Mgmt, Vol. 36, No. 5, 1995, pp. 365-374.
25. G.N. Tiwari, H.N. Singh and Rajesh Tripathi, Present status of solar distillation, Solar Energy 75, 2003, pp.367–373.
26. M. A. Farwati, Theoretical Study Of Multi-stage Flash Distillation Using Solar Energy, Energy, Vol. 22, No. 1, 1997, pp. I-5.
27. Hassan E.S. Fath, Solar distillation: a promising alternative for water provision with free energy, simple technology and a c lean
environment, Desalination 116, 1998, pp. 45-56.
28. Siaka Toure, Hassan Salami and Pierre Meukam, Theoretical and Experimental Studies of a Solar Still Type Suitable for
Alcoholic Distillation, Renewable Energy 16, 1999, pp. 739-742.
29. Lilian Malaeba, George M. Ayoubb and Mahmoud Al-Hindic, The Effect of Cover Geometry on the Productivity of a Modified
Solar Still Desalination Unit, Energy Procedia 50, 201, pp. 406 – 413.
30. V.K. Dwivedi and G.N. Tiwari, Experimental validation of thermal model of a double slope active solar still under natural
circulation mode, Desalination 250, 2010, pp. 49–55.
31. Lourdes Garcia-Rodriguez and Carlos Gomez-Camacho, Perspectives of solar-assisted seawater distillation, Desalination
136,2001, pp. 213-218.
32. Soteris A. Kalogiro, Solar Thermal Collectors and Applications, Progress in Energy and Combustion Science 30, 2004, pp. 231–
295.
33. Hossein Taghvaei, Hamed Taghvaei, Khosrow Jafarpur, M.R. Karimi Estahbanati, Mehrzad Feilizadeh, Mansoor Feilizadeh and
A. Seddigh Ardekani, A thorough investigation of the effects of water depth on the performance of active solar stills-Desalination
347,2014, pp. 77–85.
34. Ali.F.Muftah, M.A.Alghouln, AhmadFudholi, M.M.Abdul-Majeed and K.Sopian, Factors affecting basin type solar still
productivity: A detailed review- Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 32, 2014, , pp. 430–447.
35. T. Rajaseenivasan, K. Kalidasa Murugavel, Theoretical and experimental investigation on double basin double slope solar still-
Desalination 319, 2013, pp. 25–32.
36. Jianyin Xiong, Guo Xie, Hongfei Zheng-Experimental and numerical study on a new multi-effect solar still with enhanced
condensation surface-Energy Conversion and Management 73,2013, , pp. 176–185.
37. M.T Chaibi, Thermal Solar Desalination Technologies for Small-Scale Irrigation-American Journal of Energy Research, Vol. 1,
No. 2,2013, pp. 25-32.
38. T. Rajaseenivasan, K.KalidasaMurugaveln, T.Elango and R.Samuel Hansen, A review of different methods to enhance the
productivity of the multi-effect solar still, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 17, 2013 , pp. 248–259.
Authors: Leeladevi. K, Vinoth Kumar. J, Thiruppathi. M, Nagarajan. E.R

Straight-forward Synthesis of Sponge-spherelike Cobalt Tungstate: An EfficientPhotocatalyst for
Paper Title:
Dye Degradation
Abstract: Herein, we attempted for the synthesis of novelsponge-sphere like cobalt tungstate nanoparticles
(CoWO4 NPs)via simple co-precipitation technique without using anysurfactant/templates. The as-prepared
CoWO4 NPs werecharacterized by various analytical and spectroscopic techniquessuch as XRD, FT-IR,
SEM,EDX, UV-Visible and elementalmapping analysis. The photocatalytic activity of as-preparednanoparticles
was investigated by the degradation of cationic dyemethylene blue (MB) under visible light irradiation.
Iexhibitedexcellent photocatalytic degradation with a decolorizationfficiency of 94% within 90 min. In
addition,this work gives anovel application of CoWO4 NPs in environmental remediation.
Keyword: CoWO4, Methylene blue, photodegradation.

References:
1. M.S. Gohari, A.H. Yangjeh, “Fe 3O4/ZnO/CoWO4 nanocomposi tes: Novel magnetically separable visible-light –driven
photocatalysts with enhanced activity in degradation of different dye pollutants,” Ceram. Int., 43, 2017, 3063-3071.
46. 2. X. Yan, Z. Wu, C. Huang, K. Liu, W. Shi, “Hydrothermal synthesis of Cds/CoWO4 heterojunctions with enhanced visible light
properties towards organic pollutants degradation,” Ceram. Int., 43, 2017, 5388-5395.
3. M. Arunpandian, K. Selvakumar, A. Raja, P. Rajasekaran, M. Thiruppathi, E.R. Nagarajan, S. Arunachalam, “Fabrication of 205-208
novel Nd2O3/ZnO-GO nanocomposite: An efficient photocatalyst for the degradation of organic pollutants,” Colloids Surf. A,
567, 2019, 213-227.
4. P. Taneja, S. Sharma, A. Umar, S.K. Mehta, A.O. Ibhadon, S.K. Kansal, “Visible-light driven photocatalytic degradation of
brilliant green dye based on cobalt tungstate (CoWO 4) nanoparticles,” Mater. Chem. Phys., 211, 2018, 335-342.
5. K. Jothivenkatachalam, S. Prabhu, A. Nithya, S. Chandramohan, K. Jeganathan, “Solar, visible and UV light photocatalytic
activity of CoWO4 for the decolorization of methyl orange,” Desalination Water Treat., 54, 2014, 3134-3145.
6. F. Ahmadi, M.R. Nasrabadi, A. Fosooni, M. Daneshmand, “Synthesis and application of CoWO4 nanoparticles for degradation of
methyl orange,” J. Mater. Sci., 27, 2016, 9514–9519.
7. Z. Liu, J. Xu, Y. Li, H. Yu, “High performance photocatalytic based on Ce doped CoWO4 controllable synthesis and enhanced
photocatalytic activity,” Catal. Lett., 148, 2018, 3205–3213.
8. L. Zhen, W. S. Wang, C.Y. Xu, W.Z. Shao, L.C. Qin, “A facile hydro thermal route to large-scale synthesis of CoWO4
nanorods,” Mater. Lett., 62, 2008, 1740-1742.
9. M.I. Ahmed, A. Adam, A. Khan, A.U. Rehman, M. Qamaruddin, M.N. Siddiqui, “Improved photoelectrochemical water
oxidation under visible light with mesoporous CoWO 4,” Mater. Lett., 183, 2016, 281-284.
10. M. Thiruppathi, K. Selvakumar, M. Arunpandian, K. Thirumalai, C. Ramalingan, M. Swaminathan, E.R. Nagarajan, “An
affordable photocatalyst for pharmaceuticals and superior electrocatalyst for methanol oxidation - A dual role by CuWO4
anchored bentonite clay,” Colloids Surf. A Physicochem. Eng. Asp., 563, 2019, 148-159.
Authors: P. Rameshkumar, A. Pandikumar

Facile Fabrication of ZnO Nanofibers Based Photoanode for Cost Effective Metal–Free Organic
47. Paper Title:
Dye–Sensitized Solar Cells
Abstract: A facile substrate grown method was employed to fabricate zinc oxide nanofibers (ZnO Nfs) 209-212
modified photoanode on fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) substrate. The modified ZnO Nfs photoanode was used
to fabricate dye sensitized solar cell (DSSC), sensitized with a cheap metal free organic dye, eosin yellow
(eosin-Y). The efficiency of solar to electrical energy conversion was achieved as 1.51% with simulated AM 1.5
G solar irradiation of 100 mW cm−2. The better efficiency is ascribed to the effective diffusion of electrons
within the one dimensional (1D) ZnO Nfs and the efficient interfacial contact between the electrolyte and the
ZnO photoanode through pinholes and pores present in the twisted nanofibers. These facilitated the improved
interfacial charge transfer. The result demonstrates the promising route of substrate grown ZnO nanofibers for
the application of photoanode material in DSSCs.
Keyword: ZnO nanofibers; Eosin Yellow; ZnO nanostructures; Dye-sensitized solar cells;
Photoelectrochemical cells
References:
1. B.Weintraub, Z. Zhou, Y. Li, Y. Deng, Solution synthesis of one-dimensional ZnO nanomaterials and their applications.
Nanoscale, 2010, 2, 1573–1587.
2. A. Hagfeldt, G. Boschloo, L. Sun, L. Kloo, H. Pettersson, Dye-sensitized solar cells. Chem. Rev. 2010, 110, 6595–6663.
3. Q. Zhang, C. S. Dandeneau, X. Zhou, G. Cao, ZnO nanostructures for dye-sensitized solar cells. Adv. Mater. 2009, 21, 4087-
4108.
4. S. Suresh, A. Pandikumar, S. Murugesan, R. Ramaraj, Samuel Paul Raj. Photovoltaic performance of solid-state solar cells based
on ZnO nanosheets sensitized with low-cost metal free organic dye. Solar Energy, 2011, 85, DOI:10.1016/j.solener.2011.04.016.
5. Z. L. Wang, Zinc oxide nanostructures: growth, properties and applications. J. Phys.: Condens. Matter, 2004, 16, R829–R858.
6. T. W. Hamann, R. A. Jensen,A. B. F. Martinson, H. Van Ryswyk, J. T. Hupp, Advancing beyond current generation dye -
sensitized solar cells, Energy Environ. Sci. 2008, 1, 66–78.
7. W. J. Lee, H. Okada, A. Wakahara, A. Yoshida, Structural and photoelectrochemical characteristics of nanocrystalline ZnO
electrode with eosin-Y. Ceramics International 2006, 32, 495–498.
8. H. Graaf, C. Maedler, M. Kehr, T. Oekermann, Structural changes of electrodeposited ZnO matrices for dye-sensitized solar cells
during preparation. J. Phys. Chem. C 2009, 113, 6910–6912.
9. T. Yoshida, K. Terada, D. Schlettwein, T. Oekermann, T. Sugiura, H. Minoura, Electrochemical self-assembly of nanoporous
ZnO/Eosin Y thin films and their sensitized photoelectrochemical performance. Adv. Mater. 2000, 12,1214–1217.
10. Suri, P.; Panwar, M.; Mehra, R. M. Photovoltaic performance of dye-sensitised ZnO solar cell based on Eosin-Y photosensitizer.
Materials Science-Poland 2007, 25 137–144.
11. A. B. Djurišić,Y. H. Leung, Optical properties of ZnO nanostructures, Small, 2006, 2, 944-961.
12. V. A. L. Roy, A. B. Djurišić, W. K. Chan, J. Gao, H. F. Lui, C. Surya, C. Luminescent and structural properties of ZnO nanorods
prepared under different conditions. Appl. Phys. Lett. 2003, 83,141-143.
13. S. Rakshit, S. Vasudevan. Trap-state dynamics in visible-light-emitting ZnO:MgO nanocrystals. J. Phys. Chem. C, 2008, 112 pp
4531–4537.
14. J. F. Scott, UV resonant raman scattering in ZnO. Phys. Rev. B, 1970, 2, 1209-1221.
15. A.V. Dijken, E.A. Meulenkamp, D. Vanmaekelbergh, A. Meijerink, The kinetics of the radiative and nonradiative processes in
nanocrystalline ZnO particles upon photoexcitation. J. Phys. Chem. B 2000, 104, 1715 1723.
Authors: Arunachalam. S, Selva Kumar. B, Arunpandian. M

Transition Metal Schiff Base Complexes Synthesis, Spectral Examination and used as a Catalyst in
Paper Title:
the Oxidation of Alcohols and C-C Coupling Reactions
Abstract: In this correspondence, it reveals the formation of Co (II) and Cu (II) complexes consists of a
Schiff base ligand having the four donar destinations 2NO. Co(II) and Cu(II) complexes were made ready by the
response of 1:1 proportion of the MCl2.6H2O (M = Co/Cu) with a Schiff base ligand prepared by the response
of 2-hydroxynaphthaldehyde with orthophenylene diamine in ethanolic medium having the stoichimetric
proportion of 2:1. The purged and arranged complexes were analytically explored. Catalytic efficacy was
assessed for oxidation of alcohols and C-C coupling responses.
Keyword: Cu (II), Co (II), Schiff base, complexes, oxidation of alcohols, C-C coupling
References:
1. A.H. Mirza, M.H.S. A. Hamid, S. Aripin, M.R. Karim, M. Ali Arifuzzaman, M.A. Ali, P.V. Bernhardt, Polyhedron, 2014, 74,
16–23.
2. A.H. Mirza, A.M. Akbar, P.V. Bernhardt, I. Asri, Polyhedron, 2014, 81, 723–727.
3. Y.P. Tian, Y.C.Y. Duan, C.Y. Zhao and X.Z. You, Inorg. Chem, 1997, 36, 1247–1252.
48. 4. K.C. Gupta and A. K. Sutar, Coord. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 1420–1450.
5. M. P. de Almeida, L. M. D. R. S. Martins, S. A. C. Carabineiro, T. Lauterbach, F. Rominger,S. K. Hashmi, A. J. L. Pombeiro and
J. L. Figueiredo, Catal. Sci. Technol, 2013, 3,3056-3069. 213-216
6. Z.H. Liu, C.Y. Duan, J. Hu and X.Z. You, Inorg. Chem., 1999, 38, 1719-1724.
7. M. Abu-Dief and I. M. A. Mohamed, Beni-Suef University Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 2015, 4, 119–133.
8. E.C. Niederhoffer, J.H. Timmons, A.E. Martell, Chem. Rev., 1984, 84, 137.
9. S. Yamada, Coord. Chem. Rev., 1999, 191, 537.
10. N.J. Henson, P.J. Hay, A. Redondo, Inorg. Chem., 1999, 38, 1618.
11. A.E. Martell, D.T. Sawyer, Oxygen Complexes and Oxygen Activation by Transition Metals, Plenum Press, New York, 1988.
12. Bianchini, R.W. Zoeliner, Adv. Inorg. Chem., 1997, 44, 263.
13. M. L. Illingoworth and A. L. Rheingold, Inorg. Chem ., 1987, 26, 4312.
14. S. Arunachalam, N. Padma Priya and H. Shahul Meeran, J. Ind. Chem. Soc., 2014, 91, 56.
15. S. Arunachalam, N. Padma Priya, K. Boopathi, C. Jayabalakrishnan and V. Chinnusamy, Appl. Organomet. Chem., 2010, 24,
491-498.
16. S. Arunachalam, N. Padma Priya, C. Saravanakumar, C. Jayabalakrishnan and V. Chinnusamy, J. Coord. Chem.,2010, 63, 1795 -
1806.
17. S. Manivannan, A. Manimaran, S. Arunachalam, C. Jayabalakrishnan and V. Chinnusamy. J. Ind. Chem. Soc., 2008, 85, 988.
18. V. Atre, G.V. Reddy, L. N. Sharadha and M. C. Gonarka, Ind. J. Chem., 1982, 21A, 935.
19. S. Chandra, L.K. Gupta, Spectrochim. Acta Part A, 2004, 60, 1563–1571.
20. M. Bond, R. Cotton and D. R. Manu, Inorg. Chem., 1990, 29, 4665.
21. R. Madaselvi, N. Padma Priya, M. Jayaraj, C. Arun Paul, K. Kalaivani, S. Arunachalam, Asian Journal of Chemistry.,2016, 28,
1682-1686.
Kumaresan Murugesan, Vanthana Jeyasingh, Sudha Lakshminarayanan, Selvapalam Narayanan,
Authors:
Lakshminarayanan Piramuthu
Paper Title: Electron Deficient π-hole Assisted Colorimetric Probe for Selective Cyanide Recognition.
Abstract: Here in, simple and novel electron deficient pi-Hole assisted amide based colorimetric receptor
synthesized for cyanide recognition which produce yellow to brownish red color change upon the addition of
cyanide in acetonitrile medium. Cyanide has selectively recognized successfully with 1:1 stoichiometric ratio
and 1.5523x104 M-1 association constant. Cyanide recognition study was carried out with UV-Vis absorption
and FTIR-Analysis and association constant and stoichiometric ratio were calculated by Benasi-Hildebrand plot
and job’s continues variation method respectively.
Keyword: Anion sensor, colorimetric sensor, cyanide.

References:
1. Sung Ok Kang, Rowshan Ara Begum, and Kristin Bowman‐James, “Amide‐based ligands for anion coordination,” Angew.
Chem. Int. Ed. vol. 45, pp. 7882-7894, December 2006.
2. K. Bowman-James, “Alfred Werner revisited: the coordination chemistry of anions,” Acc. Chem. Res. vol. 38, pp. 671-678,
August 2005.
3. Philip A. Gale, “Special issue: 35years of synthetic anion receptor chemistry,” Coord. Chem. Rev. vol. 240, pp. 1-1, May 2003.
4. P.D. Beer, P.A. Gale, “Anion Recognition and Sensing: The State of the Art and Future Perspectives,” Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.
vol. 40, pp. 486-516, February 2001.
5. Bianchi, K. Bowman-James, E. Garcı'a-Espana, “Supramolecular Chemistry of Anions,” Wiley-VCH, ISBN 0‐471‐18622‐8,
January 1997.
6. P. S. Lakshminarayanan, Eringathodi Suresh, Pradyut Ghosh, “Synthesis and Characterization of a Tripodal Amide Ligand and
49. its Binding with Anions of Different Dimensionality” Inorg. Chem. vol. 45, pp. 4372-4380, April 2006.
7. Gyeong Jin Park, Hyun Yong Jo, Ka Young Ryu, and Cheal Kim, “A new coumarin-based chromogenic chemosensor for the
detection of dual analytes Al3+ and F-,” RSC Adv., vol. 4, pp. 63882-63890, November 2014. 217-221
8. Yubin Ding, Yunyu Tang, Weihong Zhua, and Yongshu Xie, “Fluorescent and colorimetric ion probes based on conjugated
oligopyrroles,” Chem. Soc. Rev, vol. 44, pp. 1101-1112, January 2015.
9. Gyeong JinPark, In Hong Hwang, Eun Joo Song, Hyun Kim, and Cheal Kim, “A colorimetric and fluorescent sensor for
sequential detection of copper ion and cyanide,” Tetrahedron, vol. 70, pp. 2822-2828, April 2014.
10. Vinod Kumar Gupta, Ashok Kumar Singh, and Neha Gupta, “Colorimetric sensor for cyanide and acetate ion using novel
biologically active hydrazones,” Sensor Actuat B-Chem, vol. 204, pp. 125-135, December 2014.
11. Jie Shao, Hai Lin, and Hua-Kuan Lin, “A simple and efficient colorimetric anion receptor for H 2PO4−,” spectrochim acta A, vol.
70, pp. 682–685, August 2008.
12. Pavel Anzenbacher, Manuel A. Palacios, Karolina Jursíková, and Manuel Marquez, “Simple Electrooptical Sensors for Inorganic
Anions,” Org. Lett. vol. 7, pp. 5027–5030, October 2005.
13. D. Amilan Jose, D. Krishna Kuma, Bishwajit Ganguly, and Amitava Das, “Efficient and Simple Colorimetric Fluoride Ion Sensor
Based on Receptors Having Urea and Thiourea Binding Sites,” Org. Lett. vol. 6, pp. 3445–3448, September 2004.
14. X. F. Sh, X. F. Xu, H. Lin, J. Shao, and H. K. Lin, “Studies on synthesis and anion recognition properties of (3'-nitrobenzo)[2,3-
d]-(3''-nitrobenzo)[9,10-d]-1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane-5,7,12,14-tetraone,” J. Mol. Recog. vol. 20, pp. 139–144, March
2007.
15. M. Yu, H. Lin, G. H. Zhao, and H. K. Lin, “A benzimidazole‐based chromogenic anion receptor,” J. Mol. Recog. vol. 20, pp.
69–73, February 2007.
16. Antonio Bauz, Tiddo J. Mooibroek, and Antonio Frontera, “The Bright Future of Unconventional s/p-Hole Interactions,”
ChemPhysChem. vol. 16(12), pp. 2496 –2517, 2015.
17. Michael Giese, Markus Albrecht, and Kari Rissanen, “Anion−π Interactions with Fluoro arenes,” Chem. Rev. vol. 115, 16, pp.
8867-8895, August 2015.
18. Kumaresan Murugesan, Vanthana Jeyasingh, Sudha Lakshminarayanan, Selvapalam Narayanan, Sivaraj Ramasamy, I. V. Muthu
Vijayan Enoch, and Lakshminarayanan Piramuthu, “Simple and highly electron deficient Schiff-base host for anions: First turn-
on colorimetric bifluoride sensor,” vol. 209, pp. 165-169, February 2019.
Vanthana Jeyasingh, Kumaresan Murugesan, Sudha Lakshminarayanan, Selvapalam Narayanan,
Authors:
Paper Title: Recognition of Cyanide by Urea-Based Bipodal Probe
Abstract: Two urea based colorimetric receptors were developed. The receptor L showed a exclusive
selectivity of cyanide over the other anions in acetonitrile solution and exhibited Intramolecular charge Transfer
(ICT). It was studied by UV-vis spectroscopy and their binding ability was explored by using Job’s plot and
Benesi-Hildbrand routes. From that the receptor L, it recognize CN- anions and it indicates 1:1 stoichiometric
ratio and the receptor L1(monofluoro substituted) does not recognize any anions. Finally the (difluoro
substituted) receptor L shows good sensitivity, selectivity towards cyanide.
50. Keyword: Anion recognition, colorimetric sensors, cyanide sensing, urea receptor.
References:
1. R. Martínez-Manêz, F. Sancenon, “New advances in fluorogenic anion chemosensor,” J. of Fluoresc, vol. 15, pp. 267-285, 222-226
May 2005.
2. P.A. Gale, Ed. Special issue: “35 years of Synthetic Anion Recept or Chemistry,” Coord. Chem. Rev. vol. 1-2, pp 240, May
2003.
3. C. R. Bondy, S. Loeb, “Amide based receptors for anions,” J. Coord. Chem. Rev. vol. 240, pp. 77-99, May 2003.
4. R. Martínez-Manêz, F. Sancenon, “Fluorogenic and chromogenic chemosensors and reagents for anions,” Chem. Rev. vol.
103, pp. 4419-4476, October 2003.
5. D. T. Thompson, “Cyanide: Soc., Ind. Econ. Aspects,” Gold Bulletin. Vol. 34(4), pp. 133-133, 2001.
6. Kyung-Sik Lee, Hae-Jo Kim, Gun-Hee Kim, Injae Shin, and Jong-In Hong, “Fluorescent Chemodosimeter for Selective
Detection of Cyanide in Water,” Org. Lett. Vol. 10(1), pp. 49-51, December (2008).
7. E.B. Veale, T. Gunnlaugsson, “Bidirectional photoinduced electron-transfer quenching is observed in 4- amino-1, 8-
naphthalimide-based fluorescent anion sensors,” J. Org. Chem. vol.73(20), pp. 8073-8076, September 2008.
8. R. M. Duke, T. Gunnlaugsson, “Selective fluorescent PET sensing of fluoride (F−) using naphthalimide–thiourea and–urea
conjugates,” Tetrahedron Lett. vol. 48, pp. 8043- 8047, November 2007.
9. J. Lowe, G. A. Dyson, and F. M. Pfeffer, “Steric and electronic factors influencing recognition by a simple, charge neutral
norbornene based anion receptor,” Org. Biomol. Chem. vol. 5, pp. 1343-1346, March 2007.
10. F. M. Pfeffer, P. E. Kruger, and T. Gunnlaugsson, “Anion ecognition and anion-mediated self-assembly with thiourea-
functionalised fused [3] polynorbornyl frameworks,” Org. Biomol. Chem. vol. 5, pp. 1894-1902, May 2007
11. M. Bonizzoni, L. Fabbrizzi, A. Taglietti, and E. Tiengo, “(Benzylideneamino) thioureas–chromogenic interactions
with anions and N–H deprotonation,” Eur. J. Org. Chem. vol. 16 pp. 3567-3574, August 2006.
12. D. Esteban-Gomez, L. Fabbrizzi, and M. Liechelli, “Why, on interaction of urea-based receptors with fluoride, beautiful
colors develop,” J. Org. Chem. vol. 70(14), pp. 5717-5720, June 2005.
13. F. M. pfeffer, M. seter, N. Lewcenko, and N. W. Barnett, “Total synthesis of (±)- pentenomycin,” Tetrahedron Lett. Vol.
47, pp. 5251-5253, July 2006.
14. T. Gunnlaugsson, P. E. Kruger, P. Jensen, J. Tierney, H. D. P. Ali, and G. M. Hussey, “Colorimetric “naked eye” sensing
of anions in aqueous solution,” J.Org. Chem. vol. 70(26), pp. 10875-10878, November 2005.
15. F. M. Pfeffer, A. M. Buschgens, N. W. Barnett, T. Gunnlaugsson, and P. E. Kruger, “4-Amino-1, 8-naphthalimide-
based anionreceptors: employing the naphthalimide N–H moiety in the cooperative binding o dihydrogenphosphate,”
Tetrahedron Lett. Vol. 46, pp. 6579- 6584, September 2005.
16. T. Gunnlaugsson, A. P. Davis, and M. Glynn, “Fluorescent photoinduced electron transfer (PET) sensing of anions using
charge neutral chemosensors,” Chem. Commun. vol. 24, pp.2556-2557, November 2001.
17. Helal, H. S. Kim, “Thiazole-based chemosensor III: synthesis and fluorescence sensing of CH3CO2− based on inhibition of
ESIPT,” Tetrahedron. Vol. 66, pp. 7097-7103, August 2010.
18. A. K. Mahapatra, G. Hazra, and P. Sahoo, “Synthesis of ndolo [3, 2-b] carbazole-based new colorimetric receptor
for anions: A unique color change for fluoride ions,” Beilstein Journal of Organic Chemistry. Vol. 6, pp. 12, February 2010.
19. J. Li, H. Chen, H. Lin, and H. Lin, “A simple colorimetric sensor for biologically important anions based on intramolecular
charge transfer (ICT),” Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology B:Biology, vol. 97, pp. 18-21, October 2009.
20. Pérez-Casas, A. K. Yatsimirsky, “Detailing hydrogen bonding and deprotonation equilibria between anions and
urea/thiourea derivatives,” The Journal of Organic Chemistry vol. 73(6), pp. 2275-2284, February 2008.
21. M. G. DosSantos, T. McCabe, G. W. Watson, P. E. Kruger, and T. Gunnlaugsson. “The recognition and sensing of anions
through “positive allosteric effects” using simple urea_amide receptors,” The Journal of Organic Chemistry, vol. 73(23), pp.
9235-9244, November 2008.
22. M. Boiocchi, L. D. Boca, D. E. Gómez, L. Fabbrizzi, M. Licchelli, and E. Monzani. “Nature of urea fluoride interaction:
incipient and definitive proton transfer,” Journal of the American Chemical Society, vol.126(50), pp. 16507 -16514,
November 2004.
Ramesh Prakash, Narayanan Selvapalam Govindaraj Usha, Karuppasamy Karpagalakshmi,
Authors:
Paper Title: Brilliant Green Decorated Graphene Oxide for the Detection of Cucurbit[7]uril
Abstract: Among the synthetic receptors, Cucurbiturils have gained much attention recent days due to their
unique binding potential with variety of drugs and dyes. However, no facile detection method using UV-vis
spectroscopy has been developed. Here, we have developed the brilliant green decorated graphene oxide
(BGGO) for the detection of cucurbit[7]uril (CB[7]) with good selectivity and sensitivity. Thus, BGGO could
able to detect the CB[7] and turn on the release of brilliant green quantitatively. Among the sensors for CB[7],
BGGO is the low-cost and sensitive sensor for CB[7] with high selectivity
Keyword: CB[7] sensor, graphene oxide, Brilliant green, Cucurbituril.

References:
1. K. Kim, J. Murray, N. Selvapalam, Y. H. Ko and I. Hwang, “Cucurbiturils: Chemistry, supramolecular chemistry and
applications”, World Scientific. Singapore 2018, pp. 1-264
2. Z. Liu, S. K. M. Nalluri and J. F. Stoddart, “Surveying macrocyclic chemisry: from flexible crown ethers to rigid cyclophanes ,”
Chem. Soc. Rev., vol. 46, March 2017, pp. 2459-2478,
3. A. A. Elbashir and H. Y. Aboul-Enein, “Supramolecular analytical application of Cucurbit[n]urils using fluorescence
spectroscopy,” Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem., vol. 45, September 2014, .pp. 52-61,
4. A. E. Rowan, J. A. A. W. Elemans and R. J. M. Nolte, “Molecular and supramolecular objects from glycoluril,” Acc. Chem. Res.,
vol. 32, June 1999, .pp. 995-1006,
51. 5. S. Liu, C. Ruspic, P. Mukhopadhyay, S. Chakrabarti, P. Y. Zavalij and L. Isaacs, “The cucurbit[n]uril family: Prime components
for self-sorting systems,” J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 127, October 2005, pp. 15959-15967,
6. J. Kim, I. Jung, S. Kim, E. Lee, J. Kang, S. Sakamoto et.al. “New Cucurbituril Homologues: Syntheses, isolation, characterization
and X-ray crystal structures of cucurbit[n]uril (n= 5, 7, and 8),” J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 122, September 1999, pp. 540-541,
227-231
7. J. W. Lee, S. Samal, N. Selvapalam, H. Kim and K. Kim, “Cucurbituril homologues and derivatives: New oppurtunities in
supramolecular chemistry,” Acc. Chem. Res., vol. 36, February 2003, pp. 621-630,.
8. S. J. Barrow, S. Kasera, M. J. Rowland, J. Barrio and O. A. Scherman., “Cucurbiuril-based molecular recognition,” Chem. Rev.,
vol. 115, November 2015, pp. 12320-12406,
9. H. Yin, R. Wang, “Applications of cucurbit[n]urils (n=7 or 8) in pharmaceutical sciences and complexaion of Biomolecules” Isr.
J. Chem., Vol. 57, October 2017, pp. 1-12, .
10. J. M. Chinai, A. B. Taylor, L. M. Ryno, N. D. Hargreaves, C. A. Morris, P. J. Hart, and A. R. Urbach, “Molecular recognition of
Insulin by a synthetic receptor,” J. Am. Chem. Soc. , vol. 133, April 2011, pp. 8810-8813,
11. N. Saleh, I. Ghosh, and W. M. Nau, “Cucurbiurils in drug delivery and for biomedical applicaions”, Supramolecular systems in
biomedical fields (Book series, RSC), vol. 13, September 2013, .pp. 164,
12. I. V. Kolesnichenko, E. V. Anslyn, “ Pracical applications of supramolecular chemisry” Chem. Soc. Rev., vol. 46, January 2017,
pp. 2385-2390.
13. N. G. Roman, F. M. Gregor, N. J. Wheate, and J. A. Plumb, “Cucrbit[7]uril encapsulated cisplatin overcomes resistance to
cisplatin induced by rab25 overexpression in an intraperitonel ovarian cancer model” J Ovarian Res, vol. 8, December 2015, pp
62.
14. N. Dong, S.F. Xue, Q. J. Zhu, Z. Tao, Y. Zhao, and L. X. Yang, “Cucurbi[n]urils (n=7, 8) binding of campothecin and the effecs
on solubility and reactiviy of anticancer drug” supramolecular chemisry, vol. 20, November 2008, .pp. 659-665,.
15. S. Li, J. Y. W. Chan, Y. Li, D. Bardelang, W. W. Yew, and R. Wang, “Complexation of clofazimine by macrocyclic
cucurbit[7]uril reduced its cardiotoxicitty without affecting antimycobaterial efficacy” Org. Biomol. chem., vol.14, July 2016,
pp.7563-7569 ,
16. N. Saleh, S. Ajab, A. S ham, and S. A. Qamar, “Enhancement of in vitro fungicidal acivity of fuberidazole to botrytis cineria by
cucurbiturils” J. Incl. Phenom. Macrocycl. Chem, vol.79, August 2014, pp.301-309.
17. R. Liang and X. Zhao, “Heteropore covalent organic frameworks: a new class of porous organic polymers with well-ordered
hierarchical porosities,” Org. Chem. Front., vol. 5, September 2018, .pp. 3341-3356,
18. H. Yin, L. Chen. B. Yang, D. Bardelang, C. Wang, S. M. Y. Lee and R. Wang, “Fluorescence enhancement and pK a shift of a
rhokinase inhibitor by a synthetic receptor,” Org. Biomol. Chem., vol. 15, April 2017, .pp. 4336-4343,
19. R. Prakash, G. Usha, P. Lakshminarayanan and N. Selvapalam, “Facile detecttion of cucurbit[7]uril by rhodamine B-decoraed
nanoparticles,” Chem. Lett., vol. 46, June 2017, .pp. 1300-1303,
20. R. Prakash, G. Usha, P. Sivaranjana, K. Karpagalakshmi, P. Lakshminarayanan and N. Selvapalam, “Graphene oxide based
fluorescence sensor for cucurbit[7]uril,” New J. Chem., vol. 42 June 2018,, pp. 13038-13043.
21. Y. Lv, C. Tao, J. Huang, Y. Li, F. Wang, F. Cai, and J. Wang, “Self-assembly of cucurbit[7]uril on the surface of graphene/gold
modified electrode: Anovel electrochemical sensing platform,” Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology , vol. 6, December 2016, pp.
1-7,.
22. A. Molla, Y. Li, B. Mandal, S. G. Kang, S. H. Hur, J. S. Chung, “Selective adsorption of organic dyes on graphene oxide:
Theoretical and experimental analysis,” Appl. Surf. Sci., vol. 464, January 2019, pp. 170-177,.
23. P. Sharma and M. R. Das, “Removal of a cationic dye from aqueous solution using graphene oxide nanosheets: Investigation of
adsorption parameters,” J. Chem. Eng. Data, vol. 58, December 2012, .pp. 151-158.
Authors: Arunpandian. M, Selvakumar K, Nagarajan E. R, Arunachalam. S

Visible Light-Induced Superior Photocatalytic Activity of Ag@Nd2WO6/ZnO Nanocomposite and
Paper Title:
its Biological Activity
Abstract: In this work, degradation of Ciprofloxacin has been studied over the catalyst Ag@Nd2WO6/ZnO
(ANWZ) synthesized via hydrothermal method. The catalysts are characterized with techniques such as X-ray
diffractometer, Scanning electron microscope with EDX spectroscopy and DRS- UV spectroscopy respectively.
For the results shows, the PXRD spectroscopy was confirmed a phase purity and crystalline structure of the as-
synthesized catalyst. The SEM results are explained about the morphology structure of the material, the structure
spherical with nanorod like clustered morphology structure was shown in SEM and the reacting elements in the
catalytic material are confirmed by EDX spectroscopy. And the DRS-UV spectroscopy technique is telling about
the band energy value for prepared materials and also select the suitable way (i.e: Visible or UV light
irradiation) for the degradation. The photocatalytic process, Ciprofloxacin (CIP) drug are degraded under visible
light within 140 minutes and the degradation efficiency are 95.54%. The reusability test explains the efficiency
and stability of the ANWZ catalyst and its stable up to the fifth run. Further, the photodegradation process, the
catalyst is tested antibacterial activity study against Bacillus cereus and Escherichia Coli bacterial organisms.
From the result, Bacillus bacteria contain more efficient antibacterial activity than that of E.coli bacteria.
Keyword: Catalytic degradation, Ciprofloxacin, Silver doped metal tungstate, visible light, Biological study
References:
1. L.M. Pastrana-Martinez, J.L. Faria, J.M. Dona - Rodriguez, C. Fernandez-Rodriguez, A.M.T. Silva, Degradation of
diphenhydramine pharmaceutical in aqueous solutions by using two highly active TiO2 photocatalysts: operating parameters and
52. photocatalytic mechanism, Appl. Catal. B 113-114 (2012) 221–227.
2. A.Ahmad, F.D.Daschner K. Kummerer, Biodegradability of cefotiam, ciprofloxacin, meropenem, penicillin G, and
sulfamethoxazole and inhibition of wastewater bacteria, Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 37 (1999) 158–163.
3. M. A. Rauf, M. A. Meetani, A. Khaleel, A. Ahmed, Photocatalytic degradation of Methylene Blue using a mixed catalyst and 232-236
product analysis by LC/MS, Chem. Eng. J. 2010, 157, 373–378.
4. T. Sreethawong, S. Chavadej, S. Ngamsinlapasathian, S. Yoshikawa, Sol-gel synthesis of a mesoporous assembly of Nd2O3
nanocrystals with the aid of structure-directing surfactant, Solid State Sci. 10 (2008) 20–25.
5. R. Bazzi, M.A. Flores-Gonzalez, C. Louis, K. Lebbou, C. Dujardin, A. Brenier, W. Zhang, O. Tillement, E. Bernstein, P. Perriat,
Synthesis and luminescent properties of sub-5-nm lanthanide oxides nanoparticles, J. Lumin. 102 (2003) 445–450.
6. M. Zawadzki, L. Kepin´ski, Synthesis and characterization of neodymium oxide nanoparticles, J. Alloys. Compd. 380 (2004)
255–259.
7. T. Liu, Y. Zhang, H. Shao, X. Li, Synthesis and characteristics of Sm2O3 and Nd2O3nanoparticles, Langmuir 19 (2003) 7569 –
7572.
8. U. Koch, A. Fojtik, H. Weller, A. Henglein, Photochemistry of semiconductor colloids. Preparation of extremely small ZnO
particles, fluorescence phenomena and size quantization effects, Chem. Phys. Lett. 122 (1985) 507–510.
9. S. Krishnamoorthy, A.A. Iliadis, T. Bei, P.G. Chrousos, An interleukin-6 ZnO/SiO2/ Si surface acoustic wave biosensor, Biosens.
Bioelectron. 24 (2008) 313–318.
10. Y.L. Wang, H.S. Kim, D.P. Norton, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, Dielectric passivation effects on ZnO light-emitting diodes, Appl. Phys.
Lett. 92 (2008) 112101.
11. M. R. S. Zaidan, A. Noor Rain, A. R. Badrul, A. Adlin, A. Norazah, I. Zakiah, In vitro screening of five local medicinal plants for
antibacterial activity using disc diffusion method, Tropical Biomedicine, 22, 2005, 165-170.
12. D. Xu, Y. Bai, Z. Li, Y. Guo, L. Bai, Enhanced photodegradation ability of solvothermal synthesized metallic copper-coated ZnO
microrods, Colloids Surf. A 548 (2018) 19–26.
13. M. Rani, U. Shanker, Sun-light has driven rapid photocatalytic degradation of Methylene blue by poly(methyl methacrylate)/metal
oxide nanocomposites, Colloids Surf. A Physicochem. Eng. Asp. 559 (2018) 136–147.
14. F.T. Li, Y. Zhao, Q. Wang, X.J. Wang, Y.J. Hao, R.H. Liu, D.S. Zhao, Enhanced visible-light photocatalytic activity of active
Al2O3/g-C3N4 heterojunctions synthesized via surface hydroxyl modification, J. Hazard.Mater. 283 (2015) 371–381.M .Wu, D.
Atchley, L. Greer, S. Janssen, D. Rosenberg, J. Sass, “Dosed without prescription: preventing pharmaceutical
contamination of our nation’s drinking water,” Natural Resources Defense Council White Paper, 60 (2009).
Authors: J. Vinoth Kumar, K. Leeladevi, M. Arunpandian, E.R. Nagarajan
Design and Fabrication of Novel Sheet-like Iron Vanadate Photocatalyst for the Photoreduction of
Paper Title:
Chromium
53. Abstract: In past days, the occurrence of toxic heavy metal ions into the water and soil environment causes
major health risk to the living organisms. In this work, we mainly focused on the photoreduction of hexavalent
chromium (Cr6+) using novel sheet-like Fe2V4O13 photocatalyst under visible light irradiation. The sheet-like 237-241
Fe2V4O13 was tailored through hydrothermal process using ferric chloride and sodium metavanadate precursors
without addition of any templates. The surface morphology, elemental analysis and various physical properties
are characterized by numerous spectroscopic techniques. Interestingly, the sheet-like Fe2V4O13 demonstrated
proficient photocatalytic performances towards the reduction of Cr6+ into Cr3+. The obtained UV-visible
spectroscopy results portrayed that sheet-like Fe2V4O13 could reduce above of Cr6+ solution within 40 min.
Moreover, the sheet-like Fe2V4O13 holds very good stability even after five consecutive cycles. This study
could open new insights for the design novel nanostructured binary metal oxides for environmental applications.
Keyword: Heavy metals, Photocatalyst, Fe2V4O13, photoreduction, Chromium.

References:
1. Y.C. Sharma, “Cr (VI) removal from industrial effluents by adsorption on an indigenous low cost material,” Colloid Surf. A-
Physicochem. Eng. Asp. 215 (2003) 155–162.
2. J. Xin, F. Zhang, Y. Gao, Y. Feng, S. Chen, A. Wu, A rapid colorimetric detection method of trace Cr (VI) based on the redox
etching of Ag (core)-Au (shell) nanoparticles at room temperature, Talanta. 101 (2012) 122–127.
3. H. Zhang, Q. Liu, T. Wang, Z. Yun, G. Li, J. Liu, G. Jiang, “Facile preparation of glutathione- stabilized gold nanoclusters for
selective determination of chromium (III) and Chromium (VI) in environmental water samples,” Anal. Chim. Acta. 770 (2013)
140–146.
4. D. Basu, K. Blackburn, B. Harris, M. Neal, F. Stoss, “Health assessment document for chromium, Environmental Protection
Agency,” Springfield, VA. 1983.
5. X. Sun, L. Yang, Q. Li, J. Zhao, X. Li, X. Wang, H. Liu, “Amino-functionalized magnetic cellulose nanocomposite as adsorbent
for removal of Cr (VI): synthesis and adsorption studies,” Chem. Eng. J. 241 (2014) 175-183.
6. R. A. Morello-Frosch, T. J. Woodruff, D. A. Axelrad, J. C. Caldwell, Air Toxics and Health Risks in California: The Public
Health Implications of Outdoor Concentrations, Risk Analysis, 20 (2000) 273-292.
7. P.O. Brien, A. Kortenkamp, “The chemistry underlying chromate toxicity,” Transition Met. Chem.20 (1995) 636.
8. I. Tang, J. Wang, G. Zeng, Y. Liu, Y. Deng, Y. Zhou, J. Tang, J. Wang, Z. Guo, “Enhanced photocatalytic degradation of
norfloxacin in aqueous Bi2WO6 dispersions containing nonionic surfactant under visible light irradiation,” J. Hazard, Mater., 306
(2016) 295-304.
9. I. Ahmed, R. Bano, S. G. Musharraf, M. A. Sheraz, S. Ahmed, H. Tahir, Q. Arfeen, M. S. Bhatti, Z. Shad, S. F. Hussain,
“Photodegradation of norfloxacin in aqueous and organic solvents: A kinetic study,” J. Photochem. Photobiol.. A: Chemistry 302
(2015) 1-10.
10. R. Shahbazi, A. Payan, M. Fattahi, “Preparation, Evaluations and Operating Conditions Optimization of Nano TiO 2 over
Graphene Based Materials as the Photocatalyst for degradation of Phenol,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A: Chemistry 364 (2018)
564-576.
11. J. V. Kumar, R. Karthik, Shen-Ming Chen, K. Natarajan, K. Chelladurai, C. C. Yang, V. Muthuraj, “3D Flower-Like
Gadolinium Molybdate Catalyst for Efficient Detection and Degradation of Organophosphate Pesticide (Fenitrothion),” ACS
Appl. Mater. Interfaces, 10 (2018) 15652-15664.
12. J.V. Kumar, R. Karthik, Shen-Ming Chen, V. Muthuraj, C. Karuppiah, “Fabrication of potato-like silver molybdate
microstructures for photocatalytic degradation of chronic toxicity ciprofloxacin and highly selective electrochemical detection of
H2O2,” Sci. Rep., 6 (2017) 34149.
13. V. S. Nair, S. Sreejith, P. Borah, S. Hartung, N.Bucher, Y. Zhao, S. Madhavi, Crystalline Li3V6O16 rods as high capacity anode
material for aqueous rechargeable lithium batteries, RSC Adv. 4 (2014) 28601-28605.
14. C. Mondal, A. K. Sasmal, S. M. Yusuf, M. D. Mukadam, J. Pal, M. Ganguly, T. Pal, “Modified hydrothermal reaction for
CoV2O6.4H2O nanowire formation and the transformation and the transformation to CoV 2O6.2H2O single-crystals for
antiferromagnetic ordering and spin-flop,” RSC Adv. 4 (2014) 56977-56983.
15. P.P. Sahoo, B. Zoellner, P. A. Maggard, “Optical, Electronic and Photochemical properties of the type Cu3-XVO4
Semiconductor,” J. Mater. Chem. A 3 (2015) 4501-4509.
16. D. Sun, G. H. Jin, H. Y. Wang, P. Liu, Y. Ren, Y.F. Jiang, Y. G. Tang, X. B. Huang, “Aqueous rechargeable lithium batteries
using NaV6O15 nanoflakes as high performance anodes,” J. Mater. Chem. A. 2 (2014) 12999-13005.
17. H. Q. Song, Y. G. Liu, C. P. Zhang, C. F. Liu,G. Z. Cao, “Mo-doped LiV3O8 nanorod-assembled nanosheets as a high
performance cathode material for lithium ion batteries,” J. Mater. Chem. A. 3 (2015) 3547-3558.
18. R. Konta, H. Kato, H. Kobayashi, A. Kudo, “Photophysical properties and photocatalytic activities under visible light irradiation
of silver vanadates,” Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 5 (2003) 3061−3065.
Authors: Sundaravel Balachandran, Stalindurai Kesavan, Arunpandi Pandi
Paper Title: Effect of Prosopis Juliflora on the Soil Fertility in Usilampatti zone, Tamil Nadu
Abstract: The invasion of Prosopis Juliflora in the tropical and sub-tropical ecosystems reached alarming
condition because of their allelopathic nature and potential threat to the diversity. In this paper, the effect of
Prosopis Juliflora on soil fertility in Usilampatti area is analysed. The concentration of macronutrients and
micronutrients beneath and outside the Prosopis Juliflora canopy is studied and compared. The paper also
explains the soil characteristics on the basis of the pH of the soil sample.
Keyword: Prosopis Juliflora, Invaded species, soil amelioration, biodiversity
54. References:
1. E.Mwangi and B. Swallow, Report, World Agroforestry Centre, Kenya, 2005, pp. 1–66.
2. N.M.Pasiecznik, P. Felker, P.J.C. Harris, L.N. Harsh and G. Cruz, “The Prosopisjuliflora - Prosopis pallida Complex: A
Monograph”, 2001, Coventry, UK: HDRA. 242-244
3. S.Chandrasekaran and P.S. Swamy, “Biomass, litterfall and aboveground net primary productivity of herbaceous communities in
varied ecosystems at Kodayar in the western ghats of Tamil Nadu”, Agric. Ecosyst. Environ., vol. 88, 2002, pp. 61– 71.
4. D.A.Wardle, R.D. Bardgett, R.M. Callaway and W.H. Van der Putten, Science, vol. 332, 2011, pp. 1273–1277.
5. S.Chandrasekaran,K.Sarswathy, S.Saravanan, N. Kamaladhasan, N ArunNagendran, “Impact of Prosopisjuliflora on nesting success
of breeding wetland birds at Vettangudi Bird Sanctuary, South India”, Current Science, vol. 106, 2014, pp. 676-678.
6. B.L.Beachy and G. R. Robinson,”Divergence in avian communities following woody plant invasions in a pine barrens
ecosystem”,Nat. Areas J., vol. 28, 2008, pp. 395–403.
7. J.F.Chace and J.J. Walsh,”Urban effects on native avifauna: A review. Landscape and Urban Planning, Landsc”. Urban Plann., vo l.
74, 2006, pp. 46–69.
8. A. El-Keblawy and A. Al-Rawai, “Impacts of the invasive exotic Prosopisjuliflora (Sw.) D.C.on the native flora and soils of the
UAE”, Plant Ecol., 2007,vol. 190, pp. 23–35.
9. R. Kaur, W.L. Gonzales, L.D. Llambi, P.J. Soriano, R.M. Callaway, M.E. Rout, T.J. “Gallaher and Inderjit , Community Impacts of
Prosopisjuliflora Invasion: Biogeographic and Congeneric Comparisons”, PLoS ONE, Vol. 7, 2012, pp. 1-13.
10. P.P. Bhojvaid and V.R. Timmer, “Soil dynamics in an age sequence of Prosopisjuliflora planted for sodic soil restoration in India”,
Forest Ecol.Manag., Vol. 106, 1998, pp. 181-193.
11. V.E. Vallejo, Z. Arbeli, W. Teran, N. Lorenz, R.P. Dick, F. Roldan, “Effect of land management and Prosopisjuliflora (Sw.) DC
trees on soil microbial community and enzymatic activities in intensive silvopastoral systems of Colombia, Agric”. Ecosyst.
Environ., Vol. 150, 2012, pp. 139-148.
12. D.C. Ruthven, “Herbaceous vegetation diversity and abundance beneath honey mesquite (Prosopisglandulosa) in the South Texas
plains”, Texas Journal of Science, vol. 53, 2001, pp. 171-186.
13. C.Nivetha and V.Janahiraman, “Rainfall analysis and suggested cropping system forUsilampatti Taluk of Madurai district, Tamil
Nadu”, J.Pharmacogn.Phytochem., vol. 7, 2018, pp. 157-160
14. P.N. Daveand J. Bhandari, “Prosopisjulifera”: A review,Int. J. Chem. Stud., vol. 1, 2013, pp. 2321–4902.
15. K.J. Walterand and K.V. Armstrong, “Benefits, threats and potential of Prosopis in South India,For trees livelihoods”, vol. 2 3, 2014,
pp. 232–247.
16. R. ThiruniraiSelvan. K.T. Parthiban and B. Palanikumaran, “Prosopisjuliflora – A Myth and Reality to the Current Development
Scenario in Tamil Nadu”, Int. J. Pure App. Biosci., vol. 6, 2018, pp. 1088-1092
17. O.Diagneand D. D. Baker, “Quantification of symbiotic N fixation by Prosopisjuliflora (Swartz) DC using 15Nisotope dilution
methodology”. Soil Biol. Biochem., vol. 26, 1994, pp. 1709-1710
Narayanan Selvapalam, Theivasanthi Thirugnanasambandan, R. Santhiya, Karuppasamy
Authors:
Karpagalakshmi, Lakshminarayanan Piramuthu
Paper Title: Electrochemical Performance of Graphene blended NiFe2O4 Composite
Abstract: Graphene was blended with Nickel ferrite in the form of nanocomposite, which was prepared by
solid state synthesis using tartaric acid as an activating agent. The nanocomposite was characterized by XRD,
SEM, FTIR and UV Visible spectroscopy. Unlike the other composite materials, the Graphene – Nickel ferrite
composite (GNFC) showed high specific reversible capacity, which has been studied by the cyclic voltammeter.
The electrochemical impedance studies of GNFC proved that such material can be useful for the anode material
of the Li-ion batteries. The fast charge-discharge property may be due to the heteroarchitechure of the GNFC..
Keyword: Graphene, Nickel ferrite nanoparticles, electrochemical performance.

References:
1. Y. Xiao, , J. Zai, B. Tian, and X. Qian. "Formation of NiFe2O4 /Expanded Graphite Nanocomposites with Superior Lithium
Storage Properties." Nano-Micro Lett., Vol. 9, July 2017, pp 34.
2. Y. Fu, Y. Wan, H. Xia and X. Wang “Nickel ferrite –graphene heteroarchitectures: Toward high-performance anode materials for
lithium-ion baterries”, J. Power Sources, vol. 213, September 2012, pp 338-342.
3. J. Sun, , L. Xiao, S. Jiang, G. Li, Y. Huang, and J. Geng. "Fluorine-doped SnO2@ graphene porous composite for high capacity
lithium-ion batteries." Chem. Mater., vol. 27, June 2015, pp 4594-4603.
4. H. Lv, R. Jiang, X. Zhang, J. Wang, and Y. Li. "A Novel litchi-like Fe3O4/graphene Composite Catalyst for the Lithium–Air
Battery." Int. J. Electrochem. Sci., vol.10, July 2015, pp 7622-7630,
5. Y. Xiao, X. Li, J. Zai, K. Wang, Y. Gong, B. Li, Q. Han, and X. Qian. "CoFe 2O4 - graphene nanocomposites synthesized through
an ultrasonic method with enhanced performances as anode materials for Li-ion batteries", Nano-Micro Lett., vol. 6, September
55. 2014, .pp 307-315.
6. H. Wang, L-F. Cui, Y. Yang, H. S. Casalongue, J. T. Robinson, Y. Liang, Y. Cui, and H. Dai. "Mn 3O4 − graphene hybrid as a
high-capacity anode material for lithium ion batteries", J. Am. Chem. Soc, vol. 132, September 2010, pp 13978-13980,. 245-248
7. L. Luo, R. Cui, K. Liu, H. Qiao, and Q. Wei. "Electrospun preparation and lithium storage properties of NiFe2O4 nanofibers",
Ionics, vol. 21, March 2015, pp 687-694.
8. B. Qiu, , Y. Deng, M. Du, M. Xing, and J. Zhang. "Ultradispersed cobalt ferrite nanoparticles assembled in graphene aerogel f or
continuous photo-Fenton reaction and enhanced lithium storage performance", Sci. Rep., vol. 6, July 2016, pp 29099.
9. X. Chen, Y. Huang, K. Zhang, X. Feng, and S. Li, "Self-assembled flower-like NiFe2O4 decorated on 2D graphene nanosheets
composite and their excellent electrochemical performance as anode materials for LIBs", J. Alloys Compd., vol. 686, November
2016, pp 905-913,
10. J. Meng, W. Nie, K. Zhang, F. Xu, X. Ding, S. Wang, and Y. Qiu, "Enhancing electrochemical performance of graphene fiber -
based supercapacitors by plasma treatment." ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces, vol. 10, March 2018, pp 13652-13659,
11. J. T. Adeleke, T. Theivasanthi, M. Thiruppathi, M. Swaminathan, T. Akomolafe, and A. B. Alabi. "Photocatalytic degradation of
methylene blue by ZnO/NiFe2O4 nanoparticles", Appl. Surf. Sci., vol. 455, October 2018, pp 195-200.
12. E. K. Heidari, B. Zhang M. H. Sohi, A. Ataie and J. K. Kim. "Sandwich-structured graphene–NiFe2O4 – carbon nanocomposite
anodes with exceptional electrochemical performance for Li ion batteries." J. Mater. Chem. A, vol. 2, March 2014, pp 8314-8322.
13. E. K. Heidari, A. Ataie, M. H. Sohi, and J. K. Kim "Effect of processing parameters on the electrochemical performance of
graphene/nickel ferrite (G-NF) nanocomposite." J. Ultrafine Grained Nanostructured Mater., vol. 48, July 2015, pp 27-35,
14. Z. Wang, X. Zhang, Y. Li, Z. Liu, and Z. Hao. "Synthesis of graphene–NiFe2O4 nanocomposites and their electrochemical
capacitive behavior", J. Mater.Chem.A., vol. 1, pp 6393-6399, March 2013
15. Y. Xiao, X. Li, J. Zai, K. Wang, Y. Gong, B. Li, Q. Han, and X. Qian, "CoFe 2O4-graphene nanocomposites synthesized through
an ultrasonic method with enhanced performances as anode materials for Li-ion batteries", Nano-Micro Lett., vol. 6, October
2014, pp 307-315.
16. J.T. Adeleke, T. Theivasanthi, M. Thiruppathi, M. Swaminathan, T. Akomolafe, A. B. Alabi, Applied Surface Science, Appl. Surf.
Sci., vol. 455, October 2018, pp 195-200.
Authors: D. Geetha, M. S. Revathy, Gangadhara Angajala, P. Manorama, L. Sudha
Paper Title: Nutritive Analysis of Cicer Arietinum Via Colorimetery
56. Abstract: The seeds of cicerarietinum were made into flour, cooked in a different methods and analyzed for
Phosphorous, Phytin, Ionisable Iron, Niacin and Thiamin by standard methods.Nutritious values of
cicerarietinum varies significantly when they cooked. Mode of cooking play a vital role in the determination of 249-252
nutrition in food. Gram flour has significant amounts of niacin and thiamin and ionisable iron in its uncooked
flour form.This flour have 280 mg/100g phosphorous, 1.6 mg/100g ionisable iron, 0.357 mg/100g thiamin and
4.7 mg/100g niacin. Thus, the flour may be used as value addition food which in turn increased nutrition in low
cost.
Keyword: Microwave cooking; Thiamin; Niacin

References:
1. BenuSinghai, and S. K. Shrivastava, “Nutritive value of new chickpea (Cicer arietinum) varieties Journal of Food,” Agriculture &
Environment.,Vol.4 (1), 2006, pp.48-53.
2. HarshaHirdyani,“Nutritional composition of Chickpea (Cicerarietinum-L) and value added products,” Indian Journal Of
Community Health., vol 26 , 2014, pp.202-206.
3. A. Esmat, Abou Arab*, I. M. F. Helmy, and G. F. Bareh, “Nutritional Evaluation and Functional Properties of Chickpea
(Cicerarietinum L.) Flour and the Improvement of Spaghetti Produced from its,” Journal of American Science., Vol.6 (10), 2010,
pp.1055-1072.
4. K. O. Adebowale, and O. S. Lawal, “Comparative study of the functional properties of bambara groundnut (Voandzeiasubterra-
nean). Jack bean (canavaliaensiformis) and mucunabean (mucunapruriens) flours,” Food Research International, 37, 355 365.2004
5. N. Khatoon, and J. Prakash, “Nutritional quality of microwave- cooked and pressurecooked legumes,” International Journal of
Food Sciences and Nutrition ., Vol.55, 2004, pp.441–448.
6. W. Guo, G. Tiwari, J. Tang, and S. Wang, “Frequency, moisture and temperature dependent dielectric properties of chickpea flour,”.
Biosystems Engineering., Vol.101, 2008, pp.217–224.
7. O. Ngozi Kabuo, A. Sunday Dialoke, C. Gloria Omeire, N. Evelyn Bedi, I. Ann Peter-Ikechukwu, and E. ThankGod Irekpita,
“Comparison of Proximate Composition of Some Cultivars of Chickpea (Cicerarietinum L.) Cultivated in Owerri,” Food Science
and Quality Management., Vol. 37, 2015, pp.105-109.
8. J. K. Pittaway, I. K. Robertson, M. J. Ball, “Chickpeas may influence fatty acid and fibre intake in an ad libitum diet, leading to
small improvements in serum lipid profile and glycemic control,” Journal of the American Dietetic Association., Vol. 108 (6), 2008,
pp.1009-1013.
9. A. Clemente, J. Vioque, R. Sanchez Vioque, J. Pedroche, J. Bautista, and F. Millan, “Factors affecting the in vitro protein
digestibility of chickpea albumins,” Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture., Vol. 80, 2000, pp. 79-84.
Authors: K.Viswanathan
Variation of Azimuth Angle Distribution of EAS, With Slope of the Detector Array Plane – A
Paper Title:
Examination by Semi-Montecarlo Simulation
Abstract: The azimuth angle distribution of EAS is expected, as Cosmic Rays are isotropic. It is seen that,
if the plane of the detectors is not horizontal, the azimuth angle distribution becomes non-uniform. In such cases
it is necessary to make proper correction for this non-uniformity, when one attempts to use the EAS data
collected in such array, for source search. An attempt is made to correlate the extent of non- uniformity with the
slope of the array plane, using simulation.
Keyword: Cosmic Rays, Azimuth angle distribution, Zenith angle distribution, Extensive Air Shower.
References:
1. Apte A.R., Gopalakrishnan N.V., Tonwar S.C., Uma V., “Angular Resolution of an EAS Array for Gamma Ray Astronomy at >
5x1013 eV”, Proceedings of 19 th International Cosmic Ray Conference, Vol.3, 469-472, 1985.
57. 2. B.S.Acharya, P.N.Bhat, A.V.John, S.G.Khairatkar, B.K.Nagesh, M.R.Rajeev, K.Shobha Rao, M.V.S.Rao, V.A.Reddy, S.Sinha,
K.Sivaprasad, A.J.Stanislaus, S.C.Tonwar, P.Unnikrishnan, S.S.Upadhyaya, B.L.Venkatesh Murthy, P.R.Viswanath,
K.Viswanathan, “Angular Resolution of the K.G.F. experiment to detect Ultra High Energy Gamma Ray Sources”, Journal of
Physics G., Nuclear and Particle Physics 19, 1053 1993. 253-255
3. Angular resolution of the GRAPES III EAS array for UHE Gamma ray Astronomy, P.K.Mohanty, S.K.Gupta, Y.Aikawa,
N.V.Gopalakrishnan, Y.Hayashi, N.Ito, A.Iyer, A.Jain, P.Jagadeeshan, A.V.John, S.Karthikeyan, S.Kawakami, T.Matsuyama,
D.K.Mohanty, S.D.Morris, T.Nonaka, A.Oshima, B.S.Rao, K.C.Ravindran, K.Sivaprasad, B.V.Sreekantan, H.Tanaka,
S.C.Tonwar, K.Viswanathan, T.Yoshikoshi, Proceedings of 29th International Cosmic Ray Conference, Pune, 6, 21 (2005).
4. K.Viswanathan, “Observation of Sun-Moon Shadow in Cosmic Rays, and determination of Angular resolution of the GRAPES
III EAS Array”, National Space Science Symposium, Kottayam, Kerala, 2004.
5. A. Oshima, S.R. Dugad, U.D. Goswami, S.K. Gupta, Y. Hayashi, N. Ito, A. Iyer, P. Jagadeesan, A. Jain, S. Kawakami, M.
Minamino, P.K. Mohanty, S.D. Morris, P.K. Nayak, T. Nonaka, S. Ogio, B.S. Rao, K.C. Ravindran, H. Tanaka, S.C. Tonwar,
“The angular resolution of the GRAPES-3 array from the shadows of the Moon and the Sun”, Astroparticle Physics, 33, 97-107,
2010.
6. S.K. Gupta,Y. Aikawa, N.V. Gopalakrishnan, Y. Hayashi, N. Ikeda, N. Ito, A. Jain, A.V. John, S. Karthikeya n, S. Kawakami, T.
Matsuyama, D.K. Mohanty, P.K. Mohanty, S.D. Morris, T. Nonaka, A. Oshima, B.S. Rao, K.C. Ravindran, M. Sasano, K.
Sivaprasad, B.V. Sreekantan, H. Tanaka, S.C. Tonwar, K. Viswanathan, T. Yoshikoshi, “GRAPES-3 – A high-density air shower
array for studies on the structure in the cosmic-ray energy spectrum near the knee”, Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics
Research A540, 311 (2005).
P. Devendran, S. Ezhil Arasi, R. Ranjithkumar, C. Sambathkumar, V. Manirathinam,
Authors:
N.Nallamuthu, M. Krishna Kumar, A. Arivarasan, S. Asath Bahadur
Transition Hausmannite Nanoparticles Embedded on Uniform Carbon Micro Spheres Synthesis for
Paper Title:
Electrochemical Examination
Abstract: Carbon spheres wrapped by maghemite nanoparticles were synthesized through facile
hydrothermal method. The structural parameters were analyzed through powder x-ray diffraction analysis.
Functional groups were analyzed by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopic analysis. The prepared carbon
58. spheres wrapped by maghemite nanoparticles morphology were investigated using scanning electron
microscopic analysis. The elemental composition and distribution of elements were examined by energy
dispersive spectroscopic technique with mapping. Redox property, charge discharge mechanism was done 256-259
through cyclic voltammetry and galvanostatic charge-discharge studies.
Keyword: Maghemite nanoparticles, carbon spheres, hydrothermal, SEM, cyclic voltammetry, charge-
discharge.
References:
1. P. Devendran, T. Alagesan, A. Manikandan, S. Asath Bahadur, M. Krishna Kumar, S. Rathinavel, K. Pandian, “Sonochemical
Synthesis of Bi2S3 Nanowires using Single Source Precursor and Study of Its Electrochemical Activity” Nanosci. and
Nanotechnol. Lett. 2016, 8, 1-6.
2. P. Devendran, T. Alagesan, T. R. Ravindran, K. Pandian, Synthesis of spherical CdS quantum dots using cadmium
diethyldithiocarbamate as single source precursor in olive oil medium, Current Nanoscience, 2014, 10, 302-307.
3. P. Devendran, T. Alagesan, K. Pandian, “Single pot microwave synthesis of CdS nanoparticles in ionic liquid and their
photocatalytic application” Asian Journal of Chemistry, Sup. Issue, 2013, 25, S79- S82.
4. A. Shameem, P. Devendran, V. Siva, M. Raja, A. Manikandan, S. Asath Bahadur, Preparation and Characterization of
Nanostructured CdO thin films by SILAR method for Photocatalytic Application, J. of inorganic and organometallic poly. and
mat., 2017, 27, 692–699.
5. R. Packiaraj, P. Devendran, S. Asath Bahadur, N. Nallamuthu, Structural and electrochemical studies of Scheelite type BiVO4
nanoparticles: synthesis by simple hydrothermal method, J. of Materials Science: Materials in Electronics (2018) 29:13265 –
13276.
6. Yair, K.; Marcus, R.; Emanuel, K.; Lars, B.; Alexander, K.; Stefan, K.; Gleb, Y., High-Rate Electrochemical Capacitors Based on
Ordered Mesoporous Silicon Carbide-Derived Carbon.ACS Nano 2010, 4, 1337−1344.
7. Pan, S.; Lin, H.; Deng, J.; Chen, P.; Chen, X.; Yang, Z.; Peng, H., Novel Wearable Energy Devices Based on Aligned Carbon
Nanotube Fiber Textiles. Adv. Energy Mater. 2015, 5, 1401438.
8. Zhang, Y.; Zhao, C.; Ong, W. K.; Lu, X., Ultrafast-Freezing-Assisted Mild Preparation of Biomass-Derived, Hierarchically
Porous, Activated Carbon Aerogels for High-Performance Supercapacitors. ACS Sustain. Chem. Eng. 2018, 7, 403−411.
9. K. Seevakan, A. Manikandan, P. Devendran, A. Shameem, T. Alagesan, Microwave combustion synthesis, magneto -optical and
electrochemical properties of NiMoO4 nanoparticles for super capacitor application, Ceramics International 44 (2018) 13879–
13887.
10. K. Seevakan, A. Manikandan, P. Devendran, A. Baykal, Y. Slimani, T. Alagesan Structural, morphological and magneto -optical
properties of CuMoO4 electrochemical nanocatalyst as supercapacitor electrode, Ceramics International 44 (2018) 20075–20083.
11. K. Seevakan, A. Manikandan, P. Devendran, S. Arul Antony, T. Alagesan, One-pot synthesis and characterization studies of iron
molybdenum mixed metal oxide (Fe2(MoO4)3) nano – nanocatalysts, Advanced Science, Engineering and Medicine, 2016, 8, 1-
7.
12. P. Devendran, T. Alagesan, K. Pandian, Synthesis and characterization of Bi2S3 nanorods decorated on carbon sphere and study
its electrochemical application, Advanced Materials Research, 2014, 938, 215-220.
13. A. M. Prodan, S. L. Iconaru, C. M. Chifiriuc, C. Bleotu, C. S. Ciobanu, M. Motelica-Heino, S. Sizaret, D. Predoi, Magnetic
Properties and Biological Activity Evaluation of Iron Oxide Nanoparticles, Journal of Nanomaterials 2013 (893970) 1-7.
14. M. Aliahmad, N. Nasiri Moghaddam, Synthesis of maghemite (γ- Fe2O3) nanoparticles by thermal-decomposition of magnetite
(Fe3O4) nanoparticles, Materials Science-Poland, 2013, 31( 2) 264–268.
15. B. P. Singh, Arun kumar, H. I. A-Martinez, C. A. V. Olivencia, S. M. Tomar, Synthesis, Charactrization and electrocatalytic
ablity of Fe2O3 anoparticles for sensing acetaminophen, Indian Journal pf pure & Appliced physics, 2017, 55, 722-728.
16. R. Ranjithkumar, S. Ezhil Arasi, S. Sudhahar, N. Nallamuthu, P. Devendran, P. Lakshmanan, M. Krishna Kumar, Enhanced
electrochemical studies of ZnO–CNT nanocomposite for supercapacitor devices, Physica B Vol.568 (2019) pp.51-59.
Authors: P Sharmili, M S Revathy, S Rajesh, M Muthu Vinayagam, R Chokkalingam
Paper Title: Optical Examination on Zinc Sulphide Nanoparticles for Photovoltaic Applications
Abstract: In this research work Zinc Sulphide nanoparticles are synthesized by co–precipitation method
with zinc nitrate and sodium sulfide sources. The obtained particles are characterized to know its structure,
crystalline pattern, crystalline size and other morphologies. The crystalline size of the material is calculated by
Debye–Scherrer Formula. X–Ray Diffraction analysis, Scanning Electron Microscopy, Fourier Transform
Analysis and UV–Visible spectrum analysis is performed to study the mentioned morphology and properties of
the material synthesized. The central point of this research work is to study the behavior of Zinc sulfide
nanoparticles for solar cell applications. Hence, luminescence property of the material is finally analyzed.
References:
1. Rui-Wei You, Yen-Pei Fu,, “Zinc Sulfide Buffer Layer for CIGS Solar Cells Prepared by Chemical Bath Deposition,” Adv.
Technol. Innov, vol. 2(3), pp. 95 – 98, 2016.
59. 2. P. Asha, M. Rajeswari and B. Bindhu, “Zinc sulfide nanoparticles: processing, properties and applications: an overview”, J Ch em
Pharm Sci, Vol.9(4), pp. 2047-2052, 2016.
3. Salim Oudah Mezan, Abdullah Hasan Jabbar, Maytham Qabel Hamzah, Alaa Nihad Tuama, Nabeel Naeem Hasan, Mohd Arif
260-263
Agam, “Synthesis and Characterization of Zinc Sulphide (ZnS) Thin Film Nanoparticle for Optical Properties,” J. Glob. Pharm.
Technol., vol. 10(07), pp. 369-373, 2018.
4. Mahdi H. Suhail, Omed Gh. Abdullah, Raoof A. Ahmed, Shujahadeen B. Aziz, “Photovoltaic Properties of Doped Zinc
Sulfide/n-Si Heterojunction Thin Films”, Int. J. Electrochem. Sci., vol. 13, pp. 1472 – 1483, (2018).
5. V.B. Pujari, D.J. Dhage, and L.P. Deshmukh, Photo-voltaic Study of Hg Doped ZnS Thin Films, Inter. J. of Appl. Innov. Eng.
Man., vol. 2(2), pp. 275, 2013.
6. E.U. Masumdar, L.P. Deshmukh, S.H. Mane, V.S. Karande, V.B. Pujari, and P.N. Bhosale, CdSe : Sb electrode for
photoelectrochemical applications, J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Electron., vol. 14, pp.43, (2003).
7. S. Hossain, N. Amin, and T. Razykov, Prospects of back contacts with back surface fields in high efficiency ZnxCd1 -xs /CdTe
solar cells from numerical modeling, Chalcogenide Lett., vol.8, pp.187, (2011).
8. M.A. Akram, S. Javed, M. Islam, M. Mujahid, and A. Safdar, Arrays of CZTS sensitized ZnO/ZnS and ZnO/ZnSe core/shell
nanorods for liquid junction nanowire solar cells, Sol. Energ. Mater. Sol. Cells, vol. 146,pp.121,(2016).
9. M. Guo, X. Zhu, and H. Li, Comparative study of Cu2ZnSnS4 thin film solar cells fabricated by direct current and pulse revers e
co-electrodeposition, J. Alloy. Compd., vol. 657, pp.336, (2016).
10. C. Calderon, J.S. Oyola, P. Bartolo-Perez, and G. Gordillo, Studies in CuInS2 based solar cells, including ZnS and In2S3 buffer
layers, Mater. Sci. Semicon. Proc., vol. 16, pp. 1382, (2013).
11. M.K.Ghosh, S.Anand, R.P.Das, Effect of dissolved impurities during ammonia leaching of pure zinc sulphide, Hydrometallurgy,
Vol.22(1–2), pp.207-221, 1989.
Authors: M. Muthuvinayagam, K. Sundaramahalingam, D. Vanitha, M. Vahini

60. Structural and Electrical Properties of Ammonium Thiocyanate Doped Poly Ethylene Oxide / Poly
Paper Title:
Vinyl Pyrrolidone Blend Polymer Electrolytes
Abstract: Blend polymer electrolytes based on PEO:PVP with various wt% of NH4SCN are prepared by
simple solution casting method. The prepared polymer electrolytes are characterized using several techniques.
The XRD studies confirm the amorphous and crystalline behavior of prepared BPEs. Functional groups present
in the systems are confirmed by Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) studies. The electrical
properties are analyzed by ac impedance technique. The maximum ionic conductivity is obtained for 20wt% of
ammonium thiocyanate doped system and it is 1.81×10-5S/cm-1. The dielectric properties of polymer films are
also studied and discussed.
Keyword: XRD, FTIR, AC Impedance, PEO:PVP, Dielectric analysis

References:
1. J.M. Tarascon, M. Armand. (2001) Issues and challenges facing rechargeable lithium batteries, Nature, 414, 359-367.
2. D. Zhang, R. Li, T. Huang, A. Yu. (2010) Novel composite polymer electrolyte for lithium air batteries, J. Power Sources, 195,
1202–1206.
3. J.A. Lee, J.Y. Lee, M.H. Ryou, G.B. Han, J.N. Lee, D.J. Lee, J.K. Park, Y.M. Lee. (2011) Anion receptor-coated separator for
lithium-ion polymer battery, J. Solid State Electrochem., 15, 753–757.
4. N. Vijaya, S. Selvasekarapanian, S. Karthikeyan, M. Prabu, N. Rajeswari, C. Sanjeeviraja. (2013) synthesis and characterization
of proton conducting polymer electrolyte based on poly (N-vinyl pyrrolidone, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. (2013), 127, 1538-1543.
5. F. Arbi, A. Mourad. (2014), conductivity and dielectric relaxation in various polyvinyl alcohol/ammonium salt composites,
Polym. Sci. Ser. A, 56, 907-916.
6. C.S. Ramya, S. Selvasekarapandian, T. Savitha, G. Hirankumar, R. Baskaran, M. S. Bhuvaneswari, P. C. Angelo. (2006)
Conductivity and thermal behavior of proton conducting polymer electrolyte based on poly (N-vinyl pyrrolidone, Eur. Polym. J.,
42, 2672.
7. M. Hema, S. Selvasekerapandian, A. Sakunthala, D. Arunkumar, H. Nithya. (2008) Structural, vibrational and electrical
characterization of PVA-NH4Br polymer electrolyte system, J. Phys. B, 403, 2740.
8. S. Selvalakshmi, N. Vijaya, S. Selvasekarapandian, M. Premalatha. (2017) Biopolymer agar-agar doped with NH4SCN as solid
polymer electrolyte for electrochemical cell application, J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2017, 44702.
9. M. Muthuvinayagam,C. Gopinathan, N. Rajeswari, S. Selvasekarapandian, C. Sanjeeviraja. (2013) Proton conducting polymer
electrolytes based on PVdF-PVA with NH4NO3, J. Polymer Eng., 33(4) 315–322.
10. M. Muthuvinayagam, C. Gopinathan. (2014) Synthesis and Characterization of Novel Proton Conducting Polymer Blend
264-267
Electrolytes, Polymer-Plastics Technology and Engineering, 53 (13) 1333-1338.
11. M. Muthuvinayagam, C. Gopinathan. (2015) Characterization of proton conducting polymer blend electrolytes based on PVdF-
PVA, Polymer 68, 122-130.
12. R.F. Bhajantri, V. Ravindrachary, B. Poojary, A. Ismayil Harisha, V. Crasta. (2009) Studies on fuorescent
PVA+PVP+MPDMAPP composite films, Polym. Eng. Sci. 49:903–909.
13. M.A.F. Basha. (2010) Magnetic and optical studies on polyvinylpyrrolidone thin films doped with rare earth metal salts, Polymer
J. 42, 728–734.
14. K. Kiran Kumar, M. Ravi, Y. Pavani, S. Bhavani, A. K. Sharma, V.V.R . Narasimha Rao. (2012) Electrical conduction
mechanism in NaCl complexed PEO/PVP polymer blend electrolytes, Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids, 358, 3205–3211.
15. Sharanappa Chapi, S. Raghu, H. Devendrappa. (2016) Enhanced electrochemical, structural, optical, thermal stability and ionic
conductivity of (PEO/PVP) polymer blend electrolyte for electrochemical applications, Ionics, 22 (6), 803-814.
16. Sireerat Intarakamhang, preparation, Characterization and molecular modeling of Poly (ethylene oxide)/Poly (vinyl pyrrolidone)
Montmorillonite Nanocomposite solid electrolytes. Thesis adviser: Asst.prof. Visit Vao-Soongnern, ISBN 974-533-520-7, 2005,
54.
17. N.M. Zain and A.K. Arof, Structural and electrical properties of poly (ethylene oxide)-cadmium sulphate complexes, Mater. Sci.
Eng. B, 52 (1) (1998) 40-46.
18. Ch.V. Subba Reddy, A.-P. Jin, Q.-Y. Zhu, L.-Q. Mai, W. Chen, Preparation and characterization of (PVP + NaClO4) electrolytes
for battery applications, Eur. Phys. J. E. 19 (2006) 471-476.
19. A. Day, S. Karan, S.K. De, Effect of nanofillers on thermal and transport properties of Potassium iodide-polyethylene oxide solid
polymer electrolyte, Solid state chomm. 149 (2009) 1282-1287.
20. K. Kiran Kumar, M. Ravi, Y. Pavani, S. Bhavani, A.K. Sharma, V.V.R. Narasimha Rao. (2011) Investigations on the effect of
complexation of NaF salt with polymer blend (PEO/PVP) electrolytes on ionic conductivity and optical energy band gaps, Physic a
B, 406 (9), 1706–1712.
21. In: D.A. Burns, E.W. Clurczak (Eds.), Hand book of near-infrared analysis, Practical Spectroscopy Series, volume 13, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York, 1992, p. 393
22. M. Jamal, G. Venugopal, M. Shareefuddin, M.N. Chary, “Sodium ion conducting glasses with mixed glass formers NaI–Na2O–
V2O5–B2O3: application to solid state battery”, Mater. Let., 39, 28-32.
23. R. Manjuladevi, M. Thamilselvan, S. Selvasekarapandian, R. Mangalam, M. Premalatha, S. Monisha. (2017) Mg-ion conducting
blend polymer electrolyte based on poly(vinyl alcohol)- poly (acrylonitrile) with magnesium perchlorate, Solid State Ionics, 308
90–100.
Authors: D. Sivaganesh, S. Sasikumar, S. Saravanakumar, S. Asath Bahadur
Paper Title: Structural and Bonding Behavior Analysis of Microwave Sintered ZnO:Co materials
Abstract: In this present study, Zn1-xCoxO (x = 0.0, 0.04 & 0.06) samples were synthesized using
conventional solid state sintering process and characterized by PXRD and SEM. The structural analysis was
done using Rietveld profile refinement technique. The chemical bonding features and nature between Zn and O
atoms was analyzed by charge distribution studies. The bonding between Zn and O is clearly visible in the three-
dimensional and two-dimensional MEM maps. One- dimensional charge density distribution analysis clearly
61.
reveals that the characteristics of the bond. MEM results were also correlated with the PXRD parameters.
268-270
Keyword: X-ray diffraction, Rietveld Refinement, Scanning charge microscopy, Charge density distribution.
References:
1. T. Guo, M.S. Yao, Y.H. Lin, & C.W.A. Nan, comprehensive review on synthesis methods for transition -metal oxide
nanostructures. Cryst Eng Comm, 17(19), pp. 3551–3585 (2015).
2. A.B. Djurišić., X. Chen., Y.H. Leung., & A. Man Ching Ng. ZnO nanostructures: Growth, properties and applications. Journal of
Materials Chemistry, 22(14), pp.6526–6535 (2012).
3. R. Brayner., S.A. Dahoumane., C. Yéprémian., C. Djediat., M. Meyer., A. Couté., & F. Fiévet. ZnO nanoparticles: Synthesis,
characterization, and ecotoxicological studies. Langmuir, 26(9), pp.6522–6528 (2010).
4. K. U-Thaipan & K. Tedsree. Manipulation of surface morphology of flower-like Ag/ZnO nanorods to enhance photocatalytic
performance. Advances in Natural Sciences: Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 9(2). (2018).
5. R. Habibi., A.M. Rashidi., J.T. Daryan., & A.M.A. Zadeh. Study of the Rod-Like and spherical nano-ZnO morphology on H2S
removal from natural gas. Applied Surface Science, 257(2), pp.434–439 (2010).
6. K.H. Kim, Y. Yoshihara, Y. Abe, M. Kawamura, & T. Kiba, Morphological characterization of sphere-like structured ZnO-NiO
nanocomposites with annealing temperatures. Materials Letters, 186 (October 2016), pp.364–367 (2017).
7. C. Liewhiran, & S. Phanichphant, Influence of thickness on ethanol sensing characteristics of doctor-bladed thick film from
flame-made ZnO nanoparticles. Sensors, 7(2), pp.185–201 (2007).
8. M. Pudukudy, & Z. Yaakob, Facile solid state synthesis of ZnO hexagonal nanogranules with excellent photocatalytic
activity.Applied Surface Science, 292, pp.520–530 (2014).
9. S.Y. Purwaningsih, S. Pratapa, Triwikantoro, & Darminto. Synthesis of nano-sized ZnO particles by co-precipitation method with
variation of heating time. AIP Conference Proceedings, 1710 (2016).
10. J.N. Hasnidawani H.N. Azlina., H. Norita, & N.N. Bonnia, S. Ratim & E.S. Ali, Syntheis of ZnO Nanostructures Using Sol-Gel
Method. Procedia Chemistry, 19, 211–216 (2016).
11. Z. Cao, Y. Wang, Z. Li, & N. Yu, Hydrothermal Synthesis of ZnO Structures Formed by High-Aspect-Ratio Nanowires for
Acetone Detection. Nanoscale Research Letters, 11(1), pp.4–9 (2016).
12. Z. Chen, K. Shum, Salagaj, T., Zhang, W., & Strobl, K. ZnO thin films synthesized by chemical vapor deposition.2010 Long
Island Systems, Applications and Technology Conference, LISAT 10, pp.4– 9 (2010).
13. K. Anand, S. Varghese, & T. Kurian, Effect of ball size on milling efficiency of zinc oxide dispersions.Particulate Science a nd
Technology, 36(3), pp.308–311 (2018).
14. K. Tahmasebi, M. Maleki Shahraki, & T. Ebadzadeh, Effect of microwave sintering on the microstructure and electrical properties
of low-voltage ZnO varistors. Materials and Manufacturing Processes, 33(8), pp.817–821 (2018).
15. R.F.K. Gunnewiek, & R.H.G.A. Kiminami, Two-step microwave sintering of nanostructured ZnO-based varistors. Ceramics
International, 43(1), pp.847–853 (2017).
16. R.F.K. Gunnewiek, & R.H.G.A. Kiminami, Effect of heating rate on microwave sintering of nanocrystalline zinc oxide. Ceramics
International, 40(7 PART B), pp.10667–10675 (2014).
17. D. Sivaganesh, S. Saravanakumar, V. Sivakumar, K.S.S Ali, E. Akapo, E. Alemayehu, R. Saravanan, Structural, optical and
charge density analysis of Al doped ZnO Materials. Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Electronics, 30(3), pp.2966–2974
(2019).
18. International Centre of Diffraction Data, Powder Diffraction File, JCPDS File No 00-036-1451, (1996).
19. S. Saravanakumar, J. Kamalaveni, M.P. Rani, & R. Saravanan, Solubility of Mn stabilized cubic Zirconia nanostructures. pp.837–
843 (2014).
20. A.L. Patterson, The Scherrer Formula for I-Ray Particle Size Determination. Phys. Rev., 6, pp.978–982 (1939).
21. V. Petricek, M. Dusek, L. Palatinus, Jana2006. The crystallographic computing system, Institute of Physics, Praha, Czech
Republic, (2006). vol. 2012, 604241, pp 1-11, 2012. https://doi.org/10.5402/2012/604241.
22. N. Wu, The Maximum Entropy Method (Springer), Berlin Heidelberg, pp.1–334, (1997).
23. K. Momma, T. Ikeda, A.A. Belik, F. Izumi, Dysnomia, A computer program for maximum-entropy method (MEM) analysis and
its performance in the MEM-based pattern fitting, pp.1–10, (2013).
24. K. Momma, F. Izumi, VESTA 3 for three-dimensional visualization of crystal, volumetric and morphology data, pp.1272–1276
(2011).
Authors: Suresh Sampathkumar, Raja Rajeswari Selva Raj, Selvarengan Paranthaman

Pure and Silicon Doped Boron Carbide (BC3) Monolayer as Electrode Material for Li and Na-Ion
Paper Title:
Batteries - A DFT Examination
Abstract: In this work, density functional theory calculations are performed to study Pure and Silicon doped
boron carbide (BC3) as electrode material for alkali metal batteries. The structures of Pure and Silicon doped
boron carbide (BC3) monolayer have been optimized using M06-2X/6-31+G*. Our calculations show that, the
energy gap of BC3 is significantly reduced due to doping with Si. The adsorption of Li/Li+ and Na/Na+ on pure
and Silicon doped BC3 are also investigated. Our adsorption energy calculations indicate that the Li/Na atom
adsorbed on Pure and Silicon doped BC3 having high adsorption energy than Li/Na ion adsorbed on Pure and
Silicon doped BC3. This is because of the smaller charge transfer in Li/Na ion adsorbed on monolayer compared
to Li/Na atom adsorbed on monolayer. The calculated specific capacity values for Li+ adsorbed on Pure and
Silicon doped BC3 are 215.77 mAh/g and 207.89 mAh/g while the Na+ adsorbed BC3 has specific capacity
value to be 208.34 mAh/g and 200.98 mAh/g respectively. Since, Li+ adsorbed on BC3 has high Cp values than
Na+ adsorbed on BC3, which shows that Li+ is suitable for charge storage application than Na+.
62.
Keyword: boron carbide, metal-ion batteries, DFT, adsorption energy, Specific capacity. 271-277
References:
1. K. S. Novoselov et al., "Electric Field Effect in Atomically Thin Carbon Films," Science, vol. 306, no. 5696, p. 666, 2004,
2. T. J. Booth et al., "Macroscopic graphene membranes and their extraordinary stiffness," Nano Lett., vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 2442-2446,
2008.
3. F. Schedin et al., "Detection of individual gas molecules adsorbed on graphene," Nat. Mater., vol. 6, no. 9, p. 652, 2007.
4. H. E. Romero et al., "Adsorption of ammonia on graphene," Nanotechnology, vol. 20, no. 24, p. 245501, 2009.
5. A. A. Peyghan, M. Noei, and M. B. Tabar, "A large gap opening of graphene induced by the adsorption of Co on the Al-doped
site," J. Mol. Model., vol. 19, no. 8, pp. 3007-3014, 2013.
6. M. Moradi, M. Noei, and A. A. Peyghan, "DFT studies of Si-and Al-doping effects on the acetone sensing properties of BC3
graphene," Mol. Phys., vol. 111, no. 21, pp. 3320-3326, 2013.
7. H. Tanaka et al., "Novel macroscopic BC3 honeycomb monolayer," Solid State Commun., vol. 136, no. 1, pp. 22-25, 2005.
8. H. Yanagisawa, T. Tanaka, Y. Ishida, E. Rokuta, S. Otani, and C. Oshima, "Phonon dispersion curves of stable and metastable
BC3 honeycomb epitaxial monolayers and their chemical bonding: Experiment and theory," Phys. Rev. B, vol. 73, no. 4, p.
045412, 2006.
9. D. Tomanek, R. M. Wentzcovitch, S. G. Louie, and M. L. Cohen, "Calculation of electronic and structural properties of BC3,"
Phys. Rev. B, vol. 37, no. 6, p. 3134, 1988.
10. Q. Wang, L.-Q.Chen, and J. F. Annett, "Stability and charge transfer of C3B ordered structures," Phys. Rev. B, vol. 54, no. 4, p.
R2271, 1996.
11. R. B. Pontes, A. Fazzio, and G. M. Dalpian, "Barrier-free substitutional doping of graphenemonolayers with boron atoms: Ab
initio calculations," Phys. Rev. B, vol. 79, no. 3, p. 033412, 2009.
12. F.-C. Chuang, Z.-Q.Huang, W.-H.Lin, M. A. Albao, and W.-S. Su, "Structural and electronic properties of hydrogen adsorptions
on BC3monolayer and graphene: a comparative study," Nanotechnology, vol. 22, no. 13, p. 135703, 2011.
13. Y. Ding, Y. Wang, and J. Ni, "Electronic structures of BC3 nanoribbons," Appl Phys. Lett., vol. 94, no. 7, p. 073111, 2009.
14. Y. Ding and J. Ni, "Tuning Electronic Properties of Hydro-Boron−Carbon Compounds by Hydrogen and Boron Contents: A
First Principles Study," J. Phys. Chem. C, vol. 113, no. 43, pp. 18468-18472, 2009.
15. M. W. K. Nomani et al., "Highly sensitive and selective detection of NO2 using epitaxial graphene on 6H-SiC," Sensor Actuat.
B: Chem., vol. 150, no. 1, pp. 301-307, 2010.
16. S. Basu and P. Bhattacharyya, "Recent developments on graphene and graphene oxide based solid state gas sensors," Sensor
Actuat. B: Chem., vol. 173, pp. 1-21, 2012.
17. S. Sharma and A. S. Verma, "A theoretical study of H2S adsorption on graphene doped with B, Al and Ga," Physica B, vol. 427,
pp. 12-16, 2013.
18. V. S. Anithaa, R. Shankar, and S. Vijayakumar, "DFT-based investigation on adsorption of methane on Pure and defected
graphene," Struct. Chem., vol. 28, no. 6, pp. 1935-1952, 2017.
19. C. Thierfelder, M. Witte, S. Blankenburg, E. Rauls, and W. G. Schmidt, "Methane adsorption on graphene from first principles
including dispersion interaction," Surf. Sci., vol. 605, no. 7-8, pp. 746-749, 2011.
20. Y.-H. Zhang, L.-F.Han, Y.-H.Xiao, D.-Z.Jia, Z.-H.Guo, and F. Li, "Understanding dopant and defect effect on H2S sensing
performances of graphene: a first-principles study," Comp. Mater. Sci., vol. 69, pp. 222-228, 2013.
21. P. Bhauriyal, A. Mahata, and B. Pathak, "Hexagonal BC3 Electrode for a High-Voltage Al-Ion Battery," J. Phys. Chem. C, vol.
121, no. 18, pp. 9748-9756, 2017.
22. J. Jia, S. Chen, Q. Yang, and X. Feng, "Crystallinity-dependent capacity of a LiBC anode material in Li-ion batteries," Phys.
Chem. Chem. Phys., vol. 20, no. 44, pp. 28176-28184, 2018.
23. D. Li, P. Dai, Y. Chen, R. Peng, Y. Sun, and H. Zhou, "Lithium Borocarbide LiBC as an Anode Material for Rechargeable Li-
Ion Batteries," J. Phys. Chem. C, vol. 122, no. 32, pp. 18231-18236, 2018.
24. Y. Zhao and D. G. Truhlar, "A new local density functional for main-group thermochemistry, transition metal bonding,
thermochemical kinetics, and noncovalent interactions," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 125, no. 19, p. 194101, 2006.
25. M. W. Schmidt et al., "General atomic and molecular electronic structure system," J. Comput. Chem., vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1347-
1363, 1993.
26. T. Lu and F. Chen, "Multiwfn: a multifunctional wavefunction analyzer," J. Comput. Chem., vol. 33, no. 5, pp. 580-592, 2012.
27. A. A. Peyghan and H. Soleymanabadi, "Adsorption of H2S at Stone–Wales defects of graphene-like BC3: a computational
study," Mol. Phys., vol. 112, no. 20, pp. 2737-2745, 2014.
28. S. Sangavi, N. Santhanamoorthi, and S. Vijayakumar, "Density functional theory study on the adsorption of alkali metal ions
with Pure and defected graphenemonolayer," Mol. Phys., vol. 117, no. 4, pp. 462-473, 2019.
29. K. Zhong, Y. Yang, G. Xu, J.-M.Zhang, and Z. Huang, "An Ab Initio and Kinetic Monte Carlo Simulation Study of Lithium Ion
Diffusion on Graphene," Materials, vol. 10, no. 7, p. 761, 2017.
Authors: Naidu Dhanpal Jayram, K. Viswanathan, Vinothkumar A, Mugeshkumar S, Vanitha V
Paper Title: Physico-Chemical and Optical Examination of Water Stored in Copper Vessels
Abstract: Storage of water in copper vessels is traditionally followed in past and many reports have been
published about the antibacterial growth in copper vessel. It is essential to determine the water purity for
drinking purposes in daily life through low cost approach. In the present work an attempt has been made to
investigate the effect of storage of different drinking water in copper vessel for two week. The corresponding
values of pH and TDS meter for different waters were recorded and analyzed. The optical properties such as
UV-Vis and Raman studies along with physio-chemical parameters like pH and TDS were analyzed for 3weeks
against different water sources kept in copper vessel. The Raman spectra provide information for different water
sources. Similarly the UV-Vis spectroscopy provide the peak variation for different waters, however the effect
of days and copper concentration analysis are in investigation. The Results obtained in this study reveals that
water stored in copper vessel reduces the TDS level of bore water Tirunelveli and maintains its pH at 8.0 after 2
weeks. The bore water in Krishnan kovil (virudhunagar district) shows no variation in TDS after 1 week, but in
2nd week there is sudden decrease in TDS from 1050 to 944ppm and pH level decreases to 8.3 showing alkaline
nature. Throughout the experiment we have noticed that the colour of copper vessel changes in case of bore
water. For variation in studies we have also studied the pH and TDS of Drinking water at Kalasalingam
63. Academy of Research and Education. There is no change in colour of copper vessel and TDS and pH remains
same up to one week, but in second week TDS increases to 100ppm while the pH remain constant at 7.4. These
studies will help future researcher for designing of copper vessels and will help them to analyze the Physio- 278-281
chemical studies of water. Moreover the chemical mechanism and reaction between copper vessel and leaching
out of copper into water data base will be generated in future based on UV and Raman studies.
Keyword: copper vessels, pH, TDS, Bore water, Drinking water.

References:
1. Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) “Guidelines for drinking water quality standards”. CCME, BIS: 10500. 2012.
2. Shu, W. Pay attention to the human health risk of drinking low mineral water. Štambuk-Giljanović, N., 1999. Water quality
evaluation by index in Dalmatia. Water Res.33 ed. vol. 16, 2015, pp. 3423–3440.
3. V.B.Preethisudha,S.Ganesan,G.P.Pazhani,T.Ramamurthy, G.B.Nair and P.Venkatasubramanian ’’Storing Drinking-water in
Copper pots Kills Contaminating Diarrhoeagenic Bacteria”, March 2012 Journal of Health Population and Nutrition 30(1):
pp.17-21.
4. S.Sarsan,”Effect of storage of water in different metal vessels on coliforms” ISSN: 2319-7706 vol. 2 Number 11, 2013, pp. 24-
29.
5. M.S.S.Abujazara, S.Fatihah, A.E.Kabeel, S.Sharil and S.S.Abuamr ”Evaluation quality of desalinated water derived from
inclined copper-stepped solar still” vol. 131, 2018, pp.83–95
6. C.E.Santo, E.W.Lam, C.G.Elowsky, D.Quaranta, D.W.Domaille, C.J.Jhang and G. Grass, “Bacterial killing by dry metallic
copper surfaces” Applied and Environmental Microbiology, vol. 77(3), 2011, pp. 794-802,
7. J.O.Gorman and H.Humphreys,”Application of copper to prevent and control infection. Where are we now”, Journal of Hospital
Infection, vol. 81(4), (2012) pp. 217-223
8. D.R.Thomas, B.Sunil, C.Latha and B.Chacko,”Microbiological Quality of Water Stored in Copper,Earthenware and Stainless
Steel Vessels”,Citation: IJAEBpp. vol. 7(1), March 2014,pp. 25-28
9. N.Mohanan,E.K. Manju and S.Jacob,”The Effect of Different Types of StorageVessels on Water Quality”, vol. 6, Issue 10,
October 2017
10. R.Shrestha, D.R. Joshi, J.Gopali and Sujan Piya,”Oligodynamic Action of Silver, Copper and Brass on Enteric Bacteria Isolated
from water of Kathmandu Valleym Water” Nepal Journal of Science and Technology vol. 10,2009, pp. 189-193.
11. R.Islam , S.Md. Faysal, Md. R. Amin , F.M.Juliana et al.,“Assessment of pH and Total Dissolved Substances (TDS) in the
Commercially Available Bottled Drinking Water”IOSR Journal of Nursing and Health Science (IOSR-JNHS) e-ISSN: 2320–
1959.p- ISSN: 2320–1940 Volume 6, Issue 5 Oct .2017, PP 35-40
12. World Health Organization. 1996. Total dissolved solids in Drinking-water: Background document for development of WHO
Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality.
13. Bruvold WH, Ongerth HJ. Taste quality of mineralized water. Journal of the American Water Works Association, 1969, 61:170.
14. McClanahan MA, Mancy KH. Effect of pH on the quality of calcium carbonate film deposited from moderately hard and hard
water. Journal of the American Water Works Association, 1974, vol. 66(1) pp.49-54
15. Langelier WF. Chemical equilibria in water treatment. Journal of the American Water Works Association, vol. 38(2),1946,
pp.169-178.
16. S.Moniri1, M.Ghoranneviss1, M.Reza Hantehzadeh1,M. Asadi Asadabad ”Synthesis and optical characterization of copper
nanoparticles prepared by laser ablation”Bull. Mater. Sci., vol. 40, No. 1, February 2017, pp. 37–43
17. Gowen, A.; Tsenkova, R.; Bruen, M.; O’donnell, C. Vibrational spectroscopy for analysis of water for human use and in aquatic
ecosystems. Crit. Rev. Environ. Sci. Technol. vol. 42, 2012, pp. 2546–2573.
18. Hasan, J.; Goldbloom-Helzner, D.; Ichida, A.; Rouse T.; Gibson, M. “Technologies andTechniques for Early Warning Systems to
Monitor and Evaluate Drinking Water Quality: A State-of-the-Art Review;” EPA/600/R-05/156; U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency:Washington, DC, USA, 2005
19. Z. Li, M.J. Deen , Shiva Kumar and P. R. SelvaganapathyRaman Spectroscopy for In-Line Water Quality Monitoring —
Instrumentation and PotentialSensors 2014, vol. 14, pp.17275-17303
Authors: Mahendiraprabu Ganesan, Selvarengan Paranthaman

UV Spectra of Glycolic Acid Derivatives – A Time-Dependant Density Functional Theory
Paper Title:
Examination
Abstract: One of the serious health issues faced by people throughout the world in recent years is Skin
cancer, which is caused by harmful UV radiations from the sun. To protect the human skin from direct exposure
to these ultraviolet radiations, preventive measures have to be taken and once such solution is the application of
suitable and safer sunscreen. It is the need of the hour to develop better and harmless sunscreens to protect the
skin. One such material which plays a major role in dermatology and cosmetics industry is Glycolic acid,
CH2OHCOOH, a precursor of a-hydroxy carboxylic acids. Our present study is to find out if the glycolic acid
conformers and its derivatives are capable of absorbing harmful radiations in the UVB and UVA ranges. To
understand this property the UV absorption spectra is calculated using Time dependant density functional theory
(TD-DFT). Further, our TDDFT calculations have shown that o-Nitromandelic acid, a glycolic acid derivative
shows absorption in both UVB and UVA regions. This indicates that o-Nitromandelic acid can be probably used
as a UV filter in sunscreen lotions.
Keyword: UV filter, TD-DFT, Nitromandelic acid, Glycolic acid derivatives.

References:
1. S. A. Stechschulte, R. S. Kirsner and D. G. Federman, “Sunscreens for non-dermatologists: what you should know when
counseling patients,” Postgrad. Med., 2011, vol. 123, pp. 160−167.
2. M. V. R. Velasco, T. S. Balogh, C. A. Pedriali, F. D. Sarruf, C. A. S. O. Pinto, T. M. Kaneko and A. R. Baby, “Novas
metodologias analíticas para avaliação da eficácia fotoprotetora (in vitro)–revisão,” Rev. Cienc. Farm. Basica Apl., 2011, vol. 32,
pp. 27−34.
64. 3. S. Q. Wang, Y. Balagula and U. Osterwalder, “Photoprotection: a review of the current and future technologies,” Dermatol.
Ther., 2010, vol. 23, pp. 31−47.
4. R.Y. Antony, “Acute effects of UVR on human eyes and skin,” Prog. Biophys. Mol. Biol., 2006, vol. 92, pp. 80−85.
5. Y. Gilaberte and S. Gonzalez, “Update on photoprotection,” Actas. Dermo-Sifiliogr., 2010, Vol. 101, pp. 659−672.
282-285
6. L. S. Moy, H. Murad and R. L. Moy, “Glycolic acid peels for the treatment of wrinkles and photoaging” J. Dermatol. Surg.
Oncol., 1993, vol. 19, pp. 243–246.
7. L. S. Moy, K. Howe and R. L. Moy, “Glycolic acid modulation of collagen production in human skin broblast cultures in vitro,”
Dermatol. Surg., 1996, vol. 22, pp. 439–441.
8. J. C. DiNardo, G. L. Grove, L. S. Moy, “Clinical and histological effects of Glycolic acid at different concentrations and pH
levels,” Dermatol. Surg. 1996, vol. 22, pp. 421–424.
9. R. G. Males and F. G. Herring, “A 1H-NMR study of the permeation of glycolic acid through phospholipid membranes,”
Biochim. Biophys. Acta-Biomembr., 1999, vol. 1416, pp. 333–338.
10. J. Danielsson, J. Ulicny and A. Laaksonen, “A TD-DFT study of the photochemistry of urocanic acid in biologically relevant
ionic, rotameric, and protomeric forms,” J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2001, vol. 123, pp. 9817-9821.
11. S. J. Shahtaheri, M. Abdollahi, F. Golbabaei, A. Rahimi-Froushani and F. Ghamari, “Optimization of SPE for Analysis of
Mandelic Acid as a Biomarker of Exposure to Ethyl Benzene,” Iranian J. Env. Health Sci. Eng., 2004, vol. 1, pp. 70-80.
12. V. Arjunan, T. Rani, C. V. Mythili and S. Mohan, “Synthesis, FTIR, FT-Raman, UV–visible, ab initio and DFT studies on
benzohydrazide,” Spectrochim. Acta Mol. Biomol. Spectrosc., 2011, vol. 79, pp. 486-496.
13. B. A. Correa, A. S. Goncalves, A. M. de Souza, C. A. Freitas, L. M. Cabral, M. G. Albuquerque, H. C. Castro, E. P. dos Santos
and C. R. Rodrigues, “Molecular Modeling Studies of the Structural, Electronic, and UV Absorption Properties of Benzophenone
Derivatives,” J. Phys. Chem. A., 2012, vol. 116, pp. 10927-10933.
14. G. H. Trossini, V. G. Maltarollo, R. D. Garcia, C. A. Pinto, M. V. Velasco, K. M. Honorio and A. R. Baby, “Theoretical study of
tautomers and photoisomers of avobenzone by DFT methods,” J. Mol. Model., 2015, vol. 21, pp. 319.
15. N. Manojai, R. Daengngem, K. Kerdpol, C. Ngaojampa and N. Kungwan, “Heteroatom effect on photophysical properties of 2-
(2'- hydroxyphenyl)benzimidazole and its derivatives as fluorescent dyes: a TD-DFT study,” J. Lumin., 2017, vol. 188, pp. 275-
282.
16. W. Chansen, R. Salaeh, C. Prommin, K. Kerdpol, R. Daengngern and N. Kungwan, “Theoretical Study on Influence of Geometry
Controlling over the Excited-state Intramolecular Proton Transfer of 10-Hydroxybenzo[h]quinoline and Its Derivatives,” Comp.
Theor. Chem., 2017, vol. 1113, pp. 42-51.
17. T. Mohammad, H. Morrison and H. HogenEsch, “Urocanic Acid Photochemistry and Photobiology,” Photochem. Photobiol.,
1999, vol. 69, pp. 115-15.
18. J. F. Vimala, M. Lawrence and J. T. J. Prakash, “Growth and characterization of an organic nonlinear optical crystal: Benzili c
Acid,” Elixir Cryst. Growth., 2011, vol. 42, pp. 5664-5667.
19. S. Tong, H. Zhang, M. Shen, Y. Ito and J. Yan, “Enantioseparation of mandelic acid derivatives by high performance liquid
chromatography with substituted β-cyclodextrin as chiral mobile phase additive and evaluation of inclusion complex formation,”
J. Chrom. B., 2014, vol. 962, pp. 44-51.
20. E. Runge and E. K. U. Gross, “Density-Functional Theory for Time-Dependent Systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett., 1984, vol. 52, pp.
997.
21. E. K. U. Gross and W. Kohn, “Time-Dependent Density-Functional Theory,” Adv. Quantum Chem., 1990, vol. 21, pp. 255-291.
22. D. Becke, “Density-functional exchange-energy approximation with correct asymptotic behaviour,” Phys. Rev. A., 1988, vol. 38,
pp. 3098–3100.
23. Lee, W. Yang and R. G. Parr, “Development of Aolle-Salvetti correlation-energy formula into a functional of the electron
density,” Phys. Rev. B. 1988, vol. 37, pp. 785–789.
24. M. J. Frisch, G. W. Trucks, H. B. Schlegel, G. E. Scuseria, M. A. Robb, J. R. Cheeseman, G. Scalmani, V. Barone, B. Mennucci,
G. A. Petersson, H. Nakatsuji, M. Caricato, X. Li, H. P. Hratchian, A. F. Izmaylov, J. Bloino, G. Zheng, J. L. Sonnenberg, M.
Hada, M. Ehara, K. Toyota, R. Fukuda, J. Hasegawa, M. Ishida, T. Nakajima, Y. Honda, O. Kitao, H. Nakai, T. Vreven, J. A.
Montgomery, Jr., J. E. Peralta, F. Ogliaro, M. Bearpark, J. J. Heyd, E. Brothers, K. N. Kudin, V. N. Staroverov, R. Kobayashi, J.
Normand, K. Raghavachari, A. Rendell, J. C. Burant, S. S. Iyengar, J. Tomasi, M. Cossi, N. Rega, J. M. Millam, M. Klene, J. E.
Knox, J. B. ross, V. Bakken, C. Adamo, J. Jaramillo, R. Gomperts, R. E. Stratmann, O. Yazyev, A. J. Austin, R. Cammi, C.
Pomelli, J. W. Ochterski, R. L. Martin, K. Morokuma, V. G. Zakrzewski, G. A. Voth, P. Salvador, J. J. Dannenberg, S. Dapprich,
A. D. Daniels, O. Farkas, J. B. Foresman, J. V. Ortiz, J. Cioslowski and D. J. Fox, Gaussian 09, Revision D.01; Gaussian
Wallingford, CT, 2009.
Authors: S. Arunpandiyan, C. Selvameenakshi, S. Ezhil Arasi, P. Devendran, A. Arivarasan

Effect of Redox Additive Electrolyte on the Electrochemical Performance of MnO2 Nanorods for
Paper Title:
Supercapacitor Application
Abstract: Pure MnO2 nanorods were synthesized by hydrothermal method and characterized by different
techniques to analyze their crystalline nature, surface morphology, functional groups, and optical properties.
XRD analysis confirms that the prepared nanorods possess a tetragonal crystalline structure. The occurrence of
nanorods was confirmed by SEM analysis and its elemental composition was studied by elemental mapping.
MnO2 nanorods modified working electrode was fabricated by the deposition of prepared nanorods on nickel
foil. Electrochemical performance of the MnO2 nanorods modified working electrode was studied using redox
additive based electrolyte containing 0.1M K4[Fe(CN)6] in 1M KOH solution. The maximum specific
capacitance of the prepared nanorods in 1M KOH electrolyte was 89 Fg-1 and it is greatly enhanced by the
addition of 0.1M K4[Fe(CN)6] redox additives (634 Fg-1).
Keyword: MnO2 nanorods, Supercapacitor, Redox-additive electrolyte.

References:
65. 1. A. González, E. Goikolea, J. Andoni, and R. Mysyk, “Review on supercapacitors : Technologies and materials,” Renew. Sust.
Energ. Rev, vol. 58, 2016, pp. 1189–1206.
2. J. Zhao, Y. Tian, A. Liu, L. Song, and Z. Zhao, “The NiO electrode materials in electrochemical capacitor: A review,” Mat. Sci. 286-290
Semicon. Proc., vol. 96, no. 189, 2019, pp. 78–90.
3. K. Huang, C. Lin, K. S. Anuratha, T. Huang, J. Lin, F. Tseng, and C. Hsieh, “Laser printer patterned sacrificed layer for
arbitrary design and scalable fabrication of the all-solid-state interdigitated in-planar hydrous ruthenium oxide flexible micro
supercapacitors,” J. Power Sources, vol. 417, 2019, pp. 108–116.
4. R. Packiaraj, P. Devendran, K. S. Venkatesh, S. Asath, A. Manikandan, and N. Nallamuthu, “Electrochemical Investigations of
Magnetic Co3O4 Nanoparticles as an Active Electrode for Supercapacitor Applications,” J. Supercond. Nov. Magn., vol. 31, no.
4, 2018, pp. 943–1278.
5. H. Zhang, J. Gu, J. Tong, Y. Hu, B. Guan, B. Hu, J. Zhao, and C. Wang, “Hierarchical porous MnO2/CeO2 with high
performance for supercapacitor electrodes,” Chem. Eng. J., vol. 286, 2016, pp. 139–149.
6. P. Nagaraju, A. Alsalme, A. Alswieleh, and R. Jayavel, “Facile in-situ microwave irradiation synthesis of TiO 2/graphene
nanocomposite for high-performance supercapacitor applications,” J. Electroanal. Chem., vol. 808, 2018, pp. 90–100.
7. A. Jeyaranjan, T. S. Sakthivel, M. Molinari, D. C. Sayle, and S. Seal, “Morphology and Crystal Planes Effects on
Supercapacitance of CeO2 Nanostructures: Electrochemical and Molecular Dynamics Studies,” Part. Part. Syst. Charact., vol.
1800176, 2018, pp. 1–9.
8. Z. Liu, X. Yuan, S. Zhang, J. Wang, Q. Huang, N. Yu, Y. Zhu, L. Fu, F. Wang, Y. Chen, and Y. Wu, “Three -dimensional
ordered porous electrode materials for electrochemical energy storage,” NPG Asia Mater., vol. 11, no. 1, 2019, p. 12.
9. S. Sundriyal, V. Shrivastav, M. Sharma, and S. Mishra, “Redox Additive Electrolyte Study of Mn– MOF Electrode for
Supercapacitor Applications,” Chemistryselect, vol. 4, 2019, pp. 2585–2592.
Authors: M. Vahini, M. Muthuvinayagam, K. Sundaramahalingam
Paper Title: Electrical Properties of PVA:PVP:PEG based Blend Polymer Electrolytes

Abstract: This is a novel approach to get polyblend films with improved properties such as ionic
conductivity and dielectric strength. Different ratios of PEG (5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%) are added with
optimized PVA: PVP ratio. PVA: PVP: PEG based BPEs are prepared by using solution casting method. The
66. polymer PEG act as a plasticizer and chemically stable in air.The prepared electrolytes are characterized by
XRD, FTIR and ionic conductivity studies. The XRD analysis shows amorphous nature of the polyblend
electrolytes. Dielectric analysis is carried out for the BPEs. The higher conductivity is obtained for 20% PEG 291-294
added polyblend electrolytes and it is 9.0x10-9 S/Cm. Thus, PVA: PVP: PEG (40:40:20) system is confirmed as
optimized one for further studies to enhance the ionic conductivity.
Keyword: PVA, PVP, PEG, XRD, Conductivity, Polyblend electrolyte.

References:
1. K. S. Ngai, S. Ramesh, K. Ramesh, J. C. Juan. (2016) A review of polymer electrolytes: fundamental, approaches and
applications, Ionics, 22 (8), 1259-1279.
2. B. Smitha, S. Sridhar, A.A. Khan. (2005) Solid polymer electrolyte membranes for fuel cell applications-a review, Journal of
Membrane Science, 259, 10–26.
3. A. Chandra, Synthesis and dielectric studies of PEO-PVP blended solid polymer electrolytes, Indian Journal of Pure & Applied
Physics, 51 (2013), 788-791
4. P. Singh, Synthesis, (2014) Characterization and AC-Impedance Spectroscopic Studies on Interfacial Synthesis of Pani / PEG
Nanocomposite, American Journal of Materials Science, 4(2), 74-83
5. B.K. Choi, Y.W. Kim, H.K. Shin. (2000) Ionic conduction in PEO–PAN blend polymer electrolytes, Electrochimica Acta, 45,
1371–1374.
6. T. Hamaya, S. Inoue, J. Qiao, T. Okada. (2006) Novel proton-conducting polymer electrolyte membranes based on
PVA/PAMPS/PEG400 blend, Journal of Power Sources, 156, 311–314.
7. M. Hema, S. Selvasekarapandian, D. Arunkumar, A. Sakunthala, H. Nithya. (2009) FTIR, XRD and ac impedance
spectroscopic study on PVA based polymer electrolyte doped with NH 4X (X = Cl, Br, I), Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids,
355, 84–90.
8. C. Venkata Subba Rao M. Ravi, V. Raja, P. BalajiBhargav, Ashok Kumar Sharma, V.V.R. Narasimha Rao. (2012) Preparation
and characterization of PVP-based polymer electrolytes for solid-state battery applications, Iran Polym J., 21, 531–536.
9. G.K. Prajapati, P.N. Gupta. (2011) Comparative study of the electrical and dielectric properties of PVA–PEG–Al2O3–MI
(M¼Na, K, Ag) complex polymer electrolytes, Physica B, 406, 3108–3113.
10. K.M. Genova, S. Selvasekarapandian, S. Karthikeyan, N. Vijaya, S. Sivadevi, C. Sanjeeviraja. (2015) Lithium ion-conducting
blend polymer electrolyte based on PVA-PAN doped with lithium nitrate, Polymer-Plastics Technology and Engineering,
55(1), 25-35.
11. Lizhen Fan, Zhimin Dang, Ce-Wen Nan, Ming Li. (2002) Thermal, electrical and mechanical properties of plasticized polymer
electrolytes based on PEO/P(VDF-HFP) blends, Electrochimica Acta, 48, 205-209.
12. Jingyu Xi, Xinping Qiu, Jian Li, Xiao zhen Tang, Wentao Zhu, Liquan Chen. (2006) PVDF–PEO blends based microporous
polymer electrolyte: Effect of PEO on pore configurations and ionic conductivity, Journal of Power Sources, 157, 501–506.
13. N. Rajeswari, S. Selvasekarapandian, S. Karthikeyan, M. Prabu, G. Hirankumar, H. Nithya, C. Sanjeeviraja. (2011)
Conductivity and dielectric properties of polyvinyl alcohol–polyvinylpyrrolidone poly blend film using non-aqueous medium,
Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids, 357, 3751–3756.
14. Arvind Awadhia, S.K. Patel, S.L. Agrawal. (2006) Dielectric investigations in PVA based gel electrolytes, Progress in Crystal
Growth and Characterization of Materials, 52, 61-68.
15. Ch.V. Subba Reddy, Xia Han, Quan-Yao Zhu, Li-Qiang Mai, Wen Chen. (2006) Dielectric spectroscopy studies on (PVP +
PVA) polyblend film, Microelectronic Engineering, 83, 281–285.
16. J.H. Joshi, D.K. Kanchan, M.J. Joshi, H.O. Jethva, K.D. Parikh. (2017) Dielectric Relaxation, Complex Impedance and
Modulus Spectroscopic Studies of Mix Phase Rod like Cobalt Sulfide Nanoparticles, Material Research Bulletin, 93, 63-73.
Authors: P Sharmili, R Chokkalingam, M Mahendran, S Rahul Gorky, T Santhosh

Effect of magnetic field on Iron Oxide Nanoparticles suspended Magnetorheological fluid and its
Paper Title:
Viscous Properties
Abstract: Magnetorheological fluid is an admirable class of smart material. This fluid responses and adapts
itself to the external magnetic field applied and hence, its rheological properties vary with respect to the field
intensity. In this research work, Iron oxide nanoparticles are synthesized by co–precipitation method with
ammonia as base reagent. Basic surface and size and magnetic field morphologies of the prepared particles are
studied. Synthesized iron particles are used to prepare magnetorheological fluid. The rheological properties of
the prepared fluid are studied to know about its viscosity and shearing stress-strain behavior.
Keyword: Magnetorheological fluid, Viscosity, Rheology.

67.
References:
1. Seval Genç and Pradeep P Phulé, “Rheological properties of magnetorheological fluids”, Smart Mater. Struct., vol. 11, pp 140–
146, 2002. 295-297
2. Avnish Kumar Arora, Mohan Sharma, Ritu Kumari, Vivek Sheel Jaswal, and Pankaj Kumar, “Synthesis, Characterization, and
Magnetic Studies of 𝛼-Fe2O3 Nanoparticles, J. Nanotech, Vol. 474909, 7 pages, 2014.
3. R V Upadhyay, Zarana Laherisheth and Kruti Shah, “Rheological properties of soft magnetic flake shaped iron particle based
magnetorheological fluid in dynamic mode”, Smart Mater. Struct., vol. 23, 015002, 2014.
4. H. Asnaashari Eivari A. Rahdar, H.Arabi, Preparation of Super Paramagnetic Iron Oxide Nanoparticles and Investigation their
Magnetic Properties, Int. J. Sci. Eng. Invest, vol. 1(3), 2012.
5. Bhau K. Kumbhar, Satyajit R. Patil, Suresh M. Sawant, “Synthesis and characterization of magneto-rheological (MR) fluids for
MR brake application”, Engineering Science and Technology, an International Journal (2015), pp 1-7, 2015.
6. C. S. S. R. Kumar and F.Mohammad, “Magnetic nanomaterials for hyperthermia-based therapy and controlled drug delivery,”
Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, vol. 63, no. 9, pp. 789–808, 2011.
7. B.G. Shetty, S.S. Prasad, “Rheological properties of a honge oil-based magnetorheological fluid used as carrier liquid”, Def. Sci.
J. 61 (2011) 583e589.
Authors: Suresh Sampathkumar, Selvarengan Paranthaman
Paper Title: Benchmarking Density Functionals on First Row Transition Metal Fluorides (ScF−MnF)
Abstract: In this work, we have assessed the performances of ten density functionals for the bond length,
vibrational frequency and bond dissociation energy values of first row transition metal fluorides (TMFs). The
selected density functionals are, TPSSh, B3LYP, B97, PBE0, ɷB97X, ɷB97X-D, M05, M05-2X, M06 and
68.
M06-2X respectively. The obtained results are in agreement with the previous experimental or theoretical
results. From this study, it is found that the mean deviation in the metal-fluoride bond length is in the range of 298-303
0.01−0.06 Å and the mean deviation in the metal-fluoride bond energy is in the range of 0.16−0.74 eV. Based on
this study, we suggest that the B3LYP, TPSSh, B97 and PBE0 functionals can produce good results for selected
metal fluoride systems and will be recommended for the above systems.
Keyword: metal fluorides, benchmark study, density functionals, minnesota density functionals, bond
dissociation energy.
References:
1. W. Kohn, A. D. Becke, and R. G. Parr, "Density functional theory of electronic structure," J. Phys. Chem., vol. 100, no. 31, pp.
12974-12980, 1996.
2. P. E. M. Siegbahn and M. R. A. Blomberg, "Density functional theory of biologically relevant metal centers," Annu. Rev. Phys.
Chem., vol. 50, no. 1, pp. 221-249, 1999.
3. L. Andrews and A. Citra, "Infrared spectra and density functional theory calculations on transition metal nitrosyls. Vibratio nal
frequencies of unsaturated transition metal nitrosyls," Chem. Rev., vol. 102, no. 4, pp. 885-912, 2002.
4. C. J. Cramer and D. G. Truhlar, "Density functional theory for transition metals and transition metal chemistry," Phys. Chem.
Chem. Phys., vol. 11, no. 46, pp. 10757-10816, 2009.
5. A. J. Cohen, P. Mori-Sánchez, and W. Yang, "Challenges for density functional theory," Chem. Rev., vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 289-
320, 2011.
6. D. G. Truhlar, "Valence bond theory for chemical dynamics," J. Comp. Chem., vol. 28, no. 1, pp. 73-86, 2007.
7. Z. Fang et al., "Benchmark Calculations of Energetic Properties of Groups 4 and 6 Transition Metal Oxide Nanoclusters
Including Comparison to Density Functional Theory," J. Chem. Theory Comput., vol. 12, no. 8, pp. 3689-3710, 2016.
8. S. Luo, B. Averkiev, K. R. Yang, X. Xu, and D. G. Truhlar, "Density functional theory of open-shell systems. the 3d-series
transition-metal atoms and their cations," J. Chem. Theory Comput., vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 102-121, 2013.
9. Y. Zhao and D. G. Truhlar, "A new local density functional for main-group thermochemistry, transition metal bonding,
thermochemical kinetics, and noncovalent interactions," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 125, no. 19, p. 194101, 2006.
10. Y. Zhao and D. G. Truhlar, "Comparative assessment of density functional methods for 3 d transition-metal chemistry," J. Chem.
Phys., vol. 124, no. 22, p. 224105, 2006.
11. X. Xu and D. G. Truhlar, "Performance of effective core potentials for density functional calculations on 3d transition metals," J.
Chem. Theory Comput., vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 80-90, 2011.
12. J. L. Bao, X. Zhang, X. Xu, and D. G. Truhlar, "Predicting bond dissociation energy and bond length for bimetallic diatomic
molecules: a challenge for electronic structure theory," Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., vol. 19, no. 8, pp. 5839-5854, 2017.
13. S. Li and D. A. Dixon, "Benchmark calculations on the electron detachment energies of mo 3- and m2o6-(m= cr, mo, w)," J. Phys.
Chem. A, vol. 111, no. 46, pp. 11908-11921, 2007.
14. Z. Fang, M. Vasiliu, K. A. Peterson, and D. A. Dixon, "Prediction of bond dissociation energies/heats of formation for diatom ic
transition metal compounds: CCSD (T) works," J. Chem. Theory Comput., vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 1057-1066, 2017.
15. S. Sampathkumar and S. Paranthaman, "Performance of density functionals for the structure and energetics of (M–O)0,± (M= Al,
Si, Sc–Zn)," Mol. Simulat., vol. 45, no. 6, pp. 475-491, 2019.
16. S. Paranthaman, S. Sampathkumar, and N. K. Murugasenapathi, "Density functional benchmark studies on structure and
energetics of 3d transition metal mononitrides," J. Chem. Sci., vol. 130, no. 12, p. 164, 2018.
17. P. V. Nhat, N. T. Cuong, P. K. Duy, and M. T. Nguyen, "Theoretical study of manganese hydrides and halides, MnX n with X= H,
F, Cl, Br and n= 1–4," Chem. Phys., vol. 400, pp. 185-197, 2012.
18. A. L. Arokiyanathan and S. Lakshmipathi, "Molecular properties of metal difluorides and their interactions with CO 2 and H2O
molecules: a DFT investigation," J. Mol. Model., vol. 23, no. 12, p. 345, 2017.
19. L. Peng, S.-Y. Wu, J.-X. Guo, S.-Y. Zhong, and X.-H. Chen, "Theoretical Investigations on the Structural, Electronic and Spectral
Properties of VFn (n= 1–7) Clusters," Z. Naturforsch A, vol. 73, no. 12, pp. 1091-1104, 2018.
20. C. Villa, S. Kim, Y. Lu, V. P. Dravid, and J. Wu, "Cu-Substituted NiF2 as a Cathode Material for Li-Ion Batteries," ACS Appl
Mater Inter, vol. 11, no. 1, pp. 647-654, 2018.
21. J. Ding, X. Zhou, H. Wang, J. Yang, Y. Gao, and J. Tang, "Mn-doped Fe1-xMnxF3•0.33H2O/C cathodes for Li-ion batteries:
First-principles calculations and experimental study," ACS Appl Mater Inter, vol. 11, no. 4, pp. 3852-3860, 2019.
22. C. Koukounas, S. Kardahakis, and A. Mavridis, "Ab initio investigation of the ground and low-lying states of the diatomic
fluorides TiF, VF, CrF, and MnF," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 120, no. 24, pp. 11500-11521, 2004.
23. S. Kardahakis, C. Koukounas, and A. Mavridis, "First principles study of the diatomic charged fluorides MF±, M= Sc, Ti, V, Cr,
and Mn," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 122, no. 5, p. 054312, 2005.
24. C. Koukounas and A. Mavridis, "Ab initio Study of the Diatomic Fluorides FeF, CoF, NiF, and CuF," J. Phys. Chem. A,, vol. 112,
no. 44, pp. 11235-11250, 2008.
25. F. Furche and J. P. Perdew, "The performance of semilocal and hybrid density functionals in 3d transition -metal chemistry," J.
Chem. Phys., vol. 124, no. 4, p. 044103, 2006.
26. V. N. Staroverov, G. E. Scuseria, J. Tao, and J. P. Perdew, "Comparative assessment of a new nonempirical density functional:
Molecules and hydrogen-bonded complexes," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 119, no. 23, pp. 12129-12137, 2003.
27. C. Lee, W. Yang, and R. G. Parr, "Development of the Colle-Salvetti correlation-energy formula into a functional of the electron
density," Phys. Rev. B, vol. 37, no. 2, p. 785, 1988.
28. A. D. Becke, "Density‐functional thermochemistry. III. The role of exact exchange," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 98, no. 7, pp. 5648-
5652, 1993.
29. A. D. Becke, "Density-functional thermochemistry. V. Systematic optimization of exchange-correlation functionals," J. Chem.
Phys., vol. 107, no. 20, pp. 8554-8560, 1997.
30. C. Adamo and V. Barone, "Toward reliable density functional methods without adjustable parameters: The PBE0 model," J.
Chem. Phys., vol. 110, no. 13, pp. 6158-6170, 1999.
31. J.-D. Chai and M. Head-Gordon, "Systematic optimization of long-range corrected hybrid density functionals," J. Chem. Phys.,
vol. 128, no. 8, p. 084106, 2008.
32. J.-D. Chai and M. Head-Gordon, "Long-range corrected hybrid density functionals with damped atom–atom dispersion
corrections," Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., vol. 10, no. 44, pp. 6615-6620, 2008.
33. Y. Zhao and D. G. Truhlar, "Hybrid meta density functional theory methods for thermochemistry, thermochemical kinetics, and
noncovalent interactions: the MPW1B95 and MPWB1K models and comparative assessments for hydrogen bonding and van der
Waals interactions," J. Phys. Chem. A, vol. 108, no. 33, pp. 6908-6918, 2004.
34. Y. Zhao and D. G. Truhlar, "Design of density functionals that are broadly accurate for thermochemistry, thermochemical
kinetics, and nonbonded interactions," J. Phys. Chem. A, vol. 109, no. 25, pp. 5656-5667, 2005.
35. F. Weigend and R. Ahlrichs, "Balanced basis sets of split valence, triple zeta valence and quadruple zeta valence quality for H to
Rn: Design and assessment of accuracy," Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., vol. 7, no. 18, pp. 3297-3305, 2005.
36. K. Raghavachari, G. W. Trucks, J. A. Pople, and M. Head-Gordon, "A fifth-order perturbation comparison of electron correlation
theories," Chem. Phys. Lett., vol. 157, no. 6, pp. 479-483, 1989.
37. M. W. Schmidt et al., "General atomic and molecular electronic structure system," J. Comput. Chem., vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1347-
1363, 1993.
38. M. J. Frisch et al., "Gaussian 09 Revision D. 01, 2009," Gaussian Inc. Wallingford CT, 2009.
39. E. A. Shenyavskaya, A. J. Ross, A. Topouzkhanian, and G. Wannous, "Low-Lying Electronic States of the ScF Molecule:
Energies of the a3Δ, b3Π, and A1Δ States," J. Mol. Spectrosc., vol. 162, no. 2, pp. 327-334, 1993.
40. R. S. Ram et al., "Laser and Fourier Transform Emission Spectroscopy of theG4Φ–X4Φ System of TiF," J. Mol. Spectrosc., vol.
184, no. 1, pp. 186-201, 1997.
41. R. S. Ram, P. F. Bernath, and S. P. Davis, "Infrared emission spectroscopy of the [10.5] 5Δ–X5Δ system of VF," J. Chem. Phys.,
vol. 116, no. 16, pp. 7035-7039, 2002.
42. O. Launila, "Spectroscopy of CrF: Rotational Analysis of the A6Σ+-X6Σ+ Band System in the 1-μm Region," J. Mol. Spectrosc.,
vol. 169, no. 2, pp. 373-395, 1995.
43. O. Launila, B. Simard, and A. M. James, "Spectroscopy of MnF: Rotational analysis of the A7Π← X7Σ+(0, 0) and (1, 0) bands in
the near-ultraviolet region," J. Mol. Spectrosc., vol. 159, no. 1, pp. 161-174, 1993.
44. R. A. Kent and J. L. Margrave, "Mass Spectrometric Studies at High Temperatures. VII. The Sublimation Pressure of Chromium
(II) Fluoride and the Dissociation Energy of Chromium (I) Fluoride," JACS, vol. 87, no. 16, pp. 3582-3585, 1965.
45. G. Balducci, M. Campodonico, G. Gigli, G. Meloni, and S. N. Cesaro, "Experimental and computational study of the new gaseous
molecules OMnF and OMnF2," J. Chem. Phys., vol. 117, no. 23, pp. 10613-10620, 2002.
Authors: R. Packiaraj, K.S. Venkatesh, P. Devendran, S. Asath Bahadur, N. Nallamuthu

Gel Combustion Synthesis and Characterization of ZnO/NiO Nanocomposite for Supercapacitor
Paper Title:
Application
Abstract: Energy demand is a major concern around the globe of the world. Electrochemical supercapacitors
are one among various alternative and green energy devices. The performances of supercapacitors depend
mainly on the enhanced properties of electrode materials. In the present work, ZnO/NiO nanocomposite (NCs)
was synthesized by a simple and facile citrate-based gel combustion procedure. The crystal structure and phase
identification, surface morphology and functional groups of the samples were analyzed by X-ray diffraction
(XRD) pattern, scanning electron microscope (SEM) and Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR),
respectively. X-ray Diffraction pattern is observed that the crystalline peaks are broader and confirmed
nanoparticles. The mean size of the particle is found to be ~25 nm. The prepared sample is analyzed an
electrochemical studies such as cyclic Voltammetry, charge discharge and electrochemical impedance spectrum,
respectively. The maximum specific capacitance (Scp) is 450 Fg-1 at 0.5 mA/cm2.
Keyword: ZnO/NiO, gel combustion method, supercapacitors, XRD, FTIR, SEM.

References:
1. E. Conway, Transition from “supercapacitor” to “battery” behavior in electrochemical energy storage. Journal of the
electrochemical society, 138(6), pp. 1539 (1991).
2. R.U. Verma, Generalized relaxed proximal point algorithms involving relative maximal accretive models with applications in
banach spaces. Communications of the korean mathematical society, 25(2), pp. 313– 325 (2010).
3. L. Letendre, J.M. kiely & H.C. hoagland, Reinduction chemotherapy for acute nonlymphocytic leukemia. Mayo clinic
proceedings, 59(9), pp. 618–621(1984).
4. L. Cui, L. huang, M. ji, Y. wang, H. shi, Y. zuo & S. kang, High- performance MgCo2O4 nanocone arrays grown on three-
dimensional nickel foams: preparation and application as binder-free electrode for pseudo-supercapacitor. Journal of power
sources, 333, pp. 118–124 (2016).
5. G. Meng, Q. yang, X. wu, P. wan, Y. li, X. lei & J. liu, Hierarchical mesoporous NiO nanoarrays with ultrahigh capacitance
for aqueous hybrid supercapacitor. Nano energy, 30, pp. 831–839(2016).
6. L. Zhang, W. zheng, H. jiu, C. ni, J. chang & G. qi, The synthesis of NiO and NiCo2O4 nanosheets by a new method and
their excellent capacitive performance for asymmetric supercapacitor. Electrochimica acta, 215, pp. 212–222 (2016).
7. Shameem, P. devendran, V. siva, R. packiaraj, N. Nallamuthu & S. asath bahadur, Electrochemical performance and
optimization of α- NiMoO4 by different facile synthetic approach for supercapacitor application. Journal of materials science:
69. materials in electronics, 30(4), pp. 3305–3315(2019).
8. R. Packiaraj, P. devendran, K.S. venkatesh, S. asath bahadur, A. manikandan & N. nallamuthu, Electrochemical
investigations of magnetic Co3O4 nanoparticles as an active electrode for supercapacitor applications. Journal of
superconductivity and novel magnetism, 29, pp. 13265-13276 (2018).
304-307
9. Z. Yang, F. xu, W. zhang, Z. mei, B. pei & X. zhu, Controllable preparation of multi shelled NiO hollow nanospheres via
layer-by- layer self-assembly for supercapacitor application. Journal of power sources, 246, pp. 24–31(2014).
10. M.L. Huang, C.D. gu, X. ge, X. L. wang & J. P. tu, Nionanoflakes grown on porous graphene frameworks as advanced
electrochemical pseudocapacitor materials. Journal of power sources, 259, pp. 98–105 (2014).
11. S. Zhang, Y. pang, Y. wang, B. dong, S. lu, M. li & S. ding, Nio nanosheets anchored on honeycomb porous carbon derived
from wheat husk for symmetric supercapacitor with high performance. Journal of alloys and compounds, 735, pp. 1722–1729
(2018).
12. D. Du, Z. hu, Y. liu, Y. deng & J. liu, Preparation and characterization of flower-like microspheres of nano-NiO as electrode
material for supercapacitor. Journal of alloys and compounds, 589, pp. 82–87 (2014).
13. J. H. Zheng, R. M. zhang, X.G. wang & P.F. yu, Synthesizing a flower-like NiO and ZnO composite for supercapacitor
applications. Research on chemical intermediates, 44(9), pp. 5569–5582(2018).
14. D. Sivaganesh, S. saravanakumar, V. sivakumar, K. S. S. ali, E. akapo, E. alemayehu & R. saravanan, Structural, optical and
charge density analysis of Al doped ZnO materials. Journal of materials science: materials in electronics, 30(3), pp. 2966 –
2974(2019).
15. M. Hassanpour, H. safardoust-hojaghan & M. salavati-niasari, Rapid and eco-friendly synthesis of NiO/ZnO nanocomposite
and its application in decolorization of dye. Journal of materials science: materials in electronics, 28(15), pp. 10830–
10837(2017).
16. R.R. Salunkhe, S.H. hsu, K.C.W. wu & Y. yamauchi, Large-scale synthesis of reduced graphene oxides with uniformly
coated polyaniline for supercapacitor applications. Chemsuschem, 7(6), pp. 1551–1556 (2014).
17. R.R. Salunkhe, J. tang, N. kobayashi, J. kim, Y. ide, S. tominaka & Y. yamauchi, Ultrahigh performance supercapacitors
utilizing core-shell nanoarchitectures from a metal-organic framework-derived nanoporous carbon and a conducting polymer.
Chemical science, 7(9), pp. 5704–5713 (2016).
18. D. Zhu & Y. shao, NiO/ZnO nanocomposite as electrode material for supercapacitors. International journal of electrochemical
science, 13(4), pp. 3601–3612 (2018).
19. R. Malik, V. chaudhary, V.K. tomer, P.S. rana, S.P. nehra & S. duhan, Visible light-driven mesoporous Au-TiO2 /SiO2
photocatalysts for advanced oxidation process. Ceramics international, 42(9), pp. 10892–10901 (2016).
20. Ragu, K. senthilarasan & P. sakthivel, Synthesis and characterization of nano hydroxyapatite with polyurethane nano
composite. Der Chemica Sinica, 5(1), pp. 124-127 (2014).
21. E. Umeshbabu, G. rajeshkhanna & G.R. rao, Urchin and sheaf-like NiCo2O4 nanostructures: synthesis and electrochemical
energy storage application. International journal of hydrogen energy, 39(28), pp. 15627–15638 (2014).
22. P. Bhojane, S. sen & P.M. shirage, Enhanced electrochemical performance of mesoporous NiCo2O4 as an excellent
supercapacitive alternative energy storage material. Applied surface science, 377, pp. 376–384 (2016).
23. Shakir, M. shahid, H.W. yang & D. J. kang, Structural and electrochemical characterization of α-MoO3 nanorod-based
electrochemical energy storage devices. Electrochimica acta, 56(1), pp. 376–380 (2010).
24. L. Qian, L. gu, L. yang, H. yuan & D. xiao, Direct growth of NiCo2O4 nanostructures on conductive substrates with
enhanced electrocatalytic activity and stability for methanol oxidation. Nanoscale, 5(16), pp. 7388–7396 (2013).K. Elissa,
“Title of paper if known,” unpublished.
Authors: K.Gurushankar, T.Theivashanthi, M.S.Revathy, Durgadevi

Synthesis and Characterization of MnFe2O4 Nanoparticles and its Electrochemical Performance
Paper Title:
Evaluated as Anode for Li-ion Battery Applications
Abstract: In the last decade, large number of research has been made to increase the capacity of anodes by
changing the graphite with Si or Sn and conversion based materials such as MnFe2O4, Co3O4, Fe2O3 and NiO
etc.,. In the present work, MnFe2O4 nanoparticles has synthesized by simple solid-state method. The crystal
structure of MnFe2O4 evaluated by powder X-ray diffraction (XRD) and its morphology invetigated by
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), and its electrochemical performance has been carried out by Cyclic
Voltammetry (CV), charge-discharge and electrochemical impedance analysis (EIS). The results of charge-
discharge performance showed an excellent discharge capacity of 860 mA hg-1 when tested as anode for Li-ion
battery applications.
70.
Keyword: MnFe2O4, XRD, Cyclic Voltammetry.
References: 308-312
1.J. M. Tarascon and M. Armand, Nature, 2001, 414, 359-367.
2.Dunn, H. Kamath and J.-M. Tarascon, Science, 2011, 334, 928.
3.Brunswick, OH Pat., 1990.
4.M.M. Thackeray, C. Wolverton, E.D. Isaacs, Energy Environ. Sci. 5 (2012) 7854-7863.
5.Gasparov, L., Rush, A., Pekarek, T. Patel, N., and Helmuth, B.Raman.Journal of Applied Physics, 2009,105, 7.
6.Songmei Li, Bo Wang, Bin Li, Jianhua Liu, Mei Yu, X. Wu. Mater. Res. Bull.,61 (2015), 369.
7.R.M. Thankachan, M.M. Rahman, I. Sultana, A.M. Glushenkov, S. Thomas, N. Kalarikkal, Y. Chen. J.Power Sources,
282,(2015), 462.
8. Yuqian Cui, FangfangLeng, Guangting Han, Guoliang Zhang, Hongliang Li, Peizhi Guo1,X. S. Zhao, Int. J. Electrochem.
Sci., 11 (2016) 7309 – 7317.
9. Ashish Gupta, S. R. Dhakate, P.Gurunathan, K. Ramesha, Applied Nanoscience, 2017 (7), 449-462.
10. Padalingam Gurunathan, PeddaMasthanaiahEtte, Narayanan Lakshminarasimhan, and KannadkaRamesha, ACS Omega,2017, 2,
7647−7657.
Authors: S.Saravanakumar, S. Sasikumar, D. Sivaganesh, R. Rajajeyaganthan
Paper Title: Structural and Charge Density Properties of Manganese Sulfide

Abstract: Single phased Manganese Sulfide was analyzed by powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD) data sets
with cubic structure. The simulated XRD data sets were used to analyze the structure of manganese sulfide. The
powder profile refinements were done by Rietveld profile refinement technique. The refinement results were
subjected to analyze the charge density analysis using structure factors. The chemical bonding nature between
Mn and S were analyzed by charge density distribution studies through maximum entropy method. From MEM
analsysis, it found that the bonding between Mn and S atoms is ionic in nature.
Keyword: Rietveld refinement, bonding nature, crystal structure, maximum entropy method.
References:
71. 1. D. Fan, H. Wang, Y. Zhang, J. Cheng, B. Wang, H. Yan, “Preparation of crystalline MnS thin films by chemical bath
deposition”, Mater. Chem. Phys. vol. 80, pp. 44–47, 2003.
2. C. Gümüs, C. Ulutas, R. Esen, O.M. Ozkendir, Y. Ufuktepe, “Preparation and characterisation of crystalline MnS thin films by
chemical bath deposition”, Thin Solid Films vol. 492, pp. 1–5, 2005. 313-315
3. D. Fan, X. Yang, H. Wang, Y. Zhang, H. Yan, “Photoluminescence of MnS thin film prepared by chemical bath deposition”,
Physica B vol. 337, pp. 165–169, 2003.
4. C.D. Lokhande, A. Ennaoui, P.S. Patil, M. Giersig, M. Muller, K. Diesner, H. Tributsch, “Process and characterization of
chemical bath deposition manganese sulphide (MnS) thin film”, Thin Solid Films vol. 330, pp. 70–75, 1998.
5. R. Tappero, P. D’Arco, A. Lichanot, “Electronic structure of α-MnS (alabandite): an ab initio study Chem”. Phys. Lett. Vol. 273,
pp. 83- 90, 1997.
6. H.M. Rietveld, J. Appl. Crystallogr., vol. 2, pp. 65, 1969.
7. http://www.se.iucr.org/iucr-top/index.html
8. V. Petricek, M. Dusek, L. Palatinus Jana, The crystallographic computing system (Institute of Physics, Praha, Czech Republic), p.
2006.
9. D.M. Collins, Electron density images from imperfect data by iterative entropy maximization, Nature, vol. 298, pp. 49-51, 1982.
10. K. Momma, F. Izumi, VESTA 3 for three-dimensional visualization of crystal, volumetric and morphology data, J. Appl.
Crystallogr. vol. 44, pp.1272-1276, 2011.
11. K. Momma, F. Izumi, Comm. Crystallogr. Comput. IUCr Newslett., vol. 7, pp. 106, 2006.
Authors: G. Ramesh Pandi, B. Inayath Ahamed, A. Saravanan
Paper Title: Livelihood Security of Women Agricultural Labourers in Erode District of Tamilnadu
72. Abstract: Aim: The main aims of the study is to identify the socio-economic characteristics of women
agricultural labourer, to identify the determinants linked with economic, food, health, edification and
empowerment as dissimilar domains of livelihood security of women agricultural labourers and to estimate the 316-321
determinants of livelihood security of women agricultural labourers in Erode District of Tamil Nadu.
Methods/Statistical analysis: The research has curbed in to a sample of 140 women agricultural workers
households were selected from four villages of Bhavani taluk of Erode District in Tamil Nadu. A simple
percentage analysis has been employed to identify the socio-economic characteristics and Multiple Regression
equation method has fitted to the data to explore the effects of the explanatory variables on livelihood security of
women agricultural labourers. Findings: Out of the 140 sample women agricultural labour households selected
for the study, vast majority of the households registered as nuclear type of families; 52.86 percent with 2-4
members; 62.14 percent of the women agricultural workers were in the age cluster of 30 – 60 years; 33.57
percent of the respondents had education at secondary level; 33.57 percent labourers income falls in the income
group of Rs.25000-Rs.50000/-,45.00 percent of the households selected for the study were with the asset group
valued below Rs.2.5 lakhs. There was positive relationship of the explanatory variables with composite
livelihood security index of agricultural women workers. Conclusions: Government intervention through
legislation, planning and implementation must be stepped up to provide greater opportunity for the sustainable
development of women livelihood security at all levels, so that the discriminatory practices of women and the
gender related issues against women would be addressed.
Keyword: Livelihood security, women, Agricultural workers, Livelihood Security Index

References:
1. Ganesh Kumar. B, R. Sendhil, P. Venkatesh, R. Raja, V. Jayakumar and S. Jeyakumar, “Socio-economic Impact Assessment of
Livelihood Security in Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Aquaculture on the Tsunami-hit Lands of Andaman, Agricultural
Economics Research Review, Vol. 22 (Conference Number) 2009, pp. 483-494
2. Sanzidur Rahman and ShaheenAkter, “Determinants of Livelihood Security in Poor Settlements in Bangladesh”, NAF-International
Working Paper Series, Paper n. 10/01, Year 2010, available at http://economia.unipv.it/naf/
3. Marc Lindenberg, “Measuring Household Livelihood Security at the Family and Community Level in the Developing World”,
World Development Vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 301–318, 2012.W
4. Dhanasree. K, and B.Vijayabhinandana, “Livelihood Security of Tribal Women in High Altitude and Tribal Zone of Andhra
Pradesh”, International Journal of Extension Education, Vol.9, pp. 47-50, 2013.
5. YishakGecho, GezahegnAyele, Tesfaye Lemma1, DawitAlemu, “Rural household livelihood strategies: Options and determinants in
the case of Wolaita Zone, Southern Ethiopia”, Social Sciences, 2014; 3(3): 92-104
6. Hahn M B, Riederer A M & Foster S O 2009. The Livelihood Vulnerability Index: A Pragmatic Approach to Assessing Risks from
Climate Variability and Change—A Case Study in Mozambique, Global Environmental Change, 19(1): 74-88.
7. Hahn M B, Riederer A M & Foster S O 2009. The Livelihood Vulnerability Index: A Pragmatic Approach to Assessing Risks from
Climate Variability and Change—A Case Study in Mozambique, Global Environmental Change, 19(1): 74-88.
Authors: P. Ramya, S.Rubhy
Paper Title: Industrial Safety and Well-Being of Fireworks Employees in Sivakasi

Abstract: Fireworks industry is a very flourishing one in Virudhunagar District especially in Sivakasi. But in
this industry, the employees are not given adequate safety measures for their safe working. In fireworks the
employees have lot of risk on their safety and well being. There has been lot of health afflictions due to air
quality. In fireworks industry, safety is most important for the employees. Officials of the state and central
government organisation should help in implementation of safety system in fireworks units in Sivakasi to ensure
misfortune free fireworks industry. So the study is referring to the main intention of to discover the safety
measures in the fireworks industry. According to the factories act the safety instrument should be very important
because the safety of the employees is very essential. In fireworks industry lot of fire disaster is happening this is
a time to identify the safety materials and well-being of the employees. Because the researcher conducted survey
in vijayarangapuram near Sivakasi. The total population 250 employees through this the researcher took 30
samples from the population. This study mainly focused on the employees safety and well-being. The majority
people said they need more safety measures like gloves, face mask.
Keyword: Well being, Safety system, safe working
73. References:
1. Azhagurajan,A. (2005): Study on Explosive Waste Disposal With A Case Study on Fireworks Waste, Journal of Industrial
Pollution Control, 21, pp 43-50
2. Chaudhari.,Srivastava., “Moitra and Desai., Risk of domestic accidents among under five children” , The Internet Journal of 322-324
Family Practice, Vol.7 ,No.1,2009,pp-500- 502.
3. KarunairagavanK.(2016),information literacy on working conditions and safety measures among the workers of match and
fireworks industry in Tamilnadu a study.
4. Mashreky., Bari., Sen., .Rahman.,Khan and Rahman.,“Managingburnpatients in a fire disaster: Experience fromaburnunit in
Bangladesh”, The Journal ofFiresafety,Vol.43,Issue No.3,March 2010,pp-131-135.
5. Narasimhalu K and SathyaMurthyG.(1991),An Economic study of the problem and prospects of firework industries in
Sivakasi Block of Virudhunagar District. Dancy Publication, April 2005, p.4.
6. N.Selvakumar, A.Azhagurajan, P. Sheikmohamed, A. Suresh, ballistic behavior of gunpowder and flash powder for
firework chemicals as a function of particle size
7. M. Rajarajan ,M. Vetrivel (2015) “Welfare Measures And Quality Of Work Life Among The Workers fireworks
Industries -An Analysis,“Determinantsof welfare among Industrial Worker”, Vikalpa, Vol.5, No.1, January
1980.
8. MandiraDey, PradyumnaTripathy (2015), “A Study On Quality Of Work Life Among Workers With Special Reference To
firework Industry In Tirupur District – A Textile Hub”, International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research, Vol.2 Issue 4,
2012.
9. [9].Perumalammal (1999),MomtazJahan, “Women Workers in Bangladesh Garments Industry: A Study of the Work
Environment”, International Journal of Social Science, Vol.1, No.3, May, 2012, pp-1-6.
10. PadminiSivarajah., “Blast in Sivakasi fireworks unit leaves 8 dead”, The Times of India, January 22, 2011,pp-6.
11. Roberts., “Urban residential fire and flame injuries: a population based study”, The Journal of health professionals,
Vol.6,Issue No.4,2006.
12. Saravanakumar R.C (2016), A study on problems pertaining of women laborers in fireworks industry with special reference
to Sivakasi.
13. Sayeedul Islam., Debasis Roy Raza and Saiful Islam., “Analyzing Vulnerability of a Community to Fire Hazard: A Case
study of Ward 72”,Natural Hazards Review, Vol. 3, ISSN 1527- 6988, pp-162-176.
14. http://safehazard.blogspot.com/2011/04/what-is-safety.html
15. [Sekar, Ramasamy and. Nampoothiri., “Planning estate for fireworks industries in Sivakasi”, International Journal of
Engineering Science and Technology ,ISSN No- 0975- 5462,Vol.2 Issue No.6,2010,pp-43-45.
16. https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/clickhappiness/201901/what-is-well-being-definition-types-and-well-being-skills
17. http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/industries/industrial-safety-definition-need-and-programmes-for-industrial-safety/34380
18. https://www.slma.cc/the-importance-of-fireworks-safety-blog/
19. https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/handle/10603/220264
Authors: M. Suba, S. B. Inayath Ahamed

Green Human Resource Management -Significance of Managerial Support for the Successfulness of
Paper Title:
Ecological Management
Abstract: At present the most sensational discussion is about Ecological welfare because of the climate
conditions and lot of studies is available in this particular area. The organizations are concentrating on ecological
management to fulfill their ecological goal for that they are applying some techniques in their organization. For
getting some improvement and positive result on this particular concerns we need to observe the employees
green behavior so that this study examines the particular factors relevant to the green management and the
important factors to achieve green targets
Keyword: ecological management, green, management, employee green behavior

References:
1. Allen, D. G., Shore, L. M., & Griffeth, R. W. (2003). The role of perceived organizational support and supportive human resource
practices in the turnover process. J. Manag., 29(1), 99–118. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/014920630302900107
2. Boiral O. & Paillé P. (2012). Organizational Citizenship Behaviour for the Environment: Measurement and Validation. Journal of
Business Ethics. Vol. 109, No. 4, pp. 431-445.
3. Borman, W. C., and Motowidlo, S. J. (1997). Task performance and contextual performance:The meaning for personnel selection
research. Human Performance, 10, pp.99-109.
4. Botone, D. (2010). New predictors of Organizational Citizenship Behavior and Employees’ Efficiency in the work group:
Emotional Work. Global Journal of Human Social Science, 10(4), pp.65-72.
5. Campbell, J. P., and Wiernik, B. M. (2015). The modeling and assessment of work performance. Annu. Rev. Organ. Psychol.
Organ. Behav. 2, 47–74. doi: 10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032414-111427
6. Eisenberger, R., Armeli, S., Rexwinkel, B., Lynch, P. D., & Rhoades, L. (2001). Reciprocation of perceived organizational
support. J. Appl. Psychol., 86(1), 42. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0021-9010.86.142
7. Eisenberger, R., Huntington, R., Hutchison, S., & Sowa, D. (1986). Perceived organizational support. J. Appl.Psychol., 71(3),
500–507. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.71.3.500
8. Elovainio, M., Van den Bos, K., Linna, A., Kivimaki, M., Ala-Mursula, L., Pentti, J., & Vahtera, J. (2005). Combined effects of
uncertainty and organizational justice on employee health: Testing the uncertainty management model of fairness judgments
among Finnish public sector employees. Social Science and Medicine, 61(12), 2501–2512.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.04.046
9. Folger, R., & Cropanzano, R. (1998). Organisational justice and human resource management. California, Thousand Oaks: Sage
Publications.
74. 10. Greenberg, J., & Baron, R. A. (2008). Behaviors in organization. Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt .Ltd. Hair, J., Black, W., Babin,
B., Anderson, R., & Tatham, R. (2006). Multivariate data analysis (6th ed.). Pearson Prentice Hall.
11. Hekman DR, Bigley GA, Steensma HK and Hereford JF (2009a) Combined effects of organizational and professional 325-330
identification on the reciprocity dynamic for professional employees. Academy of Management Journal 52(3): 506–526.
12. Hui, C., Wong, A., & Tjosvold, D. (2007), Turnover intention and performance in China: The role of positive affectivity, chinese
values, perceived organizational support and constructive controversy. J. Occup. Organ. Psychol., 80(4), 735–751.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1348/096317906X171037
13. Jackson, S. E., Renwick, D. W. S., Jabbour, C. J. C., & Muller-Camen, M. (2011). State-of-theart and future directions for green
human resource management: Introduction to the special issue. German Journal of Research in Human Resource Management,
25(2), 99- 116.
14. Keith, D. (1966). Human relation at work (2nd ed.). Kogakusha co. ltd, Tokyo.
15. Lian, L. K. (2012). Leadership styles and organizational citizenship behavior: The mediating effect of subordinates competence
and downward influence tactics. Journal of Applied Business and Economics, 13(2), 59–96
16. Manyasi, J., Kibas, P. B., & Chep, K. R. (2011). Effects of organizational support for career development on employee
performance: A case of Kenyan public universities. Kabarak University First International Conference (pp. 1–17).
17. Marhatta, S., & Adhikari, S. (2013). Green HRM and sustainability. International eJournal Of Ongoing Research in Management
& IT. Retrieved from www.asmgroup.edu.in/incon/publication/incon13-hr-006pdf
18. Maslyn, J., & Mary, U. B. (2001). Leader- member exchange and its dimensions: Effects of self-effort and other's effort
relationship quality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(4), 697–708. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.4.697
19. McConnaughy, Jacqueline Christine, "DEVELOPMENT OF AN EMPLOYEE GREEN BEHAVIOR DESCRIPTIVE NORMS
SCALE" (2014). Electronic Theses, Projects, and Dissertations. Paper 83.
20. Miao, R. T. (2011). Job satisfaction, task performance and organizational citizenship behavior in China. J. Behav. Appl. Manag.,
12(2), 105–127. http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1472-6920-14-50
21. Muindi, F. (2011). The Relationship between participation in decision making and job satisfaction among academic staff in the
school of business, University of Nairobi. Journal of Human Resources Management Research, 20, 9–34.
http://dx.doi.org/10.5171/2011.246460
22. Nadiri, H., & Tanova, C. (2010). An investigation of the role of justice in turnover intentions, job satisfaction, and organizational
citizenship behavior in hospitality industry. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 29, 33–41.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2009.05.001
23. Norton, T. A., Parker, S. L., Zacher, H., and Ashkanasy, N. M. (2015). Employee green behavior: a theoretical framework,
multilevel review, and future research agenda. Organ. Environ. 28, 103–125. doi: 10.1177/1086026615575773
24. Noruzy et al. (2011). Investigation the relationship between organizational justice, and organizational citizenship behavior: The
mediating role of perceived organizational support. Indian Journal of Science and Technology, 4(7), 842–847.
25. Ones, D. S., & Dilchert, S. (2012). Environmental sustainability at work: A call to action. Industrial and Organizational
Psychology: Perspectives on Science and Practice, 5, 444 - 466.
26. Opatha, H. H. D. N. P., & Arulrajah, A. A. (2014). Green human resource management: Simplified general reflections.
International Business Research, 7(8). doi:doi.org/10.5539/ibr.v7n8p101
27. Opatha, H. H., & Arulrajah, A. A. (2014). Green Human Resource Management: Simplified general reflections. International
Business Research, 7, 101–112.
28. Podsakoff, P. M., Mackenzie, S. B., Paine, J. B., and Bachrach, D. G. (2000). Organizational Citizenship Behaviors: A Critica l
Review of the Theoretical and Empirical Literature and Suggestions for Future Research. Journal of Management, 26(3), pp.513-
563.
29. Rhoades, L., & Eisenberger, R. (2002). Perceived organizational support: A review of the literature. J. Appl.Psychol., 87(4), 698.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037//0021-9010.87.4.698.
30. Stamper, C. L., & Johlke, M. C. (2003). The impact of perceived organizational support on the relationship between boundary
spanner role stress and work outcome. J. Manag., 29(4), 569–588. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0149-2063_03_00025-4
31. Steg, L., & Schuitema, G. (2007). Behavioral responses to transport pricing: a theoretical analysis. In T. Ga ̈rling, & L. Steg
(Eds.), Threats to the quality of urban life from car traffic: Problems, causes, and solutions(pp. 347–366). Amsterdam: Elsevier
32. Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An Integrative Theory of Intergroup Conflict. In W. G. Austin, & S. Worchel (Eds.), The
Social Psychology of Intergroup Relations (pp. 33-47). Monterey, CA: Brooks/Col
33. Tajfel, H.1972a "Experiments in a vacuum", in: Israel; Tajfel (eds.). Op. cit.1972b "La caté gorisation sociale", in: S.
Moscovici (ed.). Introduction à la psycholo-gie sociale. Paris, Larousse.
34. Thiagarajan, B., and Kubendran, V., (2012). An Empirical Study on Organizational Citizenship Behavior In Private Sector Banks
In Tamilnadu. Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research In Business, 4(1), pp.197- 203.
35. Unsworth, K. L., Dmitrieva, A., & Adriasola, E. (2013). Changing behaviour: Increasing the effectiveness of workplace
interventions in creating pro-environmental behaviour change. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 34(2), 211-229.
doi:10.1002/job.1837.
36. Wiernik, B. M., Dilchert, S., & Ones, D. S. (2016). Age and Employee Green Behaviors: A Meta-Analysis. Frontiers in
Psychology, 7.
Authors: T.Premkumar, I. Siva, Sandro C Amico, J.T Winowlin Jappes

Dry Sliding Wear Of Intra-Layer Curaua/Basalt Polyester Composites under Varying PV
Paper Title:
Conditions
Abstract: An investigational analysis was conducted to study the effect of basalt/curaua hybrid composite
focusing on wear properties. The hybrid composites are fabricated by resin transfer molding and the tests are
conducted by pin on disk as per ASTM G99. Basalt/Curaua relative fiber weight percentage as 0/100,40/60,
60/40, 100/0 are fabricated and analyzed for abrasion wear resistance. Specimens are tested for the load of 50N
at 1 m/s using Pin on Disc wear testing machine by varying abrading distance. Worn out surfaces of the
abraded composites are studied by using scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and Fourier- transform infrared
spectroscopy (FTIR). Roughness of the worn and pure surfaces is also accounted to measure significance of
hybridization on tribological properties of the hybrid composites. Result shows that coefficient of friction is
increasing in higher the curaua fiber in hybrid composites. Morphology evident the wear mechanism and internal
compatibility of hybrid fibers.
Keyword: Basalt fiber, hybrid composite, dry sliding wear, SEM..

75.
References:
1. S.Taj, M.AMunawar, & S.Khan, Natural fiber-reinforced polymer composites. Proceedings-Pakistan Academy of 331-333
Sciences,2007, 129.
2. D.N.Saheb, & J.P.Jog, Natural fiber polymer composites: a review. Advances in polymer technology1999,351-363.
3. I.Siva,, J.T.W Jappes, & B.Suresha, Erratum, Investigation on mechanical and tribological behavior of naturally woven coconut
sheath‐reinforced polymer composites. Polymer Composites, 2015.
4. I.M.Hutchings, Tribology: friction and wear of engineering materials. Mater. Des, 1992,187.
5. P.Wambua, J.Ivens, & I.Verpoest, Natural fibres: can they replace glass in fibre reinforced plastics?. composites science and
technology 2003,1259-1264.
6. J.H.S.A.Júnior, H.L.O.Júnior, S.C.Amico, & F.D.R.Amado, Study of hybrid intralaminate curaua/glass composites. Materials
& Design,2012, 111-117.
7. S.Agrawal, K.K.Singh, & P.K.A.Sarkar, comparative study of wear and friction characteristics of glass fibre reinforced epoxy
resin, sliding under dry, oil-lubricated and inert gas environments. Tribology International, 2016,217-224.
8. N.A Nordin, N. A, F.M.Yussof,S. Kasolang, Z.Salleh, & M.A.Ahmad, Wear Rate of Natural Fibre: Long Kenaf Composite.
Procedia Engineering, 2013,145-151.
9. E.Z.Li, W.L.Guo, H.D.Wang, B.S.Xu, & X.T.Liu, . Research on tribological behavior of PEEK and glass fiber reinforced PEEK
composite. Physics Procedia, 2013,453-460.
10. S.Ojha, S.K.Acharya, & R.Gujjala, Characterization and wear behavior of carbon black filled polymer composites.
Procedia Materials Science, 2014,468-475
Authors: Arun A P, Dhamotharan S, Karthikeyan S, Rajini N

Optimization of Mould Base Production using Ranked Positional Weighted Method and Single
Paper Title:
Minute Exchange of Die System
Abstract: In the domain of intense global competition, the manufacturers are in need of producing different
varieties of products. Successful manufacturing firms in the past have well produced the products based on the
minimum amount of requirements in the market. This is so because of customer needs and economy rate is
minimum in the past period of time. People like to use molded parts instead of using assembled component in
76. the present days to survey in the market against competitors. So the manufacturer decides to produce a wide
variety of mould bases for production and to satisfy the market needs. But the mould base manufacturing is not
easier to produce the components to reach the market. It ought to be very much precised and devours more 334-339
opportunity to produce the component by manufacturer to deliver that in an on-time to market. For this situation,
the enterprise which produces distinctive mould bases needs to reduce the lead time is the major fundamental
worry of the work. The primary target of this work is to decrease the setup time from 30 minutes to less than 20
minutes for each component. This cannot be accomplished without huge investment and to be versatile for
manufacturing different mould parts. This needs special planning to manufacture different moulds. And the
result obtained with the help of using Ranked Positional Weighted (RPW) method procedure for an entire
operation to calculate the critical path of production of components and also use the Single Minute Exchange
Die (SMED) to optimize the setup time in an operation. Results of the research signifies the application of
ranking an operation with suitable methodological approach to reduce the cycle time of the production of
component to satisfy the market needs.
Keyword: RPW Method, Single Minute Exchange Die (SMED), Cycle Time, Lead Time.
References:
1. M.Mohan Prasad, K.Ganesan, R.K.Suresh. “An Optimal Balancing Of Multiple Assembly Line For A Batch Production Unit”
International Journal of Lean Thinking Volume-4, Issue-2, (December 2013)
2. Shamuvel VPandit, Sunil J Kadam, Avinash Kharat, Chetan U Nayakawade. “Productivity Improvement by Application of Line
Balancing” International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and Technology Vol. 3, Issue 4, April 2014.
3. Krantikumar B. Chavare, Prof. Abid M. Mulla. “Application of Ranked Position Weighted (RPW) Method for Assembly Line
Balancing” International Journal for Research in Applied Science & Engineering Technology (IJRASET), Volume 3 Issue VI,
June 2015 ISSN: 2321-9653.
4. M.F.M.A.Hamzas, S.A.Bareduan, M.Z.Zakaria, S.Ghazali, and S.Zairi. Implementation of ranked positional weight method
(RPWM) for double-sided assembly line balancing problems AIP Conference Proceedings 1885, 020183 (2017).
5. Santosh T.Ghutukade, Dr.Suresh M.Sawant. “Use of ranked position weighted method for Assembly line balancing” International
Journal of Advanced Engineering Research and Studies/II/IV/July-Sept., 2013/01-03.
6. Siyu Chen, Shuhai Fan, Jiawei Xionga, Wenqian Zhanga. “The Design of JMP/SAP Based Six Sigma Management System and its
Application in SMED” Procedia Engineering 174 (2017) 416 – 424.
7. R.Sundar, A.N.Balaji, R.M.SatheeshKumar. “A Review on Lean Manufacturing Implementation Techniques” Procedia
Engineering 97 (2014) 1875–1885.
8. U.Dombrowski, D.Ebentreich, P.Krenke, “Impact analyses of lean production systems” Procedia CIRP57 (2016) 607 – 612.
9. Mohammed Viqar Nadaf Pinjar, Dr.Shivakumar S, Dr.G V Patil, “Productivity Improvement through Single Minute Exchange of
Die (SMED) Technique” International Journal of Scientific and Research Publications, Volume 5, Issue 7, July 2015.
10. Chetan S Sethia, Prof. P. N. Shende, Swapnil S Dange. “A Case Study on Total Productive Maintenance in Rolling Mill” JETIR
Volume-1, Issue-5.
11. Adanna.I.W, Prof.A.Shantharam “Improvement of Setup Time and Production Output with the use of Single Minute Exchange of
Die Principles.(SMED)” International Journal of Engineering Research. Volume No. 2, Issue No. 4, pp : 274-277.
12. Anna Karwasz, Przemyslaw Chabowski, “Productivity increase through reduced changeover time” Journal of Machine
Engineering, Vol. 16, No. 2, 2016.
13. Dorota Stadnicka, Dario Antonelli “Application of Value Stream Mapping and Possibilities of Manufacturing Processes
Simulations in Automotive Industry” FME Transactions (2015) VOL. 43, No 4, 2015.
14. G.V. Nenov, T.Sz!ecsi. “Increasing CNC machine tool productivity by using tool-part touch control” Robotics and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing 18 (2002) 291–296.
15. Janez Kusar, Tomaz Berlec, Ferdinand Zefran, Marko Starbek. “Reduction of Machine Setup Time” Journal of Mechanical
Engineering 56(2010)12, 833-845.
16. M. S. Desai. “Productivity Enhancement by Reducing Setup Time - SMED:Case study in the Automobile factory” Global Journal
of Researches in Engineering Mechanical and Mechanics Engineering Volume 12 Issue 5 Version 1.0 2012.
17. J. Jaroszewicz, M. Baran, M. Grodzka, D. Humienna. “Reduction of changeover time in a CNC milling machine using erowa
zeroing system based on the example of samasz company, białystok” ZESZYTY NAUKOWE POLITECHNIKI ŚLĄSKIEJ 2017.
18. Mohd Norzaimi bin Che Ani, Mohd Sollahuddin Solihin Bin Shafei. “The Effectiveness of the Single Minute Exchange of Die
(SMED) Technique for the Productivity Improvement” Applied Mechanics and Materials Vols. 465-466 (2014) pp 1144-1148.
19. Mr. Ajinkya Jadhav, Dr. N. R. Rajhans, Mr. Vinayak Angane. ”Reduction In Overall Changeover Time In General Motors,
India” National Conference on, Modeling, Optimization and Control, 4th -6th March 2015, NCMOC – 2015.
20. Shashikant Shinde, et al. “Set up time Reduction of a Manufacturing Line using SMED Technique” International Journal of
Advance Industrial Engineering ISSN 2320 –5539.
Authors: S.S.Qarnain, S. Muthuvel, S. Bathrinath
Paper Title: Analyzing Energy Efficiency Factors of Residential Towers using fuzzy AHP: A case from India
Abstract: Increasing population, rising cost of energy bills and non-availability of housing land in cities has
necessitated the need to build high rise residential towers for living purposes. As these towers are operational
throughout the year, the energy consumed for maintenance and operation of such buildings is huge. Attaining
building energy efficiency is a significant step towards conserving energy and minimizing the cost of utility
bills. To achieve this factors that lead to energy efficient operations and maintenance of the residential towers
must be found and prioritized. This research work is one such case study conducted on residential towers in
South India, to find the energy efficiency factors in a building and prioritizing them according to their relative
importance. The results showed that Building energy administration, energy Audits and Building Automation
system are among the top factors that can highly influence the energy consumption pattern in a building. The
77. Analysis is conducted using fuzzy AHP methodology and validated through sensitivity analysis. Further the
paper also discusses the results and provides managerial application as a roadmap for energy efficiency in
buildings. 340-345
Keyword: AHP, Energy efficiency, Residential tower.

References:
1. S. S. Chandel, A. Sharma and B. M. Marwaha, “Review of energy efficiency initiatives and regulations for residential buildings
in India,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Vol. 54, 2016, 1443-1458.
2. P. Nejat, F. Jomehzadeh, M. M. Taheri, M. Gohari and M. Z. A. Majid, “A global review of energy consumption, CO2 emissions
and policy in the residential sector (with an overview of the top ten CO2 emitting countries),” Renewable and sustainable ene rgy
reviews, Vol. 43, 2015, 843-862.
3. F. Patiño-Cambeiro, J. Armesto, G. Bastos, J. I. Prieto-López and F. Patiño-Barbeito “Economic appraisal of energy efficiency
renovations in tertiary buildings,” Sustainable Cities and Society, 2019, 101503.
4. G. Mylonas, D. Amaxilatis, L. Pocero, I. Markelis, J. Hofstaetter and P. Koulouris, “An educational IoT lab kit and tools for
energy awareness in European schools,” International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, Vol. 20, 2019, 43-53.
5. E. Andersson, O. Arfwidsson, V. Bergstrand and P. Thollander, “A study of the comparability of energy audit program
evaluations,” Journal of cleaner production, Vol. 142, 2017, 2133-2139.
6. S. Ahmadi-Karvigh, B. Becerik-Gerber and L. Soibelman, “Intelligent adaptive automation: A framework for an activity-driven
and user-centered building automation,” Energy and Buildings, Vol. 188, 2019, 184-199.
7. T. L. Saaty, “A scaling method for priorities in hierarchical structures,” Journal of mathematical psychology, Vol. 15(3), 1977,
234-281.
8. G. Zheng, N. Zhu, Z. Tian, Y. Chen and B. Sun, “Application of a trapezoidal fuzzy AHP method for work safety evaluation and
early warning rating of hot and humid environments,” Safety science, Vol. 50(2), 2012, 228-239.
9. T. L. Saaty, “The analytic process: planning, priority setting, resources allocation,” New York: McGraw, 1977.
10. S. Thanki, K. Govindan and J. Thakkar, “An investigation on lean-green implementation practices in Indian SMEs using
analytical hierarchy process (AHP) approach,” Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 135, 2016, 284-298.
Authors: Rajesh S, Manivannan J, Chokkalingam R
Paper Title: Machinability Examination on Nylon-6 GFRP Composite with Abrasive Water Jet Machining
Abstract: This work is aimed to understand the influence of Abrasive Water Jet Machining parameter on
surface roughness of the composites. Extrusion process is used to fabricate the Nylon 6 – GFRP composites. L27
orthogonal array is employed to conduct the experimental studies. Three levels and three parameter namely
applied pressure; standoff distance and transverse feed are used to study the effect on surface roughness.
Taguchi method is employed to determine the optimal combination of the machining parameter. The maximum
applied pressure, low transverse speed and standoff distance is beneficial for reducing the surface roughness.
ANOVA is also employed to determine the contribution of each process parameter on surface roughness and it is
found that standoff distance plays important role in reducing the surface roughness followed by transverse speed
and applied pressure.
78. Keyword: Nylon 6, GFRB, Extrusion, AWJM, Surface roughness.

References:
1. G. Venu Gopala Rao, Puneet Mahajan, Naresh Bhatnagar, “Three-dimensional macro-mechanical finite element model for 346-349
machining of unidirectional-fiber reinforced polymer composites”, Materials Science and Engineering A 498 (2008) 142–149.
2. Uday K. Vaidya Æ James M. Sands “Thermal stresses in aluminum 6061 and nylon 66 long fiber thermoplastic (LFT) composite
joint in a tailcone” Rahul R. Kulkarni Krishan K. Chawla, J Mater Sci (2007) 42:7389–7396
3. R. Palazzetti, A. Zucchelli, I. Trendafilova, The self-reinforcing effect of Nylon 66, nano-fibers on CFRP laminates subjected to
low velocity impact”, Composite Structures 106 (2013) 661–671.
4. N.Dayananda jawali, Siddeswarappa, Siddaramaiah, Physicomechanical Properties, Machinability, and Morphological Behavior
of Short Glass Fiber-reinforced Nylon 6 Composites”.
5. Arun kumar Parida, Ratnakar Das, A. K. Sahoo, B. C. Routara “Optimization of cutting parameters for surface roughness in
machining of gfrp composites with graphite/fly ash filler” Procedia Materials Science 6 ( 2014 ) 1533 – 1538.
6. Mahabalesh Palleda “A study of taper angles and material removal rates of drilled holes in the abrasive water jet machining
process” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 189 (2007) 292–295.
7. K. Palanikumar, L. Karunamoorthy, R. Karthikeyan “Assessment of factors influencing surface roughness on the machining of
glass fiber-reinforced polymer composites” Materials and Design 27 (2006) 862–871.
8. Libor M. HlavaC “Investigation of the abrasive water jet trajectory curvature inside the kerf” Journal of Materials Processin g
Technology 209 (2009) 4154–4161.
R. SundaraKannan, V. Arumugaprabu, G. Poomari Muthukumar, S.Vigneshwaran, S.R. Deepan
Authors:
saravana kumar, R.Muneesh raj.
Paper Title: Biochar From Sugarcane Waste In Polymer Matrix Composite
Abstract: The present work focuses on development of new type composite using bio char as reinforcement.
The bio char is derived from sugarcane waste when undergo pyrolysis process. Because of the growing demand
for waste utilization development of bio char from such wastes proves to be a potential one for various
applications. In this study focuses bio char reinforced saturated polyester resin for composite fabrication. The
composites are prepared by solution dispersion method. Bio char of different weight percentages such as 5, 10
and 15% were reinforced polyester matrix for taken this study. The prepared specimens are subjected to tensile
strength, flexural strength, hardness and impact strength.
Keyword: Bio char, Polyester matrix, Solution dispersion method, Tensile strength, Flexural strength, Impact
strength and Hardness.
79.
References:
1. Y. Lee, J. Park, C. Ryu, K. S. Gang, W. Yang, Y. K. Park and S. Hyun, “Comparison of biochar properties from biomass residues 350-352
produced by slow pyrolysis at 500 C,”, Bioresource technology, 148, 2013, 196-201.
2. S. Richard, J. S. Rajadurai and V. Manikandan, “Influence of particle size and particle loading on mechanical and dielectric
properties of biochar particulate-reinforced polymer nanocomposites,” International Journal of Polymer Analysis and
Characterization, 21(6), 2016, 462-477.
3. Nourbakhsh, A. Karegarfard, A. Ashori and A. Nourbakhsh, “Effects of particle size and coupling agent concentration on
mechanical properties of particulate-filled polymer composites,” Journal of Thermoplastic Composite Materials, 23(2), 2010,
169-174.
4. Patnaik and A. D. Bhatt, “Mechanical and dry sliding wear characterization of epoxy–TiO2 particulate filled functionally graded
composites materials using Taguchi design of experiment,” Materials & Design, 32(2), 2011, 615-627.
5. S. Ojha, G. Raghavendra and S. K. Acharya, “A comparative investigation of bio waste filler (wood apple‐coconut) reinforced
polymer composites,” Polymer Composites, 35(1), 2014, 180-185.
6. Khan, P. Savi, S. Quaranta, M. Rovere, M. Giorcelli, A. Tagliaferro and C. Jia, “Low-cost carbon fillers to improve mechanical
properties and conductivity of epoxy composites” Polymers, 9(12), 2017, 642.
7. Oral, “Determination of elastic constants of epoxy resin/biochar composites by ultrasonic pulse echo overlap method,” Polymer
Composites, 37(9), 2016, 2907-2915.
8. S. C. Peterson, “Evaluating corn starch and corn stover biochar as renewable filler in carboxylated styrene–butadiene rubber
composites,” Journal of Elastomers & Plastics, 44(1), 2012, 43-54.
9. Q. Zhang, W. Yi, Z. Li, L. Wang and H. Cai, “Mechanical properties of rice husk biochar reinforced high density polyethylene
composites,” Polymers, 10(3), 2018, 286.
Authors: Raj Pradeesh T, Venkumar P, Saravanamani M
Paper Title: Hazard Identification using Risk Assesment for A Tyre Manufacturing Process
Abstract: Today’s industries play a major role to develop and create new innovation products in
manufacturing domain. The aim of this project is to identify the hazards, assess the risk and its root cause and to
develop a control measures so that the major and minor hazards can be controlled in the tyre manufacturing
industry and the workers will be working in a hazard free and safety environment. Material handling is the
biggest cause of reportable accident in rubber industry and also hit by moving objects, falling objects, Noise,
Fire etc... This can be identified and controlled by using the technique called HIRARC .By using these
techniques the risks can be identified and the best safety measures can be implemented in the industry
Keyword: HIRARC, Hazards, Risk Assessment, Tyre Industry

References:
1. W Li,Y Sun, Q Cao, M He, and Y Cui, “A proactive process risk assessment approach based on job hazard analysis and resilient
80. engineering”. Journal of Loss Prevention in the Process Industries,Vol. 59, 2019, 54-62.
2. A Sánchez,., C González,., and F Brocal. “Assessment of emerging risk level by occupational exposure to hand -arm vibrations:
Approach under uncertainty conditions”. Safety Science, Vol.114,2019, 140-147. 353-356
3. R Lamboglia, F Paolone, & D Mancini, “Determinants of the implementation of environmental risk indicators: Empirical
evidence from the Italian manufacturing context. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental
Management”, Vol.26(2),2019, 307-316..
4. S.I Ahmad, H.Hashim, M. H Hassim, and R Rashid. “Development of hazard prevention strategies for inherent safety assessment
during early stage of process design”. Process Safety and Environmental Protection, Vol.121,2019, 271-280.
5. M Hidajat, D.M McElvenny, W.Mueller, , P Ritchie, J. W.Cherrie, A Darnton, and F De Vocht,“Job-exposure matrix for
historical exposures to rubber dust, rubber fumes and n-Nitrosamines in the British rubber industry”. Occup Environ
Med, Vol.76(4),2019, 259-267.
6. P.Petit,A.Maître,R Persoons, and D. J Bicout,“Lung cancer risk assessment for workers exposed to polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons in various industries”. Environment international, Vol.124, 2019,109-120.
7. R Han, B Zhou, L An, H Jin, L Ma, N Li, M Xu, L.Li,. “Quantitative assessment of enterprise environmental risk mitigation in
the context of Na-tech disasters”. Environmental monitoring and assessment,Vol. 191(4), 2019,210.
8. Y.Li, B.Sankaranarayanan., D. T Kumar, A Diabat,. “Risks assessment in thermal power plants using ISM methodology”. Annals
of Operations Research, 2019,1-25.
9. S.Islam, & R. I. Roman. “Assessment of Fire Hazard on the Readymade Garment Industry in Chittagong City,
Bangladesh”. Indonesian Journal of Environmental Management and Sustainability,Vol. 3(1),2019, 20-28.
Authors: Ashok Kumar B J, Muthuvel S
Paper Title: Oscillating Flows in Circular Pipes

Abstract: Pulsation flows in pipes heated externally produces oscillating temperature field. This type of
unsteady flow happens in heat exchangers. Simulating this type of flows is complex in engineering. In this
present study the field variables like velocity and temperature are calculated by numerical control volume
scheme. Velocity pulsation is applied at inlet of pipe to produce oscillations. Simulation variables like lengths,
diameter and thickness of the pipe are considered as parameters for this study. Also additionsl structural
constraints has been added to see how it influences effective thermal stresses.
Keyword: Temperature, Velocity, Pressure, Oscillation.

References:
1. E. P. Valueva and M. S. Purdin, “An Investigation of Heat Transfer for a Pulsating Laminar Flow in Rectangular Channels with a
Boundary Condition of the Second Kind,” High Temp., vol. 56, no. 1, pp. 149–152, 2018.
2. E. P. Valueva and M. S. Purdin, “The pulsating laminar flow in a rectangular channel,” Thermophys. Aeromechanics, v ol. 22, no.
81. 6, pp. 733–744, 2015.
3. R. Elbahjaoui and H. El Qarnia, “Numerical Study of a Shell-and-Tube Latent Thermal Energy Storage Unit Heated by Laminar
Pulsed Fluid Flow,” Heat Transf. Eng., vol. 38, no. 17, pp. 1466–1480, 2017.
4. J. Chamkha and F. Selimefendigil, “Forced convection of pulsating nanofluid flow over a backward facing step with various 357-360
particle shapes,” Energies, vol. 11, no. 11, pp. 1–19, 2018.
5. S. M. Jalil, “Experimental and numerical investigation of axial heat transfer enhancement by oscillatory flows,” Int. J. Therm.
Sci., vol. 137, no. November 2018, pp. 352–364, 2019.
6. H. Ragueb and K. Mansouri, “An analytical study of the periodic laminar forced convection of non-Newtonian nanofluid flow
inside an elliptical duct,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transf., vol. 127, pp. 469–483, 2018.
7. M. Furukawa, “Mathematical model of parallel-plate-channeled electromagnetic-driven pulsating dream pipe for rapid heat
removal,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transf., vol. 104, pp. 1048–1059, 2017.
8. liang Liu, C. Gao, J. von Wolfersdorf, and Y. ni Zhai, “Numerical study on the temporal variations and physics of heat transfer
coefficient on a flat plate with unsteady thermal boundary conditions,” Int. J. Therm. Sci., vol. 113, pp. 20–37, 2017.
9. R. Roslan, M. Abdulhameed, I. Hashim, and A. J. Chamkha, “Non-sinusoidal waveform effects on heat transfer performance in
pulsating pipe flow,” Alexandria Eng. J., vol. 55, no. 4, pp. 3309–3319, 2016.
10. J. Zheng, X. W. Gao, K. Yang, and C. Z. Zhang, “A novel meshless local Petrov-Galerkin method for dynamic coupled
thermoelasticity analysis under thermal and mechanical shock loading,” Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem., vol. 60, pp. 154–161, 2015.
11. M. Ghannad and M. Parhizkar Yaghoobi, “A Thermoelasticity Solution for Thick Cylinders Subjected to Thermo-Mechanical
Loads under Various Boundary Conditions,” Int J Adv. Des. Manuf. Technol., vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 1–12, 2015.
12. B. S. Y. I.Al-Zaharnah and M.S.J. Hashmi, “Pulsating flow in circular pipes - the analysis of thermal stresses,” Int. J. Press.
Vessel. Pip., vol. 78, pp. 567–579, 2001.
Authors: N. Vimal Kumar, M. Uthayakumar, S. Thirumalai kumaran
Paper Title: The Welding Processes of Rolled Homogeneous Armour Steel

Abstract: Rolled Homogeneous Armour (RHA) steel is known as protective steel and it is utilized in a
military vehicle, For example tanks, howitzers, heavily clad battle vehicles just as developments in armament.
Weld quality straight forwardly decides the entire mechanical properties of the protective steel in vehicle body
structures. Hybrid Optical Maser Arc welding (HOMAW) has a decent mechanical property and focal point of
this exploration is considered to recover more energy than laser and Metal Active Gas Welding (MAGW)
process. Manual Metal Arc Welding (MMAW) with low hydrogen ferritic filler (LHF) which performs better
weldability on Armour steels with comparing MMAW with Austenitic stainless steel (ASS), and Flux cored arc
welding (FCAW) with ASS/LHF. MMAW procedure is considered to reduce the expense through LHF
consumable in workplace. The examination of MAGW method, a welding fringe of 54o V-narrow cut geometry
has better mechanical property for tensile strength and also the welding narrow cut point of 48o X-trench cut
geometry has better solution for compression strength of butt-joint Armour steel. This survey was embraced to
grant a top-level view of the various categories of welding process and mechanical properties in welding of
RHA steels.
Keyword: Rolled homogeneous Armour steels, welding processes, mechanical properties.

References:
82. 1. J. W. Sowards, D. S. Hussey, D. L. Jacobson, S. Ream, and P. Williams, “Correlation of Neutron-Based Strain Imaging and
Mechanical Behavior of Armour Arc Welding Process,” Journal of Research of the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, vol. 123, 2018, pp. 1-8.
2. A. Cabrilo, K. Geric, M. Jovanovic, and L. Vukic, “Weldability and Impact Energy Properties of High-Hardness Armour Steel,” 361-366
Journal of Materials Engineering and Performance, vol. 27, no. 3, 2018, pp. 1281–1295.
3. X. Cao, P. Wanjara, J. Huang, C. Munro, and A. Nolting, “Hybrid fiber laser – Arc welding of thick section high strength low
alloy steel,” Materials & Design, vol. 32, no. 6, 2011, pp. 3399–3413.
4. S. Liu, Y. Li, F. Liu, H. Zhang, and H. Ding, “Effects of relative positioning of energy sources on weld integrity for hybrid laser
arc welding,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 81, 2011, pp. 87–96.
5. L. Kuzmikova, “An Investigation of the weldability of high hardness Armour steels,” 2013.
6. P. Taylor, N. E. İ, and F. Elaldi, “Analysis of Welding Groove Angle and Geometry on Strength of Armour Steel,” Materials and
Manufacturing Processes, vol. 27, no. 12, 2012, pp. 1437-1441.
7. M. Balakrishnan, V. Balasubramanian, G. M. Reddy, and K. Sivakumar, “Effect of buttering and hardfacing on ballistic
performance of shielded metal arc welded Armour steel joints,” Materials & Design, vol. 32, no. 2, 2011, pp. 469–479.
8. M. Grujicic, S. Ramaswami, J. S. Snipes, R. Yavari, C-F. Yen, and B. A. Cheeseman, “Optimization of Gas Metal Arc Welding
(GMAW) Process for Maximum Ballistic Limit in MIL A46100 Steel Welded All-Metal Armour,” Journal of Materials
Engineering and Performance, vol. 24, no. 1, 2015, pp. 229–244.
9. A. Cabrilo, “Impact energy properties of weld joint of high-hardness Armour steel,” Advanced Technologies & Materials, vol.
43, no. 1, 2018, pp. 11–16.
10. S. Babu, V. Balasubramanian, G. M. Reddy, and T. S. Balasubramanian, “Improving the ballistic immunity of Armour steel
weldments by plasma transferred arc ( PTA ) hardfacing,” Materials & Design, vol. 31, no. 5, 2010, pp. 2664–2669.
11. G. Magudeeswaran, V. Balasubramanian, and G. M. Reddy, “Effect of welding processes and consumables on fatigue crack
growth behaviour of armour grade quenched and tempered steel joints,” Defence Technology, vol. 10, no. 1, 2014, pp. 47–59.
12. M. Wahba, M. Mizutani, and S. Katayama, “Single pass hybrid laser-arc welding of 25 mm thick square groove butt joints,”
Materials & Design, vol. 97, 2016, pp. 1–6.
13. I. BARÉNYI, “Degradation of mechanical properties of selected UHSS steels in HAZ after their welding,” Laser, vol. 1392,
2014, pp. 68.
Authors: S. Rammohan, S. Thirumalai Kumaran, M. Uthayakumar
Paper Title: The Machinability of Steels by Abrasive Water Jet

Abstract: Abrasive Water jet machining (AWJM) is a Non-Traditional manufacturing process, were the
material is expelled from the workpiece by effect erosion of pressurized high-speed water stream mixed with
high-speed abrasives. There are such a significant number of procedure parameters influence with nature of the
machined surface can be done by AWJM. The process variables are, the cross speed, water driven weight,
remain off separation, rough stream rate and kind of grating are significant. This measures in AWJM are
Surface Roughness (SR, Rate of Material Removal (RMR), Kerf angle, cutting depth. At the past, the survive
completed from different kinds of steel was inproved and investigated on AWJM research by identifying with
execution estimates checking and procedure control and process factor advancement. In this paper, a study
83. undergoes on AWJM about feature pattern regarding various types of steels.
Keyword: AWJM, Process parameter, Process optimization, Monitoring, Control. 367-370
References:
1. D. S. Reddy, A. S. Kumar, and M. S. Rao, “Parametric Optimization of Abrasive Water Jet Machining of Inconel 800H Using
Taguchi Methodology,” Univers. J. Mech. Eng., vol. 2, no. 5, Dec. 2017, pp. 158–162
2. Ravai-Nagy, Sandor, and Nicolae Medan. "Study of Surface Roughness for Steel Parts Cut with Abrasive Water Jets." Magazine
of Hydraulics, Pneumatics, Tribology, Ecology, Sensorics, Mechatronics (HIDRAULICA) 4 (2016): 12-17.
3. A. Kumar, H. Singh, and V. Kumar, “Study the parametric effect of abrasive water jet machining on surface roughness of Inconel
718 using RSM-BBD techniques,” Mater. Manuf. Process., vol. 33, no. 13, pp. 1483–1490, 2018.
4. C. R. Sanghani and M. M. Korat, “Performance Analysis of Abrasive Water Jet Machining Process for AISI 304 Stainless Steel,”
2017.
5. M. S. Rao, “Parametric Optimization of Abrasive Waterjet Machining for Mild Steel: Taguchi Approach,” Int. J. Curr. Eng.
Technol., vol. 2, no. 2, 2014, pp. 28–30.
6. Mutavgjic, Veselko, et al. "Experimental investigation of surface roughness obtained by abrasive water jet machining." 15th
International Research/Expert Conference,“Trends in the Development of Machinery and Associated Technology”, Prague,
Czech Republic.2011. No. 12.
7. P. Löschner, K. Jarosz, and P. Niesłony, “Investigation of the effect of cutting speed on surface quality in abrasive water jet
cutting of 316L stainless steel,” in Procedia Engineering, vol. 149, pp. 276–282, 2016.
8. N. Yuvaraj and M. P. Kumar, “Investigation of process parameters influence in abrasive water jet cutting of D2 steel,” Mater.
Manuf. Process., vol. 32, no. 2, pp. 151–161, 2017.
9. Azhari, A., et al. "Influence of waterjet peening and smoothing on the material surface and properties of stainless steel
304." Surface and Coatings Technology 258 (2014): 1176-1182.
10. M. N. Babu and N. Muthukrishnan, “Exploration on Kerf-angle and Surface Roughness in Abrasive Waterjet Machining using
Response Surface Method,” J. Inst. Eng. Ser. C, vol. 99, no. 6, pp. 645–656, 2018
11. Marušić, Vlatko, et al. "Effect of machining parameters on jet lagging in abrasive water jet cutting." Tehnički vjesnik 20.4
(2013): 677-682.
12. G. A. Escobar-Palafox, R. S. Gault, and K. Ridgway, “Characterisation of abrasive water-jet process for pocket milling in Inconel
718,” Procedia CIRP, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 404–408, 2012.
13. P. Trivedi, A. Dhanawade, and S. Kumar, “An experimental investigation on cutting performance of abrasive water jet machining
of austenite steel (AISI 316L),” Adv. Mater. Process. Technol., vol. 1, no. 3–4, pp. 263–274, 2016.
14. M. C. P. Selvan et al., “Assessment of Process Parameters in Abrasive Waterjet Cutting of Granite,” Front. Mech. Eng., vol. 1,
no. 3, pp. 929–933, 2012.
Authors: S.Muthuvel, S.Ananthakrishan, M.Muthukannan
Paper Title: Design and Fabrication of Ocean Water Pumping and Storage System
Abstract: Existence of fossil fuels in the near future is not promising because of their depletion at a faster
rate and their limited availability. Further, owing to the global warming this energy has drawn global attention
towards renewable energy resources. In such a scenario, wave power can cater the power needs of upcoming
generations which is green and clean. Our objective is to develop a model which can be used for efficient
conversion of wave energy into electrical power. In the present study the concept of buoyancy has been
utilized to pump the ocean water and storing it at a higher elevation. From this elevation, the potential energy
of water can be converted into kinetic energy for power generation. From the study undertaken, it is observed
that the possibility of electricity generation by using this method and on conducting the experiment, it is
observed that for a wave power of 150W, only 10% of the wave power has been converted and stored in the
form of potential energy of water and the remaining unutilized wave power shows that there still exists scope for
research work for improving the efficiency of extraction
84. Keyword: Buoyancy, Efficiency, Potential Energy, Wave energy

References: 371-375
1. N. L.Panwar, S. C. Kaushik, and S. Kothari, “Role of renewable energy sourcesin environmental protection: A review,” Renew.
Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 15, no. 3, pp. 1513–1524, 2011.
2. S. Nair, A. Hamrah, R. B. Raj, M. Kathiresan, and T. Mukundan, “Fabrication of organic thin filmtransistors for applicationin
flexible sensors,” AIP Conf. Proc., vol. 2082, no.March, pp. 22–25, 2019.
3. Hussain, S. M. Arif, and M. Aslam, “Emerging renewable and sustainable energytechnologies:State ofthe art,” Renew. Sustain.
Energy Rev., vol. 71, no. December 2016, pp. 12–28, 2017.
4. J.Mohtasham, “Review Article-Renewable Energies,”Energy Procedia, vol. 74, pp. 1289–1297, 2015.
5. Sen, S. Ganguly, A. Das, J. Sen, andS. Dey,“Renewable energy scenarioin India: Opportunities and challenges,” J. African Earth
Sci., vol. 122, pp. 25–31, 2016.
6. The Sundarban Biosphere Reserve, India, using geospatialtechnology,” Environ. Earth Sci., vol. 78, no.10, pp. 1–22, 2019.
7. D. Khojasteh, D. Khojasteh, R. Kamali, A. Beyene, and G. Iglesias, “Assessment of renewable energy resources in Iran; witha
focus on wave and tidal energy,” Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 81, no. December 2016, pp. 2992–3005, 2018.
8. R. Muscari, A. DiMascio, and R. Verzicco, “Modeling of vortex dynamics inthe wake ofa marine propeller,” Comput. Fluids,
vol. 73, pp. 65–79, 2013.
9. A.F. O. Falcão and J. C. C. Henriques, “Oscillating- water-column wave energy converters and airturbines: A review,” Renew.
Energy, vol. 85, pp. 1391–1424, 2016.
10. J. Wang, Z. Wang, Y. Wang, S. Liu, and Y. Li, “Current situation andtrend of marine data buoy and monitoring
networktechnology of China,” Acta Oceanol. Sin., vol. 35, no. 2, pp. 1–10, 2016.
Authors: Roshan Kuruvila, S. Thirumalai Kumaran, M. Adam Khan
Paper Title: Solid Particle Erosion of Duplex Stainless Steel with and Without Nichrome Coating
Abstract: Premature failure of material is one of the major issues in most of the engineering applications.
The material degradation may be due to many reasons. Erosion is one of the major contributors to this issue. In
order to extend the life of the material the erosion has to be minimized. Atmospheric Plasma Coating is one of
the effective methods of coating to minimize erosion. Studies have established that coating Nichrome can reduce
the rate of erosion. In the present study erosion rate was calculated by varying the parameters like angle of
85. impact, velocity and mass flow rate with the help of air-jet erosion test equipment. The erosion rates of coated
and uncoated DSS were analyzed. Erosion rate was calculated on the weight loss. On analysis of the data it was
established that coatings can reduce the rate of erosion. 376-377
Keyword: coatings, duplex steel, erosion, nichrome.

References:
1. Alan V. Levy and Pauline Chik, “The Effects of erodent composition and shape on the erosion of steel,” Wear, vol.89, 1983, pp.
151-162.
2. Ronghua Wei, Edward Langa, Christopher Rincon and James H.Arps, “Deposition of thick nitrides and carbonitrides for sand
erosion protection,” Surface and Coating Technology, vol. 201, 2006, pp. 4453-4459.
3. S.B. Mishra, S. Prakash and K. Chandra, “Studies on erosion behavior of plasma sprayed coatings on a Ni-based super alloy,”
Wear, vol. 260, 2006, pp. 422–432.
4. G. Di Girolamo, A. Brentari, C. Blasi and E. Serra, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of plasma sprayed alumina -based
coatings,” Ceramics International, vol. 40, 2014, pp. 12861-12867.
5. D. Sudhakara, D. Jeyasimman and M. Duraiselvam, “Dry sliding wear behavior of Cr3C2-NiCr coating on austenitic stainless
steel,” International Journal of Core Engineering & Management, vol. 1, 2015, pp. 215-225.
6. Mayank Patela, Darshan Patela, S. Sekar, P. B. Tailora and P. V. Ramanaa, “Study of solid particle erosion behaviour of SS 30 4
at room temperature,” Procedia Technology, vol. 23, 2016, pp. 288-295.
7. S. Söderberg, S. Hogmark and H. Swahn, “Mechanisms of material removal during erosion of a stainless steel,” ASLE
Transactions, vol. 26, 1983, pp. 161-172.
8. M. Hutchings, R. E. Winter and John Edwin Field, “Solid particle erosion of metals: the removal of surface material by spherical
projectiles,” Proceedings of the Royal Society A, vol. 348, 1976, pp. 379-392.
9. M. Divakar, V. K. Agarwal and S. N. Singh, “Effect of the material surface hardness on the erosion of AISI316,” Wear, vol. 25 9,
2005, pp. 110-117.
10. J. R. Laguna-Camacho, L. A. Cruz-Mendoza, J. C. Anzelmetti-Zaragoza, A. Marquina-Chávez, M. Vite-Torres and J. Martínez-
Trinidad, “Solid particle erosion on coatings employed to protect die casting molds,” Progress in Organic Coatings, vol. 74, 2012,
pp. 750-757.
Authors: S.Manikandan, K.Mayandi, N.Rajini, S.Rajesh
Paper Title: Finite Element Analysis of Bimetallic Layered Pressure Vessel using Ansys
Abstract: This paper work discusses about the effect of bimetallic layer on pressure vessel with different
heads. The main objective of this paper work is to design and analysis of bimetallic layered pressure vessels
using analysis software. In this work analyses about stress concentration factor on bimetallic layer of pressure
vessels wall. The pressure vessels are widely used in thermal, chemical industry, nuclear power plant. In thermal
power plant or thermal related industry produces the high pressure steam in the pressure vessel, that high
pressure steam is induced a stress on the vessel’s wall. So that, the pressure vessel wall is deformed due to high
pressure. That deformation is analysis by ANSYS and Theoretical calculation. In this paper two different types
of head are used, two different head shape are flat and hemispherical head. The stresses developed in the solid
wall pressure vessel and the head of pressure vessel is also analyzed by ANSYS. The theoretical displacement
value and ANSYS displacements value of bimetallic layers are compared. Based on the ANSYS analysis the
better bimetallic layer is selected for pressure vessels fabrication.
86. Keyword: Design, ANSYS, Bimetallic layer, Pressure vessel, Displacement

References: 378-382
1. V. V. Wadkar, S.S. Malgave, D.D. Patil, H.S. Bhore, P. P. Gavade, “Design and Analysis of Pressure Vessel Using Ansys”,
Journal of Mechanical Engineering and Technology, 3(2), 2015, pp. 01-13.
2. Chandrapatala Belgunda, Introduction to Finite Element in Engineering, third edition PHI edition; 2012; pp276-286.
3. G. Ghanbari M.A.Liaghat,Pressure Vessel Design Guides & Procedures. 2000.
4. A. J. Durelii & V. J. Parks “Stresses In a Pressurized Ribbed Cylindrical Shell with a Reinforced Hole” The Journal of Strain
Analysis For Engineering Design, 8, 1973,pp-140-150.
5. V.B. Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication; 2012.
6. R.B. Patil “Mechanical System Design”,; Tech. Max Publication; 2012.
7. Saeed Moaveni, “Finite Element Analysis – Theory and Applications with ANSYS”; 1999.
8. Peng-Fei Liu,Jin, “Calculations of Plastic Collapse Load of Pressure Vessel Using FEA”, Institute of Chemical Machinery and
Process Equipment, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou 310027, China.
9. Avinash Kharat1. V.V. Kulkarni, “Stress Concentration at Openings In Pressure Vessels – A Review”.
10. Abed Alaswad, K.Y. Benyounis, A.G. Olabi “Simulation. Finite element comparison of single and bi-layered tube hydroforming
processes”. Simulation Modelling Practice and Theory, vol. 19, 2011, pp1584–1593.
11. Kaoutar Bahoum, Mohammed Diany* and Mustapha Mabrouki,. “Stress analysis of compound cylinders subjected to thermo-
mechanical loads”. Journal of Mechanical Science and Technology vol.31 (4) 2017, pp. 1805~1811.
12. S.K. Raparla, T. Seshaiah. “Design and analysis of multilayer high pressure vessels”. IJERA. 2(1), 2012, pp. 355 –61. ISSN:
2248-9622.
Authors: M. Uthayakumar, S. Vigneshwaran, K. Shankar, R. Balasubramani, R. Venkatesan
Paper Title: Examination of Surface Roughness on Abrasive Water Jet Machining of Carbon Epoxy Composite
Abstract: The main aim of this investigation is to study the surface roughness produced on abrasive water
jet machining of the twill weaved carbon fibre reinforced epoxy composite. Abrasive water jet machining
experiment was conducted as per L9 orthogonal array, by varying water pressure, transverse speed and SOD.
The performance of the composite was analysed by measuring the surface roughness. Using Taguchi analysis,
the influences of input parameter over the output response was analysed. It was found that the surface roughness
is highly influenced by the transverse speed.
87.
Keyword: Abrasive water jet machining, carbon fiber, epoxy, surface roughness. 383-385
References:
1. Dhanawade, Ajit, and Shailendra Kumar, "Experimental study of delamination and kerf geometry of carbon epoxy
composite machined by abrasive water jet," Journal of Composite Materials, vol.51. pp. 3373-3390, 2017.
2. D. Doreswamy, D. Anjaiah, and N. Yagnesh, "An investigation of abrasive water jet machining on graphite/glass/epoxy
composite," International Journal of Manufacturing Engineering, vol. 2015, pp. 11, 2015.
3. M. Haddad, R. Zitoune, F. Eyma and B. Castanié. “Influence of machining process and machining induced surface
roughness on mechanical properties of continuous fiber composites,” Experimental Mechanics, vol.55, pp.519-528, 2015.
4. Siddiqui, T. Uddin, M. Shukla, and Pankaj B. Tambe, "Comparative investigation of abrasive waterjet cut kerf quality
characteristics for aramid, glass and carbon fiber reinforced composites used in transport aircraft applications,"
Proceedings of the 2009 American WJTA Conference, Houston, Texas. 2009.
5. Bhowmik, Sumit, and Amitava Ray. "Prediction and optimization of process parameters of green composites in AWJM
process using response surface methodology," The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, vol.87,
pp.1359-1370, 2016.
6. V.Arumugaprabu, S. Thirumalai, and M. Uthayakumar, "Performance evaluation of abrasive water jet machining on
banana fiber reinforced polyester composite."Journal of natural fibers, vol.14, pp.450-457, 2017.
Authors: M. Uthayakumar, S. Vigneshwaran, M. Adam Khan, Adam Slota, S. Jamal Ahmad
Paper Title: Abrasive Water Jet Machining Performance on Carbon Epoxy Composite
Abstract: The main aim of this investigation is to study the abrasive water jet machining performance of the
twill weaved carbon fibre reinforced epoxy composite. Abrasive water jet machining experiment was conducted
as per L9 orthogonal array, by varying water pressure, transverse speed and SOD. The performance of the
composite was analyzed by measuring the material removal rate and kerf. Using Taguchi analysis, the influences
of input parameter over the output response was analyzed. It was found that the MRR is highly influenced by the
transverse speed whereas kerf is highly influence by the SOD.
Keyword: Carbon fiber composite, Abrasive water jet machining, Kerf, Material removal rate.
88.
References:
1. Dhanawade, Ajit, and Shailendra Kumar, "Experimental study of delamination and kerf geometry of carbon epoxy
composite machined by abrasive water jet," Journal of Composite Materials, vol.51. pp. 3373-3390, 2017. 386-388
2. D. Doreswamy, D. Anjaiah, and N. Yagnesh, "An investigation of abrasive water jet machining on graphite/glass/epoxy
composite," International Journal of Manufacturing Engineering, vol. 2015, pp. 11, 2015.
3. M. Haddad, R. Zitoune, F. Eyma and B. Castanié. “Influence of machining process and machining induced surface
roughness on mechanical properties of continuous fiber composites,” Experimental Mechanics, vol.55, pp.519-528, 2015.
4. Siddiqui, T. Uddin, M. Shukla, and Pankaj B. Tambe, "Comparative investigation of abrasive waterjet cut kerf quality
characteristics for aramid, glass and carbon fiber reinforced composites used in transport aircraft applications,"
Proceedings of the 2009 American WJTA Conference, Houston, Texas. 2009.
5. Bhowmik, Sumit, and Amitava Ray. "Prediction and optimization of process parameters of green composites in AWJM
process using response surface methodology," The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, vol.87,
pp.1359-1370, 2016.
6. V.Arumugaprabu, S. Thirumalai, and M. Uthayakumar, "Performance evaluation of abrasive water jet machining on
banana fiber reinforced polyester composite." Journal of natural fibers, vol.14, pp.450-457, 2017.
Authors: Malleshappa T. Bhagawati, P. Venkumar, H.R. Patil, C.M. Javalagi
Paper Title: Integrated Supply Chain Automation using Blockchain

Abstract: A Blockchain is a shared ledger distributed across a business network. Blockchain is creating
extraordinary opportunities for businesses to come together in new ways such as creating new values, optimize
ecosystems and reduce risk. Using this Blockchain virtually anything of value can be tracked and traded, without
requiring a central point of control.Blockchain is disrupting the supply chain industry the way they Technology
are currently operating, in terms of overcoming issues with their operating layer, Document layer and Messaging
layer.One of the objectives of the study was to identify the relevant blockchain use cases that can address the
current pain points of various participants in the integrated supply chain process and improve the current
operational and technical environment.
Supply chain costs can typically amount to 70% and holds the most levers for optimization. Gaining effective
visibility and insights into the operations delivers significant and sustainable benefits. The assessment
methodology focused around existing processes, technology & supply chain participant roles to establish
common workflows across different participants, understanding of client’s pain points, operational inefficiencies
and technology maturity. Post which came up with an "Industry Circle" to clearly articulate participants and
their respective data exchange patterns to recommend optimizations.
89. Supply and replenishment patterns become long term strategies rather than short term operational tactics.
With Blockchain enabled supply chain, bring in value in terms of full visibility, transparency, reduced time,
security in the entire network (for example: components can be tracked from their manufacturing to finished 389-395
product) and with Smart Contracts, SLAs executed automatically.
Keyword: Supply Chain, Manufacturing, Blockchain, Hyper Ledger Fabric, Permissioned Business Network.
References:
1. How Blockchain Delivers Value in Manufacturing, IEEE Innovation
2. Smartsupply: Smart Contract Based Validation for Supply Chain Blockchain, IEEE, DOI:10.1109/Cybermatics_2018.2018.00186
3. Columbus, Louis. (28 Oct 2018). “How Blockchain Can Improve Manufacturing In 2019”. Forbes.
4. Continuous interconnected supply chain Using Blockchain & Internet-of-Things in supply chain traceability, Deloitte
5. Paul Brody, “How Blockchain is revolutionizing supply chain”, EY Global Innovation Blockchain Leader
6. A Permissioned Blockchain Framework for Supporting Instant Transaction and Dynamic Block Size,2016 IEEE
Trustcom/BigDataSE/ISPA
7. Zero to Blockchain, IBM Redbooks course
8. HyperledgerFabric,readthedocs,https://hyperledger-fabric.readthedocs.io/en/release-1.4/blockchain.html
9. https://github.com/Kunstmaan/hyperledger-fabric-kuma-token-example
10. https://github.com/yeasy/docker-compose-files/issues/51
11. ,https://medium.com/patara/design-thinking-for-blockchains-ded1d6cabe53
12. https://public.dhe.ibm.com/common/ssi/ecm/wh/en/whw12345usen/watson-customer-engagement-watson-supply-chain-wh-
white-paper-external-whw12345usen-20180411.pdf
Authors: K. M. John, S. Thirumalai Kumaran
Paper Title: The Techniques Employed in Milling of CFRP to Reduce Material Damages
Abstract: Carbon fiber reinforced polymer composites are extensively used in aircraft industries because of
high strength (load-bearing material). In application, machining process required near net shape for avoiding
rejection of components and it is highly challenging and hard to produce good quality holes and surface. In this
article, reviewing various techniques which involved to bring good surface finish in milling of CFRP composites
and addresses machining parameters, tool geometry, material, coatings and environmental condition techniques.
This current review work will be helpful for researchers to implement new advanced techniques to avoid
material damages in their future work.
Keyword: CFRP, delamination, milling, surface roughness.

References:
1. J. Abish, P. Samal, M. S. Narenther, C. Kannan, and A. S. S. Balan, “Assessment of drilling-induced damage in CFRP under
chilled air environment,” Mater. Manuf. Process, vol. 33, no. 12, Sep. 2018, pp. 1361–1368.
2. J. P. Davim and P. Reis, “Damage and dimensional precision on milling carbon fiber-reinforced plastics using design
experiments,” J. Mater. Process. Technol., vol. 160, no. 2, Mar. 2005, pp. 160–167.
3. M. D. Navarro-Mas, J. A. García-Manrique, M. D. Meseguer, I. Ordeig, and A. I. Sánchez, “Delamination study in edge trimming
of Basalt Fiber Reinforced Plastics (BFRP),” Materials (Basel)., vol. 11, no. 8, 2018.
4. H. Ahmed, N. S. Ramaiah, and M. M. Hussain, “Experimental investigation of surface integrity of end milled CFRP composites,”
Int. J. Eng. Adv. Tech., vol. 5, no. 1, 2015, pp. 141–145.
5. H. Hocheng, H. Y. Puw, and Y. Huang, “Preliminary study on milling of unidirectional carbon fibre-reinforced plastics,” Compos.
Manuf., vol. 4, no. 2, Jun. 1993, pp. 103–108.
6. E. Kiliçkap, A. Yardimeden, and Y. H. Çelik, “Investigation of experimental study of end milling of CFRP composite,” Sci. Eng .
90. Compos. Mater., vol. 22, no. 1, Jan. 2015, pp. 89-95.
7. M. K. N. Khairusshima, A. K. N. Aqella, and I. S. S. Sharifah, “Optimization of Milling Carbon Fibre Reinforced Plastic Using
RSM,” Procedia Eng., vol. 184, 2017, pp. 518–528.
396-398
8. M. Hu, W. Ming, Q. An, and M. Chen, “Experimental study on milling performance of 2D C/SiC composites using
polycrystalline diamond tools,” Ceram. Int., vol. 45, no. 8, Jun. 2019, pp. 10581–10588.
9. W. Hintze, M. Cordes, and G. Koerkel, “Influence of weave structure on delamination when milling CFRP,” J. Mater. Process.
Technol., vol. 216, Feb. 2015, pp. 199–205.
10. W. Hintze, D. Hartmann, and C. Schütte, “Occurrence and propagation of delamination during the machining of carbon fibre
reinforced plastics (CFRPs) – An experimental study,” Compos. Sci. Technol., vol. 71, no. 15, Oct. 2011, pp. 1719–1726.
11. D. Kalla, J. Sheikh-Ahmad, and J. Twomey, “Prediction of cutting forces in helical end milling fiber reinforced polymers,” Int. J.
Mach. Tools Manuf., vol. 50, no. 10, Oct. 2010, pp. 882–891.
12. H. Li, X. Qin, T. Huang, X. Liu, D. Sun, and Y. Jin, “Machining quality and cutting force signal analysis in UD-CFRP milling
under different fiber orientation,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 98, no. 9–12, Oct. 2018, pp. 2377–2387.
13. Y. He, H. Qing, S. Zhang, D. Wang, and S. Zhu, “The cutting force and defect analysis in milling of carbon fiber-reinforced
polymer (CFRP) composite,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 93, no. 5–8, Nov. 2017, pp. 1829–1842.
14. S. Ghafarizadeh, J.-F. Chatelain, and G. Lebrun, “Finite element analysis of surface milling of carbon fiber-reinforced
composites,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 87, no. 1–4, Oct. 2016, pp. 399–409.
15. M. K. Nor Khairusshima, C. H. Che Hassan, A. G. Jaharah, A. K. M. Amin, and A. N. Md Idriss, “Effect of chilled air on tool
wear and workpiece quality during milling of carbon fibre-reinforced plastic,” Wear, vol. 302, no. 1–2, Apr. 2013, pp. 1113–1123.
16. S. Morkavuk, U. Köklü, M. Bağcı, and L. Gemi, “Cryogenic machining of carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) composites and
the effects of cryogenic treatment on tensile properties: A comparative study,” Compos. Part B Eng., vol. 147, Aug. 2018, pp. 1 –
11.
17. A. Hosokawa, N. Hirose, T. Ueda, and T. Furumoto, “High-quality machining of CFRP with high helix end mill,” CIRP Ann.,
vol. 63, no. 1, 2014, pp. 89–92.
18. Y. Karpat and N. Polat, “Mechanistic force modeling for milling of carbon fiber reinforced polymers with double helix tools,”
CIRP Ann., vol. 62, no. 1, 2013, pp. 95–98.
19. M. Konneh, S. Izman, and A. A. R. Kassim, “Milling damage on Carbon Fibre Reinforced Polymer using TiAlN coated End
mills,” J. Phys. Conf. Ser., vol. 628, Jul. 2015, pp. 012033.
20. E. Uhlmann, F. Sammler, S. Richarz, F. Heitmüller, and M. Bilz, “Machining of Carbon Fibre Reinforced Plastics,” Procedia
CIRP, 2014, vol. 24, pp. 19–24.
Authors: Manivannan J, Rajesh S, Mayandi K
Paper Title: Erosion Wear Characteristics on Aroma Skin and Biochar Filled Polyester Composites
Abstract: work focused on erosion behaviour of pure polyester, aroma skin (5wt%) and biochar (7.5wt%)
reinforced polyester composites. The hand-layup method is used to develop the composite plate. To investigate
the erosion wear rate of the developed composite plates, the sized specimen is subjected to erosion studies. As
per ASTM G76 the erosion test was done with the help of air jet erosion tester. To study the parameters of
different reinforcement, impingement angle and impact velocity of the fabricated specimen. The erosion
behaviour of particulate reinforced polyester composites is evaluated at two different reinforcement (aroma skin
91. and biochar) and three different wt% (0wt%, 5wt% and 7.5wt%) at varying impingement angles (30o, 45o, 60o
and 75o) for regular time intervals. The standoff distance, impact velocity and erodent discharge rate were kept
constant. Alumina oxide is used as erodent material with the size of 50µm. From the result, it is observed that 399-402
increase in impingement angle increase the erosion rates. Another observation is made that addition of
reinforcement in matrix material also shows increase in wear rate of composite. In comparison of both aroma
skin and biochar reinforced polymer composites, biochar enhances the erosion resistance of composite in all
impingement angles.
Keyword: Aroma skin, Biochar, Polyester resin, Hand-layup, Erosion wear.

References:
1. I. Finnie, Some reflections on the past and future of erosion, Wear; vol. 186, 187(1), pp. 1–10, 1995.
2. G. Sundararajan, M. Roy, Solid particle erosion behaviour of metallic materials at room and elevated temperatures, Tribol Int,
vol. 30(5), pp. 339–59, 1997.
3. I. Mutlu,C. Oner, F. Findik, Boric acid effect in phenolic composites on tribological properties in brake linings, Mater Des, vol.
28, pp. 480–7, 2007.
4. I. Mutlu,C. Oner, F. Findik, Wear performance of some phenolic composites with boric acid, Ind Lubricat Technol, vol. 59(1),
pp. 38–45, 2007.
5. S. Biswas, A. Satapathy, A study on tribological behavior of alumina-filled glass epoxy composites using Taguchi experimental
design, Tribol Trans, vol. 53, pp. 520–32, 2010.
6. A. Patnaik, A. Satapathy, S.S. Mahapatra, R.R. Dash, Implementation of Taguchi design for erosion of fiber reinforced
polyester composite systems with SiC filler, J Reinf Plast Compos, vol. 27(10), pp. 1093–111, 2008.
7. V.K. Srivastava, A.G. Pawar, Solid particle erosion of glass fiber reinforced flyash filled epoxy resin composites, Compos Sc i
Technol, vol. 66, pp. 3021–8, 2006.
8. M. Cirino, R.B. Pipes, K. Friedrich, The abrasive wear behaviour of continuous fibre polymer composites, J Mater Sci, vol. 22,
2481-2492, 1987.
9. Q.H. Wang, Q.J. Xue, W.M. Liu, J.M. Chen, The friction and wear characteristics of nanometer SiC and PTFE filled PEEK,
Wear, vol. 243, pp. 140-146, 2000.
10. S.S. Mahapatra, A. Patnaik, A. Satapathy, Taguchi method applied to parametric appraisal of erosion behavior of GF-reinforced
polyester composites, Wear, vol. 265, pp. 214–22, 2008.
11. A. Suresh, A.P. Harsha, M.K. Ghosh, Erosion studies of short glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic composites and prediction of
erosion rate using ANNs, J Reinf Plast Comp, vol. 29(11), pp. 1641–52, 2010.
12. T. Sınmazcelik, I. Taskıran, Erosive wear behaviour of polyphenylenesulphide (PPS) composites, Mater Des, vol. 28, pp. 2471 –
7, 2007.
13. V.K. Srivastava, Effects of wheat starch on erosive wear of E-glass fiber reinforced epoxy resin composite materials, Mater Sci
Eng A, vol. 435, 436, pp. 282–7, 2006.
Authors: Sivaram.S, Chella Ganesh.D, Adamkhan.M
Paper Title: Right First Time Improvement in Agco Mexico Pdi – Dmaic Method
Abstract: Tractors / Units which are reaching to the Dealer end from the plant after passing the mandatory
checks & Inspection. The Quality requirement involves various elements process, people, material, resources
and logistics which is more important to meet the customer satisfaction. The feedbacks are received in terms of
pre delivery inspection (PDI) observations from AGCO Mexico team. The adequacy and adherence are to be
strengthened from receipt to dispatch / transit of end product till dealer point at Mexico. The sustainable actions
are initiated using the RCA and problem solving tools and 6 sigma tools to reduce the variance at various stages
of manufacturing plant and transit. Quick wins are implemented for the single cause issues as well as low cost
actionable issues. Hence the desired enhancement of Right first time (RFT) at dealer / Mexico can be achieved
which is under progress.The Pre-Delivery inspection (PDI) is process of checking the units before dispatch to
the requested customer when the time of sale. Basically it is a Check sheet kind of documents which carried by a
specially qualified engineers. They are basically check all functional parameters of the tractors and cross
examine the aesthetics of the products based on customers’ expectations.
PDI will vary from product to product and classified based on the features inbuilt in the units, but essentially a
92. complete and thorough examination of every aspect of the tractor which basically exterior panels to the interior,
mechanical parts and electricals functions. A complete road test is also included by a professional driver, and if
there by any minor issues, that will be fixed immediately before given to customers. 403-405
Customer satisfaction is the key playing a biggest role in now a day’s business and is the key to sustain in the
market. It is one of the leading indicator to evaluate customer loyalty, identify unhappy customers, reduce churn
and increase business revenue. It is a main difference that helps us to grasp new business and customers in very
competitive environments. This will give on positive sign for customer centric approach to sustain in the
business in long term.
Keyword: RCA, DMAIC Approach, Lean Implementations

References:
1. KunioShirose ET at, “Chronic Defects and failures, P-M analysis an advanced step in TPM implementation”, productivity Press
Inc., Cambridge, 1992.
2. Mills, D, “Zero defects – a plan to achieve impossible”, proceedings of 4th European Conference on Automated Manufacturing.
IFS Publications, Bedford, 1994, pp 235-246.
3. Nachi Fujikoshi, “Training for TPM Total Productive Maintenance”. Productive Press Cambridge, 1990.
4. Philips Crosby, “The Best Selling Quality is free”, Mc Graw Hill Company, New York, 1979.
5. Schneideman, A.M., “Optimum Quality costs and zero Defects” Are they contradictory concepts?” quality Progress,1986. Pp
28-31.
Authors: T. Sivageerthi, S. Bathrinath, S. Sarvanasankar

Identification of Essential Elements in Maintaining Efficient Boiler System of a Coal Fired Thermal
Paper Title:
Power Plant
Abstract: Electric power is most inevitable one among the other sources of energy. It plays prime role in all
93. developed and developing countries. More than eighty percentage of the electric power are generated from coal
fired thermal power plants, in it the thermal energy available in coal is released by firing inside the boiler and
transferred to water to generate the super-heated steam. All the released thermal energy inside the boiler cannot 406-410
be transferred in to the water. Some percentage of heat energy gets lost to the environment without any
beneficial uses. If the boiler maintains and operates in correct way, the losses can be minimized and efficiency
can be improved. There are so many enablers to efficiently manage the boiler in both maintenance and operation
point of view. By using ISM (Interpretive structural modeling) method, identified the relationships of enabler
and they are weak in the interpretation of enabler links. To control this, TISM (Total interpretive structural
modeling) is used in this paper and it is a modeling with qualitative technique. For the enablers of boiler system,
this method is very useful for creating the performance model in structural form. In addition to this, the
interaction between all elements of enablers can be easily identified by developed structural model of this
methodology. If most important enablers which influence the efficiency of the boiler is concentrates is very easy
to maintain designed efficiency of boiler. This work is narrated in this article.
Keyword: Boiler system, DM water, TISM.

References:
1. K. Mahkamov, P. Pili, R. Manca, A. Leroux, A. C. Mintsa, K. Lynn, and C. Costa Pereira, “Development of a small solar
thermal power plant for heat and power supply to domestic and small business building,” 2018.
2. S. K. Guttikunda and P. Jawahar, “Atmospheric emissions and pollution from the coal-fired thermal power plants in India,”
Atmospheric Environment, Vol. 92, 2014, 449-460.
3. J. Hao, L. Wang, M. Shen, L. Li and J. Hu, “Air quality impacts of power plant emissions in Beijing,” Environmental
Pollution, Vol. 147(2), 2007, 401-408.
4. D. Das Adhikary, G. Kumar Bose, D. Bose and S. Mitra, “Multi criteria FMECA for coal-fired thermal power plants using
COPRAS-G,” International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management, Vol. 31(5), 2014, 601-614.
5. M. C. Eti, S. O. T. Ogaji and S. D. Probert, “Integrating reliability, availability, maintainability and supportability with risk
analysis for improved operation of the Afam thermal power-station,” Applied Energy, Vol. 84(2), 2007, 202-221.
6. Gupta, M. Chandra Gupta and R. Agrawal, “Identification and ranking of critical success factors for BOT projects in
India,” Management Research Review, Vol. 36(11), 2013, 1040-1060.
7. Z. Liu, S. Liang, Y. Geng, B. Xue, F. Xi, Y. Pan and T. Fujita, “Features, trajectories and driving forces for energy -related
GHG emissions from Chinese mega cites: the case of Beijing, Tianjin, Shanghai and Chongqing,” Energy, Vol. 37(1),
2012, 245-254.
8. M. E. Goerndt, F. X. Aguilar and K. Skog, “Drivers of biomass co-firing in US coal-fired power plants,” biomass and
bioenergy, Vol. 58, 2013, 158-167.
9. P. Regulagadda, I. Dincer and G. F. Naterer, “Exergy analysis of a thermal power plant with measured boiler an d turbine
losses,” Applied Thermal Engineering, Vol. 30(8-9), 2010, 970-976.
10. S. Sushil, “Interpreting the interpretive structural model,” Global Journal of Flexible Systems Management, Vol. 13(2),
2012, 87-106.
11. J. N. Warfield, “On arranging elements of a hierarchy in graphic form,” IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man, and
Cybernetics, Vol. (2), 1973, 121-132.
12. Sankaranarayanan, K. Rahul, J. Pradeep, S. G. Ponnambalam, and S. Saravanasankar, “Evaluation of Influence of
Principles Involved in Industry 4.0 Over Coal Industries Using TISM,” In Industry 4.0 and Hyper-Customized Smart
Manufacturing Supply Chains (pp. 244-262). IGI Global, 2019.
13. R. K. A. Bhalaji, S. Bathrinath and S. Saravanasankar, “Analysis of risk factors related to patients in healthcare industry
using ISM method,” In AIP Conference Proceedings, Vol. 2128, 1, 2019, 050003, AIP Publishing.
14. Y. Li, B. Sankaranarayanan, D. T. Kumar and A. Diabat, “Risks assessment in thermal power plants using ISM
methodology,” Annals of Operations Research, 1-25, 2019.
Authors: Armstrong. M, Sivasubramanian. M

Experimental Examination over heat Exchanging Capacity on the Hollow Pipe Incorporated with
Paper Title:
Corrugated Copper Plate Dividend and Baffles
Abstract: Heat exchanging devices produce an outstanding part in numerous engineering applications.
Because of this, a varied sort of researches are undertaking to decrease the size and cost of the heat transfer
equipment with high performance by indulging in diverse invaluable works similar to changing its design,
incorporating corrugated structures with different dimension with different flow configurations. In this work,
the design of double pipe heat exchanger had been modified similar to the plate type model with the
incorporation of a corrugated copper plate which separates the hot and cold fluid inside the SS304 material tube.
Three baffles at the top and two baffles at the bottom of the plate have been placed to reduce the velocity and
heat interaction timing of the fluids. This could enhance the surface area of the plate and point of contact
between the plate surface and fluid particle flowing over the plate surface. The experiment had been undergone
with the parameters like engendering the flow arrangements of hot and cold fluid in counter current
direction, hot fluid in the three sided baffle at the top and cold fluid at the two sided baffle at the bottom. This
allowed liquids of differing thermodynamic equilibrium to interact, bringing about thermal transfer to calculate
94. its maximum efficiency. In addition to these factors, the heat exchanging performance has been estimated with
the heat transfer coefficient using LMTD method gave 8-10% enhancement in the overall heat transfer
coefficient with respect to the mass flow rate. 411-414
Keyword: Heat Exchanger design, Corrugated Copper plate, SS304 Pipe, Heat transfer coefficient
References:
1. Rafał Andrzejczyk, Tomasz Muszynski, Przemyslaw Kozak,” Experimental investigation of heat transfer enhancement in straight
and Ubend double-pipe heat exchanger with wire insert”, Chemical Engineering & Processing: Process Intensification 136 (2019)
177–190.
2. Wei Wang, Yaning Zhang, Kwan-Soo Lee, Bingxi Li “Optimal design of a double pipe heat exchanger based on the outward
helically corrugated tube”, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 135 (2019) 706–716
3. Antonio C. Caputo, Pacifico M. Pelagagge, Paolo Salini ‘Heat Exchanger Optimized Design Compared With Installed Industrial
Solutions’, Applied Thermal Engineering (2015), Vol 87, pg.371-380.
4. Kamel Milani Shirvan, Rahmat Ellahi, Soroush Mirzakhanlari, Mojtaba Mamourian.,” Enhancement of Heat Transfer and
Heat Exchanger Effectiveness in a Double Pipe Heat Exchanger Filled with Porous Media: Numerical Simulation and Sensitivity
Analysis of Turbulent Fluid Flow”, Applied Thermal Engineering (2016)
5. Xue Chen, Chuang Sun, Xinlin Xia, Rongqiang Liu , Fuqiang Wang,” Conjugated heat transfer analysis of a foam filled double -
pipe heat exchanger for high-temperature application”, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 134 (2019) 1003–1013.
6. Seyed Shahab Mozafarie, Kourosh JavaherdehAmine Allouhi,“ Numerical design and heat transfer analysis of a non -Newtonian
fluid flow for annulus with helical fins”, Engineering Science and Technology, an International Journal xxx (2019) xxx
7. Cheng-Hung Huang ‘The Design of Uniform Tube Flow Rates for Z- Type Compact Parallel Flow Heat Exchangers’, Chun-
Hsien Wang International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, (2013) Vol 57, pg.608–622.
8. D. Han, W.F. He, F.Z. Asif ‘Experimental Study of Heat Transfer Enhancement Using Nanofluid In Double Tube Heat
Exchanger’, (2017) Vol 142, pg.2547–2553.
9. Hebert Lugo-Granados, Martín PicónNúñez ‘Modelling Scaling Growth in Heat Transfer Surfaces and Its Application on
the Design of Heat Exchangers’, Energy (2018), Volume 160, 1 October 2018, Pages 845-854
10. Muhammad Saeed, Man-Hoe Kim ‘Heat Transfer Enhancement Using Nanofluids (Al2O3-H2O) In Mini Channel Heat
Sinks’, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, (2018),Vol 120, pg.671–682.
11. N. Piroozfam, A. Hosseinpour Shafaghi ‘Numerical Investigation of Three Methods for Improving Heat Transfer In Counter-
Flow Heat Exchangers’, S.E. Razavi International Journal of Thermal Sciences, (2018) Vol 133, pg.230–239.
12. Olga Arsenyeva, Julian Tran, Mark Piper, Eugeny Kenig ‘An Approach for Pillow Plate Heat Exchangers Design for
Single-Phase Applications’, Applied Thermal Engineering, (2018).
13. Robert J. Kee, Berkeley B. Almand, Justin M. Blasi, Benjamin L. Rosen, Marco Hartmann, Neal P. Sullivan, Huayang
Zhu‘The Design, Fabrication, and Evaluation of A Ceramic Counter-Flow Micro Channel Heat Exchanger’, Applied
Thermal Engineering, (2011) Vol 31.
14. Sandip K. Saha, Martine Baelmans ‘A Design Method for Rectangular Micro Channel Counter- Flow Heat
Exchangers, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, (2014) Vol 74, pg.1–12.
15. Somei Hayashia, Kitipat Siemanonda ‘Compact and Multi-Stream Heat Exchanger Design’, Computer Aided Chemical
engineering, (2018) Vol 43, pg.663-668.
16. Kexin Xu, Robin Smith, Nan Zhang‘Design and Optimization of Plate Heat Exchanger Networks’ Computer Aided
Chemical Engineeirng, (2018)Volume 40, 2017, Pages 1819-1824
17. Rajendran Senthilkumar, Sethuramalingam Prabhu, Marimuthu Cheralathan Experimental,‘Investigation on Carbon Nano
Tubes Coated Brass Rectangular Extended Surfaces’, Applied Thermal Engineering, (2013), Vol 50.
18. Mohammad Hadi, Haj Mohammad, Mohammad Reza, Hassani Ahangar, Mohammad Hemmat Esfe, Ali Alirezaie,‘Price-
Performance Evaluation of Thermal Conductivity Enhancement of Nanofluids with Different Particle Sizes’, Applied Thermal
Engineering, (2017).
19. Muhammad Mahmood, Aslam Bhutta, Nasir Hayat, Muhammad Hassan Bash, Ahmer Rais Khan, Kanwar Naveed Ahmad,
Sarfaraz Khan,‘CFD applications in various heat exchangers design’, Applied Thermal Engineering, (2012),Vol 32, pg. 1 -12.
20. Kamel Milani Shirvan, Rahmat Ellahi, Soroush Mirzakhanlari, Mojtaba Mamourian, ‘Enhancement of Heat Transfer and
Heat Exchanger Effectiveness in a Double Pipe Heat Exchanger Filled with Porous Media: Numerical Simulation and Sensitivity
Analysis of Turbulent Fluid Flow’, Applied Thermal Engineering, (2016).
21. Anas El Maakoul, Azzeddine Laknizi, Said Saadeddine, Abdellatif Ben Abdellah, Mohamed Meziane, Mustapha El Metoui
(2017) ‘Numerical design and investigation of heat transfer enhancement and performance for an annulus with continuous
helical baffles in a double-pipe heat exchanger’, Energy Conversion, (2017) , Vol 133, pg. 76 -86.
22. Saud Ghani, Seifelislam Mahmoud Ahmad Gamaledin, Mohammed Mohammed Rashwan, Muataz Ali Atieh ‘Experimental
Investigation of Double-Pipe Heat Exchangers in Air Conditioning Applications Experimental Investigation of Double-Pipe Heat
Exchangers in Air Conditioning Applications.
23. John M. Gorman, Kevin R. Krautbauer, Ephraim M. Sparrow ‘Thermal and Fluid Flow First-Principles Numerical Design of an
Enhanced Double Pipe Heat Exchanger, Applied Thermal Engineering, 2015.
24. Zhan Liu, Yanzhong Li, Ke Zhou, ‘Thermal analysis of double-pipe heat exchanger in thermodynamic vent System’, Energy
Conversion and Management, (2016), Vol 126, pg. 837–849.
25. Mohamad Omidi, Mousa Farhadi, Mohamad Jafari, ‘A comprehensive review on double pipe heat exchangers’, Applied Thermal
Engineering, (2017), Vol 110, pg. 1075–1090.
26. X.Y. Sun, Y.J. Dai, T.S. Ge, Y. Zhao, R.Z. Wang ,‘Comparison of performance characteristics of desiccant coated
air- water heat exchanger with conventional air-water heat exchanger - experimental and analytical investigation, (2017).
27. Prabhata K. Swamee, Nitin Aggarwal, Vijay Aggarwal, ‘Optimum design of double pipe heat exchanger’, Heat and Mass
Transfer, (2008), Vol 51, pg. 2260–2266.
Authors: K. P. Dayana, A. Joseph Xavier, J. Pradeepkandhasamy
Paper Title: Footprint of Online Booking in Hotel Industry

Abstract: The present study “Footprint of Online Booking in Hotel Industry” is systematic and experiential
in nature. The research depends on the examination observed through suitable sampling techniques among the
customers preferring the classes of hotels for convenience. The facts have been composed through a planned
interview schedule, equipped by the investigator. It contains matters related to demographic profile, socio
economic records, customer particulars and impact of hotels on Lack of knowledge regarding improvement in
the hotel sector, Overall Online infrastructure of hotels, How to handle the computers for the process of booking
through online ,Identify the price fluctuations for different category hotels on each item, Implementation on
Online booking. . The outcome of the cram prove that the enumerated value is greater than both the table values
the H0 is rejected. Hence there is a correlation association among the Lack of knowledge regarding
improvement in the hotel sector, Overall Online infrastructure of Hotels, How to handle the computers for the
95. process of booking through online, Identify the price fluctuations for different category hotels on each item,
Implementation on Online booking
415-418
Keyword: Customers, correlation, Hotel, online infrastructure.
References:
1. Mahadev, P.D. (1967): “Spatial Distribution of Hotel Industry in Mysore City”, National Geographical Journal of India, Vol.II ,
No.4 December.
2. Singh, T.V. (1975): “Tourism and Tourist Industry : New Heights”, p.152-173.
3. Anand, M.M.(1976): “Tourism and Hotel Industry in India”, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, p.I.
4. Bhatia, A.K. (1978): “Tourism in India History and Development - Principles and Practice”, Sterling Publications, New Delhi.
5. Malkarnekar, G.S. (1979): “Accounting System and Controls in Hotel Company”, in: ‘The Chartered Accountant’, August,
pp.153-156.
6. Krishnaswamy, J. (1980): “Hotel Industry Needs Incentives”, in: ‘Commerce’, 17th May, 1980.
7. Dharmarajan (1981): “Hoteleering in the Public Sector”, in: ‘Indian and Foreign Trade Review’, Vol.19(2), 16th November,
1981.
8. Agarwal, S., Krishna E.M., S. Dev, C. (2003), “Market Orientation and Performance in service firms: role of innovation “,
Journal of Services Marketing, Vol. 17, No. 1.
9. Brooker, E., Joppe, M., Davidson, M.C.G. and Mules, K. (2012), “Innovation within the Australian outdoor hospitality parks
industry”, International journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management, Vol. 24 , No.5
Authors:
M. Raja, S. Dhanasekaran, C. Bala Subramanian
Paper Title: Contactless Detection of Heartbeat and Cardiopulmonary Modeling using Vector Analyzer
Abstract: Now a days, Modern world makes it difficult for some individuals to care for their health. Urban air
pollution, employment pressure, and an uneven diet increase a person's likelihood of being infected. In practice,
until serious things, some of the infections would not provoke any symptoms. Heart rate (HR) is a measure of
physiological activity. This article introduces contactless heartbeat detection and cardiopulmonary modeling.
Our suggested microwave system uses a vector network analyzer to demonstrate the potential to detect the
heartbeat signal at distinguishable frequency ranges and at distinct output energy concentrations. The model
comprising the heartbeat and breathing signals are provided based on variables obtained from actual
measurements. To separate the heartbeat and breathing signals, various processing methods are used. For
separate signal-to noise ratios, wavelet filters possess greater accuracy over standard filters in order to determine
heart rate and heart rate variation.
Keyword: coronary heart disease, Ultra-Wideband (UWB) radar, Doppler hypothesis

96. References:
1. J. C. Lin, “Microwave sensing of physiological movement and volume change: A review,” Bioelectromagnetics (2012), vol. 13,
pp. 557–565. 419-423
2. A. De Groote, M. Wantier, G. Cheron, M. Estenne, and M. Paiva, “Chest wall motion during tidal breathing,” Journal of Applied
Physiology (2007), vol. 83, no. 5, pp. 1531-1537.
3. G. Ramachandran and M. Singh, “Three-dimensional reconstruction of cardiac displacement patterns on the chest wall during the
P, QRS, and T-segments of the ECG by laser speckle interferometry,” Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing
(2009), vol. 27, no. 5, pp.
4. F. Mohammad-Zahed, F. Taghibakhsh and B. Kaminska, “Contactless Heart Monitoring,” 2007 IEEE, Session 33: Biomedical
Signal Processing-I, pp. 583-585.
5. K. M. Chen, Y. Huang, J. Zhang, and A. Norman, “Microwave life detection systems for searching human subjects under
earthquake rubble and behind barrier”, IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. Jan. 2010, vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 105–114.
6. A. D. Droitcour, V.M. Lubecke, J. Lin, and O. Boric- Lubecke, “A microwave radio for Doppler radar sensing of vital signs,” in
IEEE MTT-S Int. Microw. Symp. Dig., May 2001, pp. 175–178.
7. A. D. Droitcour, O. Boric-Lubecke, V. M. Lubecke, and J. Lin, “0.25 μm CMOS and BiCMOS single chip direct conversion
Doppler radars for remote sensing of vital signs,” in IEEE Int. Solid- State Circuits Conf. Tech. Dig., Feb.2012, pp. 348–349.
8. O. Boric-Lubecke, G. Awater, and V. M. Lubecke, “Wireless LAN PC Card Sensing of Vital Signs,” IEEE Topical Conference
on Wireless Communication Technology (2013), pp. 206-207.
9. Y. Xiao, J. Lin, O. Boric-Lubecke, and V. M. Lubecke, “A Ka-band low power Doppler radar system for remote detection of
cardiopulmonary motion,” presented at the 27th IEEE Annu. Eng. Med. Biol. Soc. Conf., Sep. 1–4, 2005.
Authors: Shanmugasundaram Palanimalai, R.Velusamy, P.Vijaykumar
Paper Title: Major Big Data Challenges in Most Industries and Innovative Solutions
Abstract: The term “Big data” refers to “the high volume of data sets that are relatively complex in nature
and having challenges in processing and analyzing the data using conventional database management tools”. In
the digital universe, the data volume and variety that, we deal today have grown-up massively from different
sources such as Business Informatics, Social-Media Networks, Images from High Definition TV, data from
Mobile Networks, Banking data from ATM Machines, Genomics and GPS Trails, Telemetry from automobiles,
Meteorology, Financial market data etc. Data Scientists confirm that 80% of the data that we have gathered
today are in unstructured format, i.e. in the form of images, pixel data, Videos, geo-spatial data, PDF files etc.
Because of the massive growth of data and its different formats, organizations are having multiple challenges in
capturing, storing, mining, analyzing, and visualizing the Big data. This paper aims to exemplify the key
challenges faced by most organizations and the significance of implementing the emerging Big data techniques
for effective extraction of business intelligence to make better and faster decisions.
97.
Keyword: Big Data, Hadoop, HDFS, MapReduce, No-SQL
424-428
References:
1. X. Wu, X. Zhu, G. Q. Wu, et al., “Data mining with big data,” IEEE Trans. on Knowledge and Data Engineering, vol. 26, no. 1,
pp. 97-107, January 2014.Rajaraman and J. D. Ullman, “Mining of massive datasets,” Cambridge University Press, 2012.
2. Z. Zheng, J. Zhu, M. R. Lyu. “Service-generated Big Data and Big Data-as-a-Service: An Overview,” in Proc. IEEE BigData, pp.
403-410, October 2013. A . Bellogín, I. Cantador, F. Díez, et al., “An empirical comparison of social, collaborative filtering, a nd
hybrid recommenders,” ACM Trans. on Intelligent Systems and Technology, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 1-37, January 2013.
3. T. C. Havens, J. C. Bezdek, C. Leckie, L. O. Hall, and M. Palaniswami, “Fuzzy c-Means Algorithms for Very Large Data,” IEEE
Trans. on Fuzzy Systems, vol. 20, no. 6, pp. 1130-1146, December 2012.
4. D. Markonis, R. Schaer, I. Eggel, H. Muller, and A. Depeursinge, “Using MapReduce for large-scale medical image analysis,” in
Proceedings of the 2nd IEEE International Conference on Healthcare Informatics, Imaging and Systems Biology (HISB ’12), p.
1, IEEE, San Diego, Calif, USA, September 2012.
5. Sandryhaila and J. M. F. Moura, “Big data analysis with signal processing on graphs: representation and processing of massive
data sets with irregular structure,” IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, vol. 31, no. 5, pp. 80–90, 2014.
6. Cannataro M, Congiusta A, Pugliese A, Talia D, Trunfio P. Distributed data mining on grids: services, tools, and applications .
IEEE Trans Syst Man Cyber Part B Cyber. 2004;34 (6):2451–65
7. Harati A, Lopez S, Obeid I, Picone J, Jacobson M, Tobochnik S. The TUH EEG CORPUS: A big data resource for automated
EEG interpretation. In: Proceeding of the IEEE signal processing in medicine and biology symposium; 2014. pp. 1–5.
8. Yuan LY, Wu L, You JH, Chi Y. Rubato db: A highly scalable staged grid database system for OLTP and big data applications.
In: Proceedings of the ACM international conference on conference on information and knowledge management; 2014. pp. 1 –10.
9. Zhang L, Stoffel A, Behrisch M, Mittelstadt S, Schreck T, Pompl R, Weber S, Last H, Keim D. Visual analytics for the big data
era—a comparative review of state-of-the-art commercial systems. In: Proceedings of the IEEE conference on visual analytics
science and technology; 2012. pp. 173–182
10. Tsai C-W, Lai C-F, Chiang M-C, Yang L. Data mining for internet of things: a survey. IEEE Commun Surv Tutor.
2014;16(1):77–97.
11. Kollios G, Gunopulos D, Koudas N, Berchtold S. Efficient biased sampling for approximate clustering and outlier detection in
large data sets. IEEE Trans Knowl Data Eng. 2003;15 (5):1170–87
12. Zhang L, Stoffel A, Behrisch M, Mittelstadt S, Schreck T, Pompl R, Weber S, Last H, Keim D. Visual analytics for the big data
era—a comparative review of state-of-the-art commercial systems. In: Proceedings of the IEEE conference on visual analytics
science and technology; 2012. pp. 173–182.
13. Laney D. 3D data management: controlling data volume, velocity, and variety. META Group, Tech. Rep. [Online].
http://blogs.gartner.com/doug-laney/files/2012/01/ad949- 3D-Data-Management-Controlling-Data-Volume-Velocity-and-
Variety.pdf.
14. Safavian S, Landgrebe D. A survey of decision tree classifier methodology. IEEE Trans SystMan Cyber. 1991;21(3):660–74.
15. Cooper BF, Silberstein A, Tam E, Ramakrishnan R, Sears R. Benchmarking cloud serving systems with YCSB. In: Proceedings
of the ACM symposium on cloud computing; 2010. pp. 143–154.
16. Ghazal A, Rabl T, Hu M, Raab F, Poess M, Crolotte A, Jacobsen HA. BigBench: towards an industry standard benchmark for big
data analytics. In: Proceedings of the ACM SIGMOD international conference on management of data; 2013. pp. 1197–1208
17. Malewicz G, Austern MH, Bik AJ, Dehnert JC, Horn I, Leiser N, Czajkowski G. Pregel: A system for large-scale graph
processing. In: Proceedings of the ACM SIGMOD international conference on management of data; 2010. pp. 135–146.
18. MH. Kuo, T. Sahama, A. W. Kushniruk, E. M. Borycki and D. K. Grunwell, Health big data analytics: current perspectives,
challenges and potential solutions, International Journal of Big Data Intelligence,1 (2014), pp.114-126.
19. X. Liu, G. Huang, and H. Mei, “Discovering homogeneous web service community in the user-centric web environment,” IEEE
Trans. on Services Computing, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 167-181, April-June 2009.
20. Computer Research Association 2012. Challenges and Opportunities with Big Data - A community white paper developed by
leading researchers across the USA.
21. Dewitt and Stonebreaker Microsoft Research, Seattle Oct, 2009. Hadoop Architecture and its Usage at Facebook Presented at
Microsoft Research Seattle.
22. Gartner Group Press Release, STAMFORD June 27, 2011. Gartner’s Pattern-Based Strategy to Gain Value in Big Data.
23. Gartner Group Press Release, STAMFORD June 27, 2011. Gartner’s Pattern-Based Strategy to Gain Value in Big Data.
24. Gali Halevi & Dr.Henk F.Moed, Sep 2012. The Evaluation of BIG Data as Research and Scientific.
25. John Gantz and Davic Reinsel Dec, 2012. The Digital Universe in 2020: BIG Data, BIGger Digital Shadows, and Biggest Growth
in the Far East
26. Sherif SKR, Senior Research Scientist, National ICT, Australia, May 07, 2011. An Introduction to Info Streams - Analyzing Big
data in motion.
27. Steve Lohr. New York Times, Feb 11, 2012. The Age of BIG data. http://www.nytimes.com/2012/02/12/sunday-review/BIG-
datas-impact-in-the-world.html
28. Yizhou Sun and Jiawei Han, Dec 2012. Mining Heterogeneous Information Networks: A Structural Analysis Approach.
29. Teradata, 2012. Biggest Challenges in BIG data Analysis http://www.teradata.com/News-Releases/2012/Sold-Out-Crowds-at-
BIG-Analytics-Roadshow-Explored-How-to-Cut-Through-BIG-Data-Hype/
30. Oracle Feb, 2013. Information Management and BIG Data A Reference Architecture.
31. Computer Cramming More Components onto Integrated Circuits - GORDON E. MOORE, LIFE FELLOW,IEEE.
32. Hortonworks May, 2012. 7 Keys drives for the BIG Data Market. http://hortonworks.com/blog/7-key-drivers-for-the-BIG-data-
market/
33. IBM BIG data Analytics: http://www.ibm.com/analytics/us/en/what-is-smarter-analytics/BIG-data-analysis.html
34. McKinsey Global Institute May, 2011. The next frontier for innovation, competition, and productivity.
35. B2B Marketing at Forrester Research Report, Oct (2018). https://www.forrester.com/B2B-Marketing
Sakthivel Sankaran, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, M Pallikonda Rajasekaran, Mohamed Mydeen
Authors:
Mohamed Mansoor, Javith Rasha Askar, Abinaya Srinivasan
Design and Development of the Novel Technology for the Treatment of Patients with the Acute and
Paper Title:
Chronic Renal Failure
Abstract: Kidney failure is a condition where the function of kidney gets disabled. In order to sustain in life,
dialysis is predominantly adopted. The dialysis is a technical replacement of function of kidney and it is of two
types. In considering the long term blood filtering process, the hemodialysis will be an efficient device in
replacing the renal functioning but it was currently performed in the stationary mode. In order to fulfill the life
supporting requirement, the “Miniaturized portable hemodialysis” device has been introduced which will be
portable than the conventional ones. In order to enhance their features, the chambered dialysate technology and
the specialized filtering mechanism has been fabricated to this project device. In the process of rectifying the
technical errors, sensor indications are implemented for safety measures. In focusing towards the portable
98. mechanism, the battery backup has been applied in this device which can perform patient dialysis in transferable
mode.
429-434
Keyword: Miniaturization, portable, transportable, sensors, hemodialysis.
References:
1. M Olivier J. Wouters et. al., Early chronic kidney disease: diagnosis, management and models of care Doi:
10.1038/nrneph.2015.85.
2. Simonetta genovesi et. al., Sudden death in end stage renal disease: Comparing hemodialysis verus peritoneal dialysis.
3. Rajnish mehrota et. al., The current state of peritoneal dialysis 2016 Doi: 10.1681/ASN.2016010112.
4. Sean M.bagshaw et. al., Precision continuous renal replacement therapy and solute control Doi:10.1159/00448507.
5. Bhanu Prasad et. al., Early mortality on continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT): the prairie CRRT study Doi:
10.1186/s40697-016-0124-7.
6. Rajnish mehrota et. al., The current state of peritoneal dialysis Doi: 10.1681/ASN.2016010112.
7. Michael j. Ficher et. al., Predialysis nephrology care and dialysis related health outcomes among older adult initiating dialysis
Doi: 10.1186/s12882-016-0324-5.
8. Thiago gomes romano et. al., barufi Insights about serum sodium behaviour after 24 hours of continuous renal replacements
therapy Doi: 10.5935/0103-507x.20160026.
9. Xu Deng,Yifan Xie &Aihua Zhang Advance of autophagy in chronic kidney diseases Doi:
10.1080/0886022X.2016.1274662.
10. Silvia De Rosa et. al., Management of chronic kidney disease patients in intensive care unit: Mixing acute and chronic illness
2017 Doi:10.115/000452650.
11. Sabitha vadakedath and Venkataramana kandi cureus Dialysis: A Review of the Mechanisms Underlying Complications in the
Management of Chronic Renal Failure 2017 Doi: 10.7759/cureus.1603.
12. Ali momeni et. al., Comparison of complications of arteriovenous fistula with permanent catheter in hemodialysis patients: A six
month follow up 2017 Doi: 10.4103/2277-9175.213666.
13. Marion Morena et. al., Treatment tolerance and patient reported outcomes favour online hemodiafiltration compared to high flux
hemodialysis in elderly Doi: 10.1016/j.kint.2017.01.013.
14. Rajeev A. Annigeri et. al., Renal support for acute kidney engineering in the developing world Doi:10.1016/j.ekir.2017.04.006.
15. Peter K. Moore et. al., Management of acute kidney injury: Core curriculum 2018 Doi: 10.1053/j.ajkd.2017.11.021.
16. Raymond Vanholder et. al., Deleting Death and Dialysis: Conservative Care of Cardio-Vascular Risk and Kidney Function Loss
in Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD) 2018 Doi: 10.3390/tonins10060237.
17. Sara alijassmi et. al., Smart portable kidney dialysis control and monitoring system 2018 Doi: 10.13140/RG.2.2.13421.69604.
18. Sabrina Haroon &Andrew Davenport Pages Hemodialysis at home: review of current dialysis machines Doi:
10.1080/17434440.2018.1465817.
19. Wolfgang bieser and Markus welsch Effectiveness of a New Single‐Needle Single‐Pump Dialysis System with Simultaneous
Monitoring of Dialysis Dose Doi: 10.1111/aor.13149.
20. Gunjeet Kaur1 et. al., Cost of hemodialysis in a public sector tertiary hospital of India Doi: 10.1093/ckj/sfx152.
21. Mohamed ali shafiee et. al., The impact of hemodialysis frequency and duration on blood pressure management an d quality of
life in end-stage renal disease patient Doi: 10.390/Healthcare5030052.
22. Rachael C Walk et. al., Home hemodialysis: a comprehensive review of patient-centered and economic considerations Doi:
10.2215/CJN.05501008.
23. Manish Saha and Michael Allon Diagnosis, Treatment, and Prevention of Hemodialysis Emergencies Doi:
10.2215/CJN.05260516.
24. Sabitha vadakedath and Venkataramana kandi cureus Dialysis: A Review of the Mechanisms Underlying Complications in the
Management of Chronic Renal Failure Doi: 10.7759/cureus.1603.
25. Qingyun zhu et. al, Clinical evolution of continuous renal replacement therapy in combination with ultrasound guided
percutaneous transhepatic gallbladder drainage for acute severe pancreatitis: a retrospective study Doi:10.1159/000485437.
26. Soren Christiansen, Steffen Christiansen Timing of renal replacement therapy and longterm risk of chronic kidney disease and
death in intensive care patients with acute kidney injury Doi: 10.1186/s13054-017-1903-y.
27. Jihane J. Hajj and Krzystof lauda Home hemodialysis treatment as an effective yet utilized treatment modality in the United
States Doi: 10.3390/healthcare5040090.
28. Graham Woodrow, Stanley L. Fan, Renal Association Clinical Practice Guideline on peritoneal dialysis in adults and children
Doi: 10.1186/s12882-017-0687-2.
29. Bazae V et. al In vitro trials of a wearable artificial kidney (WAK) Doi:10.5301/ijao.5000651.
30. Gura V et al., A wearable artificial kidney for patients with end-stage renal disease PMCID: pmc4936831.
Rajajeyaganthan Ramanathan, Albin Aloysius, Auxilia Christy, Noreen Anthony, Gangadhara
Authors:
Angajala
Paper Title: Calcium D-Pantothenate as Green Corrosion Inhibitor on Mild Steel in 240 ppm NaCl Solution
Abstract: Corrosion inhibition of mild steel in 240 ppm NaCl solution using Calcium D-Pantothenate
(Vitamin B5) as corrosion inhibitor is studied using electrochemical impedance, potentiodynamic polarization
and weight loss studies. From the potentiodynamic polarization studies, icorr (corrosion current density)
decreases with increasing the concentration of vitamin B5(VB5). The CR (corrosion rate) decreases and the IE
(inhibition efficiency) of VB5 increases on increasing the concentration of VB5.Surface investigation using
SEM, EDX spectra, UV-Vis, FTIR, electrochemical impedance, potentiodynamic polarization and adsorption
isotherm parameter of VB5in 240 ppm NaCl solution shows that VB5 can act asworthy corrosion inhibitors.
Quantum chemical data obtained from density functional theory (DFT) calculations also agreed with the
experimental outcomes.
Keyword: Pantothenic acid, Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, Vitamin B5, Mild steel,
99. Potentiodynamic polarization
References:
1. Szklarska-Smialowska, Z. and J. Mankowski, Crevice corrosion of stainless steels in sodium chloride solution. Corrosion 435-442
Science, 1978. 18(11): p. 953-960.
2. Bouklah, M., et al., Thiophene derivatives as effective inhibitors for the corrosion of steel in 0.5 M H2SO4. Progress in Organic
Coatings, 2004. 49(3): p. 225-228.
3. Al-Sarawy, A.A., A.S. Fouda, and W.A.S. El-Dein, Some thiazole derivatives as corrosion inhibitors for carbon steel in acidic
medium. Desalination, 2008. 229(1–3): p. 279-293.
4. Albin Aloysius, A., Rajajeyaganthan Ramanathan, R.,Auxilia Christy, R., Sambath Baskaran, Noreen Anthony, Experimental and
theoretical studies on the corrosion inhibition of vitamins – Thiamine hydrochloride or biotin in corrosion of mild steel in
aqueous chloride environment. Egyptian Journal of Petroleum, 2018. 27: p. 371-381. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ejpe.2017.06.003
5. Malhotra, S. and G. Singh, Vitamins: potential inhibitors for nickel in acidic media. Surface Engineering, 2005. 21(3): p. 18 7-
192.
6. W.A. Badawy, K.M. Ismail, A.M. Fathi, Electrochim.Corrosion control of Cu–Ni alloys in neutral chloride solutions by amino
acids. Acta 51, 4182 (2006)
7. M. Hosseini, S.F.L. Mertens, M.R. Arshadi, Synergism and antagonism in carbon steel corrosion inhibition by sodium
dodecylbenzenesulphonate and hexamethylenetetramine. Corros. Sci. 45, 1473 (2003)
8. Singh, A.K. and M.A. Quraishi, Investigation of adsorption of isoniazid derivatives at carbon steel/hydrochloric acid interfa ce:
Electrochemical and weight loss methods. Materials Chemistry and Physics, 2010. 123(2–3): p. 666-677.
9. Umoren, S.A., et al., Inhibition of carbon steel corrosion in H2SO4 solution by coconut coir dust extract obtained from diffe rent
solvent systems and synergistic effect of iodide ions: Ethanol and acetone extracts. Journal of Environmental Chemical
Engineering, 2014. 2(2): p. 1048-1060.
10. Refaat B. Hamed., Luc Henry., J. Ruben Gomez-Castellanos., Amina Asghar., Jürgen Brem., Timothy D. W. Claridge., and
Christopher J. Schofield., Stereoselective Preparation of Lipidated Carboxymethyl-proline and Pipecolic acid Derivatives via
Coupling of Engineered Crotonases with Alkylmalonyl-CoA Synthetases. Electronic Supplementary Material (ESI) for Organic
& Biomolecular Chemistry, 2013. 47(2): p. 8153-8284.
11. Masayuki Nara, Hajime Torii, and Mitsuo Tasumi., Correlation between the Vibrational Frequencies of the Carboxylate Group
and the Types of Its Coordination to a Metal Ion: An ab Initio Molecular Orbital Study. J. Phys. Chem, 1996. 100: p. 19812 -
19817.
12. Pandurang D. Pol, Chandrashekar P. Kathari and Sharanappa T. Nandibewoor., Kinetics of oxidative degradation of pantothenic
acid by cerium(IV)in aqueous perchloric acid. Transition Metal Chemistry, 2002. 27: p. 807-812.
13. Pei Chen . Wayne R. Wolf, LC/UV/MS-MRM for the simultaneous determinationof water-soluble vitamins in multi-vitamin
dietary supplements. Anal Bioanal Chem, 2007. 387: p. 2441-2448.
14. Zhang, F., et al., Performance and theoretical study on corrosion inhibition of 2-(4-pyridyl)-benzimidazole for carbon steel in
hydrochloric acid. Corrosion Science, 2012. 61: p. 1-9.
Authors: K. Selvakumar, V. Ramani, K. Thirumalai, A. Arun, M. Swaminathan
Paper Title: Photocatalytic efficiency of Ho2O3-ED-HPV in Bisphenol-A Removal

Abstract: Hydrothermally synthesized Ho2O3-ED-HPV was characterized by DRS-UV, FT-IR, SEM and
EDX analysis.Catalyst surface has clustered microsponge-like structure with more number of cavities. To
investigate the catalytic properties of Ho2O3-ED-HPV nanoparticles, the photodecomposition of bisphenol-A
with ultraviolet light was performed.
Keyword: Bisphenol-A, Heteropoly acid, Ho2O3-ED-HPV, Photocatalyst.

References:
1. S.T. Glassmeyer, E.T. Furlong, D.W. Kolpin, J.D. Cahill, S.D. Zaugg, S.L. Werner, “Transport of chemical and
microbial compounds from known wastewater discharges: potential for use as indicators of human fecal
contamination,” Environmental Science & Technology, 36 (2005) pp. 5157-5169.
2. M .Wu, D. Atchley, L. Greer, S. Janssen, D. Rosenberg, J. Sass, “Dosed without prescription: preventing
pharmaceutical contamination of our nation’s drinking water,” Natural Resources Defense Council White Paper, 60
(2009).
3. G.M. Bruce, R.C. Pleus, S.A. Snyder, “Toxicological relevance of pharmaceuticals in drinking water,” Environmental
Science & Technology, 44 (2010) pp. 5619-5626.
4. D.W. Kolpin, E.T. Furling, M.T. Meyer, E.M. Thurman, S.D. Zaugg, L.B. Barber, “Pharmaceuticals, hormones, and other
organic wastewater contaminants in US streams, 1999− 2000: A national reconnaissance,” Environmental Science &
Technology, 36 (2002) 1202.
5. M.J. Benotti, B.J. Brownawell, “Microbial degradation of pharmaceuticals in estuarine and coastal seawater,”
Environmental Pollution, 157(3) (2009) pp. 994-1002.
6. A. Kumar, B.S. Bisht, V.D. Joshi, A.K. Singh, A. Talwar, “Physical, chemical and bacteriological study of water from
rivers of Uttarakhand,” Journal of Human Ecology, 32(3) (2010) pp. 169-173.
7. D.G.J. Larsson, P.C. De, N. Paxéus, “Effluent from drug manufactures contains extremely high levels of
pharmaceuticals,” Journal of Hazardous Materials, 148 (2007) pp. 751-755.
8. M. Lombo, C. Fernandez-Diez, S. Gonzalez-Rojo, C. Navarro, V. Robles, M.P. Herraez, “Transgenerational inheritance of
100. heart disorders caused by paternal bisphenol A exposure,” Environmental Pollution, 206 (2015) pp. 667-678.
9. J.A. Rogers, L. Metz, V.W. Yong, “endocrine disrupting chemicals and immune responses: a focus on bisphenol-A and
its potential mechanisms,” Molecular Immunology, 53 (2013) pp. 421-430. 443-448
10. F.B. Li, X.Z. Li, X.M. Li, T.X. Liu, J. Dong, “Heterogeneous photodegradation of bisphenol A with iron oxides and oxalate
in aqueous solution,” Journal of Colloid and Interface Science, 311 (2007) pp. 481-490.
11. G.S. Brady, H.R. Clauser, J.A. Vaccari, Materials Handbook, 15th edn. (McGraw-Hill, New York (2002).
12. G.A.H. Mekhemer, “Surface acid–base properties of holmium oxide catalyst: in situ infrared spectroscopy,” Applied
Catalysis A: General, 275 (2004) pp. 1–7.
13. E.L. Head, C.E. Holley, Gordon and Breach, New York. (1965).
14. M.N. Abdusalyamova, F.A. Makhmudov, E.N. Shairmardanov, I.D. Kovalev, P.V. Fursikov, I.I. Khodos, Y.M. Shulga,
“Structural features of nanocrystalline holmium oxide prepared by the thermal decomposition of organic precursors,” Journal
of Alloys and Compounds, 601 (2014) pp. 31–37.
15. V.B. Glushkova, A.G. Boganov, “Polymorphism of rare-earth sesquioxides." Bulletin of the Academy of Sciences
of the USSR,” Division of Chemical Science, 14 (1965) pp. 1101– 1107.
16. N. Mir, M. Salavati-Niasari, “Effect of tertiary amines on the synthesis and photovoltaic properties of TiO2
nanoparticles in dye sensitized solar cells,” Electrochimica Acta, 102 (2013) pp. 274–281.
17. S. Zinatloo-Ajabshir, M. Salavati-Niasari, “Nanocrystalline Pr6O11: synthesis, characterization, optical and photocatalytic
properties,” New Journal of Chemistry, 39 (2015) pp. 3948– 3955.
18. I. V. Kozhevnikov, “Catalysis by heteropoly acids and multicomponent polyoxometalates in liquid-phase reactions,” Chemical
Reviews, 98 (1998) pp. 171–198.
19. M. N. Timofeeva, “Acid catalysis by heteropoly acids,” Applied Catalysis A: General, 256 (2003) pp. 19–35.
20. H. Salavati, N. Tavakkoli, and M. Hosseinpoor, “Preparation and characterization of polyphosphotungstate/ZrO2
nanocomposite and their sonocatalytic and photocatalytic activity under UV light illumination,” Ultrasonics
Sonochemistry, 19 (2012) pp. 546–553.
21. C. Sui, C. Li, X. Guo, T. Cheng, Y. Gao, G. Zhou, J. Gong, J. Dua, “Facile synthesis of silver nanoparticles-modified
PVA/H4SiW12O40 nanofibers-based electrospinning to enhance photocatalytic activity,” Applied Surface Science, 258 (2012)
pp. 7105–7111.
22. S. K. Bhorodwaj, D. K. Dutta, “Heteropoly acid supported modified Montmorillonite clay: An effective catalyst for the
esterification of acetic acid with sec-butanol,” Applied Catalysis A: General, 378 (2010) pp. 221–226.
23. B. Rabindran Jermy, A. Pandurangan, “Synthesis of geminal diacetates (acylals) using heterogeneous H3PW12O40
supported MCM-41 molecular sieves,” Catalysis Communications, 9 (2008) pp. 577–583.
24. G. Zhang, A. Dong, Y. Liu, B. Hu, S. Ouyang, H. Liu, “The research and application of photocatalysts,” Rare Metal
Materials and Engineering, 34 (2005) pp. 341–345.
25. P.J. Domaille, “The 1-and 2-dimensional tungsten-183 and vanadium-51 NMR characterization of isopolymetalates
and heteropolymetalates,” Journal of the American Chemical Society, 106 (1984) pp. 7677-7687.
26. X. J. Wang, J-G. Li, Q. Zhu, X. D. Li, X. D. Sun, Y. Sakka, “Facile and green synthesis of (La0.95Eu0.05)2O2S red
phosphors with sulfate-ion pillared layered hydroxides as a new type of precursor: controlled hydrothermal processing, phase
evolution and photoluminescence,“ Science and Technology of Advanced Materials, 15 (1-9) (2014) pp. 014204.
27. K. Selvakumar, T. Shanmugaprabha, R. Annapoorani, P. Sami, “One-pot three-component synthesis of bis (indolyl) methanes
under solvent-free condition using heteropoly-11-tungsto-1- vanadophosphoric acid supported on natural clay as catalyst”
Synthetic Communications, 47 (9) (2017) pp. 913-927.
28. K. Selvakumar, A. Raja, M. Arunpandian, K. Stalindurai, P. Rajasekaran, P. Sami, E.R. Nagarajan, M.
Swaminathana,“Efficient photocatalytic degradation of ciprofloxacin and bisphenol A under visible light using Gd2WO6 loaded
ZnO/bentonite nanocomposite,” Applied Surface Science, 481 (2019) pp. 1109–1119.
29. F.T. Li, Y. Zhao, Q. Wang, X.J. Wang, Y.J. Hao, R.H. Liu, D.S. Zhao, “Enhanced visible-light photocatalytic activity of active
Al2O3/g-C3N4 heterojunctions synthesized via surface hydroxyl modification,” Journal of Hazardous Materials, 283 (2015) pp.
371–381.
30. S.J. Liang, R.W. Liang, L.R. Wen, R.S. Yuan, L. Wu, X.X. Fu, “Molecular recognitive photocatalytic degradation of various
cationic pollutants by the selective adsorption on visible light- driven SnNb2O6 nanosheet photocatalyst,” Applied Catalysis
B: Environmental, 125 (2012) pp. 103–110.
Authors: P. Ramakrishnan
Paper Title: Production and Marketing of Bricks in Srivilliputtur

Abstract: It is estimated that India has more than 1,00,000 brick kilns producing about 250 billion bricks
annually, employing about 15 million workers and consuming about 35 million tons of coal annually. The brick
industry is growing as the demand for bricks is increasing in the towns and villages due to the fast economic
growth, urbanization and prosperity. It is alarming to note that 300 mm depth of fertile top soil in India will be
consumed for burnt clay brick production in about 60 years. Usually, brick kilns are situated in rural and or
periphery of urban areas in the country. The secondary data is collected for the purpose of knowing history of
brick industry in world and especially in India. It is found that the process of making a brick has not changed
much over the centuries or across geographies. The brick sector in India is unorganized and is tremendous in
size and spread. India is the second largest brick producer (China dominates with 54 % share) in the world. The
bricks industries have challenges like rapid increase in brick production, environmental concerns, use of large
quantities of coal in brick kilns, use of good quality agriculture topsoil for brick production, shortage of workers,
101. Increased competition etc. There is need to prepare action plan for sustainable development of Brick industry in
India.
449-452
Keyword: Bricks, manufacturer, Production, Tractor, color

References:
1. Palash Patraetal, (2015). A Study on Brick Kiln Industry in Pursura Block of Hooghly District, West Bengal. International
Journal of Applied Research, Vol.1, Issue 9, pp 95-99.
2. Wanjuleetal (2015). A Study of Rural Bricks Industries with Special Reference to Maharashtra Region. International Journal of
Social Science & Interdisciplinary Research, Vol. 4 (11), pp. 20-24.
3. Kadam Avinash (2007). Environmental Impact Assessment of Brick Industry: With Special Focus on Soils. Enrich Environment
Multidisciplinary International Research Journal Issue 1-3, Volume 1, pp 53-62.
4. Rizwana Khan and Harish (2008). A Study of Impact of brick industries on Environment and human health In Ujjain city
(INDIA). Journal of Environmental Research and Development Vol. 2 No. 3, pp 421-424.
5. Website:
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brick
7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Literature_review
Authors: K.Ravindran, V.Sathyamoorthi
Paper Title: Impact of Digital Marketing on Consumer Purchase Decision

Abstract: promoting is a trifling exchange of goods and services for cost but advertising and marketing is
the phenomenon that allows keeping clients other than attracting them. Within the gift era among the numerous
modes of marketing, digital marketing occurs to generate the maximum fee. It could be as the mechanism of
reaching consumers through the use of diverse virtual distribution channels. The present observes aims to
observe the effect of digital marketing and advertising on client purchase conduct and additionally makes an
attempt to investigate as to in what ways are the clients absolutely privy to the diverse digital marketing and
advertising mediums inside the gift digital generation. The look at is primarily based on the survey method. A
102. questionnaire is prepared and covered 786 respondents for evaluation. The effects of the look at discovered the
information that the purchasers are privy to the digital mediums available to them. It also confirmed the results
that most of the customers opt to shop online due to its ease of use and in your price range mode of buying. 453-455
Because of the technological upliftment in the gift generation, digital mediums and digital marketing are gaining
significance and is enormously prevalent via each stratum of the society.
Keyword: Digital marketing, buy behavior, clients Medium

References:
1. G. Eason, B. Noble, and that i. N. Sneddon, “On certain integrals of Lipschitz-Hankel type regarding merchandise of Bessel
capabilities,” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, vol. A247, pp. 529–551, April 1955. (references)J. Clerk Maxwell, A Treatise on
Electricity and Magnetism, 3rd ed., vol. 2. Oxford: Clarendon, 1892, pp.68–73.
2. I. S. Jacobs and C. P. Bean, “Fine particles, thin films and exchange anisotropy,” in Magnetism, vol. III, G. T. Rado and H. Suhl,
Eds. New York: Academic, 1963, pp. 271–350.
3. K. Elissa, “Title of paper if known,” unpublished.
4. Chaffey D & Smith P, E-Marketing Excellence: Planning and Optimizing Your Digital Marketing, Routledge. Fourth Edition,
2008, 580-593.
5. Waghmare GT, E-Commerce, A Business Review and Future Prospects in Indian Business. Internet, Marketing in India. Indian
Streams Research Journal, 2(5), 2012.
6. international journal of business management.
7. Sadia Afzal,Javed Rabbani Khan. (2015). “Impact of online and conventional advertisement on consumer buying behaviour of
branded garments”. Asian Journal of Management Sciences & Education, 4.
8. Godes, D., & Silva, J. C. (2012). “Sequential and temporal dynamics of online opinion”. Marketing Science, 31(3), 448–473.
9. Kee, R. (2008). “The sufficiency of product and variable costs for production-related decisions when economies of scope are
present” . International Journal of Production Economics, 114(2), 682–696.
Authors: G. Thamaraiselvi
A Gap Analysis on Awareness and Utilization of Social Media Banking – The New Line of Self
Paper Title:
Service Banking
Abstract: Today the scenario has changed from geographically-based community to electronically- based
one. For all kinds of banking transactions, the users of social media can be very well targeted. In Internet
Banking, there are three basic kinds like informational level, communicative level and finally the transactional
level. All the banks in India have already gone through the first two levels and all of them are in the transactional
level as far as the Net Banking is concerned. This study stepped to know the gap between the awareness and
utilisation of social media banking services. It is found that there is a wide gap between the awareness and
utilisation of various services of Social Media Banking by the users.
103. Keyword: Internet Banking, Social Media Banking, Awareness and Utilisation, Electronic Banking, Gap
Analysis
456-459
References:
1. G Carman, J.M. (1990), “Consumer perceptions of service quality: An assessment of the SERVQUAL dimensions”, journal of
Retailing, Vol.66 No.1, pp.33-55.
2. Cronin, J.J. and Taylor, S.A. (1992), “Measuring Service Quality: A Reexamination and Extension”, journal of Marketing , Vol.
56, No. 3, pp. 55-68.
3. Rani Malika (2012), “A Study on the Customer Perception towards E-Banking in Ferozepur District”, International Journal of
Multidisciplinary Research, Volume 2, Issue 1, January, 2012.
4. Sudhagar (2012), “A Study on Perception and Awareness on Credit Cards among Bank Customers in Krishnagiri District”, IOSR
Journal of Business and Management, Vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 14-23, July-Aug 2012.
5. Mahmood Zaigham (2009), “Attitudes towards the Use of E-Banking: Result of a Pilot Survey”, Communications of the IBIMA,
Volume 8, 2009 ISSN: 1943- 7765.
6. Gronroos, C. (1984), “A ServiceQuality Model and its Marketing Implications”, European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 18, Iss. 4,
pp. 36-44.
Authors: S. Karthik, R. Selvakumar
Paper Title: Customer satisfaction towards Hyundai Car in Virudhunagar District

Abstract: The Indian automobile business became the fourth largest within the world. Hyundai is among the
only a few automotive manufacturers to know the Indian automotive market well. It’s the second largest
automobile manufacturer with 16.2 percent market share in February 2019.Customer choice process is a
complex phenomenon. Making a decision to buy a product or services involves many processes. The researcher
has made an attempt to identify the brand preference of Hyundai cars in the study area and to examine customer
satisfaction. This study includes the ways of getting awareness about Hyundai cars, the factors influencing the
buying decision of the customers and the level of satisfaction towards these Hyundai cars. In order to analyze the
level of satisfaction of customers towards Hyundai car, ranking method is used by calculating weighted average
104. score for the each influencing factor. With regard to after sale service, interior decoration and Air cooler facility,
the customers are dissatisfied with these factors. On the other positive side, Most of the customers are very much
satisfied with the style/color, safety, engine performance and driving comfort. 460-463
Keyword: Hyundai car, customer satisfaction, factors, After sales service.

References:
1. Dr. V.K.K Kaushik and NeerajKaushik [south west Haryana], “A Study on Brand Preference and Recommendation on Various
Cars”. Indian Journal of Marking, Vol xxxv, No.4 April 2005.
2. Dr.A.T.Jaganathan, Mr.M.Mohanraj,“A STUDY ON BRAND AWARENESS TOWARDS HYUNDAI CARS IN
TAMILNADU, Journal Mechanical and Civil Engineering, Volume-2, Issue-6 , June2015, pg 32-41
3. Dr. V. Suganthi, R. Renuka . A study on customer satisfaction towards Maruti Suzuki Swift cars in UdumalpetTaluk International
Journal of Multidisciplinary Research and Development feb -2016-ISSN: 2349-4182.
Authors: G. Thamaraiselvi
Paper Title: Customers’ Attitude towards Shopping at Home
105. Abstract: Traditional marketing, sellers meet the difficulty to reach a wide of customers in world wide.
Now it was changed, there is an easy way to reach the customer is internet. Both buyers and sellers from world
meet together and exchange their products at minimum of amount. It is an ease way of marketing. The aim of 464-467
this study is to study customers’ preference towards online websites and also preferred products to shop online
and also to identify the satisfaction level of customers towards online shopping. In case of eatables, people don’t
want to take risk regarding their health. Likewise, they don’t have much interest to buy vegetables from online
compared with offline shopping. This is due to lack of bargaining of price. Most of the online shoppers
dissatisfied with the privacy of data due to some recent issues. These are lessons to the online service providers
to create awareness among people about their business. It helps to motivate them to buy from their websites.
Moreover, people also should more conscious while shopping.
Keyword: Online Marketing, Online Shopping, Electronic Marketing, Customers’ Satisfaction, Online
Websites
References:
1. Kaur, Parminder, and Ashutosh Pathak. "E-marketing-a global perspective." International Journal of Engineering Research and
Applications 5.2 (2015): 116-124.
2. Alawneh, Ali, Hasan Al-Refai, and Khaldoun Batiha. "Measuring user satisfaction from e-Government services: Lessons from
Jordan." Government Information Quarterly 30.3 (2013): 277-288
3. Eid, Mustafa I. "Determinants of e-commerce customer satisfaction, trust, and loyalty in Saudi Arabia." Journal of electronic
commerce research 12.1 (2011): 78.Eid, Mustafa I. "Determinants of e-commerce customer satisfaction, trust, and loyalty in
Saudi Arabia." Journal of electronic commerce research 12.1 (2011): 78.
4. Matikiti, Rosemary, Bola Afolabi, and Wilhelmina Smith. "An empirical evidence on the usage of internet marketing in the
hospitality sector in an emerging economy and its relationship to profitability." International Review of Social Sciences and
Humanities 4.1 (2012): 181-197.
Authors: P.Ramakrishnan
Paper Title: An Examination on Production and Marketing of Cotton in Srivilliputtur Taluk

Abstract: Agriculture to-day occupies a very important and unique place in the economy of India. It
promotes rural employment, income level and enhances the socioeconomic status of the farmers. In short,
agriculture in India not only decides the economy of the country but also determines its Industrial development.
There are many kinds of agricultural products produced in India like Cotton, Paddy, Wheat, and Sugarcane etc.
Agricultural marketing involves many operations and processes through which the food and raw materials move
from the farm to the final consumers. Hence the researcher is intended to identify the existing and emerging
prospects in cultivation and production of Cotton in Srivilliputtur Taluk as well as to analyze the emanated and
enlarging problems in marketing of Cotton to arrive at appropriate authentication and respective rejuvenation.
106. Keyword: Agriculture, Cotton, manufacturer, marketing, Cultivation

References:
1. Banumathy.S, “Indian Journal of Marketing, Jan 2005 Page No. 27, VOL – XXXV. 468-472
2. Rajan Nair.N, “Marketing” New Delhi, Sultan chand & son, 1983, Page No. 3.74.
3. Vijay P. Sharma Productivity, Vol.39,No.3, October – December1998 P. No.483
4. Prabhar rao J.V. “Marketing efficiency in agricultural Products” Himalaya Publishing House, 1985, Page No. 19.
5. Prabhar rao J.V. “Marketing efficiency in agricultural Products” Himalaya Publishing House, 1985, Page No. 19.
6. Sureshkumar and Dr. Anand singh, Kishan world, May- August 2003, P.No.45.
7. Nagarajan.S.S, “Kisan world”, December 2007, Page No. 13.
8. Final Report of Famine Enquiry commission – 1948, Page. No. 129.
9. Pyle, J.F. “Principle of Marketing”, New York, McGraw – Hill book, 36, Page. No.24.
10. Converse, Hugey and Mitchell,“Elements of marketing”,1983 page No. 1.
11. Marchland, D., and Varadharajar, B. An Introduction to Marketing”, Vikas publishing House pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 1981 Page No.
304.
12. Report of the Indian committee 1919 Page. No. 236.
Authors: S. B. Inayath Ahamed
An Empirical Research on the Problems and Prospects Perceived by the Small Scale Entrepreneurs
Paper Title:
in Salem District
Abstract: Small-scale entrepreneurs in Tamil Nadu, especially in Salem district, produce an enormous
variety of products which include mass consumption goods, readymade garments, hosiery goods, electrical
products, handlooms and handicrafts. The contribution of small industries in these areas to the balanced regional
development of whole state as well as the country is noteworthy. This study is confined to small-scale industries
which are located in Salem District of Tamil Nadu, India. Since, the objective of this study is to analyze the
problem and prospects of the small-scale entrepreneurs in the study area covering a period of ten years from
107. 2001-2002 to 2011-2012, the findings of the study will be useful for the entrepreneurs who are engaged in small-
scale industries for further development and progress of their establishments and thereby growth of the
economy. The research will also be useful for the academicians and policy makers. 473-476
Keyword: Small Scale Entrepreneurs, Salem District, Entrepreneurship, Problems of entrepreneur.

References:
1. Subramanian.R., Shiva Kumar.K., And Palanisami.M., Entrepreneurship In Small Industries In Madurai City And Its Environs,
Sangam Publishers, Madras, 1975
2. AshisNandyAnd Raymond L. Owens, The New Vysyas, Allied Publishers Pvt., Ltd, 1977.
3. Chandra R.K, Entrepreneurial Success: A Psychological Study, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers, 1991. Delhi, 1989.
4. Patel V.G, "Entrepreneurship Development Programs in India" in 'Development of New Entrepreneurs', EDII, Ahmedabad,1987,
p.l-40.
5. NarasimhaMurthy.B.E.V.Y.,Entrepreneurship in Small Towns, Mittal Publications, New Delhi, 1989.
Authors: Chandrasekar Thangavelu, Jawahar Rani Kanagasabapathi
Paper Title: Expectation of Online and Offline Shopping and its Impact towards Customer Purchase Intention
Abstract: In this digital era the people are fulfilling and satisfying their needs and wants by various modes of
purchase process. The technological growth has made Man move towards simple and innovative way for
choosing their basic needs in the market. Enormous numbers of choices are available in the market for
customers, specially, offline and online shopping. All the industries have been developing the marketing strategy
in an innovative way and also strategy of approaching customer for their business growth. After the growth of
internet, most of the ecommerce businesses have developed in the market. Even offline shopping channels have
also changed their pattern of marketing their products and services. In this article we are briefly analyzing about
the factors influencing the online and offline shopping and purchase intention of customer. The expectation of
online and offline shopping customers are analyzed for identifying the factors influencing the customer which
makes them to take decision towards their shopping.
Keyword: Online / offline Shopping, Customer, Technology, Consumer behavior

References:
1. Bachrach, D. G., Ogilvie, J., Rapp, A. and Calamusa IV, J. (2016). More
than a showroom: Strategies for winning back on-line shoppers, 1st edn, Palgrave McMillian,US.
2. Bogaisky, J. and Walker, B. K. (2014). Retail in crisis: These are the
3. changes brick-and mortar stores must make.
Catherine,S, &Magesh, R.(2017).Retail Shopper’s Satisfaction Using Differentiation Strategies. Indian Journal of Scientific
108. Research,14(1),74-76
4. Deloitte (2015).Omni-channel retail - A Deloitte point of view. Available from
https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/se/Documents/ technology/ Omnichannel-2015.pdf. [10.05.2016]. 477-484
5. Efthymios C. (2002) Influencing the online consumer’s behavior: the Web experience, volume 14, issue 2, pg.: 111-126
6. Hopkins, J. and Turner, J (2012). Go Mobile: Location-Based Marketing, Apps, Mobile Optimized Ad Campaigns, 2D Codes and
Other Mobile Strategies to Grow Your Business. 1st edn, Wiley, New Jersey.
7. Jobber, David. 2001, pg 61-69, Principles and Practice of Marketing McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, England
8. Nguyen, T.T.T.(2016). Factors Influencing Customer Satisfaction Towards Supermarkets In Thai Nguyen City,Vietnam.
International Journal of Economics, Commerce and Management.IV(2),464-474.
9. Piotrowicz, W. and Cuthbertson, R. (2014). Introduction to the special issue: Information technology in retail: Towards the
Omnichannel retailing. InternationalJournal of Electronic Commerce, Vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 5-16.
10. Satnam Kour Ubeja and D.D. Bedia (2011). A Study of Customer Satisfaction from Organized Retailing (With Reference To
Indore City), Prestige International Journal of Management and Research, Vol 4, Issue 2, pp 38-45
11. Sam Ch., Sharma Ch. 2015. An Exploration into the Factors Driving Consumers in Singapore towards or away from the Adoption
of Online Shopping. Global Business and Management Research: An International Journal, Vol. 7, No. 1, p. 60-73.
12. Saini Neelam (2012). A Study of Organised retail outlets in Haryana- determinants of retail customer satisfaction, International
Journal of Marketing and Management Research, Vol 2, Issue 7 pp 66-68
13. Shaheema Hameed (2015). A Study on Consumer Satisfaction in Organised Retail with respect to Apparels,Research Paper, Vol
4, Issue 10 pp 24-32.
14. Sameera.P (2015). A Study on the Customer Satisfaction in the Organised retail Outlets, International Journal of Economic and
Business Review, Vol 3, Issue 1 pp 238-243.
15. Verma P., Jain S. 2015. Skills Augmenting Online Shopping Behavior: A Study of Need for Cognition Positive Segment.
Business Perspectives and Research, 3(2), p. 126–145.
16. Yadav,R.K.,&Verma,M.(2015).Consumer Preference Towards Retail Stores for Food and Grocery in Evolving Retail Market.
International Letters of Social and Humanistic Sciences,6,102-111.
17. Wu W., Ching Ke Ch. 2015. An Online Shopping Behavior Model Integrating Personality Traits, Perceived Risk, and
Technology Acceptance. Social Behavior and Personality, 43(1), p. 85-98
Authors: V. Sathya Moorthi, S.B. Inayath Ahamed
Paper Title: Examining Driving Forces of SHRM Practices Promoting Organisation Effectiveness
Abstract: The aim of this study is to find out the factors underlying a SHRM practice which promotes
organization effectiveness by studying the implication and existence of SHRM practices in the firm and
analyzing the impact of HR strategy on achieving organizational effectiveness in the firm. Both primary and
secondary data was used in the process of carrying out the study. In order to collect the primary data, a well-
formulated questionnaire was circulated and personal interviews were carried out with the employees in the firm.
Secondary data was collected from the firm’s employee manual, HRM reports, and HR journals. All the 30
(sample size) officials from top management and few line managers from the firm (stationed at Tuticorin) are the
109. respondents for the study. Judgmental sampling was used. Percentage and Correlation method was used for the
analysis. Forty-three percent employees feel that the CSR activities carried out in the firm has been influenced
by the incorporation of SHRM in the management. More attention can be given on carrying out CSR activities 485-487
effectively. Job rotation and flexible schedules can be carried out to improve the employees’ progress. The
management should ensure that the functional managers should work in close co-ordination with the HR
managers rather than allowing it to work isolated. This will ensure that, the HR practices are carried out without
deviating from the HRM policy of the company.
Keyword: Driving Forces, Effectiveness, HR strategy, SHRM practices

References:
1. Frase, M. J., “Smart Selections,” HR Magazine, December 2007.
2. Armstrong, Michael, (2008). Strategic Human Resource Management: A Guide to Action, 4th Edition, Kogan Page, London, p.11.
3. Porter, Michael E., (1985). Competitive Advantage, Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance, The Free Press, USA, p.38.
4. Wernerfelt, Birger, (1984). “A Resource- based View of the Firm”, Strategic Management Journal, Vol.5, p.172, pp.171- 180.
5. Lado, Augustine A., Wilson, Mary C., (1994). “Human Resource Systems And Sustained Competitive Advantage: A Competency -
Based Perspective”, Academy of Management Review, Vol. 19. No. 4, p.699, pp.699-727.
6. Fitz-enz, Jac, (2000). The ROI of Human Capital: Measuring the Economic Value of Employee Performance, American
Management Association, USA, p.1.
7. Pfeffer, Jeffrey, (1994). Competitive Advantage Through People: Unleashing The Power of Workforce, Harvard Business School,
USA, p.57. Esra NEMLİ ÇALIŞKAN 115
8. Wright, Patrick M., Dunford, Benjamin B., Snell, Scott A., (2007). “Human Resources and Resource-Based View of The Firm”, in:
Randall S. Schuler, Susan E. Jackson, Strategic Human Resource Management, 2nd Edition, Blackwell, USA, p.76.
9. Schuler, Randall S., Jackson, Susan E., (2007). Strategic Human Resource Management, Blackwell Publishing, USA, , p.xiii.
Authors: G. Ramesh Pandi
Paper Title: Financial Performance of Regional Rural Banks in Tamilnadu

Abstract: Regional rural banks play a crucial role for the development of rural areas, which consists of two-
third population in India. RRBs provides timely credit and other required assistance to the rural population. The
success of rural finance mainly depends on the financial potency and capability. Regional rural banks are the
most important financial institution at the rural level which assumed the accountability of fulfilling credit
requirements of rural areas. This study is conducted on the basis of secondary data collected from annual reports
of NABARD. This study measures the growth pattern of RRBs, key performance indicators and financial
performance of RRBs. This study used 10 year data from 2007-08 to 2016-17, and uses descriptive statistics and
growth percentages to get reliable results. It was concluded that the financial performance of regional rural
banks has increased significantly.
Keyword: Regional Rural Banks, Growth Pattern, Financial Performance, Key Performance Indicators,
Rural Areas, NABARD.
110.
References:
1. Ahmed, J.U. (2014). The efficacy and working of regional rural banks: an implication in Indian context. International Journal of
Banking, Risk and Insurance, 2(1), 18-29.
488-491
2. Dhanraj, N. & Saikumar, R. (2016). Performance evaluation of regional rural banks with reference to Telengana Gramina bank,
Hyderabad. International Journal of Research in Regional Studies, Law, Social Sciences, Journalism and Management Practices,
1(10), 109-117.
3. Geetha, R.S. (2016). Performance evaluation of regional rural banks with reference to Krishna Pragathi Gramina bank, Shimogga
district. IOSR Journal of Business and Management, 18(1), 42-56.
4. Ibrahim, M.S. (2010). Performance evaluation of regional rural banks in India. International Business Research, 3(4), 203-211.
5. Jayaramaiah, N., Anand. M.B. & Ramesh, H. (2013). Rural banking strategies for inclusive growth with special reference to rural
Karnataka. Acme Intellects International Journal of Research in Management, 1(1), 1-17
6. Jha, B. K. (2008). Role of banking service in rural entrepreneurship (a case study of Sultanpur district, Uttar Pradesh). Banking
Finance, 9-12
7. Khankhoje, D. & Sathye, M. (2008). Efficiency of rural banks: the case of India. International Business Research, 1(2), 140-149.
8. Lodha, G. & Trivedi, L.V. (2015). NABARD: A financial inclusion through regional rural banks (RRBs). International Journal of
Research in Business Management, 3(10), 77-82.
9. Megha, V. & Bhatia, A. (2013). Performance evaluation of regional rural banks in India during pre and post amalgamation period.
Abhigyan, 30(4), 40-55.
10. Soni, A.K. & Kapre, A. (2012). Performance evaluation of regional rural banks in India. Journal of Research in Commerce &
Management, 1(11), 132-145.
Authors: P. Nagalakshmi
Paper Title: Consumer’s Perception towards Online Shopping- A Special Reference to Chennai
Abstract: Over the last decade the online shopping is getting more popular across the world. The online
consumers became online shoppers because of its convenient and time savings. It is very easy for them to buy
the products by simply sitting at a home. Online shopping avoid the waiting time in a shop and make a search
for a particular products in a shop. This research work is an attempt to explore the factors that may affect the
attitude of consumers in Chennai towards online shopping. The results revealed four important factors viz.
reason, problem, satisfaction and technology to be deciding factors of online shopping behaviour of consumers
in Chennai.
111.
Keyword: Online Shopping, E-Shopping, Home Shopping, Virtual Shopping, Consumer Behaviuor
References: 492-495
1. Sanjeevkumar&SavitaMaan (2014), “status & scope of online shopping : An interview analysis through literature review”,
international journal of advance research in computer science and management studies, vol.2, issue 12, ISSN: 2321-7782.
WWW.ijarcsms.com.
2. Shaileshpandey et al..(2014), “consumer behaviour towards retails outlets India”, international journal of engineering and
management research, vol.4, issue-2, ISSN NO: 2250-0758, Pp; 228-231. www.ijemr.net
3. Kisanshivajirao Desai (2014), “consumer buying behaviour of cosmetic products in Kolhapur”, vol.1, issue-10, ISSN: 2347-2723.
4. DahiyaRicha (2012), “Impact of demography factors of consumers on online shopping behaviour in India”, journal of
international journal of engineering and management sciences, vol.3 (1), ) (ISSN 2229-600x), Pp: 43-52.
5. SajjadNazir et al(2012), “ Hoe online shopping is affecting consumers buying behaviour in Pakistan? ”, IJCSI international
journal of computer sciences issues, vol.9, issue.3. NO 1,(ISSN: 1694-0814). WWW.IJCSI.org
6. Dr.S.Karthik and S.Muthupandi (2017), “A study on Consumer Behaviour towards online Fashion Products in Virudhunagar
City- College Girls”, World Wide Journal of Multidisciplinary Research and Development, 3(12), 233-236.
Authors: Ramalakshmi Krishnan, Anil Chandrasekaran, Selvarani Mariappan
Developing Conceptual frame work for building Sustainable Organisation through Organisational
Paper Title:
Citizenship Behaviour
Abstract: The study examined the existing literature on Organisational Citizenship Behaviour (OCB) and its
associated variables through social network analysis using Gephi. A sample of 22 recent research articles related
to OCB and the variables and constructs used in those studies have been selected for network analysis to identify
the major influencing variables and to identify possible research gaps to formulate a conceptual model for
further research. GEPHI 0.9.2 and NodeXL graph softwares were used for the network analysis to enable easy
visualisation of the links between the variables. The result shows that OCB and commitment, OCB and Job
satisfaction, OCB and empowerment were most examined however, the most prominent variables altruism,
conscientiousness, sportsmanship that form a part of the OCB have not been used.
Keyword: Organisational citizenship Behaviour, Network analysis, Graph Theory.

References:
1. Azeem, M.M. Abrar, M. Bashir,M. and Zubair, A. (2015). “Impact of Organizational Justice and Psychological Empowerment
on Perceived Organizational Performance. The Mediating Role of Organizational Citizenship Behaviour”. American Journal of
Industrial and Business Management. Scientific Research Publication, 272-280.
2. Anne Kariuki, Kellen Kiambati. (2017). “Empowerment, Organizational Commitment, Organizational Citizenship Behavior
and Firm Performance.” Management Studies, Vol. 5, No. 4, 290-300, Kenya.
3. Arif Partono Prasetio et.al. (2017). ‘Job Satisfaction, Organizational Commitment, and Organizational Citizenship Behaviour in
State-owned Banking”. Universal Journal of Management 5(1): 32-38, http://www.hrpub.org DOI: 10.13189/ujm.2017.050104.
4. Ayesha Noor (2009). “Examining Organizational Citizenship Behavior As The Outcome Of Organizational Commitment: A
Study Of Universities Teachers Of Pakistan”. Proceedings 2nd CBRC, Lahore, Pakistan
5. Basharat Raza.et.al. (2017). “Impact of Managerial Coaching on Employee Performance and Organizational Citizenship
Behavior: Intervening Role of Thriving at Work”. Pakistan Journal of Commerce and Social Sciences,Vol. 11 (3), 790-813
6. P. David Jawahar. Samanvitha Swaminathan . (2013). “Job Satisfaction As A Predictor Of Organizational Citizenship
Behavior: An Empirical Study”. Global Journal Of Business Research , Volume 7. Tiruchirapalli, India.
7. El Din Mohamed WS. (2016). “Investigating the Relationship between Job satisfaction and Organizational Citizenship
Behavior.” Arabian Journal of Business and Management Review. ISSN: 2223-5833.
8. Gülsevim Yumuk Günay. (2018). “Relationship between Job Satisfaction, Organizational Citizenship Behavior and Employee
112. Performance”. American International Journal of Contemporary Research., Vol. 8, No. 1, Turkey.
9. Jency Priyadharshany.A and Sujatha.S. (1997). “Empowerment and Organisational Citizenship Behaviour: A Mediation
Analysis”. Man In India, 77-91, Serials publication. Chennai. 496-505
10. Jehad Mohammad et.al (2011). “Job Satisfaction And Organisational Citizenship Behaviour: An Empirical Study At Higher
Learning Institutions”. Asian Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 16, No. 2, 149–165.
11. Kaveh Hasani.et.al.(2013). “The effect of organizational citizenship behaviour on organizational commitment”. International
Network of Business and Management.Glob Bus Perspect,1:452–470, DOI 10.1007/s40196-013-0026-3.
12. Lara Priyadharshini Sinnappan. Mahadevan Amulraj. (2014). “Impact of Rewards and Recognition and Empowerment on
Organizational Citizenship Behaviors among Technical Engineers”. Management Studies and Economic Systems (MSES), 1
(2), 89-95, ZARSMI.
13. Mirza Muhammad Azeem et.al (2015). “Impact of Organizational Justice and Psychological Empowerment on Perceived
Organizational Performance: The Mediating Role of Organizational Citizenship Behaviour”. American Journal of Industrial
and Business Management, 5, 272-280, Scientific research pulication.
14. Mahdiyar Rahro. (2013). “Identification of Personality Traits Affecting on Development of Organizational Citizenship
Behavior.” Middle-East Journal of Scientific Research 16 (2): 274-281, ISSN 1990-9233.
15. Nahid Naderi, and Reza Hoveida (2013). “The relationship between Organizational Citizenship Behavior (OCB) and Human
Resources Empowerment (HRE) Case study: University of Isfahan”. International Journal of Human Resource Studies, ISSN
2162-3058, Vol. 3, No. 2.
16. Pratami Wulan Tresna. (2016). “The Influence of Transformational Leadership to Organizational Citizenship Behavior with
Job Satisfaction as Mediator Variable.” Review of Integrative Business and Economics Research, Vol. 5, no. 2, pp.295 -303,
ISSN: 2304-1013 (Online); 2304- 1269 (CDROM); 2414-6722.
17. Rahil Kazemi Talachi (2014). “An Investigation of the Role of Job Satisfaction in Employees’ Organizational Citizenship
Behaviour. Original scientific paper.” Coll Antropol. 38 2: 429–436
18. Seonghee Cho. Johanson, M. (2008). “Organizational Citizenship Behavior and Employee Performance: A Moderating Effect
of Work Status in Restaurant Employees.” Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research • DOI: 10.1177/1096348008317390.v
Georgia.
19. Sumi Jha. (2013). “Transformational leadership and psychological empowerment Determinants of organizational citizenship
behaviour”.
20. C. Vijayabanu. K. Govindarajan. R. Renganathan. (2013). “Organizational Citizenship Behavior And Job Involvement Of
Indian Private Sector Employees Using Visual Pls–Sem Model”. UDC 005.32.
21. Yupono Bagyo.(2018). “The Effect of Counterproductive Work Behavior (CWB) And Organizational Citizenship Behavior
(OCB) on Employee Performance With Employee Engagement As Intervening Variable.”. IOSR Journal of Business and
Management (IOSR-JBM), e-ISSN: 2278-487X, p-ISSN: 2319-7668. Volume 20, Issue 2, Indonesia.
22. Zahra Gholami, Javad Abdeli Soltanahmadi, Ghasem Pashavi and Sedigheh Nekouei. (2013).” Empowerment as a Basic
Step in Upgrading Organizational Commitment and Organizational Citizenship Behaviors: A Case Study on Public Sector in
Iran”. World Applied Sciences
Authors: K. Ramalakshmi, Selvarani Mariappan

Organisational Citizenship Behaviour and Quality of Work Life Balance among Educationalist and
Paper Title:
Hospital Workers
113. Abstract: The present examination was directed to look at the connection between organisational citizenship
conduct and worklife balance. The investigation led among two distinct segment sin Tirunelveli region and the
information were gathered from 101 representatives of teaching faculties and hospital workers. The organized 506-510
survey was utilized to gather the information from respondents. 20 authoritative citizenship conduct sizes of
Suzy fox and paul E Spector have been incorporated into this investigation. Gathered information were
investigated through expressive measurements and cross tabulation was utilized for dissecting the information.
Keyword: Organisational Citizenship Behaviour, Work Life Balance, Employee Commitment, Employee
Stisfaction
References:
1. Anindita Bose Guha, Niraj Kishore Chimote. (2012). Exploring The Relationship Between Organizational Commitment,
Organizational Citizenship Behaviour And Work Life Balance. Indian Journal of Commerce & Management Studies.
Volume III Issue. ISSN : 2249-0310 EISSN: 2229-5674.
2. Arif Partono Prasetio, Tjutju Yuniarsih, Eeng Ahman. (2017). Perceived Work-Life Interface and Organizational
Citizenship Behaviour: Are Job Satisfaction and Organizational Commitment Mediates the Relations? (Study on Star
Hotels Employees in Indonesia). International Journal of Human Resource Studies, ISSN 2162-3058 , Vol. 7, No. 2.
3. Ayesha Noor. (2009). Examining Organizational Citizenship Behavior As The Outcome Of Organizational
Commitment: A Study Of Universities Teachers Of Pakistan. Proceedings 2nd CBRC, Lahore, Pakistan.
4. Hamid Reza Quasemi, Milad Behzadi (2017). “The mediating role of work family enrichment
5. between organizational Intervening and organizational citizenship behaviour : (ask study: Banking sector). Journal of
Human Resource Management, Science publishing group, ISSN: 2331-0707.
Harikaran Thevanes (2018). “The relationships among work-life balance, organizational citizenship behaviour
and organizational performance: A review of literature. IOIR Journal of Business and Management, volume 20, Issue8.
Ver V.
6. Koop Lauren. R (2013). “The effort of perceived Supervisor work life support on Employee work Life Balance, job
satisfaction, organizational commitment and organizational citizenship behaviour American Psychology Association
edition.
7. .Mohammad Ghasemi1, Naser Khodizaee, Abdolaziz Bady Cherakhi, Ali Rodbari, Zahra Kohkan. (2016). Analyze the
Relationship between QWL and Organizational Citizenship Behavior Zabol University. Journal of Global Pharma
Technology. ISSN 0975 - 8542.
8. Makiah etal (2018). “Effect of work life balance, work place spirituality of organizational citizenship behaviour through
organizational commitment as intervening variables. International journal of Economics, commerce and Management,
volume. VI, Issue 7, ISSN 23480386, United kingdom.
9. Rabindra kumar Pradhan (2016). “Effect of work-life balance on organizational citizenship behaviour: Role of
organizational commitment. Global business Review sage publications IT (35) 155-295.
10. ThevaneSN, Mangaleswaram. T. (2018). “Relationship between work-life balance and job performance of Employees”.
IOIR Journal of business and management, volume 20, Issue 5, www.iosrjournals.org.
11. Organ, D. W. (1997). Organizational citizenship behavior: It's construct cleanup time. Human Performance, 10(2), 85-
97.
12. Organ, D. W., Podsakoff, P. M., & MacKenzie S. P. (2006). Organizational citizenship behavior: Its nature, antecedents,
and consequences. London: Sage Publications.
13. Podsakoff, N. P., Blume, B. D., Whiting, S. W., & Podsakoff, P. M. (2009). Individual- and organizational-level
consequences of organizational citizenship behaviors: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 94(1), 122-141.
14. .Rabindra Kumar Pradhan, Lalatendu Kesari Jena, Itishree Gita Kumari. (2016). Effect of Work–Life Balance on
Organizational Citizenship Behaviour: Role of Organizational Commitment. SAGE Publications ,Global Business
Review 17(3S) 1S–15S.
15. .Shailendra Kumar.Chaturvedi and Hari Mohan Saxena. (2017). Impact of quality of work life on organizational
citizenship behavior (OCB) with reference to higher education teachers in Lucknow City. Interrrnational journal of
Applied Research, 3(7): 395-399, ISSN Print: 2394-7500 , ISSN Online: 2394- 5869.
16. Shno mohamad, S.Kimuarsi, S.M.Hahem. (2016). Organisational Citizenship among the employees in private
universities. International journal of business and innovation, Vol2, Issue6.
17. .http://www.qld.gov.au/health/mental-health/lifestyle.
18. .http:// www.zenefits.com.
19. 1http://www.webmd.com
Authors: Ar. P. Kalaivani
Paper Title: Cost Control Methods for Efficient HVAC in Office Building
Abstract: Achieving Energy Efficiency in Office Buildings plays a key role in reducing the Environmental
Impact of Buildings to a larger extent. The Users in the workplace are often affected by the improper design of
HVAC systems. In most of the office buildings the Indoor Environmental conditions were not designed,
controlled and maintained which in turn increases the Energy cost of the buildings. Sustainable Design of
HVAC Systems includes all the mechanical equipments that efficiently controls, monitors and supplies the
Indoor Air. The objective of this paper is to (i) Do a comparative study and analyses the various building
Envelope in office buildings for reducing the Energy Cost in designing HVAC systems in Office buildings using
Ecotect Modelling.(ii) To compare the Energy cost of Water Cooled Screw Chillers and VRF Systems.
114. The above experimentation was held in ELCOT S office building in salem. The findings of this paper revealed
that usage of Porotherm wall construction along with VRF SYSTEMS in office buildings found to be effective
in achieving sustainable HVAC design. 511-515
Keyword: Energy Efficient Building Envelope, HVAC, Water Chiller, VRF(Variable Refrigerant Flow)
References:
1. HVAC systems design handbook/Roger W.Haines, C.Lewis Wilson.
2. HVAC and the Building: Siamese Twins (An integrated design pproach) Hugo Hens - HVAC&R Research - 1995
3. A.K. Mishra, M.G.L.C. Loomans, J.L.M. Hensen, Thermal comfort of heterogeneous and dynamic indoor conditions — An
overview, Building and Environment, Volume 109, 2016
4. D&R International Ltd, 2010 Building Energy Data Book.: U.S Departement of Energy DOE, 2011.
5. Konstantinos D. Patlitzianas, Konstantinos Iatropoulos and John Psarras Haris Doukas, "Intelligent building energy management
system using rule sets," Building and Environment, Oct 2006.
6. Victor M. Zavala, "Real-Time Optimization Strategies for Building
Systems,"2011,http://www.mcs.anl.gov/uploads/cels/papers/APT_70592_Zavala_Paper_071411.pdf.
7. J. Cockroft, S. Conner, J. W. Hand, N. J. Kelly, R. Moore, T. O'Brien, P. Strachan J. A. Clarke, "Simulation-Assisted Control in
Building Energy Management Systems," Energy and Buildings , no. 34, pp. 933-940, 2002.
8. Haris Doukas, Konstantinos D. Patlitzianas, Konstantinos Iatropoulos, and John Psarras, "Intelligent building energy manageme nt
system using rule sets," Building and Environment, vol. 42, pp. 3562–3569, October 2006.
9. Matthias Schuss, Robert Zach, Kristina Orehounig, and Ardeshir Mahdavi, "Emperical Evaluation of a Predictive Simulation-
Based Control Method," in 12th Conference of International Building Performance Simulation Association, Sydney, 2011
10. Lu Lu, Wenjian Cai, Yeng Chai Soh, and Lihua Xie, "Global Optimization for overall HVAC System _ part I Problem
Formulation and Analysis," EnergyConversion and Management, vol. 46, pp. 99–1014, August 2004.
11. A. Pouliezos, G. Stavrakakis, C. Lazos D. Kolokosta, "Predictive Control Techniques for Energy and Indoor Environmental
Quality Management in Buildings," ELSEVIER, no. 44, pp. 1850-1863, 2009.
12. John M. House, Curtis J. Klaassen, Morteza M. Ardehali and Theodore F. Smith Floyd E. Barwig, "The National Building
Controls Information Program," vol. 3, pp. 1-14, 2002
13. M and Smith, T.F. Ardehali, "Literature Review to Identify Existing Case Studies of Controls-Related Energy- Efficiency in
Buildings," Department of Mechanical Engineering, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, Technical Report ME-TFS-01-007 2001
14. R.J. Meador, S. Katipamula and M.R.Brambley D.D. Hatley, "Energy Management and Control System: Desired Capabilities and
Functionality," Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Richland, Washington, Technical Report PNNL-15074, 2005. [Online].
Energy Management and Control
15. Hui Sam C.M. and Joseph C. Lam, 1991, Overall Thermal Transfer Value (OTTV)- a review, Hong Kong Engineering,
September 1991
16. ANSI/ASHRAE/IES Standard 90A-1980, Energy Conservation in New Building Design, American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Atlanta, 1980
17. Hui, S. C. M., (1997), overall thermal transfer value (OTTV): how to improve its control in Hong Kong, In Proc. of the One -day
Symposium on Building, Energy and Environment, 16 October 1997, Hong Kong, pp. 12-1 to 12-11
18. Saidur R., Hasanuzzaman M., Hasan M.M. And Masjuki H.H.,(2009) ‘ Overall Thermal Transfer Value of Residential Buildings
in Malaysia, Journal of Applied Sciences 9(11), 2009, pp. 2130-2136
19. Lam, J.C. and Hui, S.C.M., 1996, A review of building energy standards and implications for Hong Kong, Building Research and
Information, 24(3), pp 131-140
20. Variable Refrigerant Flow Systems By William Goetzler, Member ASHRAE, published in ASHRAE Journal, April 2007. ©
Copyright 2007 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
21. https://www.elcot.in/it_parks_salem.php
Authors: J. Piriya Ram Prabhu, N. Lakshmi Thilagam
Paper Title: Tactile Ground Surface Indicator –Installation and challenges faced by visually impaired globally
Abstract: Tactile Surfaces are used by visually impaired people globally as an assistive tool for tactile cues
from the environment for their mobility. Tactile Ground Surface Indicators (TGSI) or Tactile Walking Surface
Indicators (TWSI) are used in many countries for visually impaired as a standard tool for enabling a barrier-free
environment. TGSI enable people with all types of visual impairment to wayfind, orient and detect hazard in the
built environment. The purpose of this study is to find the challenges faced by the installation of tactile ground
surface indicators and the challenges faced by visually impaired globally. This paper attempts to review the
relevant literature based on both installations of tactile ground surface indicators and the issues faced by the
visually impaired in many countries. The literature review shows that the visually impaired face challenges of
wayfinding, orientation, and hazard warning in many countries because of the absence of standardized design of
size, texture, color and installation protocol of TGSI. Maintenance and reinstallation of TGSI is an issue in many
countries which causes confusion and discomfort to visually impaired.
Keyword: Orientation, Tactile Ground Surface Indicators, Tactile Walking Surface Indicators, Visually
impaired, Wayfinding
References:
1. “Vision impairment and blindness’. Accessed 1 July 2019. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/blindness-and-
115. visual-impairment
2. Bourne RRA, Flaxman SR, Braithwaite T, Cicinelli MV, Das A, Jonas JB, et al.; Vision Loss Expert Group, “Magnitude,
temporal trends, and projections of the global prevalence of blindness and distance and near vision impairment: a systematic
review and meta-analysis,” Lancet Glob Health,5(9):e888–97, Sep 2017. 516-519
3. Antonio Lauria “Tactile pavings and urban places of cultural interest: A Study on detectability of contrasting walking surface
materials,” Journal of Urban Technology, 2017.
4. Josh Grisdale, and Accessible Japan. “How Japanese Inventor of Tenji Blocks Changed the Lives of Millions Around the
World,”. Japan Forward, 27 March 2019.
5. Kin Wai Michael Siu, “Design standard for inclusion: tactile ground surface indicators in China,” Facilities, Vol. 31 Iss 7/8 pp.
314 - 327, 2013.
6. Ardilson Pembuain, Sigit Priyanto, Latif Budi Suparma, “ The evaluation of tactile ground surface indicator condition and
effectiveness on the sidewalk in Yogyakarta City, Indonesia,” IATSS Research, 2019 in press..
7. TomomiMIZUNO,ArisaNISHIDATE,KatsumiTOKUDA,KunijiroARAI, “Installation errors and corrections in tactile ground
surface indicators in Europe, America, Oceania, and Asia,” IATSS RESEARCH Vol.32 No.2, 2008.
8. ISO 23599:2019, “Assistive products for blind and vision impaired persons-Tactile walking surface indicators.”
9. Hisato OHNO, Ayako SUZUKI, Naohiro AKIU, “Measuring methods of luminance contrast between tactile walking surface
indicators and their surrounding or adjacent surfaces at railway stations,” Quarterly Report of RTRI • May 2017
10. Vijaya Prakash R, Taduri S, “Safe navigation for elderly and visually impaired people using adhesive tactile walking surface
indicators in home environment,” Information and Communication Technology for Sustainable Development. Advances in
Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol 933. Springer, June 2019.
11. Fairuzzana Ahamd Padzi, Fuziah Ibrahim, Norashikin Abdul Karim “Incongruent installation of tactile ground surface indicator
toward visual impaired people’s need: Masjid Jamek station,” Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 101 ( 2013 ) 130 – 139.
12. Ståhl, Agneta, Emma Newman, Synneve Dahlin-Ivanoff, Mai Almén, and Susanne Iwarsson. “Detection of warning surfaces in
pedestrian environments: The Importance for Blind People of Kerbs, Depth, and Structure of Tactile Surfaces,” Disability and
Rehabilitation 32, no. 6 (January 2010): 469–82.
13. Øvstedal, Liv Rakel, Terje Lindland, and Inger Marie Lid. “On our way establishing national guidelines on tactile surface
indicators,”. International Congress Series 1282 (September 2005): 1046–50.
14. Øvstedal, Liv Rakel, Inger Marie Lid, and Terje Lindland. “How to evaluate the effectiveness of a tactile surface indicator
System? ,” International Congress Series 1282 (September 2005): 1051–55.
15. Halime Demirkan, “Effectiveness of tactile surface indicators in 'design for all' context,” Open House International. 38. 43 -51.,
2013.
16. C. Thinus-Blanc and F. Gaunet, “Representation of space in blind persons: Vision as a spatial sense?”, Psychological Bulletin,
vol. 121, no. 1, pp. 20–42, 1997.
Authors: Raxshitha Sasikala
Paper Title: Sustainable Transportation System

Abstract: Developing cities and its opportunities have become a global attraction, inviting the rural
population into urban area. This rate of increase in population and overbuilt roadways have outgrown the
possibility of shaping our city and making it accessible for all. It is important to note that connecting various
parts of the city, giving life to the streets are vital for the livelihood of any city. Energy efficient modes of
transportation, combining trips or travelling less by adapting transit oriented development can enhance the
environmental quality and quality of life. Therefore it is important to understand the benefit of sustainable
transportation system and its role in developing a sustainable environment
Keyword: Developing city, Sustainable transportation, energy efficient, quality of life, sustainable
environment
116.
References:
1. The Sustainable Development Goals Report, United Nations Development Programme, 2015
2. Brundland Commission Report, “Our Common Future” 1987 520-522
3. OECD Proceedings, Towards Sustainable Transportation, The Vancouver Conference, 24-27 March, 1996
4. Daly, H.E., 1991. Ecological economics and sustainable development: from concept to policy (No. 1991). World Bank,
Environment Department, Policy and Research Division
5. Litman, Todd and David Burwell (2006), “Issues in Sustainable Transportation,” International Journal of Global Environmental
Issues, Vol. 6, No. 4
6. Moving on Sustainable Transportation (MOST) (1999) Transport Canada
7. Camagni, R., Gibelli, M.C., Rigamonti, P., 2002. Urban mobility and urban form: the social and environmental costs of differe nt
patterns of urban expansion. Ecol. Econ. 40 (2)
8. Jack N. Barkenbus, Eco-driving: An overlooked climate change initiative, Energy Policy 38 (2010) 762–769
9. Sudhakar Yedla, Ram M. Shrestha, Multi-criteria approach for the selection of alterna tive options for environmentally
sustainable transport system in Delhi
10. Christy Mihyeon Jeon and Adjo Amekudzi, Addressing Sustainability in Transportation Systems: Definitions, Indicators, and
Metrics
11. Julian Smith, Edward Clayton, Daniel Hanson, Building sustainable, inclusive transportation systems: A framework for the
future, 2017
Authors: Vinu Pandyan Lakshmanan, N. Lakshmi Thilagam
Paper Title: Smart Cities: A Local perspective

Abstract: As known, Temple cities were originally developed by Traditional societies. These cities are
famous for its Heritage, tradition and Culture. Its mighty hierarchical system of Societal Stratification and power
controlled the City’s expanse, Economy and few other areas segment wise. Because of the limitations in land
area, the community strength was controlled. Unanimity of Physical Planning process was partial and was only
limited to a set of favored groups, based on occupation. This was due to the structural construct of the traditional
urbanism. Due to which, there was a socio-economic inequality in the society. As a result, the life expectations
of the marginalized sector and the deprived remain inadequate and unknown. This has led to the social exclusion
of this disadvantaged group of communities since ages. As a continuum, it has a possibility to change the
Quality of Life [QOL], of these groups in these cities forever. In this context, having an exaggerated sense of
self-importance on the subjective, “Cultural Heritage” in today’s scenario, can only cater a segment of society. It
has the possibility of leaving the Urban Planning process into a social bias. This seems to be factual for the city
of Madurai. As the city grows, there has to be an exhaustive and detailed study on the aspects of cultural
117. attributes, lineage, land distribution, population etc. So, today, in the midst of many serious efforts by the
government to resolve such fundamental issues of inequalities, there lies a gap still unresolved, leaving out to
ambiguity. Hence, the Urban planning process and initiatives at these places, needs a closer look and should be 523-526
carefully handled based on the growth patterns. The recent governmental initiatives, policies, Planning and
implementation are focusing on “Smartness” of the city, to ensure sustainable growth. Participation levels of the
common public, especially the so-called are subjective matters here in this case. Access and authenticity of
governmental digital data, transparency and fair means of electronic governance is needed. The city needs a
better approach and a fresh perspective for its Planning methods for a sustainable growth. This paper discusses
the idea behind the social conditions of the people of such groups in traditional cities as an extension of the
hegemony of the past, in today’s scenario. Also, it highlights the existing proposal and missing link of the same
with reference to the social aspects of Madurai city.
Keyword: Traditional urbanism, e-governance, Social inequalities, Smart city, marginal sector, ICT, big data
References:
1. India’s Smart Cities Mission: Smart for Whom? Cities for Whom? [Update 2018], Housing and Land Rights Network, New Delhi,
2018
2. Granier, B., Kudo, H.: How are citizens involved in smart cities?Analysing citizen participation in Japanese Smart Communitie s.
Inf. Polity, 116 (2016).
3. Fusco Girard, L. (2013), Toward a Smart Sustainable Development of Port Cities/Areas: The Role of the “Historic Urban
Landscape” Approach. Sustainability 2013, vol. 5, n 10, pp. 4329-4348.
4. Both, M., Kommers, P., Verhijde, M.: OpenGovEU project: Handbook Best Practices. (2015)
5. Neirotti, P., De Marco, A., Cagliano, A.C., Mangano, G., Scorrano, F.: Current trends in smart city initiatives: Some stylised facts.
Cities. 38, 2536 (2014)
6. Kennedy, R.: E-regulation and the rule of law: Smart government, institutional information infrastructures, and fundamental values.
Inf. Polity. 21, 7798 (2016)
7. Datapolis:A Public Governance Perspective on“Smart Cities”by Albert Meijer, Perspectives on Public Management and
Governance, 2017, Utrecht University
Authors: P. Balamurugan, S. Deepak raja, N. Sesha Sai baba, Ajay Pratap Kushwaha, Md Nasrullah
Paper Title: Fabrication of Motorized Low Speed Double Cone Blender

Abstract: Blending in powder metallurgy process is an important stage which affects the performance of the
composite prepared through the process. In the present study an attempt is made to fabricate a double cone
blender for enhancement of mixing process during the preparation of composite through powder metallurgy
process.
Keyword: double cone, blender, powder metallurgy.

118.
References:
1. P. Balamurugan and M. Uthayakumar, “Influence of Process Parameters on Cu–Fly Ash Composite by Powder Metallurgy
Technique,” Mater. Manuf. Process., vol. 30, no. 3, pp. 313–319, 2015. 527-529
2. A. Upadhyaya and G. S. Upadhyaya, Powder Metallurgy: Science, Technology, and Materials. 2018.
3. P. Balamurugan and M. Uthayakumar, “Wear Studies on SiC and Fly Ash Reinforced Copper Based Composites by Grey
Relational Analysis,” Adv. Mater. Res., vol. 984–985, pp. 304–312, 2014.
4. S. Naik et al., “Quantification of Tribocharging of Pharmaceutical Powders in V-Blenders: Experiments, Multiscale
Modeling, and Simulations,” J. Pharm. Sci., vol. 105, no. 4, pp. 1467–1477, Apr. 2016.
5. S. Tanabe, S. R. Gopireddy, H. Minami, S. Ando, N. A. Urbanetz, and R. Scherließ, “Influence of particle size and blender
size on blending performance of bi-component granular mixing: A DEM and experimental study,” Eur. J. Pharm. Sci., vol.
134, pp. 205–218, Jun. 2019.
6. D. Brone and F. . Muzzio, “Enhanced mixing in double-cone blenders,” Powder Technol., vol. 110, no. 3, pp. 179–189, Jun.
2000.
Authors: Lingaraj N, S K Rajesh Kanna, P Sivasankar, Ilayaperumal K, Akash C
Paper Title: Optimisation of AWJM Process Parameters for Machining Granite using PCA Methodology
Abstract: In Abrasive water jet machining, abrasive particles along with high pressure water are used to
intrude on the work materials ranges from soft to hard materials using high velocity jet. The process parameters
considered in this research for machining the granite are pressure, standoff-distance and cut quality.
Experimental investigation had been carried out, in order to identify the impact of varying the input machining
parameters on the results like kerf angle, material removal rate and roughness of the machined surface. In this
study, Taguchi’s Multi response technique namely principal component analysis had been used to optimize the
input parameters of the abrasive jet machine to obtain the desired outcome on granite work piece and also to
foresee the best optimal input machining values of abrasive jet machining such as pressure, standoff-distance
and cut quality. For each sequence of Taguchi L9 orthogonal array, sufficient number of experimentations had
been carried out. Then with the help of principal component analysis, optimal process parameters that influence
the granite machining characteristics have identified and to validate the experimentation, confirmation tests also
been carried out with required combinations of array.
Keyword: AWJM, Taguchi’s Multi response Method, ANOVA, PCA.

119. References:
1. Badgujar .P, Rathi .M.G ,Taguchi Method Implementation In Abrasive Water jet Machining Process Optimization International
Journal of Engineering and Advanced Technology (IJEAT) ISSN: 2249 – 8958, June2014, Volume-3, Issue-5,. 530-534
2. Chirag M Parmar, Mr. Pratik K Yogi, Mr. Trilok D Parmar, Optimization Of Abrasive Water Jet Machine Process Parameter For
Al-6351 Using Taguchi Method International Journal of Advance Engineering and Research Development (IJAERD) May 2014,
Volume 1,Issue 5, e-ISSN: 2348 - 4470 , print-ISSN:2348-6406.
3. ChithiraiPonSelvan M and MohanaSundara Raju N, Assessment Of Process Parameters In Abrasive Waterjet Cutting Of
Stainless Steel International Journal of Advances in Engineering & Technology July 2011.
4. LeeladharNagdeve, VedanshChaturvedi&JyotiVimal, Parametric Optimization Of Abrasive Water Jet Machining Using Taguchi
Methodology International Journal of Research in Engineering & Applied Sciences.
5. Nagdeve, VedanshChaturvedi&JyotiVimal,Implementation Of Taguchi Approach For Optimization Of Abrasive Water Jet
Machining Process Parameters LeeladharInternational Journal of Instrumentation, Control and Automation (IJICA) ISSN: 2231-
1890, 2012,Vol-1 Iss-3,4.
6. Rajesh Kanna S K, Sethuramalaingam P, Stainless Steel 316 Wire EDM Process Parameter Optimization By Using Taguchi
Method, International Journal of Emerging Research in Management and Technology , 2017, vol 6, issue, 2, p.p. 69-73.
7. S K Rajesh Kanna, Optimization Of Machining Parameters To Improve The Surface Finish In The Tialcn Nano-Coated
Turning Tool Using Ant Colony Algorithm, International Journal of Advanced Research Management Engineering technology,
2017, Vol. 2, issue 3, p.p. 569-576.
8. Sidda Reddy D, Seshu Kumar A, Sreenivasa Rao M,Parametric Optimization of Abrasive Water Jet Machining of Inconel 800H
Using Taguchi Methodology Universal Journal of Mechanical Engineering 2(5): 158-162, 2014.
9. Sreenivasa Rao M, Ravinder S and Seshu Kumar S, Parametric Optimization of Abrasive Waterjet Machining for Mild Steel:
Taguchi Approach, International Journal of Current Engineering and Technology E-ISSN 2277 – 4106, P-ISSN 2347 – 5161
10. Vinod B. Patel, Prof. V. A., Patel Parametric Analysis Of Abrasive Water Jet Machining Of En8 Material International Journal of
Engineering Research and Applications (IJERA)ISSN: May-June 2012, 2248-9622 Vol. 2, Issue 3, , pp.3029-3032.
11. Zoran Jurkovic, MladenPerinic, Sven Maricic, , Application Of Modelling And Optimization Methods In Abrasive Water Jet
Machining Journal of Trends in the Development of Machinery and Associated Technology 2012, Vol. 16, No. 1, ISSN 2303 -
4009 (online), p.p. 59-62.
Authors: Bharani kumar.S, Arul S, Murugan C, Sethuramalingam P, K.Mayandi
Paper Title: Experimental Examination of Metal Matrix Composite using EDM

Abstract: The advancement of modern materials has lead to the coming out of several Metal matrix
composites (MMCs), with the composition of new materials of which Aluminium metal matrix composite has
widely use in current drift due to its enhanced mechanical properties. In addition to examine the mechanical
behavior and its relative hardness, surface roughness. The reinforced material here used as silicon carbide
particulate (SiC) with aluminum matrix has used as a based material with three different proportions. Aluminium
6061 alloy is selected as a surrounding substance alloy. The base material taken as Al 6061 is in corporate with
silicon carbide with three different proportions. Three different additions of SiC were taken with the fractions of
5%, 10% and 15%.Finally testing for the material is carried out by means of the surface roughness values for the
EDM machined surface and casted surface is measured and shown by means of the graphical representation. At
the result a metal matrix composite of aluminium 6061 with silicon carbide 10% is found to be best of all with
their specific enhancement in their surface coarseness values.
Keyword: Silicon carbide, Aluminum alloy 6061,Electric discharge machining, surface hardness.
References:
1. A. Al-Rashed, S. Holecek, M. PrazAk, M. Procio. “Powder metallurgy route in production of aluminium alloy matrix particulate
composites”, Journal de Physique IV, (C7), pp.C7-1821-C7-1823, 1993, 03.
2. 2 Hybrid Aluminium Metal Matrix Composite Reinforced With SiC and TiB2 Johny James.Sa, Venkatesan.Kb, Kuppan.Pc*,
Ramanujam.Rd Procedia Engineering 97 ( 2014 ) 1018 – 1026
3. 3 K.Umanath, Analysis of dry sliding wear Behavior of Al6061/SiC/Al2O3 hybrid metal matrix composites.Material Science
Jounal Bharath University, Chennai, India
4. 4 J.M.Martin, T.omezacebo,And F. Castro , “Sintering behaviour and mechanical properties of PM Al–Zn–Mg–Cu alloy
containing elemental Mg additions” Article in Powder Metallurgy· pp.173-180, July 2002.
120. 5. 5 ChinawadDhadsanadhepl,TachaiLuangvaranunt, Junko Umeda and Katsuyoshi Kondoh. “Fabrication of Al/Al2O3 Composite
by Powder Metallurgy Method from Aluminum and Rice Husk Ash” Journal of Metals, Materials and Minerals. Vol.18 No.2,
pp.99-102, 2008.
6. 6 MortezaEslamian, Joel Rak, Nasser Ashgriz, “Preparation of aluminium /silicon carbide metal matrix composites using
535-538
centrifugal atomization”, Powder Technology, Volume 184,Issue 1, pp 11-20, May 2008.
7. 7 M.Muratoglu,O.Yilmaz, M. Aksoy, “Investigation on diffusion bonding characteristics of aluminium metal matrix composites
(Al/SiCp) with pure aluminum fordifferent heat treatments”, Journal of Materials Processing Technology, pp 211-217, (2006)
8. 8 Dolata-Grosza,J.Sleziona,“Structure and properties of aluminium cast compositesstrengthened by dispersion phases” Journal of
material Processing Technology, Vol 175 ,Issue 1-3, pp 192-197, June 2006.
9. 9 J.DuttaMajumdar, B. Ramesh Chandra, I. Manna, “Friction and wear behavior of laser composite surfacedaluminium with
silicon carbide” Wear, Vol 262 , Issue 5-6, pp 641-648,Feb 2007.
10. 10 Barbara Previtalia,DantePocci b, Cataldo Taccardo. “Application of traditional investment casting processto aluminium
matrix composites” Composites Part-A , Vol 39 , Issue 10, pp 1606-1617, Oct 2008.
11. 11 K.H. Ho, S.T. Newman, State of the art electrical discharge machining (EDM), Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 43 (2003) 1287 –
1300.
12. 12 S. Singh, S. Maheshwari, P.C. Pandey, Some investigations into the electricdischarge machining of hardened tool steel using
different electrodematerials, J. Mater. Process. Technol. 149 (2004) 272–277.
13. 13 S. B. Rayjadhav Development of Aluminum 6061-Sic Composite and It’s use in Manufacturing of Dovetail by Single
Response Optimization of Hardness and Surface Roughness by Taguchi Method in Stir CastingInternational Journal for
Innovative Research in Science & Technology| Volume 2 | Issue 09 | February 2016
14. 14 S. Singh and M.F Yeh., 2016, Optimization of Abrasive Powder Mixed EDM of Aluminium Matrix Composites with
Multiple Responses using Gray Relation Analysis, Journal of Materials Engineering and Performance 21:481–491
15. 15 Erden, A. and S. Bilgin., 1980, Role of impurities in electric discharge machining 21st International Machine Tool Design
and Research Conference, pp. 345-350, Macmillan, London.
16. 16 Hu, F. Q., F.Y Cao, B.Y Song, P.J Hou, Y Zhang, K Chen, J.Q Wei., 2016, Surface properties of SiCp/Al composite by
powdermixed EDM, Procedia CIRP, Vol.6 101 – 106
17. 17 S.Bharani kumar & Arul S , Examination on surface roughness in EDM of aluminium 6061 reinforced with 5% SiC using
design experiments, Applied Mechanics and Materials, Trans Tech Publications, Vol 813- 814 (2015),526-530.
18. 18 S.Bharani kumar & Arul S , Influence of silicon carbide particle addition in the aluminum (Al6061) Composite on EDM
process parameter, Int. Journal. Chemical Science, Sad guru publications,Vol14(4),2016,3157-3166.
19. 19 S.Bharani kumar & Arul S , CienciaeTecnica vitivinicola, A science and Technology Journal.,Vol,XX(n.XX,XX),2019,3157-
3166.
Authors: Jessy Michla. J.R, Rajini. N
Paper Title: Property Enhancement of Aluminium Based MMCs with Various Reinforcements
Abstract: Aluminium Matrix Composites are used in a wide variety of fields like Aerospace, Marine,
Automotive industries, structural applications, etc. This review paper is concerned with the different Aluminium
alloys with various reinforcements and studies the properties like strength, stiffness, hardness, wear rate and
121. porosity. It mainly aimed at the evolution of Aluminium Matrix composites in the Aviation sector. The need for
better performance, low cost and quite quality materials are upgraded by the latest MMCs and novel
manufacturing processes. With the reinforcements like Silicon Carbide, Boron Carbide, Titanium Oxide, etc. 539-546
improved the mechanical and tribological properties of MMCs. Likewise, the Fabrication Techniques such as
Powder Metallurgy as well as stir casting improved the performance of MMCs.
Keyword: Metal Matrix Composites, Al based MMCs, Reinforcements, Fabrication Techniques,

Mechanical Properties
References:
1. C.Y. Kong, R.C. Soar, “Fabrication of metal–matrix composites and adaptive composites using ultrasonic consolidation process,”
Materials Science and Engineering vol. 412, 2005, pp.12–18.
2. S. Balasivanandha Prabu, L. Karunamoorthy, S. Kathiresan,B. Mohan, “Influence of stirring speed and stirring time on
distribution of particles in cast metal matrix composite,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology vol. 171, 2006, pp. 268–
273.
3. Ajitanshu Vedrtnam, Anuj Kumar, “Fabrication and wear characterization of silicon carbide and copper reinforced aluminium
matrix composite,” Materials Discovery, vol 9, 2017, pp. 6-22.
4. S. Lakshmi, L. Lu, M. Gupta, “In situ preparation of TiB2 reinforced Al based composites,” Journal of Materials Processing
Technology, vol. 73,1998, pp. 160–166.
5. Hamid Abdolia, Hamed Asgharzadeha, Esmail Salahib, “Sintering behavior of Al–AlN-nanostructured composite powder
synthesized by high-energy ball milling,” Journal of Alloys and Compounds, vol. 473, 2009, pp. 116–122.
6. H.M. Hu, E.J. Lavernia, W.C. Harrigan, J. Kajuch, S.R. Nutt, “Microstructural investigation on B4C: Al-7093 composite,”
Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 297, 2001, pp. 94–104.
7. E. Subba Rao, N.Ramanaiah, “Influence of Heat Treatment on Mechanical and Corrosion Properties of Aluminium Metal Matrix
composites (AA 6061 reinforced with MoS2),” Materials Today: Proceedings, vol. 4, 2017, pp. 11270–11278.
8. Bekir Sadık Unlu, “Investigation of tribological and mechanical properties Al2O3–SiC reinforced Al composites manufactured
by casting or P/M method,” Materials and Design, vol. 29, 2008, pp. 2002–2008.
9. K. Kalaiselvan, N. Murugan, Siva Parameswaran, “Production and characterization of AA6061–B4C stir cast composite,”
Materials and Design, vol. 32, 2011, pp. 4004–4009.
10. T.P.D. Rajan, R.M. Pillai, B.C. Pai, K.G. Satyanarayana, P.K. Rohatgi, “Fabrication and characterisation of Al–7Si– 0.35Mg/fly
ash metal matrix composites processed by different stir casting routes,” Composites Science and Technology, vol. 67, 2007, pp.
3369–3377.
11. S.A. Sajjadi, H.R. Ezatpour, H. Beygi, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of Al–Al2O3 micro and nanocomposites
fabricated by stir casting,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 528, 2011, pp. 8765– 8771.
12. S. Tahamtan, A.Halvaee, M.Emamy, M.S.Zabihi, “Fabrication of Al/A206–Al2O3 nano/micro composite by combining ball
milling and stir casting technology,” Materials and Design, vol. 49, 2013, pp. 347–359.
13. Hisao Uozumi, Kenta Kobayashi, Kota Nakanishi, Tadashi Matsunaga, Kenji Shinozaki, Hiroki Sakamoto, Takayuki Tsukada,
Chitoshi Masud, Makoto Yoshida, “Fabrication process of carbon nanotube/light metal matrix composites by squeeze casting,”
Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 495, 2008, pp. 282–287.
14. S. Amirkhanlou, B. Niroumand, “Synthesis and characterization of 356-SiCp composites by stir casting and compocasting
methods,” Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China 20, 2010, pp. 788-793.
15. N. Parvina, R. Assadifard, P. Safarzadeh, S. Sheibani, P. Marashi, “Preparation and mechanical properties of SiC- reinforced
Al6061 composite by mechanical alloying,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 492, 2008, pp. 134–140.
16. P. Vijaya Kumar Raju, S. Rajesh, J. Babu Rao, N.R.M.R. Bhargava, “ Tribological behavior of Al-Cu alloys and innovative Al-
Cu metal matrix composite fabricated using stir- casting technique,” Materials Today: Proceedings, vol. 5, 2018, pp. 885– 896.
17. D. Roy, S. Ghosh, A. Basumallick, B. Basu, “Preparation of Fe-aluminide reinforced in situ metal matrix composites by reactive
hot pressing,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 415, 2006, pp. 202–206.
18. Ansary Yar, M. Montazerian, H. Abdizadeh, H.R. Baharvandi, “Microstructure and mechanical properties of aluminum alloy
matrix composite reinforced with nano-particle MgO,” Journal of Alloys and Compounds, vol. 484, 2009, pp. 400–404.
19. Yung-Chang Kang, Sammy Lap-Ip Chan, “Tensile properties of nanometric Al2O3 particulate-reinforced aluminum matrix
composites,” Materials Chemistry and Physics, vol. 85, 2004, pp. 438–443.
20. Sharma, Satpal Sharma, Dinesh Khanduja, “A study on microstructure of aluminium matrix composites,” Journal of Asian
Ceramic Societies, vol. 3, 2015, pp. 240–244.
21. Fevzi Bedir, “Characteristic properties of Al–Cu–SiCp and Al–Cu–B4Cp composites produced by hot pressing method under
nitrogen atmosphere,” Materials and Design, vol. 28, 2007, pp. 1238–1244.
22. Baradeswaran, S.C. Vettivel, A. Elaya Perumal, N. Selvakumar, R. Franklin Issac, “Experimental investigation on mechanical
behaviour, modelling and optimization of wear parameters of B4C and graphite reinforced aluminium hybrid composites,”
Materials and Design, vol. 63, 2014, pp. 620–632.
23. Hansang Kwon, Mehdi Estili, Kenta Takagi, Takamichi Miyazaki, Akira Kawasaki, “Combination of hot extrusion and spark
plasma sintering for producing carbon nanotube reinforced aluminium matrix composites,” Carbon, vol. 4 7, 2 0 0 9, pp. 5 7 0 –5
7 7.
24. S. Sivasankaran, K. Sivaprasad, R. Narayanasamy, Vijay Kumar Iyer, “Synthesis, structure and sinterability of 6061 AA100−x–x
wt.% TiO2 composites prepared by high-energy ball milling,” Journal of Alloys and Compounds, vol. 491, 2010, pp. 712–721.
25. H. Izadi A., Nolting C., Munro D.P., Bishop K.P., Plucknett A.P., Gerlich, “Friction stir processing of Al/SiC composites
fabricated by powder metallurgy,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol.213, 2013, pp. 1900-1907.
26. Baradeswaran, A. Elaya Perumal, “Study on mechanical and wear properties of Al 7075/Al2O3/graphite hybrid co mposites,”
Composites: Part B, vol. 56, 2014, pp. 464–471.
27. R.M. Mohanty, K. Balasubramanian, S.K. Seshadri, “Boron carbide-reinforced alumnium 1100 matrix composites: Fabrication
and properties,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 498, 2008, pp. 42–52.
28. Alateng Shaga, Ping Shen, Chang Sun, Qichuan Jiang, “Lamellar-interpenetrated Al–Si–Mg/SiC composites fabricated by freeze
casting and pressureless infiltration,” Materials Science Engineering A, vol. 630, 2015, pp.78–84.
29. Milliere, M. Suery, “Fabrication and properties of metal matrix composites based on SiC fibre reinforced aluminium alloys,”
Materials Science and Technology, vol. 4, 1988, 41-51.
30. Ch.Hima Gireesh, K.G.Durga Prasad, K.Ramji, P.V.Vinay, “Mechanical characterization of aluminium metal matrix composite
reinforced with aloe vera powder,” Materials Today: Proceedings, vol. 5, 2018, pp. 3289–3297.
31. Hongzhan Yi, Naiheng Ma, Xianfeng Li, Yijie Zhang, Haowei Wang, “ High-temperature mechanics properties of in situ TiB2p
reinforced Al–Si alloy composites,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 419, 2006, pp. 12–17.
32. Mina Bastwros, Gap-Yong Kim, Can Zhu, Kun Zhang, Shiren Wang, Xiaoduan Tang, Xinwei Wang, “Effect of ball milling on
graphene reinforced Al6061 composite fabricated by semi-solid sintering,” Composites: Part B, vol. 60, 2014, pp. 111–118.
33. M. Tabandeh Khorshid, S.A. Jenabali Jahromi, M.M. Moshksar, “Mechanical properties of tri-modal Al matrix composites
reinforced by nano- and submicron-sized Al2O3 particulates developed by wet attrition milling and hot extrusion,” Materials and
Design vol. 31, 2010, pp. 3880–3884.
34. L. Lu, M.O. Lai, C.W. Ng, “Enhanced mechanical properties of an Al based metal matrix composite prepared using mechanical
alloying,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 252, 1998, pp. 203–211.
35. Ogel, R. Gurbuz, “Microstructural characterization and tensile properties of hot pressed Al–SiC composites prepared from pure
Al and Cu powders,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 301, 2001, pp. 213– 220.
36. S. Scudino, G. Liu, K.G. Prashanth, B. Bartusch, K.B. Surreddi, B.S. Murty, J. Eckert, “Mechanical properties of Al- based metal
matrix composites reinforced with Zr-based glassy particles produced by powder metallurgy,” Acta Materialia, vol. 57, 2009, pp.
2029–2039.
37. S. Scudino, G. Liu, M. Sakaliyska, K.B. Surreddi, J. Eckert, “Powder metallurgy of Al-based metal matrix composites reinforced
with b-Al3Mg2 intermetallic particles: Analysis and modeling of mechanical properties,” Acta Materialia, vol. 57, 2009, pp.
4529–4538.
38. Jingyue Wang,a Zhiqiang Li, Genlian Fan,a Huanhuan Pan, Zhixin Chen, Di Zhang, “Reinforcement with graphene nanosheets in
aluminum matrixcomposites,” Scripta Materialia, vol. 66, 2012, pp. 594–597.
39. Fadavi Boostani, S. Tahamtan, Z.Y. Jiang, D. Wei, S. Yazdani, R. Azari hosroshahi, R. Taherzadeh Mousavian, J. Xu, X. Zhang,
D. Gong, “Enhanced tensile properties of aluminium matrix composites reinforced with graphene encapsulated SiC
nanoparticles,” Composites: Part A, vol. 4, 2014, pp.41-51.
40. S. Sahraeinejad, H. Izadi, M. Haghshenas, A.P.Gerlich, “Fabrication of metal matrix composites by friction stir processing with
different Particles and processing parameters,” Materials Science & Engineering A, vol.. 626, pp.
507-513.
41. Chu Ke, Jia Chengchang, Liang Xuebing, Chen Hui, “Effect of powder mixing process on the microstructure and thermal
conductivity of Al/diamond composites fabricated by spark plasma sintering,”Rare Metals Vol. 29, 2010, pp. 86-91.
42. Cong Zhou, Gang Ji, Zhe Chen, Mingliang Wang, Ahmed Addad, Dominique Schryvers,Haowei Wang, “Fabrication, interface
characterization and modeling of oriented graphite flakes/Si/Al composites for thermal management applications,” Materials an d
Design, vol. 63, 2014, pp. 719–728.
43. Manchang Gui, Suk Bong Kang, Jung Moo Lee, “Influence of porosity on dry sliding wear behavior in spray deposited Al– 6Cu–
Mn:SiCp composite,” Materials Science and Engineering A, vol. 293, 2000, pp. 146–156.
44. Ozge Balc, Duygu Ag˘aog˘ulları, Hasan Gokce, Ismail Duman, M. Lutfi Ovecog˘lu, “Influence of TiB2 particle size on the
microstructure and properties of Al matrix composites prepared via mechanical alloying and pressureless Sintering,” Journal o f
Alloys and Compounds, vol. 586, 2013, pp.78-84 .
45. Subrata Kumar Ghosh, Partha Saha, “Crack and wear behavior of SiC particulate reinforced aluminium based metal matrix
composite fabricated by direct metal laser sintering process,” Materials and Design, vol. 32, 2011, pp. 139–145.
46. Daoud, M.T.AbouEl-khair, “Wear and friction behavior of sand cast brake rotor made of A359-20 vol% SiC particle composites
sliding against automobile friction material,” Tribology International, vol. 43, 2010, pp. 544–553.
47. Barbara Previtali, Dante Pocci, Cataldo Taccardo, “Application of traditional investment casting process to aluminium matrix
composites,” Composites: Part A, vol. 39, 2008, pp. 1606–1617.
48. C.S. Ramesh, H. Adarsha, S. Pramod, Zulfiqar Khan,“Tribological characteristics of innovative Al6061–carbon fiber rod metal
matrix composites,” Materials and Design, vol. 50, 2013, pp. 597–605.
Authors: C.Bennet, N.Rajini, J.T.Winowlin Jappes

Influence of Chemical Treatment on Tensile and Flexural Properties of Sansevieria Cylindrica
Paper Title:
Polyester Composites
Abstract: The sansevieria cylindrica polyester composite slabs are made by compression molding technique
using fibres treated with sodium hydroxide (NaOH), silane, calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH)2) and potassium
permanganate (KMnO4) for optimum fibre length, optimum weight percentage and optimum curing temperature
( 40 mm, 40% wt, 600C) and their tensile properties have been studied. The inclusion of sansevieria cylindrica
fibre as reinforcement into polyester matrix improves the flexural and tensile strength till a certain weight
percentage, then it decreases drastically by further addition of fibre. The main problem in natural fibre is water
uptake which damages the fibre and thereby the strength is reduced. To improve the performance, surface
modification of fibres with various chemical treatments is performed and it enhanced the properties to a greater
extent. Ca(OH)2 treated composites showed higher tensile strength whereas silane treated composites showed
lower tensile strength. KMnO4 treated composites showed higher flexural strength whereas silane treated
composites showed lower flexural strength.
Keyword: Chemical treatment, Compression molding technique,Curing temperature, Sansevieria Cylindrica

fibre
References:
122. 1. ETN.Bisanda and MP.Ansell ,” The effect of silane treatment on the mechanical and physical properties of sisal-epoxy
composites", Composites Science and Technology, Vol. 41 (2), 1991, 165-178.
2. C.Girisha, Sanjeeva Murthy, Gunti Ranga srinivas and S.Manu, “Mechanical Performance Of Natural Fiber-Reinforced Epoxy- 547-550
Hybrid Composites”, International Journal of Research and Applications, Vol.2 (5), 2012, 615-619.
3. Govardhan Goud and RN.Rao, “Effect of fiber content and alkali treatment on mechanical properties of roystonea regia-
reinforced epoxy partially biodegradable composites”, Journal of Bulletin Material Science, Vol.34 (4), 2011, 1575-1581.
4. CAS.Hill and HPS.Abdul Khali, “Effect of fiber treatments on mechanical properties of coir or oil palm fiber reinforced polyester
composites”, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol.78 (9), 2000,1685-1697.
5. Julio César Mejía Osorio, Rodolfo Rodríguez Baracaldo and Jhon Jairo Olaya Florez, “The influence of alkali treatment on
banana fibre’s mechanical properties”, Ingeniería E Investigación, Vol.32 (1), 2012, 83-87.
6. MM.Kabir, H.Wang, KT.Lau and F.Cardona, “Chemical treatments on plant-based natural fiber reinforced polymer composites:
an overview”, Composites Part B: Engineering, Vol.43 (7), 2012, 2883-2892.
7. Laly A Pothan, CN.George, M.Jacob, and S.Thomas, “Effect of chemical modification on the mechanical and electrical
properties of banana fiber polyester composites”, Journal of Composite Materials, Vol.41 (19), 2007, 2371-2386.
8. Laly A Pothan, Jayamol George and Sabu Thomas, “Effect of fiber surface treatments on the fiber–matrix interaction in banana
fiber reinforced polyester composite”, Composite Interfaces, Vol. 9 (4), 2002, 335-353.
9. Y.Leonard , Mwaikambo and P.Martin , “ Chemical modification of hemp, sisal, jute, and kapok fibers by alkalization”, Journal
of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 84, 2002, 2222–2234.
10. Rakesh Kumar, Sangeeta Obrai and Aparna Sharma, “Chemical modifications of natural fiber for composite material”, Pelagia
Research Library Der ChemicaSinica, Vol. 2 (4), 2011, 219-228.
11. VS.Sreenivasan,S. Somasundaram , D.Ravindran , V.Manikandan and R.Narayanasamy , “Microstructural, physico-chemical and
mechanical characterization of sansevieria cylindrica fibers – an exploratory investigation”, Materials and Design, Vol. 32 (1),
2011, 453-461.
12. BS. Susheel Kalia, Kaith and Inderjeet Kaur, “Pretreatments of natural fibers and their application as reinforcing material in
polymer composites - A review”, Polymer Engineering & Science, Vol.49 (7), 2009, 1253-1272.
Authors: K.Mayandi , N.Rajini , S.Rajesh , M.Gopal Krishnan, N.Antony Rooth

Examination of Tensile Strength and End Notch Flexure Properties of Unidirectional Basalt Fabric
Paper Title:
123. Reinforced Polymer Composites With and Without Addition of Biochar Filler
Abstract: The effect of biochar filler (carbon particle) on the mechanical properties over the inter-laminar
surfaces of basalt unidirectional fabric/polyester resin is going to be scrutinized using Mode II delamination 551-555
method. The ENF (end notch flexure) specimen is fabricated using hand layup method. Here basalt fabric is
synthesized using unsaturated polymer resin with the help of methyl ethyl ketone peroxide and cobalt
naphthenate as a catalyst. Both specimens are manufactured with and without biochar conditions. The laminate
length and width will be customized as per the required dimensions of the ASTM standard. The ENF specimens
are tested using the universal testing machine and the strain energy released rate and displacement of each
specimen are been measured. The biochar based laminated composite has a resistant towards the fracture
developed on laminated composite during testing due to the addition of carbon particles.
Keyword: Unidirectional basalt fabric, Tensile strength, ENF (End Notch Flexure), BioChar(BC),.
References:
1. U. Nirmal, B.F.Yousif, D. Rilling, P.V. Brevern, “Effect of betelnut fibres treatment and contact conditions on adhesive wear
and frictional performance of polyester composites” Wear, 268,pp. 1354–1370, 2010.
2. R.B. Pipes, and N.J Pagano, “Interlaminar stresses in composite laminates under uniform axial extension” J. Composite
Materials, 4, pp. 538-548, 1970.
3. W. Yan, H.Y. Liu, and Y.W. Mai, “Numerical study of the mode I delamination toughness of z-pinned laminates” Composites
Science and Technology, 63, pp. 1481-1493, 2003.
4. A.G. Castellanos, M.S. Islam, M.A.I. Shuvo, Y. Lin, and P.Prabhakar, “Nanowire reinforcement of woven composites for
enhancing interlaminar fracture toughness” Journal of Sandwich Structures and Materials, 2016, DOI:
10.1177/1099636216650989
5. Hilding, E.A Grulke, Z.G. Zhang, and F. Lockwood, “Dispersion of Carbon Nanotubes in Liquids, Journal of Dispersion Science
and Technology, 24, 1, pp. 1-41, 2003.
6. D.F. Adams, L.A. Carlsson and R.B. Pipes, Experimental characterization of advanced composite materials, Third edition, CRC
Press, 2003.
7. M.S.ShamPrasad, C.S.Venkatesh, T.Jayaraju, “Experimental ppmethods of determining fracture toughness of fiber reinforced
polymer composites under various loading conditions” Journal of minerals&materials characterization& engineering, 10(13),pp.
1263-1275,2011.
8. E.S. Greenhalgh, C. Rogers, P. Robinson, “Fractographic observations of delamination growth mechanism” In: 16th International
Conference on Composite Materials, Japan; 2007.
9. Y. Gong, L. Zhao, J. Zhang, Y. Wang, N. Hu. “Delamination propagation criterion including the effect of fiber bridging for
mixed-mode I/II delamination in CFRP multidirectional laminates” Compos. Sci. Technol, 151, pp. 302–9. 2017.
10. L. Zhao, Y. Gong, T. Qin, S. Mehmood, J. Zhang, “Failure prediction of out-of-plane woven composite joints using cohesive
element” Compos Struct, 106, 407–16, 2013.
11. Y. Gong, L. Zhao, J. Zhang, N. Hu, “An improved power law criterion for the delamination propagation with the effect of large -
scale fiber bridging in composite multidirectional laminates. Compos Struct, 184, 961–8, 2018.
12. J. Tao, C.T. Sun, “ Influence of ply orientation on delamination in composite laminates” J Compos Mater, 32(21),1933–47, 1998
13. Mehdi Yasaeea,et al., “Dynamic mode II delamination in through thickness reinforced composites” In book, Frac. Fatig. Fail.
And Damage. Evaluation, 8, 2017, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-42195-7_13.
14. R, Rikards F.G. Buchholz, A.K. Bledzki, et al. “Mode I, Mode II and Mixed-mode I/II interlaminar fracture toughness of GFRP
influenced by fiber surface treatment” Mech. Compos. Mater, 32(5), 1–24, 1996.
15. L. Zhao, Y. Gong , J. Zhang, Y. Wang, Z. Lu, L. Peng, et al. “A novel interpretation of fatigue delamination growth behavio r in
CFRP multidirectional laminates” Compos Sci Technol, 133, 79–88, 2016
16. L. Peng, J. Zhang, L. Zhao, R. Bao, H. Yang, B.Fei. “Mode I delamination growth of multidirectional composite laminates under
fatigue loading” J Compos Mater, 45(10), 1077–90,2011.
17. C . Uma Maheswari, K. Obi Reddy, E. Muzenda, M. Shukla. A. Varada Rajulu, “Mechanical properties and chemical resistance
of short tamarind fiber/unsaturated polyester composites: Influence of fiber modification and fiber content” International Jo urnal
of Polymer Analysis and Characterization, 18, 520–533. 2013.
18. . K.Mayandi, N.Rajini, P.Pitchipoo, J.T. Winowlin Jappes, I. Siva, “ Mechanical performance of Cissus quadrangularis /polyester
composite” Materials Today Communications, 4, 222–232, 2015.
19. P.S. Sampath, V. Murugesan, M. Sarojadevi, G. Thanigaiyarasu, “Mode I and Mode II Delamination Resistance and Mechanical
Properties of Woven Glass/Epoxy–PU IPN Composites” Polymer composites, 2008, DOI 10.1002/pc.20371.
Authors: I. Siva
Thermal Conductivity and Flammability Analysis on Coconut Sheath Reinforced Polyester
Paper Title:
Composites
Abstract: Thermal conductivity is very important study done for the polymer composites towards
characterizing the application field in recent days. Present work, thermal conductivity along the thickness is
experimented. Flammability for the fabricated composites through accelerated and natural burning is studied and
reported. Composites are prepared under compression for varying reinforcement type. Hybrid composite are
also produced and compared with the properties of the virgin composites.
Keyword: Coconut Sheath, Polyester, Thermal Conductivity, Flammability.

References:
124. 1. A. Bledzki, J. Gassan, Composites reinforced with cellulose based fibres, Progress in Polymer Science 24 (1999) 221–274.
2. J. Gilfillan, S. Gilbert, G. Patrick, The use of frp composites in enhancing the structural behavior of timber beams, Journal of
Reinforced Plastics and Composites 22 (15) (2003) 1373–1388. 556-561
3. S. Sapuan, M. Maleque, Design and fabrication of natural woven fabric reinforced epoxy composite for household telephone
stand, Materials and Design 26 (2005) 65–71.
4. M. M. Rahman, M. A. Khan, Surface treatment of coir (cocos nucifera) fibers and its influence on the fibers physico-
mechanical properties, Composites Science and Technology 67 (2007) 2369 –
a. 2376.
5. K. Satyanarayana, A. Kulkarni, P. Rohatgi, Structures and properties of some vegetable fibers, Journal of Scientific & Industrial
Research
a. 40 (4).
6. B. Dash, A. Rana, S. Mishra, H. Mishra, N. SK, Novel lowcost jute-polyster composite ii. sem observation of the fractured
surfaces, Polymer Plastic Technology and Engineering 39 (2) (2000) 333–350.
7. V. Geethamma, K. Mathew, R. Lakshminarayanan, S. Thomas, Composite of short coir fibers and natural rubber: effect of
chemical modification, loading and orientation of fiber, Polymer 39 (6) (1998)
a. 1483–1491.
8. K. S. Ahmeda, S. Vijayarangan, Tensile, flexural and interlaminar shear properties of woven jute and jute-glass fabric reinforced
polyester composites, Journal of Materials Processing Technology
a. 207 (2008) 330–335.
9. S. Harish, D. P. Michael, A. Bensely, D. M. Lal, A. Rajadurai, Mechanical property evaluation of natural fiber coir
10. composite, materials Characterization 60 (2009) 44–49.[10] M. Mansur, M. Aziz, Study of bamboo-mesh reinforced cement
composites, International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete 5 (3) (1983) 165–171.
11. M. Sreekala, M. Kumaran, S. Joseph, M. Jacob, S. Thomas, Oil palm fiber reinforced phenol formaldehyde composites:
influence of fiber surface modifications on the mechanical performance, Applied Composite Materials 7 (2000) 295–329.
12. N. Gupta, B. S. Brar, E. Woldesenbet, Effect of filler addition on the compressive and impact properties of glass fiber
reinforced epoxies, Bulletin of Materials Science 24 (2).
13. R. Velmurugan, V. Manikandan, glass/palmyra fiber waste sandwitch composites, Indian Journal of Engineering & Material
Science 12 (2005) 563–570.
14. M. Jacob, S. Thomas, V. KT, Mechanical properties of sisal/oil palm hybrid fiber reinforced natural rubber compo sites,
Composites Science and Technology 64 (2004) 955–965.
15. M. Idicula, K. Joseph, S. Thomas, Mechanical performance of short banana/sisal hybrid fiber reinforced polyest er
composites, Journal of Reinforced Plastic & Composite 29 (2010) 12–29.
16. S. K. Samal, S. Mohanty, S. K. Nayak, Polypropylenebamboo/glass fiber hybrid composites: Fabrication and analysis of
mechanical, morphological, thermal, and dynamic mechanical behavior, Journal of Reinforced Plastic & Composite 28 (2009)
2729–2747.
17. S. Hashmi, U. Dwivedi, N. Chand, Graphite modified cotton fibre reinforced polyester composites under sliding wear conditions ,
Wear
a. 262 (11-12) (2007) 1426–1432.
18. [18] S. Amico, C. Angrizani, M. Drummond, Influence of the stacking sequence on the mechanical properties of
glass/sisal hybrid composites, Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites 29 (2010) 179–189.
19. J. W. Jappes, I. Siva, Studies on the influence of silane treatment on mechanical properties of coconut sheath rein forced
polyester composite, Polymer Plastic Technology and Engineering 50 (15) (2011) 1600–1605.
20. J. W. Jappes, I. Siva, N. Rajini, Fractography analysis of naturall y woven coconut sheath reinforced polyester composite: A
novel reinforcement, Polymer Plastic Technology and Engineering 51 (1 -6) (2011) In Print.
21. M. Wang, Q. Kang, N. Pan, Thermal conductivity enhancement of carbon fiber composites, Applied Thermal Engineering 29
(2009)
a. 418–421.
22. W. Kim, M. Taya, M. Nguyen, Electrical and thermal conductivities of a silver flake/thermosetting polymer matrix
composite, Mechanics of Materials 41 (2009) 1116–1124.
23. A. Patnaik, M. Abdulla, A. Satapathy, S. Biswas, B. K. Satapathy, A study on a possible correlation between thermal
conductivity and wear resistance of particulate filled polymer composites, Materials and Design 31 (2010) 837–849.
24. J. Brown, E. Braun, W. Twilley, Cone calorimetry evaluation of the flammability of composite materials, NBS Report 88 -
3733, NBSIR (1988).
Authors: S. Saravanasankar, G. Kalusuraman, I. Siva
Paper Title: Vibration Analysis on Luffa Fiber Reinforced Polyester composites

Abstract: The objective of this process is to investigate the free vibration characteristics of luffa fiber
reinforced polyester composites. It also includes the experimental investigation on density and hardness of luffa
fiber polyester reinforced composites. The simple laminated plate is fabricated using compression molding
machines under the pressure 17MPa.The composite specimen were subjected to modal analysis to obtain natural
frequencies and damping values. Damping values obtained are increasing according to the increase in weight
percentage. The damping values obtained are higher and ever seen in natural fiber
Keyword: Luffa fiber, polyester composite, fiber loading, vibration analysis.

References:
125. 1. Bordes, Perrine, Eric Pollet, and Luc Avérous. "Nano-biocomposites: biodegradable polyester/nanoclay systems." Progress in
Polymer Science 34, no. 2 (2009): 125-155.
2. Yan, Libo. "Effect of alkali treatment on vibration characteristics and mechanical properties of natural fabric reinforced
composites." Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites 31, no. 13 (2012): 887-896. 562-564
3. Alam, N., and N. T. Asnani. "Vibration and damping analysis of fibre reinforced composite material plates." Journal of composite
materials 20, no. 1 (1986): 2-18.
4. Berthelot, Jean-Marie. "Damping analysis of orthotropic composites with interleaved viscoelastic layers: modeling." Journal of
composite materials 40, no. 21 (2006): 1889-1909.
5. K. Senthil kumar, I. Siva, P. Jeyaraj, J.T.winowlin jappes, S.C Amico, N. Rajini. Synergy of fiber length and content on free
vibration and damping behavior of natural fiber reinfoced polyester composite beam. 56 (2014) 379-386.
6. Rath, M. K., and S. K. Sahu. "Vibration of woven fiber laminated composite plates in hygrothermal environment." Journal of
vibration and control 18, no. 13 (2012): 1957-1970.
7. Sakthivel, M., and S. Ramesh. "Mechanical properties of natural fibre (banana, coir, sisal) polymer composites." Science park 1,
no. 1 (2013): 1-6.
8. Karaagac, Celalettin, Hasan Ozturk, and Mustafa Sabuncu. "Effects of an edge crack on the free vibration and lateral buckling of
a cantilever laminated composite slender beam." Journal of Vibration and Control 19, no. 16 (2013): 2506-2522.
9. Cevik, Mehmet. "Effects of Fiber Orientation on Out-of-plane and In-plane Natural Frequencies of Angle-ply Laminated
Composite Arches." Journal of Reinforced Plastics and Composites 28, no. 1(2009): 59-71.
Authors: Manivannan J, Rajesh S, Mayandi K
Paper Title: Erosion Wear Performance of Sheep Wool Fibre Reinforced Polyester Composites
Abstract: This research work focused on erosion performance of sheep wool reinforced polyester
126. composites at varying wt% of fibre content (20 wt%, 30 wt% and 40 wt%). The compression moulding method
is used to develop the composite plate. To investigate the wear rate of the developed composite plates, the
composite plate is subjected to erosion studies. As per ASTM G76 the erosion test was done with the help of air 565-567
jet erosion tester. To investigate the factors of varying wt% of fibre, impingement angle and impact velocity of
the fabricated plates. The erosion behaviour of sheep wool fibre reinforced polyester composites is evaluated at
varying wt% of reinforcement (20 wt%, 30 wt% and 40 wt%) with different impact velocities (41 m/s, 72 m/s
and 100 m/s) and at different impingement angle (30o, 60o and 90o). The standoff distance, time and erodent
discharge rate were kept constant. Alumina oxide is used as erodent material with the size of 50 µm. From the
result, it is observed that increase in impingement angle increase the erosion rates. Another observation is made
that addition to impact velocity, increase in wt% of reinforcement decreases the wear rates.
Keyword: Sheep wool fibre, Polyester resin, Compression moulding, Erosion wear.
References:
1. I. Finnie, Some reflections on the past and future of erosion, Wear; vol. 186, 187(1), pp. 1–10, 1995.
2. G. Sundararajan, M. Roy, Solid particle erosion behaviour of metallic materials at room and elevated temperatures, Tribol Int ,
vol. 30(5), pp. 339–59, 1997.
3. I. Mutlu,C. Oner, F. Findik, Boric acid effect in phenolic composites on tribological properties in brake linings, Mater Des, vol.
28, pp. 480–7, 2007.
4. I. Mutlu,C. Oner, F. Findik, Wear performance of some phenolic composites with boric acid, Ind Lubricat Technol, vol. 59(1),
pp. 38–45, 2007.
5. S. Biswas, A. Satapathy, A study on tribological behavior of alumina-filled glass epoxy composites using Taguchi experimental
design, Tribol Trans, vol. 53, pp. 520–32, 2010.
6. A. Patnaik, A. Satapathy, S.S. Mahapatra, R.R. Dash, Implementation of Taguchi design for erosion of fiber reinforced polyester
composite systems with SiC filler, J Reinf Plast Compos, vol. 27(10), pp. 1093–111, 2008.
7. V.K. Srivastava, A.G. Pawar, Solid particle erosion of glass fiber reinforced flyash filled epoxy resin composites, Compos Sc i
Technol, vol. 66, pp. 3021–8, 2006.
8. M. Cirino, R.B. Pipes, K. Friedrich, The abrasive wear behaviour of continuous fibre polymer composites, J Mater Sci, vol. 22,
2481-2492, 1987.
9. Q.H. Wang, Q.J. Xue, W.M. Liu, J.M. Chen, The friction and wear characteristics of nanometer SiC and PTFE filled PEEK,
Wear, vol. 243, pp. 140-146, 2000.
10. S.S. Mahapatra, A. Patnaik, A. Satapathy, Taguchi method applied to parametric appraisal of erosion behavior of GF-reinforced
polyester composites, Wear, vol. 265, pp. 214–22, 2008.
11. A. Suresh, A.P. Harsha, M.K. Ghosh, Erosion studies of short glass fiber-reinforced thermoplastic composites and prediction of
erosion rate using ANNs, J Reinf Plast Comp, vol. 29(11), pp. 1641–52, 2010.
12. T. Sınmazcelik, I. Taskıran, Erosive wear behaviour of polyphenylenesulphide (PPS) composites, Mater Des, vol. 28, pp. 2471–7,
2007.
13. V.K. Srivastava, Effects of wheat starch on erosive wear of E-glass fiber reinforced epoxy resin composite materials, Mater Sci
Eng A, vol. 435, 436, pp. 282–7, 2006.
P. Balamurugan, M. Uthayakumar, S. Vigneshwaran, H. Akilan, N. Krishnakumar,
Authors:
Vigneshpandikumar
Paper Title: Erosion Analysis on Copper Fly-Ash Composite
Abstract: In the present study, solid particle erosion behaviour on copper – fly ash composite is studied.
Composite with addition of 2.5 (wt.%) fly ash as reinforcement is prepared through powder metallurgy(P/M)
technique. Solid particle erosion studies were carried out by varying the input parameters such as erodent
velocity and erosion time. The results revealed that addition of fly ash reduced the resistance to erosion.
Keyword: Copper, Erosion, Fly ash.

References:
1. E. Akbarzadeh, E. Elsaadawy, A. M. Sherik, J. K. Spelt, and M. Papini, “The solid particle erosion of 12 metals using magnetite
127. erodent,” Wear, vol. 282–283, pp. 40–51, 2012.
2. D. Eichner, A. Schlieter, C. Leyens, L. Shang, S. Shayestehaminzadeh, and J. M. Schneider, “Solid particle erosion behavior of
nanolaminated Cr2AlC films,” Wear, vol. 402–403, pp. 187–195, 2018. 568-570
3. S. K. Mishra, S. Biswas, and A. Satapathy, “A study on processing, characterization and erosion wear behavior of silicon carb ide
particle filled ZA-27 metal matrix composites,” Mater. Des., vol. 55, pp. 958–965, 2014.
4. K. V. S. Rao, G. S. Shivashankar, S. Sanman, and T. V. V. Kumar, “Effect of Standoff Distance on Solid Particle Erosion Wear
Behavior of Chill Cast Aluminum - Boron Carbide Composites,” Mater. Today Proc., vol. 4, no. 9, pp. 10015–10019, 2017.
5. T. P. D. Rajan, R. M. Pillai, B. C. Pai, K. G. Satyanarayana, and P. K. Rohatgi, “Fabrication and characterisation of Al–7Si–
0.35Mg/fly ash metal matrix composites processed by different stir casting routes,” Compos. Sci. Technol., vol. 67, no. 15–16, pp.
3369–3377, Dec. 2007.
6. N. V. Sai, M. Komaraiah, and A. V. S. R. Raju, “Preparation and Properties of Sintered Copper–Tin Composites Containing
Copper Coated or Uncoated Fly Ash,” Mater. Manuf. Process., vol. 23, no. 7, pp. 651–657, Sep. 2008.
7. P. Balamurugan and M. Uthayakumar, “Influence of Process Parameters on Cu–Fly Ash Composite by Powder Metallurgy
Technique,” Mater. Manuf. Process., vol. 30, no. 3, pp. 313–319, 2015.
Authors: Avinash Shinde, I. Siva
Paper Title: Glass Fiber Hybrid and Stacking Sequence Effects on the Properties of Sisal/Polyester Composite
Abstract: The need for biodegradable materials is the motivation behind studying the hybridization
effect of natural and synthetic fiber composite. In this study six different compositions of sisal and glass are
128. studied. Mechanical properties viz. tensile and bending are evaluated and compared for different compositions.
Glass used at core showed slightly higher tensile strength than at skin. Also, it is found that the flexural strength
is highest for 4 sisal layers at core and glass at skin. Fatigue life evaluation of all glass and all sisal 571-573
composition is also performed which shows better fatigue performance of all glass composition.
Keyword: Glass fiber, Sisal fiber, hybridization, mechanical properties

References:
1. S. Mishra, A. K. Mohanty, L. T. Drzal, M. Misra, and S. Parija, “Studies on mechanical performance of biofibre / glass
reinforced polyester hybrid composites,” vol. 63, pp. 1377–1385, 2003
2. V. Lopresto, C. Leone, and I. De Iorio, “Mechanical characterisation of basalt fibre reinforced plastic,” Compos. Part B, vol. 42,
no. 4, pp.
717–723, 2011.
3. M. Ramesh, K. Palanikumar, and K. H. Reddy, “Mechanical property evaluation of sisal – jute – glass fiber reinforced
polyester composites,” Composites : Part B, vol. 48, pp. 1–9, 2013.
4. Suhara Panthapulakkal, Mohini Sain, "Injection-Molded Short Hemp Fiber/Glass Fiber- Reinforced Polypropylene Hybrid
Composites Mechanical, Water Absorption and Thermal Properties, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 103, 2432–2441
(2007),
5. M. Ramesh a, K. Palanikumar b, K. Hemachandra Reddy, "Mechanical property evaluation of sisal–jute–glass fiber reinforced
polyester composites”, Composites: Part B 48 (2013) 1–9.
6. S. Mishraa, A.K. Mohantyb, L.T. Drzalb, M. Misrab, S. Parijac, S.K.
Nayakc,S.S. Tripathyc, “Studies on mechanical performance of biofibre/glass reinforced polyester hybrid composites”,
Composite science and technology, 63 (2003) 1377–1385.
7. Sravani Koppula, Ajay kumar Kaviti, Kiran kumar Namala, “Experimental Investigation of Fibre Reinforced Composite
Materials Under Impact Load." IOP Conf. Series: Materials Science and Engineering 330 (2018).
8. MR Sanjay, and B Yogesh, “Studies on hybridization effect of jute/kenaf/E-glasswoven fabric epoxy composites for potential
applications: Effect of laminate stacking sequences”, Journal of industrial textile, 1-19.
Authors: S. Saravanasankar, G. Kalusuraman, I. Siva
Paper Title: Fiber Surface Treatment Effects on Wear andFriction of Luffa/Polyester Composites
Abstract: In this work, the extracted fiber from the luffa plant is used as for making of composite with
unsaturated polyester. As received (UT) and alkali treated fibers(NT) are used for making laminates. All the
composites have been made with an optimal pressure of 50 kg/cm2 with room temperature curing of 12h.
Evicted specimens were cut in to the dimensions as per respective ASTM standard. The surface treatment effects
on the coefficient of friction (CoF) is measured using pin- on-disc wear set-up machine. Results shows that the
impact strength of the composites increased afterward surface treatment. Meantime, the coefficient of friction
also increased in the treated fiber composites. Experiment is conducted for three different sliding velocity for
3000m of abrading distance
Keyword: Luffa fiber, polyester matrix, sliding velocity, coefficient of friction.

References:
129. 1. A. Bledzki, I. Gassan, Composite Reinforced with Cellulose Base fibers, Prog. Polym. Sci.24 (1999) 224-274.
2. I. Bolton, The Potential of Plant fibers as Corps for Industrial Use, Outlook Agric, 24 (1995) 35-39.
3. V. Gianpietro, S. Amaducci, L. Vannini, Multi -use Crops, Programme by DG XII of the European Commission, Department 574-576
of Agronomy, University Bologna (2000) 82–3.
4. OA. Tanobe Valcineide, HD. Sydenstricker Thais Munaro Marilda, C. Amico Sandro, A comprehensive characterization of
chemically treated Brazilian sponge-gourds (Luffa cylindrical), Polym. Test.
24(2005) 474–82.
5. H. Demir, U. Atikler, D, Balko¨ se, F, Tihminlioglu, The effect of fiber surface treatments on the tensile and water sorption
properties of polypropylene-Luffa fiber composites, Composites Part A, 37(2006)
447–456.
6. I.O. Mazali, O.L. Alves, Morphosynthesis: high fidelity inorganic replica of the fibrous network of loofa sponge (Luffa
cylindrica)”. Anaisda Academia Brasil eirade Ciências. 77(2005) 25–31.
7. S.C. Amico, C.C. Angrizani, M.L. Drummond, Influence of the stacking sequence on the mechanical properties of glass/sisal
hybrid composites, J. Reinf. Plast. Compos. 29 (2010) 179-189.
8. A.K. Mohanthy, A. Wibowo, M. Misra, L.T. Drzal, Effect of process engineering on the performance of natural fiber
cellulose acetate biocomposites, Composites Part A, 35(2004) 1781–873.
9. I. Siva, J.T. Winowlin Jappes, B. Suresha, Investigation on Mechanical and Tribological Behavior of Naturally Woven
Coconut Sheath- Reinforced Polymer Composites, Polym. Compos. 33(2012) 723-732.
Authors: Rajesh S, Kalyan Kumar Reddy N, Madhu P, Tarun K
Paper Title: Inspection of Materials by Laser Based 3D Scanning

Abstract: 3D Scanning system plays a vital role in the field of engineering as well as for engineering
purposes. The 3D Scanner is capable of capturing the real world image and converting it into digitalized form
and sends the digitalized form of information to the computer for the further procedures. It aims at the reverse
engineering process in a variety of industries like production industry to pertain the existing components for the
inspection of quality components and for the simulation engineering to replica the nature from the authentic
world. It may also leads to decrease in the manufacturing costs and also it creates much ease for the inspection
130. of the materials. The application of 3D scanning is improved by reducing the cost of 3D scanning device. In this
manuscript we dealt with the preparation or making of the 3D scanner system in a compact size with reduced
cost in order to be effectively available to everyone and also to amplify the quality of the 3D scanning system. 577-579
Keyword: 3D Scanning, Reverse Engineering, Laser Light scanning.

References:
1. ZHANG Z, “A flexible new technique for camera calibration.” IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell., pp 1330 –
1334(2000).
2. C.L. Chang, Y.H. Chen, “Measurement of Fillet weld by 3d laser scanning system”, International Journal of Advance
Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 25, pp.466 - 470,(2005).
3. A.W.L. Yao, “Applications of 3D scanning and reverse engineering techniques for quality control of quick response
products”, International Journal of Advance Manufactu ring Technology , Vol. 26, pp. 1284-1288,(2005).
4. Ryo Furukawa and Hiroshi Kawasaki, “Uncalibrated multiple image stereo system with arbitrarily movable camera and
Projector for wide range scanning.”IEEE 3DIM '05 Proceedings of the Fifth International Confe rence on 3-D Digital
Imaging and Modelling, pp. 302-309 (2005).
5. Song Zhang and Peisen S. Huang, “High-resolution, real-time three-dimensional shape measurement.” Optical
engineering, 123601, Vol. 25 (2006).
6. Lanman Et al. , “Surround Structured Lighting for Full Object Scanning.” 3DIM '07 Proceedings of the Sixth
International Conference on 3-D Digital Imaging and Modeling, pp. 107-116 (2007).
7. Ali Peiravi, Behrai Taabbodi, “A Reliable 3D Laser Triangulation -based Scanner with a New Simple but Accurate
Procedure for Finding Scanner Parameters” Journal of American Science, Vol. 6, pp. 80 -85, (2010).
8. Martinez Et al. , “Analysis of laser scanning and strategies for dimensional and geometrical control” International
Journal of Advance Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 46, pp. 621-629, (2010).
9. I. Martynov, J.-K. Kamarainen, and L. Lensu, “Projector calibration by inverse camera calibration,” in Proceedings of
the 17th Scandinavian conference on Image analysis, Berlin, Heidelberg, pp. 536 –544, (2011).
10. S.Y. Park, J. Baek, J. Moon, “Hand-held 3D scanning based on coarse and fine registration of multiple range images”,
Machine Vision and Applications, Vol. 22, pp. 563 -579, (2011).
11. Xu, Cancan, Guohao Dai, and Yi Hong. "Recent advances in high -strength and elastic hydrogels for 3D printing in
biomedical applications." Acta biomaterialia 95 (2019): 50 -59.
12. Zuo, Zibo, Jian Gong, Yulin Huang, Yijian Zhan, Ming Gong, and Lulu Zhang. "Experimental research on transition
from scale 3D printing to full-size printing in construction." Construction and Building Materials 208 (2019): 350 -360.
13. Kang, Kyung Seok, Chanhyuk Jee, Ji-Hong Bae, Hyo Jin Jung, and PilHo Huh. "Heat Capacity Variables of
Thermoplastic Polyurethane for High-quality 3D Printing Resolution and Their Characteristics." Materials Letters
(2019): 126698.
Authors: Jothiraj Palaniappan, Vignesh S, Winowlin Jappes J T

Experimental Examination of Mechanical Analysis on Pandanus Odorifer Fiber Reinforced Polymer
Paper Title:
Composites
Abstract: The advancement in the polymeric science and materials have led to the conglomeration of the
both entities to a different wide variant of composite materials. The advancement have made it very clear with
the enunciation of the various composites with varied matrix and binders. The objective of this work is to
prepare a low weight composite material with natural fiber for packaging applications. Pandanus odorifer with
the low density polyester resin composites were chosen and prepared and characterized for various mechanical
properties such as tensile and impact test to ensure its endurance in the applications.
Keyword: Polymeric Composite, Mechanical Studies and Pandanus Odorifer.

References:
1. Abhishek K. Pathak, Munu Borah, Ashish Gupta, T. Yokozeki, Sanjay R. Dhakate (2016).” Improved mechanical
properties of carbon fiber/grapheme oxide-epoxy hybrid composites” Composite Science and Technology, pp. 28 -38..
2. Alireza Khoddamzadeh, Rong Liu, Ming Liang and Qi Yang (2014). “Wear resistant carbon fiber reinforced Stellite alloy
composites”, Materials and Design.
3. Arpitha.G.R and B.Yogesha (2017). “An Overview on Mechanical Property Evaluation of Natural Fiber Reinforced
Polymers”, Materials Today Proceeding, Pages 2755-2760
4. Dimo Hristozov, Laura Wrobliewski, Pedram Sadeghian (2015). “Long-termtensile properties of natural fiber-reinforced
polymer composites: comparison of flax and glass fibers”
131. 5. Fabrizio Sarasini, Jacopo Tirillo and Maria Carolina Seghini (2017). Influence of thermal conditioning on tensile
behavior of single basalt fibers.
6. Fiore.V, T. Scalici, G. Di Bella and A. Valenza (2014). “A review on basalt fiber and its composites”; Composite Part B, 580-583
pp. 74-94
7. Guilherme Piovezan Otto, Murilo Pereira Moisés, Gizilene Carvalho, Andrelson Wellington Rinaldi, Juliana Carla
Garcia, Eduardo Radovanovic, Silvia Luciana Fávaro(2016). Mechanical properties of a polyurethane hybrid composite
with natural fiber.
8. Hemath Kumar.V, H. Babu Visihwanath, Rajesh Purohit, Pramod Sahu and R. S. Rana (2016). Investigations on
Mechanical Properties Of Glass And Sugarcane Fiber Polymer Matrix Composite
9. Herrera-Franco.P.J. and A. Valadez-Gonzalez (2014). “Mechanical properties of continuous natural fiber -reinforced
polymer composites”, international Journal of Polymer science.pp.15
10. Igor M. De Rosa, Carlo Santulli and Fabrizio Sarasini (2009) Acoustic emission for monitoring the mechanical behavior
of natural fiber composites”, Composite Part A.
11. Kabir, H. Wang, K.T. Lau and F. Cardona (2012). Chemical treatments on plant-based natural fiber reinforced polymer
composites”, Composite Part B.
12. Ku.H, H. Wang, N. Pattarachaiyakoop and M. Trada (2011). A review on tensile properties of natural fiber reinforced
polymer composites, USQ Prints
13. Kin-tak Lau, Pui-yan Hung, Min-Hao Zhuc and David Hui (2017). Properties of natural fiber composites for structural
engineering applications”,Composite Part B.
14. Liu Lei, LiWeiwei, Tang Yiping, Shen Bin, HuWenbin(2009). Friction and wear properties of short carbon fiber
reinforced aluminum matrix composites, CNKI.
15. Nele Defoirdt,, Subhankar Biswas, Linde De Vriese, Le Quan Ngoc Tran, Joris Van Acke, Qumrul Ahsan, Larissa
Gorbatikh, Aart Van Vuure and Ignaas Verpoest(2010). Assessment of the t ensile properties of coir, bamboo and jute
fiber” Procedia Engineering. Pp.933-939
Authors: S. Merlin, S. Maragathasundari, D.Senthilkumar, K.S. Dhanalakshmi

132.
Paper Title: Queuing system in E- Commerce
Abstract: This paper explores an investigation on Queuing framework in E-trade. Online business
(electronic trade) is the acquiring and selling of product and adventures, or the transmitting of benefits or data,
over an electronic system, basically the web. It is the trading of things or administrations using PC systems like
Internet or online casual networks. Here the Business is led utilizing PCs, phones, fax machines, standardized
tag per users, Visas, ATM or other electronic apparatuses without the trading of paper-based records or
physically moving to a strip mall. It incorporates exercises, for instance, acquirement, request passage, trade
handling, online installment, verification, stock control, request satisfaction, shipment, and client support. In the
Queuing arrangement of E trade, the clients touches base in Batch with Reneging happens at the set-up time
organize and Optional second stage where breakdown happens just as fix procedure will be done. Moreover, we
accept that the clients may renege amid the Initial stage because of eagerness (Slow server) or Non-Satisfaction
in acquiring the items from the specific site. At the season of Repair process, Strictly Non-acceptability of the
clients is executed. The model is well analyzed and solved by supplementary variable method .The system
performance measures are derived. Numerical analysis and graphical representation of the model clearly justifies
the model to a fullest satisfaction.
Keyword: Set up time stage, optional second stage of service, Restricted admissibility
References:
1. B. Balamurugan and S. Maragathasundari, “A study on the performance analysis of a batch arrival queue with two
stages of service Bernoulli schedule vacation extended vacation and service interruption”, International journal of
computer applications, vol.124, no.12, 2015, pp.33 -37.
2. A. Borthakur and G. Choudhury, “On a batch arrival Poisson queue with generalized vacation”, SankhyaSer.B, vol.59,
no.3, 1997, pp.369-383.
3. Dhanalakshmi and S. Maragathasundari ,”Mobile adhoc networks p roblem- A queuing approach”, International
journal of communication networks and distributed systems, 2018, vol.21, No.4.
4. Elisha MensonAuta, “E-Banking in developing economy: Empirical evidence from Nigeria”, Journal of Applied
Quantitative Methods, vol. 5, no. 2, 2010, pp. 212-222.
5. Godwin J. Udo, K. Kallo, Bagchi, Peeter J. Kirs, “An assessment of customers’ e -service quality perception,
satisfaction and intention”, International Journal of Information Management, vol. 30, no. 6, 2010, pp. 481 -492.
6. Jeffrey W. Overby, Eun-Julee, “The effects of utilitarian and hedonic online shopping value on consumer preference
and intentions”, Journal of Business Research, vol. 59, no. 10 -11, 2006, pp. 1160-1166. 584-590
7. R.F. Khalaf, K. C. Madan, and C.A. Lucas, , “An M[x]/G/1 Queue with Bernoulli schedule, General vacation times,
random breakdowns, general and general repair times”, Applied mathematical sciences, Vol.5, No.1, 2011, pp. 35 -51.
8. K. Karthikeyan and S. Maragathasundari (2015), “Batch arrival of two stages wi th standby server during general
vacation time & general repair time”, International Journal of Mathematical archive, vol. 6, no.4, 2015, pp.43 -48.
9. K.C. Madan and A.Z. Abu-Dayyeh, “On a single server queue with optional phase type server vacations based on
exhaustive deterministic service and a single vacation policy”, Applied Mathematics and Computation, vol.149, no.3,
2004, pp. 723-734.
10. K.C. Madan and G. Chodhury , “An M[x]/G/1 queue with Bernoulli vacation schedule under restricted admissibility
policy”, Sankhaya, vol.66, 2004, pp. 172-193.
11. S. Maragathasundari, “A bulk arrival queuing model of three stages of service with different vacation policies, service
interruption and delay time”, American International Journal of Research in Science, Technology , Engineering&
Mathematics, vol.11, no.1, 2015, pp.52-56.
12. S. Maragathasundari, “An examination on queuing system of general service Distribution with an establishment time
and second discretionary administration”, International journal of applied and compu tational mathematics, 4: 97.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s40819-018-0529-3 SPRINGER.
13. S. Maragathasundari and Miriam Cathy Joy , “Queuing model of optional type of services with service stoppage and
revamp process in Web Hosting Queuing”, International journal of knowledge management in Travel and hospitality,
vol.1, no.2, 2018, pp.241-262.
14. Michael Grab, “Mobile shopping: a classification framework and literature review”, International Journal of Retail and
Distribution Management, vol. 43, no. 3, 2015, pp. 221 -241.
15. E.W.T. Ngai, T.C.E. Cheng, S. Au, Kee-hung Lai, “Mobile commerce integrated with RFID technology in a container
depot”, Elsevier Decision Support Systems, vol. 43, no. 1, 2007, pp. 62 -76.
16. Sandy C. Chen, Gurpreet S. Dhillon, “Interpreting dimensions of consumer trust in E-Commerce”, Information
technology and Management, vol. 4, no. 2-3, 2003, pp. 303-318.
17. S. Sowmiah and S. Maragathasundari, “A study on the analysis of performance measure of bulk input queue with N
type of additional optional service, service interruption and deterministic vacation”, Imperial Journal of
Interdisciplinary Research, vol. .2, no.8, 2016, pp.1436 -1444.
18. S. Vignesh and S. Maragathasundari,” Analysis of a non -Markovian single server batch arrival queuing system of
compulsory three stages of services with fourth optional stage service, service interruptions and deterministic server
vacations ”International journal of operational research, vol.34, no.1, 2019, pp.28 -53.
19. Zhen Liu, Laura winter, Cathy H. Xia, Fanzhang, “Parameter inference of queuing models for IT systems using end-to-
end measurements”, Elsevier Performance Evaluation, vol.63, No. 1, 2006, pp. 36 -60.
Authors: S. Maragathasundari, R.S.Somasundaram, P. Karunakaran, P. Manikandan
Paper Title: Queuing System Modeling for Supermarkets

Abstract: Supermarkets may not have the IT needs that service-oriented businesses do, but that does not mean
133. they cannot use computers in their day-to-day operations. Many supermarkets are adopting complex computer
systems that allow them to regulate many of their practices, providing business leaders with more information to
make decisions with and making some processes automatic, saving supermarkets both time and money. For the 591-597
complete satisfaction of the customers, in system modeling, various queuing system is followed by the super
markets. In all those queuing system, various queuing issue have to be dealt with. Among those, on of the
Queuing problem is inspected and it is considered as a Non Markovian Queuing issues. For the above portrayed
Queuing problem, by the usage of supplementary variable method, performance measures like number of
customers in the system, average length of the queue, waiting time of the customers in the system as well as in
the queue are derived. In addition, idle time of the server and the time spent by the server for each service are
determined. The model is well justified by means of a Numerical portrayal and a grow graphical examination is
done toward the end to favour the model.
Keyword: Performance measures, Non markovian Queue, Supplementary variable method.

References:
1. Abisoye opeyemi, Boboye fatoba and O. Abisoye blessing, “Design of a computerized inventory management system for
supermarkets”,International Journal of Science and Research, vol. 2, no. 9, 2013, pp.340-344.
2. Dhanalakshmi and S. Maragathasundari, ”Mobile adhoc networks problem- A queueing approach”, International journal of
communication networks and distributed systems, vol.21, no.4, 2018.
3. W. Gary and Loveman, ”Employee satisfaction, customer loyalty, and financial performance:An empirical examination of the
service profit chain in retail banking”, Journal of Service Research, vol.1, no.1, 1998, pp.18-31.
4. Ibrahim Muhammad Hassan, “The use of loyalty cards by supermarkets: a review of literature”, International Journal of
Scientific and Engineering Research, vol.9, no.12, 2018, pp.260-263.
5. K.C . Madan and A.Z . Abu-Dayyeh , “On a single server queue with optional phase type server vacations based on exhaustive
deterministic service and a single vacation policy”, Applied Mathematics and Computation, vol.149, no.3, 2004, pp. 723-734.
6. K.C. Madan and G. Chodhury, “An M[x]/G/1 queue with Bernoulli vacation schedule under restricted admissibility policy”,
Sankhaya, Vol.66, 2004, pp.172-193.
7. S. Maragathasundari, “A bulk arrival queueing model of three stages of service with different vacation policies,service
interruption and delay time”, American International Journal of Research in Science, Technology, Engineering& Mathematics,
vol.11, no.1, 2015, pp.52-56.
8. S. Maragathasundari and S. Srinivasan, “Analysis of M/G/1 feedback queue with three stage and multiple server vacation”,
Applied mathematical sciences,vol.6, no.125, 2012, pp.6221-6240.
9. S. Maragathasundari and K. Karthikeyan, “A bulk queueing model of optional second phase service with short and long
vacations”, International Journal of scientific research in science and technology, vol.2, no.5, 2016.
10. M. Rajeswari, M. Parvathi, G. Savitha, S. Shirley, “The survey on inventory management system for supermarket using android
application”, International Journal Of Innovative Research In Computer and Communication Engineering,vol. 4, no.2, 2016,
pp.2380-2384.
11. Sameerkumar, “A study of the supermarket industry and its growing logistics capabilities”, International Journal of Retail an d
Distribution Management, vol. 36, n0. 3, 2008, pp.192-211.
12. P. F. Venter , M. Dhurup, “Consumer perceptions of supermarket service quality:Scale development and validation”,South
African Journal of Economic and Management Sciences, vol. 8, n0.4, 2005, pp.424-436.
13. Xiumei zhu, Zhichengshi, Yingchunzhang and Feifeiliu, “Improvement of the supermarket management system based on
commercial category”, International Journal of Electronics and Electrical Engineering, vol. 1, no. .2, 2013, pp.72-75.
Authors: T.Arun Prasath, Suprabhat Bharti, B.Pavan Kumar, A.Harsha Vardhan
Paper Title: Implementation of Protective Device for Lineman Protection in Real Time Operation
Abstract: this paper is proposed to control an electrical switch with the assistance of OTP based password.
A keypad is associated with the task to enter the secret password. During the electric line fixing Lethal electrical
accidents to the lineman are increasing because of the lack of communication between the linemen working staff
and the electric substation officers. This proposed framework gives an answer, which can guarantee the
wellbeing of the lineman. Since the control to turn on/off lies with the lineman. So there is the arrangement in
the system and a password is required to operate the electrical switch i.e. on and off. The lineman has to carry
the RF-ID tag that will be inserted into RF-ID reader to generate a one-time password. OTP will be received by
the lineman. After inserting correct OTP Lineman will trip the supply and after securely repairing it, again he
can turn the supply for respective phase. A microcontroller from ARDUINO family is used in the framework for
complete operation and control. The microcontroller is interfaced with the matrix keypad to enter the secret one
time password. The entered secret OTP is compared with the password stored in the microcontroller’s Read-only
memory. If OTP matches with the stored one than only electrical switches can be turned on or off otherwise it
will say the wrong password. A light emitting diode is used to intimate the activation and deactivation of the
electrical switch. Because of the use of EEPROM, the user does not have to remember the secret password. The
134.
microcontroller is interfaced with the Global system of mobile (GSM) to monitor the operation by lineman by
the means of SMS. When lineman trip the supply a message will be sent to a higher authority about the
598-602
Activation and deactivation of the electrical switch.
Keyword: Microcontroller, Diodes, RF-ID reader, RF-ID tag, Relays, Crystal, Matrix Keypad, Resistors,
Capacitors, LED, LCD display, Transformer, Relay Driver IC, Voltage Regulator, GSM module
References:
1. Payman Dehghanian, Mladen Kezunovic, "Cost/benefit analysis for circuit breaker maintenance planning and scheduling", North
American Power Symposium (NAPS) 2013, pp. 1-6, 2013.
2. Farzaneh Pourahmadi, Mahmud Fotuhi-Firuzabad, Payman Dehghanian, "Identification of critical components in power systems:
A game theory application", Industry Applications Society Annual Meeting 2016 IEEE, pp. 1-6, 2016.
3. Masoud Asghari Gharakheili, Mahmud Fotuhi-Firuzabad, Payman Dehghanian, "A New Multiattribute Decision Making Support
Tool for Identifying Critical Components in Power Transmission Systems", Systems Journal IEEE, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 316 -327,
2018.
4. Mohammad Tasdighi, "Inductive FCL's impact on circuit breaker's interruption condition during short-line faults", North
American Power Symposium (NAPS) 2013, pp. 1-5, 2013.
5. Po-Chen Chen, Vuk Malbasa, Mladen Kezunovic, "Sensitivity analysis of voltage sag based fault location algorithm", Power
Systems Computation Conference (PSCC) 2014, pp. 1-7, 2014.
6. Farzaneh Pourahmadi, Mahmud Fotuhi-Firuzabad, Payman Dehghanian, "Application of Game Theory in Reliability-Centered
Maintenance of Electric Power Systems", Industry Applications IEEE Transactions on, vol. 53, no. 2, pp. 936-946, 2017.
7. Jing-Min Wang, Ming-Ta Yang, "Realization of circuit breaker condition-based maintenance using optimal contact wear equation
by the modified NM-PSO algorithm", International Transactions on Electrical Energy Systems, vol. 26, pp. 627, 2016.
8. Hamed Sabouhi, Ali Abbaspour, Mahmud Fotuhi-Firuzabad, Payman Dehghanian, "Reliability modeling and availability analysis
of combined cycle power plants", International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, vol. 79, pp. 108, 2016.
9. B. K. Bose, P. M. Szczesny, and R. L. Steigerwald, “Microcomputer control of a residential photovolatic power conditioning
system,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Applicat., vol. IA-21, pp. 1182–1191, Sept. 1985.
10. B. H. Cho and P. Huynh, “Design and analysis of microprocessor controlled peak power tracking system,” Proc. 27th IECEC,
1992, vol. 1, pp. 67–72.
11. Wasynczuk.O, “Dynamic behaviour of a class of photo voltaic power systems,” IEEE Trans. Power App. Syst., vol. PAS-102, pp.
3031–3037, Sept. 1983.
12. M. Kezunovic, Z. Ren, G. Latisko, D. R. Sevcik, S. Lucey, W.E. Cook, E.A. Koch, “Automated Monitoring and Analysis of
Circuit Breaker Operation”, IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery.
13. G. Ramya and N.Balakumar, Effectual and Lossless Electrical Power Generation Methodology using Wind-Lens Technology,
Asian Journal of Applied Science and Technology, Volume 1, Issue 1, Pages 12-17.
14. J.Jasmine Christina and V.Karthikeyan, Design of low power oscillator for medical ultrasonic sensors with CMUT
implementation, Asian Journal of Applied Science and Technology, Volume 1, Issue 1, Pages 68-72.
15. Veena, “Electric line man safety system with OTP based circuit breaker”, SR Engineering College, Volume:2, May 2015
16. Muhaad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillisllispie Mazid, “The Microcontroller and embedded system”, Person Education,2nd
edition,Issue:1999
Authors: P Aruna Jeyanthy, Elstin Prees, K Saravanakumar
Paper Title: Power Flow Management of Grid Connected Micro-grid

Abstract: In this paper, a novel control method for the power flow management of grid connected with
transformer-battery based system including bidirectional (BL) DC-DC converter is presented. The objective of
this proposed system is to satisfy the load demand and control the power flow management from the different
sources. A BL boost converter is used to boost the power from the wind and connected with battery charging or
discharging. Rectifier is used here to convert AC to DC and that the received DC supply gets boost up by DC-
DC boost converter. A BL converter is used for supplying loads. The advantage of the proposed work is simple
in operation, minimizes the losses and feeds the extra amount of power into the grid. The battery can be charged
from the grid also whenever it is required.
Keyword: DC micro grid, DC-DC converter, Energy storage system, Simulation.

References:
1. Anderson, G., Donalek, P., Farmer, R., Hatziargyriou, N., Kamwa, I., &Kundur, P. (2005, October 31). Causes of the 2003 major
grid blackouts in North America and Europe, and recommended means to improve dynamic system performance. IEEE
Transactions on Power Systems, 20(4), 1922 - 1928. Retrieved September 16, 2017
2. Chen, L., &Hongkun Chen, J. Y. (20 January 2017). Comparison of Superconducting Fault Current Limiter and Dynamic
135. Voltage Restorer for LVRT Improvement of High Penetration Microgrid. IEEE Transactions on Applied Superconductivity,
27(4), 1-7.
3. Costabeber, A., Tenti, P., &Mattavelli, P. (10 January 2011). Surround control of distributed energy resources in micro -grids.
Sustainable Energy Technologies (ICSET), 2010 IEEE International Conference on, 1-6. 603-605
4. Fong, Y. C., Cheng, K. W., Ye, Y., & Chan, Y. C. (2017). Centralized Regulation Scheme for a Parallel-Mode Switched-
Capacitor Converter System With Simple Unit Commitment. Yat Chi Fong; KaWai Eric Cheng; Yuanmao Ye; Yin Chun Chan,
64(8), 6149 - 6158.
5. Guerrero, J., Vicuna, L. d., Matas, J., Castilla, M., &Miret, J. (2004, September 03). A wireless controller to enhance dynam ic
performance of parallel inverters in distributed generation systems. IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, 19(5), 1205 - 1213.
Retrieved September 14, 2017
6. H.K. Kang, S. A. (02 October 2009). A new method to determine the droop of inverter-based DGs. Power & Energy Society
General, 1-6.
7. Kim, J.-W., Choi, H.-S., & Cho, B. H. (2002). A novel droop method for converter parallel operation. IEEE Transactions on
Power Electronics, 17(1), 25 - 32.
8. Lombardi, P. (21 February 2013). Optimal storage capacity within an autonomous micro grid with a high penetration of
Renewable Energy Sources. Innovative Smart Grid Technologies (ISGT Europe), 2012 3rd IEEE PES International Conference
9. Liu Jizhen. The basic problem of large-scale new energy and electric power safety and efficient use of [J]. Proceedings of the
CSEE, 2013,16:1-8+25. [12] Han Kun, Li Jun, Li Yuling, et al. A novel control strategy of direct-drive PMSG wind generation
MPPT based on experimental imitation platform [J]. ActaEnergiae Solaris Sinica, 2010,11:1497 -1502.
10. Zhao Rende, Wang Yongjun, Zhang Jiasheng. Direct drive permanent magnet synchronous wind power system maximum power
tracking control [J]. Proceedings of the CSEE, 2009,27:106-111.
11. Liu Bangyin, DuanShanxu, Kang Yong. Modeling and analysis of the characteristics of PVmodule with partial shading
[J].ActaEnergiae Solaris Sinica, 2008,02:188-192.
12. Wang Yalin, Wen Fang. Charging Strategy Research of Super Capacitor[J]. Mechanical Engineering and Automation,
2012,05:170-171.
Authors: Sreedivya K.M, P. Aruna Jeyanthy, D. Devaraj

Improved Differential Examination Algorithm for Power System Stabilizer for Damping Low
Paper Title:
Frequency Oscillations
Abstract: In the large interconnected power system, maintaining the Small signal stability of the system is of
more concern, for the stable, secure and reliable operation. This paper proposes an Improved Differential
136. Evolution (DE) Algorithm based Optimal Power system stabilizer (PSS) for damping the low frequency
oscillations. Enhancing the damping of system is formulated as the optimization problem. DE/Best Mutation
Operator is adopted for producing the mutation vector, to augment the convergence rate of DE algorithm. The 606-611
effectiveness of the proposed approach has been tested in Single Machine Infinite Bus (SMIB) system under
different operating conditions. The time response evaluations has justified the superiority of the proposed
approach for damping the oscillations and thereby improving the Small signal stability of the system.
Keyword: Power System Stabilizer (PSS), Improved Differential Evolution Algorithm (Improved DE), Low
frequency Oscillations, Small signal stability.
References:
1. G. J. Rogers, M. Klein and P. Kundur, “A fundamental study of inter-area oscillations in power systems,” IEEE Trans. Power
Syst., vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 914–921, 1991.
2. P. Kundur, N. J. Balu, and M. G. Lauby, Power system stability and control. McGraw-Hill, 1994.
3. K. Sebaa and M. Boudour, “Optimal locations and tuning of robust power system stabilizer using genetic algorithms,” vol. 79,
pp. 406–416, 2009.
4. B. Selvabala and D. Devaraj, “Co-ordinated Design of AVR-PSS Using Multi Objective Genetic Algorithm Co-ordinated Design
of AVR-PSS Using Multi Objective,” no. July, 2015.
5. M. Khosravi-charmi and T. Amraee, “Wide area damping of electromechanical low frequency oscillations using phasor
measurement data,” Electr. Power Energy Syst., vol. 99, no. July 2017, pp. 183–191, 2018.
6. S. Panda, “Robust coordinated design of multiple and multi-type damping controller using differential evolution algorithm,” Int.
J. Electr. Power Energy Syst., vol. 33, no. 4, pp. 1018–1030, May 2011.
7. K. V. Price, R. M. Storn, and J. A. Lampinen, Differential evolution : a practical approach to global optimization. Springer,
2005.
8. S. T. Suganthi, D. Devaraj, K. Ramar, and S. Hosimin Thilagar, “An Improved Differential Evolution algorithm for congestion
management in the presence of wind turbine generators,” Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 81, pp. 635–642, Jan. 2018.
9. V. Gonuguntla, R. Mallipeddi, and K. C. Veluvolu, “Differential Evolution with Population and Strategy Parameter Adaptation,”
Math. Probl. Eng., vol. 2015, pp. 1–10, Mar. 2015.
Authors: S. Raja Mohamed, P. Aruna Jeyanthy, D. Devaraj

Harmonic Analysis and Control of Grid-Connected Solar PV Inverter under Normal and LVRT
Paper Title:
Operating Modes
Abstract: Environmental factors and active involvement in grid-connected solar PV inverter ancillary
operations may impact the quality of the current injected into the grid. The future grid-connected solar PV
system with ancillary facilities (e.g., low voltage ride-through (LVRT)) will be more active and intelligent,
which will degrade grid current reliability. The grid current distortions are specifically caused by the dc-link
voltage variations and the modulation of pulse width (PWM) control applied to the PV inverter. This article
analyzes the current harmonic distortion under the two-stage grid-connected PV system's regular (MPPT) and
fault (LVRT) condition. Furthermore, a dc-link voltage variation control system for the two-stage photovoltaic
(PV) inverter is presented during low voltage ride-through (LVRT) operation mode..The dc-link voltage
differences are regulated under the fault condition to preserve the high modulation ratio in order to considerably
mitigate the distortion rate of the grid current. Besides, the proposed system of control is designed to protect the
PV inverter from the overcurrent failure under the faults to meet the modern LVRT grid codes. The conducted
simulation tests have confirmed that the proposed control scheme leads to reduce a grid currents harmonics level
by controlling the dc-link voltage variations.
Keyword: Current Harmonics, DC-link voltage variations , low voltage ride-through (LVRT), Grid –connected
Solar Photovoltaic, total harmonic distortion (THD)
References:
1. Winneker, Craig. World’s solar photovoltaic capacity passes 100-gigawatt landmark after a strong year. Online], Feb 2013.
2. H. Alatrash, R. A. Amarin and C. Lam, "Enabling Large-Scale PV Integration into the Grid," IEEE Green Technologies
Conference, Tulsa, OK, 2012.
137. 3. Aida Fazliana Abdul Kadir, Tamer Khatib, and Wilfried Elmenreich, “Integrating Photovoltaic Systems in Power System: Power
Quality Impacts and Optimal Planning Challenges,” International Journal of Photoenergy, 2014..
4. NRECA (2019): Guide to IEEE 1547-2018 Standard for DER Interconnections. National Rural Electric Cooperative Association
(NRECA). Available online. 612-617
5. Standard, I. E. C. "61727,".Characteristic of the utility interface for photovoltaic (PV) systems,2002.
6. Dietmannsberger, Markus, and Detlef Schulz. Ancillary services and dynamic behavior of inverters connected to the low voltage
grid. In 2015 9th International Conference on Compatibility and Power Electronics (CPE), IEEE, 2015, pp. 49-56.
7. Haidar, Ahmed MA, and Norhuzaimin Julai. An improved scheme for enhancing the ride-through capability of grid-connected
photovoltaic systems towards meeting the recent grid codes requirements. Energy for sustainable development,50, 2019,pp. 38-
49,
8. Ntare, Ronald, Nabil H. Abbasy, and Karim HM Youssef. Low Voltage Ride-through Control Capability of a Large Grid
Connected PV System Combining DC Chopper and Current Limiting Techniques. J. Power Energy Eng, 7 ,2019.pp. 62-79
9. Tafti, Hossein Dehghani, Ali Iftekhar Maswood, Georgios Konstantinou, Josep Pou, Karthik Kandasamy, Ziyou Lim, and Gabriel
HP Ooi. The low-voltage ride-thorough capability of photovoltaic grid-connected neutral-point-clamped inverters with
active/reactive power injection. IET Renewable Power Generation 11, no. 8, 2016,pp. 1182-1190
10. Dehghani Tafti, Hossein, Ali Iftekhar Maswood, Georgios Konstantinou, Josep Pou, Karthik Kandasamy, Ziyou Lim, and Gabriel
Heo Peng Ooi. Study on the Low-Voltage Ride-Thorough Capability of
11. Photovoltaic Grid-Connected Neutral-Point-Clamped Inverters with Active/Reactive Power Injection.2016.
12. Du, Yang, Dylan Dah-Chuan Lu, Geoffrey James, and David J. Cornforth. "Modeling and analysis of current harmonic distortion
from grid connected PV inverters under different operating conditions." Solar Energy 94 ,2013,pp 182-194
13. Twining, Erika, and Donald Grahame Holmes.Grid current regulation of a three-phase voltage source inverter with an LCL input
filter.IEEE transactions on power electronics 18, no. 3 888-895, 2003.
14. Abeyasekera, T., Johnson, C.M., Atkinson, D.J., Armstrong, M., Suppression of line voltage related distortion in current
controlled gridconnected inverters. IEEE Trans. Power Electron. 20 (6), 2005, pp.1393–1401
15. Wang, X., Ruan, X., Liu, S., Tse, C.K.. Full feedforward of grid -
voltage for grid-connected inverter with LCL filter to suppress current
distortion due to grid voltage harmonics. IEEE Trans. Power Electron.
25 (12), 2010,pp 3119–3127,
16. Suntio, Teuvo, Jari Leppäaho, Juha Huusari, and Lari Nousiainen. Issues on solar-generator interfacing with current-fed MPP-
tracking converters. IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics 25, no. 9,2010,pp 2409-2419
17. Hu, Haibing, Wisam Al-Hoor, Nasser H. Kutkut, Issa Batarseh, and Z. John Shen. Efficiency improvement of grid-tied inverters
at low input power using pulse-skipping control strategy. IEEE Transactions on Power electronics 25, no. 12,2010, pp.3129-3138.
18. Mohamed, S. Raja, P. Aruna Jeyanthy, D. Devaraj, M. H. Shwehdi, and Adel Aldalbahi. DC-Link Voltage Control of a Grid-
Connected Solar Photovoltaic System for Fault Ride-Through Capability Enhancement. Applied Sciences 9, no. 5 , 2019.
19. www.mathworks.com. (Accessed on 19-04-2019).
Authors: Nisha.V, V.Vasudevan, A.Ramkumar

Examination of The Impact of Smart Grid Technologies For Energy Saving Potential on Residential
Paper Title:
Buildings In India
Abstract: India, a developing country has targeted 9% growth rate, its yearly power generation has increased
to 6.5% per year from 2011 to 2017. It is due to the fast urbanization and increase in building occupied area.
However, India is experiencing energy scarcity nowadays. The power generation can’t able to satisfy the
demand to withstand its growth rate in future. Therefore, this study investigates some technologies for
connecting residential buildings to the Smart Grid, to minimize electricity consumption. It can be achieved by
optimizing consumer’s devices through interface with Home Area Networks (HANs), Smart Grid-connected
home machines diagnostics, and enhanced capability to aim and adopt energy efficiency agendas. These tactics
create impacts on energy conservation that influencing the initial investment on new generation.
Keyword: Energy saving, India, Smart grid, Residential buildings

References:
1. "India Country Report on Smart Grid," Department of Science and Technology, Government of India, New Delhi2017.
2. S. S. S. R. Depuru, L. Wang, V. Devabhaktuni, and N. Gudi, "Smart meters for power grid — Challenges, issues, advantages and
status," in 2011 IEEE/PES Power Systems Conference and Exposition, 2011, pp. 1-7.
3. M. Wissner, "The Smart Grid – A saucerful of secrets?," Applied Energy, vol. 88, no. 7, pp. 2509-2518, 2011/07/01/ 2011.
4. D. J. Kang, J. J. Lee, B. H. Kim, and D. Hur, "Proposal strategies of key management for data encryption in SCADA network of
electric power systems," International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, vol. 33, no. 9, pp. 1521 -1526, 2011/11/01/
2011.
5. E. Corry, P. Pauwels, S. Hu, M. Keane, and J. O'Donnell, "A performance assessment ontology for the environmental and energy
138. management of buildings," Automation in Construction, vol. 57, pp. 249-259, 2015/09/01/ 2015.
6. S. Firth, K. Lomas, A. Wright, and R. Wall, "Identifying trends in the use of domestic appliances from household electricity
consumption measurements," Energy and Buildings, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 926-936, 2008/01/01/ 2008.
7. C. A. Fróes Lima and J. R. Portillo Navas, "Smart metering and systems to support a conscious use of water and electricity," 618-622
Energy, vol. 45, no. 1, pp. 528-540, 2012/09/01/ 2012.
8. C. Lath and A. Punchihewa, "Smart home system operating remotely Via 802.11b/g wireless technology," in Fourth International
Conference Computational Intelligence and Robotics and Autonomous Systems, 2007.
9. M. Cepeda and M. Saguan, "Assessing long-term effects of demand response policies in wholesale electricity markets,"
International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, vol. 74, pp. 142-152, 2016/01/01/ 2016.
10. P. Faria and Z. Vale, "Demand response in electrical energy supply: An optimal real time pricing approach," Energy, vol. 36, no.
8, pp. 5374-5384, 2011/08/01/ 2011.
11. F. H. Magnago, J. Alemany, and J. Lin, "Impact of demand response resources on unit commitment and disp atch in a day-ahead
electricity market," International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems, vol. 68, pp. 142-149, 2015/06/01/ 2015.
12. C. Aghemo, L. Blaso, and A. Pellegrino, "Building automation and control systems: A case study to evaluate the energy and
environmental performances of a lighting control system in offices," Automation in Construction, vol. 43, pp. 10-22, 2014/07/01/
2014.
13. A. Mousavi and V. Vyatkin, "Energy Efficient Agent Function Block: A semantic agent approach to IEC 61499 function blocks
in energy efficient building automation systems," Automation in Construction, vol. 54, pp. 127-142, 2015/06/01/ 2015.
14. D. Markovic, D. Cvetkovic, D. Zivkovic, and R. Popovic, "RETRACTED: Challenges of information and communication
technology in energy efficient smart homes," Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 1210-1216,
2012/02/01/ 2012.
15. K. Kok et al., "Smart houses for a smart grid," in CIRED 2009 - 20th International Conference and Exhibition on Electricity
Distribution - Part 1, 2009, pp. 1-4.
16. M. Chan, E. Campo, D. Estève, and J.-Y. Fourniols, "Smart homes — Current features and future perspectives," Maturitas, vol.
64, no. 2, pp. 90-97, 2009/10/20/ 2009.
17. M. Friedewald, O. D. Costa, Y. Punie, P. Alahuhta, and S. Heinonen, "Perspectives of ambient intelligence in the home
environment," Telematics and Informatics, vol. 22, no. 3, pp. 221-238, 2005/08/01/ 2005.
Authors: Karunya Rajha G S, Shilaja C

A Complete Power Demand Distribution using Renewable Electricity Generation System for India
Paper Title:
by Incorporating Solar, Wind, Thermal and Biomass Energy Resources
Abstract: In India the electricity demand is growing rapidly day by day due to various increasing
residential, official and organizational buildings which requires more power. Electricity generation system is
dominated by a hybrid renewable energy resources like wind and solar, approximately 35% from 2007 to till
now, still power shutdown is applied compulsory by the Indian Government. In order to improve the amount of
power generation to 100% with increased thermal, fossil-fueled, and bio-gas power generation is converted into
139. complete solar, wind and thermal including peaking options. In order to fulfil the demand, the wind capacity is
increased from 35% into 100% by incorporating solar and thermal. Incorporating various energy systems into
stand alone power grid, the highest power demand can be fulfilled. This paper applied an application for mixing 623-628
various energy resource for increasing the power generation and production.
Keyword: Power Generation, Energy Demand, Renewable Energy Demand, Fuel Generation, Energy Supply.
References:
1. European Commission. Energy Roadmap 2050. (COM (2011) 885 final of 15 December 2011) Luxembourg: Publications Office
of the European Union; 2012, 21. doi:10.2833/10759.
2. Federal Environment Agency, ed. Submission under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the
Kyoto Protocol 2011 National Inventory Report for the German Greenhouse Gas Inventory 1990–2009.
3. Sambo AS. Renewable energy for rural development: the Nigerian perspective. ISESCO 2005; 1:12–22.
4. Rio PD. Analyzing future trends of renewable electricity in the EU in a low carbon context. Renewable and Sustainable Energy
Reviews 2011; 15 (5): 2520e33.
5. IPCC. Climate change 2014: synthesis report. In: Pachauri RK, Meyer LA, editors. Contribution of working groups I, II and III to
the fifth assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. Geneva (Switzerland): Core Writing Team; 2014.
6. EU Commission. Commission of the European Communities: renewable energy road map: renewable energies in the 21st
century: building a more sustainable future, communication from the commission to the council and the European Parliament
848.
7. BMU-BMWi Germany. Energy concept for an environmentally friendly, reliable and affordable energy supply,
https://www.bmwi.de /Redaktion/ DE /Downloads /E /energiekonzept- 2010.html.
8. Lund H, Duic N, Krajacic G, Carvalho MG. Two energy system analysis models: a comparison of methodologies and results.
Energy 2007; 32(6):948–54.
9. Garnaut, R., 2011. The Garnaut Review 2011: Australia in the Global Response to Climate Change. the Cambridge University
Press.
10. Mori N, Takahashi T. The 2011 Tohoku Earthquake Tsunami Joint Survey Group. Nationwide Post Event Survey and analysis
of the 2011 Tohoku Earthquake Tsunami. Coast Eng J (JSCE) 2011;54(1).
11. International Energy Agency. World energy outlook 2014. Paris: IEA Publications; 2014.
Paper Title: An Optimization Strategy for Sustainable Development of Renewable Energy System
Abstract: The main objective of this paper is to present the detailed information about various renewable
energy sources for creating a technique used for sustainable development. Such kind of technique comprises of
energy saving, increasing energy production and replacing fossil fuels using different renewable energy sources.
It is motivated to include various novel techniques with large-scale renewable energy plants for integrating and
measuring the efficiency of the plants. According to India, this paper discussed about the various problems and
issues associated with converting available energy systems into complete renewable energy system. From the
overall discussion, it is concluded that converting total energy system into renewable energy system is possible.
Also, what are all the requirements, current available resources and future methods to improve the energy system
are discussed. But converting the transport sector into flexible energy system methods is difficult.
Keyword: Renewable energy, Sustainable development,. Particle Swarm Optimization, Reference scenario.
References:
1. Blok K. Enhanced policies for the improvement of electricity efficiencies. Energy Policy 2005;33(13):1635–41.
2. Lund H. Implementation of energy-conservation policies: the case of electric heating conversion in Denmark. Applied Energy
140. 1999; 64(1-4):117–27.
3. Lior N. Advanced energy conversion to power. Energy Convers Manage 1997; 38 (10-13):941–55.
4. Lior N. Thoughts about future power generation systems and the role of exergy analysis in their development. Energy Convers 629-636
Manage 2002;43(9–12):1187–98..
5. Afgan NH, Carvalho MG. Multi-criteria assessment of new and renewable energy power plants. Energy 2002;27(8):739–55.
6. Afgan NH, Carvalho MG. Sustainability assessment of hydrogen energy systems. Int J Hydrogen Energy 2004;29(13):1327–42.
7. Li X. Diversification and localization of energy systems for sustainable development and energy security. Energy Policy
2005;33(17):2237–43.
8. Muneer T, Asif M, Munawwar S. Sustainable production of solar electricity with particular reference to the Indian economy.
Renewable Sustainable Energy Rev 2005;9(5):444–73.
9. Ghanadan R, Koomey JG. Using energy scenarios to explore alternative energy pathways in California. Energy Policy
2005;33(9):1117–42.
10. ] Hvelplund F. Renewable energy and the need for local energy markets. Energy 2006;31(13):2293–302.
11. Alnatheer O. The potential contribution of renewable energy to electricity supply in Saudi Arabia. Energy Policy
005;33(18):2298–312.
12. Huacuz JM. The road to green power in Mexico—reflections on the prospects for the large-scale and sustainable implementation
of renewable energy. Energy Policy 2005;33(16):2087–99.
13. Duke R, Williams R, Payne A. Accelerating residential PV expansion: demand analysis for competitive electricity markets.
Energy Policy 2005;33(15):1912–29.
14. Montes GM, del Mar Serrano Lopez M, del Carmen Rubio Gamez M, Ondina AM. An overview of renewable energy in Spain.
The small hydro-power case. Renewable Sustainable Energy Rev 2005;9(5):521–34.
15. Kaldellis JK, Vlachou DS, Korbakis G. Techno-economic evaluation of small hydro power plants in Greece: a complete
sensitivity analysis. Energy Policy 2005;33(15):1969–.
Paper Title: Solving Transmission Expansion Planning Problem by Enactmenting Differential Examination
Abstract: At present the power systems involve extensive and composite unified transmission structures,
for substantial issues. It is an extensive, multifaceted and nonlinear problem with multiple solutions to be
estimated upsurges with respect to the size of the system. In this decade, differential evolution (DE) algorithm
141. have been employed by several researchers as it is awfully active in resolving optimization problems. In this
study, TEP problem is considered in static arrangement. Moreover, one of the cases of static TEP problem has
been studied as without generation resizing. DE has attained results with decent exactness, easiness and 637-641
acceptable execution time. The simulations have been executed using MATLAB.
Keyword: AC power flow, Differential Evolution, Garver’s 6 bus system and Transmission Expansion
Planning.
References:
1. N. Alguacil, A. L. Motto and A. J. Conejo, “Transmission expansion planning: A mixed-integer LP approach,” IEEE Trans.
Power Syst., vol. 18, no. 3, pp. 1070– 1077, Aug. 2003.
2. R.Romero, C.Rocha, J.R S. Mantovani and I. G. Sanchez, “Constructive heuristic algorithm for the DC model in network
transmission expansion planning,” IEE Proc. Gener. Transm. Distrib., vol. 152, no. 2, pp. 277-282, Mar. 2005.
3. T. Sum-Im, G. A. Taylor, M. R. Irving and Y. H. Song, “Differential evolution algorithm for static and multistage transmission
expansion planning,” IET Proc. Gener. Transm. Distrib., (Accepted 2009).
4. R. Romero, A. Monticelli, A. Garcia and S. Haffner, “Test systems and mathematical models for transmission network expansion
planning,” IEE Proc. Gener. Transm. Distrib., vol. 149, no.1, pp. 27-36, Jan. 2002.
5. L. L. Garver, “Transmission network estimation using linear programming,” IEEE Trans. Power App. Syst., vol. PAS-89, no.7,
pp.1688-1697, Sep./Oct. 1970.
6. S. Haffner, A. Monticelli, A. Garcia, J. Mantovani and R. Romero, “Branch and bound algorithm for transmission system
expansion planning using transportation model,” IEE Proc. Gener. Transm. Distrib., vol. 147, no.3, pp. 149-156, May 2000.
7. S. Haffner, A. Monticelli, A. Garcia and R. Romero, “Specialised branch and bound algorithm for transmission network
expansion planning,” IEE Proc. Gener. Transm. Distrib., vol. 148, no. 5, pp. 482-488, Sep. 2001.
8. T. Sum-Im, G. A. Taylor, M. R. Irving, M. R. and Y. H. Song, “A comparative study of state-of-the-art transmission expansion
planning tools,” in Proc. the 41st International Universities Power Engineering Conference (UPEC 2006), Newcastle upon Tyne,
United Kingdom, pp. 267-271, 6th–8th Sep. 2006.
9. A.Bhuvanesh, S.T.Jaya Christa, S.Kannan, M.Karuppasamypandiyan, “Application of optimization algorithms to generation
expansion planning problem”, Journal of Intelligent & Fuzzy Systems, vol. 35, no. 2, pp. 1387-1398, 2018.
Senthilkumar Natarajan, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, Kannapiran Balasubramanian, Pallikonda
Authors:
Rajasekaran Murugan, Arunprasath Thiyagarajan, Anitha Narayanan, Deny John Samuvel,
Amalgamation of Clustering and Meta-heuristic Optimization Techniques for Automated MR Brain
Paper Title:
Analysis
Abstract: Interest in computer-assisted image analysis in increasing among the radiologist as it provides them
the additional information to take decision and also for better disease diagnosis. Traditionally, MR image is
manually examined by medical practitioner through naked eye for the detection and diagnosis of tumor location,
size, and intensity; these are difficult and not sufficient for accurate analysis and treatment. For this purpose,
there is need for additional automated analysis system for accurate detection of normal and abnormal tumor
region. This paper introduces the new semi-automated image processing method to identify the brain tumor
region in Magnetic Resonance Image (MRI) using c means clustering technique along with meta-heuristic
optimization, based on Jaya optimization algorithm. The resultant performance of the proposed algorithm (FCM
+JA) is examined with the help of key analyzing parameters, MSE-Mean Square Error, PSNR-Peak Signal to
Noise Ratio, DOI-Dice Overlap Index and CPU memory utilization. The experimental results of this method
show better and enhanced tumor region display in reduced computation time.
Keyword: Jaya Algorithm (JA), Tumor detection, Fuzzy C Means Clustering, Meta-heuristic Optimisation.
References:
1. YangMiin-Shen, “Robust-learning fuzzy c-means clustering algorithm with unknown number of clusters,” Pattern Recognition,
vol. 71, pp. 45–59, 2017.
2. Yunjie Chen, Jian Li, Hui Zhang, Yuhui Zheng, Byeungwoo Jeon, and Qingming Jonathan Wu, “Non -local-based spatially
constrained hierarchical fuzzy C-means method for brain magnetic resonance imaging segmentation IET Image Process,” The
Institution of Engineering and Technology, vol. 10, pp. 865–876, 2016.
142. 3. Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj,Pallikonda Rajasekaran, Murugan, “A complete automated algorithm for segmentation of tissues
and identification of tumor region in T1, T2, and FLAIR brain images using optimization and clustering techniques,” Wiley
Periodicals, vol. 24, pp. 313–325, 2014.
4. Deepak Ranjan Nayak, Ratnakar Dash, and Banshidhar Majhi, “Development of pathological brain detection system using Jaya 642-647
optimized improved extreme learning machine and orthogonal ripplet-II transform,” Springer Science+Business Media, 2017.
5. Suresh Chandra Satapathy, and Venkatesan Rajinikanth, “Jaya Algorithm Guided Procedure to Segment Tumor from Brain
MRI,” Hindawi Journal of Optimization, Article ID 3738049, 12 pages, 2018.
6. Kanwarpreet Kaur, Gurjot Kaur Walia, and Jaspreet Kaur, “Neural Network Ensemble and Jaya Algorithm Based Diagnosis of
Brain Tumor Using MRI Images,” Journal of the Institution of engineers(India): Series B, vol 99. PP 509-517, 2018.
7. Yu-Dong Zhang, Guihu Zhao, Junding Sun, Xiaosheng Wu, Zhi-Heng Wang, Hong-Min Liu, Vishnu Varthanan Govindaraj,
Tianmin Zhan, & Jianwu Li, “Smart pathological brain detection by synthetic minority oversampling technique, extreme learning
machine, and Jaya algorithm,” Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2017.
8. Shuihua Wang, Peng Chen, Aijun Liu, Ravipudi Venkata Rao, Yudong Zhang, & Ling Wei, “Abnormal Breast Detection in
Mammogram Images by Feed-forward Neural Network Trained by Jaya Algorithm,” Fundamenta Informaticae, vol. 151, pp.191–
211, 2017.
9. R Venkata Rao, “Jaya: A simple and new optimization algorithm for solving constrained and unconstrained optimization
problems,” International Journal of Industrial Engineering Computations, vol 7, PP.19-34, 2016.
10. R.V. Rao, V.J. Savsani, & D.P Vakharia, “Teaching–learning-based optimization: A novel method for constrained mechanical
design optimization problems,” Computer-Aided Design, vol 42 issue3, PP 303-315, 2011.
11. G. Vishnuvarthanan, M.P. Rajasekaran, P. Subbaraj, and A. Vishnuvarthanan, “An unsupervised learning method with a
clustering approach for tumor identification and tissue segmentation in magnetic resonance brain images,” Applied Soft
Computing, vol. 38, pp. 190-212, 2016. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2015.09.016.
12. Jeetashree Aparajeeta, Pradipta Kumar Nanda, Niva Das, “Modified possibilistic fuzzy C-means algorithms for segmentation of
magnetic resonance image,” Applied Soft Computing, vol.41 pp. 104–119, 2016.
13. J. C. Dunn, “A fuzzy relative of the ISODATA process and its use in detecting compact well separated clusters,” Journal of
Cybernetics, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 32–57, 1974
14. J. C. Bezdek, “A convergence theorem for the fuzzy ISODATA clustering algorithms,” IEEE Transaction on Pattern Analysis
and Machine Intelligence, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 1–8, 1980.
15. Ming-Chuan Hung and Don-Lin Yang, “An Efficient Fuzzy C-Means Clustering Algorithm IEEE International Conference on
Data Mining. doi:10.1109/icdm.2001.989523
Authors: V. Deepak, Aswathy Udayan, Nidhin Sreekumar

143.
Paper Title: The Strategies for the Production of Biodiesel through Eco-Friendly Microalgal Systems
Abstract: The fast depleting energy sources and other environmental concerns, like carbon emissions, have
led the scientific community on a race against time to find an eco- friendly, sustainable and renewable source of
energy. Biofuels obtained from domestic used materials cannot practically satisfy the existing demand for an
industrial fuel. Biodiesel is mono-alkyl esters of vegetable oils or animal fats. The major advantage of biodiesel
is that it can be used directly into existing engines without any modifications. One of the potential sources for
renewable biodiesel production which can effectively supply biodiesel for international and industrial demand is
microalgae. Besides production of biofuels microalgae have been seen as a potential source for a number of
areas including pharmaceuticals, nutrition and aquaculture. This review discusses on the different aspects,
challenges and current scenario in the biodiesel production from microalgae. Cultivation of a high yielding
marine microalgal strain in a very economical and well scrutinised open raceway pond could prove to be the key
to future of energy sector. Various lipid enhancement methods and proposed culture methods are also discussed.
On an industrial perspective, a well-engineered and continuously monitored open raceway pond for cultivation
of marine micro algae seems to be a promising economically viable method for production of biofuel.
Keyword: Algal oil, Biodiesel, Lipid fuel, Microalgae, Open raceway pond reactor, Biofuel.
References:
1. L. Siwale et al., “Combustion and emission characteristics of n-butanol/diesel fuel blend in a turbo-charged compression ignition
engine,” Fuel, vol. 107, pp. 409–418, 2013.
2. S. Solomon, D. Qin, M. Manning, K. Averyt, and M. Marquis, Climate change 2007-the physical science basis: Working group I
contribution to the fourth assessment report of the IPCC, vol. 4. Cambridge university press, 2007.
3. G. Tüccar and K. Aydın, “Evaluation of methyl ester of microalgae oil as fuel in a diesel engine,” Fuel, vol. 112, pp. 203 –207,
2013.
4. G. B. Leite, A. E. M. Abdelaziz, and P. C. Hallenbeck, “Algal biofuels: challenges and opportunities,” Bioresour. Technol., vol.
145, pp. 134–141, 2013.
5. N. Sreekumar, M. S. Giri Nandagopal, A. Vasudevan, R. Antony, and N. Selvaraju, “Marine microalgal culturing in open pond
systems for biodiesel production - Critical parameters,” J. Renew. Sustain. Energy, 2016.
6. C. D. Rakopoulos, A. M. Dimaratos, E. G. Giakoumis, and D. C. Rakopoulos, “Study of turbocharged diesel engine operation,
pollutant emissions and combustion noise radiation during starting with bio-diesel or n-butanol diesel fuel blends,” Appl. Energy,
vol. 88, no. 11, pp. 3905–3916, 2011.
7. N. Sreekumar, N. Selvaraju, C. Aneesh, and A. Haridas, “Fluorescence transients as a selection tool for marine microalgal
consortia in a raceway pond reactor for biofuel production,” J. Sci. Ind. Res. (India)., vol. 74, no. 11, pp. 645–650, 2015.
8. Y. Chisti, “Biodiesel from microalgae,” Biotechnol. Adv., vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 294–306, 2007.
9. R. Oliver, D. Inderwildi, and A. King, “Quo vadis biofuels,” Energy Env. Sci, vol. 2, p. 343e6, 2009.
10. V. K. Garlapati, R. Kant, A. Kumari, P. Mahapatra, P. Das, and R. Banerjee, “Lipase mediated transesterification of Simarouba
glauca oil: a new feedstock for biodiesel production,” Sustain. Chem. Process., vol. 1, no. 1, p. 11, 2013.
11. J. Sheehan, T. Dunahay, J. Benemann, and P. Roessler, “A look back at the US Department of Energy’s aquatic species program:
biodiesel from algae,” vol. 328, 1998.
12. G. De Bhowmick, G. Subramanian, S. Mishra, and R. Sen, “Raceway pond cultivation of a marine microalga of Indian origin for 648-656
biomass and lipid production: A case study,” Algal Res., vol. 6, pp. 201–209, 2014.
13. D. Frumento, A. A. Casazza, S. Al Arni, and A. Converti, “Cultivation of Chlorella vulgaris in tubular photobioreactors: a lipid
source for biodiesel production,” Biochem. Eng. J., vol. 81, pp. 120–125, 2013.
14. L. Rodolfi et al., “Microalgae for oil: Strain selection, induction of lipid synthesis and outdoor mass cultivation in a low‐cost
photobioreactor,” Biotechnol. Bioeng., vol. 102, no. 1, pp. 100–112, 2009.
15. O. N. Ciftci and F. Temelli, “Continuous biocatalytic conversion of the oil of corn distiller’s dried grains with solubles to fatty
acid methyl esters in supercritical carbon dioxide,” Biomass and bioenergy, vol. 54, pp. 140–146, 2013.
16. M. J. Griffiths and S. T. L. Harrison, “Lipid productivity as a key characteristic for choosing algal species for biodiesel
production,” J. Appl. Phycol., vol. 21, no. 5, pp. 493–507, 2009.
17. Demirbas and M. F. Demirbas, Algae energy: algae as a new source of biodiesel. Springer Science & Business Media, 2010.
18. Demirbas and M. F. Demirbas, “Importance of algae oil as a source of biodiesel,” Energy Convers. Manag., vol. 52, no. 1, pp.
163–170, 2011.
19. O. Pulz and W. Gross, “Valuable products from biotechnology of microalgae,” Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol., vol. 65, no. 6, pp.
635–648, 2004.
20. N. Sreekumar, A. J. Chennattussery, A. Mariya, and N. Selvaraju, “Anaerobic digester sludge as nutrient source for culturing of
microalgae for economic biodiesel production,” Int. J. Environ. Sci. Technol., vol. 15, no. 12, pp. 2607–2614, 2018.
21. N. Sreekumar, A. Haridas, G. S. Godwin, and N. Selvaraju, “Lipid enhancement in microalgae by temporal phase separation: Use
of indigenous sources of nutrients,” Chinese J. Chem. Eng., 2018.
22. S. Starckx, “A place in the sun—algae is the crop of the future, according to researchers in Geel, Flanders Today.” 2012.
23. P. Spolaore, C. Joannis-Cassan, E. Duran, and A. Isambert, “Commercial applications of microalgae,” J. Biosci. Bioeng., vol.
101, no. 2, pp. 87–96, 2006.
24. S. Fedorov, S. Kosourov, M. L. Ghirardi, and M. Seibert, “Continuous hydrogen photoproduction by Chlamydomonas
reinhardtii,” Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol., vol. 121, no. 1–3, pp. 403–412, 2005.
25. T. M. Mata, A. A. Martins, and N. S. Caetano, “Microalgae for biodiesel production and other applications: a review,” Renew.
Sustain. energy Rev., vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 217–232, 2010.
26. Udayan, M. Arumugam, and A. Pandey, “Nutraceuticals from algae and cyanobacteria,” in Algal Green Chemistry, Elsevier,
2017, pp. 65–89.
27. Y.-K. Lee, “Microalgal mass culture systems and methods: their limitation and potential,” J. Appl. Phycol., vol. 13, no. 4, pp.
307–315, 2001.
28. E. W. Becker, “Photobioreactors: production systems for photo-trophic microorganisms,” Microalga Biotechnol. Microbiol.
Cambridge Univ. Press. Cambridge, UK, 1994.
29. M. Janssen, P. Slenders, J. Tramper, L. R. Mur, and R. Wijffels, “Photosynthetic efficiency of Dunaliella tertiolecta under short
light/dark cycles,” Enzyme Microb. Technol., vol. 29, no. 4–5, pp. 298–305, 2001.
30. L. Gouveia and A. C. Oliveira, “Microalgae as a raw material for biofuels production,” J. Ind. Microbiol. Biotechnol., vol. 36, no.
2, pp. 269–274, 2009.
31. F. G. Acién, J. M. Fernández-Sevilla, and E. Molina Grima, “A process to obtain biofuel from microalgae: Feasibility Analysis,”
in Fourth Congress of the International Society for Applied Phycology. Halifax. Canada, 2011, p. 41.
32. Udayan, S. Kathiresan, and M. Arumugam, “Kinetin and Gibberellic acid (GA3) act synergistically to produce high value
polyunsaturated fatty acids in Nannochloropsis oceanica CASA CC201,” Algal Res., vol. 32, pp. 182–192, 2018.
33. Udayan and M. Arumugam, “Selective enrichment of Eicosapentaenoic acid (20: 5n-3) in N. oceanica CASA CC201 by natural
auxin supplementation,” Bioresour. Technol., vol. 242, pp. 329–333, 2017.
34. T. T. Y. Doan, B. Sivaloganathan, and J. P. Obbard, “Screening of marine microalgae for biodiesel feedstock,” Biomass and
Bioenergy, vol. 35, no. 7, pp. 2534–2544, 2011.
35. G. S. Araujo, L. J. B. L. Matos, L. R. B. Gonçalves, F. A. N. Fernandes, and W. R. L. Farias, “Bioprospecting for oil producing
microalgal strains: evaluation of oil and biomass production for ten microalgal strains,” Bioresour. Technol., vol. 102, no. 8, pp.
5248–5250, 2011.
36. X. Huang, Z. Huang, W. Wen, and J. Yan, “Effects of nitrogen supplementation of the culture medium on the growth, total lipid
content and fatty acid profiles of three microalgae (Tetraselmis subcordiformis, Nannochloropsis oculata and Pavlova viridis),” J.
Appl. Phycol., vol. 25, no. 1, pp. 129–137, 2013.
37. Demirbaş, “Production of biodiesel from algae oils,” Energy Sources, Part A Recover. Util. Environ. Eff., vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 163–
168, 2008.
38. O. Pulz and K. Scheibenbogen, “Photobioreactors: design and performance with respect to light energy input,” in Bioprocess and
algae reactor technology, apoptosis, Springer, 1998, pp. 123–152.
39. P. Bondioli et al., “Oil production by the marine microalgae Nannochloropsis sp. F&M-M24 and Tetraselmis suecica F&M-
M33,” Bioresour. Technol., vol. 114, pp. 567–572, 2012.
40. S. Pal, A. Khossousi, C. Binns, S. Dhaliwal, and V. Ellis, “The effect of a fibre supplement compared to a healthy diet on bo dy
composition, lipids, glucose, insulin and other metabolic syndrome risk factors in overweight and obese individuals,” Br. J. Nutr.,
vol. 105, no. 1, pp. 90–100, 2011.
41. S. Go, S.-J. Lee, G.-T. Jeong, and S.-K. Kim, “Factors affecting the growth and the oil accumulation of marine microalgae,
Tetraselmis suecica,” Bioprocess Biosyst. Eng., vol. 35, no. 1–2, pp. 145–150, 2012.
42. K. L. Terry and L. P. Raymond, “System design for the autotrophic production of microalgae,” Enzyme Microb. Technol., vol. 7,
no. 10, pp. 474–487, 1985.
43. R. K. Mandalam and B. Palsson, “Elemental balancing of biomass and medium composition enhances growth capacity in
high‐density Chlorella vulgaris cultures,” Biotechnol. Bioeng., vol. 59, no. 5, pp. 605–611, 1998.
44. M. F. Pedersen and J. Borum, “An annual nitrogen budget for a seagrass Zostera marina population,” Mar. Ecol. Ser., vol. 101, p.
169, 1993.
45. M. Ras, J.-P. Steyer, and O. Bernard, “Temperature effect on microalgae: a crucial factor for outdoor production,” Rev. Environ.
Sci. bio/technology, vol. 12, no. 2, pp. 153–164, 2013.
46. R. Ramanan, K. Kannan, A. Deshkar, R. Yadav, and T. Chakrabarti, “Enhanced algal CO2 sequestration through calcite
deposition by Chlorella sp. and Spirulina platensis in a mini-raceway pond,” Bioresour. Technol., vol. 101, no. 8, pp. 2616–2622,
2010.
47. Y. H. Hui, Bailey’s Industrial Oil and Fat Products. V. 2 Edible Oil and Fat ProductsOils and Oil Seeds, no. L–0332. John Wiley
and Sons, 1996.
48. E. G. Bligh and W. J. Dyer, “A rapid method of total lipid extraction and purification,” Can. J. Biochem. Physiol., vol. 37, no. 8,
pp. 911–917, 1959.
49. S. J. Iverson, S. L. C. Lang, and M. H. Cooper, “Comparison of the Bligh and Dyer and Folch methods for total lipid
determination in a broad range of marine tissue,” Lipids, vol. 36, no. 11, pp. 1283–1287, 2001.
50. V. Matyash, G. Liebisch, T. V Kurzchalia, A. Shevchenko, and D. Schwudke, “Lipid extraction by methyl-tert-butyl ether for
high-throughput lipidomics,” J. Lipid Res., vol. 49, no. 5, pp. 1137–1146, 2008.
51. E. Ryckebosch, K. Muylaert, and I. Foubert, “Optimization of an analytical procedure for extraction of lipids from microalgae ,”
J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc., vol. 89, no. 2, pp. 189–198, 2012.
52. Y.-M. Dai, K.-T. Chen, and C.-C. Chen, “Study of the microwave lipid extraction from microalgae for biodiesel production,”
Chem. Eng. J., vol. 250, pp. 267–273, 2014.
53. H. K. Reddy et al., “Direct conversion of wet algae to crude biodiesel under supercritical ethanol conditions,” Fuel, vol. 115, pp.
720–726, 2014.
54. H. Taher, S. Al-Zuhair, A. H. Al-Marzouqi, Y. Haik, and M. Farid, “Enzymatic biodiesel production of microalgae lipids under
supercritical carbon dioxide: process optimization and integration,” Biochem. Eng. J., vol. 90, pp. 103–113, 2014.
55. S. Chellappan, V. Nair, V. Sajith, and K. Aparna, “Synthesis, optimization and characterization of biochar based catalyst fro m
sawdust for simultaneous esterification and transesterification,” Chinese J. Chem. Eng., vol. 26, no. 12, pp. 2654–2663, 2018.
Authors: Kanimozhi J., Sivasubramanian V., Ganesh Moorthy I., R. Sivashankar

Influence of Dextransucrase of Weissella Cibaria Nitcsk4 on Low Molecular Weight Dextran Yield:
Paper Title:
a Statistical Approach using Mixed Level Taguchi Design and Artificial Neural Network
Abstract: In the present study, the influence of dextransucrase of Weissella cibaria NITCSK4 (DSWc4),
sucrose concentration, and reaction temperature on the yield of low molecular weight dextran (LMWD-
DexWc4) was investigated using mixed level Taguchi design and back propagation neural network (BPNN).
BPNN model with three neurons in a hidden layer generated a low mean squared error (MSE). The
determination coefficients (R2 -value) for ANN and Taguchi models were 0.991 and 0.998, respectively.
Considering absolute average deviation (AAD) and MSE, Taguchi model is more adequate. Among three
factors, the percentage yield of low molecular weight of dextran is invariably dependent on the sucrose
concentration. The study suggested that a low sucrose concentration (3% w/v), DSWc4 (0.25 IU/ml) and slightly
high temperature (35°C) ultimately favored the production of LMWD-DexWc4 (91.639%). LMW-DexWc4
produced by DSWc4 at optimized conditions was analyzed. The weight average molecular weight of LMW-
DexWc4 was calculated using M-H expression, found to be 85775 (≈90 kDa). The relative percentage error
144. between the number and weight average molecular weight was found to be less (4.42%). The polydispersity
(PD) index of the LMW-DexWc4 was found to be 0.9576 and the value is close to 1. The PD value depicted that
the molecular weight distribution of dextran was narrowly dispersed. 657-664
Keyword: Taguchi Orthogonal Array, ANN, Dextran, Dextransucrase, Weissella cibaria NITCSK4.
References:
1. M. Naessens, A. Cerdobbel, W. Soetaert, and E. J. Vandamme, “Leuconostocdextransucrase and dextran: production, properties
and applications,” J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol., vol. 80, no. 8, pp. 845–860, Aug. 2005.
2. R. Baruah, N. H. Maina, K. Katina, R. Juvonen, and A. Goyal, “Functional food applications of dextran from Weissella cibaria
RBA12 from pummelo (Citrus maxima),” Int. J. Food Microbiol., vol. 242, pp. 124-131, 2016.
3. H. Leemhuis et al., “Glucansucrases: Three-dimensional structures, reactions, mechanism, α-glucan analysis and their
implications in biotechnology and food applications,” J. Biotechnol., vol. 163, no. 2, pp. 250–272, 2013.
4. B. H. A. Rehm, “Bacterial polymers: Biosynthesis, modifications and applications,” Nat. Rev. Microbiol., vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 578–
592, 2010.
5. J. F. Robyt, S. H. Yoon, and R. Mukerjea, “Dextransucrase and the mechanism for dextran biosynthesis,” Carbohydr. Res., vol.
343, no. 18, pp. 3039–3048, 2008.
6. K. C. Mountzouris, S. G. Gilmour, and R. A. Rastall, “Continuous production of oligodextrans via controlled hydrolysis of
dextran in an enzyme membrane reactor,” J. Food Sci., vol. 67, no. 5, pp. 1767–1771, 2002.
7. D. Kim, J. F. Robyt, S. Lee, J. Lee, and Y. Kim, “Dextran molecular size and degree of branching as a function of sucrose
concentration, pH, and temperature of reaction of Leuconostoc mesenteroides B-512FMCM dextransucrase,”Carbohydr..
Researc., vol. 338, pp. 1183–1189, 2003.
8. D. J. Falconer, R. Mukerjea, and J. F. Robyt, “Biosynthesis of dextrans with different molecular weights by selecting the
concentration of Leuconostoc mesenteroides B-512FMC dextransucrase, the sucrose concentration, and the temperature,”
Carbohydr. Res., vol. 346, no. 2, pp. 280–284, 2011.
9. J. Kanimozhi, I. G. Moorthy, R. Sivashankar, and V. Sivasubramanian, “Optimization of dextran production by Weissella
cibaria NITCSK4 using Response Surface Methodology-Genetic Algorithm based technology,” Carbohydr. Polym., vol. 174,
pp. 103–110, 2017.
10. S. Venkata Mohan and M. Venkateswar Reddy, “Optimization of critical factors to enhance polyhydroxyalkanoates synthesis
by mixed culture using Taguchi design,” Bioresour. Technol., vol. 128, pp. 409–416, 2013.
11. M. Parlak, D. Ustek, and A. Tanriseven, “A novel method for covalent immobilization of dextransucrase,” J. Mol. Catal. B
Enzym., vol. 89, pp. 52–60, 2013.
12. R. Pundir, G. H. V. C. Chary, and M. G. Dastidar, “Application of Taguchi method for optimizing the process parameters for
the removal of copper and nickel by growing Aspergillus sp.,” Water Resour. Ind., pp. 1–10, 2016.
13. M. Shanmugaprakash and V. Sivakumar, “Development of experimental design approach and ANN-based models for
determination of Cr(VI) ions uptake rate from aqueous solution onto the solid biodiesel waste residue,” Bioresour. Technol.,
vol. 148, pp. 550–559, 2013.
14. M. A. Masuelli, “Dextrans in Aqueous Solution: Experimental review on intrinsic viscosity measurements and temperature
effect,” J. Polym. Biopolym. Phys. Chem., vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 13–21, 2013.
15. M. Santos, J. Teixeira, and A. Rodrigues, “Production of dextransucrase, dextran and fructose from sucrose using Leuconostoc
mesenteroides NRRL B512(f),” Biochem. Eng. J., vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 177–188, 2000.
16. M. Parlak, D. Ustek, and A. Tanriseven, “Designing of a novel dextransucrase efficient in acceptor reactions,” Carbohydr. Res.,
vol. 386, no. 1, pp. 41–47, 2014.
Authors: Jyothi Kanagaraj, Vasanthi Nachiappan, Ghurupreya Ramesh

Degradation of Phospholipids by N, N-Dimethylformamide Induced Liver Toxicity in Male Wistar
Paper Title:
Rats
Abstract: Dimethylformamide (DMF) is an industrially used solvent, prioritized by the National Toxicology
Program as a potent hepatotoxic compound. The effect of DMF on liver is well documented; however its impact
on hepatic phospholipids remains enigmatic. Hence, to understand the phospholipid metabolism we have
developed an animal model for DMF induced hepatotoxicity. In the present study, DMF (0.5, 1.0, 1.5 g/kg body
wt) was given intraperitoneally to male wistar rats and terminated after 24 and 48 h. DMF with a concentration
of 1.5 g/kg body wt shows maximum toxic effect. Dosages higher than 1.5 g/kg body wt showed lethal effect,
hence in this study, 1.5 g/kg body wt was used as maximum concentration. Induction of hepatotoxicity by DMF
was confirmed by liver marker enzymes. DMF impairs the liver phospholipid metabolism. DMF decreased the
individual phospholipid levels by altering the fatty acid composition. There was an increase in unsaturated fatty
acids with a concomitant decrease in saturated fatty acid. These changes in the fatty acid may directly or
indirectly affect the membrane structure and fluidity. Understanding the mechanism by which DMF induced
hepatotoxicity and alteration in phospholipid metabolism is a worthwhile pursuit.
Keyword: Fatty acid, Hepatotoxicity, Phospholipid, N, N-Dimethylformamide,

145. References:
1. V. Scailteur and R. R. Lauwerys, “Dimethyl formamide hepatotoxicity,” Toxicol, vol.43, pp 231-238,1987.
2. P. Hantson et al, “Dimethylformamide metabolism following self-harm using a veterinary euthanasia product,” Clin Toxicol
(Phila), vol. 48 pp. 725, 2010.
665-669
3. G. Amato , E. Grasso , V. Longo , P.G. Gervasi ,(2001) “Oxidation of N,N-dimethylformamide by human liver microsomes and
human recombinant P450s”, Toxicol. Lett, vol.124pp.11-9,2001.
4. J.H. Exton (1994) “Phosphatidylcholine breakdown and signal transduction,” Biochim. Biophys. Acta, vol. 1212pp.26-42,1994.
5. K. Jyothi , D. Kalyani and N.Vasanthi, “Effect of acute exposure of N, N -Dimethylformamide, an industrial solvent on lipid
peroxidation and antioxidants in liver and kidney of rats,”. Indian. Journal. Biochem. Biophysics, vol. 49pp. 279-84, 2012.
6. M. B. Roure, A. M. Lambert, C. Cour, P. Bonnet and A.M. Saillenfait, “Hepatotoxicity of N, N-Dimethylformamide in rats
following intraperitoneal or inhalation routes of administration,” J. Appl. Toxicol.vol, 16 pp. 265-7,1996.
7. J. Folch, M. Lees and G. H. Sloane-Stanley, “A simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipids from animal
tissues,” J. Biol. Chem, vol. 226 pp. 497-509, 1957.
8. G. Rouser, S. Fleischer and Yamamoto, “Two dimensional thin layer chromatography separation of p olar lipid and
determination of phospholipids by phosphorous analysis of spots,” Lipid, vol. 5, pp. 494-496, 1970.
9. W. R. Morrison and L. M. Smith, “Preparation of fatty acid methyl esters and dimethylacetals from lipids with boron
fluoridemethanol,” J. Lipid Res, vol.5, pp. 600–608, 1964.
10. S. K. Mitra, M. V. Venkataranganna, R. Sundaram, and S. Gopumadhavan, “Protective effect of HD-03, a herbal formulation,
against various hepatotoxic agents in rats,”J Ethano Pharmacol, vol. 63, pp. 181-186, 1998.
11. R. Sallie, J. M. Tredger, and R. Willam, “Drugs and the liver,” Biopharm. Drug. Dispos, vol. 12, pp. 251–259.1991.
12. Lands W E, “Metabolism of glycerolipides; a comparison of lecithin and triglyceride synthesis,” J. Biol. Chem, vol. 23, pp. 883
– 888,1958
Authors: Sankarganash Arunachaalam, Umapriya, Selvaraj Kunjiappan
Paper Title: Cardioprotective Plant Extracts

146. Abstract: Cardiovascular disease is assumingas a major cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide. In
traditional Indian medicinal system, many plants were used for thetreatment of cardiac failure. Medicinalplants
are used in various ailments due to efficacy,low cost, ease availability and safety.Because of these advantages 670-676
the usage ofmedicinal plant increased by the medicinal practitioners in their day to day practice. Inthis review
article, we discuss about the plant extracts from various part of the plantwhich is used to cure or protect against
the cardiomyopathy induced by many inducingfactors.
Keyword: Plant extract, Medicinal Plant, Cardiovascular disease.

References:
1. S. Krisela, "The heart and stroke foundation South Africa heart disease in South Africa Media data document," ed, 2007.
2. J. Gowri, A. V. Anand, S. Achiraman, G. R. Archunan, and S. Kalavathy, "Redemptive benefit of atorvastatin in the risk factors
of coronary artery disease," Int J Cur Biomed Phar Res., vol. 1, pp. 15-19, 2011.
3. C. Hennekens, "Clinical and research challenges in risk factors for cardiovascular diseases," European heart journal, vol. 21, pp.
1917-1921, 2000.
4. D. Rajaprabhu, R. Rajesh, R. Jeyakumar, S. Buddhan, B. Ganesan, and R. An, "Protective effect of Picrorhiza kurroa on
antioxidant defense status in adriamycin-induced cardiomyopathy in rats," Journal of Medicinal Plants Research, vol. 1, pp. 080-
085, 2007.
5. Kumar, G. Krishna, and P. Hullatti, "Indian Plants with Cardioprotective Activity-A Review," Systematic Reviews in Pharmacy,
vol. 8, p. 8, 2017.
6. S. Parasuraman, G. S. Thing, and S. A. Dhanaraj, "Polyherbal formulation: Concept of ayurveda," Pharmacognosy reviews, vol.
8, p. 73, 2014.
7. N. Rao, "Bioactive phytochemicals in Indian foods and their potential in health promotion and disease prevention," Asia Pacific
Journal of clinical nutrition, vol. 12, 2003.
8. U. Dhar, R. S. Rawal, S. S. Samant, S. Airi, and J. Upreti, "People's participation in Himalayan biodiversity conservation: a
practical approach," Current Science, vol. 76, pp. 36-40, 1999.
9. Pattanaik, "Some phytotherapeutic claims by tribals of Rayagada district, Orissa, India," Ethnobotanical Leaflets, vol. 2006, p.
20, 2006.
10. G. B. Mahady, "Medicinal plants for the prevention and treatment of coronary heart disease," Ethnopharmacology -Volume II, p.
75, 2009.
11. R. A. Khan, "Protective effects of Sonchus asper (L.) Hill,(Asteraceae) against CCl 4-induced oxidative stress in the thyroid
tissue of rats," BMC complementary and alternative medicine, vol. 12, p. 181, 2012.
12. Sah And P. Nagarathana, "Screening Of Cardioprotective Activity Of Leaves Of Andrographis Paniculata Against
Isoproterenol Induced Myocardial Infarction In Rats," Int. J. Pharmacol. Res, Vol. 6, Pp. 23-28, 2016.
13. E. H. Choi, H.-J. Chang, J. Y. Cho, and H. S. Chun, "Cytoprotective effect of anthocyanins against doxorubicin-induced toxicity
in H9c2 cardiomyocytes in relation to their antioxidant activities," Foodand chemical toxicology, vol. 45, pp. 1873-1881, 2007.
14. Hiona, A. S. Lee, J. Nagendran, X. Xie, A. J. Connolly, R. C. Robbins, et al., "Pretreatment with angiotensin-converting enzyme
inhibitor improves doxorubicininduced cardiomyopathy via preservation of mitochondrial function," The Journal of thoracic and
cardiovascular surgery, vol. 142, pp. 396-403. e3, 2011.
15. Z. Wang and H. Gleichmann, "GLUT2 in pancreatic islets: crucial target molecule in diabetes induced with multiple low doses of
streptozotocin in mice," Diabetes, vol. 47, pp. 50-56, 1998.
16. S. Panda and S. R. Naik, "Evaluation of cardioprotective activity of Ginkgo biloba and Ocimum sanctum in rodents," Alternativ e
Medicine Review, vol. 14, p. 161, 2009.
Kamaraj Rajamanikkam, Chandran Rajesh, Ramesh Prakash, Narayanan Selvapalam, Karuppaiah
Authors:
Palanichelvam
Paper Title: Earthworm, an in Vivo System to Screen Proliferative and Antimitotic Compounds
Abstract: Amputated earthworm, Eudrilus eugeniae, possessing clitellum region has regenerating ability
and develop into complete worms. Earthworm regeneration assay was developed based on this phenomenon and
utilized to identify the presence of antimitotic compounds from the rhizomes of medicinal plant Acorus calamus.
In continuation of that study, rhizomes of A. calamus was extracted with water and crude residue was obtained
after evaporation. Subsequently, to separate the compounds from crude residue it was extracted with five
different organic solvents individually such as benzene, chloroform, ethyl acetate, ethanol and methanol. All five
different fractions were examined on earthworm regeneration assay to identify its antimitotic potential. Fractions
extracted with benzene and chloroform did not inhibit regeneration as blastema was observed. In contrast
fractions extracted with methanol and ethyl acetate inhibited the development of blastema. It suggests that
methanol and ethyl acetate fractions might possess antimitotic compounds. TLC analysis with ethyl acetate
fraction revealed two distinct bands. Compounds eluted from TLC plates decreased mitotic index of Allium cepa
root tips and supporting the presence of antimitotic compounds. Surprisingly, fractions extracted with ethanol
increased the regeneration capacity of the worms. Our results demonstrate that rhizomes of Acorus calamus
possess both antimitotic and proliferative compounds. Hence we suggest that earthworms could be used as an in
147. vivo system to screen both proliferative and antimitotic compounds from unknown sources.
677-682
Keyword: Eudrilus eugeniae, Acorus calamus, earthworm, antimitotic, proliferative, aqueous extract
References:
1. B. E. Van Wyk, M.Wink, Medicinal plants of the world [No. Ed. 2], CABI, 2017.
2. A.G. Atanasov, B. Waltenberger, E.M. Pferschy-Wenzig, T. Linder, C. Wawrosch, P. Uhrin, V. Temml, L. Wang, S. Schwaiger,
E.H. Heiss, J.M. Rollinger, “Discovery and resupply of pharmacologically active plant-derived natural products: A review, ”
Biotechnology advances, 2015, 33[8], pp.1582-1614.
3. Y. Ren, E.J.C. de Blanco, J.R. Fuchs, D.D. Soejarto, J.E. Burdette, S.M. Swanson, A.D. Kinghorn, “Potential Anticancer Agents
Characterized from Selected Tropical Plants,” Journal of natural products, 2019, 82[3], pp.657-679.
4. J. Iqbal, B.A. Abbasi, T. Mahmood, S. Kanwal, B. Ali, S.A. Shah, A.T. Khalil, “Plant-derived anticancer agents: A green
anticancer approach,” Asian Pacific Journal of Tropical Biomedicine, 2017, 7[12], pp.1129-1150.
5. B.A. Weaver, “How Taxol/paclitaxel kills cancer cells,” Mol Biol Cell, 2014, 25: 2677-2681.
6. S.A. Fadeyi, O.O. Fadeyi, A.A. Adejumo, C. Okoro, E.l. Myles, “In vitro anticancer screening of 24 locally used Nigerian
medicinal plants,” BMC Complement Altern Med, 2013, 13: 79.
7. G.S. Murthy, T.P. Francis, C.R. Singh, H.G. Nagendra, C. Naik, “An assay for screening anti-mitotic activity of herbal extracts,”
Curr Sci, 2011, 100: 1399-1404.
8. Y. Li, W. Huang, S. Huang, J. Du, C. Huang, “Screening of anticancer agent using zebrafish: comparison with the MTT assay,”
Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 2012, 422: 85-90.
9. K. Rajamanikkam, S.E. Raja, S.K. Balaji, G.N. Rajavadivu, S. Sivasubramaniam, K. Palanichelvam, “Earthworm, a novel in vivo
system to validate antimitotic compounds,” Turkish Journal of Zoology, 2019, 43[2]:153-63.
10. Adan, Y. Kiraz, Y. Baran, “Cell proliferation and cytotoxicity assays,” Current pharmaceutical biotechnology, 2016, 17[14],
pp.1213-1221.
11. L. Ricci, M. Srivastava, “Wound‐induced cell proliferation during animal regeneration,” Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews:
Developmental Biology, 2018, 7[5], p.e321.
12. R.M. Kalidas, S.E. Raja, S.A.K.N.M. Mydeen, S.C.J.R. Samuel, S.C.J. Durairaj, G.D. Nino, K. Palanichelvam, A. Vaithi, S.
Sudhakar, “Conserved lamin A protein expression in differentiated cells in the earthworm Eudrilus eugeniae,” Cell biology
international, 2015, 39[9], pp.1036-1043.
13. N.G. Daisy, E.R. Subramanian, J.D. Christyraj, D.K. Mani, J.R. Christyraj, K. Ramamoorthy, V. Arumugaswami, S.
Sivasubramaniam, “Studies on regeneration of central nervous system and social ability of the earthworm Eudrilus eugeniae,”
Invertebrate Neuroscience, 2016, 1;16[3]:6.
14. A.D. Khwairakpam, Y.D. Damayenti, A. Deka, J. Monisha, N.K. Roy, G. Padmavathi, A.B. Kunnumakkara, “Acorus calamus: a
bio-reserve of medicinal values,” Journal of basic and clinical physiology and pharmacology, 2018, 29[2], pp.107-122.
15. S. Shailajan, S. Menon, G. Swar, D. Singh, S. Nair, “Estimation and quantitation of β-asarone from Acorus calamus rhizome and
its formulations using validated RP-HPLC method,” Pharmaceutical Methods, 2015, 6[2].
16. R. Chellian, V. Pandy, Z. Mohamed, “Pharmacology and toxicology of α-and β-Asarone: A review of preclinical evidence,”
Phytomedicine, 2017, 32, 41-58.
17. L.J. McGaw, A.K. Jäger, J. Van Staden, J.N. Eloff, “Isolation of β-asarone, an antibacterial and anthelmintic compound, from
Acorus calamus in South Africa,” South African Journal of Botany, 2002, 68[1], 31-35.
18. J. Wu, X.X. Zhang, Q.M. Sun, M. Chen, S.L. Liu, X. Zhang, J.Y. Zhou, X. Zou, “β-asarone inhibits gastric cancer cell
proliferation,” Oncology reports, 2015, 34[6], pp.3043-3050.
19. Y. Yao, W. Cai, C. Yang, D. Xue, Y. Huang, “Isolation and characterization of insecticidal activity of [Z]‐asarone from Acoru s
calamus L,” Insect Science, 2008, 15[3]:229-36.
20. H.S. Wu, Y.Y. Li, L.J. Weng, C.X. Zhou, Q.J. He, Y.J. Lou, “A Fraction of Acorus calamus L. extract devoid of β‐asarone
Enhances adipocyte differentiation in 3T3‐L1 cells,” Phytotherapy Research: An International Journal Devoted to
Pharmacological and Toxicological Evaluation of Natural Product Derivatives, 2007, 21[6]:562-4.
21. D. Sandeep, C.K. Krishnan Nair, “Amelioration of cisplatin-induced nephrotoxicity by extracts of Hemidesmus indicus and
Acorus calamus,” Pharmaceutical biology, 2010, 48[3], pp.290-295.
22. Muthuraman, N. Singh, A.S. Jaggi, “Effect of hydroalcoholic extract of Acorus calamus on tibial and sural nerve transection-
induced painful neuropathy in rats,” Journal of natural medicines, 2011, 1;65[2]:282-92.
23. H. Kim, T.H. Han, S.G. Lee, “Anti-inflammatory activity of a water extract of Acorus calamus L. leaves on keratinocyte HaCaT
cells,” Journal of ethnopharmacology, 2009, 25;122[1]:149-56.
24. G.B. Shi, B. Wang, Q. Wu, T.C. Wang, C.L. Wang, X.H. Sun, W.T. Zong, M. Yan, Q.C. Zhao, Y.F. Chen, W. Zhang,
“Evaluation of the wound-healing activity and anti-inflammatory activity of aqueous extracts from Acorus calamus L,” Pak J
Pharm Sci, 2014, 1;27[1]:91-5.
25. S.A. Devi, D. Ganjewala, “Antimicrobial activity of Acorus calamus [L.] rhizome and leaf extract,” Acta biologica szegediensis,
2009, 1;53[1]:45-9.
26. E.R. Subramanian, N.G. Daisy, D.K. Sudalaimani, K. Ramamoorthy, S. Balakrishnan, J.D.S. Christyraj, V. Arumugaswami, S.
Sivasubramaniam, “Function of translationally controlled tumor protein [TCTP] in Eudrilus eugeniae regeneration,” PLoS One,
2017, 12: e0175319.
Ramya Petchimuthu, Angelin Jenit Franklin, Maria Agnes Roganzia Sahayaraj, Abisha Gopalan,
Authors:
Mari Selva Sundari Raju, Vanavil B.
Paper Title: Formulation and Examination of Organic Oil and Shampoo from Fish Scales
Abstract: Cosmetics are utilized to upgrade the appearance or scent of the human body. Beautifying agents
incorporate skin creams, lotions, powders, aromas, lipsticks, fingernail and toe nail polish, eye and facial
cosmetics, permanent waves, and numerous different kinds of items. To make the hair sound and gleaming, there
are several manufactured oils and hair shampoos. But when in contrast to the artificial one, natural cosmetics
have growing demand in the world market and are an priceless gift of nature, as it is secure and free from facet
results like hair fall and damage. As it is safe and free from symptoms like hair fall and harm. As the age
increases, people suffer from hair loss and damage due to the less secretion of keratin. As we age, our body’s
natural levels of collagen decrease, leading to thinning and shedding of hair. Research shows that collagen may
support and increase hair-building proteins (keratin) in the body. This can help strengthen hair strands, promote
hair growth and prevent hair loss. Collagen may even help to prevent the appearance of grey hairs by supporting
the healthy structure of the hair follicle, where the pigment of hair is produced. Collagen supplements also have
been shown to be effective in treating dry, brittle hair, helping to maintain healthy moisture levels in the hair.
The present work was aimed to formulate organic oil and shampoo using fish scales and various herbs. The
formulated organic oil and shampoo were evaluated for homogeneity, appearance, odour, saponification value,
148. pH etc.
683-687
Keyword: Cosmetics, Keratin, Collagen, saponification value
References:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cosmetics
2. Simanchal Panda. “Formulation and evaluation of herbal powdered shampoo”. Journal of Emerging Technologies and Innovative
Research. vol 5. pp. 108-113.
3. Anand S. Kahalekar & Bhaishajya Kalpana. “A review from booty to beauty: an attempt to unearth ayurvedic cosmeceuticals”.
Int. J. Res. Ayurveda Pharm. vol 9 (3). 2018. pp. 14-16
4. Aurora Alessandrini and Bianca Maria. “Essential of Hair Care Cosmetics”, Cosmetics. vol 3. 2016. pp.1-10.
5. https://draxe.com/fish-collagen/
6. Wagner H, Bladt S, Zgainski FM. Plant drug analysis Verlas, Berlin. 1994; 291-304.
7. Adhirajan N., T. Ravi Kumar, Shanmugasundaram N. and Mary Babu, J. Ethnopharmacology,2003; 88, 235-239.
8. Rahathunnisa begum and Afzalunnisa begum. “Preparation and evaluation of herbal hair oil”. International Journal of Research
and Analytical Reviews. vol 6, 2019.
9. X. Fatima Grace, S. Rahul Raj, S. Shanmughanathan, D. Chamundeeshwari. “Preparation and evaluation of polyherbal hair oil”.
International Journal of Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Analysis, vol 1. 2014. pp. 1-5
10. Seema Yuvraj Mendhekar, Arti Shantaram Tajane, Pratiksha Balasaheb Shitole, Jadhav S. L. and Gaikwad D. D. “Formulation
and evaluation of polyherbal shampoo and compare with marketed shampoos”, World Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical
Sciences. vol 6. pp. 1388-1397,
11. https://www.thestreet.com/lifestyle/health/benefits-of-coconut-oil-14776575
12. https://theindianspot.com/use-cornstarch-oily-hair/
13. Rahathunnisa begum and Afzalunnisa begum. “Preparation and evaluation of herbal hair oil”. International Journal of Research
and Analytical Reviews. vol 6. 2019. pp. 266-269
14. Vijayalakshmi.A, Sangeetha S, Ranjith N. “Formulation and evaluation of herbal shampoo”. Asian J Pharm Clin Res, vol 11,
2018, pp. 121-124.
15. Indian Pharmacopoeia, Government of India, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Published by, The Controller of
Publication, Edition, Vol. II (1996).
16. Klein K. “Evaluation of shampoo foam”. Cosmet Toilet Mag. 2004. pp. 32-5.
17. Badi KA, Khan SA. “Formulation, evaluation and comparison of the herbal shampoo with the commercial shampoo”. J Basic
Appl Sci. vol 3. 2014. pp. 301-5
Authors: Ganapathy Nadana Raja Vadivu, S. Sheik Asraf, Karuppaiah Palanichelvam

Association of Alcaligenes Faecalis Strain in Juvenile Earthworms, from Cocoons of Eudrilus
Paper Title:
Eugeniae
Abstract: Cocoons of earthworm Eudrilus eugeniae were collected from vermiculture bed and found that it
had antibacterial activity. The size of zone of inhibition was directly proportional to the size of cocoons
examined. Along with nutritious fluid and embryos, culturable bacterial community was found inside the
cocoons. Bacterial colonies were isolated from the trails of newly hatched, juvenile worms in the nutrient agar
medium and examined. Gram negative, rod shaped bacterium was found to be abundant in the trails of juvenile
earthworms. Polymerase chain reaction was performed from this bacterium to amplify the gene of 16S rRNA
and analyzed. Subsequent bi-directional DNA sequencing revealed that this abundant bacterium is highly related
to 16S rRNA gene sequence of a strain, Alcaligenes faecalis. Based on available literature, we hypothesize that
this bacterium could be symbiotically associated with cocoons of earthworms.
Keyword: Earthworm, Eudrilus eugeniae, Cocoon, Alcaligenes faecalis, 16S rRNA sequence.
References:
1. Pathma, Jayakumar, and Natarajan Sakthivel. "Microbial diversity of vermicompost bacteria that exhibit useful agricultural traits
and waste management potential." SpringerPlus 1.1 , 2012 , pp. 26.
2. Dominguez, Jorge, M. Aira, and M. Gomez-Brandon. "Vermicomposting: earthworms enhance the work of microbes.[in:]
Microbes at Work: from Wastes to Resources.[eds:] Insam H., Franke-Whittle I., Goberna M." , 2010 , pp. 93-114.
3. Vadivu, Ganapathy Nadana Raja, Senthamarai Kannan Balaji, and Karuppaiah Palanichelvam. "Putative volatiles in coelomic
fluid of earthworm regulate the growth of Vigna radiata." Biocatalysis and agricultural biotechnology 18 ,2019 , pp. 101070.
4. Lee, Kenneth Ernest. Earthworms: their ecology and relationships with soils and land use. Academic Press Inc., 1985.
5. P. Valembois, P.h. Roch, M. Lassegues, P. Cassand, "Antibacterial activity of the hemolytic system from the earthworm Eisenia
fetida andrei." Journal of invertebrate pathology 40.1,1982, pp. 21-27.
6. M.J. Fiołka, M.P. Zagaja, M. Hułas-Stasiak, J. Wielbo,. "Activity and immunodetection of lysozyme in earthworm Dendrobaena
veneta (Annelida)." Journal of invertebrate pathology 109.1 ,2012, pp. 83-90.
7. Zachmann, Joseph E., and J. A. E. Molina. "Presence of culturable bacteria in cocoons of the earthworm Eisenia fetida." Appl.
Environ. Microbiol. 59.6 ,1993 , pp. 1904-1910.
8. Aira, Manuel, and Jorge Domínguez. "Optimizing vermicomposting of animal wastes: Effects of rate of manure application on
149. carbon loss and microbial stabilization." Journal of Environmental Management 88.4 ,2008, pp. 1525-1529.
9. Domínguez, Jorge, and Alberto Velando. "Sexual selection in earthworms: Mate choice, sperm competition, differential
allocation and partner manipulation." Applied soil ecology 69 ,2013, pp. 21-27. 688-692
10. Reinecke, A. J., and S. A. Viljoen. "Reproduction of the African earthworm, Eudrilus eugeniae (Oligochaeta)—
cocoons." Biology and fertility of soils 7.1 ,1988 , pp. 23-27.
11. E.R. Subramanian, D. Sudalaimani, J.R. Christyraj, J.D. Christyraj, K. Renganathan, S. Krishnan, S. Sivasubramaniam, "Studies
on organogenesis during regeneration in the earthworm, Eudrilus eugeniae, in support of symbiotic association with Bacillus
endophyticus." Turkish Journal of Biology 41.1, 2017 , pp. 113-126.
12. D. Thakuria, O. Schmidt, D. Finan, D. Egan, F.M. Doohan, "Gut wall bacteria of earthworms: a natural selection process." The
ISME journal 4.3,2010 , pp. 357.
13. M.B. Lund, M. Holmstrup, B.A. Lomstein, C. Damgaard, A. Schramm, "Beneficial effect of Verminephrobacter nephridial
symbionts on the fitness of the earthworm Aporrectodea tuberculata." Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 76.14 ,2010 , pp. 4738-4743.
14. F. Viana, L.C. Paz, K. Methling, C.F. Damgaard, M. Lalk, A. Schramm, M.B. Lund, "Distinct effects of the nephridial
symbionts Verminephrobacter and Candidatus Nephrothrix on reproduction and maturation of its earthworm host Eisenia
andrei." FEMS microbiology ecology 94.2 , 2017, pp. 178.
15. Davidson, Seana K., and David A. Stahl. "Selective recruitment of bacteria during embryogenesis of an earthwo rm." The ISME
journal 2.5 , 2008 , pp. 510.
16. Davidson, Seana K., Ryan J. Powell, and David A. Stahl. "Transmission of a bacterial consortium in Eisenia fetida egg
capsules." Environmental microbiology 12.8 ,2010 , pp. 2277-2288.
17. Rehfuss, Marc, and James Urban. "Alcaligenes faecalis subsp. phenolicus subsp. nov. a phenol-degrading, denitrifying bacterium
isolated from a graywater bioprocessor." Systematic and applied microbiology 28.5, 2005 , pp. 421-429.
18. D.E.C. Suarez, A. Gigon, R. Puga-Freitas, P. Lavelle, E. Velasquez, M. Blouin,. "Combined effects of earthworms and IAA-
producing rhizobacteria on plant growth and development." Applied soil ecology 80 ,2014 , pp. 100-107.
19. K.U. Kakar, Z. Nawaz, Z. Cui, A.A. Almoneafy, R. Ullah, Q.Y. Shu. "Rhizosphere‐associated Alcaligenes and Bacillus strains
that induce resistance against blast and sheath blight diseases, enhance plant growth and improve mineral content in rice." Journal
of applied microbiology 124.3 ,2018 , pp. 779-796.
20. T.Y. Nechitaylo, M.M. Yakimov, M. Godinho, K.N. Timmis, E. Belogolova, B.A. Byzov, , A.V. Kurakov, D.L. Jones, P.N.
"Effect of the earthworms Lumbricus terrestris and Aporrectodea caliginosa on bacterial diversity in soil." Microbial ecology 59.3
,2010, pp. 574-587.
21. Y. Zhang, Q. Chen, J. Ji, L. Zhao, L. Zhang, J. Qiu, J. He. "Complete genome sequence of Alcaligenes faecalis strain JQ135, a
Bacterium capable of efficiently degrading nicotinic acid." Current microbiology 75.12 ,2018 , pp. 1551-1554.
22. L. Kong, S. Zhu, L. Zhu, H. Xie, K. Wei, T. Yan, J. Wang "Colonization of Alcaligenes faecalis strain JBW4 in natural soils and
its detoxification of endosulfan." Applied microbiology and biotechnology 98.3, 2014 , pp. 1407-1416.
23. S. Ju, J. Lin, J. Zheng, S. Wang, H. Zhou, M. Sun. "Alcaligenes faecalis ZD02, a novel nematicidal bacterium with an
extracellular serine protease virulence factor." Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 82.7 , 2016, pp . 2112-2120.
150. Authors: Naresh K. Sharmaa, Berlin M.b*Naresh K. Sharmaa, Berlin M

Phenol Transport and Biodegradation Model in an Unsaturated Porous Media from Wastewater
Paper Title:
Discharge
Abstract: To minimize groundwater pollution and suggest appropriate remedial actions, sound numerical
models must be developed to predict the fate, transport and biodegradation of pollutants in partially treated or
untreated industrial wastewater. Phenol is an aromatic organic compound produced on a large scale and is also
released as major organic pollutant from several industrial wastewater (pharmaceutical, petroleum, coal
refineries etc.,). Biodegradation of phenol in soil is generally rapid especially in presence of nutrients and
acclimated microbes which are discharged along with the partially treated wastewater. A numerical model has
been developed to predict the fate of phenol from industrial wastewater discharged on to a porous unsaturated
soil media. The transport processes of advection, dispersion, and biodegradation process using Haldane growth
and inhibition have been incorporated in the numerical model. The results suggest that acclimated microbes in
the wastewater has a potential to degrade phenol up to 1500 mg/L at a bacterial concentration of 0.1 mg/L and
soil depth of 50 cm. The results also show that phenols desorb at a depth of 100cm from 12th day and are
simultaneously acted upon by the increased microbial concentration. In essence, high microbial concentration
significantly decreases the phenol movement in the unsaturated zone, particularly at a larger depth and at higher
time levels which eventually affects the groundwater quality.
Keyword: Phenol, Transport model, Biodegradation model, Wastewater discharge, Haldane Kinetics 693-696
References:
1. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (2008). Toxicological profile for phenol, U.S. department of health and
human services, public health service, 200-269
2. [Meena, M. C., Rahul Band & Girish Sharma (2015). Phenol and its toxicity: A case study. Iranian Journal of Toxicology, 8 (27 ),
1221-1225.
3. Kahru, A., Alla Maloverjan, Helgi Sillak, Lee Põllumaa (2002), The toxicity and fate of phenolic pollutants in the contaminated
soils associated with the oil-shale industry, Environmental Science and Pollution Research, 9(1), 27-33.
4. Haruvy, N (2006), Environmental Security and Environmental Management: The Role of Risk Assessment, 5, 257-262.
5. Antonopoulos V Z 2006 Water movement and heat transfer simulations in a soil under ryegrass. Biosyst. Eng. 95(1): 127 –138
6. Sharma N K, Ligy P and Murty B S., (2012). Aerobic Aerobic degradation of phenolics and aromatic hydrocarbons in presence
of cyanide. Bioresource Technology 121, 263-273.
7. Mitchell, R. J., & Mayer, A. S. (1998). A numerical model for transient-hysteretic flow and solution transport in unsaturated
porous media. Journal of Contaminant Hydrology, 50, 243–264.
8. Lee, M. S., Lee, K. K., Hyun, Y., Clement, T. P., & Hamilton, D. (2006). Nitrogen transformation and transport modeling in
groundwater aquifers. Ecological Modeling, 192, 143–159.
9. Kaluarachchi, J., & Parker, J. C. (1988). Finite element model of nitrogen species transformation and transport in the unsaturated
zone. Journal of Hydrology, 109, 249–274.
10. Viotti P., Petrangeli Papini M., Stracqualursi N., Gamba C., Contaminant transport in an unsaturated soil: laboratory tests and
numerical simulation model as procedure for parameters evaluation. Ecological Modelling 182 (2005) 131–148
Authors: Muttu Pandian P., Matheswaran M., Vanitha S., Sivapragasam C.,Naresh K. Sharma
Paper Title: Macroalgae and Activated Sludge Microbes in Treatment of Crepe Cotton Effluent
Abstract: Crepe cotton bandages (textile fabrics) are common household kit in the medical first aid boxes
and are globally used in pharmaceutical and health care units to offer heat, insulation and support in many
medical situations. Southern Tamilnadu comprises of more than 150 crepe bandage textile units and exports
tonnes of crepe cottons. Many units are operated on continuous basis and therefore the amount of wastewater
generated and its treatment is of critical importance. Unlike typical textile effluent, crepe cotton processing
wastewater do not contain dyes, but significant proportions of caustic soda, soda ash, bleaching agents and COD.
This paper discusses the effluent treatment of crepe cotton processing units using mixed cultures of macroalgae
and activated sludge microbes. There are very few studies comparing the performance of activated sludge and
macro algae in wastewater treatment. Fresh water macroalgae was collected from a nearby pond and activated
sludge was collected from the aeration basin of domestic wastewater treatment plant. Crepe cotton processing
effluent had significant concentrations of COD, TDS, TSS and was highly alkaline. The COD removal
efficiency of about 73.8% and 99 % was obtained for macroalgae and activated sludge microbes respectively.
151. COD removal was quick in activated sludge while macroalgae cultures took 144 h to remove 275 mg/L of COD.
This study shows that activated sludge microbes are quick to adapt in uptake of organics from crepe cotton
effluent when compared to macroalgal sp, further studies will provide insights on generating bioenergy from 697-700
algal species grown in crepe cotton effluent for sustained plant operation.
Keyword: Crepe cotton processing wastewater, Macroalgae, Activated sludge, Textile effluent, Nutrients
removal
References:
1. Ghaly, R Ananthashankar, M Alhattab and VV Ramakrishnan. (2014). Production, Characterization and Treatment of Textile
Effluents: A Critical Review. J ChemEng Process Technol 2014, 5:1
2. Central Pollution Control Board (2007). Ministry of Environment and Forests. www.cpcb.nic.in
3. Kyung-Won Jung, Min-Jin Hwang, Dae-Seon Park, Kyu-Hong Ahn, Combining fluidized metal-impregnated granular activated
carbon in three-dimensional electrocoagulation system: Feasibility and optimization test of color and COD removal from real
cotton textile wastewater, Separation and Purification Technology 146 (2015) 154–167.
4. Sivakumar K K., C. Balamurugan, D. Ramakrishnan and LeenaHebsiBhai. (2011). Assessment studies on wastewater pollution
by textile dyeing and bleaching industries at karur, tamilnadu. Rasayan J Chem. 4 (2), 264-269.
5. Patel, S., Rajor, A., Jain, B. P., & Patel, P. (2013). Performance Evaluation of Effluent Treatment Plant of Textile Wet Processing
Industry : A Case Study of Narol Textile Cluster , Ahmedabad , Gujarat, 2(4), 290–296.
6. Sonaje N.P and M.B. Chougule (2015). Wastewater Recycling In CottonTextile Wet Processing: An Experimental Study.
International Journal of Engineering Research and General Science Volume 3, Issue 2, 384-390
7. K. Tamilarasan, J. Rajesh Banu, C. Jayashree, K.N. Yogalakshmi, K. Gokulakrishnan, Effect of organic loading rate on
electricity generating potential of upflow anaerobic microbial fuel cell treating surgical cotton industry wastewater, Journal of
Environmental Chemical Engineering 5 (2017) 1021–1026.
8. Pengyi Cui, Xuefei Zhou, Yalei Zhang, The Feasibility Study of Cotton Pulp Wastewater Treatment with IC Anaerobic Reacto r,
Procedia Environmental Sciences 11 (2011) 686 – 692.
9. S. P. Chu, The Influence of the Mineral Composition of the Medium on the Growth of Planktonic Algae, The Journal of Ecology,
Vol. 30, No. 2. (Aug., 1942), pp. 284-325.
10. A. D. Eaton, L. S. Clesceri, E. W. Rice, A. E. Greenberg and M. A. H. Franson, “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
& Wastewater,” 21st Edition, American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association (AWWA) &
Water Environment Federation (WEF), Washington, 2005.
11. B. Ramesh Babu, A.K. Parande, S. Raghu, and T. Prem Kumar, Cotton Textile Processing: Waste Generation and Effluent
Treatment, “The Journal of Cotton Science 11:141–153 (2007)”.
12. Myra G. Borines, Rizalinda L. de Leon, Joel L. Cuello, Bioethanol production from the macroalgae Sargassum spp., Bioresource
Technology 138 (2013) 22–29.
Authors: N. Sankara Pandian, B. Siva Prakash, M. Thillai Natarajan, C. Ramalingan, M. Velayutham Pillai
Computational Aspects of (E)-O-CarbomethoxyMethyl Oxime Ether of 1,3-Dimethyl-2,6-
Paper Title:
Diphenylpiperidin-4-One
Abstract: Density Functional Theoretical (DFT) studies on the biologically active oxime ether derived from
1,3-dimethyl-2,6-diphenylpiperidin-4-one has been carried out. Various quantum chemical parameters of the
molecule viz. molecular geometry, Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital – Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital
(HOMO–LUMO) energies, Non-Linear Optical (NLO) properties, Mulliken atomic charge distribution were
obtained theoretically and compared with the single crystal data. An insight into the structure and property
correlation revealed the probable behavior of the molecule studied.
References:
1. M. Makosa, “Phase-transfer catalysis. A general green methodology in organic synthesis”, Pure Appl. Chem., Vol. 72, No. 7, pp.
1399–1403, 2000.
2. W. F. M. Van Brewer, C. J. E. Niemegeers, K. H. L. Schellenken, P. A. J. Janssen, “N-4-Substituted 1-(2-arylethyl)-4-
piperidinyl-N-phenylpropanamides, a novel series of extremely potent analgesics with unusually high safety margin”,
Arzneimittel-Forschung, vol. 26(8), pp. 1548-1551, Jan 1976.
3. H. I. El–Subbagh, S. M. Abu–Zaid, M. A. Mahran, F. A. Badria, A. M. Al–Obaid, “Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of
Certain α,β-Unsaturated Ketones and Their Corresponding Fused Pyridines as Antiviral and Cytotoxic Agents”, J. Med.
Chem.,vol. 43(15), pp. 2915–2921, July 2000.
4. A. A. Watson, G. W. J. Fleet, N. Asano, R. J. Molyneux, R. J. Nash, “Polyhydroxylated alkaloids — natural occurrence and
therapeutic applications”,Phytochemistry, vol. 56(3), pp. 265–295, February 2001.
5. C. R. Ganellin, R. G. W. Spickett, “Compounds Affecting the Central Nervous System. I. 4-Piperidones and Related
Compounds”, J. Med. Chem., vol. 8(5), pp. 619–625, September 1965.
6. R. E. Hagenbach, H. Gysin, “Über einige heterozyklische Thiosemicarbazone”, Experientia 8(5), pp. 184–185, May 1952.
7. I. Baracu, V. Dobre, I. Niculescu–Duvaz, “Potential anticancer agents. XXVI†. Spin Labelled Nitrosoureas”, J. Prakt. Chem., vol.
327(4), pp. 667–674, 1985.
8. I.G. Mokio, A.T. Soldatenkov, V.O. Federov, Ageev, E.A.; N.D. Sergeeva, S. Lin, E.E. Stashenku, N.S. Prostakov, E.L.
Andreeva, “Antimicrobial activity of aliphatic-aromatic ketones, β-ketols and αglycols”, Khim. Farm Zh., vol. 23, pp. 421-427,
152. 1989.
9. E. Abele, E. Lukevics, “Recent Advances in the Chemistry of Oximes”, Org. Prep. Proc., Int. vol. 32(3), pp. 235–264, April
2000. 701-706
10. V. A. Polyakov, M. I. Nelen, N. Nazarpack–Kandlousy, A. D. Ryabov, A. V. Eliseev, “Imine exchange in O‐aryl and O‐alkyl
oximes as a base reaction for aqueous ‘dynamic’ combinatorial libraries. A kinetic and thermodynamic study”, J. Phys. Org.
Chem., 12(5), pp. 357–363, May 1999.
11. M. I. Wilde, G. L. Plasker, P. Benfield, “Fluvoxamine”, Drugs, vol. 46 (5), pp. 895–924, November 1993.
12. X. Zhu, D. Shi, “Synthesis and Biological Activities of Novel Thiophosphoryl Oximates Containing Thiazole and 1,2,3‐Triazole
Rings”, Chin. J. Chem., vol. 27(3), pp. 565–568, 2009.
13. L. Chen, J. H. Yao, L. P. Yuan, J. Cao, Y. Huang, W. Xie, C.Ni, C. Shen, Z. Li, X. L. Zhang, Y. B. “Synthesis and Molecular
Design of Acetophenone Oxime Derivatives Based on Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship”, Acta Chim. Sinica, vol.
65(22), pp. 2583-2591, September 2007.
14. L. Z. Ling, A. P. Liu, C. Chen, Z. Z. Wei, D. S. Wang, D. L. Yin, X. G. Wang, “Synthesis and Biological Activity of Oxime
Ethers Containing Indanone”,Chin. J. Pestic. Sci. vol. 1, pp. 25–29, 2006.
15. Z. Zeng, H. Jiang, H. Zhang, Z. Jiang, “The synthesis of novel oxime ethers and their effects on the senescence of cut carnation
flowers”, Res. Chem. Intermed. 38(2), pp. 463–470, February 2012.
16. Z. S. Şahin, Z. Özdemir, A. Karakurt, Ş. Işik, “An X-ray and DFT Computational Study on 1-(Naphthalene-2-yl)-2-(1H-pyrazol-
1-yl) ethanone O-butyl Oxime”, Chinese J. Struct. Chem., vol. 31(2), pp. 262─270, January 2012.
17. C.F. Tormena, R. Rittner, R. J. Abraham, E. A. Basso, B. C. Fiori, “Conformational analysis of fluoroacetoxime and of its
O‐methyl ether by 1H, 13C and 15N NMR and theoretical calculations”, J. Phys. Org. Chem., vol. 17(1), pp. 42 –48, January
2004.
18. M. Alam, Dong-Ung Le, “Eco-Friendly Synthesis, Physicochemical Studies, Biological Assay and Molecular Docking of
Steroidal Oxime-Ethers”, EXCLI Journal, vol. 14, pp.394-407, March 2015.
19. Igor Picek, Robert Vianello, Primoz Sket, Janez Plavec, Blaženka Foreti, “Tandem β-Elimination/Hetero-Michael Addition
Rearrangement of an N-Alkylated Pyridinium Oxime to an O-Alkylated Pyridine Oxime Ether: An Experimental and
Computational Study”, J. Org. Chem. 80(4), pp. 2165–2173, January 2015.
20. T. Dey, K. S. S. Praveena, S. Pal, A. K. Mukherjee, “Three Oxime Ether Derivatives: Synthesis, Crystallographic Study,
Electronic Structure and Molecular Electrostatic Potential Calculation”, J. Mol. Struct., Vol. 1137, pp. 615-625, June 2017.
21. A. Manimekalai, S. Sivakumar, “Synthesis, Spectral and Computational Studies of Some N-Acyl-t(3)-isopropyl-r(2),c(6)-bis-2-
Furylpiperidin-4-one Oximes”, Spectrochimica Acta Part A., vol. 75(1), pp. 113–120, January 2010.
22. G. Sundararajan, D. Rajaraman, T. Srinivasan, D. Velmurugan, K. Krishnasamy, “Synthesis, Characterization, Computational
Calculation and Biological Studies of Some 2,6-Diaryl-1-(prop-2-yn-1-yl)piperidin-4-one Oxime Derivatives”, Spectrochimica
Acta Part A, vol. 139, pp. 108–118, March 2015.
23. M.Velayutham Pillai, K.Rajeswari, T.Vidhyasagar, “Synthesis, Spectral and Single Crystal X-Ray Diffraction Studies of Novel
O-(Carboalkoxy)methyl Oxime Ethers of 3-Alkyl and 3,5-Dialkyl-1-methyl-2,6-diphenylpiperidin-4-ones”, J. Mol. Struct. 1076,
pp. 94-104, 2014.
24. L. T. Cheng, W. Tam, S. H. Stevenson, G. R. Meredith, G. Rikken, S. R. Marder, “Experimental Investigations of Organic
Molecular Nonlinear Optical Polarizabilities. 1. Methods and Results on Benzene and Stilbene Derivatives”, J. Phys. Chem.,
Vol.95, pp. 10631–10643, December 1991.
25. P. Kaatz, E. A. Donley, D. P. Shelton, “A Comparison of Molecular Hyperpolarizabilities from Gas and Liquid Phase
Measurements”, J. Chem. Phys., vol. 108(3), pp. 849–856, January 1998.
26. M. J. Frisch, G. W. Trucks, H. B. Schlegel, G. E. Scuseria, M. A. Robb, J. R. Cheeseman, J. A. Montgomery, Jr., T. Vreven, K.
N. Kudin, J. C. Burant, J. M. Millam, S. S. Iyengar, J. Tomasi, V. Barone, B. Mennucci, M. Cossi, G. Scalmani, N. Rega, G. A.
Petersson, H. Nakatsuji, M. Hada, M. Ehara, K. Toyota, R. Fukuda, J. Hasegawa, M. Ishida, T. Nakajima, Y. Honda, O. Kitao, H.
Nakai, M. Klene, X. Li, J. E. Knox, H. P. Hratchian, J. B. Cross, V. Bakken, C. Adamo, J. Jaramillo, R. Gomperts, R. E.
Stratmann, O. Yazyev, A. J. Austin, R. Cammi, C. Pomelli, J. W. Ochterski, P. Y. Ayala, K. Morokuma, G. A. Voth , P. Salvador,
J. J. Dannenberg, V. G. Zakrzewski, S. Dapprich, A. D. Daniels, M. C. Strain, O. Farkas, D. K. Malick, A. D. Rabuck, K.
Raghavachari, J. B. Foresman, J. V. Ortiz, Q. Cui, A. G. Baboul, S. Clifford, J. Cioslowski, B. B. Stefanov, G. Liu,
A. Liashenko, P. Piskorz, I. Komaromi, R. L. Martin, D. J. Fox, T. Keith, M. A. Al–Laham, C. Y. Peng, A. Nanayakkara, M.
Challacombe, P. M. W. Gill, B. Johnson, W. Chen, M. W. Wong, C. Gonzalez, and J. A. Pople, Gaussian 03, Revision D.01,
Gaussian, Inc., Wallingford CT, (2004)
Authors: K. Stalindurai, R. Vettumperumal

ATiO3 (A = Ca, Sr, Ba & BP) Pervoskites in Cubic and Tetragonal Phase using TB-LMTO-ASA
Paper Title:
Method
Abstract: Ground state properties of ATiO3 (A = Ca, Sr, Ba & Pb) pervoskite structures in cubic and
tetragonal phase were studied by tight binding linear muffin-tin orbital (TB-LMTO) method in the framework of
density functional theory (DFT) with the atomic-sphere approximation (ASA). The total energy of all the
compounds come under the above said structures have shown that the cubic phase is the stable structure in the
ambient condition. Among these pervoskites maximum bulk modulus was obtained for BaTiO3. Direct (cubic)
and indirect (tetragonal) band gap was observed from the band structure calculations and the values fall within
the range of 1.5 – 1.7 eV. Electron distribution of each element in the valence and conduction bands was clearly
obtained from the density of states (DOS) and partial density of states (PDOS) for all the compounds. The
magnetization values were found in the range of 0.4 – 0.56 x 10-5µB. The‘d’ orbital position of Ti was observed
for all the ABO3 compounds and shifted away from the Fermi level except for Ti in BaTiO3. The refractive
indices of the pervoskites were calculated from the energy band gap and the value is above 3 for all the
compounds.
Keyword: ATiO3 pervoskites (A = Ca, Sr, Ba & Pb); Band structure and density of states; Refractive index
and ferromagnetism; Tight Binding Linear Muffin-Tin Orbital Method.
References:
1. M. E. Lines and A. M. Glass, “Principles and Applications of Ferroelectrics and Related Materials”, Clarendon Press: Oxford.,
U.K., 1977.
2. H. D. Megaw, “Abstract of the second European meeting on Ferro electricity”, Dijon; Phys., 33, 1971, C2.1-C2.5.
3. H. D. Megaw, “Proceedings of the European meeting on Ferro electricity”, Saarbrucken., 27, 1969.
4. V. V. Lemanov et al, “Pervoskite CaTiO 3 as an incipient ferroelectric, Solid State” Commun., 110, 1999, 611.
5. F. Jona and G. Shirane, “Ferroelectric Crystals”, Macmillan, New York., 1962.
6. R. T. Mara, G. B. B. Sutherland and H. V. Tyrell, “Infrared spectrum of Barium Titanate”, Phys. Rev., 96, 1954, 801.
153. 7. M. Cardona, “Optical properties and Band structures of SrTiO 3 and BaTiO3”, Phys. Rev., vol (A) 140, 1965, 651.
8. R. Scharfschwerdt et al, “Oxygen vacancies in BaTiO 3”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 54, 1996, 15284.
9. B. D. Begg, E. R. Vance and J. Nowotny, “Effect of particle size on the room temperature crystal structures of Barium Titanate”,
J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 77, 1994, 3186. 707-714
10. S. Schlag and H-F. Eicke, “Size driven phase transition in nanocrystalline BaTiO 3”, Solid State Commun., 91, 1994, 883.
11. B. D. Begg, K. S. Finnie and E. R. Vance, “Raman study of the relationship between room temperature tetragonality and Curie
point of Barium Titanate”, J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 79, 1996, 2666.
12. F. W. Lytle, “X-ray diffractometry of low temperature phase transition in Strontium Titanate”, J. Appl. Phys., 35, 1964, 2212.
13. R. Viana, P. Lunkenheimer and J. Hemberger, “Dielectric spectroscopy in SrTiO 3”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 50, 1994, 601.
14. D. Bauerle, W. Braun, V. Saile and G. Sprüssel, “Vacuum ultraviolet reflectivity and band structures of SrTiO 3 and BaTiO3”,
Zeitschrift für Physik ., vol (B) 29, 1978,179.
15. O. M. Nes, K. A. Müller and T. Suzuki, “Elastic anomalies in the quantum paraelectric regime of SrTiO 3”, Euro. Phys. Lett., 19,
1992, 397.
16. C. H. Perry, B. N. Khanna and G. “Rupprecht, Infrared studies of Pervoskite Titanate”, Phys. Rev., 135, 1964, 408.
17. J. L. Servoin, Y. Luspin and F. Gervais, “Infrared dispersion in SrTiO 3 at high temperature”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 22, 1980, 5501.
18. K. A. Muller, W. Berlinger and E. Tosatti, “Indication for a novel phase in the quantum paraelectric regime of SrTiO 3”, Z. Phys.,
vol (B) 48, 1991, 277.
19. K. A. Muller and H. Burkard, “SrTiO 3: An intrinsic quantum paraelectric below 4 K”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 19, 1979.
20. W. Zhong and D. Vanderbilt, “Effect of quantum fluctuations on structural phase transition in SrTiO 3 and BaTiO3”, Phys. Rev.,
vol (B) 53, 1996, 5047.
21. W. G. Spitzer et al, “Far infrared dielectric dispersion in SrTiO 3, BaTiO3 and TiO2”, Phys. Rev., 126, 1962, 1710.
22. W. Jauch and A. Palmer, “Anomalous zero point motion in SrTiO 3: Results from γ-ray diffraction”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 60,
1999, 2961.
23. P. A. Fleury, J. F. Scott and J. M. Worlock, “Soft phonon modes and the 110 K phase transition in SrTiO 3”, Phys. Rev. Lett., 21,
1968, 16.
24. G. Shirane and Y. “Yamada, Lattice dynamical study of the 110 K phase transition in SrTiO3”, Phys. Rev., 177, 1969.
25. I. B. Bersuker, N. N. Gorinchoi and T. A. Fedorco, “Band structures and vibronic coupling related to
ferroelectric properties of titanates of Ca, Sr and Ba”. Ferroelectrics., 1, 1994, 153.
26. H. Vogt, “Refined treatment of the model of linearly coupled anharmonic oscillators and its application to the temperature
dependence of the zone-center soft-mode frequencies of KTaO3 and SrTiO3”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 51, 1995, 8046.
27. Z-X. Chen, Y. Chen and Y-S. Jiang, “Comparative study of ABO3 pervoskite compounds ATiO3 (A = Ca, Sr, Ba and Pb)
pervoskite”, J. Phys. Chem., vol ( B) 106, 2002, 9986.
28. R. Thangavel et al,” First principle calculation of the ground state properties and structural phase transition of ternary
chalcogenide semiconductor under high pressure”, Comput. Mater. Sci., 40, 2007, 193.
29. S. Saha, T. P. Sinha and M. Abhijit, “Structural and optical properties of paraelectric SrTiO 3”, J. Phys. Cond. Matt., 12, 2000,
3325.
30. S. H. Wemple, “Polarization fluctuation and optical absorption edge in BaTiO 3”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 2, 1970, 2679.
31. P. Schoer, P. Kruger and J. Pollmann, “First principle calculations of the electronic structure of the wurtzite semiconductors ZnO
and ZnS”, Phys. Rev., vol (B) 47, 1993, 6971.
32. P. G. Perkins and D. M. Winter, “Calculation of band structures and electronic properties from models of SrTiO3”, J. Phys. C:
Solid State Phys., 16, 1983, 3481.
33. J. S. Lee et al, “Magnetic properties of Co and Mn implanted BaTiO 3, SrTiO3 and KTiO3”, Solid-State Electron., 47,
2003, 2225.
34. M. Anani et al, “Model for calculating the refractive index of a III – V semiconductor”, Comput. Mater. Sci., 41, 2008, 570.
35. R. L. Mooney, “An exact theoretical treatment of reflection reducing optical coating”, J. Opt. Soc. Am., 35, 1945, 574.
Authors: Pandian Lakshmanan, Vadivel Saravanan and Chennan Ramalingan.
Paper Title: Size/Shape Controlled Synthesis of Au/Tio2 Nano-Composites

Abstract: In order to control the size of titania supported gold nanoparticles, a new strategy of liquid phase
chemical reduction has been demonstrated. It involves on-site reduction of gold phase by glycerol due to thermal
treatment. In the first step DPU process is performed prior to chemical reduction. The results show that, this
method offers many size-control parameters including mainly reduction temperature and catalyst to glycerol
ratio. This paper analyzes various aspects of the different approaches attempted to control the size/shape of the
titania supported gold.
Keyword: Gold nanoparticles, Titania, chemical reduction, glycerol, selective oxidation, size-controlled
synthesis.
References:
1. M. Haruta, Report No. 393, The Osaka National Research Institute, Osaka, Japan, 1999, pp1-93.
2. M. Haruta, H. Kageyama, N. Kamijo, T. Kobayashi and F. Delannay, 1988. Stud. Surf. Sci. Catal. 44, pp33 -43.
3. M. Haruta, 1997. Catal. Surv. Jpn. pp61-68.
4. G. C. Bond and D. T. Thompson, 1999. Catal. Rev.-Sci. Eng. 41, pp319-388.
5. Ma, L. et al., 2015. Synthesis of Dumbbell-Like Gold-Metal Sulfide Core-Shell Nanorods with Largely Enhanced Transverse
Plasmon Resonance in Visible Region and Efficiently Improved Photocatalytic Activity’, Adv. Funct. Mater. 25, pp898–904.
6. Zielinska-Jurek, A. et al. 2011. Preparation and Characterization of Monometallic (Au) and Bimetallic (Ag/Au) Modified-
Titania Photocatalysts Activated by Visible Light”, Appl. Catal. B-Environ.101, pp504–514.
7. K. Kimura, S. Naya, and Y. Jin-nouchi, (2012). TiO2 “Crystal Form-Dependence of the Au/TiO2 Plasmon Photocatalyst’s
Activity”. J. Phys. Chem. C 116, pp7111–7117.
154. 8. M. Murdoch, G. I. N. Waterhouse and M. A. Nadeem, (2011). The Effect of Gold Loading and Particle Size on Photocatalytic
Hydrogen Production from Ethanol over Au/TiO 2 Nanoparticles”, Nat. Chem. 3, pp489–492.
9. Tanaka, S.Sakaguchi, and K. Hashimoto, (2012). Preparation of Au/TiO2 with Metal Cocatalysts Exhibiting Strong Surface 715-719
Plasmon Resonance Effective for Photo-induced Hydrogen Formation under Irradiation of Visible Light”, ACS Catal. 3, pp79–
85.
10. Dong Jiang, Wenzhong Wang, Songmei Sun, Ling Zhang, and Yali Zheng, 2015. ACS Catal. 5, pp 613−621.
11. Murdoch, M.; Waterhouse, G.; Nadeem, M.; Metson, J.; Keane, M.; Howe, R.; Llorca, J.; Idriss, H. 2011. Nat. Chem., 3,
pp489−492.
12. Scott M. Rogers, C. Richard A. Catlow, Carine E. Chan-Thaw, Diego Gianolio, Emma K. Gibson, Anna L. Gould, Nan
Jian, Andrew J. Logsdail, Richard E. Palmer, Laura Prati, Nikolaos Dimitratos, Alberto Villa, Peter P. Well ACS Catal.
2015, 5, pp4377−4384.
13. Mingming Du, Daohua Sun, Hongwei Yang, Jiale Huang, Xiaolian Jing, Tareque Odoom-Wubah, Haitao Wang, Lishan Jia,
Qingbiao Li, 2014. J. Phys. Chem. C, 118 (33), pp 19150–19157.
14. J.-D Grunwaldt, C. Kiener, C Wögerbauer, Alfons, 1999. J. Catal. 181 pp223-232.
15. K. K. R. Datta, B. V. Subba Reddy, Katsuhiko Ariga, Ajayan Vinu , 2010, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 49, pp5961 –5965.
16. Jing Li and Hua Chun Zeng, Preparation of Monodisperse Au/TiO 2 Nanocatalysts via Self-Assembly, 2006. Chem. Mater., 18,
pp4270-4277.
17. P. Lakshmanan, Y. K. Hwang, D.W. Hwang, U-Hwang Lee, P. P. Upare, Ngoc-Thuc Le, H. R. Kim and J.S. Chang. 2013.
Appl. Catal. A: Gen. 468, pp260-267.
18. P. Lakshmanan, D. H. Kim, E. D. Park, 2016. J. Nanosci. Nanotech. 16 (5) pp4386-4392.
19. Segur, J. B.; Oberstar, H. E. (1951). Viscosity of Glycerol and Its Aqueous Solutions". Industrial & Engineering Chemistry.
43 (9): pp2117–2120.
20. S. M. Rogers, C. Richard, A. Catlow, C. E. Chan-Thaw, D. Gianolio, E. K. Gibson, A. L. Gould, N. Jian, A. J. Logsdail, R. E.
Palmer, L. Prati, N. Dimitratos, A Villa, P. P. Well. 2015. ACS Catal., 5, pp4377−4384.
21. Mingming Du, Daohua Sun, Hongwei Yang, Jiale Huang, Xiaolian Jing, Tareque Odoom-Wubah, Haitao Wang, Lishan Jia,
Qingbiao Li, 2014. J. Phys. Chem. C, 118 (33), pp 19150–19157.
22. J-D Grunwaldt, C. Kiener, C. Wögerbauer, 1999 J. Catal. 181, 223-232.
23. J. J. Niu, V. Presser, C. J. Karwacki, Y. Gogotsi, 2011, Material Express, Vol. 1, No. 4, pp23-25
Authors: Sundaravel Balachandran, Ponnuchamy Singannan, Anushiya Thiraviam
Paper Title: Synthesis, Characterization and Photophysical Analysis of CDS Nanoparticles

Abstract: The CdS quantum dots are prepared in AOT reverse micellar self-assemblies. The quantum dots
were prepared from different precursor ratios of 1:1 and 1:2 which yielded different particle size. Steady state
155. luminescence quenching studies were carried out for these quantum dots with N, N-dimethyl amine and triethyl
amine. The downward curvature was observed form the SternVolmer plots showing the static nature of the
quenching process. The static nature is attributed to presence of the quencher molecules to the quantum dot 720-725
surface.
Keyword: Quantum dots, CdS nanoparticles, reverse micelle, luminescence, micro-emulsion.

References:
1. M.L. Steigerwald and L.E. Brus, “Semiconductor crystallites: a class of large molecules”, Acc. Chem. Res. vol. 23, 1990, pp.
183-188.
2. M. Nirmal and L.E. Brus, “Luminescence Photophysics in Semiconductor Nanocrystals”, Acc. Chem. Res. vol. 32, 1999, pp. 407-
414.
3. A.P. Alivisatos, “Perspectives on the Physical Chemistry of Semiconductor Nanocrystals”, J. Phys. Chem. vol. 100, 1996, pp.
13226-13239.
4. C.J. Murphy and J.L. Coffer, “Quantum Dots: A Primer” Appl. Spectrosc. vol. 56, 2002, pp. 16A-27A.
5. V.I. Klimov, A.A. Mikhailovsky, Su Xu, A. Malko, J.A. Hollingsworth, C. A. Leatherdale, H.-J. Eisler and M. G. Bawendi,
“Optical Gain and Stimulated Emission in Nanocrystal Quantum Dots”, Science. vol. 290, 2000, pp. 314-317.
6. B.I. Lemon and R. M. Crooks, “Preparation and Characterization of Dendrimer-Encapsulated CdS Semiconductor Quantum
Dots”, J.Am. Chem. Soc. vol. 122, 2000,pp. 12886-12887.
7. W. Vogel, J. Urban, M. Kundu and S.K. Kulkarni, “Sphalerite−Wurtzite Intermediates in NanocrystallineCdS”, Langmuir. vol.
13, 1997,pp. 827-832.
8. Y. Tian and J.H. Fendler, “Langmuir−Blodgett Film Formation from Fluorescence-Activated, Surfactant-Capped, Size-Selected
CdS Nanoparticles Spread on Water Surfaces”, Chem. Mater. vol. 8, 1996, pp. 969-974.
9. Y-P. Sun, H.W. Rollins, “Preparation of polymer-protected semiconductor nanoparticles through the rapid expansion of
supercritical fluid solution”, Chem. Phys. Lett. vol. 288, 1998, pp. 585-588.
10. S. Gorer and R.M. Penner, ““Multipulse” Electrochemical/Chemical Synthesis of CdS/S Core/Shell Nanocrystals Exhibiting
Ultranarrow Photoluminescence Emission Lines”, J. Phys. Chem. B vol. 103, . 1999, pp. 5750-5753.
11. H. Ohde, M. Ohde, F. Bailey, H. Kim and C.M. Wai, “Water-in-CO2Microemulsions as Nanoreactors for Synthesizing CdS and
ZnS Nanoparticles in Supercritical CO2”, Nano. Lett. vol. 2, 2002, pp. 721-724.
12. T. Dannhauser, M. O'Neil, K. Johansson, D. Whitten and G. McLendon, “Photophysics of quantized colloidal semiconductors.
Dramatic luminescence enhancement by binding of simple amines”, J. Phys. Chem. vol. 90, 1986, pp. 6074-6076.
13. S. Logunov, T. Green, S. Marguet and M.A. El-Sayed. “Interfacial Carriers Dynamics of CdS Nanoparticles”, J. Phys. Chem. A.
vol. 102, 1998, pp. 5652-5658.
14. R.N. Bhargava, D. Gallagher, X. Hong and A. Nurmikko, “Optical properties of manganese-doped nanocrystals of ZnS”, Phys.
Rev. Lett. vol. 72, 1994, pp. 416-419.
15. R.N. Bhargava, “Doped nanocrystalline materials -Physics and applications”, J. Lumin, vol. 70, 1996, pp. 85-94.
16. K.S. Narayan, A.G. Manoj, J. Nanda and D.D. Sarma, “Dual function hybrid polymer-nanoparticle devices”, Appl. Phys. Lett.
vol. 74, 1999, pp. 871-873.
17. Y. Yang, J. Hung, S. Liu and J. Shen, “Preparation, characterization and electroluminescence of ZnS nanocrystals in a polymer
matrix”, J. Mater. Chem. vol. 7, 1997, pp. 131-133.
18. V.L. Colvin, M.C. Schlamp and A.P. Alivisatos, “Light-emitting diodes made from cadmium selenide nanocrystals and a
semiconducting polymer”, Nature, vol. 370, 1994, pp. 354-357.
19. M.C. Schlamp, X. Peng and A.P. Alivisatos, “Improved efficiencies in light emitting diodes made with CdSe(CdS) core/shell
type nanocrystals and a semiconducting polymer”, J. Appl. Phys. vol. 82, 1997, pp. 5837-5842.
20. M. Gao, C. Lesser, S. Kirstein, H. Möhwald, A.L. Rogach, and H. Weller, “Electroluminescence of different colors from
polycation/CdTe nanocrystal self-assembled films”, J.Appl. Phys vol. 87, . 2000, pp. 2297-2302.
21. W.C. Chan and S. Nie, “Quantum Dot Bioconjugates for Ultrasensitive Nonisotopic Detection”, Science, vol. 281, 1998, pp.
2016-2018.
22. M.A. Lopez-Quintela, J. Rivas, “Chemical Reactions in Microemulsions: A Powerful Method to Obtain Ultrafine Particles”, J.
Colloid Interface Sci. vol. 158, 1993, pp. 446-451.
23. P. Lianos and J.K. Thomas, “Cadmium sulfide of small dimensions produced in inverted micelles”, Chem. Phys. Lett. vol. 125,
1986, pp. 299-302.
24. D. Wu, X. Ge, Z. Zhang, M. Wang, and S. Zhang, “Novel one-step route for synthesizing CdS/polystyrene nanocomposite hollow
spheres”, Langmuir, vol. 20, 2004, pp. 5192-5195.
Authors: P. Manorama, Gangadhara Angajala, Geetha Das

Phytochemical Screening, Spectroscopic Examination and Antimicrobial Evaluation of PHE (Poly
Paper Title:
Herbal Extract) of Selected Indian Medicinal Herbs
Abstract: Methanolic extract of important medicinal herbal plants like Marsilea-quadrifolia (whole plant),
Trigonella-foenum-graecum (whole plant), Leaves of Mangifera-indica, Seeds of Eugenia-jambolana, Flowers
of Cassia-auriculata, Flower of Musa- paradisiaca, Leaves of Aegle-marmelos and equal ratio of the mixture of
the seven plants (Poly Herbal Extract - PHE) was prepared. The phytochemical screening for all the individual
plants and PHE have been studied by using UV, IR, TLC and AAS. The results obtained from spectroscopic
analysis indicated the presence of alkaloid, carbohydrates, protein, phenols, tannin, saponin, triterpenoids,
glycosides, phytosterols, gums and mucilage. The results of TLC for seven plants and PHE showed the Rf factor
in confirmation with phytochemical and spectrometric analysis. The atomic absorption studies reflected the
presence of copper, iron, magnesium and zinc metals in PHE. Antimicrobial studies for all the individual plants
and PHE were carried towards gram positive bacteria Bacillus subtilis and gram negative bacteria Pseudomonas
aeruginosa, Escherichia coli respectively. The in vitro antimicrobial studies also revealed that PHE showed
156.
better activity against E. coli which is comparable with the standard ciprofloxacin.
726-731
Keyword: Medicinal plants, Poly Herbal Extract (PHE), Spectroscopy, Antimicrobial.
References:
1. O.K. David and L.W. Emma “Herbal Extracts and Phytochemicals: Plant Secondary Metabolites and the Enhancement of Human
Brain Function,” Adv Nutr. vol. 2, pp.32-50, 2011.
2. World Health Organization (WHO), “National Policy on Traditional Medicine and Regulation of Herbal Medicines,” Geneva:
Report of WHO global survey, 2005.
3. G. Angajala, P. Pavan Kumar and R. Subashini, “One-step biofabrication of copper nanoparticles from Aegle marmelos Correa
aqueous leaf extract and evaluation of its anti-inflamatory and mosquito larvicidal efficacy,” RSC Adv. vol.4, pp.51459-51470,
2014.
4. L.Conboy, T.J. Kaptchuk, D.M. Eisenberg, B. Gottlieb and D. Acevedo-Garcia, “The relationship between social factors and
attitudes toward conventional and CAM practitioners,” Complement Ther Clin Pract. vol.13, pp.146-157, 2007.
5. B. Schmidt, D.M. Ribnicky, A. Poulev, S. Logendra, W.T. Cefalu and I. Raskin, “A natural history of botan ical therapeutics,”
Metabolism. vol.57, pp.S3-S9, 2008.
6. M. Barrett, “The Hand Book of Clinically Tested Herbal Remedies,” 1st edition, CBS Publishers and Distributers, New Delhi.
pp.3-6, 2007.
7. G. Angajala and R. Subashini, “Evaluation of larvicidal potential of β-sitosterol isolated from indigenous Aegle marmelos
Correa crude leaf extracts against blood feeding parasites and its binding affinity studies towards sterol carrier protein,”
Biocatalysis & Agricultural Biotechnology. vol.16, 586-593, 2018.
8. N. Sahoo, K. Choudhury and P. Manchikanti, “Manufacturing of biodrugs: Need for harmonization in regulatory standards,”
Biodrugs. vol.23, pp.217-229, 2009.
9. L. Perrin, A. Rakik, S. Yearly, C. Baumbeger, S. Kinloch-de Loies, M. Pechiere and B. Hirschel, “Combined therapy with
zidovudine and L-697,661 in primary HIV infection,” AIDS. vol.10, pp.1233-1237, 1996.
10. Durr, K.W. Anderson, K.W., C.L. Schneider, J.A. Waterburry, K.K. Bakshi and V.I. Taylor, “Combination Therapy with
Zidovudine Prevents Selection of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 Variants Expressing High-Level,” J Infect Dis.
vol.171, pp.1159-1165, 1995.
11. A.D. Kinghorn, D.D. Soejarto, N.P.D. Nanayakkara, C.M. Compadre, H.C. Makapugay, J.M. Hovanec-Brown, P.J. Medon and
S.K. Kamath, “A Phytochemical Screening Procedure for Sweet Ent-Kaurene Glycosides in the Genus Stevia,” J. Nat. Prod.
vol.47, pp.439-444, 1984.
12. J. Senguttuvan, S. Paulsamy and K. Karthika, “Phytochemical analysis and evaluation of leaf and root parts of the medicinal h erb,
Hypochaeris radicata L. for in vitro antioxidant activities,” Asian Pac J Trop Biomed. vol.4, pp.S359-S367, 2014.
13. L. Long-Ze and M.H. James, “A Screening Method for the Identification of Glycosylated Flavonoids and Other Phenolic
Compounds Using a Standard Analytical Approach for All Plant Materials,” J Agric Food Chem. vol.55, pp.1084-1096, 2007.
14. C.K. Kokate, “Practical pharmacognosy,” 3rd Edition. Vallabh, Prakashan, New Delhi, 1994.
15. G.Y.Yeh, D.M. Eisenberg, T.J. Kaptchuk and R.S. Phillips, “Systematic review of herbs and dietary supplements for glycemic
control in diabetes,” Diabetes Care. vol.26, pp.1277-1294, 2003.
16. A. Anandan, R. Eswaran, A. Doss, G. Sangeetha and S.P. Anand, Chemical Compounds Investigation of cassia-auriculata
Leaves-A potential Folklore Medicinal Plant. Bulletin of Environment,” Pharmacology and Life Sciences. vol.1, pp.20-23, 2011.
Authors: S. Ramalingam
Paper Title: Synthesis of Nanosized Titanium Dioxide (Tio2) by Sol-Gel Method

Abstract: Nanosized Titanium dioxide (TiO2) was synthesized by sol-gel method and it was characterized
by XRD, EDX, SEM, FTIR and DRS-UV-Visible spectroscopy to study the structural, morphological and
optical properties of the prepared nano TiO2. The presence of elements Ti (54.5%) and O (40.5%) are confirmed
by Energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX) analysis. The X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD) confirms the
presence of Nano crystalline anatase phase TiO2. The average crystallite size calculated from the XRD data
using Debye-Sherrer equation was ~15 nm and the preferred orientation plane was (101). The DRS-UV-Visible
spectra analysis shows that the band gap energy (Eg) value calculated for the nano TiO2 was 3.18 eV. The
surface morphology of the nanoTiO2 was studied by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) analysis, it shows that
the uniform anatase phase TiO2 with nano plate like structure.
Keyword: Nanosized Titanium dioxide (TiO2), Sol-Gel Method, Anatase, XRD analysis.
References:
1. Kang, O. L., Ahmad, A., Rana, U. A., & Hassan, N. H. (2016). Sol-gel titanium dioxide nanoparticles: Preparation and
structural characterization. Journal of Nanotechnology, 2016.
2. Macwan, D. P., Dave, P. N., & Chaturvedi, S. (2011). A review on nano-TiO2 sol–gel type syntheses and its applications.
Journal of materials science, 46(11), 3669-3686.
3. Bashiri, R., Mohamed, N. M., & Kait, C. F. (2017). Advancement of sol-gel–prepared TiO2 photocatalyst. Recent
Applications in Sol-Gel Synthesis. Rijeka: InTech, 151-167.
4. Yang, H., Zhang, K., Shi, R., Li, X., Dong, X., & Yu, Y. (2006). Sol–gel synthesis of TiO2 nanoparticles and photocatalytic
degradation of methyl orange in aqueous TiO2 suspensions. Journal of Alloys and Compounds, 413(1-2), 302-306.
5. Thangavelu, K., Annamalai, R., & Arulnandhi, D. (2013). Preparation and characterization of nanosized TiO2 powder by sol-
gel precipitation route. International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, 3(1), 636-639.
157. 6. Oskam, G. (2006). Metal oxide nanoparticles: synthesis, characterization and application. Journal of Sol-Gel Science and
Technology. 37, 161-164.
7. Gupta, S. M., & Tripathi, M. (2011). A review of TiO2 nanoparticles. Chinese Science Bulletin, 56(16), 1639. 732-735
8. Porkodi, K., & Arokiamary, S. D. (2007). Synthesis and spectroscopic characterization of nanostructured anatase titania: a
photocatalyst. Materials Characterization, 58(6), 495-503.
9. Venkatachalam, N., Palanichamy, M., & Murugesan, V. (2007). Sol–gel preparation and characterization of nanosize TiO2: Its
photocatalytic performance. Materials Chemistry and Physics, 104(2-3), 454-459.
10. Manikandan, K., Ahamed, A. J., Thirugnanasundar, A., & Brahmanandhan, G. M. (2015). A novel approach to synthesis and
characterization of titanium dioxide nanoparticles for photocatalytic applications. Digest Journal of Nanomaterials and
Biostructures, 10, 1427-1437.
11. Ramakrishnan, V. M., Natarajan, M., Santhanam, A., Asokan, V., & Velauthapillai, D. (2018). Size controlled synthesis of
TiO2 nanoparticles by modified solvothermal method towards effective photo catalytic and photovoltaic applications.
Materials Research Bulletin, 97, 351-360.
12. Fumin, W., Zhansheng, S., Feng, G., Jinting, J. I. U., & Adachi, M. (2007). Morphology control of anatase TiO2 by surfactant-
assisted hydrothermal method. Chinese Journal of Chemical Engineering, 15(5), 754-759.
13. Xia, X. H., Liang, Y., Wang, Z., Fan, J., Luo, Y. S., & Jia, Z. J. (2008). Synthesis and photocatalytic properties of TiO2
nanostructures. Materials Research Bulletin, 43(8-9), 2187-2195.
14. Do Kim, K., & Kim, H. T. (2002). Synthesis of titanium dioxide nanoparticles using a continuous reaction method. Colloids
and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects, 207(1-3), 263-269.
15. Wu, C. I., Huang, J. W., Wen, Y. L., Wen, S. B., Shen, Y. H., & Yeh, M. Y. (2008). Preparation of TiO2 nanoparticles by
supercritical carbon dioxide. Materials Letters, 62(12-13), 1923-1926.
16. Kim, B. H., Lee, J. Y., Choa, Y. H., Higuchi, M., & Mizutani, N. (2004). Preparation of TiO2 thin film by liquid sprayed mist
CVD method. Materials Science and Engineering: B, 107(3), 289-294.
17. Guo, W., Lin, Z., Wang, X., & Song, G. (2003). Sonochemical synthesis of nanocrystalline TiO2 by hydrolysis of titanium
alkoxides. Microelectronic Engineering, 66(1-4), 95-101.
18. Yang, K., Zhu, J., Zhu, J., Huang, S., Zhu, X., & Ma, G. (2003). Sonochemical synthesis and microstructure investigation of
rod-like nanocrystalline rutile titania. Materials Letters, 57(30), 4639-4642.
19. Xia, X. H., Luo, Y.S., Wang, Z., Liang, Y., Fan, J., Jia, Z.J., & Chen, Z.H. (2007, May). Ultrasonic synthesis and
photocatalytic activity investigation of TiO2 nanoarrays. Materials Letter, 61, 2571-2574.
20. Peng, F., Cai, L., Yu, H., Wang H., & Yang, J. (2008, January) Synthesis and characterization of substitutional and interstitial
nitrogen-doped titanium dioxides with visible light photocatalytic activity. Journal of Solid State Chemistry, 181, 130-136.
21. Pandiyan, R., Micheli, V., Ristic, D., Bartali, R., Pepponi, G., Barozzi, M., & Laidani, N. (2012). Structural and near-infra red
luminescence properties of Nd-doped TiO 2 films deposited by RF sputtering. Journal of Materials Chemistry, 22(42), 22424-
22432.
22. Wang, S., Wu, X., Qin, W., & Jiang, Z. (2007). TiO2 films prepared by micro-plasma oxidation method for dye-sensitized
solar cell. Electrochimica Acta, 53(4), 1883-1889.
23. Corradi, A. B., Bondioli, F., Focher, B., Ferrari, A. M., Grippo, C., Mariani, E., & Villa, C. (2005). Conventional and
microwave‐hydrothermal synthesis of TiO2 nanopowders. Journal of the American Ceramic Society, 88(9), 2639-2641.
24. Hayle, S. T., & Gonfa, G. G. (2014). Synthesis and characterization of titanium oxide nanomaterials using sol-gel method.
American Journal of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 2(1), 1-7.
25. Kavitha, M., Gopinathan, C., & Pandi, P. (2013). Synthesis and characterization of TiO2 nanopowders in hydrothermal and
Sol-Gel method. International Journal of Advancements in Research & Technology, 2(4), 102-108.
26. Crişan, M., Brăileanu, A., Răileanu, M., Zaharescu, M., Crişan, D., Drăgan, N., & Hodorogea, S. M. (2008). Sol–gel S-doped
TiO2 materials for environmental protection. Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids, 354(2-9), 705-711.
27. Devi, G. S., Kumar, K. S., & Reddy, K. S. (2015). Effect of pH on synthesis of single-phase titania (TiO2) nanoparticles and
its characterization. Particulate Science and Technology, 33(3), 219-223.
28. Challagulla, S., Nagarjuna, R., Ganesan, R., & Roy, S. (2017). TiO2 synthesized by various routes and its role on
environmental remediation and alternate energy production. Nano-Structures & Nano-Objects, 12, 147-156.
29. Malekshahi Byranvand, M., Nemati Kharat, A., Fatholahi, L., & Malekshahi Beiranvand, Z. (2013). A review on synthesis of
nano-TiO2 via different methods. Journal of nanostructures, 3(1), 1-9.
30. Xu, J., Li, L., Yan, Y., Wang, H., Wang, X., Fu, X., & Li, G. (2008). Synthesis and photoluminescence of well-dispersible
anatase TiO2 nanoparticles. Journal of Colloid and Interface Science, 318(1), 29-34.
Authors: J. Vinoth Kumar, M. Arunpandian, E. R. Nagarajan
Paper Title: Design and Structural Examination of ZnO Nanoparticles

Abstract: The ZnO nanoparticles were synthesized by simple hydrothermal method and it is confirmed by
XRD and SEM characterization techniques. The detailed structural analysis was done using Rietveld refinement
technique. By maximum entropy method the bonding feature of ZnO were analyzed. The bonding feature of
ZnO was analyzed through 3D and 2D charge density maps. The shape and surface morphology are examined
using SEM images, which indicate partially hexagonal structure with average particle size is about 100 nm.
Keyword: Rietveld method, Electron density distribution, Nanomaterials, Hydrothermal.

References:
158. 1. N. Panda, H. Sahoo, S. Mohapatra, Decolourization of methyl orange using fenton-like mesoporous Fe2O3–SiO2 composite, J.
Hazard. Mater., 185 (2011) 359-365.
2. T. Pauporte, D. Lincot, B. Viana, F. Pelle, Toward laser emission of epitaxial nanorod arrays of ZnO grown by 736-738
electrodeposition. Appl. Phys. Lett., 89 (2006) 233112.
3. T. Pauporte, J. Rathousky. Electrodeposited mesoporous ZnO thin films as efficient photocatalysts for the degradation of dye
pollutants. J. Phys. Chem. C, 111 (2007) 7639-7644.
4. A.L. Patterson, The scherrer formula for I-Ray particle size determination. Phys. Rev., 6, 1939, 978-982.
5. V. Petricek, M. Dusek, L. Palatinus, Jana2006. The crystallographic computing system, Institute of Physics, Praha, Czech
Republic, 2006.
6. H.M. Rietveld, A profile refinement method for nuclear and magnetic structures, J. Appl. Crystallogr., 2 (1969) 65-71.
7. D.M. Collins, Electron density images from imperfect data by iterative entropy maximization. Nature, 298 (1982) 49-51.
8. S.B.H. Gmbh, The maximum Enthropy Method. 2001.
9. K. Momma, T. Ikeda, A.A. Belik, F. Izumi, Dysnomia, A computer program for maximum-entropy method (MEM) analysis
and its performance in the MEM-based pattern fitting, (2013) 1-10.
10. K. Momma, F. Izumi, VESTA 3 for three-dimensional visualization of crystal, volumetric and morphology data, (2011) 1272-
1276.
Govindaraj Usha, Ramesh Prakash, Narayanan Selvapalam, Karuppasamy Karpagalakshmi,
Authors:
Paper Title: Oxidation of Benzoin to Benzil using Lanthanum Oxide
Abstract: Industrially useful class of intermediate such as benzil can be obtained by the oxidation of
benzoin, which has been explored extensively. Until now, lanthanum oxide has been not explored for the
oxidation of benzoin. Here we report the oxidation of benzoin by the rare earth oxide, lanthanum oxide, which
converted quantitatively the oxidized product, benzil,. The product was characterized by FTIR and NMR
Keyword: Oxidation, Benzoin, Benzil, Lanthaum oxide..

References:
159. 1. E. J. Corey, J. P. Schaefer, “Studies on the Mechanism of Oxidation of Ketones by Selenium Dioxide Part I” J. Am. Chem.
Soc., vol. 82, February 1960, pp. 917-929.
2. M. Mousavi, H. Seyfi, “Preparation of α-Hydroxy Ketones from Aromatic Aldehydes” Org. Chem. J., vol. 1, September 2011,
pp. 17-23, 739-742
3. Y. He, Y. Xue, “Mechanism insight the Cyanide- catalyzed Benzoin condensation: A Density functional theory study” J. Phys.
Chem, vol. 114, July 2010, pp. 9222-9230.
4. S. Bag, V. V. Vaze, and M. S. Degani “Microwave Assisted Benzoin Condensation using Thiamine as Catalyst” J. Chem.
Res., vol. 4, April 2006, pp. 267-269.
5. R. S. Menon, A. K. Biju, and V. Nair “Recent advances in N-heterocyclic carbene (NHC)-catalysed benzoin reactions”
Beilstein J. Org. Chem., vol. 12, March 2016, pp. 444-461.
6. H. Wynberg, H. J. Kooreman, “The mechanism of the Hinsberg thiophene ring synthesis” J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 87, pp.
1739-1742, April 1965.
7. W. W. Paudler, J. M. Barton, “The synthesis of 1,2,4- triazine” J. Org. Chem., Vol. 31, June 1966, pp. 1720-1722.
8. H. Isobe, S. Sato, E. Nakamura “Synthesis of disubstituted cucurbituril[6]uril and its rotaxane derivative” J. Am. Chem. Soc.,
vol. 48, pp. March 2002,1287-1289.
9. H. Cong, X. Longni, X. Xiao, Y. Huang , Z. Tao and G. Wei “ Synthesis and separation of cucurbit[n]urils and their
derivatives” Org. Biomol. Chem., vol. 14, March 2016, pp. 4335-4364.
10. M. Weiss, M. J . Appel, “The catalytic oxidation of benzoin to benzil” J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 70, November 1948, pp. 3666-
3667.
11. S. A. Tymono, B. A. Nattier, and R. S. Mohan “Oxidation of benzoins to benzil using bismuth(III)nitrate-copper(II)acetate”
Tetrahedron Lett., Vol. 40, October 1999, pp. 7657-7659.
12. A. M. Paul, A. C. Khandekar, and M. A. Shenoy, “Silica supported ferric nitrate nonahydrate:selective oxidation of benzoin
under mild conditions” Synth. Commun., vol. 33, August 2006, pp. 2581-2584.
13. Y. Sun, N. Ueyama, and A. Nakamura, “Air oxidation of p-sunstituted benzoin to the corresponding benzil by Fe(II)-cysteine
peptide complex” Tetrahedron, vol. 48, February 1992, pp. 1557-1566.
14. C. Zhebin, S. Zhengui, “Study on catalytic oxidation of benzion by molecular oxygen in presence of ferric oxide supported on
activated aluminum oxide” Chin. J. Org. Chem., Vol. 22, June 2002, pp. 446-447,
15. M. Kirihara, Y. Ochiai, and S. Takizawa,”Aerobic oxidation of α-hydroxycarbonyls catalysed by
tricholorooxyvanadium:effient synthesis of α-dicarbonyl compounds” Chem. Commun., September 1999, pp, 1387-1388,
16. J. D. Lou, C. Zhang, and G. Q. Wang, “ Oxidation of benzions to benzyls with chromium trioxide supported on kieselghur
under viscous condtions” Synthetic React Inorg Metal Org Nanometal Chem., vol. 39, January 2009, pp. 6-8.
17. A. M. Khandekar, B. M. Paul, “Silica supported mamganese dioxide:an efficient reagent for oxidation of benzions” Synth.
Commun., vol. 32, January 2002, pp. 2931-2935.
18. G. S. Zhang, Z. Shi, M. F. Chen, and K. Cai, “Ammonium Chlorochromate Adsorbed on Alumina: A New Reagent for the
Oxidation of Alcohols and Benzoins to the Corresponding Carbonyl Compounds” Synth. Commun., vol. 27, August 1997, pp.
953-956.
19. G. S. Zhang, Z. Shi, M. F. Chen, and K. Cai, “Preparation of Alumina-supported Dimethylammonium chlorochromate
(DMCC) and its use in the oxidation of alcohols and benzoins” Synth. Commun., vol. 27, July 1977, pp. 215-218.
20. N. Noroozi-pesyn, A. H. Dabbagh, “Alumina and silica oxides as catalyst for the oxidant of benzoins to benzil under solvent
free conditions” Molecules, vol. 10, November 2005, pp. 1364-1368.
21. K. Skobridis, V. Thedorou, and E. Weber, “A very simple and chemoselective air oxidation of benzions to benzyls by use of
alumina” ARKIVOC, vol. 13, March 2006, pp. 102-106.
22. S. I. M. Paris, Ü. A. Laskay, S. Liang et al., “Manganese(II) complexes of di-2-pyridinylmethylene-1,2-diimine di-Schiff base
ligands: structures and reactivity,” Inorganica Chimica Acta, vol. 363, October 2010, pp. 3390–3398.
Authors: Arunpandian M., Selvakumar K., Nagarajan E. R., Arunachalam S.

Ag/Nd2o3-Zno Nanocomposite: Visible Active Efficient Photocatalytic Degradation of Methylene
Paper Title:
Blue and Its Antibacterial Activity
Abstract: In this scenario, the photocatalyst Ag/Nd2O3-ZnO (ANZ) are prepared under hydrothermal method
and the complete build was confirmed by X-ray diffractometer, Scanning electron microscope with EDX
spectroscopy. From the results, the crystalline structure was confirmed by PXRD spectroscopy. And in the SEM,
spherical with sponge-like clustered morphology structure was shown and the presenting elements are confirmed
by EDX spectroscopy. The suitable light needed for the degradation was selected by DRS-UV spectroscopy. The
dye Methylene blue (MB) is degraded under visible light within 30 minutes with the efficiency of 98.12%. The
catalyst is further analysed optimized concentration, different catalyst loading, and the catalyst efficiency was
analyzed by reusability study. From the recyclability, the catalyst is stable up to the fifth run. Besides, the
photocatalytic study the catalyst is analysed antibacterial activity. For the results, the Bacillus bacteria having
more antibacterial activity compared to E.coli bacteria.
Keyword: Photocatalyst, Methylene blue, Rare earth metal, visible light, antibacterial activity
References:
1. L.M. Pastrana-Martinez, J.L. Faria, J.M. Dona - Rodriguez, C. Fernandez-Rodriguez, A.M.T. Silva, Degradation of
diphenhydramine pharmaceutical in aqueous solutions by using two highly active TiO2 photocatalysts: operating parameters
and photocatalytic mechanism, Appl. Catal. B 113-114 (2012) 221–227.
160. 2. A.Ahmad, F.D.Daschner K. Kummerer, Biodegradability of cefotiam, ciprofloxacin, meropenem, penicillin G, and
sulfamethoxazole and inhibition of wastewater bacteria, Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 37 (1999) 158–163.
3. M. A. Rauf, M. A. Meetani, A. Khaleel, A. Ahmed, Photocatalytic degradation of Methylene Blue using a mixed catalyst and
product analysis by LC/MS, Chem. Eng. J. 2010, 157, 373–378. 743-747
4. T. Sreethawong, S. Chavadej, S. Ngamsinlapasathian, S. Yoshikawa, Sol-gel synthesis of a mesoporous assembly of Nd2O3
nanocrystals with the aid of structure-directing surfactant, Solid State Sci. 10 (2008) 20–25.
5. R. Bazzi, M.A. Flores-Gonzalez, C. Louis, K. Lebbou, C. Dujardin, A. Brenier, W. Zhang, O. Tillement, E. Bernstein, P.
Perriat, Synthesis and luminescent properties of sub-5-nm lanthanide oxides nanoparticles, J. Lumin. 102 (2003) 445–450.
6. M. Zawadzki, L. Kepin´ski, Synthesis and characterization of neodymium oxide nanoparticles, J. Alloys. Compd. 380 (2004)
255–259.
7. T. Liu, Y. Zhang, H. Shao, X. Li, Synthesis and characteristics of Sm2O3 and Nd2O3nanoparticles, Langmuir 19 (2003)
7569–7572.
8. U. Koch, A. Fojtik, H. Weller, A. Henglein, Photochemistry of semiconductor colloids. Preparation of extremely small ZnO
particles, fluorescence phenomena and size quantization effects, Chem. Phys. Lett. 122 (1985) 507–510.
9. S. Krishnamoorthy, A.A. Iliadis, T. Bei, P.G. Chrousos, An interleukin-6 ZnO/SiO2/ Si surface acoustic wave biosensor,
Biosens. Bioelectron. 24 (2008) 313–318.
10. Y.L. Wang, H.S. Kim, D.P. Norton, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, Dielectric passivation effects on ZnO light-emitting diodes, Appl.
Phys. Lett. 92 (2008) 112101.
11. M. R. S. Zaidan, A. Noor Rain, A. R. Badrul, A. Adlin, A. Norazah, I. Zakiah, In vitro screening of five local medicinal plan ts
for antibacterial activity using disc diffusion method, Tropical Biomedicine, 22, 2005, 165-170.
12. D. Xu, Y. Bai, Z. Li, Y. Guo, L. Bai, Enhanced photodegradation ability of solvothermal synthesized metallic copper-coated
ZnO microrods, Colloids Surf. A 548 (2018) 19–26.
13. M. Rani, U. Shanker, Sun-light has driven rapid photocatalytic degradation of Methylene blue by poly(methyl
methacrylate)/metal oxide nanocomposites, Colloids Surf. A Physicochem. Eng. Asp. 559 (2018) 136–147.
14. F.T. Li, Y. Zhao, Q. Wang, X.J. Wang, Y.J. Hao, R.H. Liu, D.S. Zhao, Enhanced visible-light photocatalytic activity of active
Al2O3/g-C3N4 heterojunctions synthesized via surface hydroxyl modification, J. Hazard.Mater. 283 (2015) 371–381.
Ramesh Prakash, Narayanan Selvapalam, Govindaraj Usha, Karuppasamy Karpagalakshmi,
Authors:
161.
Paper Title: Colorimetric Determination of Amino Acids using Fluorescent Copper Nanoparticle
Abstract: Among the 20 amino acids, cysteine plays a major role in communication of the cells, especially
towards immune system and thus developing sensor for cysteine is very important to understand the status of the
human health. Copper nanoparticles decorated with Rhodamine B (RBCN) have the potential to detect the
biologically important species such as amino acids, especially cysteine. RBCN has been previously has
demonstrated for the sensing of host molecules such as cucurbituril based on the relative binding potential of
rhodamine B on the surface of copper nanoparticles. Based on that concept, now we have developed the sensor
for amino acids, especially for the cysteine
Keyword: Copper nanoparticles, Amino acids, Cysteine sensor, colorimetric sensor

References:
1. G. Wu, Amino acids, “Amino acids: metabolism, functions, and nutrition” Springer, vol. 37, pp. 1-17, May 2009
2. A. M. Pettiwala and P. K. Singh, “Recent developments in designing optical sensors for detection of basic amino acids,”
Indian J Chem, vol. 57B, pp. 293-300, Feb 2018.
3. Y. V. Tcherkas and A. D. Denisenko, “Simultaneous determination of several amino acids, including homocysteine, cy steine
and glutamic acid, in human plasma by isocratic reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorimetric
detection,” J Chromatogr A Elseveir, vol. 913, pp. 309-313, 2001.
4. K. Amarnath, V. Amarnath, K. Amarnath, H. L. Valentine, W. M. Valentine, “A specific HPLC-UV method for the
deermination of cysteine and related aminothiols in biological samples,” Talenta Elsevier, vol. 60, pp. 1229-1238, Mar 2003.
5. X. Shang, J. Yu, X. Wei, X. Li, Y. Feng, and X. Xu, “A Highly selective Colorimetric sensor for cysteine in waater solution
and bovine serum albumin,” J Sens Hindawi, vol. 2016, Article ID 5862929, Nov 2015.
6. H. Wang, W. Wang, H. Zhang, “Spectrofluorimetric determination of cysteine based on the fluorescence inhibition of Cd(II) -
8-hydroxyquinoline-5-sulphonic acid complex by cyseine,” Talenta Elsevier, vol. 53, pp. 1015-1019, Jan 2001.
7. T. Inoue and J. R. Kirchhoff, “Electrochemical detection of thiols with a coenzyme pyrroloquinoline quinone modified
electrode,” Anal. Chem. ACS, vol. 72, pp. 5755-5760, Oct 2000.
8. K. Kargosha, S. H. Ahmadi, M. Zeeb, S. R. Moeinossadat, “Vapour phase fourier transform infrared spectrometric
determination of L-Cysteine and L-Cystine,” Talanta Elsevier, vol. 74, pp. 753-759, Jul 2007.
9. N. Burford, M. D. Eelman, D. E. Mahony and M. Morash, “Definitive identification of cysteine and glutathione complexes of
bismuth by mass specrometry: assessing the biochemical fate of bismuth pharmaceutical agents,” Chem Comm RSC, pp. 146 - 748-751
147, Jan 2003.
10. Y. Sun, L. Zhang and H. Li, “Chiral colorimeric recognition of amino acids based on silver nanoparticle clusters,”New J Chem
RSC, vol. 36, pp. 1442-1444, May 2012.
11. J. F. Folmer-Andersen, V. M. Lynch, and E. V. Anslyn, “Colorimetric enantiodiscrimination of Alpha-Amino acids in protic
media,” JACS, vol. 127(22), pp. 7986-7987, Mar 2005.
12. Y. Guo, F. Cao, X. Lei, L. Mang, S. Cheng, and J. Song, “Fluorescent copper nanoparticles: recent advances in synthesis and
applicaions for sensing metal ions,” Nanoscale RSC, vol. 8, pp. 4852-4863, Jan 2016.
13. G. Doria, J. Conde, B. Veigas, L. Giestas, C. Almeida, M. Assuncao, J. Rosa and P. V. Baptista, “Noble metal nanoparticles
for biosensing applications,” Sensors, vol. 12, pp.1657-1687, Feb 2012.
14. J. Cao, L Ding, W. Hu, X. Chen, and Y. Fang, “A ernary sysem based onn fluorophore-surfactant assemblies-Cu2+ for highly
sensiive and selective detection of argenine in aqueous solution,” Langmuir ACS, vol. 30, pp. 15364-15372, Dec 2014.
15. A. M. Pettiwala and P. K. Singh, “Recent developments in designing optical sensors for detection of basic amino acids,”
Indian J Chem, vol. 57B, pp. 293-300, Feb 2018.
16. L. He, V. L. L. So, J. H. Xin, “A new rhodamine-thiourea/Al3+ complex sensor for the fast visual detection of arginine in
aqueous media,” Sens Actuators B Elsevier, vol. 192, pp. 496-502, Nov 2013.
17. H. Li, and Y. Bian, “Selecive colorimetric sensing of hisidine in aqueous solution using cysteine modified silver nanoparticles
in the presence of Hg+,” Nanotechnology IOP publishing, vol. 20, Mar 2009.
18. T. Minami, N. A. Esipenko, B. Zhang, L. Isaacs and P. Anzenbacher, “Turn-on fluorescent sensor array for bsic amino acids in
water,” ChemComm RSC, vol. 50, pp. 61-63, 2014.
19. M. Bnizzoni, L. Fabbrizzi, G. Piovani and A. Taglietti, “Fluorescent detection of glutamate with a dicopper (II) polyamine
cage,” Terahedron Elsevier, vol. 60, pp. 11159-11162, Oct 2004.
20. R. Prakash, G. Usha, L. Piramuthu and N. Selvapalam, “Facile detection of cucurbit[7]uril by rhodamine decorated
nanoparticle,” Chem Lett Chem Soc Jpn, vol. 46, pp. 1300-1303, 2017.
21. R. Prakash, G. Usha, P. Sivaranjana, K. Karpagalakshmi, L. Piramuthu and N. Selvapalam, “Graphene oxide based
fluorescence sensor for cucurbit[7]uril,” New J Chem RSC, vol. 42, pp. 13038-13043, Jun 2018.
22. A. Rigo, A. Corazza, M. L. Paolo, M. Rossetto, R. Ugolini, M. Scarpa, “Interaction of copper with cysteine: stability of
cuprous complexes and catalytic role of cupric ions in anaerobic tthiol oxidation,” J Inorg Biochem Elsevier, vol. 98, pp. 14 95-
1501, Jul 2004.
23. R. A. Soomro, A. Nafady, Sirajuddin, N. Memon, T. H. Sherazi, N. H. Kalwar, “L-Cysteine protected copper nanoparticles as
colorimetric sensor for mercuric ions,” Talanta Elsevier, vol.130, pp. 415-422, Jul 2014
Authors: K. Maheswari, P. Deepalakshmi, K. Ponmozhi
Paper Title: Classification of Student Performance Dataset using Machine Learning Algorithms
Abstract: The scope of this research work is to identify the efficient machine learning algorithm for
predicting the behavior of a student from the student performance dataset. We applied Support Vector Machines,
K-Nearest Neighbor, Decision Tree and Naïve Bayes algorithms to predict the grade of a student and compared
their prediction results in terms of various performance metrics. The students who visited many resources for
reference, made academic related discussions and interactions in the class room, absent for minimum days, cared
162. by parents care have shown great improvement in the final grade. Among the machine learning techniques we
have used, SVM has shown more accuracy in terms of four important attribute. The accuracy rate of SVM after
tuning is 0.80. The KNN and decision tree achieves the accuracy of 0.64, 0.65 respectively whereas the Naïve 752-757
Bayes achieves 0.77.
Keyword: Classification, Decision Tree , KNN , Machine Learning , Naïve Bayes , Student Performance and
SVM,
References:
1. Dorina Kabakchieva ,” Student Performance Prediction by Using Data Mining Classification Algorithms”, International
Journal of Computer Science and Management Research Vol 1 Issue 4 November 2012, ISSN 2278-733X.
2. CH.M.H.Sai Baba, AkhilaGovindu , Mani Krishna Sai Raavi, Venkata Praneeth Somisetty,” Student Performance Analysis
Using Classification Techniques”, International Journal of Pure an Applied Mathematics, Volume 115 No. 6 2017, 1-7.
3. Karunendra Verma, Arjun Singh, Purushottam Verma,” A Review on Predicting Student Performance Using Data Mining
Method”, International Journal OF Current Engineering and Scientific Research (IJCESR), ISSN (Print): 2393-8374,
(Online): 2394-0697, Volume-3, Issue-1, 2016
4. Mashael Al luhaybi, Allan Tucker and Leila Yousefi ,” The Prediction of Student Failure Using Classification Methods: A
Casestudy”, pp. 79–90, 2018. © CS & IT-CSCP 2018
5. Bhavesh Patel , Chetan Gondaliya,” Student Performance Analysis Using Data Mining Technique”, International Journal of
Computer Science and Mobile Computing, Vol.6 Issue.5, May- 2017, pg. 64-71.
6. Edin Osmanbegović , Mirza Suljić ,Data Mining Approach For Predicting Student Performance, Economic Review – Journal
of Economics and Business, Vol. X, Issue 1, May 2012. Citations :155
7. Sajida Perveen, Muhammed Shahbaz, Aziz Guergachi,Karim Keshavjee, “Performance Analysis of Data Mining Classification
Techniques to Predict Diabetes” , Science Direct Elsevier,Vol 82,pages: 1-142,2016.
8. Ahmed Mohamed, Ahmet Rizaner, Ali Hakanulusoy,”Using Data Mining to Predict Instructor Performance” 12 th
international Conference on application of fuzzy systems and soft computing,ICAFS,2016,29-30,Aug 2016,Vienna.
9. K. Maheswari, P. Packia Amutha Priya , "Analysis and Implementation of Text Mining for Different
Documents", International Journal of Scientific Research in Science and Technology(IJSRST), Print ISSN : 2395-6011, Online
ISSN : 2395-602X, Volume 3, Issue 5, pp.109-113, May-June-2017,URL : http://ijsrst.com/ICASCT2518
10. Dr.K.Maheswari,Ms.P.Packia Amutha Priya “Classification of Twitter Data Set using SVM and KSVM”, Published in
international Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, Volume 118 No. 7 2018,PP: 675-680, ISSN: 1311-8080 (printed
version); ISSN: 1314-3395.
11. K.Maheswari,“Improving Accuracy of Sentiment Classification Analysis in twitter Data Set Using knn” published in
International Journal of Research and Analytical Reviews,Vol 5, Issue 1, PP:422-425/E ISSN 2348-1269 Print ISSN 2349-
5138,UGC Approved Journal.
12. Dr.K.Maheswari,Ms.P.Packia Amutha Priya “Predicting Customer Behavior in Online Shopping Using SVM
Classifier”,presented paper in 2017 IEEE International Conference on Intelligent Techniques in
Control, Optimization & Signal Processing, INCOS'17, published in IEEE Xplore , 01 March 2018.
Authors: Diana Arulkumar, Kartheeban.K.
Paper Title: Prediction of Adversary’s TTP using Caldera

Abstract: Due to the ubiquity of the internet in all the lines of the disciplines, cyber security becomes
essential in day to day life. To make the cyber assets resilient from the challenging attacks like Advanced
Persistent Threats (APT), the experts needs a strategic rules and proactive decision-making models The Caldera
is a adversarial emulator for both blue and red team to test the APT along with the cyber kill chain(CKC).The
resilience could be achieved when the blue team and red team work together in analyzing the cyber threats based
on the probabilistic of creating adversarial profile with different characteristic helps in finding the priority of the
assets of the organization from the point of an adversary in launching the cyber -attack.
Keyword: Adversarial emulator, Advanced Persistent Threats (APT), cyber kill chain(CKC) ,caledra, cyber-
attack..
References:
1. Yang, Lu-Xing, Pengdeng Li, Xiaofan Yang, Luosheng Wen, Yingbo Wu, and Yuan Yan Tang. "Security evaluation of cyber
networks under advanced persistent threats." arXiv preprint arXiv:1707.03611 (2017).
2. Redondo-Hernández, Alberto, Aitor Couce-Vieira, and Siv Hilde Houmb. "Detection of Advanced Persistent Threats Using
System and Attack Intelligence." (2015): 90-94.
3. Cho, J. H., S. H. O. U. H. U. A. I. Xu, P. Hurley, M. A. T. T. H. E. W. Mackay, T. R. E. V. O. R. Benjamin, and MARK
BEAUMONT. "STRAM: Measuring the trustworthiness of computer-based systems." ACM Computing Surveys (under review).
Google Scholar (2017).
4. Ramos, Alex, Marcella Lazar, Raimir Holanda Filho, and Joel JPC Rodrigues. "Model-Based Quantitative Network Security
163. Metrics: A Survey." IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials 19, no. 4 (2017): 2704-2734.
5. Su, Yunfei, Mengjun Lib, Chaojing Tang, and Rongjun Shen. "A Framework of APT Detection Based on Dynamic Analysis."
(2016). 758-765
6. Rot, Artur, and Boguslaw Olszewski. "Advanced Persistent Threats Attacks in Cyberspace. Threats, Vulnerabilities, Methods of
Protection." In In 2017 Federated Conference on Computer Science and Information Systems, vol. 13, pp. 113-117. 2017.
7. John, Jeslin Thomas. "State of the Art Analysis of Defense Techniques against Advanced Persistent Threats." Future Internet (FI)
and Innovative Internet Technologies and Mobile Communication (IITM) Focal Topic: Advanced Persistent Threats 63 (2017).
8. Huy Pham L., Albanese M. and W. Priest B,”. A Quantitative Framework to Model Advanced Persistent Threat”s.In Proceedings
of the 15th International Joint Conference on e-Business and Telecommunications - Volume 1: SECRYPT. (2018), ISBN 978-
989-758-319-3, pages 282-293. DOI: 10.5220/0006872604480459
9. Jin-Hee Cho, Shouhuai Xu, Patrick M. Hurley, Matthew Mackay, Trevor Benjamin, Mark Beaumont. "STRAM", ACM
Computing Surveys, 2019
10. Google dongs(2019) on PenTestIT available on http://pentestit.com/adversary-emulation-tools-list/
11. Azeria-labs 2017.Intro to APT28 & APT30 (2017). https://azeria-labs.com/intro-to-apt28-apt30/
12. Andrew Smith (2017) Cambridge Centre for Risk Studies 2017 Risk
Summit Available on https://www.jbs.cam.ac.uk/fileadmin/ user_upload/research/centres/risk/downloads/170622-slides-
smith.pdf
13. DavidJBianco(2018)Enterprise Detection & Response webpage on The Pyramid of Pain on http://detect-respond.blogspot.com/
2013/03/the-pyramid-of-pain.html
14. An automated adversary emulation system on https://github.com/mitre/caldera(2018)
15. Noor, Umara, Zahid Anwar, Asad Waqar Malik, Sharifullah Khan, and Shahzad Saleem. "A machine learning framework for
investigating data breaches based on semantic analysis of adversary’s attack patterns in threat intelligence repositories." Future
Generation Computer Systems 95 (2019): 467-487.
16. Online browser and desktop app, neo4j, http://localhost:7474/browser/Bloodhound/BloodHoundExample DB graphdb
17. Noor, Umara, Zahid Anwar, and Zahid Rashid. "An Association Rule Mining-Based Framework for Profiling Regularities in
Tactics Techniques and Procedures of Cyber Threat Actors." In 2018 International Conference on Smart Computing and
Electronic Enterprise (ICSCEE), pp. 1-6. IEEE, 2018.
18. Samtani, S., Chinn, R., Chen, H., & Nunamaker, J. F. (2017). Exploring Emerging Hacker Assets and Key Hackers for Proactive
Cyber Threat
Intelligence. Journal of Management Information . Systems, 34(4), 1023–1053. doi:10.1080/07421222.2017.1394049
19. Benjamin, V., and Chen, H. Securing cyberspace: Identifying key actors in cybercriminal communities. In Proceedings of the
IEEE Joint Intelligence and Security Informatics Conference. Washington, DC: IEEE, 2012, pp. 24–29. 9.
20. Benjamin, V.; Zhang, B.; Nunamaker, J.F.; and Chen, H. Examining hacker participation length in cybercriminal Internet-relay-
chat communities. Journal of Management Information Systems, 33, 2 (2016), 482–510. 10.
21. Benjamin, V.; Li, W.; Holt, T.; and Chen, H. Exploring threats and vulnerabilities in hacker web: Forums, IRC and carding
shops. In IEEE International Conference on Intelligence and Security Informatics. Baltimore, MD: IEEE, 2015, pp. 85–90.
22. Holt, T.J. Examining the forces shaping cybercrime markets online. Social Science Computer Review, 31, 2 (2013), 165 –
177(DATASET)
23. Qamar, Sara, Zahid Anwar, Mohammad Ashiqur Rahman, Ehab Al-Shaer, and Bei-Tseng Chu. "Data-driven analytics for cyber-
threat intelligence and information sharing." Computers & Security 67 (2017): 35-58.
24. Noor, Umara, Zahid Anwar, Tehmina Amjad, and Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo. "A machine learning-based FinTech cyber threat
attribution framework using high-level indicators of compromise." Future Generation Computer Systems 96 (2019): 227-242.
25. J. Radianti and J.J. Gonzalez, “A preliminary model of the vulnerability black market,” Society, 2007.
26. Dube, Thomas, Richard Raines, Bert Peterson, Kenneth Bauer, and Steven Rogers. "An investigation of malware type
classification." In International Conference on Cyber Warfare and Security, p. 398. Academic Conferences International Limited,
2010.
27. Fachkha, Claude, and Mourad Debbabi. "Darknet as a source of cyber intelligence: Survey, taxonomy, and characterization."
IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials 18, no. 2 (2015): 1197-1227.
28. Bou-Harb, Elias, Mourad Debbabi, and Chadi Assi. "A novel cyber security capability: Inferring Internet-scale infections by
correlating malware and probing activities." Computer Networks 94 (2016): 327-343.
29. Lemay, Antoine, Joan Calvet, François Menet, and José M. Fernandez. "Survey of publicly available reports on advanced
persistent threat actors." Computers & Security 72 (2018): 26-59.
Authors: A.Jainul Fathima, G.Murugaboopathi
Paper Title: Computer Aided Drug Design for finding a therapeutics for Dengue Virus Targets
Abstract: The dengue epidemic has taken aback the entire world today. It affects millions of people
worldwide sometimes causing severe manifestation, affecting body metabolomics. It’s caused by an arthropod-
bornesingle-stranded RNA virus that has been distributed across the coastal regions of the globe with the advent
of commercialization and trade. There is no effective treatment for dengue till date, but different forms of anti-
viral vaccines are in the process of clinical trials for human use. Computational methods are being developed to
unravel the viral transmission mechanics and evolution. Numerous networking models are being proposed to
understand the phylogeny and inheritance pattern of the virus. Data models are projected in terms of mechanics
or statistics to consider the distribution pattern of dengue in the future. This article talk about dengue virus
targets at its genomics level.Several case scenario of applying CADD tools for finding the lead molecule for
dengue targets were discussed. Advancement in dengue research with recent developments in computational
methods were analyzed. The outcome of the present study suggested advancement in computational approaches
may offer focused development of drugs for dengue.
Keyword: Anti-viral Research; CADD; Dengue NS2B/NS3 protease

References:
1. A. F. L. T. Argolo et al., “Prevalence and incidence of dengue virus and antibody placental transfer during late pregnancy in
central Brazil,” 2013.
2. S. M. A. A. A. B. Shamimul Hasan, Sami Faisal Jamdar, Munther Alalowi, “Dengue virus: A global human threat: Review of
literature,” J Int Soc Prev Community Dent., pp. 1–6, 2016.
3. M. D. Kashinkunti, “A Study of Clinical Profile of Dengue Fever in a Tertiary Care Teaching Hospital,” Sch. J. Appl. Med. Sci.
164. Sch. J. App. Med. Sci, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 280–282, 2013.
4. V. Srinivas and V. R. Srinivas, “Dengue Fever: a Review Article,” J. Evol. Med. Dent. Sci., vol. 4, no. 29, pp. 5048–5058, 2015.
5. M. Gurusamy and J. Fathima, “Lead optimization studies towards finding NS2B/NS3 protease target-specific inhibitors as
potential anti-dengue drug-like compounds,” Curr. Drug Discov. Technol., vol. 15, pp. 1–8, 2018. 766-771
6. G. Wilder-Smith A, Ooi EE, Vasudevan SG, “Update on dengue: epidemiology, virus evolution, antiviral drugs, and vaccine
development,” Curr Infect Dis Rep., 2010.
7. R.-H. R., “Microevolution and virulence of dengue viruses. Adv Virus Res.,” 2003.
8. “Comprehensive Guidelines for Prevention and Control of Dengue and Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever, Revised and Expanded
Edition,” 2011.
9. G. D. Wilder-Smith A, “Geographic expansion of dengue: the impact of international travel.,” 2008.
10. G. DJ., “Epidemic dengue/dengue hemorrhagic fever as a public health, social and economic problem in the 21st century,” Trend
Microbiol, 2002.
11. “No Title.” [Online]. Available: https://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/health/conditionsandtreatments/Dengue-virus-
disease?viewAsPdf=true.
12. “No Title.” [Online]. Available: https://wwwnc.cdc.gov/travel/yellowbook/2016/infectious-diseases-related-to-travel/dengue.
13. and S. I. H. Jane P. Messina, Oliver J. Brady, “Global spread of dengue virus types: mapping the 70 year history,” 2014.
14. “WHO. Geneva: WHO; 1997. Dengue haemorrhagic fever. Diagnosis, treatment, prevention and control;”
15. D. A. Pang X, Zhang M, “Development of dengue virus replicons expressing HIV-1 gp120 and other heterologous genes: a
potential future tool for dual vaccination against dengue virus and HIV.e,” BMC Microbio, 2001.
16. D. A. Pang X, Zhang M, “Development of Dengue virus type 2 replicons capable of prolonged expression in host cells,” BMC
Microbio, 2001.
17. G. A. Alvarez DE, Lodeiro MF, Filomatori CV, Fucito S, Mondotte JA, “Structural and functional analysis of dengue virus
RNA.,” Novartis Found Symp, 2006.
18. L. M, “Flavivirus premembrane protein cleavage and spike heterodimer secretion require the function of the viral proteinase
NS3,” 1997.
19. K. A. K. Westaway EG, Mackenzie JM, “Kunjin RNA replication and applications of Kunjin replicons. Adv Virus Res,” 2003.
20. et al. Chen Y, Maguire T, Hileman RE, Fromm JR, Esko JD, Linhardt RJ, “Dengue virus infectivity depends on envelope protein
binding to target cell heparan sulfate.,” Nat Med, 1997.
21. L. C. Pethel M, Falgout B, “Mutational analysis of the octapeptide sequence motif at the NS1-NS2A cleavage junction of dengue
type 4 virus.,” 1992.
22. et al. Miller JL, de Wet BJ, Martinez-Pomares L, Radcliffe CM, Dwek RA, Rudd PM, “The mannose receptor mediates dengue
virus infection of macrophages. PLoS Pathog.,” 2008.
23. B. R. Welsch S, Miller S, Romero-Brey I, Merz A, Bleck CK, Walther P, Fuller SD, Antony C, Krijnse-Locker J, “Sites,
Composition and three-dimensional architecture of the dengue virus replication and assembly,” 2009.
24. P. R. Boonyasuppayakorn S, “Construction of plasmid, bacterial expression, purification, and assay of dengue virus type 2 NS5
methyltransferase. Methods in molecular biology (Clifton, N.J.).,” 2014.
25. G. M. B. and A. T. D. P. * Julianna D. Zeidler, Lorena O. Fernandes-Siqueira, “Non-Canonical Roles of Dengue Virus Non-
Structural Proteins.”
26. B. Canard, “Antiviral Research and Development Against Dengue Virus.,” WHO Rep., pp. 1–101, 2011.
27. R. G. Jenny G. Low and and A. S. Subhash G. Vasudevan, “Dengue Antiviral Development: A Continuing Journey,” 2018.
28. A. Burgess, K. Shah, O. Hough, and K. Hynynen, “HHS Public Access,” vol. 15, no. 5, pp. 477–491, 2016.
29. U. T. and C. Thisyakorn, “Latest developments and future directions in dengue vaccines,” 2014.
30. A. K. Lai H, Dou D, Aravapalli S, Teramoto T, Lushington GH, Mwania TM and G. W. Eichhorn DM, Padmanabhan R,
“Design, synthesis and characterization of novel 1,2-benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one and 1,3,4-oxadiazole hybrid derivatives: potent
inhibitors of Dengue and West Nile virus NS2B/NS3 proteases. Bioorganic & medicinal chemistry,” 2012.
31. F. D. and C. RT2, “Review of Current Dengue Treatment and Therapeutics in Development,” 2014.
32. Z. P. Kaczanowski S, “No Title,” Why similar protein Seq. Encode similar three M Dimens. Struct. Theor. Chem. Accounts,
2010.
33. S. AK., “Molecular modelling and drug design.2nd edition (Chennai), MB publisher,” 2008.
34. L. AJM., “Introduction to Bioinformatics,” Oxford Univ. Press inc. New York, no. 2002.
35. M. M. Walters WP, Stahl MT, “Virtual screening – an overview. Drug.Discov. Today,” 1998.
36. J. H. Suh M, Park S, “Comparison of QSAR Methods (CoMFA, CoMSIA, HQSAR) of Anticancer 1-N-Substituted
Imidazoquinoline-4,9-dione Derivatives. Bull. Korean Chem. Soc,” 2002.
37. W. J. Meyer EF, Swanson SM, “Molecular modeling and drug design. PharmacolTher.,” 2000.
38. T. D. Allen MP, “Computer Simulation of Liquids, Oxford Science Publications, Oxford, UK,” 1989.
39. A. J. Fathima, G. Murugaboopathi, and P. Selvam, “Pharmacophore Mapping of Ligand Based Virtual Screening, Molecular
Docking and Molecular Dynamic Simulation Studies for Finding Potent NS2B/NS3 Protease Inhibitors as Potential Anti-dengue
Drug Compounds,” Curr. Bioinform., vol. 13, no. 6, pp. 606–616, 2018.
40. M. V. Garisekurthi Satheesh, Nagu P. Prabhu, “3D Modeling of Dengue Virus NS4B and Chikungunya Virus nsP4: Identification
of a Common Drug Target and Designing a Single Antiviral Inhibitor,” 2014.
41. “IN SILICO DRUG DESIGNING STUDIES ON DENGUE VIRUS NS1 PROTEIN.” [Online]. Available:
https://www.pharmatutor.org/articles/in-silico-drug-designing-studies-on-dengue-virus-ns1-protein.
42. W. Journal and O. F. Pharmaceutical, “IN SILICO STUDIES ON DENGUE AND RHINO VIRAL STRUCTURAL
PROTEINS,” vol. 4, no. 12, pp. 281–286, 2018.
43. S. Raikar et al., “In silico Study on Inhibition of NS5 Protein of Dengue Virus,” vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 28–43, 2017.
Authors: K. Mohana Prabha, P. Vidhya Saraswathi
Paper Title: Secured Mobile Cloud Service System Based On Trapdoor

Abstract: When file owner like to store the file into cloud server that time file owner file upload request send
to the provider. That time provider sends the file upload key to the file owner. When provider receives the file
from the file owner that time provider upload the file into the cloud server. Here provider split the file index and
file store the different location in cloud server. This is mainly used for the security of the files. Same time when
file owner want to view the upload file from the cloud server that time file owner send the request to provider.
That time provider in case of not view to file owner request that is the main problem of the existing system. So
here we are learn about how to overcome this problem. That the above functions are same but one different for
when upload the file from the provider that time index keys are stored to the trapdoor. Trapdoor means like a
virtual machines this trap door mainly used for the when file owner request send to the file key that time
automatically fetch the key from this trapdoor this is mainly used for work load reduce for the provider and time
reduce for the file owner access the file key. Here that file keys are encrypted format when store into cloud
server because unauthorized can’t access the file without permission of provider. The main scope of this paper is
to solve the security problems and retrieve the document form the cloud sever. This is used to reduce the time to
access document from cloud.
165. Keyword: Cloud server, file owner, encrypted format, trapdoor, file key.
References: 772-775
1. S. O. Kuyoro, F. Ibikunle and O. Awodele, "Cloud Computing Security Issues and Challenges", International Journal of
Computer Networks (IJCN), vol. 3, Issue 5, (2011).
2. Rajesh Piplode, Umesh Kumar Singh " An Overview and Study of Security Issues & Challenges in Cloud Computing ",
International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering , Vol 2, Issue 9, September 2012
ISSN: 2277 128X.
3. M.Durairaj, T.Chithambaram, ―Networks Security on Mobile Computing – A Survey‖. International Journal of Computer
Science & Engineering Technology (IJCSET). ISSN : 2229-3345 Vol. 6 No. 04 Apr 2015.
4. Soeung-Kon, J. -H. Lee and S. W. Kim, "Mobile Cloud Computing Security Considerations", Journal of Security
Engineering, no. 9, (2012) April.
5. AbidShahzad and Mureed Hussain, "Security Issues and Challenges of Mobile Cloud Computing ", International Journal of
Grid and Distributed Computing Vol.6, No.6 (2013),
6. Shih-Hao Hung, Chi-Sheng Shih, Jeng-Peng Shieh, Chen-Pang Lee, YiHsiang Huang, " Executing mobile applications on the
cloud: Framework and issues ", Computers and Mathematics with Applications 63 (2012) 573–587. Elsevier Ltd.
7. Swarnpreet Singh, RituBagga, Devinder Singh, TarunJangwal "Architecture Of Mobile Application, Security Issues And
Services Involved In Mobile Cloud Computing Environment ", International Journal O Computer Science And Electronics
Research.Aug(2012).
8. Abdul Nasir Khan, M.L. Mat Kiah, Samee U. Khan, Sajjad A. Madani " A review on interworking and mobility techniques
for seamless connectivity in mobile cloud computing: Journal of Network and Computer Applications 43 (2014)84 –102
(2014) Elsevier Ltd.
9. Hoang T. Dinh, Chonho Lee, DusitNiyato, and Ping Wang, " A Survey of Mobile Cloud Computing: Architecture,
Applications, and Approaches", Department of Computer Science and Computer Engineering, La Trobe University, Australia
31 Accepted 30 May 2012,Available online 6 June 2012.
10. Sriram N. Premnatha, Zygmunt J. Haas, " A Practical, Secure, and Verifiable Cloud Computing for Mobile Systems‖, The
11th International Conference on Mobile Systems and Pervasive Computing (MobiSPC-2014).
11. M.Rajendra Prasad, JayadevGyani, P.R.K.Murti, " Mobile Cloud Computing: Implications and Challenges ", Journal of
Information Engineering and Applications ISSN 2224-5782 (print) ISSN 2225-0506 (online) Vol 2, No.7, (2012).
12. Huajian Mao, Nong Xiao, Weisong Shi, Yutong Lu, ―A cloud-oriented file service for mobile Internet devices ", J. Parallel
Distrib. Compute. 72 (2012) 171–184 31 October 2011, Available online 11 November (2011) Elsevier Ltd.
13. NazaninAminzadeh, ZohrehSanaei, SitiHafizah Ab Hamid, " Mobile storage augmentation in mobile cloud computing:
Taxonomy, approaches, and open issues ", Simulation Modeling Practice and Theory (2014) Elsevier Ltd.
14. S. Subashini, V.Kavitha, ―A survey on security issues in service delivery models of cloud computing ", Journal of Network
and Computer Applications 34 (2011) 1–11, Elsevier Ltd.
15. Zaheer Ahmad, Keith E. Mayes, Song Dong, Kostas Markantonakis, " Con siderations for mobile authentication in the Cloud
information security technical report 1 6 (2011) pp. 123-130, Elsevier Ltd.
16. Balakrishnan S., Janet J., Spandana S. ”Extensibility of File Set Over Encoded Cloud Data Through Empowered Fine Grained
Multi Keyword Search”. In: DeivaSundari P., Dash S., Das S., Panigrahi B. (eds) Proceedings of 2nd International
Conference on Intelligent Computing and Applications. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol 467.2017.
Springer, Singapore.
17. J. Janet, S. Balakrishnan and K. Somasekhara, "Fountain code based cloud storage mechanism for optimal file retrieval
delay," 2016 International Conference on Information Communication and Embedded Systems (ICICES), Chennai, 2016, pp.
1-4. doi: 10.1109/ICICES.2016.7518901.
18. Sruthi Anand, N.Susila, S.Balakrishnan, Challenges and Issues in Ensuring Safe Cloud Based Password Management to
Enhance Security”, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, Volume 119, No. 12, 2018, pp.1207-1215.
19. Dipon Kumar Ghosh , Prithwika Banik , Dr. S. Balakrishnan (2018), “Review-Guppy: A Decision-Making Engine for
Ecommerce Products Based on Sentiments of Consumer Reviews”, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics,
Volume 119, No. 12, 2018, pp.11351141.
20. K. Aravind, J. Granty Regina Elwin, T. Sujatha and S. Balakrishnan, (2018), “A Novel And Efficient Mobile Cloud Service
For Searching Encrypted Data”, ARPN Journal of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Vol.13, No.16, pp. 4683- 4686, 2018.
Authors: R. Revathy, S. Balamurali

An improved Frequent Pattern Mining in Sustainable Learning Practice using Generalized
Paper Title:
Association Rules
Abstract: This research focuses on mining the frequent patterns occurred in the given Datasets by
Generalization of Association Rules. Frequent pattern mining is a significant as well as interesting problem in
the research filed of Data Mining. Building of frequent pattern tree (FP tree), frequent pattern growth (FP
growth) and association rule generation are implemented to find the repeated patterns of data. FP tree
Construction Algorithm is mainly used to compact a vast database into a extremely compressed, seems to very
tiny data structure; hence eliminates the repeated scanning of database. The role of FP growth algorithm is to
discover the frequent patterns with FP tree structure and construct the generalized association rules
corresponding to the learning data. FP growth algorithm obtained best results as compared with conventional
Apriori algorithm. This research provides some practical real time applications pertaining data mining
techniques in the field of learning, education, marketing, finance and so on.
Keyword: Data mining, Concept hierarchy, FP growth algorithm, Association rule.

References:
1. Nguyen, L.T., Vu, V.V., Lam, M.T., Duong, T.T., Manh, L.T., Nguyen, T.T., Vo, B. and Fujita, H., An efficient method for
mining high utility closed itemsets. Information Sciences, Vol. 495, 2019, pp.78-99.
2. Pan, Z., Liu, P. and Yi, J., An Improved FP tree Algorithm for Mining Maximal Frequent Patterns. In 2018 10th International
166. Conference on Measuring Technology and Mechatronics Automation , 2018, pp. 309-312
3. Brilliant, M. and Handoko, D., April. Implementation of Data Mining Using Association Rules for Transactional Data Analysis.
In Prosiding International conference on Information Technology and Business, 2018, pp. 177-180. 776-780
4. Siahaan, A.P.U., Ikhwan, A. and Aryza, S., A Novelty of Data Mining for Promoting Education based on FP growth A lgorithm.
International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology, Vol. 9(7), 2018, pp.1660-1669.
5. Borah, A. and Nath, B., FP tree and its variants: towards solving the pattern mining challenges. In Proceedings of First
International Conference on Smart System, Innovations and Computing, Springer, Singapore, 2018, pp. 535-543.
6. Heaton, J., Comparing dataset characteristics that favor the Apriori, Eclat or FP growth frequent itemset mining algorithms. In
SoutheastCon, 2016, pp. 1-7.
7. Zeng, Y., Yin, S., Liu, J. and Zhang, M., Research of improved FP growth algorithm in association rules mining. Scientific
Programming, 2015, pp. 1-6.
8. Bhise, S. and Kale, S., Efficient algorithms to find frequent itemset using data mining. International Research Journal of
Engineering and Technology, Vol. 4(6), 2017, pp. 2645-2648.
9. Wu, H., Lu, Z., Pan, L., Xu, R. and Jiang, W., An improved apriori-based algorithm for association rules mining. In 2009 Sixth
International Conference on Fuzzy Systems and Knowledge Discovery, 2, 2009, pp. 51-55.
10. Narvekar, M. and Syed, S.F., An optimized algorithm for association rule mining using FP tree. Procedia Computer Science, Vol.
45, 2015, pp.101-110.
11. Tate, A. and Bewoor, L., January. Survey on frequent pattern mining algorithm for Kernel Trace. In 2017 IEEE 7th International
Advance Computing Conference, 2017, pp. 793-798.
12. Krupali, R. and Garg, D., Survey on the Techniques of FP growth Tree for Efficient Frequent Item-set Mining. International
Journal of Computer Applications, Vol. 160(1), 2017, Vol. 160(1), pp.39-43.
13. Badhon, B., Kabir, M.M.J., Xu, S. and Kabir, M., A survey on association rule mining based on evolutionary algorithms.
International Journal of Computers and Applications, 2019, DOI: 10.1080/1206212X.2019.1612993
14. Sakthivelan, R.G., Rjendran, P. and Thangavel, M., A video analysis on user feedback based recommendation using A-FP hybrid
algorithm. Multimedia Tools and Applications, 2019, https://doi.org/10.1007/ s11042-019-7293-1.
Authors: M. Maragatharajan, C. Balasubramanian, S. P. Balakannan

Reliable Data Delivery in Manet using Adaptive Demand Driven Routing Protocol and Semi Markov
167. Paper Title:
Process
Abstract: Reliable data delivery is an essential feature or element in the mobile adhoc network (MANET)
and the devices often change their locations as they are not allocated any fixed infrastructure. In this paper, 781-787
multicast routing protocols for military communications is proposed. Data security is a serious concern in
military communications with MANET. This paper attempts to prove that data security can be achieved, by
applying one of the most widely used algorithms, Adaptive demand driven routing (ADMR) protocol which
provides routing done with rapid topological changes. For network survivability the node behavior model is
devised by incorporating Semi Markov process. On the whole, the paper shows that reliable data delivery for
MANET can be obtained by estimating the current performance of the network and by using Semi-Markov
process when the forwarder node is isolated.
Keyword: MANET, ADMR, Markov Process

References:
1. Durka Devi K, Maragat harajan M, Balakannan S P “Reliable Data Deliversy for highly Dynamic MANETs Using Adaptive
Demand Driven Multicast Routing Protocol(ADMR),” International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science &
Technology (IJARCST 2014), Vol. 2 Issue Special 1 Jan-March 2014
2. Mattias Halvardsson, Patrik Lindberg, “ Reliable group communication in a mlitary Mobile Ad hoc Network”, Report from MSI,
School of Mathematics and Systems Engineering, Vaxjo University, 2004.
3. Jorjeta G. Jetcheva, David B. Johnson, “Adaptive Demand-Driven Multicast Routing in Multi-Hop Wireless Ad Hoc Networks”,
ACM Transactions , 2001
4. Fei Xing, Wenye Wang, “ On the survivabilty of wireless Ad hoc networks with node misbehaviors and failures”, IEEE
Transaction son Dependable computing, Vol.7, No.3, 2010
5. Lusheng JI and Scott Corson M, “Explicit Multicasting for Mobile Ad Hoc Networks” Journal of Mobile networks ans
applications, pp-535-549, 2003
6. Paul K, Choudhuri R R, and Bandyopadhyay S, “Survivability Analysis of Ad Hoc Wireless Network Architecture,” in Mobile
and Wireless Communications Networks, LNCS 1818, C. G. O. (Ed.), Ed. Springer, , pp. 31–46, 2000
7. Mannie E and Papadimitriou D., eds Recovery (Protection and Restoration) Terminology for Generalized Multi-Protocol Label
Switching (GMPLS), IETF RFC 4427, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4427.txt, Mar.2006.
8. Xiang-Yang LI, Peng Jun Wan, Yu wang, Chih-wei “Fault Tolerant Deployment and Topology Control in Wireless Networks,”
in Proc. of ACM MobiHoc ’03, pp. 117–128, Jan. 2003
9. Maragatharajan M, Balakannan SP, A Secured MANET using Multicast Routing Protocol and Semi Markov Process, Journal of
Cyber Security and Mobility, Vol 7.1, 53-68, 2018.
10. [10] M. Maragatharajan, C. Balasubramanian, SP. Balakannan, A Secured MANET using position based oppotunistic routing
and Semi Markov Process, Journal of concurrency and computation: Practice and Experience, DOI: 10.1002/cpe.5047
11. [11] Maragatharajan M, Balakannan SP, Analysis of multicast Routing Protocol for Secure MANET, IEEE International
conference on Intelligence Techniques in Control, Optimization and Signal Processing.
Authors: N.C. Brintha, J.T. Winowlin Jappes, P. Jothiraj
Paper Title: Analysis of Programming Tools and Techniques in 3D Printing Technology

Abstract: This paper explains and analyses the additive manufacturing process from its varieties, types and
usage of different programming tools. Printing process need to be selected mainly based on applications and the
materials used for development. More applications of 3D printing, were found to be in electronic industries
which is mainly due to complexities in shape and size. Understanding of the prompt programming tool to be
selected during complexity management is one of the major requirement. This requirement drives the research
community from 3D to 4D-Printing. Mainly, in 4D printing concept, the object or the material system has the
ability to change its form/function after it is being printed. The advantages and disadvantages of this technology
towards the significant growth of applications were analyzed and presented in this paper.
Keyword: 3D Printing, 4D Printing, Applications, Growth Rate, Programming tools, Market.

References:
1. J. Flavio Craveiro, Jose Pinto Duarte, Helena Bartolo, Paulo Jorge Bartolo., “Additive manufacturing as an enabling
technology for digital construction: A perspective on Construction 4.0,” Journal of Automation in Construction, Vol. 03,
No. 1, pp. 251-267, 2019.
2. Abdulrahman Al-Ahmari, Wadea Ameen, Mustufa Haider Abidi, Syed Hammad Mian., “Evaluation of 3D printing
168. approach for manual assembly training,” International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, Vol. 66, pp. 57-62, 2018.
3. Choi, Jae-Won, and Ho-Chan Kim., “3D Printing Technologies - A Review,” Journal of the Korean Society of
Manufacturing Process Engineers, Vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 1–8, 2015. 788-793
4. Dara G.Schniederjans., “Adoption of 3D-printing technologies in manufacturing: A survey analysis,” International Journal
of Production Economics, Vol. 183, Part A, pp. 287-298, 2017.
5. Davoudinejad, Ali C. Díaz Perez, Lucia Quagliotti, Danilo Pedersen, David Albajez, Jose Yagüe-Fabra, Jose Tosello,
Guido., “Additive manufacturing with vat polymerization method for precision polymer micro components production,”
Procedia CIRP, Vol.75, pp. 98-102, 2018.
6. Shiwpursad, Jasveer & Jianbin, Xue., “Comparison of Different Types of 3D Printing Technologies,” International Journal
of Scientific and Research Publications (IJSRP), Vol.8, No. 4, 2018.
7. Zhou Yufeng., “The recent development and applications of fluidic channels by 3D printing,” Journal of Biomedical
Science, Vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 1-22, 2017.
8. Aoulaiche Mokrane, Mhamed Boutaous, Shihe Xin., “Process of selective laser sintering of polymer powders: Modeling,
simulation, and validation,” Comptes Rendus Mecanique, Vol. 346, No 11, pp. 1087-1103, 2018.
9. E. Carlier, S. Marquette, C. Peerboom, L. Denis, J. Goole., “Investigation of the parameters used in fused deposition
modeling of poly(lactic acid) to optimize 3D printing sessions,” International Journal of Pharmaceutics, Vol. 565, No.2, pp.
367-377, 2019.
10. Despa V, Gheorghe I.Gh., “Study of Selective Laser Sintering –A Qualitative And Objective Approach,” The Scientific
Bulletin of Valahia University – Materials and Mechanics, No. 6, 2011.
11. Hang-NgaMai, MSaKyu-BokLee, Du-HyeongLee., “Fit of interim crowns fabricated using photopolymer-jetting 3D
printing,” The Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry, Vol. 118, No. 2, pp. 208-215, 2017.
12. Ming-Jong Tsai, Che-Wei Mei, Yih-Lin Cheng, Freeman Chen, Zhao-Yen Hu, Kuan-Chi Huang., “A study of a material
jetting based color 3d printing system by using multiple piezoelectric heads,” International Conference on Machine
Learning and Cybernetics (ICMLC), July 2017.
13. Y. Igor., “Selective laser melting: Direct manufacturing of 3D-objects by selective laser melting of metal powders”, 2009.
14. Basak, Soumya., “A Technical Report on Electron Beam Melting (EBM): An Additive Manufacturing (AM) Technique,”
2016.
15. H. Zhanghao, T. Xiaoyong, Z. Junkang, L. Dichen., “3D Printed Continuous Fibre Reinforced Composite Corrugated
Structure,” Composite Structures, Vol.184. pp. 1005-1010, 2017.
16. M. Quanyi, W. Lei, D. Conner, K. Xiao, D. Feng, Z. Zhong, J. Qi, W. Tiejun., “Digital light processing 3D printing of
conductive complex structures,” Additive Manufacturing, Vol.18, pp. 74-83 2017.
17. Ze-Xian Low, Yen Thien Chua, Brian Michael Ray, Davide Mattia, Ian Saxley Metcalfe, Darrell Alec Patterson.,
“Perspective on 3D printing of separation membranes and comparison to related unconventional fabrication techniques,”
Journal of Membrane Scien-ce, Vol. 523, No. 1, pp. 596-613, 2017.
18. Wohlers Associates, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing State of the Industry,” Annual Worldwide Progress Report,
Report 2019, https://wohlersassociates.com/2019report.htm,
ISBN 978-0-9913332-5-7, 2019.
19. Frost & Sullivan., “Advances in 4D Printing (Technical Insights),” Nine Pronged Technology Evaluation-Next Paradigm in
Manufacturing, 2014, pp. 1-16.
20. Kiril Vidimce, Szu-Po Wang, Jonathan Ragan-Kelley, and Wojciech Matusik., “OpenFab: A Programmable Pipeline for
Multi-material Fabrication,” ACM Trans. Graph, Vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 1– 136, July 2013
21. Zhenmin Li, Shan Lu, Suvda Myagmar, and Yuanyuan Zhou. ,”Cp-miner: A tool for finding copy-paste and related bugs in
operating system code,” In Proceedings of the 6th Conference on Symposium on Operating Systems Design &
Implementation, OSDI’04, International Journal of Innovative and Applied Research, Vol. 6, pp. 23- 32, 2014.
22. Nkomo, Nkosilathi., “A Review of 4D Printing Technology and Future Trends,” Eleventh South African Conference on
Computational and Applied Mechanics, At Vanderbijlpark, South Africa, 2018.
23. Campbell. T.A, Tibbits. S. and Garrett, B., "The next wave: 4D printing programming the material world," Atlantic Council,
Brent Scowcroft Center on International Security, 2015
24. Osita, Ifediora., “Organization’s stability and productivity: the role of SWOT analysis an acronym for strength, weakness,
opportunities and threat”, International Journal of Innovative and Applied Research, Vol. 2, pp. 23- 32, 2014.
25. Mitchell, U. Lafont, M. Hołyńska, C. Semprimoschnig., “Additive manufacturing — A review of 4D printing and future
applications,” Additive Manufacturing, Vol. 24, Pages 606-626, December 2018.
26. Marketsandmarkets., “3D Printing Market by Offering (Printer, Material, Software, Service), Process (Binder Jetting, Direct
Energy Deposition, Material Extrusion, Material Jetting, Powder Bed Fusion), Application, Vertical, Technology, and
Geography - Global Forecast to 2024”, 2016.
Authors: Scaria Alex, T Dhiliphan Rajkumar

Hybrid Optimization Driven Technique for Malicious Javascript Detection Based on Deep Learning
Paper Title:
Classifier
Abstract: The growth of the web users and thecontents are increasing in a daily basis. In all these webpages
the implementation of javascripts are a common factor. These scripts are used for the simplicity and achieve
interaction with the user, but, also could be used to harm the end user by stealing information, redirecting to
phishing pages and installing harmful softwares. This alarms an immediate look into the security concerns of the
javascript. There exist many machine learning-based malicious script detection approaches, but majority of them
follow a shallow discriminating models where manual definition of features are constructed with artificial rules.
In this paper, a deep learning framework for detecting malicious JavaScript code is proposed combing the
optimization power of Bird Swarm Algorithm. To extract high-level features from JavaScript code Stacked
denoising auto-encoders are implemented and BSA is used to optimise the features and identify the malicious
codes. The theoretical model [2] have an accuracy of 94% in identifying the malicious codes.
Keyword: Deep learning framework, javascript, Bird Swarm Algorithm, Stacked Denoising Auto-encoders
References:
1. Y., Huang, C., Liu, L. and Xue, M., "Research on Malicious JavaScript Detection Technology Based on LSTM," IEEE
Access, vol.6, pp.59118-59125, 2018.
2. Wang, Y., Cai, W.D. and Wei, P.C., "A deep learning approach for detecting malicious JavaScript code," security and
communication networks, vol.9, no.11, pp.1520-1534, 2016.
169. 3. Hsu, F.H., Hwang, Y.L., Lee, C.H., Lin, C.J., Chang, K. and Huang, C.C., "A Cloud-based Protection approach against
JavaScript-based attacks to browsers," Computers & Electrical Engineering, vol.68, pp.241-251, 2018.
4. Mao, J., Bian, J., Bai, G., Wang, R., Chen, Y., Xiao, Y. and Liang, Z., "Detecting Malicious Behaviors in JavaScript
Applications," IEEE Access, vol.6, pp.12284-12294, 2018. 794-797
5. Mosaad, S., Abdelbaki, N. and Shosha, A.F., "A Postmortem Forensic Analysis for a JavaScript Based Attack," In
Computer and Network Security Essentials, pp. 79-94, 2018.
6. Gupta, S. and Gupta, B.B., "A robust server-side javascript feature injection-based design for JSP web applications against
XSS vulnerabilities," In Cyber Security, pp. 459-465, 2018.
7. Song, W., Huang, Q. and Huang, J., "Understanding JavaScript Vulnerabilities in Large Real-World Android Applications,"
IEEE Transactions on Dependable and Secure Computing, 2018.
8. Abdel Khalek, M. and Shosha, A., "Jsdes: An automated de-obfuscation system for malicious javascript," In proceedings of
the International Conference on Availability, Reliability and Security, ACM, pp. 80, 2017.
9. Likarish, P., Jung, E. and Jo, I., "Obfuscated malicious javascript detection using classification techniques," In proceeding s
of International Conference on Malicious and Unwanted Software, pp. 47-54, 2009.
10. Hallaraker, O. and Vigna, G., "Detecting malicious javascript code in mozilla,"In proceedings of International Conference
on Engineering of Complex Computer Systems, pp. 85-94, 2005.
11. Curtsinger, C., Livshits, B., Zorn, B. and Seifert, C., "Zozzle: Low-overhead mostly static JavaScript malware detection," In
Proceedings of the usenix security symposium, pp. 3-3, 2011.
12. Li, B., Vadrevu, P., Lee, K.H. and Perdisci, R., "JSgraph: Enabling Reconstruction of Web Attacks via Efficient Tracking
of Live In-Browser JavaScript Executions," In Annual Network and Distributed System Security, 2018.
13. C. Curtsinger, B. Livshits, B. Zorn, and C. Seifert, “Zozzle: Fast and precise in-browser javascript malware detection,” in
proceedings of USENIX Conference on Security, pp. 3–3, 2011.
14. B. Burg, R. Bailey, A. J. Ko, and M. D. Ernst, “Interactive record/replay for web application debugging,” in proceedings of
ACM symposium on User interface software and technology, pp. 473–484, 2013.
15. C. Kolbitsch, B. Livshits, B. Zorn, and C. Seifert, “Rozzle: De-cloaking internet malware,” in proceedings of IEEE
Symposium on Security and Privacy, 2012.
16. Mogren, O., "Malicious JavaScript detection using machine learning," learning, vol.10, no.11, pp.12, 2017.
17. Yaser Alosefer and Omer Rana, "Honeyware: a web-based low interaction client honeypot," In proceedings of Third
International Conference on Software Testing, Verification, and Validation, IEEE, pp. 410–417, 2010.
18. YoungHan Choi, TaeGhyoon Kim, SeokJin Choi, and Cheolwon Lee, "Automatic detection for javascript obfuscation
attacks in web pages through string pattern analysis," In proceedings of International Conference on Future Generation
Information Technology, Springer, pp. 160–172, 2009.
19. Huda M, Abawajy J, Alazab M, Abdollalihian M, Islam R, Yearwood J, "Hybrids of support vector machine wrapper and
filter based framework for malware detection," Future Generation Computer Systems, 2014.
20. Alazab M, "Profiling and classifying the behavior of malicious codes," Journal of Systems and Software, vol.100, pp.91–
102, 2015.
21. AL-Taharwa IA, Lee H, Jeng AB, Wu K, Ho C, Chen S, "JSOD: JavaScript obfuscation detector," Security Comm.
Networks, vol.8, pp.1092–1107, 2015.
22. Soska K, Christin N, "Automatically detecting vulnerable websites before they turn malicious," in USENIX Security, pp.
625–640, 2014.
23. Yuxin, D., Wei, D., Yibin, Z. and Chenglong, X., "Malicious code detection using opcode running tree representation," In
proceedings of International Conference on P2P, Parallel, Grid, Cloud and Internet Computing, pp. 616-621, 2014.
24. Canfora, G., Mercaldo, F. and Visaggio, C.A., "Malicious javascript detection by features extraction," e-Informatica
Software Engineering Journal, vol.8, no.1, 2014.
25. Bansal, J.C., Sharma, H., Jadon, S.S. and Clerc, M., "Spider monkey optimization algorithm for numerical optimization,"
Memetic computing, vol.6, no.1, pp.31-47, 2014.
26. Meng, X.B., Gao, X.Z., Lu, L., Liu, Y. and Zhang, H., "A new bio-inspired optimisation algorithm: Bird Swarm
Algorithm," Journal of Experimental & Theoretical Artificial Intelligence, vol.28, no.4, pp.673-687, 2016.
27. “Malicious JavaScript,” https://www.cs.bham.ac.uk/research/projects/infotools/l eakiest/examples/javascript.php, Accessed
on March 2019.
28. Javascript Malware Collection,” https://github.com/HynekPetrak/javascript-malware collection, Accessed on March 2019.
29. Ibrahim Aljarah, Hossam Faris, Seyedali Mirjalili, Nailah Al-Madi, Alaa Sheta and Majdi Mafarja, “ Evolving neural
networks using bird swarm algorithm for data classification and regression applications”, Journal of Cluster Computing,
Springer, Published on 15 Feb 2019
Authors: P. Nagaraj, P. Deepalakshmi

Inclusion of Pre-Processing and Time Series Algorithms in Map Reduce Environment using Big
Paper Title:
Data Analytics
Abstract: Map Reduce is one of the most effective ways of handling Big Data. Many of existing Data
Mining / AI algorithms was developed in Map Reduce to provide effective results. There are many more
algorithms including preprocessing algorithms such as Binarization, Normalization etc., Time series algorithms
such as Moving average, Sliding Window, Correlation etc., which are not yet implemented in Map Reduce.
Although there are not major algorithms they play a vital role in preprocessing and processing chunk data to a
meaningful data. In this paper, we proposed a model of including these algorithms in Map Reduce to improve
preprocessing outcome of Big Data much faster. The processed data can then be trained by the regression
algorithms using Machine learning techniques to preprocess the huge data in a long run automatically.
Keyword: Big Data, Map Reduce, Data Mining, Pre-processing, Time series, Regression.
References:
1. Nandimath, J., Banerjee, E., Patil, A., Kakade, P., Vaidya, S., & Chaturvedi, D. (2013, August). Big data analysis using
Apache Hadoop. In 2013 IEEE 14th International Conference on Information Reuse & Integration (IRI) (pp. 700-703).
IEEE.
2. Manikandan, S. G., & Ravi, S. (2014, October). Big data analysis using Apache Hadoop. In 2014 International Conference
on IT Convergence and Security (ICITCS) (pp. 1-4). IEEE.
3. Afzali, M., Singh, N., & Kumar, S. (2016, March). Hadoop-MapReduce: A platform for mining large datasets. In 2016 3rd
International Conference on Computing for Sustainable Global Development (INDIACom) (pp. 1856-1860). IEEE.
170. 4. Kumar, P., & Rathore, D. V. S. (2014). Efficient capabilities of processing of big data using hadoop map
reduce. International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer and Communication Engineering, 3(6), 4421-4425.
5. Nandakumar, A. N., & Yambem, N. (2014). A survey on data mining algorithms on apache hadoop platform. International 798-802
Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering, 4(1), 563-565.
6. Shafer, J., Rixner, S., & Cox, A. L. (2010, March). The hadoop distributed filesystem: Balancing portability and
performance. In 2010 IEEE International Symposium on Performance Analysis of Systems & Software (ISPASS) (pp. 122-
133). IEEE.
7. Bendre, M., & Manthalkar, R. (2019). Time series decomposition and predictive analytics using MapReduce
framework. Expert Systems with Applications, 116, 108-120.
8. Schörgenhumer, A., Kahlhofer, M., Chalupar, P., Grünbacher, P., & Mössenböck, H. (2019, January). A Framework for
Preprocessing Multivariate, Topology-Aware Time Series and Event Data in a Multi-System Environment. In 2019 IEEE
19th International Symposium on High Assurance Systems Engineering (HASE) (pp. 115-122). IEEE.
9. Zhu, S., Qiu, X., Yin, Y., Fang, M., Liu, X., Zhao, X., & Shi, Y. (2019). Two-step-hybrid model based on data
preprocessing and intelligent optimization algorithms (CS and GWO) for NO2 and SO2 forecasting. Atmospheric Pollution
Research.
10. Smith, V., Portillo-Quintero, C., Sanchez-Azofeifa, A., & Hernandez-Stefanoni, J. L. (2019). Assessing the accuracy of
detected breaks in Landsat time series as predictors of small scale deforestation in tropical dry forests of Mexico and Costa
Rica. Remote sensing of environment, 221, 707-721.
11. Friedman, J. (2018). An algorithm for finding best matches in logarithmic expected time (No. SLAC-PUB-1549). SLAC
National Accelerator Lab., Menlo Park, CA (United States).
12. Bullock, E. L., Woodcock, C. E., & Holden, C. E. (2019). Improved change monitoring using an ensemble of time series
algorithms. Remote Sensing of Environment, 111165.
13. Ramot, M., & Gonzalez-Castillo, J. (2019). A framework for offline evaluation and optimization of real-time algorithms for
use in neurofeedback, demonstrated on an instantaneous proxy for correlations. NeuroImage, 188, 322-334.
14. Liu, C., Zhang, Q., Luo, H., Qi, S., Tao, S., Xu, H., & Yao, Y. (2019). An efficient approach to capture continuous
impervious surface dynamics using spatial-temporal rules and dense Landsat time series stacks. Remote Sensing of
Environment, 229, 114-132.
171. Authors: Suprakash S, Balakannan S P, Sugumar V R, Manoj Kumar R, Viswanathan K

Paper Title: Biometric Attendance for Classrooms – A Real-Time Implementation
Abstract: Biometric fingerprint attendance systems have is widely used in a different working sector such
as schools, colleges, and industries for monitoring employees. In most of the schools and colleges, the
attendance system is still in RFID technology. A replacement of this technology with the Biometric system can
be more and more useful in the educational sector for accurate student attendance. The system is very much
useful for schools and colleges to generate the attendance of each and every student. Fingerprint access is used
to generate attendance. This system can provide an accurate, faster, and convenient way of managing and
monitoring the student progress in the classroom. Automatic notification to parents and higher authorities on the
student’s presence will provide an added advantage over the previous systems.
Keyword: Biometric, Attendance System.

References:
1. L. X. LI Jian-po, ZHU Xu-ning and Z. Zhi-ming, “Wireless fingerprint attendance system based on zigbee technology,” in
2nd InternationalWorkshop on Intelligent Systems and Applications (ISA), May 2010, pp.1 – 4
2. Z. C. A. Kassem, M. Hamad and S. E. Dahdaah, “An rfid attendance and monitoring system for university applications,” in
17th IEEE International Conference on Electronics, Circuits, and Systems (ICECS), 2010, pp. 851 – 854.
3. Varun Chandrasekar, T.S.Natarajan, "Fingerprint Based Classroom Attendance Recording Device", International Journal on
Recent and Innovation Trends in Computing and Communication, Volume: 2 Issue: 9, ISSN: 2321-8169, 2802 – 2805
4. Lim TS, Sim SC, Mansor MM. RFID based attendance system. 2009 IEEE Symposium on Industrial Electronics &
Applications (2009) Kuala Lumpur 778-782. 803-806
5. Yakub Saheed, Hambali Moshood, A Adedeji, Abdulmumeen, A Adeniji, I. Attendance Management System Using
Barcode Identification on Students' Identity Cards (2016) The Pacific Journal of Science and Technology 17: 224-230.
6. Using smart card for secure physical access. A smart card alliance report, Smart card alliance Inc (2003) Princeton Junction,
NZ.
7. Bevan S., Hayday S. "Attendance Management: a Review of Good Practice" Report 353, Institute for Employment Studies,
December 1998.
8. C. Barral, “Biometrics & Security,” 2010, [Last accessed on 05 Jul 2015]. [Online]. Available:
http://infoscience.epfl.ch/record/148685/ files/EPFL TH4748.pdf.
9. B. Institute, “Where are biometrics used?” 2015, [Last accessed on 07 Jul 2015]. [Online]. Available:
http://www.biometricsinstitute.org/ pages/faq-3.html.
10. W. contributors, “Fingerprint recognition,” 2015, [Last accessed on 05 Jul 2015]. [Online]. Available:
https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php? title=Fingerprint recognition&oldid=670123692.
11. E. Spinella, “Biometric Scanning Technologies: Finger, Facial and Retinal Scanning,” SANS GSEC, Online Submission,
San Francisco, 2003.
12. S. Asha and C. Chellappan, “Biometrics: An Overview of the Technology, Issues and Applications,” International Journal
of Computer Applications, vol. 39, no. 10, pp. 35–52, 2012.
13. N. Manivannan, C. Tigli, A. Noor, and S. Memon, “Fingerprint Biometric for Identity management,” International Journal
of Industrial Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 39–44, May 2011
14. Jain, Y. Chen, and M. Demirkus, “Pores and Ridges: High-Resolution Fingerprint Matching Using Level 3 Features,” IEEE
Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 29, no. 1, pp. 15–27, Jan 2007.
15. ZKTeco, “F19,” 2013, [Last accessed on 17 Jul 2015]. [Online]. Available:
http://www.zktecoindia.com/products.php?prod=54
Authors: V. Navya, P. Deepalakshmi

Energy Efficient Fuzzy Cost-Effective Routing for Transmission of Critical Physiological
Paper Title:
Parameters in Wireless Body Area Network under Emergency Scenarios
Abstract: Wireless body area networks with routing and collaborative fuzzy mechanisms for network
analysis have become more efficient in today’s healthcare technology. In this article, a novelthreshold-based
probability theory and fuzzy logic cost-effective routing technique is proposed that depends on location and
residual energy attributes to reduce the overall energy consumption among the sensing nodes and increasing
network lifetime. Attributes such as energy and distance are considered for generating if-then rules and
membership functions. A fuzzy conditional reasoning is performed using interference mechanism and a
defuzzification methodology is applied on the computed cost value to make an efficient choice. Mamdani-Fuzzy
logic toolbox in matrix laboratory is used to evaluate the simulation performance of the proposed method with
that of other existing conventional methods. From the results obtained, it is observed that for the different
metrics, the proposed technique provides improvements in terms of energy efficiency, stability period and
network lifetime.
172.
Keyword: wireless body area networks; WBAN, fuzzy logic cost-effective technique, threshold-based 807-813
probability theory, fuzzy conditional reasoning; distance, energy efficiency, healthcare technology.
References:
1. Chintapalli, S. (2015). Transmission Scheduling Using Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System For Minimizing Interference in
Wireless Body Area Networks (WBANs) (Doctoral dissertation, University of Cincinnati).
2. Kim, B. S., Kim, K. H., & Kim, K. I. (2017). A Survey on Mobility Support in Wireless Body Area Networks. Sensors, 17(4),
797.
3. Kumar, A., & Raj, M. V. (2017). A Comprehensive Survey of QoS-Aware Routing Protocols in Wireless Body Area
Networks. International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer and Communication Engineering, 6(1), 166-173.
4. Movassaghi, S., Abolhasan, M., Lipman, J., Smith, D., &Jamalipour, A. (2014). Wireless body area networks: A survey. IEEE
Communications Surveys & Tutorials, 16(3), 1658-1686.
5. Maurya, S., & Daniel, A. K. (2014, December). An energy efficient routing protocol under distance, energy and load parameter
for heterogeneous wireless sensor networks. In Information Technology (ICIT), 2014 International Conference on (pp. 161-
166). IEEE.
6. Pugalendhi, G., Velusamy, D., Paul, A., & Kim, K. J. (2017). Fuzzy-based trusted routing to mitigate packet dropping attack
between data aggregation points in smart grid communication network. Computing, 99(1), 81-106.
7. Navya, V., & Deepalakshmi, P. (2017, March). Mobility supported threshold based stability increased throughput to sink using
multihop routing protocol for link efficiency in wireless body area networks (M-TSIMPLE). In Intelligent Techniques in
Control, Optimization and Signal Processing (INCOS), 2017 IEEE International Conference (pp. 1-7). IEEE.
8. Bayraktar, C., Karan, O., &Gümüşkaya, H. (2011). Diagnosing internal illnesses using pervasive healthcare computing and
neural networks. Procedia Computer Science, 3, 584-588.
9. Saini, M., &Pandove, G. (2017). A Research Article on Efficient Next–Node Selection Algorithm for WBAN by Using Fuzzy
Logic. International Journal of Computational Intelligence Research, 13(8), 1977-1990.
10. Kaur, N., & Singh, S. (2017). Optimized cost effective and energy efficient routing protocol for wireless body area
networks. Ad Hoc Networks, 61, 65-84.
11. Mhemed, R., Aslam, N., Phillips, W., & Comeau, F. (2012). An energy efficient fuzzy logic cluster formation protocol in
wireless sensor networks. Procedia Computer Science, 10, 255-262.
12. Billones, R. K. C., Vicmudo, M. P., &Dadios, E. P. (2015). Fuzzy inference system for remote health monitoring using wireless
body area networks. In International Conference on Humanoid, Nanotechnology, Information Technology, Communication and
Control, Environment and Management(HNICEM) 2015 by IEEE, DOI:10.1109/HNICEM. 015.7393231, 9-12 Dec.
13. Liao, Y., Leeson, M. S., Higgins, M. D., & Bai, C. (2016, October). An incremental relay based cooperative routing protocol for
wireless in-body sensor networks. In Wireless and Mobile Computing, Networking and Communications (WiMob), 2016 IEEE
12th International Conference on (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
14. Sethi, D., & Bhattacharya, P. P. (2016, February). A Study on Energy Efficient and Reliable Data Transfer (EERDT) Protocol
for WBAN. In Computational Intelligence & Communication Technology (CICT), 2016 Second International Conference
on (pp. 254-258). IEEE.
15. Nadeem, Q., Javaid, N., Mohammad, S. N., Khan, M. Y., Sarfraz, S., & Gull, M. (2013, October). Simple: Stable increased -
throughput multi-hop protocol for link efficiency in wireless body area networks. In Broadband and Wireless Computing,
Communication and Applications (BWCCA), 2013 Eighth International Conference on (pp. 221-226). IEEE.
16. Javaid, N., Abbas, Z., Fareed, M. S., Khan, Z. A., &Alrajeh, N. (2013). M-ATTEMPT: A new energy-efficient routing protocol
for wireless body area sensor networks. Procedia Computer Science, 19, 224-231.
17. Yousaf, S., Ahmed, S., Akbar, M., Javaid, N., Khan, Z. A., &Qasim, U. (2014, November). Co-CEStat: Cooperative Critical
Data Transmission in Emergency in Static Wireless Body Area Network. In Broadband and Wireless Computing,
Communication and Applications (BWCCA), 2014 Ninth International Conference on (pp. 127-132). IEEE.
18. Yousaf, S., Akbar, M., Javaid, N., Iqba, A., Khan, Z. A., &Qasim, U. (2014,May). Cemob: Critical data transmission in
emergency with mobility support in wbans. In Advanced Information Networking and Applications (AINA), 2014 IEEE 28th
International Conference on (pp. 915-919). IEEE.
19. Sandhu, M. M., Javaid, N., Jamil, M., Khan, Z. A., Imran, M., Ilahi, M., & Khan, M. A. (2015). Modeling mobility and
psychological stress based human postural changes in wireless body area networks. Computers in Human Behavior, 51, 1042-
1053.
20. Javaid, N., Ahmad, A., Nadeem, Q., Imran, M., & Haider, N. (2015). iM-SIMPLE: iMproved stable increased-throughput
multi-hop link efficient routing protocol for Wireless Body Area Networks. Computers in Human Behavior, 51, 1003-1011.
Authors: R. Ananthakumar, K. Kartheeban
Paper Title: Effectual Resource Allocation using Auction Mechanism in Cloud Computing
Abstract: Cloud computing(CC) is one of the fastest emerging technology. As we all know, cloud is a wide
pool of resource which provides resources based on the users request. Any service can be provided as a service
through cloud. As the cloud contains many resources, there may also wastage of resources. To reduce this
wastage, cloud providers enter into auctioning of resources when the demand is high. Cloud computing includes
distinct resources. Because of the complementary and supplementary effects between distinct assets, bidders
have preferences not for just a single resource but also for a set of resources. Auctioning for a bundle of
resources is called mergeable auction (MA). Dynamic resource allocation in on demand for a bundle of resource
is proposed by using MA – PROVISION algorithm and the scenarios are simulated using Cloudsim, a simulator
meant for cloud computing analysis.
Keyword: Cloud Computing, Auction, Bid, Dynamic Resource Allocation, Mergeable sale and Cloudsim.
References:
1. Abinandan S. Prasad and ShrishaRao, "A Mechanism Design Approach to Resource Procurement in Cloud Computing",
Proc. IEEE Transactions on Computers, pp. 17-30, 2014.
2. AhuvaMualem and Noam Nisan,"Truthful guess components for confined mergeable auctions,"Proc. eighteenth Nat'l conf.
173. Man-made consciousness, pp. 379-384,2002.
3. Amazon, "Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2)," http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/,2013.
4. A. Quiroz, H. Kim, M. Parashar, N. Gnanasambandam, and N. Sharma, "Towards Autonomic Workload Provisioing for
814-819
Enterprise Grids and Clouds," Proc. IEEE/ACM tenth Int'l Conf. Network Computing, pp. 50-57, 2009.
5. A. Das and D. Grosu, "Mergeable Auction-Based Protocols for Resource Allocation in Grids," Proc. nineteenth Int'l Parallel
and Distributed Processing Symp., Sixth Workshop Parallel and Distributed Scientific and Eng. Registering, 2005.
6. D. Lehmann, L. I. Oçallaghan, and Y. Shoham, "Truth Revelation in Approximately Efficient Mergeable Auctions," J. the
ACM, vol. 49, no. 5, pp. 577-602, 2002.
7. P. Cramton, Y. Shoham, and R. Steinberg, Mergeable Auctions.MIT Press, 2005.
8. Rodrigo N. Calheiros, Rajiv Ranjan, Anton Beloglazov, Cesar A. F. De Rose and RajkumarBuyya, "CloudSim: A toolbox
for demonstrating and recreation of distributed computing conditions and assessment of resource provisioning algorithms,"
Proc. Wiley Online Library, 2010.
9. S. Zaman and D. Grosu, "Mergeable Auction-Based Allocation of Virtual Machine Instances in Clouds," Proc. IEEE
Second Int'l Conf. Cloud Comp. Innovation and Science, pp. 127-134, 2010.
10. S. Zaman and D. Grosu, "A Mergeable Auction-Based Mechanism for Dynamic VM Provisioning and Allocation in
Clouds," Proc. IEEE Transactions on Cloud Comp., pp. 129-141, 2013.
11. Sven de Vries and RakeshVohra, "Mergeable Auctions: An overview".
12. YouwenLan, Weiqin Tong, Zongheng Liu, Yan Hou, "Multi-Unit Continuous Double Auction Based Resource Allocation
Method," Int'l Conf. Smart Control and Information Processing, pp. 773-777, 2012.
13. V. Vinothina, Dr. R. Sridaran and Dr.PadmavathiGanapathi, "A Survey on Resource Allocation Startegies in Cloud
Computing," Proc. Int'l Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Application, pp. 97-104, 2012.
14. PeiYun Zhang,Mengchu Zhou,”Dynamic Cloud Task Scheduling Based on a Two-Stage Strategy”,IEEE Transactions on
Automation Science and Engineering,pp.772-783,2018
15. Mian Guo,Quansheng Guan,Wende Ke,”Optimal Scheduling of VMs in Queueing Cloud Computing Systems with a
Hetrogeneous Workload”,IEEE Acesss,pp.15178-15191,2018
16. Xiaolong Liu,Shyan-Ming Yuan,Geo-Heng Luo,Hao-Yu Huang,Paolo Bellavista,”Cloud Resource Management with
Turnaround Time Driven Auto-Scaling”,IEEE Access,pp.9831-9841,2017
Authors: T. Manjunath Kumar, R. Murugeswari
Paper Title: Deep Reinforcement Learning Based on Link Prediction Method in Social Network Analysis
Abstract: Improving the performance of link prediction is a significant role in the evaluation of social
network. Link prediction is known as one of the primary purposes for recommended systems, bio information,
and web. Most machine learning methods that depend on SNA model’s metrics use supervised learning to
develop link prediction models. Supervised learning actually needed huge amount of data set to train the model
of link prediction to obtain an optimal level of performance. In few years, Deep Reinforcement Learning (DRL)
has achieved excellent success in various domain such as SNA. In this paper, we present the use of deep
reinforcement learning (DRL) to improve the performance and accuracy of the model for the applied dataset.
The experiment shows that the dataset created by the DRL model through self-play or auto-simulation can be
utilized to improve the link prediction model. We have used three different datasets: JUNANES, MAMBO,
JAKE. Experimental results show that the DRL proposed method provide accuracy of 85% for JUNANES, 87%
for MAMABO, and 78% for JAKE dataset which outperforms the GBM next highest accuracy of 75% for
JUNANES, 79% for MAMBO and 71% for JAKE dataset respectively trained with 2500 iteration and also in
terms of AUC measures as well. The DRL model shows the better efficiency than a traditional machine learning
strategy, such as, Random Forest and the gradient boosting machine (GBM).
Keyword: deep reinforcement learning; social network analysis; gradient boosting machine.
References:
1. Cheliotis, G. Social Network Analysis. 2014.
Availableonline:https://wiki.nus.edu.sg/download/attachments/57742900/Social+Networks+-+Social+Capital.pdf (accessed on
19 October 2018).
2. McAndrew, D. The structural analysis of criminal networks. In the Social Psychology of Crime: Groups, Teams, and Networks;
Offender Profiling Series; ACM: Aldershot, UK, 1999; Volume III.
3. Xu, J.; Chen, H. Criminal Network Analysis and Visualization. Commun. ACM 2005, 48, 100–107.
174. 4. Campana, M.G.; Delmastro, F. Recommender Systems for Online and Mobile Social Networks: A survey.Online Soc. Netw.
Media 2017, 3, 75–97. [CrossRef]
5. Borgatti, S.P.; Everett, M.G.; Freeman, L.C. Ucinet for Windows: Software for Social Network Analysis; Analytic 820-826
Technologies: Harvard, MA, USA, 2002; Volume 1.
6. Li, H.; Kumar, N.; Chen, R.; Georgiou, P. A Deep Reinforcement Learning Framework for Identifying Funny Scenes in Movies.
In Proceedings of the 2018 IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP), Calgary, AB,
Canada, 15–20 April 2018; pp. 3116–3120.
7. Dzmitry, B.; Chorowski, J.; Serdyuk, D.; Brakel, P.; Bengio, Y. End-to-end attention-based large vocabulary speech
recognition. In Proceedings of the 2016 IEEE International Conference on Acoustics, Speech and Signal Processing (ICASSP),
Shanghai, China, 20–25 March 2016.
8. Zeiler, M.D.; Fergus, R. Visualizing and Understanding Convolutional Networks. In Proceedings of the European Conference
on Computer Vision (ECCV), Sweden, UK, 6–12 September 2014; Volume 1.
9. Yao, K.; Zweig, G.; Hwang, M.Y.; Shi, Y.; Yu, D. Recurrent neural networks for language understanding. Interspeech 2013,
2013, 2524–2528.
10. Li, X.; Du, N.; Li, H.; Li, K.; Gao, J.; Zhang, A. A deep learning approach to link prediction in dynamic networks. In
Proceedings of the 2014 SIAM International Conference on Data Mining, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics,
Philadelphia, PA, USA, 22–29 January 2014; pp. 289–297.
11. Williams, R.J. Simple statistical gradient-following algorithms for connectionist reinforcement learning. Mach. Learn. 1992, 8,
229–256. [CrossRef]
12. James, G.;Witten, D.; Hastie, T.; Tibshirani, R. Statistical learning. In An Introduction to Statistical Learning; Springer: New
York, NY, USA, 2013; pp. 15–57.
13. Budur, E.; Lee, S.; Kong, V.S. Structural Analysis of Criminal Network and Predicting Hidden Links using. Mach. Learn. 2015.
14. Hasan, M.A.; Zaki, M.J. A Survey of Link Prediction in Social Networks. Soc. Netw. Data Anal. 2011, 1, 243–275.
15. Bellemare, M.G.; Dabney, W.; Munos, R. A Distributional Perspective on Reinforcement Learning. Mach. Learn. 2017.
16. Mnih, V.; Kavukcuoglu, K.; Silver, D.; Rusu, A.A.; Veness, J.; Bellemare, M.G.; Graves, A.; Riedmiller, M.; Fidjeland, A.K.;
Ostrovski, G.; et al. Human-level control through deep reinforcement learning. Nature 2015, 518, 529–533.
17. Anthony, T.; Tian, Z.; Barber, D. Thinking fast and slow with deep learning and tree search. Adv. Neural Inf. Process. Syst.
2017, 5360–5370.
18. Silver, D.; Schrittwieser, J.; Simonyan, K.; Antonoglou, I.; Huang, A.; Guez, A.; Chen, Y. Mastering the game of Go without
human knowledge. Nature 2017, 550, 354.
19. Silver, D.; Huang, A.; Maddison, C.J.; Guez, A.; Sifre, L.; van den Driessche, G.; Schrittwieser, J.; Antonoglou, L.;
Panneershelvam, V.; Lanctot, M.; et al. Mastering the game of Go with deep neural networks and tree search. Nature 2016,
529, 484–489
Authors: V. Ramachandran, R.Ramalakshmi, K. Mathankumar
Paper Title: Accident Prevention and Traffic Pattern Analysis System for Hilly Regions
Abstract: In hilly regions, there will be a number of curves and hairpin bends. The roadway is one of the
175. often-used modes of transport in these regions. Accident rate and death rate in hilly regions are increasing day
by day. The roads in this region will definitely have bends and steep curves; hence, it is difficult to see the
vehicles coming from the opposite side. The proposed system aims in reducing the risk of driving vehicle in the 827-832
terrain region with hairpin bends and steep curves. The deployed controller with ultrasonic sensor senses the
vehicle coming towards the bend and intimates it to the other side of the bend or curve; it gives three stages of
LED alerts to the driver driving the vehicle from the opposite side of the hairpin bend or curve. It also senses the
speed of the vehicle, if the vehicle speed is high, it will alert the drivers through the buzzer. These alerts will
indirectly convey the drivers to slow down the speed of the vehicle. The foremost focus of the proposed system
is to prevent accidents for the drivers and passengers in order to decrease the death rates in hilly regions. This
system also provides a way for analyzing the number of uphill and downhill vehicles in the hill stations by
storing the data in the cloud. The analyzed data is be viewed over the internet through a web application. The
web application serves as a traffic pattern analyzer for people who wish to travel by that road.
Keyword: Accident prevention, Downhill, Hilly regions, Internet of Things- IoT, Traffic pattern, Uphill.
References:
1. Marshall, W. E. (2018). Understanding international road safety disparities: Why is Australia so much safer than the United
States? Accident Analysis & Prevention, 111, 251-265.
2. Dhanya, S., Ameenudeen, P. E., Vasudev, A., Benny, A., & Joy, S. (2018, July). Automated Accident Alert. In 2018
International Conference on Emerging Trends and Innovations In Engineering And Technological Research
(ICETIETR) (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
3. Banik, S., Agrawal, S. K., & Singh, N. (2019). Terrain Smart Safety System with Data Hub Establishment. In Innovations
in Computer Science and Engineering (pp. 479-491). Springer, Singapore.
4. Baldassarre, M. T., Caivano, D., Serrano, D., & Stroulia, E. (2018, November). “Smart Traffic”: an IoT traffic monitoring
system based on open source technologies on the cloud. In Proceedings of the 1st ACM SIGSOFT International Workshop
on Ensemble-Based Software Engineering (pp. 13-18). ACM.
5. Leo, J. J., Monisha, R., Sakthi, B. T. S., & Sunder, A. J. C. (2014, February). Vehicle movement control and accident
avoidance in hilly track. In 2014 International Conference on Electronics and Communication Systems (ICECS) (pp. 1-5).
IEEE.
6. Khalil, U., Javid, T., & Nasir, A. (2017, November). Automatic road accident detection techniques: A brief survey. In 2017
International Symposium on Wireless Systems and Networks (ISWSN) (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
7. Aldegheishem, A., Yasmeen, H., Maryam, H., Shah, M., Mehmood, A., Alrajeh, N., & Song, H. (2018). Smart road traffic
accidents reduction strategy based on intelligent transportation systems (tars). Sensors, 18(7), 1983.
8. Hossain, M. Y., & George, F. P. (2018, October). IOT Based Real-Time Drowsy Driving Detection System for the
Prevention of Road Accidents. In 2018 International Conference on Intelligent Informatics and Biomedical Sciences
(ICIIBMS) (Vol. 3, pp. 190-195). IEEE.
9. Khalil, U., Nasir, A., Khan, S. M., Javid, T., Raza, S. A., & Siddiqui, A. (2018, November). Automatic Road Accident
Detection Using Ultrasonic Sensor. In 2018 IEEE 21st International Multi-Topic Conference (INMIC) (pp. 206-212). IEEE.
10. He, W., Yan, G., & Da Xu, L. (2014). Developing vehicular data cloud services in the IoT environment. IEEE Transactions
on Industrial Informatics, 10(2), 1587-1595.
11. Devi, B., Bavatharini, S. S., Samyuktha, G., Shobica, S., & Sonia, E. (2018, March). Voice Alert for Accident Avoidance
on Merging Lanes, Blind Curves and T Junctions. In 2018 Second International Conference on Electronics, Communication
and Aerospace Technology (ICECA) (pp. 418-422). IEEE.
12. Balaji, P. A., Aadhivijay, R., & Sharma, P. D. (2017, August). Hill road safety assistance using piezoelectric sensor. In 2017
International Conference on Energy, Communication, Data Analytics and Soft Computing (ICECDS) (pp. 2807-2810).
IEEE.
13. Frank, A., Al Aamri, Y. S. K., & Zayegh, A. (2019, January). IoT based Smart Traffic density Control using Image
Processing. In 2019 4th MEC International Conference on Big Data and Smart City (ICBDSC) (pp. 1-4). IEEE.
14. S Nagakishore Bhavanam,Vasujadevi M, “Automatic Speed Control and Accident Avoidance of Vehicle using Multi
Sensors”, International Conference on Innovations in Electronics and Communication Engineering (ICIECE),July 2014.
15. White, J., Thompson, C., Turner, H., Dougherty, B., & Schmidt, D. C. (2011). Wreckwatch: Automatic traffic accident
detection and notification with smartphones. Mobile Networks and Applications, 16(3), 285-303.
16. B. Fernandes, V. Gomes, J. Ferreira, and A. Oliveira, “Mobile application for automatic accident detection and multimodal
alert,” in 81st Vehicular Technology Conference (VTC Spring),. IEEE, 2015, pp. 1–5.
17. Mani, R., Solomon, N., Saranghan, M., Nagaraj, S. V., & Ramkumar, S. (2018). ACCIDENT AVERTING
SYSTEM. International Research Journal of Automotive Technology, 1(2), 9-15.
18. Ramachandran, V., Ramalakshmi, R., & Srinivasan, S. (2018, November). An Automated Irrigation System for Smart
Agriculture Using the Internet of Things. In 2018 15th International Conference on Control, Automation, Robotics and
Vision (ICARCV) (pp. 210-215). IEEE
Authors: R. Raja Subramanian, Ramalakshmi Ramar
Paper Title: Design of Offline and Online Writer Inference Technique

Abstract: Writer inference systems tend to identify and verify the authorship of the handwritten documents.
Each writer will have his own style of writing that uniquely identifies the writer. Hence authorship identification
finds its application in forensic document analysis. It is also considered as one of the biometric features of a
person, so helps in security to uniquely identify a person. Recognition of writers online has its application in
detecting the identity thefts. That is compromising one’s social media account and sending messages to others as
if he were an authentic sender. By discriminating the writing characteristics of the original and intruder, the
176. masquerader can be identified. In this survey various works contributing to feature extraction and prediction of
writers are discussed.
833-837
Keyword: Authorship identification, Run length features, Image transforms, Writer prediction.
References:
1. C. Djeddi, I. Siddiqi, L. Souici-Meslati, and A. Ennaji, "Text-independent writer recognition using multi-script handwritten
texts", Elsevier Journal of Pattern Recognition, vol. 34, no. 1, 2013, pp. 1196-1202.
2. O. Surinta, M. F. Karaaba, and L. Schomaker, M. A. Wiering, “Recognition of handwritten characters using local gradient featu re
descriptors”, Elsevier Journal of Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence, vol. 45, no.1, 2015, pp. 405-414.
3. S. He, M. Wiering, and L. Schomaker, “Junction detection in handwritten documents and its application to writer identificatio n”,
Elsevier Journal of Pattern Recognition, vol. 48, no. 12, 2015, pp. 4036–4048.
4. S. Y. Ooia, A. Teohb, Y. Panga, and B. Y. Hiewa, “Image-based handwritten signature verification using hybrid methods of
discrete Radon transform, principal component analysis and probabilistic neural network”, Elsevier Journal of Applied Soft
Computing, vol. 40, no. 1, 2016, pp. 274-282.
5. Y. Hannad, I. Siddiqi, and M. Kettania, Writer identification using texture descriptors of hand written fragments, Elsevier Journal
of Pattern Recognition, vol. 34, no. 1, 2016, pp. 1196-1202.
6. J. Dasgupta, K. Bhattacharya, and B. Chanda, “A holistic approach for Off-line handwritten cursive word recognition using
directional feature based on Arnold transform”, Elsevier Journal of Pattern Recognition, vol. 79, no. 1, 2016, pp. 73-79.
7. V. Venugopal and S. Sundaram, “An online writer identification system using regression-based feature normalization and
codebook descriptors”, Elsevier Journal of Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 72, no. 1, 2017, pp. 196-206.
8. V. Christlein, D. Bernecker, and F. Hönig, “A. Maier, and E. Angelopoulou, Writer Identification Using GMM Supervectors and
Exemplar-SVMs”, Elsevier Journal of Pattern Recognition, vol. 63, no. 1, 2017, pp. 258-267.
9. S. He, L. Schomaker, “Writer identification using curvature-free features”, Elsevier Journal of Pattern Recognition, vol. 63, no. 1,
2017, pp. 451-464.
10. E. Villar-Rodriguez, J. Bilbao, and S. Salcedo-Sanz, “A feature selection method for author identification in interactive
communications based on supervised learning and language typicality”, Elsevier Journal of Engineering Applications of
Artificial Intelligence, vol. 56, No. 1, 2016, pp. 175-184.
11. F. Ahmad Khan, M. A. Tahir, F. Khelifia, A. Bouridane, and R. Almotaeryi, “Robust off-line text independent writer
identification using bagged discrete cosine transform features”, Elsevier Journal of Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 71, no.
1, 2017, pp. 404-415.
12. R. R. Subramanian, K. Seshadri, "Design and Analysis of a Hybrid Hierarchical Feature Tree based Authorship Inference
Technique", Advances in Data and Information Sciences, Springer, vol. 2, no. 1, 2019, pp. 89-104.
Authors: V. Baby Shalini

Appropriate Cluster Head Determination Strategy for extending the Wireless Sensor Network’s
Paper Title:
(WSN’s) Lifetime
Abstract: WSN is made with immense number of sensor’s which are deployed densely over an unattended
area is responsible for taking environmental measurements, process the data and finally transmit the sensed data
over a wireless channel to the sink that makes decisions based on these sensor’s readings. It is well known that
the energy consumed for transferring one bit of data from individual sensor to sink is equivalent to a large
number of arithmetic operations to be performed in a sensor processor. Thus, node clustering have been applied
to hierarchical sensor networks with heterogeneity to augment the network existence whereas diminishing the
necessary energy consumption. For that reason, Seven Level Balanced Energy Efficient Network Integrated
Super Heterogeneous (SL-BEENISH) algorithm was designed and implemented. Simulation outcomes clearly
demonstrated that SL-BEENISH attain better in comparison with TDEEC, BEENISH and IBEENISH with more
stability period and network duration.
177. Keyword: Unattended, wireless, clustering, hierarchical.

References:
1. V. Mhatre and C. Rosenberg, "Design Guidelines for Wireless Sensor Networks: Communication, Clustering and Aggregation", 838-841
Ad Hoc Network, 2(1), 2004, 45–63.
2. A. Abbasi and M. Younis, "A Survey on Clustering Algorithms for Wireless Sensor Networks", Computer Communications, 30,
2007, 2826 – 2841.
3. Carlos F. Garcia Hernandez, Pablo H. Ibarguengoytia Gonzalez, Joaquin Garcia Hernandez and Jesus A. Perez Diaz,”Wireless
Sensor Networks and Applications: A Survey”, International Journal of Computer Science and Network Security, 7(3), 2007.
4. D. Wei, Y. Jin, S. Vural, K. Moessner and R. Tafazolli, "An Energy Efficient Clustering Solution for Wireless Sensor Networks",
IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communication, 10(11), 2011, 3973–3983.
5. F. A. Aderohunmu, J. D. Deng and M. K. Purvis, "Enhancing Clustering in Wireless Sensor Networks with Energy
Heterogeneity", International Journal of Business Data Communication and Networking, 7(4), 2011, 18–32.
6. M. Ye, C. Li, G. Chen and J. Wu, “EECS: An Energy Efficient Clustering Scheme in Wireless Sensor Networks,” International
Journal of Ad Hoc & Sensor Wireless Networks, 3, 2007, pp. 99-199.
7. Parul Saini and Ajay k Sharma, ”Energy Efficient Scheme for clustering protocol prolonging the lifetime of heterogeneous
wireless sensor networks”, International journal of computer applications, 6(2), 2010.
8. T. N. Qureshi, N. Javaid, A. H. Khan, A. Iqbal, E. Akhtar, M. Ishfaq, “Balanced Energy Efficient Network Integrated Super
Heterogenous Protocol for Wireless Sensor Networks”, Procedia Computer Science, 19, 2013, pp 920-925.
9. Harwinderpal Singh and Lokesh Pawar,” IBEENISH: Improved Balanced Energy Efficient Network Integrated Super
Heterogeneous Protocol for Wireless Sensor Networks”, International Journal of Computer Science and Network, 4(4), 2015.
S. Ramkumar, J. MacklinAbraham Navamani, K. Sathesh Kumar, V. Vasanthi, G.
Authors:
Emayavaramban, P. Sriramakrishnan, M. Illayaraja,
Paper Title: Classification of Eog Signal using Elman Recurrent Neural Network for Different Age Groups
Abstract: Disabled people in the world population were increasing constantly, So need of rehabilitative
system also increasing every day. To overcome such wretched condition, we can use the biosignal techniques to
device the rehabilitative devices. Rehabilitative devices may be called as Brain Computer Interface (BCI) or
Human Computer Interface (HCI). We studied the performances of ten male subjects between the age group of
178. 18 to 25 using mean features and Elman Recurrent Neural Network (ERNN). We conducted our study with two
different age group from 18 to 21 and 22 to 25. The average classification accuracy of 91.00%, 93.57% were
attained for the age group of 18 to 21 and 22 to 25. From the individual analysis we identified that performances 842-847
from the age group 22 to 25 were appreciated then that of the age group from 18 to 21. In between the study we
analyzed that subject s from the age group 22 to 25 performed all the following five tasks neatly and accurately
without any deviation and disturbance compared with age group from 18 to 21. Finally from the obtained result
we concluded that subject from the age group 22 to 25 was higher than that of age group from 18 to 21.
Keyword: Locked in State, Mean, Spinal Cord Injury, Brain Computer Interface, Human Computer Interface,
Elman Recurrent Neural Network.
References:
1. 1.https://www.aans.org/Patients/Neurosurgical-Conditions -and-Treatments/Spinal-Cord-Injury
2. https://www.britannica.com/science/vertebral-column
3. F.Fang,T.Shinozaki"Electrooculography-based continuous eye writing recognition system for efficient assistive communication
systems",PLoS ONE, Vol.13(2), pp.1-20, 2018.
4. R.Scherer, G.Moitzi, I.Daly, G.R.M.Putz, "On the Use of Games for Noninvasive EEG-Based Functional Brain Mapping",
IEEE Transactions on Computational Intelligence and AI in Games, Vol.5(2), pp.155-163, 2013.
5. B. Sujatha and G. Ambica, ‘‘EEG based brain computer interface for controlling home appliances,’’ International Research
Journal of Engineering Technology, vol. 2(9), pp. 580–585, 2015.
6. B.Obermaier, G.R.Muller, G.Pfurtscheller, "Virtual keyboard controlled by spontaneous EEG activity", IEEE Transactions on
Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering, Vol.11(4),pp.422 - 426, 2003.
7. A.B.Usakli and S.Gurkan, "Design of a Novel Efficient Human–Computer Interface: An Electrooculagram Based Virtual
Keyboard", IEEE Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement, Vol.59(8),pp.2099 - 2108, 2010.
8. R.Chavarriaga, M.uscumlic, H.Zhang, Z.Khaliliardali, R.Aydarkhanov, S.Saeedi, L.Gheorghe, J.D.R.Millan, "Decoding Neural
Correlates of Cognitive States to Enhance Driving Experience", IEEE Transactions on Emerging Topics in Computational
Intelligence, Vol.2(4), pp.288-297, 2018.
9. B.Rebsamen, E.Burdet, C.Guan, H.Zhang, C.L.Teo, Q.Zeng, C.Laugier, M.H.Ang, "Controlling a Wheelchair Indoors Using
Thought" ,IEEE Intelligent Systems, Vol.22(2), pp.18-24, 2007.
10. L.C.Sarmiento, P.Lorenzana, C.J.Cortes, W.J.Arcos, J.A.Bacca, A.Tovar, "Brain computer interface (BCI) with EEG signals for
automatic vowel recognition based on articulation mode",IEEE Biosignals and Robotics for Better and Safer Living (BRC),
pp.1-4, 2014.
11. 11.S.Ramkumar, K.Sathesh Kumar, K.Maheswari, P.Packia Amutha Priya,G.Emayavaramban, J.Macklin Abraham Navamani,
"Offline Study For Implementing Human Computer Interface For Elderly Paralyzed Patients Using Electrooculography and
Neural Networks", International Journal of Intelligent Enterprise, 2019.
12. Q.Huang, Y.Chen, Z.Zhang1, S.He, R.Zhang, J.Liu, Y.Zhang, M.Shao and Y.Li, "An EOG-based wheelchair robotic arm
system for assisting patients with severe spinal cord injuries", Journal of Neural Engineering, Vol.16, pp.1-11, 2019.
13. Shao Fang, Ahmed Faeq Hussein, S.Ramkumar, K. S. Dhanalakshm, G.Emayavaramban, “Prospects of Electrooculography in
Human-Computer Interface Based Neural Rehabilitation for Neural Repair Patients”, IEEE Access, Vol.7, pp. 25506-25515,
2019.
14. Q.Huang, S.He, Q.Wang, Z.Gu, N.Peng, K.Li, Y.Zhang, M.Shao, and Y.Li, "An EOG-Based Human-Machine Interface for
Wheelchair Control", IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering",Vol.65(9), pp.2023-2032, 2018.
15. Gu Jialu, S. Ramkumar, G. Emayavaramban, M. Thilagaraj, V. Muneeswaran, M. Pallikonda Rajasekaran, Ahmed Faeq
Hussein, ”Offline Analysis for Designing Electrooculogram Based Human Computer Interface Control for Paralyzed Patients”,
IEEE Access, Vol.6, pp. 79151-79161, 2018.
16. S.He, Y.Li, "A Single-Channel EOG-Based Speller", IEEE Transactions on Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering,
Vol.25(11), pp. 1978 - 1987, 2017.
17. K.R.Lee, W.Chang, S.Kim, C.H.Im, "Real-Time “Eye-Writing” Recognition Using Electrooculogram", IEEE Transactions on
Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering, Vo.25(1), pp.37-48, 2017.
18. N.Barbara, T.A.Camilleri, "Interfacing with a speller using EOG glasses",IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man, and
Cybernetics (SMC), pp.1-6,2016.
19. A.Rakshit, A.Banerjee, D.N.Tibarewala, "Electro-oculogram based digit recognition to design assitive communication system
for speech disabled patients", IEEE-International Conference on Microelectronics, Computing and Communications
(MicroCom), 2016.
20. S.Ramkumar, K.Sathesh Kumar G.Emayavaramban,” Nine states HCI using Electrooculogram and Neural Networks”,
International Journal of Engineering and Technology, Vol. 8(6), pp. 3056-3064, 2017.
21. S.Ramkumar, K.Sathesh Kumar G.Emayavaramban,” EOG Signal Classification Using Neural Network For Human Computer
Interaction” International Journal of Control Theory and Applications, Vol. 9(24), pp. 223-231, 2016.
22. Hema.C.R, Paulraj.M.P & Ramkumar.S,” Classification of Eye Movements Using Electrooculography and Neural Networks”,
International Journal of Human Computer Interaction, Vol.5 (3), pp.51-63, 2014.
23. https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/ sample- mean/
24. https://www.calculator.net/mean-median-mode-range-
25. calculator.html
26. 25.https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/probability-and-statistics/statistics-definitions/mean-median-mode/
27. Hema.C.R, Ramkumar.S Paulraj.M.P,” Identifying Eye Movements Using Neural Networks for Human Computer Interaction”,
International Journal of Computer Application, Vol.105 (8), pp.18-26, 2014.
28. S.Ramkumar, K.Sathesh Kumar G.Emayavaramban,” A Feasibility Study On Eye Movements Using Electrooculogram Based
HCI”, IEEE- International Conference on Intelligent Sustainable Systems, pp.384-388, 2017.
29. S.Ramkumar, G.Emayavaramban, K. Sathesh Kumar, J.MacklinAbraham Navamani, K.Maheswari, P.Packia Amutha Priya,
"Task Identification System for Elderly Paralyzed Patients Using Electrooculography and Neural Networks", EAI International
Conference on Big Data Innovation for Sustainable Cognitive Computing, pp. 151-161, 2020.
30. S.Ramkumar,G.Emayavaramban, J.MacklinAbraham Navamani, R.Renuga Devi, A.Prema, B.Booba “Human Computer
Interface for Neurodegenerative Patients Using Machine Learning Algorithms”, Advances in Computerized Analysis in
Clinical and Medical Imaging , 2019.
31. G.Emayavaramban, S.Ramkumar, A.Amudha and K.Sathesh Kumar, “Classification Of Hand Gestures Using FFNN And
TDNN Networks”, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, Vol.118(8) Pp. 27-32, 2018.
32. Xin Wan, Kezhong Zhang, S.Ramkumar, J.Deny, G.Emayavaramban, M.Siva Ramkumar, Ahmed Faeq Hussein, "A Review On
Electroencephalogram Based Brain Computer Interface For Elderly Disabled",IEEE Access, Vol.7, pp. 36380-36387, 2019.
33. Li Junwei, S.Ramkumar, G.Emayavaramban, D.Franklin vinod, M.Thilagaraj, V.Muneeswaran , M.Pallikonda Rajasekaran,
V.Venkatraman, Ahmed Faeq Hussein "Brain Computer Interface For Neurodegenerative Person Using Electroencephalogram,
IEEE Access, Vol.7, pp. 2439-2452, 2019.
34. S.Ramkumar,X.Z.Gao, K.Sathesh Kumar, G.Emayavaramban, "Electro-oculogram based rehabilitation using bioengineering
techniques for neural disorder person", Journal of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering, Vol.2(2), pp.99-101, 2018.
35. S.Ramkumar , K.Sathesh Kumar, T.Dhiliphan Rajkumar, M.Ilayaraja, K.Sankar, “A review-classification of electrooculogram
based human computer interfaces”, Biomedical Research, 29(6), pp. 1078-1084, 2018.
36. G.Emayavaramban, S.Ramkumar, A.Amudha and K.Sathesh Kumar, “Classification Of Hand Gestures Using FFNN And
TDNN Networks”, International Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics, Vol.118(8) Pp. 27-32, 2018.
37. LiKai, S.Ramkumar, J.Thimmiaraja, S.Diwakaran, "Optimized artificial neural network based performance analysis of
wheelchair movement for ALS patients", Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, Vol.101, pp.101754, 2019.
38. WenpingTang, AiqunWang, S.Ramkumar, Radeep Krishna RadhakrishnanNair,"Signal identification system for developing
Rehabilittive device using deep learning algorithms", Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, Vol.101, pp.101755, 2019.
179. Authors: Raghini Mohan, Miruna Joe Amali Suthanthira Amalraj, Brindha Subburaj
Paper Title: Analysis of Attack Scenarios in Trust Authentication Protocols
Abstract: The inducing popularity of Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) is more concern with security
factors. Secure communication is essential for demanding applications of WSN. Authentication being the crucial
service due to deployment of nodes in unattended environment, this paper focus on analysis of popular trust
authentication protocols such Trust Aware Routing Framework (TARF), Trust Aware Secure Routing
Framework (TSRF), Trust Based Routing Scheme (TRS), Trust Guaranteed Routing (TGR) and Pair Key Based
Trust Authentication Protocol (PTAP). Their performance is measured in sample simulation environment. To
ensure perfect security in terms of authentication service, analysis of attack scenarios are performed. To
implement this, fake attacks are created and the remaining number of legitimate nodes is measured in presence
of attacks such as Sybil, black hole, replication and tampering. The analysis results in showing how each
protocol withstand with different attack scenarios.
Keyword: Attack, Authentication, Trust, Wireless Sensor Network, Legitimate nodes.

References:
1. William, S, ‘Cryptography and network security principles and practice’, 3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2000.
2. Tubaishat, M & Madria, S, ‘Sensor networks: An overview’, IEEE Potentials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 20-23, 2003.
3. Chee-Yong, C & Kumar, SP, ‘Sensor networks: Evolution, opportunities, and challenges’, Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 91, no.
8, pp. 1247-1256, 2003.
4. Chan, H & Perrig, A, ‘Security and privacy in sensor networks’, IEEE computer journal, vol. 36, pp. 103-105, 2003.
5. Culler, DE & Hong, W, ‘Wireless sensor networks’,Communication of the ACM, vol. 47, no. 6, pp. 30-33, 2004.
6. Doru E. Tiliute, ‘Security of Mobile ad-hoc Wireless Networks. A Brief Survey’, Advances in Electrical and Computer
Engineering, vol 7(14), number 2(28), 2007.
7. David, B, Thomas, N, ‘Securing wireless sensor networks: security architectures’, journal of networks, vol. 3, no.1, pp. 65-77,
2008.
8. Javier, L & Jianying, Z, ‘Overview of wireless sensor network security’, Wireless sensor network security, vol. 1, pp. 1 -21,
2008.
9. Revathi, V, Scott, M, Bhaskar, K & Rama Rao, T, ‘Trust-based backpressure routing in wireless sensor networks”, International
848-858
journal of sensor networks, vol. 17, no. 1, pp.1-15, 2009.
10. Theodore, Z, Helen, CL, Panagiotis, T & Stamatis, V, ‘Trust management in wireless sensor networks’, European transactions
on telecommunications, pp. 386-395, 2010.
11. Guoxing Zhan, Weisong Shi & Julia Deng , ‘TARF: A Trust-Aware routing framework for wireless sensor networks’, Springer,
pp. 65-80, 2010.
12. Manjula, V & Chellappan, C, ‘The replication attack in wireless sensor network: analysis and defenses’, Advances in network
and communication, vol. 132, pp. 169-178, 2011.
13. Aveek, C,Vishal, P&Atin, R, ‘A trust based routing scheme for wireless sensor networks’, Lecture notes of the institute for
computer sciences, social informatics and telecommunications engineering, springer, vol. 84, pp.159-169, 2012.
14. Vidya, M & Reshmi, S, ‘Denial of service attacks in wireless sensor network’, International Journal on Advanced Computer
Theory and Engineering, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 16-21, 2014.
15. Rajaram, S, Babu Karuppiah, A & Vinoth Kumar, K, ‘Secure routing path using trust values for wireless sensor networks’,
International Journal on Cryptography and Information Security (IJCIS), vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 27-36, 2014.
16. Junqi, D, Dong, Y, Haoqing, Z, Sidong, Z & Jing, Z , ‘TSRF: A trust-aware secure routing framework in wireless sensor
networks’, International Journal of Distributed Sensor Networks, vol.2014, pp. 1-15, 2014.
17. Geetha, V & Chandrasekaran, K, ‘A distributed trust based secure communication framework for wireless sensor network’,
Wireless sensor network, scientific research, vol. 6, no. 9, pp.173-183, 2014.
18. Joby, PP & Sengottuvelan, P, ‘A survey on threats and security schemes in wireless sensor networks’, International journal of
engineering research and applications, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 89-94, 2015.
19. Raghini, M, Umamaheswari, N & Venkatesh, R, ‘PTAP: Pair key based trust authentication protocol for authentication in
WSN’, Journal of computational and theoretical nanoscience, vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 1701-1708, 2016.
20. Raghini, M, Umamaheswari, N & Venkatesh, R, ‘Key establishment in wireless sensor network using dual key optimization
(DKO)’, Journal of convergence information technology, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 103-114, 2016.
21. Fenye, B, Ing-Ray, C, MoonJeong, C & Jin-Hee, C 2012, „Hierarchical trust management for wireless sensor networks and its
applications to trust- based routing and intrusion detection‟, IEEE transactions on network and service management, vol. 9, no.
2, pp. 169-183.
22. [22] Theodore, Z, Helen, CL, Panagiotis, T & Stamatis, V 2010, „Trust management in wireless sensor networks‟, European
transactions on telecommunications,pp.386-395.
Authors: M. Sornalakshmi, S. Balamurali, M. Venkatesulu

A Combined Horizontal Parallel Apriori Algorithm and Adaptive Frequent Pattern Growth
Paper Title:
Algorithm for Big Data Mining
Abstract: Due to the massive data size and complexness, big data mining using a sole computer is a
problematic task. With the rapid increase in the database size, parallel and distributed computing systems can
yield better benefits in the data mining applications. Parallelization of the Association Rule Mining (ARM)
algorithms is a significant task in the data mining application for effectively mining the frequent itemsets from
the large-size databases. These mining algorithms allocate the database in a horizontal manner or increase the
180. number of processors to decrease the overall time necessary for mining the frequent itemsets. In this paper, a
combined Horizontal Parallel-Apriori (HP-Apriori) and Adaptive Frequent Pattern (FP) Growth algorithm is
proposed to divide the database both horizontally and vertically into four sub-processes, for parallel processing 859-863
of all four tasks. The Horizontal Parallel-Apriori algorithm increases the speed of the mining process using an
index file. Adaptive Binomial Distribution (ABD) is applied to the Frequent Pattern Growth Algorithm to find
the minimum support for mining the optimal frequent itemsets. Experimental analysis established that the
combined algorithm outperforms in terms of minimizing the overall execution time and increasing the
computational speed in high scalability.
Keyword: Apriori Algorithm, Big Data Mining, Frequent Pattern Growth Algorithm, Parallel and Distributed
Processing
References:
1. X. Wu, X. Zhu, G.-Q. Wu, and W. Ding, "Data mining with big data," IEEE transactions on knowledge and data engineering,
vol. 26, pp. 97-107, 2013.
2. Y. Chen, F. Li, and J. Fan, "Mining association rules in big data with NGEP," Cluster Computing, vol. 18, pp. 577-585, 2015.
3. R. Agrawal, T. Imieliński, and A. Swami, "Mining association rules between sets of items in large databases," in Acm sigmod
record, 1993, pp. 207-216.
4. Y. Le Bras, P. Lenca, and S. Lallich, "Optimonotone measures for optimal rule discovery," Computational Intelligence, vol. 28,
pp. 475-504, 2012.
5. M.-H. Nadimi-Shahraki, N. Mustapha, M. N. B. Sulaiman, and A. B. Mamat, "Efficient Candidacy Reduction For Frequent
Pattern Mining," International Journal of Computer Science and Information Security, vol. 6, 2009.
6. A. Savasere, E. R. Omiecinski, and S. B. Navathe, "An efficient algorithm for mining association rules in large databases,"
Georgia Institute of Technology1995.
7. J. Park, M. Chen, and P. Yu, "Efficient parallel data mining for association rules [C] International Conference on Information and
Knowledge Management," ed: ACM, 1995.
8. R. Agrawal and J. C. Shafer, "Parallel mining of association rules," IEEE Transactions on Knowledge & Data Engineering, pp.
962-969, 1996.
9. J. Han, J. Pei, and Y. Yin, "Mining frequent patterns without candidate generation," in ACM sigmod record, 2000, pp. 1-12.
10. A. Mueller, "Fast sequential and parallel algorithms for association rule mining: A comparison," 1998.
11. L. Vu and G. Alaghband, "Novel parallel method for association rule mining on multi-core shared memory systems," Parallel
Computing, vol. 40, pp. 768-785, 2014.
12. M.-H. Nadimi-Shahraki and M. Mansouri, "Hp-Apriori: Horizontal parallel-apriori algorithm for frequent itemset mining from
big data," in 2017 IEEE 2nd International Conference on Big Data Analysis (ICBDA)(2017, pp. 286-290.
13. M. M. Hasan and S. Z. Mishu, "An Adaptive Method for Mining Frequent Itemsets Based on Apriori And Frequent Pattern
growth Algorithm," in 2018 International Conference on Computer, Communication, Chemical, Material and Electronic
Engineering (IC4ME2), 2018, pp. 1-4.
14. U. M. L. R. C. f. M. L. a. I. Systems. Available: https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/index.php
Authors: P. Sriramakrishnan, T. Kalaiselvi, S.T. Padmapriya, S. Ramkumar, K. Ponmozhi
Paper Title: Online Brain Image Repositories for Brain Disease Detection
Abstract: Brain image analysis is an emerging area of researchers to improve the diagnosis process more
fast and accurate. One of the difficulties is getting the clinical dataset of patients from hospitals to test the
performance of the proposed methods. Therefore, numerous online brain image repositories are available to
promote the research works. It has manually segmented results to evaluate the accuracy of the developed
methods. Each repository has different file format and focused on different problems like skull stripping,
tumorous image classification, tumor type categorization, tissue segmentation and tumor with substructure
segmentation. This paper gives detail information on famous brain datasets with their purpose.
Keyword: Brain repositories, brain datasets, brain disease detection, skull stripping, BraTS datasets, WBA
datasets, IBSR datasets
References:
1. Job, D.E., Dickie, D.A., Rodriguez, D., Robson, A., Danso, S., Pernet, C., Bastin, M.E., Boardman, J.P., Murray, A.D., Ahearn ,
T. and Waiter, G.D., 2017. A brain imaging repository of normal structural MRI across the life course: Brain Images of Normal
181. Subjects (BRAINS). NeuroImage, 144, pp.299-304.
2. BRAINS datasets, https://datashare.is.ed.ac.uk/handle/10283/720
3. BraTS2013 datasets https://www.smir.ch/BRATS/Start2013 864-867
4. Myronenko, A., 2018, September. 3D MRI brain tumor segmentation using autoencoder regularization. In International MICCAI
Brainlesion Workshop (pp. 311-320). Springer, Cham.
5. Menze, B.H., Jakab, A., Bauer, S., Kalpathy-Cramer, J., Farahani, K., Kirby, J., Burren, Y., Porz, N., Slotboom, J., Wiest, R. and
Lanczi, L., 2014. The multimodal brain tumor image segmentation benchmark (BRATS). IEEE transactions on medical
imaging, 34(10), pp.1993-2024.
6. BraTS2015 datasets https://www.smir.ch/BRATS/Start2015
7. FIGShare Dataset, https://figshare.com/articles/brain_tumor_dataset/1512427/5
8. Cheng, J., Huang, W., Cao, S., Yang, R., Yang, W., Yun, Z., Wang, Z. and Feng, Q., 2015. Enhanced performance of brain tumor
classification via tumor region augmentation and partition. PloS one, 10(10), p.e0140381
9. S.Deepak and P.M.Ameer, Brain Tumor Classification Using Deep CNN Features via Transfer Learning, Computers in Biology
and Medicine, Volume 111, August 2019, 103345
10. Internet Brain Segmentation Repository, Center for Morphometric Analysis at Massachusetts General Hospital, dataset available
at: http://www.cma.mgh.harvard.edu/ibsr/index.html.
11. Somasundaram, K. and Kalaiselvi, T., 2011. Automatic brain extraction methods for T1 magnetic resonance images using region
labeling and morphological operations. Computers in biology and medicine, 41(8), pp.716-725.
12. IBSR Dataset, http://www.med.harvard.edu/AANLIB/home.html
13. Kalaiselvi, T., Sriramakrishnan, P. and Somasundaram, K., 2016, December. Brain abnormality detection from MRI of human
head scans using the bilateral symmetry property and histogram similarity measures. In 2016 International Computer Science and
Engineering Conference (ICSEC) (pp. 1-6). IEEE.
Authors: C. Aanandha Subramanian, K. Suthendran, M. Satheesh Kumar
Paper Title: SIM Forensics: Extraction and Preparation of Digital Evidence using Sim Xtractor
Abstract: In each and every mobile phone the SIM card plays a major role in communicating the
information. In a crime if a mobile phone is been taken as the evidence, the first and the foremost thing is to
investigate the SIM card. Though the evolution of smart phone is very rapid without the SIM card the smart
phone is uncertain in communication. The SIM card stores some valuable information like call logs, messages,
contacts etc…. . For extracting those information we need a tool. In this experiment we are using a tool known
as SIMXtractor from CDAC. It is not a open source tool. By using this tool we are able extract those information
from the SIM card.
182.
Keyword: SIM card, SIMXtractor, SIM Analysis, Information in SIM. 868-870

References:
1. Digital Forensic Analysis of SIM Cards Mohamed T. Abdelazim, Nashwa AbdelBaki, Ahmed F. Shosha Information Security
Department, CIT School, Nile University, Cairo, Egypt
2. https://www.cdac.in/index.aspx?id=cs_cf_CSG_SI MCARD
3. http://commons.erau.edu/adfsl
4. Forensics and Sim cards: An overview Fabio Casadei ,Antonio Savoldi,Paolo Gubian,University of Brescia
5. Forensic Importance of SIM Cards as a Digital Evidence by Ankit Srivastava* and Pratik Vatsal Institute of Forensic Science and
Criminology, Bundelkhand University, Jhansi, UP, India
Authors: M. Prasath, B. Perumal
Paper Title: Sustainable Software Agent Programming

Abstract: Since all network vulnerabilities cannot be predicted and detected in advance and malicious
intruders cannot prevent penetration into the system in any case, Intrusion Detection System (IDS) is essential to
the security of a network system. Intrusion detection system technology based on mobile agents has been
commonly utilized over the last several years to detect intrusion via the distributed network.Software agents are
software components that run on the display device to aid, or take responsibility for, the purchase of physical
information. These agents operate on the device's standard operating system and utilize low-level memory
access requests from the Application Programming Interface (API) or use a specialized operating scheme for
data acquisition. The system should be available and allow customized software to be executed for this strategy.
A dedicated analyst interface agent presents the output of the multi-agent detection layer to the operator which
retrieves more detailed information to facilitate incident analysis. Our efficiency findings demonstrate the
possibility to combine high speed hardware with the sophisticated agent software based on agents
Keyword: Intrusion Detections System, Software Agents, Application Programming Interface, Software
Defined Networking.
References:
1. XianFeng, Du, and Qiang ZanXia. "A model of intrusion detection system based on aglet with multi-agent." In 2010 International
Conference on Computer Application and System Modeling (ICCASM 2010), vol. 6, pp. V6-232. IEEE, 2010.
2. Huang, Weijian, Yan An, and Wei Du. "A multi-agent-based distributed intrusion detection system." In 2010 3rd international
183.
conference on advanced computer theory and engineering (ICACTE), vol. 3, pp. V3-141. IEEE, 2010.
3. Nadkarni, Ketan, and Amitabh Mishra. "A novel intrusion detection approach for wireless ad hoc networks." In 2004 IEEE 871-874
Wireless Communications and Networking Conference (IEEE Cat. No. 04TH8733), vol. 2, pp. 831-836. IEEE, 2004.
4. Sen, Jaydip. "An intrusion detection architecture for clustered wireless ad hoc networks." In 2010 2nd International Conference
on Computational Intelligence, Communication Systems and Networks, pp. 202-207. IEEE, 2010.
5. Bose, S., S. Bharathimurugan, and A. Kannan. "Multi-layer integrated anomaly intrusion detection system for mobile adhoc
networks." In 2007 International Conference on Signal Processing, Communications and Networking, pp. 360-365. IEEE, 2007.
6. Farhan, A. F., D. Zulkhairi, and M. T. Hatim. "Mobile agent intrusion detection system for mobile ad hoc networks: A non -
overlapping zone approach." In 2008 4th IEEE/IFIP International Conference on Central Asia on Internet, pp. 1-5. IEEE, 2008.
7. Zeng, Xiang, Rajive Bagrodia, and Mario Gerla. "GloMoSim: a library for parallel simulation of large-scale wireless networks."
In Proceedings. Twelfth Workshop on Parallel and Distributed Simulation PADS'98 (Cat. No. 98TB100233), pp. 154-161. IEEE,
1998.
8. Hegazy, Islam M., Taha Al-Arif, Zaki T. Fayed, and Hossam M. Faheem. "A multi-agent based system for intrusion detection."
IEEE Potentials 22, no. 4 (2003): 28-31.
9. Balasubramaniyan, Jai Sundar, Jose Omar Garcia-Fernandez, David Isacoff, Eugene Spafford, and Diego Zamboni. "An
architecture for intrusion detection using autonomous agents." In Proceedings 14th annual computer security applications
conference (Cat. No. 98EX217), pp. 13-24. IEEE, 1998.
10. Mukkamala, Srinivas, and Andrew H. Sung. "Detecting denial of service attacks using support vector machines." In The 12th
IEEE International Conference on Fuzzy Systems, 2003. FUZZ'03., vol. 2, pp. 1231-1236. IEEE, 2003.
11. Farid, Dewan, Jerome Darmont, Nouria Harbi, Huu Hoa Nguyen, and Mohammad Zahidur Rahman. "Adaptive network intrusion
detection learning: attribute selection and classification." 2009.
Authors: Senthil Kumaran. S, Balakannan S. P.
Paper Title: Open Source Internet of Things Platforms

Abstract: Internet of Things (IoT) is rapidly growing and stresses every field of computer science. With the
proliferation of heterogeneous devices and things that are connected and on boarded on the internet [1],
standards play an important role in order to keep the IoT eco-system growing and inter operate with each other.
Formulating standards and keeping them open is important. It is not enough to keep the standards open but also
the software that enables these standards should be open, in order to cater to the demanding needs of IoT. Many
IoT vendors, organizations and researchers are advocating and encouraging the use of Free Open Source
Software [2] in IoT deployments at all levels. When many devices and things are connected there should be an
easy way to establish the environment and monitor the entire IoT system at a central location for ease of
management, which are the expectations of the IoT platforms that will be discussed in this paper. This paper
surveys the different strictly Open Source Software [2] platforms that are available for IoT and proposes some
common features that should be part of any IoT platform.
Keyword: internet of things, iot, survey, platforms, open source, foss

References:
1. Gartner report on connected things. https://www.gartner.com/en/newsroom/press-releases/2017-02-07-gartner-says-8-
billion-connected-things-will-be-in-use-in-2017-up-31-percent-from-2016
2. Open Source Software. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Opensourcesoftware
3. Edge computing. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Edge_computing
4. Software as a Service https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_as_a_service
5. Open Source Software License. https://opensource.org/licenses
6. Device Hive. https://devicehive.com
7. Apache 2.0 License. https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
8. Docker. https://docs.docker.com/
184. 9. Sumit Goyal,”Public vs Private vs Hybrid vs Community -Cloud Computing: A Critical Review”, IJCNIS, vol.6, no.3,
pp.20 - 29, 2014. DOI: 10.5815/ijcnis.2014.03.03
10. Fielding, Roy Thomas. Architectural Styles and the Design of Network-based Software Architectures. Doctoral
875-878
dissertation, University of California, Irvine, 2000.
11. Fette, A. Melnikov RFC6455, The WebSocket Protocol, 2011.
12. MQTT Version 5.0. Edited by Andrew Banks, Ed Briggs, Ken Borgendale, and Rahul Gupta. 07 March 2019. OASIS
Standard. https://docs.oasis-open.org/mqtt/mqtt/v5.0/os/mqtt-v5.0-os.html
13. Distributed Services Architecture http://iot-dsa.org/
14. S. Bandyopadhyay and A. Bhattacharyya, “Lightweight Internet protocols for web enablement of sensors using
constrained gateway devices,” 2013 International Conference on Computing, Networking and Communications
(ICNC), San Diego, CA, 2013, pp. 334-340. doi: 10.1109/ICCNC.2013.6504105
15. Kaa Project https://www.kaaproject.org/
16. C. Bormann, M. Ersue, A. Keranen RFC7228, Terminology for Constrained-Node Networks Abstract 2014.
17. Structured vs Unstructured data. https://www.datamation.com/big-data/structured-vs-unstructured-data.html
18. J. Postel RFC768, User Datagram Protocol, 1980.
19. Vinton Cerf, Yogen Dalal, Carl Sunshine RFC675, SPECIFICATION OF INTERNET TRANSMISSION CONTROL
PROGRAM, 1974.
20. Halder, Subir & Ghosal, Amrita & Conti, Mauro, 2019. Secure Over-The-Air Software Updates in Connected
Vehicles: A Survey.
21. MainFlux https://www.mainflux.com/
22. Microservices. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microservices
23. Z. Shelby, K. Hartke, C. Bormann IETF RFC7252, The Constrained Application Protocol (CoAP), 2014.
24. SiteWhere http://www.sitewhere.org/
25. Common Public Attribution License Version 1.0. https://opensource.org/licenses/CPAL-1.0
26. ThingsBoard https://thingsboard.io/
27. Zetta. https://www.zettajs.org/
28. Node.js https://nodejs.org/en/
29. MIT License. https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT
30. Reactive Programming. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reactive_programming
31. Node-RED. https://nodered.org
32. WYSIWYG. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WYSIWYG
33. T. Bray, Ed. IETF RFC8259, The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Data Interchange Format, 2017.
34. Thinger.io https://thinger.io/
Authors: J. Arunadevi, K. Ganeshamoorthi, R. Rampriya
Paper Title: Application of Feature Weighting for the Intensification of Data Classification
Abstract: Classification is the supervised learning technique which is applied in many of the real time
applications. In this study we have considered three classifiers which are widely used and then the intensification
of the classifiers are considered. Among various methods to improve the performance of the classifiers, this
185. research concentrate on the feature weighting techniques applied for the classifiers. This analysis is done based
on the results obtained from the Rapidminer tool. Here we have deployed four feature weighting techniques for
the intensification of the three classifiers. It is tested with three dataset. The experimental environment and the 879-887
results are discussed in detail.
Keyword: Feature weighting, Decision Tree, KNN, Naïve bayes

References:
1. Sujoy Paul ,SwagatamDas, Simultaneous feature selection and weighting – An evolutionary multi-objective optimization
approach, Pattern Recognition Letters 65 (2015) 51–59
2. https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/analysis-services/ data-mining/feature-selection-data-mining
3. A. Ko lcz and W.-T. Yih. Raising the baseline for high-precision text classifiers. In Proceedings of the 13th ACM SIGKDD
International Conference on Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining , pages 400–409. ACM, 2007.
4. Elena Marchiori, Class dependent feature weighting and K-nearest neighbor classification.
http://www.cs.ru.nl/~elenam/prib2013_asymmetric_submission.pdf
5. 5. Janez Brank, Natasa Milic-Frayling, A Framework for Characterizing Feature Weighting and Selection Methods in Text
Classification, Tech report, Microsoft 2005
6. A. Ko lcz and W.-T. Yih. Raising the baseline for high-precision text classifiers. In Proceedings of the 13th ACM SIGKDD
International Conference on Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining , pages 400–409. ACM, 2007.
7. Elena Marchiori, Class dependent feature weighting and K-nearest neighbor classification,
http://www.cs.ru.nl/~elenam/prib2013_asymmetric_submission.pdf
8. Songtao Shang, Minyong Shi, Wenqian Shang, and Zhiguo Hong, “Improved Feature Weight Algorithm and Its Application
to Text Classification,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2016.
9. Christos Boutsidis, Michael W. Mahoney, Petros Drineas, Unsupervised Feature Selection for Principal Components
Analysis, KDD’08, August 24–27, 2008, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA.
Authors: D. Nethra Pingala Suthishni, Anna Saro Vijendran

Performance Evaluation of Intrusion Detection System based on LDK, NCA Algorithms and GBC
Paper Title:
Method
Abstract: The growth of wireless technology has concerned the necessity of Intrusion Detection System
(IDS). To pact with a several arising security impacts and other problems in the communication atmosphere.
Many of the researchers had developed several algorithms to cope with the malicious things in Mobile Ad hoc
Networks (MANETs). Supervision of the network behavior IDS have to run all over the network and all the
time on every node. This approach is costly overhead for mobile device and computational resources. These
devices are powered by batteries in terms of power. Least Degree for K (LDK), Node Categorization
Collaboration among the nodes are accomplished by the implementation of algorithm Node Categorization
Algorithm (NCA) and Grid Based Clustering (GBC) algorithms that will reduce the time delay and overhead
process. Validation approach of improved Intrusion Detection system is compared with the GBC approaches.
The Improved IDS model confesses intrusions and malicious nodes in DSR Protocol.
Keyword: Detection Accuracy, Intrusion Detection, Least Degree for K, Node Categorization Algorithm.
References:
186. 1. Ahmed.E, Samad.K, &Mahmood.W, “Cluster-based intrusion detection (CBID) architecture for mobile ad hoc networks”,
In 5th Conference, AusCERT2006 Gold Coast, Australia, May 2006.
2. Bononi.L, &Tacconi.C, “Intrusion detection for secure clustering and routing in mobile multi-hop wireless
networks”, International journal of information security, Vol. 6(6), pp. 379-392, October 2007. 888-895
3. Huang, Y. A., & Lee, W. (2003, October). A cooperative intrusion detection system for ad hoc networks. In Proceedings of the
1st ACM workshop on Security of ad hoc and sensor networks (pp. 135-147). ACM.
4. Kachirski.O, &Guha.R,”Effective intrusion detection using multiple sensors in wireless ad hoc networks”,In 36th Annual
Hawaii In ternational Conference on System Sciences, January 2003.
5. Ping, Y., Xinghao, J., Yue, W., &Ning, L. (2008). Distributed intrusion detection for mobile ad hoc networks. Journal of
systems engineering and electronics, 19(4), 851-859.
6. Nadeem.A, &Howarth.M, “Protection of MANETs from a range of attacks using an intrusion detection and prevention
system”, Telecommunication Systems, Vol. 52(4), pp. 2047-2058, April 2013.
7. Ngadi .M, Abdullah .A.H, and Mandala .S, “A survey on MANET intrusion detection”, International J.Computer Science and
Security, Vol. 2(1), pp. 1-11, February 2008.
8. Kotishwaran Thanigaivelu and Krishnan Murugan,”Grid-based Clustering with Predefined Path Mobility for Mobile Sink Data
Collection in WSN”, IETE TECHNICAL REVIEW, Vol.29 (2), pp. 133-147,MAR-APR 2012.
9. Sherin Joy C.” Grid Based Energy Efficient Multipath Routing Protocol In Wireless Sensor Network Using Fuzzy Approach”.
International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT), Vol.3(4), pp.1122-1126,April 2014.
10. https://www.igi-global.com/dictionary/miss-detection-probability/46227
11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Packet_loss
12. Receivedfromhttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neighbourhood_components_analysis
13. https://www.igi-global.com/dictionary/probability-of-false-alarm-/46090
14. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Probability_of_error
Authors: Sherin MariamJohn, K. Kartheeban
Paper Title: Spam Detection in Online Comments Based on Feature Weight Breakdown
Abstract: The user reviews posted online by the Internet users about a product plays a vital role in
determining its success in the market. The reviews also influence the purchase decision of the consumers. The
chances of getting cheated by fake reviews are very high because detecting spams in reviews is not an easy task
either manually or automatically. Hence there is a need to evolve new techniques and methods to outperform the
smartness of spammers. In this paper, we propose a Heterogeneous Feature Weight Analysis framework for
187. extracting various features related to the review and certain parameters are calculated from these features to form
a pattern for deceptive reviews. The features associated with the review are review content, review rating and
user centric characteristics which are pulled out from the dataset retrieved from Amazon. This analysis has 896-900
helped us to categorize reviews into normal and suspicious reviews. We have executed our algorithm in Python
software and were able to achieve an accuracy of 71.6% inprediction.
Keyword: Fake reviews, detect spam, sentiment analysis, feature analysis, online reviews
References:
1. Naveen Kumar, Deepak Venugopal, Liangfei Qiu & Subodha Kumar, Detecting Review Manipulation on Online Platforms
with Hierarchical Supervised Learning, Journal of Management Information Systems, Volume 35, Issue 1, pp 350-380,2018
2. Ghai R., Kumar S., Pandey A.C, Spam Detection Using Rating and Review Processing Method, Smart Innovations in
Communication and Computational Sciences, Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, Springer, vol 670, pp 189-
198,2019
3. Hoang Long, Nguyen, Opinion Spam Recognition Method For OnlineReviewsUsingOntologicalFeatures,JournalofScience,
Volume 61, pp. 44-59, 2014
4. Dewang, R.K. & Singh, A.K., State-of-art approaches for review spammer detection: a survey, Journal of Intelligent
Information Systems, Volume 50, Issue 2, pp 231–264,2018
5. Amani Karumanchi, Lixin Fu, Jing Deng, Prediction of Review Sentiment and Detection of Fake Reviews in Social Media,
Int'l Conf. Information and Knowledge Engineering, pp 181 – 186, 2018
6. Chih-Chien Wang, Min-Yuh Day, Detecting Spamming Reviews Using Long Short-term Memory Recurrent Neural Network
Framework, Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on E- commerce, E-Business and E-Government, Association
for Computing Machinery, pp 16–20,2018
7. Arpita kunne, Roopalakshmi, Spam Reviews Detection Framework Based on Heterogeneous Information Network (HIN),
Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Inventive Communication and Computational Technologies, IEEE
Xplore, pp 1791 – 1795, 2018
8. Nagwa M. K. Saeed,Nivin A. Helal , The Impact of Spam Reviews on Feature-based Sentiment Analysis, IEEE explore, pp
633–639,2018
9. Somayeh Shojaee, Masrah Azrifah Azmi Murad, Detecting Deceptive Reviews Using Lexical and Syntactic Features ,
IEEE, pp 53-58,2013
10. Atefeh Heydaria,Mohammad ali Tavakoli, Detection of review spam: A survey,Expert Systems with
Applications,Volume42,Issue 7, Elseveir, pp 3634-3642, 2015
11. Saeedreza Shehnepoor, Mostafa Salehi, NetSpam: a Network- based Spam Detection Framework for Reviews in Online
Social Media, IEEE Transactions on Information Forensics and Security, Volume 12 , Issue 7, pp 1585 - 1595,2017
12. Muhammad Hassan Arif, Jianxin Li, Sentiment analysis and spam detection in short informal text using learning classifier
systems, Soft Computing, Springer, Volume 22, Issue 21, pp 7281–7291, 2018
13. Rohit Narayan, Jitendra Kumar Rout, Sanjay Kumar Jena, Review Spam Detection Using Opinion Mining, Progress in
Intelligent Computing Techniques: Theory, Practice, andApplications,
14. Springer, Volume 719, pp 273-279, 2018
15. Huayi Li, Geli Fei, Shuai Wang, Bimodal Distribution and Co- Bursting in Review Spam Detection, Proceedings of the 26th
International Conference on World Wide Web, ACM DL, pp 1063- 1072 ,2017
16. Ravneet Kaur, Sarbjeet Singh, Harish Kumar, Rise of Spam and Compromised Accounts in Online Social Networks: A
State-of- the-Art Review of Different Combating Approaches, Journal of Network and Computer Applications, Elseveir,
Volume 112, pp 53-88,2018
17. Bing Liu, Sentiment Analysis and Opinion Mining, Morgan & Claypool Publishers,2012
18. Yuming Lin, Tao Zhu, Towards Online Review Spam Detection, Proceedings of the 23rd International Conference on
World Wide Web, ACM DL, pp 341-342, 2014
19. Sihong Xie, Guan Wang, Review Spam Detection via Temporal Pattern Discovery, Proceedings of the 18th ACM SIGKDD
international conference on Knowledge discovery and datamining,
20. ACM DL, pp 823-831, 2012
21. Guan Wang, Sihong Xie, Review Graph based Online Store Review Spammer Detection, IEEE International Conference on
Data Mining, pp. 1242–1247,2011
22. Shwet Mani, Sneha Kumari, Spam Review Detection Using Ensemble Machine Learning, Springer, Volume 10935, pp
198– 209,2018
23. Mayank Saini, Sharad Verma, Aditi Sharan, Multi-view Ensemble Learning Using Rough Set Based Feature Ranking for
Opinion Spam Detection, Advances in Computer Communication and Computational Sciences , Springer, Volume 759, pp
3-12,2018
Sakthivel Sankaran, M Pallikonda Rajasekaran, Vishnuvarthanan govindaraj, Rameeze Raja
Authors:
Mahaif, Guhapriyan Chinnaiah, Rajeswari Kamarajan, Ajithaa Chandagurunatha
Paper Title: Assistive Device for Visually Challenged People to Read Books using Lab View
Abstract: Generally, visually challenged people are unable to read books as like as a normal person. They
use Braille script for reading and writing which is one of the basic techniques for them to read books and to take
notes. A survey has been taken in the year 2017, in which they declared that people were completely visually
impaired is around 36 million and 25% of people affected with moderate visual impairment. in average. Nearly
200 million people got affected with complete visual impairment and 1.1 billion people with near vision
impairment. Nearly 5 million of visually impaired people are women. Due to various problems faced by visually
challenged people several hospitals were established for giving therapy for them. Around 1,54,000 hospitals are
serving for the visually challenged peoples in India. According to care survey conducted by CAGR, the growth
of hospitals for visually challenged will increase more than 100% i.e. 3,25,000 by the year 2035. Usually many
devices have been developed to read books for visually challenged people but, these devices need of an external
support. They are ineffective in use. In order to overcome this problem, our team has developed a device for
188.
visually challenged people to read books as like as a normal person.
901-904
Keyword: Optical character recognition, Lab VIEW, Braille Script, Visually challenged.
References:
1. Chucai yi and Aries Arditi “portable camera-based Assistive text and product label reading from hand-held objects for
blind”, vol.19,no.3, June 2014.
2. Amarnath Singh, S.Ram kishore, G.Swathi, “portable read pad for object identification for blind through MATLAB and
android” January 2015.
3. Prof.R.R Bhambare, Akashay kaul, Siddique Mohdbial, Siddarth Pandey, “Smart vision system for blind”, Vol3, May
2014.
4. Dimitriob Dakopoulos and Nikolas G. Bourbakis “Wearable Obstacle Avoidance Electronic Travel Aids for Blind,”
Vol.40, No.1, January 2010
5. Chucai yi, Yingli tian, “Scene Text recognition in mobile application by character description and structure,” IEEE
Transactions on image processing, Vol 23, No.7, July 2014.
6. Nobuo Ezaki, Rarius bulau, Lambert Schomaker, “Improved text-detection methods for a camera-based text reading
system for blind person,” IEEE in proceedings of Eighth international and Recognition. Pp 257- 261, Vol-1, ISSN: 1520-
5263,2005.
7. Marwan A.Mattar, Allen R.Hanson, Erik G. Learned-Miller, “Sign classification for the visually impaired,” IEEE
Workshop on Computer vision application for the visually impaired, 2005.
8. Alexander Trilla and Frances Alias.(2013), Sentence-based sentiment Analysis for Expressive Text-to speech,” IEEE
Transactions on Audio, Speech and Language processing,Vol-2, Issue-2,pp 223-233.
9. Balakrishnan G, Sainarayanan G, Nagarajan R and Yaacob S (2007). “Wearable real-time stereo vision for the visually
impaired”.Vol-14, No.2, pp 6-14.
10. Deepajose V and Sharan R (2014). “A Novel model for speech to text conversion”. International referred journal of
Engineering and Technology. Vol-4, No-6, pp 50-69.
11. D. Velmurugan, M.S. Sonam, S.Uma maheswari, S. Parthasarathy, K.R. Arun (2016). “A Smart reader for visually
impaired people using Raspberry Pi”. International journal of engineering science and computing IJE SC Volume 6. Issue
No-3.
12. K. Nirmala Kumari, Meghana Reddy J (2016). “Image text to speech conversion using OCR Techinque in Raspberry pi”.
International Journal of advanced Research in Electrical, electronics and instrumentation engineering. Vol-5, Issue 5,May
2016.
13. Pooja, P.Gundewar and Hemant K. Ablyankar ,“A Review on an obstacle detection in Navigation of visually impaired”
International organization of scientific Research Journal of Engineering.(ISRORJEN), Vol-3. No. IPP 01-06, Jan 2013.
14. Shraga Shouel, Iwan Ulrich and johann borenstien, “ Navbelt and the Guide cane”, IEEE transactions on Robotics and
Automation, Vol-10, No-1, pp 9-20, March 2003.
15. D.Yuvan and R.Manduchi, “ Dynamic Environment Exploration using a virtual white cane”. Proceedings of the IEEE
computer society conference on computer vision and pattern recognition(CUPR), university of California, Santa Cruz,
pp1-7, 2005.
Authors: M. Anisha, S. S. Kumar, Ezhil E. Nithila, N. Vigneshwari, M. Sushmitha, M.Benisha
Paper Title: Existing Fetal ECG Monitoring Methods

Abstract: Fetal electrocardiogram (FECG) signal holds highly precise indispensable particulars, which
potentially support physicians to diagnosis the existence of congenital heart syndromes and make instantaneous
assessment if required. There are several FECG examination procedures applied to have precise fetal ECG, but
unflatteringly some methods have certain snags. The goal of this study paper is to exemplify the range of
existing observation techniques to offer proficient and effectual means of understanding along with their mode
of examination at different gestational age. A comparative study has been accomplished to demonstrate the best
approach.
Keyword: FECG, Scalp FECG, STAN-ST Analyzer, Abdominal electrocardiogram.

References:
1. Congenital Heart Defects in Children Fact Sheet, American Heart Association, 2008.
2. [Online]. Available: http://www.americanheart.org/children
3. P.E McSharry, G.D Cli_ord, L Tarassenko, and L.A Smith. “A Dynamical Model for Generating Synthetic Electrocardiogram
Signals".Trans. Biomed. Eng. vol 50, no 3, 2003, pp. 289-294
4. G D Cli_ord, I Silva, J Behar, and G B Moody, Non-invasive Fetal ECG analysis". Phys. Meas. vol 35, no 8 2014, pp. 1521-36.
5. Macdorman MF, Kirmeyer SE, Wilson EC. Fetal and Perinatal Mortality, United States, 2006. Nat Vital Stat Rep, vol 60, no 8,
2012 pp.1–22.
6. Cousens S, Blencowe H, Stanton C, et al. National, regional, and worldwide estimates of stillbirth rates in 2009 with trends since
1995: a systematic analysis Lancet.; 377(9774), 2011, pp.1319– 1330. [PubMed: 21496917]
7. Stillbirth Collaborative Research Network Writing Group. Causes of death among stillbirths. JAMA, vol 306, pp. 2459–2468.
[PubMed: 22166605]
189. 8. Tester DJ, Medeiros-Domingo A, Will ML, Haglund CM, Ackerman MJ. Cardiac channel molecular autopsy: insights from
9. 173 consecutive cases of autopsy-negative sudden unexplained death referred for postmortem genetic testing. Mayo Clin Proc.
vol 87. no 6, 2012, pp. 524–539. [PubMed: 22677073] 905-911
10. Ackerman MJ, Siu BL, Sturner WQ, et al. Postmortem molecular analysis of SCN5A defects in sudden infant death syndrome.
JAMA, vol 286, 2001, pp. 2264–2269. [PubMed: 11710892]
11. Arnestad M, Crotti L, Rognum TO, et al. Prevalence of long-QT syndrome gene variants in suddeninfant death syndrome.
Circulation. vol 115, no 3, 2007, pp 361–367. [PubMed: 17210839]
12. Van Norstrand DW, Ackerman MJ. Sudden infant death syndrome: do ion channels play a role? Heart Rhythm.vol 6, no 2, 2009,
pp.272–278. [PubMed: 18823823]
13. Schwartz PJ. Stillbirths, sudden infant deaths, and long-QT syndrome: puzzle or mosaic, the pieces of the Jigsaw are being fitted
together. Circulation, vol 109, no 24, 2004, pp.2930–2932. [PubMed: 15210606]
14. Crotti L, Celano G, Dagradi F, Schwartz PJ: Congenital long QT syndrome. Orphanet J Rare Dis, vol 3,no 18, 2008.
15. ACOG Committee on Practice Bulletin: Intrapartum fetal heart rate monitoring:nomenclature. Obstet Gynecol.vol 114,
2009,pp.192– 202.
16. Amer-Wahlin I, Yli B, Arulkumaran S. Fetal ECG and STAN technology-a review. Eur Clinics Obstet Gynacol .2005 .
17. H.B.Li and S.Y.Fang, ”Development of internet based home tele- monitoring system for fetus” Chinese Medical Equipment
journal, vol.27,no 2, 2006, pp. 17-19.
18. D.S.Reddihough and K.J.Collins,”The epidemiology and causes of cerebral palsy”, Aust.J.Physiother., vol.49, 2003, pp. 7-12.
19. M. A. Hasan, M. B. I. Reaz, M. I. Ibrahimy, M. S. Hussain, and J. Uddin,” Detection and Processing Techniques of FECG Signal
for Fetal Monitoring” Biological Procedures Online, vol 11,no 1, pp. 264-295
20. J Behar, F Andreotti, S Zaunseder, Q Li, J Oster, and G D Cli_ord. “An ECG Model for Simulating Maternal-Foetal Activity
Mixtures on Abdominal ECG Recordings". Phys. Meas, vol 35, no 8, 2014, pp. 1537-49.
21. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha, ‘Recognition and eradication of prime artefact from the abdominal electrocardiogram’,
Int. J. Biomedical Engineering and Technology, vol 20, no. 4, 2016 pp.312–329.
22. Chen, P. Fetal heart monitoring. Department of Obstetrics & Gynecology, University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, 2004.
23. J. A. Drose, Fetal Echocardiography. Saunders W B Co, 1998.
24. J. Wladimiroff and G. Pilu, Eds., Ultrasound and the Fetal Heart.
25. New. York, NY: Parthenon Publishing, 1996
26. F. Kovacs, M. Torok, and I. Habermajer, “A rule-based phonocardiographic method for long-term fetal heart rate monitoring,”
IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., vol 47, no 1, 2000, pp. 124–130.
27. P. Várady, L. Wildt, Z. Benyó, and A. Hein, “An advanced method in fetal phonocardiography,”Computer Methods and
Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 71, no. 3, 2003,pp. 283–296.
28. Phonocardiography, Encyclopaedia Britannica, Inc., 2008. [Online].
29. Available: http://www.britannica.com/
30. M. G. Signorini, G. Magenes, S. Cerutti, and D. Arduini, “Linear and nonlinear parameters for the analysis of fetal heart rate
signal from cardiotocographic recordings.” IEEE Trans Biomed Eng, vol. 50, no. 3, 2003, pp. 365–374.
31. R. Wakai and W. Lutter, “Matched-filter template generation via spatial filtering: application to fetal biomagnetic recordings,”
IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., vol. 49, no 10, 2002, pp. 1214–1217.
32. H. ter Brake, A. Rijpma, J. Stinstra, J. Borgmann, H. Holland, H. Krooshoop,M. Peters, J. Flokstra, H. Quartero, and H. Rogalla,
“Fetal magnetocardiography: clinical relevance and feasibility,” Physica C, vol. 368, 2002, pp. 10–17.
33. J. Stinstra, “Reliability of the fetal magnetocardiogram,” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Twente, Enschede, The Netherlands,
2001.
34. V. Kariniemi and K. Hukkinen, “Quantification of fetal heart rate variability by magnetocardiography and direct
electrocardiography,” Am J Obstet Gynecol, vol. 128, no 5, 1977 pp. 526–30.
35. M. Chen, R. T. Wakai, and B. V. Veen, “Eigenvector based spatial filtering of fetal biomagnetic signals.” J Perinat Med, vol. 29,
no. 6, 2001,pp. 486–496.
36. Chandraharan STAN: An introduction to its use, limitations and caveats. ObsGyn Midwifery Prod News 2010.
37. Karvounis E. C., Tsipouras M. G., Fotiadis D. I. et al, An automated methodology for fetal heart rate extraction from the
abdominal electrocardiogram, IEEE Trans Inf Technol Biomed vol 11, 2007,pp.628–638.
38. Ungureanu, M., Bergmans, J.W. M.,Mischi,M., et al. Improved method for fetal heart rate monitoring. 27th annual international
conference of the engineering in medicine and biology society, IEEE-EMBS, Shanghai, China, 2005, pp. 5916–5919.
39. Divon M. Y., Torres F. P., Yeh S. Y. et al, Autocorrelation techniques in fetal monitoring. J Obstet Gynecol Vol 1, 1985.
40. Lawson G. W., Belcher R., Dawes G. S. Et al. A comparison of ultrasound (with autocorrelation) and direct electrocardiogram
fetal heart rate detector systems. Am J Obstet Gynecology, 1983, pp. 721–722.
41. Fukushima T., Flores C. A., Hon E. H. Et al. (1985) Limitations of autocorrelation in fetal heart rate monitoring. J Obstet
Gynecol vol.153, pp.685–692.
42. D R Neilson, R K Freeman, and S Mangan. “Signal ambiguity resulting in unexpected outcome with external fetal heart rate
monitoring". In: Am. J.Obstet. Gynecol. Vol 198, no 6, 2008, pp. 717-2.
43. Jagannath D.J.,Immanuel Selvakumar .A, Issues and research on Foetal electrocardiogram signal elicitation, Biomedical Signal
Processing Control ,vo l 10, 2014, pp. 224-244.
44. Kanjilal P. P., Palit S., Saha G. Fetal ECG extraction from single- channel maternal ECG using singular value decomposition.
IEEE Trans Biomed Eng , vol.44, 1997,pp 51–59.
45. Maria P., John C., Jean-Francois P. et al. Monitoring the fetal heart noninvasively: a review of methods. J Perinat Med, vol 29,
2001,pp 408–416.
46. Ahmed Younes Shdefat, Moon-Il Joo, Sung-Hoon Choi, Hee- Cheol Kim Utilizing ECG Waveform Features as New Biometric
Authentication Method, International Journal of Electrical and computer Engineering,vol 8, no 2.
47. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha,. ‘Performance comparison of MeRMaId-ICA and Np-ICA in composite abdominal
electrocardiogram’, Int. J. Biomedical Engineering and Technology, in press.
48. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha,. ‘A novel classification approach to detect the presence of foetal cardiac anomaly from
foetal electrocardiogram’, Int. J. Biomedical Engineering and Technology, in press.
49. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha, ‘Separation of Fetal ECG from Composite Abdominal ECG’, International Journal of
Pure and Applied Mathematics, vol 116, no 22,2017, pp 327-339.
50. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha,. ‘Survey on Fetal ECG Extraction’, International Conference on Control,
Instrumentation, Communication and Computational Technologies, 2014, pp.1089- 1094
51. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha, ’Methodological Survey on Fetal ECG Extraction’, IOSR Journal of Computer
Engineering, vol 16, no. 5, 2014, pp. 105-115.
52. M. Anisha, S.S.Kumar, and M. Benisha,’Techniques for Fetal ECG Extraction-A Mini Survey’, International Journal of Research
in Engineering and Bioscience, vol 2, no. 2, 2014, pp. 77-91.
Authors: K. Janani, M. Poornima Devi, S. Mercy Golda, M. Anisha, G. Vishnuvarthanan, S. Sakthivel
Paper Title: Techniques to Prevent Bedsore in Physically Disabled Patients

Abstract: Inspite of improvements in medical industry and healthcare, pressure ulcers prevention remains
high in hospitalized patients. These pressure ulcers prevails mostly in the patients who stays in hospital for long-
term, assisted living at home, paralysed patients and with other physical disorders excluding of their diagnosis
and health care needs. Pressure ulcers are known as a kind of skin lesion which influences the patient’s integrity
of life and their caregiver become an significant reason of morbidity and in some aspects increase in the
mortality. Managing and treating pressure ulcers are too costly. Though many devices have been designed with
the aim of pressure ulcer prevention and cure but most of the existing technically complex devices have been
190. exposed to be no more efficient and cost effective. Prevalence of these ulcers can be achieved by reducing
pressures at bony prominences since pressure ulcers are high-cost and high adverse event. The objective of this
manuscript is to review recent articles, with particular emphasis on prevention of bedsore in physically disabled 912-915
patients.
Keyword: Prevalence, Pressure Ulcers, Paralyzed Patients, Mortality, Bony Prominences, Pressure Elevation.
References:
1. Shah, Syed Aziz, Nan Zhao, Aifeng Ren, Zhiya Zhang, Xiaodong Yang, Jie Yang, and Wei Zhao. "Posture recognition to
prevent bedsores for multiple patients using leaking coaxial cable." IEEE Access 4,pp.8065-8072, 2016.
2. Nayak, Debashish, K. Srinivasan, Sadasivan Jagdish, Roma Rattan, and Vinayaka S. Chatram. "Bedsores:“top to bottom” and
“bottom to top”." Indian Journal of Surgery 70, no. 4,pp. 161-168, 2008.
3. Boyko, Tatiana V., Michael T. Longaker, and George P. Yang. "Review of the current management of pressure ulcers."
Advances in wound care 7, no. 2,pp 57-67, 2018.
4. Sen, Devdip, John McNeill, Yitzhak Mendelson, Raymond Dunn, and Kelli Hickle. "A New Vision for Preventing Pressure
Ulcers: Wearable Wireless Devices Could Help Solve a Common-and Serious-Problem." IEEE pulse 9, no. 6, pp 28-31, 2018.
5. Pressure Ulcers: Prevention, Evaluation, and Management(Rasoul Yousefi,. Miad Faezipour) 2011, Indian Journal of Surgery.
6. Pressure Ulcer Prevention Using Soft, Non-GraspManipulation in a Forcebed(Deborah Behan, Alan Bowling) 2016
7. Bennett, Stephanie L., R. Goubran, Kenneth Rockwood, and Frank Knoefel. "Monitoring the relief of pressure points for
pressure ulcer prevention: A subject dependent approach." In 2013 IEEE International Symposium on Medical Measurements
and Applications (MeMeA), pp. 135-138. IEEE, 2013
8. A Smart Bed Platform for Monitoring & Ulcer Prevention (Rasoul Yousefi,.Miad Faezipour) 2015 Indian Journal of Surgery.
9. David, Jill A. "Pressure sore treatment: a literature review." International journal of nursing studies 19, no. 4,
pp.183- 191, 1982.
10. Berlowitz, Dan, C. VanDeusen Lukas, V. Parker, A. Niederhauser, J. Silver, C. Logan, and E. Ayello. "Preventing pressure
ulcers in hospitals: a toolkit for improving quality of care." Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (2011).
11. Bluestein, Daniel, and Ashkan Javaheri. "Pressure ulcers: prevention, evaluation, and management." American family
physician 78, no. 10 (2008).
12. Pereira, S., R. Simoes, J. Fonseca, R. Carvalho, and J. Almeida. "Textile Embedded Sensors Matrix for Pressure Sensing and
Monitoring Applications for the Pressure Ulcer Prevention." In 2018 International Conference on Biomedical Engineering
and Applications (ICBEA), pp. 1-6. IEEE, 2018.
13. Hayn, Dieter, Markus Falgenhauer, Jürgen Morak, Karin Wipfler, Viktoria Willner, Walter Liebhart, and Günter Schreier. "An
eHealth system for pressure ulcer risk assessment based on accelerometer and pressure data." Journal of Sensors2015.
14. Raja, S., A. Senthil Kumar, N. Priyanka, S. Ramya, and R. Sahana. "A Novel System to Tackle Hospital Acquired Pressure
Ulcer Patients."
15. Yousefi, Rasoul, Sarah Ostadabbas, Miad Faezipour, Mehrdad Nourani, Vincent Ng, Lakshman Tamil, Alan Bo wling,
Deborah Behan, and Matthew Pompeo. "A smart bed platform for monitoring & ulcer prevention." In 2011 4th International
Conference on Biomedical Engineering and Informatics (BMEI), vol. 3, pp. 1362- 1366. IEEE, 2011.
16. A Review on Design and Development of Anti-Bedsore Bed for Patients ( Govind U. Raiphale, Abhishek P. Godse, Kshiteej
S. Dhotre, Omkar N.Chakor ) 2018.
17. Eilbeigi, Shahnavaz, Haiying Huang, Alan Bowling, and Deborah Behan. "Pressure ulcer prevention using soft, non -grasp
manipulation in a forcebed." In 2017 IEEE Workshop on Advanced Robotics and its Social Impacts (ARSO), pp. 1-6. IEEE,
2017
18. Yip, Marcus, David Da He, Eric Winokur, Amanda Gaudreau Balderrama, Robert Sheridan, and Hongshen Ma. "A flexible
pressure monitoring system for pressure ulcer prevention." In 2009 Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering
in Medicine and Biology Society, pp. 1212-1215. IEEE, 2009.
19. Díaz, Cristina, Begoña Garcia -Zapirain, Cristián Castillo, Daniel Sierra-Sosa, Adel Elmaghraby, and Paul J. Kim. "Simulation
and development of a system for the analysis of pressure ulcers." In 2017 IEEE International Symposium on Signal
Processing and Information Technology (ISSPIT), pp. 453-458. IEEE, 2017.
20. Review of the Current Management of Pressure Ulcers (Tatiana V. Boyko , Michael T. Longaker and George P. Yang ) 2016 ,
wound healing society (WHS)
21. Barry, Maree, and Linda Nugent. "Pressure ulcer prevention in frail older people." Nursing Standard (2014+) 30, no. 16
(2015): 50
22. COLLIER, MARK. "Pressure Ulcer prevention: Fundamentals for best practice." acta medica croatica 70, no. Suplement 1
(2016): 3-9.
23. Osuala, Eunice O. "Innovation in prevention and treatment of pressure ulcer: Nursing implication." Tropical Journal of
Medical Research 17, no. 2 (2014): 61.
24. Palomares, Rey-David, and Ojus Rao. "Pressure Ulcer Prevention System." (2018).
25. Loikkanen, Rosa, and Mariam Tammi. "Pressure ulcer prevention and its implementation in practise: a literature review."
(2016)
Authors: M.Vallimeenal, L. Pravina, M. Anisha, N. Vigneshwari, M. Sushmitha, C. Jim Elliot
Paper Title: Collagen Based Sponges for Wound Healing

Abstract: Nowadays, wound healing is the common and simple problems occur in our society. Wound
healing is the multi factorial process which includes inflammation, reepithelialisation, collagen deposition, and
angiogenesis. Wound repair system is indispensable to enhance the proper functioning of skin. Normally, wound
dressing is either momentary or lasting, wound dressings has been intended to improve the wound repair. Those
wound dressing are required to wrap the large surfaced open wounds such as widespread burns, pressure ulcers,
foot sores etc., wound healing substance should have some important features such as, high healing efficiency,
anti-scar formation, providing favourable atmosphere for wound management. The collagen plays an important
role in tissue formation and has more effect on wound healing. In this work collagen sponge is prepared from
fish scales and to increase the antibacterial efficacy need extract has been added.
Keyword: Wound Healing, Multi factorial process, Wound dressing, Collagen.

191.
References:
1. GAravinthan, Adithan, et al. "Collagen-based sponge hastens wound healing via decrease of inflammatory cytokines." 3
Biotech 8.12 (2018): 487. 916-920
2. Shazeeb, Mohammed Salman, et al. "Developing quantitative MRI parameters to characterize host response and tissue ingrowth
into collagen scaffolds." NMR in Biomedicine (2019): e4059.
3. Zhang, Lin, et al. "Immune response of bovine sourced cross-linked collagen sponge for hemostasis." Journal of biomaterials
applications 32.7 (2018): 920-931.
4. Zhou, Tian, et al. "Electrospun tilapia collagen nanofibers accelerating wound healing via inducing keratinocytes proliferation
and differentiation." Colloids and Surfaces B: Biointerfaces 143 (2016): 415-422.
5. Yan, Ruijian, et al. "A collagen‐coated sponge silk scaffold for functional meniscus regeneration." Journal of tissue
engineering and regenerative medicine (2018).
6. Sun, Leilei, et al. "Characterization of Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus) skin collagen and fabrication of collagen sponge as a
good biocompatible biomedical material." Process Biochemistry 63 (2017): 229-235.
7. Sun, Leilei, et al. "Effects of cross-linking on mechanical, biological properties and biodegradation behaviour of Nile tilapia
skin collagen sponge as a biomedical material." Journal of the mechanical behaviour of biomedical materials 80 (2018): 51-58.
8. Muthukumar, Thangavelu, et al. "Fish scale collagen sponge incorporated with Macrotyloma uniflorum plant extract as a
possible wound/burn dressing material." Colloids and Surfaces B: Biointerfaces 113 (2014): 207-212.
9. Song, Jeong Eun, et al. "Inflammatory response study of gellan gum impregnated duck’s feet derived collagen sponges."
Journal of Biomaterials science, Polymer edition27.15 (2016): 1495-1506.
10. Mashiko, Takanobu, et al. "Therapeutic effects of a recombinant human collagen peptide bioscaffold with human
adipose‐derived stem cells on impaired wound healing after radiotherapy." Journal of tissue engineering and regenerative
medicine 12.5 (2018): 1186-1194.
11. Mahmoud, Azza A., and Alaa H. Salama. "Norfloxacin-loaded collagen/chitosan scaffolds for skin reconstruction: Preparation,
evaluation and in-vivo wound healing assessment." European Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences83 (2016): 155-165.
12. Lin, Hsin-Yi, Wen-Chi Tsai, and Shih-Hsing Chang. "Collagen-PVA aligned nanofiber on collagen sponge as bi-layered
scaffold for surface cartilage repair." Journal of Biomaterials science, Polymer edition 28.7 (2017): 664-678.
13. Doillon, C. J., et al. "Collagen‐based wound dressings: Control of the pore structure and morphology." Journal of biomedical
materials research 20.8 (1986): 1219-1228.
14. Fauzi, M. B., et al. "Ovine tendon collagen: Extraction, characterisation and fabrication of thin films for tissue engineering
applications." Materials Science and Engineering: C 68 (2016): 163- 171.
15. Gould, Lisa J. "Topical collagen-based biomaterials for chronic wounds: rationale and clinical application." Advances in
wound care 5.1 (2016): 19-31.
16. M. Anisha, G. Vishnuvarthanan, M. Vallimeenal, L. Pravina and A. Mohammed Ismail, Survey on collagen based sponges for
wound healing, Journal of International Pharmaceutical Research 46(1): 802-806, 2019.
Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, Pallikonda Rajasekaran Murugan, Sakthivel Sankaran, Sathiyaa Sri
Authors:
Suthanthiram, Jothi Malar Thirumurugan, Mohamed Sheik Mydeen Ismail, Arjunan Senthilkumar
Augmenting Cleansing Process for Reducing Occupational Hazards Experienced by Labours
Paper Title:
Handling Pyrotechnical Chemicals in Firecracker Units
Abstract: The value of Human resource is considered to be very important in fire work industries. Nearly
90% of fire crackers are manufactured in Sivakasi, which is considered to be the hub of fireworks production in
India. The manufacturing process, type of storage and handling of chemicals are some of the important factor
which bears the responsibility of affecting the worker’s health. Firecrackers manufacturing involves mixing of
various chemicals. Moreover, it leads to lot of health issue to the workers like respiratory disorders, skin
problems, damage to kidney, mental impairment and eye irritation, also it can cause cancer. Out of these major
problems, skin and respiratory issues are mainly caused due to the direct handling of chemicals without safety
precautions. Chemicals such as Sulphur-di-oxide, copper nitrate and magnesium are highly used in
manufacturing the crackers. In order to overcome these hazardous problems, we have planned to make a soap for
the affected people through precipitation method, using organic solvent (ETHANOL) and with the mixture of
alum and sodium lauryl sulphate salts. The main aim of doing this project is to give a product of low cost with
longevity and with good quality, which provides ample protection through cleanliness to the people who work in
fire cracker units.
192.
Keyword: Firework industries; Safety requirements; Health hazard reduction; Allergic prevention. 921-925
References:
1. Dhruv katoria, Dhruv Mehta, Dhruv Sehgal & Sameer Khan, “A Review of risk to workers associated with fire work industry”
(Research India publication: 2013).
2. N.Rajathilagam, “Analysis of safety in Fireworks Industries by CHI SQUARE analysis-Virudhunagar District”, (International
journal of management and social science Research: February 2016).
3. Ilham Abass Bnyan PhD, Abdulsamie Hassan Alta'ee PhD, Nadia Hassan Kadhum MSc, “Antibacterial Activity of Aluminium
Potassium Sulfate and Syzygium Aromaticum Extract Against Pathogenic Microorganisms”, Journal of Natural Sciences
Research (2017).
4. Dr.R.Sophia Porchelvi, P.Jamuna Devi, “Regression model for people working in Fire work Industry-Virudhunagar District”,
(International journals of scientific and Research publication: April 2015). Regression model for people working in Fire work
Industry-Virudhunagar District.
5. Dr.R.Gandhinathan, A.Ravi, “Analysis of safety climate in fireworks Industries in Tamilnadu.” (International journal of scientific
and Research publication: December 2013)
6. R.C.Saravana Kumar, Dr.G.Karunanidhi, “A study on problems pertaining of women labors in fireworks Industry with special
reference to Sivakasi”, (International journal of management and social science Research: March 2016).
7. Akhtar Ali, Hamiduddin, Mohammad Zaigham, “Shibb-e-yamani (alum) a unique drug and its utilization in unani medicine: a
physicochemical and pharmacological review” (Journal of Natural Sciences Research: March 2017)
VishnuvarthananGovindaraj, PallikondaRajasekaranMurugan, Sakthivel Sankaran, Madhan
Authors:
Balaji, Sofia Fazila, Sheik Hussain Beevi, Marikaniand Ananda Lakshmi
Paper Title: Robotic Arm for the Easy Mobility of Amputees using EMG Signals
Abstract: A robotic arm is a Programmable mechanical arm to replicate the functions of human arm. They are
widely used in industries. Human robot-controlled interfaces mainly focus on providing rehabilitation to
amputees in order to overcome their impairment or disability leading them to live a normal life. The major
objective of this paper is to develop a movable robotic arm controlled by EMG signals from the muscles of the
upper limb. In this system, we mainly focus on providing a low 2-dimensional input derived from
electromyography to move the arm. This work involves creating a prosthesis system that allows signals recorded
directly from the human body. The arm is mainly divided into 2 sections, control section and moving section.
192. Movable part contains the servo motor which is connected to the Arduino Nano board, and it helps in developing
a motion in accordance with the EMG signals acquired from the body. Control part is the part which is
controlled by the operation in accordance with the movement of the amputee mainly the initiation of the 926-932
movement with respect to the threshold fixed in the coding. The major theme of the project is to provide an
affordable and easily operable device that helps even the poor sections of the amputated society to lead a happier
and normal life by mimicking the functionaries of the human arm in terms of both the physical, structural as well
as functional aspects.
Keyword: Electromyography, Robotic Arm, Prosthesis, Control Section, Moving Section, Amputees.
References:
1. E. Cavallaro, et al. Based Model as a Myoprocessor for a Neural Controlled Powered Exoskeleton Arm - Parameters
Optimization.Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Robot Automation 2005. pp. 4514-19.
2. O. Fukuda, et al. A human-assisting manipulator teleoperated by EMG signals and arm motions.IEEE Trans-Robotic Automation
2003; Vol. 19. pp. 210-22.
3. J. Zhao, et al. Levenbergmarquardt based neural network control for a five-fingered prosthetic hand. Proc. IEEE Int. Conf.
Robotic Automation 2005. pp. 4482-87.
4. S. Bitzer, et al. Learning EMG control of a robotic hand: Towards active prostheses. Proc. IEE Int. Conf. Robotic Automation
2006. pp. 2819-23.
5. M. Zecca, et al. Control of multifunctional prosthetic hands by processing the electromyography signal. Crit. Rev. Biomed. Eng.
2002; Vol. 30. pp. 459-85.
6. D. Nishikawa, et al. EMG prosthetic hand controller using real-time learning method. Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Syst., Man, Cybern.
1999. pp. 153-158.
7. S. Maier, et al. Surface EMG suffices to classify the motion of each finger independently. International Conference on Motion
and Vibration Control 2008.
8. K. Takahashi, et al. Remarks on hands-free manipulation using biopotential signals. ISIC/IEEE Int. Conf. Syst., Man Cybern
2007. pp. 2965-70.
9. Ambily Francis, et al. Multi-tasking EMG controlled robotic arm. IJARCCE 2017; Vol.6.
10. A. V. Hill. The heat of shortening and the dynamic constant so muscle. Proc. Royal Society London B, Biol. 1938; Vol. 126. pp.
136-195.
11. ] Rutvij B. Mavani, et al. Design and working of myoelectric prosthetic arm. IJEDR 2014; Vol.2.
12. V. Sumathi, et al. Acrylic prosthetic limb using EMG signal. International Journal of Engineering Inventions 2016: Vol.5. pp.
35-44.
Authors: C. Jim Elliot, V. Aarthirani, J. Sivasangari, V. Umasankari, P. Sowmiya
Paper Title: Detection of Skin Cancer using Optical Method

Abstract: Skin is the one of the most important organ present in our body that does some of the important
functions like protection, temperature regulation etc. Due to some conditions, skin is affected by many
abnormalities. The abnormalities may be smaller or larger, which depends on the damage caused to the skin.
Some abnormalities of skin are irritations, allergic reactions, swelling etc. One of the most major problems that
affect the skin completely is of skin cancer. Skin cancer is the most common type of cancer that affects the 40%
of people in all over world. It may be caused due to several factors like genetic, working in hazardous chemical
areas, exposure to sun, repeated X-ray exposures etc. All of these factors affects the skin and causes skin cancer.
Skin biopsy is a major technique used at present to detect all types of skin cancers. As this biopsy method is
invasive, and takes more time to check the cancer tissue, we are using this optical method for detection of skin
cancer. Optical imaging is the upcoming technology that plays the major role in all fields. In this method Near
Infra-Red (NIR) light source is passed into the affected skin region. The transimpedance amplifier is used to
amplify the output from photodiodes. Then the output from the photodiodes is connected to the Digital Storage
Oscilloscope (DSO) in which the waveform shows the variations due to skin cancer.
194.
Keyword: Digital Storage Oscilloscope, near infrared light source, Photodiodes, skin cancer. 933-936
References:
1. S.Pratavieria, C.T.Andrade, A.G. Salvio ( 2014,June,13) , Optical imaging as auxiliary tool for skin cancer diagnosis. [Paper]. pp.
160-170.
2. Xiaofeng Zhang (2013, March,20).Instrumentation in diffuse optical imaging. [Article] .
Available:https://www.researchgate.net/publication/262610713_Instrumentation_in_Diffuse_Optical_Imaging
3. Robert S.Mc Donald (2004,January, 14). A review of infrared spectrometry[Article]
.Available:https://doi.org/10.1021/ac00245a601.
4. T.D.Srividya, V.Arulmozhi (2019, February, 6). A review of threshold based segmentation of skin cancer with image processing.
[Journal]. pp 225-227.
5. Abhijit A Gurjarpadhiye , Arita Dubanika, Mansi B Parekh, Jayakumar Rajadas (2015, November,30) .Infrared imaging tools for
diagnostic applications in dermatology[Article] pp. 1-5.
6. J.J.Stamena , B.Hamre,L.Zhoo (2017,May,11). Optical detection and monitoring of pigmented skin lesions.[Article]. Available:
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5480441
7. Esperanza Guerra Rosas, Angel coronel Beltran (2015, September,9).A review of threshold based segmentation of skin cancer
with image processing. [Journal].pp 225-227
8. R.Srinivasan, D.Kumar and Meghasingh (2002, January, 2). Optical tissue equivalent phantoms for medical imaging [Paper] pp
42-46.
S. Vigneshwaran, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, N. Anitha, M. Pallikonda Rajasekaran, Yu-dong
Authors:
zhang, T. Arunprasath
An Automated Map Process Based Improved Fuzzy C-Means Algorithm for Pathological Detection
Paper Title:
in MR Image
Abstract: Automated brain MR slices segmentation process is difficult, and further difficult is the process of
detecting the tumor and tissue regions, with a constraint of delivering higher segmentation accuracy within
reduced processing time. Automated algorithms were developed with an onus of reducing the intricacies
involved during the manual inspection of the pathologies (radiologist/operator involvement). The shortages of an
195. automated process are overthrown with the development of a novel combination of soft computing algorithms,
and it employs automated map and clustering approaches. Self-Organizing map (SOM) and Improved Fuzzy C-
Means clustering (IFCM) are the automated map and clustering approaches that are used to precisely provide the 937-941
MRI slice analysis. The authors have utilized the quality metrics, such as Dice overlap Index (DOI), Jaccard
index, Peak Signal to Nosie Ratio (PSNR) and Mean Squared Error (MSE) for verifying the performance of the
SOM based IFCM, and the recommended algorithm tenders the corresponding values of the above as 84.83%,
91.69%, 0.0824 and 49.25dB. The novel SOM- IFCM algorithm delivers better demarcation outcomes when
compared with other soft computing approaches. The exemplified outcomes of the proposed SOM- IFCM
algorithm provides superior segmentation quality of MR brain slices and offers versatile usage to the
radiologists.
Keyword: Improved fuzzy c-means clustering, self-organizing map (som), MR brain image analysis,
pathological detection, tumor identification.
References:
1. D.L. Pham, “Spatial models for fuzzy clustering,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 84, 2001, pp. 285–297.
2. M.N. Ahmed, A.A Farag, N. Mohamed, T. Moriarty, and S.M. Yamany, “A modified fuzzy c-mean algorithm for basis field
estimation and segmentation of MRI data,” IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, vol. 21, 2002, pp. 193–199.
3. K. Karim, and M. Mohamed, “Image Segmentation by Gaussian Mixture Models and Modified FCM Algorithm,” The
International Arab Journal of Information Technology, vol. 11, 2014, pp. 11–17.
4. R. Karan, S. Nitesh, S.K. Pankaj, and K. Amith Mishra, “A fully automated algorithm under modified FCM framework for
improved brain MR image segmentation,” Magnetic Resonance Imaging, vol. 27, 2009, pp. 994–1004.
5. Govindaraj Vishnuvarthanan, Murugan Pallikonda Rajasekaran, “Segmentation of MR brain images for tumor extraction
using fuzzy,” Current Medical Imaging Reviews, vol. 9, 2013, pp. 2–6.
6. V. Govindaraj, and P.R. Murugan, “A complete automated algorithm for segmentation of tissues and identification of tumor
region in T1, T2, and FLAIR brain images using optimization and clustering techniques,” International Journal of Imaging
Systems and Technology, vol. 24, 2014, pp. 313–325.
7. I. Guler, A. Demirhan, and R. Karakıs, “Interpretation of MR images using self-organizing maps and knowledge-based expert
systems,” Digital Signal Processing, vol. 19, 2009, pp. 668–677. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsp.2008.08.002.
8. A. Demirhan, M. Toru, and I. Guler, “Segmentation of tumor and edema along with healthy tissues of brain using wavelets
and neural networks,” IEEE Journal of Biomedical and Health Informatics, vol. 19, 2015, pp. 1451-1458. DOI:
10.1109/JBHI.2014.2360515
9. E. Aghajari, and G.D. Chandrashekhar, “Self-Organizing Map based Extended Fuzzy C-Means (SEEFC) algorithm for image
segmentation,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 54, 2017, pp. 347-363. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2017.01.003
Computing, vol. 38, 2016, pp. 190-212. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2015.09.016
11. J.C. Dunn, “A fuzzy relative of the ISODATA process and its use in detecting compact, well-separated clusters,” J.
Cybernetics, vol. 3, 1974, pp. 32-57.
12. J.C. Bezdek, “Pattern Recognition with Fuzzy Objective finction Algorithms,” Plenum Press, New York, 1981.
13. Menze et al. “The Multimodal Brain Tumor Image Segmentation Benchmark (BRATS),” IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, 2015.
14. D.L. Collins, A.P. Zijdenbos, V. Kollokian, J.G. Sled, N.J. Kabani, C.J. Holmes, and A.C. Evans, “Design and Construction
of a Realistic Digital Brain Phantom,” IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, vol. 17, 1998, pp. 463-468.
15. S. Vigneshwaran, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, Pallikonda R. Murugan, Yudong Zhang, and Thiyagarajan Arun Prasath,
“Unsupervised learning-based clustering approach for smart identification of pathologies and segmentation of tissues in brain
magnetic resonance imaging,” International Journal of Imaging Systems and Technology, 2019, pp. 1-18.
S.Vigneshwaran, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, N.Anitha, M.Pallikonda Rajasekaran,
Authors:
T.Arunprasath
Examining the Pathological Portions in MR Brain Slices using Automated Map and Improved Fuzzy
Paper Title:
K-Means Clustering
Abstract: Identification of pathological structures (tissue and tumor region) in brain MR images is executed
by an automated algorithm, and it requires improvement in processing time and segmentation accuracy.
Oncological experts have predicaments in detecting the tumor masses that have similar resemblance with the
tissue matters. An innovative amalgamation of soft computing algorithms, such as the automated map and
clustering technique is presented through this paper. The Self-Organizing Map (SOM), a subsection of map
technique, and the clustering process named the Improved Fuzzy K-Means clustering (IFKM) are used for the
automated segmentation of MR brain structures in this paper. The segmentation outcomes of the algorithm are
accurate for brain MR image analysis, and it was evaluated using Jaccard index (TC), Mean Squared Error
(MSE), Dice overlap Index (DOI) and Peak Signal to Nosie Ratio (PSNR) values in this paper. TC and DOI
values were delivered as 84.43%, 91.43%, respectively. The efficiency of this algorithm is compared with other
traditional approaches, and it has been confirmed that is better visualization of brain structures, which will
greatly assist during Oncological treatment.
196. Keyword: Improved fuzzy k-means clustering, tumor identification, pathological detection, self-organizing
map (som), MR brain image analysis.
References: 942-946
1. D.L. Pham, “Spatial models for fuzzy clustering,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 84, 2001, pp. 285–297.
2. M.N. Ahmed, A.A Farag, N. Mohamed, T. Moriarty, and S.M. Yamany, “A modified fuzzy c-mean algorithm for basis field
estimation and segmentation of MRI data,” IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, vol. 21, 2002, pp. 193–199.
3. K. Karim, and M. Mohamed, “Image Segmentation by Gaussian Mixture Models and Modified FCM Algorithm,” The
International Arab Journal of Information Technology, vol. 11, 2014, pp. 11–17.
4. R. Karan, S. Nitesh, S.K. Pankaj, and K. Amith Mishra, “A fully automated algorithm under modified FCM framework for
improved brain MR image segmentation,” Magnetic Resonance Imaging, vol. 27, 2009, pp. 994–1004.
5. Govindaraj Vishnuvarthanan, Murugan Pallikonda Rajasekaran, “Segmentation of MR brain images for tumor extraction using
fuzzy,” Current Medical Imaging Reviews, vol. 9, 2013, pp. 2–6.
6. V. Govindaraj, and P.R. Murugan, “A complete automated algorithm for segmentation of tissues and identification of tumor
region in T1, T2, and FLAIR brain images using optimization and clustering techniques,” International Journal of Imaging
Systems and Technology, vol. 24, 2014, pp. 313–325.
7. I. Guler, A. Demirhan, and R. Karakıs, “Interpretation of MR images using self-organizing maps and knowledge-based expert
systems,” Digital Signal Processing, vol. 19, 2009, pp. 668–677. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsp.2008.08.002.
8. A. Demirhan, M. Toru, and I. Guler, “Segmentation of tumor and edema along with healthy tissues of brain using wavelets and
neural networks,” IEEE Journal of Biomedical and Health Informatics, vol. 19, 2015, pp. 1451-1458. DOI:
10.1109/JBHI.2014.2360515
9. E. Aghajari, and G.D. Chandrashekhar, “Self-Organizing Map based Extended Fuzzy C-Means (SEEFC) algorithm for image
segmentation,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 54, 2017, pp. 347-363. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2017.01.003
Computing, vol. 38, 2016, pp. 190-212. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2015.09.016
11. J.C. Dunn, “A fuzzy relative of the ISODATA process and its use in detecting compact, well-separated clusters,” J. Cybernetics,
vol. 3, 1974, pp. 32-57.
12. J.C. Bezdek, “Pattern Recognition with Fuzzy Objective finction Algorithms,” Plenum Press, New York, 1981.
13. Menze et al. “The Multimodal Brain Tumor Image Segmentation Benchmark (BRATS),” IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, 2015.
14. D.L. Collins, A.P. Zijdenbos, V. Kollokian, J.G. Sled, N.J. Kabani, C.J. Holmes, and A.C. Evans, “Design and Construction of a
Realistic Digital Brain Phantom,” IEEE Transactions on Medical Imaging, vol. 17, 1998, pp. 463-468.
15. S. Vigneshwaran, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, Pallikonda R. Murugan, Yudong Zhang, and Thiyagarajan Arun Prasath,
“Unsupervised learning-based clustering approach for smart identification of pathologies and segmentation of tissues in brain
magnetic resonance imaging,” International Journal of Imaging Systems and Technology, 2019, pp. 1-18.
Sushmitha Maruthu Pandiyan, Kiruba Sebatiny Sebastin Solomon Kenned, Jeyasri Thenra,
Authors:
Vigneswaran Narayanamurthy, Anisha. M, Anusha devi Kannan
Paper Title: Blood Flow Separator Design in Passive Lab-On-Chip Device
Abstract: Nowadays, most of the clinical analytical tests are performed by separating the blood particles and
it is exclusively used to diagnose the diseases in the medical field. There are various techniques which can be
done through separating the particles, yet there are ways to go further for making the separation of particles
efficient. Therefore, an on-chip integrated microfluidic device is required for separating the blood particles. The
particle separation can be achieved by using porosity method which comes under the filtration techniques. The
designed device consists of an inlet and an outlet reservoir. The device has a top channel and bottom channel for
the blood flow where the filters are placed at the middle. By this way of filtration, it can easily separate normal
and abnormal blood particles. From the whole blood sample, the particles are trapped by using hydrodynamics
trapping method. The passive device is designed by COMSOL Multiphysics software and design results are
presented.
Keyword: blood particles, blood flow separator, passive blood flow, filtration, hydrodynamics, microfluidics.
References:
1. Shamloo, Amir, and Farin Yazdan Parast. "Simulation of Blood Particle Separation in a Trapezoidal Microfluidic Device by
Acoustic Force." IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices(2019).
2. Otsuki, H., T. Ota, and N. Miki. "Blood-Separating Device Without Energy Source for Implantable Medical Devices." In 2018
40th Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC), pp. 4661-4664. IEEE,
2018.
3. Faustino, Vera, Susana Catarino, Diana Pinho, Rui Lima, and Graça Minas. "A Passive Microfluidic Device Based on Crossflow
Filtration for Cell Separation Measurements: A Spectrophotometric Characterization." Biosensors 8, no. 4 (2018): 125
4. Othamany, Nur Rabiatul Adawiyah Tajul, Norazreen Abd Aziz, Muhammad Izzuddin Abd Samad, Muhamad Ramdzan Buyong,
and Burhanuddin Yeop Majlis. "Separation of Micro Engineered Particle Using Dielectrophoresis Technique." In 2018 IEEE
International Conference on Semiconductor Electronics (ICSE), pp. 69-72. IEEE, 2018.
5. Omer, Saeed, Imran Suhyrani, and Yulin Deng. "Cell Separation Using Simple Microchip Configuration Experimental and
Simulation Analysis." In 2017 10th International Symposium on Computational Intelligence and Design (ISCID), vol. 1, pp.
378-382. IEEE, 2017
6. Kumar, Praveen, T. Ramesh, and R. Aravind. "Silicon based bio-filter for bio-molecule separation." (2017).
197. 7. Liu, Y., W. Dai, H. Li, W. Wu, and W. Wang. "A 3D filter for plasma separation from whole blood." In 2017 19th International
Conference on Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems (TRANSDUCERS), pp. 564-567. IEEE, 2017.
8. Saeed, O., and Yulin Deng. "Microdevice for magnetic cell separation simple fabrication and simulation analysis." In 2017 IEEE 947-951
International Conference on Power, Control, Signals and Instrumentation Engineering (ICPCSI), pp. 2006-2010. IEEE, 2017.
9. Indhu, R., J. Anni Steffi Mercy, K. M. Shreemathi, S. Radha, S. Kirubaveni, and B. S. Sreeja. "Separation of bio-particles in
micro fluidic device." In 2017 International Conference on Nextgen Electronic Technologies: Silicon to Software (ICNETS2), pp.
18-21. IEEE, 2017
10. Kan, Heng-Chuan, and Jian-Ming Lu. "Computational study of separation and capture of micro-particles in microfluidic devices."
In 2016 International Conference on Advanced Materials for Science and Engineering (ICAMSE), pp. 677-679. IEEE, 2016.
11. Bazaz, Sajad Razavi, Ali Abouei Mehrizi, and Alireza Zabihi Hesari. "A novel microfluidic design for blood plasma separation."
In 2016 23rd Iranian Conference on Biomedical Engineering and 2016 1st International Iranian Conference on Biomedical
Engineering (ICBME), pp. 97-101. IEEE, 2016.
12. Lewpiriyawong, Nuttawut, and Chun Yang. "Dielectrophoresis field-flow fractionation for continuous-flow separation of
particles and cells in microfluidic devices." In Advances in Transport Phenomena 2011, pp. 29-62. Springer, Cham, 2014.
13. Swargaloganathan, Divyagash. "Development of a cross flow filtration device for human blood cell fractionation." In 2014 40th
Annual Northeast Bioengineering Conference (NEBEC), pp. 1-3. IEEE, 2014.
14. Laki, András J., Gábor Zs Nagy, Kristóf Iván, Péter Fürjes, Olga Jacsó, and Pierluigi Civera. "Integrated microcapillary system
for microfluidic parasite analysis." In 2013 IEEE Biomedical Circuits and Systems Conference (BioCAS), pp. 118 -121. IEEE,
2013.
15. Xue, Xiangdong, and Xueyong Wei. "Characteristics of blood flow in microchannels and relevant impact on modelling blood
behaviour in biochip separators." In 2012 IEEE 62nd Electronic Components and Technology Conference, pp. 1547-1555. IEEE,
2012.
16. Seo, H. K., D. H. Kang, H. R. Ahn, H. O. Kim, and Y. J. Kim. "High throughput separation of blood cells by using
hydrodynamics and magnetophoresis." In 2011 16th International Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems Conference,
pp. 1316-1319. IEEE, 2011.
17. Hou, Han Wei, Ali Asgar S. Bhagat, Wong Cheng Lee, Sha Huang, Jongyoon Han, and Chwee Teck Lim. "Microfluidic devices
for blood fractionation." Micromachines 2, no. 3 (2011): 319-343.
18. Dong, Tao, Qianhua Su, Zhaochu Yang, Frank Karlsen, Henrik Jakobsen, Eirik Bentzen Egeland, and Snorre Hjelseth. "Fully
integrated micro-separator with soft-magnetic micro-pillar arrays for filtrating lymphocytes." In 2010 Annual International
Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology, pp. 6522-6526. IEEE, 2010.
19. Xue, Xiangdong, Silvia Marson, Mayur K. Patel, Usama M. Attia, Chris Bailey, William O'Neill, David Topham, and Marc PY
Desmulliez. "Biofluid behaviour in 3D microchannel systems: Numerical analysis and design development of 3D microchannel
biochip separators." In 2010 Proceedings 60th Electronic Components and Technology Conference (ECTC), pp. 1021- 1030.
IEEE, 2010.
20. Kavanagh, Deirdre M., Maïwenn Kersaudy-Kerhoas, Sumanth K. Pavuluri, Resham S. Dhariwal, and Marc PY Desmulliez.
"Fabrication and testing of microfluidic devices for blood cell separation." (2009).
21. Zheng, Siyang, Jing-Quan Liu, and Yu-Chong Tai. "Streamline-based microfluidic devices for erythrocytes and leukocytes
separation." Journal of Microelectromechanical systems 17, no. 4 (2008): 1029-1038.
22. Chang, Sunghwan, and Young-Ho Cho. "Continuous blood cell separation using a dielectrophoretic virtual pillar array." In 2008
3rd IEEE International Conference on Nano/Micro Engineered and Molecular Systems, pp. 974-977. IEEE, 2008
23. Khumpuang, S., T. Tanaka, F. Aita, Z. Meng, K. Ooe, M. Ikeda, Y. Omori et al. "Blood plasma separation device using capillary
phenomenon." In TRANSDUCERS 2007-2007 International Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems Conference, pp.
1967-1970. IEEE, 2007.
24. Han, Jungyoup, Se Hwan Lee, Youngmoo Heo, Chul Jin Hwang, and C. H. Ahn. "An on-chip blood serum separator using self-
assembled silica microsphere filter." In The 13th International Conference on Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems,
2005. Digest of Technical Papers. TRANSDUCERS'05., vol. 2, pp. 1688-1691. IEEE, 2005.
25. Narayanamurthy, Vigneswaran, Tze Lee, Al’aina Khan, Fahmi Samsuri, Khairudin Mohamed, Hairul Hamzah, and Madia
Baharom. "Pipette Petri Dish Single-Cell Trapping (PP-SCT) in Microfluidic Platforms: A Passive Hydrodynamic
Technique." Fluids 3, no. 3 (2018): 51.
26. James Jasper, M. Sushmitha, R. Premkumar, Vigneswaran Narayanamurthy, and R. Kalpana. "Microfluidic micro-well (size and
shape) by numerical optimization for single cell applications: Vertical trapping approach." In 2017 International conference on
Microelectronic Devices, Circuits and Systems (ICMDCS), pp. 1-6. IEEE, 2017.
Authors: J. Francis Felix Sindhuja, S. Chitra, K. Deepthi, M. Anisha, R. Madhan Balaji
Paper Title: An Electrical Stimulator to Suppress the Nervous Pain in Diabetic Neuropathic Patients
Abstract: Peripheral neuropathy is an acute disorder in diabetic patients who are suffering a very agonized
pain in their peripheral nerves. Symptomatic relief can be achieved by some analgesic pain killers. One of the
best approaches is using an electrical stimulation method where the sensory nerve fibers get excited by the
application of pulsed currents at the site of pain. This could block the pain signals from reaching the brain,
followed either by the pain gate theory or opioid mechanism. This study primarily focuses the feedback principle
where the stimulus is given with respective to the patient’s skin intensity to avoid skin burning in therapy. The
opioid mechanism has been proved scientifically that it provides long-lasting pain relief even after the
stimulation. This paper documents the design and operation of feedback system which provide a constant output
by varying the width of pulses. Thereby, the patient’s pain as well as the sufferings of skin reactions upon
stimulus is reduced. As this electrical nerve stimulation strategy is a simple, safe, non-pharmacological, cost-
effective it proves to be a better alternative for pain relief.
Keyword: Diabetic peripheral neuropathy, Feedback principle, Frequency, Neuropathic pain.

198. References:
1. Ayesha Girach, Thomas Henry Julian, Giustino Varrasi, Antonella Panagiotis. Quality of Life in Painful Peripheral Neuropathies
:A Systemic Review, Hindawi,233 May 2019. 952-955
2. P.zia , P.G.Sarrigiannis, D.Rao,C. Hewamadduma, M.Hadjivassilliou, “Chronic Idiopathic axonal Polyneuropathy: prevelance of
pain and impact on quality of life,” Scopus, 2019.
3. AnetaDemidas and mikolaj, zaezycki, :Touch and pain sensations in diadynamic current(DD) and Transcutaneous Electrical
Nerve Stimulation(TENS) :A randomized study”,17 April 2019.
4. A. K.Artermiadis and P.Zis, “Neuropathic pain in acute and sub-acute neuropathies: A systemic review” ,Google scholar, 2018.
5. Casey A.grover, Mia potter Mc Kernan, Reb J.H. Close et al. “TENS in the emergency department for pain relief: A preliminary
study of efficacy and feasibility”, Western Journal of Emergency Medicine and Integrating Emergency Care Population Health,9
August 2018.
6. Agamohammadi, D., Farzin, H., Fakhari, S.and Siami.R, “The E valuation of the effect of TENS therapy on reducing acute
and chronic pain following varicocelectomy”, Open Journal of Medicine, 7(03),p.52
7. Neurometrics Inc., Waltham, MA, USA et al. “Fixed-site high frequency TENS for treatment of chronic low back and lower
extremity pain”, Dove press journal, 28 June 2016.
8. Mr. Sathriya Pranatha, Dr. Heri Nugroho, and Dr. Untung Sugianto et al. “The effect of TENS towards pain level of patients with
diabetes mellitus with peripheral neuropathy in diabetic foot ulcer treatment in Yogyakarta general hospital Indonesia”, IOSR
journal of nursing and health service (IOSR-JNHS), 5 September 2016.
9. Patricia Branco Mills, MD, MHSc, FRCPC, Farhana Dossa BASc, and MSc. et al. “TENS for management of limb spasticity”,
Wolters Kluwer Health Inc, 4 April 2016.
10. Igwea, S.E.,Tabansi-Ochuogu,C.S. and Abaraogu,U.O. “TENS and heat therapy for pain relief and quality of life improvement in
individuals with primary dysmenorrheal” :A Systemic review complementary therapies in clinical practice,24,pp,86-91.
Anitha Narayanan, Yudong Zhang, Pallikonda Rajasekaran Murugan, Vishnuvarthanan
Authors:
Govindaraj, Vigneshwaran Senthilvel, Sakthivel Sankaran
Parameterization of BFO Algorithm for the Improved Functionality of MFKM Technique for Better
Paper Title:
Pathological Identification in Brain MR Image
Abstract: Intensity inhomogeneity, high level of noise, partial volume effect and poor image contrast are the
major artefacts in medical image segmentation. Any of these artefacts might lead to unclear boundaries of
tissues, hence the segmentation of tissues in the MR brain image cannot be determined with high accuracy, and
this would be a problem to the radiologists to diagnose or to start the treatment because of the lack of facility to
operate over the brain in in-vivo condition. This makes the radiologist and surgeons/experts to take time to come
199. for the conclusion on pathology of a particular patient. So, the radiologists and experts need to give more
exertion when this condition is applied for many patients at a day, to diagnose and to start treatment. To make
this effortless to them, also for accurate diagnosis, this research paper provides an robust algorithm using the 956-961
Modified Fuzzy K-Means (MFKM) and Bacteria Foraging Optimization (BFO) algorithm, which segments the
abnormal tissues among the normal tissues from MR brain images with high accuracy. The accuracy of the
Improved MFKM (IMFKM) algorithm is obtained in terms of Sensitivity and Specificity, and the proposed
algorithm proves better segmentation results than the other conventional algorithms.
Keyword: Bacteria Foraging Optimization, Magnetic Resonance (MR) Image Segmentation, Modified Fuzzy
K – Means, Tissue Segmentation, Tumor Identification.
References:
1. J. MacQueen, “Some methods for classification and analysis of multivariate observations,” Proc. of the 5th Berkeley
Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability, University of California Press, vol. 1, 1967, pp. 281-297.
2. S. Lloyd, “Least squares quantization in PCM,” IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, vol. 28 (2), March 1982, pp. 129-137. doi:
10.1109/TIT.1982.1056489
3. E. W. Forgy, “Cluster analysis of multivariate data: efficiency versus interpretability of classifications,” Biometrics, vol. 21
(3), 1965, pp. 768–769.
4. L. A. Zadeh, “Fuzzy Sets,” Inf. Control, vol. 8 (3), 1965, pp. 338–353.
5. E. H. Ruspini, “A new approach to clustering,” Inf. Control, vol. 15, 1969, pp. 22-32.
6. E. H. Ruspini, “Numerical methods for fuzzy clustering,” Inf. Sci., vol. 2 (3), 1970, pp. 319-350.
7. L. Juang and M. Wu, “MRI brain lesion image detection based on color converted k–means clustering segmentation,” Meas.,
vol. 43 (7), 2010, pp. 941–949.
8. J. Zhang, W. Jiang, R. Wang and L. Wang, “Brain MR image segmentation with spatial constrained k–mean algorithm and
dual–tree complex wavelet transform,” J. Med. Syst., vol. 38, 2014, pp. 1–6.
9. F. Binczyk, B. Stjelties, C. Weber, M. Goetz, K. Meier–Hein, H. Meinzer, B. Bobek–Billewicz, R. Tarnawski and J.
Polanska, “Mimseg –an algorithm for automated detection of tumor tissue on NMR apparent diffusion coefficient maps,” Inf.
Sci., vol. 384, 2017, pp. 235–48.
10. Menze et al. “The multimodal brain tumor image segmentation benchmark (BRATS),” IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, 2015.
11. D. L. Collins, A. P. Zijdenbos, V. Kollokian, J. G. Sled, N. J. Kabani, C. J. Holmes and A.C. Evans, “Design and
construction of a realistic digital brain phantom,” IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging, vol. 17, 1998, pp. 463-468.
12. K. M. Passino, “Biomimicry of bacterial foraging for distributed optimization and control,” IEEE Control Syst. Mag., vol. 22,
2002, pp. 52–67.
13. K. Sikka, N. Sinha, P. K. Singh and A. K. Mishra, “A fully automated algorithm under modified fcm framework for improved
brain MR image segmentation,” Magn. Reson. Imaging, vol. 27 (7), 2009, pp. 994–1004.
14. G. Vishnuvarthanan, M. P. Rajasekaran, P. Subbaraj and V. Anitha, “An unsupervised learning method with a clustering
approach for tumor identification and tissue segmentation in magnetic resonance brain images,” Appl. Soft Comput., vol. 38,
2016, pp. 190–212.
15. C. T. Chang, J. Z. C. Lai and M. Jeng, “A fuzzy k–means clustering algorithm using cluster center displacement,” J. Inf. Sci.
Eng., vol. 27 (3), 2011, pp. 995–1009.
16. G. Vishnuvarthanan and M. P. Rajasekaran, “A complete automated algorithm for segmentation of tissues and identification
of tumor region in T1, T2, and FLAIR brain images using optimization and clustering techniques,” Int. J. Imag. Syst. Tech.,
vol. 24 (4), 2014, pp. 313–325.
17. V. Anitha, M. P. Rajasekaran, G. Vishnuvathanan, Yudong Zhang and T. Arunprasath, “An automated hybrid approach
using clustering and nature inspired optimization technique for improved tumor and tissue segmentation in magnetic
resonance brain images,” Appl. Soft Comput., vol. 57, 2017, pp. 399 – 426.
18. V. Anitha, M. P. Rajasekaran, G. Vishnuvathanan, Yudong Zhang and T. Arunprasath, “Development of a combinational
framework to concurrently perform tissue segmentation and tumor identification in T1–W, T2–W, FLAIR and MPR Type
magnetic resonance brain images,” Expert Syst. Appl., vol. 95, 2018, pp. 280 – 311.
Jeya Bright Pankiraj, Vishnuvarthanan Govindaraj, Pallikonda Rajasekaran Murugan, Arun
Authors:
Prasath Thiyagarajan
Development of a Scalable Coding for the Encryption of Images using Min-Max Block Truncation
Paper Title:
Code
Abstract: In today’s world, security of data from intruders and hackers during transmission and reception
needs image encryption, and to reduce space requirement and faster transmission needs image compression,
which tend to be the emerging research arenas. Especially for lossy compression, rebuilding of image equivalent
to the transmitted original image is highly unachievable. So far many papers are reported for scalable coding on
unencrypted images. We propose a scalable coding for encrypted images by Min-Max Block Truncation Coding
Technique(MMBTC). The Min-Max Block Truncation Coding Technique compress the raw image and later
encrypted by pseudorandom number, and the encoded bit streams are transmitted. The secret key is encryption
key and communicated between encoder and decoder. In the decoding process, the compressed image is
recovered with secret key and the raw image is rebuilded by using Min-Max Block Truncation Coding
Technique.
Keyword: Block Truncation Coding, Image Encryption, Min-Max Block Truncation Coding, Scalable Coding.
References:
200. 1. Z. Erkin, A. Piva, S. Katzenbeisser, R. L. Lagendijk, J. Shokrollahi, G. Neven, and M. Barni, “Protection and retrieval of
encrypted multimedia content: When cryptography meets signal processing,” EURASIP J. Inf. Security, vol. 2007, Jan. 2007, pp.
1–20. 962-966
2. T. Bianchi, A. Piva, and M. Barni, “On the implementation of the discrete Fourier transform in the encrypted domain,” IEEE
Trans. Inf. Forensics Security, vol. 4, no. 1, Mar. 2009, pp. 86–97.
3. J. R. Troncoso-Pastoriza and F. Pérez-González, “Secure adaptive filtering,” IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensics Security, vol. 6, no. 2,
Jun. 2011, pp. 469–485..
4. T. Bianchi, A. Piva, and M. Barni, “Composite signal representation for fast and storage-efficient processing of encrypted
signals,” IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensics Security, vol. 5, no. 1, Mar. 2010, pp. 180–187.
5. N. Memon and P. W. Wong, “A buyer-seller watermarking protocol,”IEEE Trans. Image Process., vol. 10, no. 4, Apr. 2001, pp.
643–649.
6. M. Kuribayashi and H. Tanaka, “Fingerprinting protocol for images based on additive homomorphic property,” IEEE Trans.
Image Process., vol. 14, no. 12, Dec. 2005, pp. 2129–2139.
7. M. Johnson, P. Ishwar, V. M. Prabhakaran, D. Schonberg, and K. Ramchandran, “On compressing encrypted data,” IEEE Trans.
Signal Process., vol. 52, no. 10, Oct. 2004, pp. 2992–3006.
8. D. Schonberg, S. C. Draper, and K. Ramchandran, “On blind compression of encrypted correlated data approaching the source
entropy rate,” in Proc. 43rd Annu. Allerton Conf., Allerton, IL, 2005.
9. R. Lazzeretti and M. Barni, “Lossless compression of encrypted greylevel and color images,” in Proc. 16th EUSIPCO, Lausanne,
Switzerland, Aug. 2008.
10. Kumar and A. Makur, “Lossy compression of encrypted image by Compressing sensing technique,” in Proc. IEEE TENCON,
2009, pp. 1–6.
11. X. Zhang, “Lossy compression and iterative reconstruction for encrypted image,” IEEE Trans. Inf. Forensics Security, vol. 6, no.
1, Mar. 2011, pp. 53–58.
12. Bilgin, P. J. Sementilli, F. Sheng, and M. W. Marcellin, “Scalable image coding using reversible integer wavelet transforms,”
IEEE Trans.Image Process., vol. 9, no. 11, Nov. 2000, pp. 1972–1977.
13. D. Taubman, “High performance scalable image compression with EBCOT,” IEEE Trans. Image Process., vol. 9, no. 7, Jul.
2000, pp. 1158–1170.
14. Xinpeng Zhang, GuoruiFeng, YanliRen and Zhenxing Qian, “Scalable Coding of Encrypted Images,” IEEE Trans Image
Process., vol 21, no 6, June 2012, pp. 3108-3114.
15. Edward J. Delp and O. Robert Mitchell, “Image Coding Using Block Truncation Coding,”IEEE Transactions on
Communications, vol 27, no 9, Sep 1979, pp. 1335-1342.
16. P.Jeya Bright and Dr G.Vishnuvarthanan, “Development of scalable coding for the encryption of Images using Block Truncation
Code,” In Proceedings of 3rd International Conference on Trends in Electronics and Informatics (ICOEI 2019), Tirunelveli,
India, Apr 2019, pp. 934-938. [IEEE Xplore Part Number: CFP19J32-ART; ISBN: 978-1-5386-9439-8]
Authors: Geevarghese Mathew Kurian, P. Aruna Jeyanthy, D. Devaraj
Paper Title: Custom Power Device in Multilevel Inverter for Power Quality Improvement
Abstract: A dynamic voltage restorer (DVR) is a FACTS gadget, which is utilized fundamentally in
transmission lines to remunerate the voltage list and voltage swell that happens on hold. A DVR is a circuit,
which made out of intensity electronic parts like diodes and thyristors. It is generally utilized because of its
miniature size and proficient activity. This paper proposes a cascaded inverter type DVR to repay voltage hang
in the utilities for power appropriation, which is used for country zone advancement. The DVR infuses a voltage
arrangement to the framework voltage. The multi carrier PWM strategy is utilized to produce terminating
voltage to inverter. The proposed framework decreases the voltage list and complete consonant bending of the
conveyance framework. The proposed framework is simulated utilizing the MATLAB/Simulink.
Keyword: Power quality, Multilevel inverter, Total harmonic distortion (THD), Dynamic voltage restorer
(DVR), Multi carrier pulse width modulation (MCPWM).
References:
1. Geevarghese Mathew Kurian, Prof P. Aruna Jeyenthy, Prof. D. Devaraj, P.G. Anilkumar, Dept. of EEE, Kalasalingam
University, “RTC based solar power multilevel Inverter”, IEEE transactions on 2018.
2. Cheng-Han Hsieh, Tsorng-Juu Liang, Fellow, IEEE, Shih-Ming Chen, and Shih-Wen Tsai, Design and implementation of a novel
201. 3. multilevel DC to AC inverter, IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications 2016.
4. Krishna Kumar Gupta ; Alekh Ranjan ; Pallavee Bhatnagar ; Lalit Kumar Sahu , Shailendra Jain, ”Multilevel inverter topologies
with reduced device count: a review” IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, 2016, Page: 135 – 151. 967-970
5. Alian Chen, Xiangning He, “Research on the hybrid clamped multilevel inverter topologies”, IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, 2006.
6. Sid-Ali Amamra , Kamal Meghriche , Abderrezzak Cherifi , Bruno Francois, Multilevel inverter for Renewable Energy Grid
Integration, IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2017.
7. Ehsan Najafi , Abdul Halim Mohamed Yatim, Design and Implementation of a New multilevel inverter topology”, IEEE
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 2012.
8. Vincent Roberge, Mohammed Tarbouchi, and Francis Okou, “Strategies to Accelerate Harmonic Minimization in Multilevel
Inverters Using a Parallel Genetic Algorithm on Graphical Processing Unit”, IEEE transactions on power electronics, 2014.
9. Sze Sing Lee, Bing Chu, Nik Rumzi Nik Idris, Hui Hwang Goh, and Yeh En Heng, IEEE members, “Switched -Battery Boost-
Multilevel Inverter with GA Optimized SHEPWM for Standalone Application”, IEEE transactions on industrial electronics, 2015
Zainal Salam, Ahmed Majed, Abdul Moeed Amjad, University Technology Malaysia, “Design and implementation of 15 -level
cascaded multi-level voltage source inverter with harmonics elimination pulse-width modulation using differential evolution
Method”, IET research article, 2015.
10. Geevarghese Mathew Kurian, Jerlin Mathew, Prof P. Aruna Jeyenthy, Prof. D. Devaraj Dept. of EEE, Kalasalingam University,
“Standalone Multilevel Inverter Using DVR for Power Quality Improvement”, IEEE Conference INCOS 2019.
11. Fang Z. Peng, “Flexible AC transmission systems (FACTS) and resilient AC distribution systems (RACDS) in smart grid”,
proceedings of IEEE, 2017.
12. Manik Prdhan, Mahesh K. Mishra, “Dual P- Q theory based energy optimized Dynamic voltage restorer for power quality
improvement in a distribution system”, IEEE transactions on industrial electronics, 2019.
13. Wu, Jinn-Chang, and Chia-Wei Chou. "A Solar Power Generation System with a Seven-Level Inverter", IEEE
Transactions on Power Electronics, 2014.
Authors: Periyasamy Muthuvel
Paper Title: Solar Powered Dc Nano-Grid with Multi Agent Control Strategy
Abstract: Smart homes are typical examples of DC Nano-grids wherein multi-agent strategy is required for
coordinating different entities to harness flexible load and storage to maximize the integration of intermittent
renewable generation. This paper proposes a novel multi-agent approach for DC Nano-grids in smart homes with
an aim to simultaneously maximize comfort levels and renewable integration. In the proposed approach, there
are three agents: flexible loads, batteries, and renewable energy sources which interact among them for meeting
202. the control objectives. The agents are coordinated using a centralized controller and based on its decision the
flexibility is harnessed to the grid. The novelty of the approach is that the different agents communicate only to
the central controller and not among themselves which reduces the communication among them. The advantage 971-977
of the proposed approach is their ability to handle DC Nano-grids and using an agent-based approach within a
residential building. The proposed multi-agent approach is illustrated on a lab-level DC Nano-grids pilot
developed by the authors. Our results show that achieves maximum overall energy efficiency and minimum
electricity bill and smooth control of various modes of operation.
Keyword: DC Nano–Grid, Multi agent system, smart Home appliances.

References:
1. M. Haidar, K. Muttaqi, and D. Sutanto,” Smart grid and its future perspectives in Australia,” Renewable and Sustainable Energ y
Reviews, vol. 51, 2015, pp. 1375-1389.
2. S. Uski and I. Kim, “Assessment of wind power impact on power system transmission losses,” in IEEE PES Innovative Smart
Grid Technologies, Europe,2014, pp. 1-5.
3. P. Friedlingstein, R. M. Andrew, J. Rogelj, et. Al., “Persistent growth of CO2 emissions and implications for reaching climate
targets”, Nature Geoscience, Vol 7, 2014, pp. 709-715.
4. Akinyele, R. Rayudu, and N. Nair, “Global progress in photovoltaic technologies and the scenario of development of solar pane l
plant and module performance estimation application in nigeria,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, vol. 48, 2015, pp.
112–139.
5. H. Holtorf, T. Urmee, M. Calais, and T. Pryor, “A model to evaluate the success of solar home systems,” Renewable and
Sustainable Energy Reviews, vol. 50, 2015, pp. 245–255.
6. Burmester, D., Rayudu, R., Seah, W., and Akinyele, D, “A review of nanogrids topologies and technologies,” Renewable
and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Vol 67, 2017, pp. 760–775.
7. M. Biabani, M. A. Golkar, A. Johar, and M. Johar, “Propose a home demand-side-management algorithm for smart nano-grid,” in
Proc. 4th Power Electron. Drive Syst. Tech. Conf. (PEDSTC), Tehran, Iran, pp.
8. 487–494, 2013.
9. Toshihisa Funabashi (2016), “Integration of Distributed Energy Re- sources in Power Systems, Implementation, Operation and
Control,” 1st Edition, Academic press.
10. Cecati, C., Khalid, H. A., Tinari, M., Adinolfi, G., and Graditi, G., “DC Nanogrid for renewable sources with modular DC/DC
LLC converter building block. IET Power Electronics, Vol 10(5), 2017 pp. 536–544.
11. Miguel A. Sanz-Bobi Use. (2014), “Operation and Maintenance of
Renewable Energy Systems: Experiences and Future approaches,” springer.
Kantamneni, A., Brown, L. E., Parker, G., and Weaver, W. W., “Survey of multi-agent systems for microgrid control,”
Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence, Elsevier, Vol. 45, 2015, pp. 192–203.
12. 12.Khan, Muhammad Waseem and Wang, Jie, “The research on multi- agent
system for microgrid control and optimization,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, Elsevier, vol. 80(C), 2017, pp.
1399-1411.
13. Xie, J., and Liu, C.-C., “Multi-agent systems and their applications,” Journal of International Council on Electrical Engineering,
Taylor and Francis Vol. 7(1), 2017, pp. 188–197.
14. Anvari-Moghaddam, Amjad; Rahimi-Kian, Ashkan; Mirian, Maryam
S.; Guerrero, Josep M., “A Multi-Agent Based Energy Management Solution for Integrated Buildings and Microgrid System,”
Applied Energy, Elsevier, Vol. 203, 2017, pp. 41-561.
15. L. Wang, Z. Wang, and R. Yang, “Intelligent multiagent control system for
energy and comfort management in smart and sustainable buildings,” IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid, vol. 3(2), 2012, pp. 605 –
617.
Authors: V. Yogeshwar Chakrapani, T. S. Sampath Kumar
Paper Title: The Role of Calcium Phosphates and Electrospun 3D Scaffolds in Bone Tissue Engineering Scaffolds
Abstract: Bone is a naturally occurring nano-composite structure bestowed with an innate regenerative
potential. When this regenerative potential is not able to cope up with the bone loss, external assistance in the
form of scaffolds, cells and signals are needed. This forms the basis of bone tissue engineering (BTE). CaP
ceramics like hydroxyapatite (HA), calcium deficient hydroxyapatite (CDHA) and β-tricalcium phosphate (β-
TCP) are an excellent choice of material for hard tissue reconstruction. However, they are brittle in nature and
solid ceramic constructs are not conducive for vascularisation, thus limiting their application as scaffolds for
BTE. Thus composite scaffolds of appropriate polymer/ceramic combination would greatly benefit BTE.
Electrospinning is an extremely versatile methodology that is predominantly used for the fabrication of
nanofibrous structures that closely mimic the ECM. Nevertheless, electrospinning of 3D structures is still a
challenge. Various innovations in the electrospinning process are being tried out in order to produce true 3
dimensional structures that can act as scaffolds for BTE. The current paper reviews such technologies and also
suggests the way forward for research in this area.
Keyword: 3D structures, Bone tissue engineering, Electrospinning
203. References:
1. Binderman, Y. Avinoam, S. Yuval, B. Hila, C. Joseph and R. Philippe, “Tissue engineering of bone: critical evaluation of
scaffold selection.” In Bone Regeneration, edited by Haim Tal, 340. InTech. 2012.
2. U. Kneser, D. J. Schaefer, E. Polykandriotis and R. E. Horch, “Tissue engineering of bone: the reconstructive surgeon’s point of 978-985
view.” Journal of Cellular and Molecular Medicine, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 7–19. 2006
3. R. F. -Silva, G. R. Silva Sasso, E. S. -Cerri, M. J. Simões, and P. S. Cerri. “Biology of bone tissue: structure, function, and factors
that influence bone cells.” BioMed Research International, vol. 2015, pp. 1–17, 2015
4. P. Downey and I. S. Michael, “Bone Biology and the Clinical Implications for Osteoporosis.” Physical Therapy, vol. 86, no. 1,
pp. 77–91, 2006.
5. Y. Hong, H. Fan, B. Li, B. Guo, M. Liu and X. Zhang, “Fabrication, biological effects, and medical applications of calcium
phosphate nanoceramics.” Materials Science and Engineering R: Reports vol. 70, no. 3, pp. 225–242, 2010.
6. T. Andric, A.C. Sampson, and J. W. Freeman, “Fabrication and characterization of electrospun osteon mimicking scaffolds for
bone tissue engineering.” Materials Science and Engineering: C, vol. 31, no. 1, pp. 2–8, 2011.
7. C. Sobacchi, S. Ansgar, F. P. Coxon, A. Villa and M. H. Helfrich, M. H. “Osteopetrosis: genetics, treatment and new insights into
osteoclast function.” Nature Reviews Endocrinology, vol. 9, no. 9, pp. 522–536, 2013.
8. T. C. A. Phan, J. Xu, and M. H. Zheng, “Interaction between osteoblast and osteoclast: impact in bone disease.” Histology and
Histopathology, vol. 19, no. 4, pp. 1325–1344, 2004.
9. P. Ginestra, E. Ceretti and A. Fiorentino, A. “Electrospinning of poly-caprolactone for scaffold manufacturing: experimental
investigation on the process parameters influence.” Procedia CIRP, vol. 49, pp. 8–13, 2016.
10. H. Jang, C. Oscar H. W. Kim, “Electrospun materials as potential platforms for bone tissue engineering.” Advanced Drug
Delivery Reviews, vol. 61, no. 12, pp. 1065–1083, 2009.
11. R. A. A. Muzzarelli, “Chitosan composites with inorganics, morphogenetic proteins and stem cells, for bone regeneration.”
Carbohydrate Polymers, vol. 83, no. 4, pp. 1433–1445, 2011.
12. T. Liu, W. Gang, Z. Yuanna, W. Daniel, W., Vincent, E. and Yuelian, L. “Cell-mediated bmp-2 release from a novel dual-drug
delivery system promotes bone formation.” Clinical Oral Implants Research, vol. 25, no. 12, pp. 1412–1421, 2014.
13. D. Arcos and M. Vallet-Regí, “Bioceramics for drug delivery.” Acta Materialia vol. 61, no. 3, pp. 890–911, 2013.
14. B. Guillaume, “Filling bone defects with β-TCP in maxillofacial surgery: a review.” Morphologie, vol. 101, no. 334, pp. 113–
119, 2017.
15. M. Vallet-Regı and D. Arcos, Nanoceramics in Clinical Use. In RSC Nanoscience & Nanotechnology. Cambridge: Royal Society
of Chemistry, 2015.
16. W. I. Abdel-Fattah, F. M. Reicha and T. A. Elkhooly, “Nano-beta-tricalcium phosphates synthesis and biodegradation: 1. Effect
of microwave and so42− ions on β-tcp synthesis and its characterization.” Biomedical Materials, vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 034121, 2008
17. Starly, B., W. Lau, T. Bradbury, and W. Sun. “Internal architecture design and freeform fabrication of tissue replacement
structures.” Computer Aided Design, vol. 38, no. 2, pp. 115–124, 2006.
18. M. E. Kolewe, H. Park, C. Gray, X. Ye, R. Langer and L. E. Freed, “3D structural patterns in scalable, elastomeric scaffolds
guide engineered tissue architecture.” Advanced Materials, vol. 25, no. 32, pp. 4459–4465, 2013.
19. M. Pilia, T. Guda, B. E. Pollot, , V. Aguero and M. R. Appleford, “Local microarchitecture affects mechanical properties of
deposited extracellular matrix for osteonal regeneration.” Materials Science and Engineering: C, vol. 35, no. 1, pp. 122–133,
2014.
20. Lee, M. J. Cuddihy and N. A. Kotov, “Three-dimensional cell culture matrices: state of the art.” Tissue Engineering Part B:
Reviews , vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 61–86, 2008.
21. M. Pawelec, A. Husmann, S. M. Best and R. E. Cameron, “Understanding anisotropy and architecture in ice-templated
biopolymer scaffolds.” Materials Science and Engineering: C, vol. 37, no. 1, pp. 141–147, 2014.
22. C. Liu, Z. Xia, and J. T. Czernuszka, “Design and development of three-dimensional scaffolds for tissue engineering.” Chemical
Engineering Research and Design, vol. 85, no. 7A, pp. 1051–1064, 2007.
23. K. Saha, J. F. Pollock, D. V. Schaffer and K. E. Healy, “Designing synthetic materials to control stem cell phenotype.” Curre nt
Opinion in Chemical Biology, vol. 11, no. 4, pp. 381–387, 2007.
24. W. Tibbitt and K. S. Anseth, “Hydrogels as extracellular matrix mimics for 3d cell culture.” Biotechnology and Bioengineering ,
vol. 103, no. 4, pp. 655–663, 2009.
25. P. X. Ma “Scaffolds for tissue fabrication.” Materials Today, vol. 7, no. 5, pp. 30–40, 2004.
26. Han, J. K. Johnson, A. B. Patrick, S. P. Kunal, J. L. John and J. O. Winter, “Cell attachment to hydrogel-electrospun fiber mat
composite materials.” Journal of Functional Biomaterials, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 497–513, 2012.
27. S. H. Teng, W. Peng and H. E. Kim, “Blend fibers of chitosan–agarose by electrospinning.” Materials Letters, vol. 63, no. 28, pp.
2510–2512, 2009.
28. Y. C. Toh, N. Susanne, M. K. Yuet, Z. Xin, Z. Yajuan, C. L. Pao, M. T. Chee, S. Wanxin and H. Yu, “Cellular responses to a
nanofibrous environment.” Nano Today, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 34–43, 2006.
29. S. D. McCullen, R. Sangeetha, L. I. Clarke, and R. E. Gorga, “Nanofibrous composites for tissue engineering applications.”
Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Nanomedicine and Nanobiotechnology, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 369–390, 2009.
30. M. Neves, Electrospinning for Advanced Biomedical Applications and Therapies. Smithers Rapra Technology, 2012.
31. M. M. Munir, B. S. Adi, I. Ferry and O. Kikuo “Scaling law on particle-to-fiber formation during electrospinning.” Polymer, vol.
50, no. 20, pp. 4935–4943, 2009.
32. N. Bock, , T. R. Dargaville, and M. A. Woodruff, “Electrospraying of polymers with therapeutic molecules: state of the art.”
Progress in Polymer Science, vol. 37, no. 11, pp. 1510– 1551, 2012.
33. D. Ahirwal, A. Hébraud, R. Kádár, M. Wilhelm and G. Schlatter, “From self assembly of electrospun nanofibers to 3D cm thick
hierarchical foams.” Soft Matter, vol. 9, no. 11, pp. 3164, 2013.
34. B. Sun, Y. Z. Long, H. D. Zhang, L. Meng-Meng, J. L. Duvail, X. Y. Jiang and H. L. Yin, “Advances in three-dimensional
nanofibrous macrostructures via electrospinning.” Progress in Polymer Science, vol. 39, no. 5, pp. 862–890, 2014.
35. M. Yousefzadeh, L. Masoud, A. T. Mohammad, W. E. Teo and S. Ramakrishna, “A note on the 3D structural design of
electrospun nanofibers.” Journal of Engineered Fibers and Fabrics, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 17–23, 2012.
36. K. Shim, W. H. Suh, S. Y. Lee, S. H. Lee, S. J. Heo, M. C. Lee and S. J. Lee, “Chitosan nano-/microfibrous double-layered
membrane with rolled-up three130 dimensional structures for chondrocyte cultivation.” Journal of Biomedical Materials
Research Part A, vol. 90A. no. 2, pp. 595–602, 2009.
37. P. Pham, U. Sharma and A. G. Mikos, “Electrospun poly(ε-caprolactone) microfiber and multilayer nanofiber/microfiber
scaffolds: characterization of scaffolds and measurement of cellular infiltration.” Biomacromolecules, vol. 7, no. 10, pp. 27 96–
2805, 2006.
38. S. Soliman, P. Stefania, R. Antonio, F. Giancarlo, F. Roberta, P. Francesca, F. Ornella, “Multiscale three-dimensional scaffolds
for soft tissue engineering via multimodal electrospinning.” Acta Biomaterialia, vol. 6, no. 4, pp. 1227–1237, 2010.
39. T. G. Kim, H. J. Chung and T. G. Park, “Macroporous and nanofibrous hyaluronic acid/collagen hybrid scaffold fabricated by
concurrent electrospinning and deposition/leaching of salt particles.” Acta Biomaterialia, vol. 4, no. 6, pp. 1611–1619, 2008.
40. [40] M. Yousefzadeh, L. Masoud, A. T. Mohammad, W. E. Teo and S. Ramakrishna, “A note on the 3D structural design
of electrospun nanofibers.” Journal of Engineered Fibers and Fabrics, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 17–23, 2012.
41. B. Sun, L. Yun-Ze, F. Yu, L. Meng-Meng, Z. Hong-Di, L. Wen-Jing and X. Tian-Xiang, “Self-assembly of a three-dimensional
fibrous polymer sponge by electrospinning.” Nanoscale, vol. 4, no. 6, pp. 2134, 2012.
42. D. Ahirwal, A. Hébraud, R. Kádár, M. Wilhelm, and G. Schlatter, “From self assembly of electrospun nanofibers to 3D cm thick
hierarchical foams.” Soft Matter, vol. 9, no. 11, pp. 3164, 2013.
43. Y. S. Lee and T. L. Arinzeh, 2011. “Electrospun nanofibrous materials for neural tissue engineering.” Polymers, vol. 3, no. 4 , pp.
413–426.
44. O. D. Schneider, W. F. Tobias, L. Stefan, E. Martin, R. S. Patrick and J. S. Wendelin, “In vivo and in vitro evaluation of flexible,
cottonwool-like nanocomposites as bone substitute material for complex defects.” Acta Biomaterialia, vol. 5, no. 5, pp. 1775–
1784, 2009.
45. M. J. McClure, S. W. Patricia, G. S. David, S. A. Sell, and G. L. Bowlin, “The use of air-flow impedance to control fiber
deposition patterns during electrospinning.” Biomaterials, vol. 33, no. 3, pp. 771–779, 2012.
46. D. Dalton, K. Doris and M. Möller, “Electrospinning with dual collection rings.” Polymer, vol. 46, no. 3, pp. 611–614, 2005.
47. Thorvaldsson, S. Hanna, G. Paul and W. Pernilla, “Electrospinning of highly porous scaffolds for cartilage regeneration.”
Biomacromolecules, vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 1044–1049, 2008.
48. Blakeney, T. Ajay, M. A. Joel, A. Adinarayana, D. J. Lim, R. D. Derrick and W. J. Ho “Cell infiltration and growth in a low
density, uncompressed three-dimensional electrospun nanofibrous scaffold.” Biomaterials, vol. 32, no. 6, pp. 1583–1590, 2011.
49. J. Joseph, S. V. Nair and D. Menon, “Integrating substrateless electrospinning with textile technology for creating biodegradable
three-dimensional structures.” Nano Letters, vol. 15, no. 8, pp. 5420–5426, 2015.
Authors: Saravanakumar G, Baalachandar C V, Mohaideen Abdul Kadhar K
Paper Title: Environmental Condition Monitoring System of Textile Industry for Sustainable Development Goal
204. Abstract: One of the alarming threats to mankind and other living organisms is environmental pollution.
Worldwide, textile industry is one of the main air and water pollutants. Its environmental effect is
critical because it consumes considerable water for processing and discharges major polluted water. If the 986-991
quality of those discharged water exceeds the prescribed limit set by the authorities, it will cause serious
threat to the living organism. This demands the suitable monitoring system even from a remote location.
Innovation in technology could serve as the best solution to the above problem. The chemical properties are
measured of the textile effluent and an announcement will be made for proactive measures if it exceeds
the prescribed limit. The quality parameters of the effluent are continually monitored and information recorded
in the cloud by means of different sensors. The parameters such as pH, and dissolved oxygen of the
effluent can be measured and surrounding air quality also measured. The information stored can be tracked by
the competent authority via the Web page. The threshold value for the cloud information is automated to
make an automatic comparison with the detection system and send an alert to the authorities involved.
Keyword: Water Pollution, Air Quality, Sustainable development goals, Raspberry Pi, pH measurement,
Turbidity measurement, Textile industry, IoT.
References:
1. U. Nations, The sustainable development goals report 2016, 2019.
2. I. United Nations Environment Programme. Division of Technology, Economics, E. Programme, and United Nations
Environment Programme [UNEP], “UNEP Year Book 2014: Emerging Issues in Our Global Environment,” Emerging issues in
our global environment, 2014.
3. K. Saravanan, E. Anusuya, R. Kumar, and Others, “Real-time water quality monitoring using Internet of Things in SCADA,”
Environmental monitoring and assessment, vol. 190, no. 9, p. 556, 2018.
4. M. S. Islam, “An Intelligent System on Environment Quality Remote Monitoring and Cloud Data Logging Using Internet of
Things (IoT),” International Conference on Computer, Communication, Chemical, Ma- terial and Electronic Engineering,
IC4ME2 2018, pp. 1–4, 2018.
5. V. Jaganathan, P. Cherurveettil, A. Chellasamy, and M. S. Premapriya, “Environmental pollution risk analysis and management
in textile industry: A preventive mechanism,” European Scientific Journal, ESJ, vol. 10, no. 10, 2014.
6. R. Kant, “Textile dyeing industry an environmental hazard,” Natural science, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 22–26, 2012.
7. F. Ezbakhe, “Addressing Water Pollution as a Means to Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals,” Journal of Water
Pollution and Control, vol. 1, no. 1:6, pp. 1–9, 2018.
8. M. Shirode, M. Adaling, J. Biradar, and T. Mate, “IOT Based Water Quality Monitoring System,” International Journal of
Computer Sciences and Engineering, vol. 12, pp. 5447–5454, 2018.
9. N. A. Cloete, R. Malekian, and L. Nair, “Design of smart sensors for real-time water quality monitoring,” IEEE Access, vol. 4,
pp. 3975–3990, 2016.
10. S. Kavi Priya, G. Shenbagalakshmi, and T. Revathi, “Design of smart sensors for real time drinking water quality monitoring and
contamination detection in water distributed mains,” International Journal of Engineering & Technology, vol. 7, no. 1.1, p. 47,
2017.
11. B. Das and P. C. Jain, “Real-time water quality monitoring system using Internet of Things,” in 2017 International Conference
on Computer, Communications and Electronics (Comptelix). IEEE, 2017, pp. 78–82.
12. S. Geetha and S. Gouthami, “Internet of things enabled real time water quality monitoring system,” Smart Water, vol. 2, no. 1, p.
1, 2016.
13. M. Simic´, G. M. Stojanovic´, L. Manjakkal, and K. Zaraska, “Multi- sensor system for remote environmental (air and water)
quality monitoring,” in 2016 24th Telecommunications Forum (TELFOR). IEEE, 2016, pp. 1–4.
14. M. Lekic´ and G. Gardasˇevic´, “IoT sensor integration to Node-RED platform,” 2018 17th International Symposium on
INFOTEH-JAHORINA, INFOTEH 2018 - Proceedings, vol. 2018-Janua, no. March, pp. 1–5, 2018.
15. Y.-T. Liu, B.-Y. Lin, X.-F. Yue, Z.-X. Cai, Z.-X. Yang, W.-H. Liu, S.- Y. Huang, J.-L. Lu, J.-W. Peng, and J.-Y. Chen, “A solar
powered long range real-time water quality monitoring system by LoRaWAN,” in 2018 27th Wireless and Optical
Communication Conference (WOCC). IEEE, 2018, pp. 1–2.
16. K. H. Kamaludin and W. Ismail, “Water quality monitoring with internet of things (IoT),” in 2017 IEEE Conference on Systems,
Process and Control (ICSPC). IEEE, 2017, pp. 18–23.
17. Ibm, “IBM IoT,” 2016.
18. S. Monk, Raspberry Pi Cookbook, 2016.
19. T. P. C. Board, “A READY RECKONER FOR ENTREPRENEURS,” 2017.
20. W.-C. Lin, K. Brondum, C. Monroe, and M. Burns, “Multifunctional water sensors for pH, ORP, and conductivity using only
microfabricated platinum electrodes,” Sensors, vol. 17, no. 7, p. 1655, 2017.
21. Raspberry Pi Foundation, “Raspbian,” 2018.
22. D. Wheat and D. Wheat, “Arduino Software,” in Arduino Internals, 2012.
23. H.-c. Steiner, “Firmata: Towards making microcontrollers act like extensions of the computer,” New Interfaces for Musical
Expression, 2009.
24. IBM, “Internet of Things Platform - IBM Cloud,” 2018.
25. Raspberry Pi Foundation, “Raspberry Pi 3 Model B,” Raspberry Pi, 2016.
26. Eben, “Download NOOBS for Raspberry Pi,” 2008
27. Arduino, “Software Arduino (IDE),” 2017.
28. S. McManus, “Raspberry Pi For Dummies,” in John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2014.
29. Raspberry Pi Foundation, “Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+ Datasheet,” Datasheet, 2016.
30. A. Rajalakshmi and H. Shahnasser, “Internet of things using node-red and alexa,” in 2017 17th International Symposium on
Communications and Information Technologies, ISCIT 2017, 2018.
31. M. Tabaa, B. Chouri, S. Saadaoui, and K. Alami, “Industrial Com- munication based on Modbus and Node-RED,” in Procedia
Computer Science, 2018.
Authors: R.Kanniga Devi
Paper Title: A Machine Learning-based Online Social Network Analysis for 360-degree User Profiling
Abstract: This paper aims to analyse the online social network for reconnaissance of people for finding their
potentiality. The work considers one of the famous social networking sites, Twitter, where people express their
thoughts and ideas, through which the people in the site knowingly or unknowingly reveal the information about
205.
themselves such as personal interests, likes and dislikes. The Machine Learning technique facilitates the work to
mine the tweet data of a person to get his/her 360-degree profiling. This profiling is helpful to identify the 992-998
personality type of a person, which is essential for the Government to identify the people involved in spreading
the fake news in Twitter.
Keyword: Machine Learning, Natural Language Processing, Online Social Network, Personality Test,
Profiling, Sentimental Analysis, Twitter.
References:
1. Alexandra Marin, Barry Wellman: The SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis, 2014.
2. Fazli Can, Tansel Özyer, Faruk Polat: State of the Art Applications of Social Network Analysis, Lecture Notes in Social
Networks, Springer International Publishing, 2014.
3. Pooja Wadhwa, M.P.S Bhatia: Social Networks Analysis: Trends, Techniques and Future Prospects, IET Fourth International
Conference on Advances in Recent Technologies in Communication and Computing (ARTCom2012), 2012, pp.1-6.
4. Bogdan Batrinca, Philip C. Treleaven: Social media analytics: A survey of techniques, tools and platforms, AI & Soc, Springer,
30, 2015, pp.89–116.
5. Martin Grandjean: A social network analysis of Twitter: Mapping the digital humanities community, Cogent Arts & Humanities,
3: 1171458, 2016, pp. 1-14.
6. Manav Masrani, Poornalatha G: Twitter Sentiment Analysis Using a Modified Naïve Bayes Algorithm, Information Systems
Architecture and Technology: Proceedings of 38th International Conference on Information Systems Architecture and Technology
– ISAT 2017, Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing 655, 2017, pp.171-181.
7. Jimeng Sun, Jie Tang: A Survey of Models and Algorithms for Social Influence Analysis, Social Network Data Analytics,
Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2011.
8. Christoph Trattner, Frank Kappe: Social Stream Marketing on Facebook: A Case Study, International Journal of Social and
Humanistic Computing, 2(1), 2013, pp.86-103.
9. [9] Richard M Medina: Social Network Analysis: A case study of the Islamist terrorist network, Security Journal, vol. 27, 1,
2014, pp.97–121
10. Jose Antonio Iglesias, Aaron Garcıa-Cuerva, Agapito Ledezma and Araceli Sanchis: Social Network Analysis: Evolving Twitter
Mining, IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics ( SMC 2016), 2016, pp.1809-1814.
11. Anna Squicciarini, Sarah Rajtmajer, Christopher Griffin: Positive and negative behavioral analysis in social networks, Advanced
Review, 2017, pp.1-12.
12. David Décary-Hétu, Carlo Morselli: Gang Presence in Social Network Sites, International Journal of Cyber Criminology, 5 (2),
2011, pp.876–890.
13. Ali Hasan, Sana Moin, Ahmad Karim and Shahaboddin Shamshirband: Machine Learning-Based Sentiment Analysis for Twitter
Accounts, Mathematical and Computational Applications, 2018, pp.1-15.
14. Sheena Angra, Sachin Ahuja: Machine learning and its applications: A review, 2017 International Conference on Big Data
Analytics and Computational Intelligence (ICBDAC), IEEE, pp.57-60.
15. Amanpreet Singh, Narina Thakur, Aakanksha Sharma: A Review of Supervised Machine Learning Algorithms, 2016 3rd
International Conference on Computing for Sustainable Global Development (INDIACom), IEEE, pp.1310-1315.
16. Parth Mehta , Hetasha Shah, Vineet Kori, Soumya Shukla , Mihir Shenoy: Survey of unsupervised machine learning algorithms
on precision agricultural data, 2015 International Conference on Innovations in Information, Embedded and Communication
Systems (ICIIECS), IEEE, 2015, pp.1-8.
17. Itır Önal, Ali Mert Ertuğrul: Effect of using regression in sentiment analysis, 2014 22nd Signal Processing and Communications
Applications Conference (SIU), 2014, pp.1822-1825.
18. Indra, Liza Wikarsa, Rinaldo Turang: Using Logistic Regression Method to Classify Tweets into the Selected Topics,
Proceedings of the 2016 International Conference on Advanced Computer Science and Information Systems (ICACSIS) 2016,
pp.385-390.
19. Muhammad Taimoor Khan, Mehr Durrani, Armughan Ali , Irum Inayat, Shehzad Khalid and Kamran Habib Khan: Sentiment
analysis and the complex natural language, Complex Adaptive Systems Modeling, 4 (2), 2016, pp.1-19.
20. Maite Taboada, Julian Brooke, Milan Tofiloski, Kimberly Voll, Manfred Stede: Lexicon-based methods for sentiment analysis,
Computational Linguistics, 2011, 37, pp.267–307.
21. Le T. Nguyen, Pang Wu, William Chan, Wei Peng, Ying Zhang: Predicting Collective Sentiment Dynamics from Time-series
Social Media, Proceedings of the First International Workshop on Issues of Sentiment Discovery and Opinion Mining (WISDOM
'12), ACM, 2012.
22. Michele Di Capua, Emanuel Di Nardo, Alfredo Petrosino: Unsupervised Cyber Bullying Detection in Social Networks,
Proceedings of the 23rd International Conference on Pattern Recognition (ICPR), IEEE, 2016, pp.432-437.
23. Geetika Gautam, Divakar yadav, Sentiment Analysis of Twitter Data Using Machine Learning Approaches and Semantic
Analysis: Proceedings of the Seventh International Conference on Contemporary Computing (IC3), IEEE, 2014, pp.437-442.
24. Yan Dang, Yulei Zhang, HsinChun Chen: A Lexicon-enhanced method for sentiment classification: An experiment on online
product reviews, IEEE Intelligent Systems, 25, 2010, pp.46–53.
25. Shubhodip Saha, Jainath Yadav, Prabhat Ranjan: Proposed approach for sarcasm detection in Twitter, Indian Journal of Science
and Technology, 10(25), 2017, pp.1-8.
26. Nhat Hai Phan, Dejing Dou, Hao Wang, David Kil, Brigitte Piniewski: Ontology-based Deep Learning for Human Behavior
Prediction in Health Social Networks, Information Sciences, 384, 2017, pp.298-313.
27. Pasquale de Meo, Emilio Ferrara, Fabian Abel, Lora Aroyo, Geert-Jan Houben: Analyzing User Behavior across Social Sharing
Environments, ACM Transactions on Intelligent Systems and Technology (TIST), 5(1), 2013, pp.14-42.
28. Sarka Zehnalova, Zdenek Horak, Milos Kudelka, Vaclav Snasel: Using Self-organizing Maps for Identification of Roles in Social
Networks, Proceedings of the IEEE Fifth International Conference on Computational Aspects of Social Networks, 2013, pp.44-49.
29. Monika Mital, Sumit Sarkar: Multihoming behavior of users in social networking web sites: A theoretical model, Information
Technology & People, 24(4), 2012, pp.378-392.
30. Radoslaw Brendel, Henryk Krawczyk: Primary role identification in dynamic social networks, Proceedings of the IEEE
International Conference on Computational Aspects of Social Networks (CASoN), 2011, pp.54 - 59.
31. Qiang Yan, Lianren Wu, Lan Zheng: Social network based microblog user behavior analysis, Physica A 392, 2 013, pp.1712–
1723.
32. Reza Zafarani, Huan Liu: Behavior Analysis in Social Media, IEEE Intelligent Systems, 29(4), 2014, pp.9–11.
33. Qiwei He, Cees A.W.Glas: Michal Kosinski, David J.Stillwell, Bernard P.Veldkamp, Predicting self-monitoring skills using
textual posts on Facebook, Computers in Human Behavior, 33, 2014, pp.69–78.
34. Huiqi Zhang, Ram Dantu, João W. Cangussu: Socioscope: Human relationship and behavior analysis in social networks, IEEE
Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics - Part A: Systems and Humans, 41(6), 2011, pp.1122–1143.
35. Jose Simoes, Thomas Magedanz: Understanding and Predicting Human Behavior for Social Communities, Handbook of Social
Network Technologies and Applications, Springer, 2010, pp.427-445.
36. Hajra Waheed, Maria Anjum, Mariam Rehman, Amina Khawaja: Investigation of user behavior on social networking sites, Plos
One, 2017, pp.1-19.
37. Daniel E. O’leary: Twitter Mining for Discovery, Prediction and Causality: Applications and Methodologies, Intelligent System s
in Accounting, Finance and Management, Wiley, 22, 2015, pp.227–247.
38. Thomas Davidson, Dana Warmsley, Michael Macy,Ingmar Weber: Automated Hate Speech Detection and the Problem of
Offensive Language, Proceedings of the Eleventh International AAAI Conference on Web and Social Media (ICWSM 2017),
pp.512-515.
39. https://www.myersbriggs.org/my-mbti-personality-type/mbti-basics/home.htm?bhcp=1 [online- last accessed- October 2018]
Authors: P.K.Kavitha, P.Vidhya Saraswathi
Machine Learning Paradigm towards Content Based Image Retrieval on High Resolution Satellite
Paper Title:
Images
Abstract: In the current era, content based image retrieval based on pattern recognition and classification
using machine learning paradigm is an innovative way. In order to retrieve high resolution satellite images
Support Vector Machine (SVM) a machine learning paradigm is helpful for learning process and for pattern
recognition and classification; ensemble methods give better machine learning results. In this paper, SVM based
on random subspace and boosting ensemble learning is proposed for very high resolution satellite image
retrieval. The learned SVM ensemble model is used to identify the images that most similar informative for
active learning. A bias-weighting system is developed to direct the ensemble model to pay more attention on the
positive examples than the negative ones. The UCMerced land use satellite image dataset is used for
experimental work. Accuracy and error rate are found to be precise. The tentative effects illustrate that the
proposed model derived enhanced retrieval accurateness at the optimum level as well as significantly more
effective than existing approaches. The proposed method can diminish the gap dimensionality and conquer the
difficulty. The comparisons are evaluated by using precision and recall measurements. Comparative analysis
observed that the retrieval time for a particular image have been reduced and the precision is increased. The
primary aim of this paper is to represent the significance of ensemble learning with support vector machine in
efficient retrieval of image.
Keyword: Boosting, Ensemble learning, Machine learning, Random subspace, Support Vector Machine
References:
1. R.C Gonzalez, R.E Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, 2010.
2. Datta, Ritendra, et al. “Image Retrieval: Ideas, influences, and trends of the new age” ACM computing Surveys (CSUR)40.2
(2008)
3. Cortes, corinna and Vladmir Vapnik, “Support Vector networks”, Machine learning, 20.3 (1995)
4. C. W. Deng, G. B. Huang, J. Xu, and J. X. Tang, “Extreme learning machines: new trends and applications,” Science China
Information Sciences, vol. 58, no. 2, pp. 1–16, 2015.
5. L. Breiman, “Bagging predictors”, Machine learning, vol. 24, no. 2, (1996), pp. 123-140.
6. Dongping Tian, “Support Vector Machine for Content-based Image Retrieval: A Comprehensive Overview”, Journal of
206. Information Hiding and Multimedia Signal Processing, Volume 9, Number 6, November 2018.
7. Baohua Yuan; Shijin Li; Ning Li, “Multiscale deep features learning for land-use scene recognition”, Journal of Applied Remote
Sensing, 12(1), 015010 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1117/1.JRS.12.015010
999-1005
8. X. Li, L. Wang, & E. Sung, “AdaBoost with SVM-based component classifiers”, Engineering Applications of Artificial
Intelligence, vol. 21, no. 5, (2008), pp. 785-795.
9. Aun Irtaza1, Syed M. Adnan, Khawaja Tehseen Ahmed, Arfan Jaffar, Ahmad Khan, Ali Javed and Muhammad Tariq Mahmood,
“An Ensemble Based Evolutionary Approach to the Class Imbalance Problem with Applications in CBIR”, Applied Sciences.
2018, 8, 495; doi:10.3390/app8040495.
10. Haifeng Wang, Bichen Zheng, Sang Won Yoon, Hoo Sang Ko, "A support vector machine-based ensemble algorithm for breast
cancer diagnosis”, European Journal of Operational Research 267 (2018) 687–699.
11. Jianrong Yao, Cheng Lian, “A New Ensemble Model based Support Vector Machine for Credit Assessing”, International Journal
of Grid and Distributed Computing Vol. 9, No. 6 (2016), pp.159-168.
12. Min-Wei Huang, Chih-Wen Chen, Wei-Chao Lin, Shih-Wen Ke, Chih-Fong Tsai, “SVM and SVM Ensembles in Breast Cancer
Prediction”, PLOS ONE | DOI:10.1371/journal.pone.0161501 January 6, 2017.
13. Ela Yildizer, Ali Metin Balci, Mohammad Hassan, Reda Alhajj, "Efficient content-based image retrieval using Multiple Support
Vector Machines Ensemble", Expert Systems with Applications 39 (2012) 2385–2396.
14. Garima Gupta, and Manish Dixit, “CBIR on Biometric Application using Hough Transform with DCD, DWT Features and SVM
Classification”, International Journal of Engineering and Innovative Technology, ISSN: 2277-3754 , Volume 4, Issue 12, June
2016.
15. Pradnya Vikhar, and Pravin Karde, “Improved CBIR System using Edge Histogram Descriptor (EHD) and Support Vector
Machine (SVM)”, International Conference on ICT in Business Industry & Government (ICTBIG), 978-1-5090-5515-9/16/$31.00
©2016 IEEE.
16. Katta Sugamya, Suresh Pabboju, and Dr. A. Vinaya Babu, “A CBIR Classification using Support Vector Machines”, 978-1-4673-
8810-8/16/$31.00 ©2016 IEEE.
17. Navneet Kaur, Sonika Jindal, and Bhavneet Kaur, “Relevance Feedback Based CBIR System Using SVM and Bayes Classifier”,
Second International Conference on Computational Intelligence & Communication Technology, 978-1-5090-0210-8/16 $31.00 ©
2016 IEEE.
18. G., Wang, & J. Ma, “A hybrid ensemble approach for enterprise credit risk assessment based on Support Vector Machine”,
Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 39, no. 5, (2012), pp. 5325-5331.
19. Yang, Y. and Newsam, S. "Bag-of-visual-words and spatial extensions for land-use classification", Proceedings of the 18th
SIGSPATIAL international conference on advances in geographic information systems, 2010, 270-279.
20. Pouria Sadeghi-Tehran, Plamen Angelov, Nicolas Virlet and Malcolm J. Hawkesford, “Scalable Database Indexing and Fast
Image Retrieval Based on Deep Learning and Hierarchically Nested Structure Applied to Remote Sensing and Plant Biology”,
Journal of Imaging, 2019, 5, 33. doi:10.3390/jimaging5030033.
21. Lu Xu, Dongping Ming, Wen Zhou, Hanqing Bao, Yangyang Chen and Xiao Ling, “Farmland Extraction from High Spatial
Resolution Remote Sensing Images Based on Stratified Scale Pre-Estimation”, Remote Sens. 2019, 11, 108;
doi:10.3390/rs11020108
Authors: S.Dhanasekaran, B.S.Murugan, V.Vasudevan
Paper Title: An Intelligent Big Data Analytics System using Enhanced Map Reduce Techniques
207. Abstract: An Intelligent Big Data Analytics System using Enhanced Map Reduce Techniques include a set of
Methods, applications and strategy which helps the organization and industry to bring together the data and
1006-
information from outside sources and internal systems, as well as it is used to collect , classify, analysis and run
the queries against the data and prepare the report for effective decision making. The Enhanced Map Reduced 1010
Techniques based on K-Nearest Neighbor (KNN) clustering Strategy works efficient as well as in an effective
manner. We found that the existing MR – mafia sub space clustering Strategy have not performed effectively
.Many clustering techniques are adopted in real world data analysis for example customer behavior analysis,
medical data analysis, digital forensics, etc. The existing MR- mafia sub space clustering Strategy is inefficient
because of continuously increase in the data size, and overlaying of the data blocks .The proposed KNN
clustering Strategy mainly focused on the enhanced the Map Reduce techniques, and then to avoid the
unnecessary input and output data, optimize the data storage in order to achieve the best out sourcing of data
privacy. The proposed KNN clustering Strategy works effectively and that can be outsourced to cloud server.
Keyword: Big Data, Map Reduce, KNN clustering Strategy, Cloud Server, Subspace Clustering Strategy.
References:
1. MR-Mafia: Parallel Subspace Clustering Strategy Based on Map Reduce for Large Multidimensional Data sets, ZhipengGao,
YidanFan, and 2018 IEEE.
2. Dhanasekaran.S and Vasudevan.V. Multiple Intelligent Agent Coordination Strategy for Categorizing and Searching Appropriate
Cloud Services, IEEE Xplore Digital Library, (2018), 387-391.
3. S.Dhanasekaran, Dr.V.Vasudevan, “A Dynamic Multi-Intelligent Agent System for Enhancing the Cloud Service
Negotiation”, International Journal of Applied Engineering Research, vol. 10, no. 43, pp. 30469-30473, 2015.
4. Dhanasekaran.S & Vasudevan.V., A Smart Logical Multi agent System for Consolidating Suitable Cloud Services, International
Journal of Computer Science and Information Security,14 (9) (2016), 517-522.
5. Data Clustering using Map Reduce for Multidimensional Datasets, N.Vishnupriya1, Dr.F.Sagayaraj Francis2, International
Advanced Research Journal in Science, Engineering and Technology,Vol.2,Issue8,DOI10.17148/IARJSET. 2015. 2810, August
2015,
6. A novel Strategy for fast and scalable subspace clustering o f high- dimensional data, Amar deepKau r * and AmitavaDatta,
Journal of BigData, 2017, springer.
7. Dhanasekaran.S et al., De-noising of images from salt and pepper noise using Hybrid Filter, Fuzzy Logic Noise Detector and
Genetic Optimization Algorithm (HFGOA), Multimedia Tools and Applications Springer,78 (318) (2019), pp 1-17.
8. Dhanasekaran.S et al., "Brain Tumor Segmentation Using Convolutional Neural Networks In MRI Images", Journal of Medical
Systems, Springer, 43 (9) (2019), pp 1-17.
9. Parallel K-Means Clustering Based on MapReduce, Weizhong Zhao1,2, Huifang Ma1,2, and Qing He1, M.G. Jaatun, G. Zhao,
and C. Rong (Eds.): CloudCom 2009, LNCS 5931, pp. 674–679, 2009. c Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2009.
10. Partition based clustering of large datasets using map reduce framework an analysis of recent themes and direction Tanvir Habib
sardar,ZahidAnsari,http:// www.jourals.elsevier.com/future computing and informatics journal 3 2018.
11. Enhanced Map Reduce Techniques for Big Data
12. Analytics Based on K- Means Clustering, S.Dhanasekaran, B.S.Murugan and V.Vasudevan, IEEE International Conference on
Intelligent Techniques in Control, Optimization and Signal Processing – INCOS19, 2019.
Authors: R.Sumathi, M.Venkatesulu

Segmenting Images like MR Brain, Breast and Scintigraphy Thyroid Gland using Fuzzy C Means
Paper Title:
Based Morphological Reconstruction Filters
Abstract: Our study has introduced a new modified methodology using Fuzzy C Means clustering with
morphological reconstruction filters to segment the abnormal parts in multimodal images such as MR brain, MR
breast and scintigraphy thyroid gland.MR scanning is helpful to analyze the internal behavior of the tumor,
whereas scintigraphy scanning is used to analyze the shape and location of the gland and also prevent the
cancerous stage. We have used samples from public dataset like Harvard brain dataset for the brain, RIDER for
breast and TCGA – THCA for the thyroid gland. In the first step, we preprocessed the image by applying the
median filter which removes the noisy information present in the given input image. In the second step, Fuzzy C
Means clustering was used to segment the boundary of the abnormal part in the multimodal images. In the last
step, morphological reconstruction filters are used to segment the accurate shape and location of the abnormal
part in all the three multimodal images. The performance and the efficiency of the segmentation were computed
using the measures such as entropy, eccentricity, MSE, PSNR, sensitivity, specificity, accuracy and
computational time. The results from our modified method show an accurate segmentation for all
multimodalities images within 4ms and its accuracy rate is nearly 95% for all types of images when compared
with existing techniques such as K-means and GA with K- Means. A new modified method using Fuzzy C
means clustering with morphological reconstruction filters was applied to segment the abnormal part accurately
208.
with minimum duration in all multimodal images
1011-
Keyword: Image Segmentation, Median Filter, Fuzzy C Means Clustering, Performance Measures 1016
References:
1. Roushdy, “Comparative Study of Edge Detection Algorithms Applying on Gray Scale Noisy Image Using Morphological
Filters”, International Journal on Graphics, Vision and Image processing, 2006, Vol.6, pp.17-23
2. J.Kaur, A.Jindal, “Comparison of Thyroid Segmentation Algorithms in Ultrasound and Scintigrapgy Images”, International
Journal of Computer Applications. 2012,Vol 50, pp 24-27
3. Ng. PE and Ma. K, “A Switching Median Filter with Boundary Discriminative Noise Detection for Extremely Corrupted
Images”, IEEE Transaction on Image Processing, 2006, Vol.15, pp.1506-1516
4. R.Yang., Lin. Yin, M.Gabbouj, J.Astola, and Y.Neuvo,.“Optimal Weighted Median Filtering Under Structural Constraints”,
IEEE Transaction on Signal Processing, 1995, Vol. 43, pp. 591-604.
5. S.A.Agustin, S.Babu, “Thyroid Segmentation on US Medical Images: An Overview”. International Journal of Emerging
Technology and Advanced Engineering, 2012, Vol. 2, pp 398-404.
6. G.Kaur, V.Wasson,” Thyroid Gland Segmentation of Ultrasound Images Based on Neural Networks: A Review”, International
Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Science and Software Engineering, 2015, Vol. 5, pp. 338-341.
7. S.Lankton, A.Tannenbaum, “A. Localizing Region-Based Active Contours”, IEEE Transactions on Image Processing, 2008,
Vol.17, pp 2029–2039.
8. Y.K.Dubey M.M. Mushrif, “FCM Clustering Algorithms for Segmentation of Brain MR Images”, Advances in Fuzzy Systems,
2016
9. S.Sasikanth and S.Kumar, “Optimized clustering segmentation using heuristic algorithm (HA) with FCM for brain image
analysis”, Biomedical Research - Computational Life Sciences and Smarter Technological Advancement. 2rd 2018, pp S124-
132
10. W.Alomoush, A.Alrosan., N.Norwawi, Y.Alomari, D.Albashish, A.Almomani, M.Alqahtania, “Survey: Challenges of Image
Segmentation Based Fuzzy C-Means Clustering Algorithm”, Journal Of Theoretical And Applied Information Technology, 2008,
Vol. 96, pp 5153-70.
11. G.Gupta, V.Singh, “Brain Tumor segmentation and classification using FCM and support vector machine”, International
Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), 2017, Vol. 4, pp.792-96.
12. H.Kaur, Reecha Sharma, “Segmentation of Tumor Region from Brain MRI Images Using Fuzzy C-Means Clustering and Seeded
Region Growing”, IOSR Journal of Computer Engineering, 2006, Vol18, pp 20-24
13. S.P.Vijayalakshmi, S.Nair and S.Nithyalakshmi,” A FCM Based Approach For Automated Segmentation Of Breast Masses In
Mammograms”, International Journal of Computational Science and Information Technology (IJCSITY), 2016, Vol.4, pp. 39-47
14. L.Sun, J.He, X Yin, Y Zhang, J-H Chen, T Kron and M-Y Su, “An image segmentation framework for extracting tumors from
breast magnetic resonance images”, Journal of Innovative Optical Health Sciences, 2018, Vol.11, pp 1-15
15. S.Vesal, A.Diaz-Pinto, N.Ravikumar, S.Ellmann, A.Davari and A.Maier,” A, Semi-Automatic Algorithm for Breast MRI Lesion
Segmentation Using Marker-Controlled Watershed Transformation”, Conf proc IEEE Nuclear Science Symposium and Medical
Imaging Conference, 2017, pp 1-4
16. H.Alshanbari, S.Amain, J.Shuttelworth, K.Slman and M.Muslam, “Automatic Segmentation In Breast Cancer Using Watershed
Algorithm”, International Journal of Biomedical Engineering and Science (IJBES), 2012, pp 1-6
17. D.V.Becker, “Society of Nuclear Medicine Procedure Guideline for Thyroid Scintigraphy”, 1999
18. V.Gupta, ”Physiopathologic Atlas of Thyroid Scintigraphy”, Kathmandu University Medical Journal, 2007, Vol. 5, pp 583 -590
19. J.C.Bezdek, “Pattern Recognition with Fuzzy Objective Function Algorithms”,PlenumPress. 1981
20. J.C.Bezdek, L.O.Hal, L.P.Clarke,” Review of MR Image Segmentation Techniques Using Pattern Recognition”, Medical
Physics.1993,Vol. 20, pp.1033–1048
21. J.Serra, “ Image Analysis and Mathematical Morphology”, Academic press, 1982
22. R.C.Gonzalez, R.E.Woods R. E and S.L Eddins, “Digital Image Processing”, 3rd , Pearson Education International, 2007
23. C.Y.Chang, H-C Huang and S-J.Chen, “Thyroid Nodule Segmentation and Component Analysis in Ultrasound Images”,
Proceedings in Asia-Pacific Signal and Information Processing Association, Japan. 2009, pp 910-917
24. C-Yu Chang, Y-F Lei, C–H Tseng and S-R Shih, “Thyroid Segmentation and Volume Estimation in Ultrasound Images”, IEEE
Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2010, Vol.57, pp.1348-1357
25. J.Kaur, A.Jindal, “Segmentation Algorithms for Thyroid Scintigraphy Images”, International Journal of computer science and
Technology, 2012, Vol.3, pp 449 -451.
Authors: J. Susymary, P. Deepalakshmi
Paper Title: Machine Learning for Epidemiological Analysis in The Industrial Area for a Sustainable Life
Abstract: Pollution exposure and human health in the industry contaminated area are always a concern. The
need for industrialization urges to concentrate on sustainable life of residents in the vicinity of the industrial area
rather than opposing the industrialists. Literature in epidemiological studies reveal that air pollution is one of the
major problems for health risks faced by residents in the industrial area. Main pollutants in industry related air
pollution are particulate matter (PM2.5, PM10), SO2, NO2, and other pollutants upon the industry. Data for
epidemiological studies obtained from different sources which are limited to public access include residents’
sociodemographic characters, health problems, and air quality index for personal exposure to pollutants. This
combined data and limited resources make the analysis more complex so that statistical methods cannot
compensate. Our review finds that there is an increase in literature that evaluates the connection between
ambient air pollution exposure and associated health events of residents in the industrially polluted area using
statistical methods, mainly regression models. A very few applies machine learning techniques to figure out the
impact of common air pollution exposure on human health. Most of the machine learning approach to
epidemiological studies end up in air pollution exposure monitoring, not to correlate its association with
diseases. A machine learning approach to epidemiological studies can automatically characterize the residents’
exposure to pollutants and its associated health effects. Uniqueness of the model depends on the appropriate
exhaustive data that characterizes the features, and machine learning algorithm used to build the model. In this
contribution, we discuss various existing approaches that evaluate residents’ health effects and the source of
209. irritation in association with air pollution exposure, focuses machine learning techniques and mathematical
background for epidemiological studies for residents’ sustainable life.
1017-
1025
Keyword: Epidemiological studies, sustainable life, air pollutants, air pollution exposure, sociodemographic
characters, health problems, statistical methods, machine learning, mathematical background.
References:
1. M. Seifi, S. Niazi, G. Johnson, V. Nodehi, and M. Yunesian, “Exposure to ambient air pollution and risk of childhood cancers: A
population-based study in Tehran, Iran,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 646, pp. 105–110, January 2019.
2. P. Torres, J. Ferreira, A. Monteiro, S. Costa, M. C. Pereira, J. Madureira, A. Mendes, and J. P. Teixeira, “Air pollution: A public
approach for Portugal,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 643, pp. 1041–1053, December 2018.
3. K. Orru, S. Nordin, H. Harzia, and H. Orru, “The role of perceived air pollution and health risk perception in health symptoms
and disease: a population-based study combined with modelled levels of PM10,” International Archives of Occupational and
Environmental Health, vol. 91, Issue 5, pp. 581-589, July 2018.
4. A. Kamimura, B. Armenta, M. Nourian, N. Assasnik, K. Nourian, and A. Chernenko, “Perceived Environmental Pollution and Its
Health in China, Japan, and South Korea,” J Prev Med Public Health, vol. 50, Issue 3, pp. 188-194, April 2017.
5. C. Kreatsoulas, and S. V. Subramanian, “Machine learning in social epidemiology: Learning from experience,” SSM - Population
Health, vol. 4, pp. 347-349, April 2018.
6. B. Seligman, S. Tuljapurkar, and D. Rehkopf, “Machine Leaning approaches to the social determinants of health in the health and
retirement study,” SSM - Population Health, vol. 4, pp. 95-99, April 2018.
7. H. Orru, J. Idavain, M. Pindus, K. Orru, K. Kesanurm, A. Lang, and J. Tomasova, “Residents’ Self-Reported Health Effects and
Annoyance in Relation to Air Pollution Exposure in an Industrial Area in Estern-Estonia,” International Journal of Environmental
Research and Public Health, vol. 15, Issue 2, p. 252, February 2018.
8. A. D. Bergstra, B. Brunekreef, and A. Burdorf, “The Effect of industry-related air pollution on lung function and respiratory
symptoms in School Children,” Environment Health, vol. 17, Issue 1, p. 30, March 2018.
9. A. D. Bergsra, B. Brunekreef, and A. Burdorf, “The Mediating role of risk perception in the association between industry-related
air pollution and health,” Plos One, vol. 13, Issue 5, e0196783, May 2018.
10. A. Micheli, E. Meneghini, M. Mariottini, M. Baldini, P. Baili, F. Di Salvo, and M. Sant, “Risk of death for hematological
malignancies for residents close to an Italian petrochemical refinery: a population-based case-control study,” Cancer Causes
Control, vol. 25, pp. 1635-1644, October 2014.
11. J. Idavain, K. Julge, T. Rebane, A. Land, and H. Orru, “Respiratory symptoms, asthma and levels of fractional exhaled nitric
oxide in schoolchildren in the industrial areas of Estonia,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 650, pt. 1, pp. 65 -72, February
2018.
12. L. Bauleo, S. Bucci, C. Antonucci, R. Sozzi, M. Davoli, F. Forastiere, and C. Ancona, “Long-term exposure to air pollutants from
multiple sources and mortality in an industrial area: a cohort study,” Occup Environ Med, vol. 76, Issue 1, pp. 48 -57, January
2019.
13. F. Barbone, D. Catelan, R. Pistelli, G. Accetta, D. Grechi, F. Rusconi, and A. Biggeri, “A Panel study on Lung Function and
Bronchial Inflammation among Children Exposed to Ambient SO2 from an Oil Refinery,” International Journal of Environmental
Research and Public Health, vol. 16, p. 1057, March 2019.
14. S. Muttoo, L. Ramsay, B. Brunekreef, R. Beelen, K. Meliefste, and R. N. Naidoo, “Land use regression modelling estimating
nitrogen oxides exposure in industrial south Durban, South Africa,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 610 -611, pp. 1439-
1447, January 2018.
15. G. Hoek, “Methods for Assessing Long-Term Exposures to Outdoor Air Pollutants,” Curr Envir Health Rpt, vol. 4, pp. 450-462,
December 2017.
16. N. J. Aquilina, J. M. Delgado-Saborit, S. Bugelli, J. P. Ginies, and R. M. Harrison, “Comparison of Machine Learning
Approaches with a General Linear Model to Predict Personal Exposure to Benzene,” Environmental Science & Technology, vol.
52, Issue 19, pp. 11215-11222, August 2018.
17. L. D. Hill, A. Pillarisetti, S. Delapena, C. Garland, D. Pennise, A. Pelletreau, P. Koetting, T. Motmans, K. Vongnakhone, C.
Khammavong, M. R. Boatman, J. Balmes, A. Hubbard, and K. R. Smith, “Machine-learned modelling of PM2.5 exposures in
rural Lao PDR,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 676, pp. 811-822, August 2019.
18. T. Xue, Y. Zheng, D. Tong, B. Zheng, X. Li, T. Zhu, and Q. Zhang, “Spatiotemporal continuous estimates of PM2.5
concentrations in China, 2000-2016: A machine learning method with inputs from satellites, chemical transport model, and
ground observations,” Environment International, vol. 123, pp. 345-357, February 2019.
19. J. Taylor, C. Shrubsole, P. Symonds, I. Mackenzie, and M. Davies, “Application of an indoor air pollution metamodel to a
spatially-distributed housing stock,” Science of the Total Environment, vol. 667, pp. 390-399, February 2019.
20. B. N. Vu, O. Sanchez, J. Bi, Q. Xiao, N. N. Hansel, W. Checkley, G. F. Gonzales, K. Steenland, and Y. Liu, “Developing an
Advanced PM2.5 Exposure model in Lima, Peru,” Remote Sensing, vol. 11, p. 641, March 2019.
21. G. Marques, and R. Pitarma, “A Cost-Effective Air Quality Supervision Solution for Enhanced Living Environments through the
Internet of Things,” Electronics, vol. 8, p. 170, February 2019.
22. M. D. Adams, and D. Corr, “A Mobile Air Pollution Monitoring Data Set,” Data, vol. 4, p. 2, December 2018.
23. S. Dhingra, R. B. Madda, A. H. Gandomi, R. Patan, and M. Daneshmand, “Internet of Things Mobile – Air Pollution Monitoring
System (IoT-Mobair),” IEEE Internet of Things Journal, March 2019.
24. A. S. Mihaita, L. Dupont, O. Chery, M. Camargo, and C. Cai, “Evaluating air quality by combining stationary, smart mobile
pollution monitoring and data driven modelling,” vol. 221, February 2019.
25. Y. Wu, Y. Yang, H. Nishiura, and M. Saitoh, “Deep Learning for Epidemiological Predictions,” In SIGIR’18: The 41st
International ACM SIGIR Conference on Research and Development in Information Retrieval, July 8-12, 2018, Ann Arbor, MI,
USA, ACM, New York, NY, USA.
26. J. A. Stingone, O. P. Pandey, L. Claudio, and G. Pandey, “Using Machine learning to identify air pollution exposure profiles
associated with early cognitive skills among US Children,” Environmental Pollution, vol. 230, pp. 730-740, November 2017.
27. G. Polezer, Y. S. Tadano, H. V. Siqueira, A. F. L. Godoi, C. I. Yamamoto, P. A. de Andre, T. Pauliquevis, M. F. Andrade, A.
Oliveira, P. H. N. Saldiva, P. E. Taylor, and R. H. M. Godoi, “Assessing the impact of PM2.5 on respiratory disease using
artificial neural networks,” Environmental Pollution, vol. 235, pp. 394-403, April 2018.
28. E. M. Mowry, A. K. Hedstrom, M. A. Gianfrancesco, X. Shao, C. A. Schaefer, L. Shen, K. H. Bellesis, F. B. S. Briggs, T.
Olsson, L. Alfredsson, and L. F. Barcellos, “Incorporating machine learning approaches to assess to putative environmental risk
factors for multiple sclerosis,” Multiple Sclerosis and Related Disorders, vol. 24, pp. 135-141, August 2018.
29. M. J. Chen, P. H. Yang, M. T. Hsieh, C. H. Yeh, C. H. Huang, C. M. Yang, and G. M. Lin, “Machine Learning to relate PM2.5
and PM10 concentrations to outpatient visits for upper respiratory tract infections in Taiwan : A nationwide analysis,” World
Journal of Clinical cases, vol. 6, Issue 8, pp. 200-206, August 2018.
30. Z. Liu, K. Cheng, H. Li, G. Chao, D. Wu, and Y. Shi, “Exploring the potential relationship between indoor air quality and the
concentration of airborne culturable fungi: a combined experimental and neural network modeling study,” Environ Sci Pollut
Res, vol. 25, Issue 4, pp. 3510-3517, February 2018.
31. Z. Liu, H. Li, and G. Cao, “Quik estimation model for the concentration of indoor airborne culturable bacteria: an application of
machine learning,” Int J Environ Res Public Health, vol. 14, Issue 8, p. 857, July 2017.
32. S. Chen, and S. Wu, “Deep learning for identifying environmental risk factors of acute respiratory diseases in Beijing, China:
implications for population with different age and gender,” International Journal of Environmental Health Research, March 2019 .
33. S. Chen, L. Yang, S. Wu, and J. Li, “C4.5 classification-based quantitative analysis of risk factors for respiratory diseases,”, Chin
J Med Lib Inf Sci, vol. 25, Issue 8, pp. 35-41, 2016.
34. G. Zhang, B. E. Patuwo, and M. Y. Hu, “Forecasting with artificial neural networks: The state of the art,” International Journal of
Forecasting, vol. 14, pp. 35-62, 1998.
35. H. Li, Z. Zhang, and Z. Liu, “Application of Artificial Neural Networks for Catalysis: A Review,” Catalysts, vol. 7, Issue 10, p.
306, October 2017.
36. J. A. K. Suykens, and J. Vandewalle, “Least Squares Support Vector Machine Classifiers,” Neural Processing Letters, vol. 9,
Issue 3, pp. 293-300, June 1999.
37. Z. Liu, H. Li, X. Zhang, G. Jin, and K. Cheng, “Novel Method for Measuring the Heat Collection Rate and Heat Loss Coefficient
of Water-in-Glass Evacuated Tube Solar Water Heaters Based on Artificial Neural Networks and Support Vector Machine,”
Energies, vol. 8, Issue 8, pp. 8814-8834, August 2015.
38. Z. Lu, K. Liu, H. Li, X. Zhang, G. Jin, and K. Cheng, “Artificial Neural Networks-Based Software for Measuring Heat Collection
Rate and Heat Loss Coefficient of Wate-in-Glass Evacuated Tube Solar Water Heaters,” PLos One, vol. 10, Issue 12, p.
e0143624, December 2015.
39. D. B. Jani, M. Mishra, and P. K. Sahoo, “Application of artificial neural network for predicting performance of solid desicca nt
cooling systems - A review,” Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, vol. 80, pp. 352-366, December 2017.
40. M. Najarian, K. Snow, J. Lennon, and S. Kinsey, “Early childhood longitudinal study, birth cohort (ECLS-B),” Preschool-
Kindergarten 2007 Psychometric Report, April 2010.
41. EPA Technology Transfer Network: Air Toxics Website. National Air Toxics Assessments, 2013.
42. USDA Rural-urban Continuum Codes, 2003.
43. S. Sra, S. Nowozin, and S. J. Wright, “Optimization for Machine Learning,” MIT Press, 2011.
44. J. Zhang, “Gradient Descent based Optimization Algorithms for Deep Learning Models Training,” arXiv:1903.03614v1 [cs.LG],
March 2019.
45. J. Nocedal, and S. J. Wright, “Numerical Optimization,” Springer-Verlag New York, Inc, 1999
Authors: K.Muthamil Sudar, P.Deepalakshmi
Flow Based Intrusion Detection System for Software Defined Networking using Hybrid Machine
Paper Title:
Learning Technique
Abstract: Software Defined Networking and OpenFlow protocol have been recently emerged as dynamic and
promising framework for future networks. Even though, programmable features and logically centralized
controller leads to large number of security issues. To address the security problems, we have to impose
Intrusion Detection System module to continuously keep track of the network traffic and to detect the malicious
activities in the SDN environment. In this paper, we have implemented flow-based IDS with the help of hybrid
machine learning technique. By collecting the flow information from the controller, we classify the traffic,
extract the essential features and classify the attack using machine learning based classifier module. For
classifier, we have developed hybrid machine learning model with the help of Modified K-Means and C4.5
algorithm. Our proposed work is compared with single machine learning classifier and our experimental results
show that, proposed work can classify the normal and attack instances with accuracy of 97.66%.
Keyword: Software Defined Networking, SDN, Machine Learning, ML, Intrusion Detection System, IDS,
flow-based, K-Means, C4.5, hybrid ML
References:
1. Kreutz, D., Ramos, F. M., Verissimo, P., Rothenberg, C. E., Azodolmolky, S., & Uhlig, S. (2015). Software-defined networking:
A comprehensive survey. Proceedings of the IEEE, 103(1), 14-76.
2. Specification, O. S. (2015). Version 1.5. 0. Open Networking Foundation.
3. Liao, H. J., Lin, C. H. R., Lin, Y. C., & Tung, K. Y. (2013). Intrusion detection system: A comprehensive review. Journal of
Network and Computer Applications, 36(1), 16-24.
4. Nguyen, T. T., & Armitage, G. J. (2008). A survey of techniques for internet traffic classification using machine learning. IEEE
210. Communications Surveys and Tutorials, 10(1-4), 56-76.
5. Rathore, M. M., Ahmad, A., & Paul, A. (2016). Real time intrusion detection system for ultra-high-speed big data environments.
The Journal of Supercomputing, 72(9), 3489-3510.
1026-
6. Mehdi, S. A., Khalid, J., &Khayam, S. A. (2011, September). Revisiting traffic anomaly detection using software defined 1033
networking. In International workshop on recent advances in intrusion detection (pp. 161-180). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg.
7. Wang, R., Jia, Z., & Ju, L. (2015, August). An entropy-based distributed DDoS detection mechanism in software-defined
networking. In 2015 IEEE Trustcom/BigDataSE/ISPA (Vol. 1, pp. 310-317). IEEE.
8. Niyaz, Q., Sun, W., &Javaid, A. Y. (2016). A deep learning based DDoS detection system in software -defined networking
(SDN). arXiv preprint arXiv:1611.07400.
9. Shalini, S., &Vetriselvi, V. (2018). Intrusion Detection System for Software-Defined Networks Using Fuzzy System. In
Proceedings of the International Conference on Computing and Communication Systems (pp. 603-620). Springer, Singapore.
10. Song, S., Ling, L., &Manikopoulo, C. N. (2006, December). Flow-based statistical aggregation schemes for network anomaly
detection. In 2006 IEEE International Conference on Networking, Sensing and Control (pp. 786-791). IEEE.
11. Canbay, Y., &Sagiroglu, S. (2015, December). A hybrid method for intrusion detection. In 2015 IEEE 14th International
Conference on Machine Learning and Applications (ICMLA) (pp. 156-161). IEEE.
12. Shon, T., & Moon, J. (2007). A hybrid machine learning approach to network anomaly detection. Information Sciences, 177(18),
3799-3821.
13. Tsai, C. F., Hsu, Y. F., Lin, C. Y., & Lin, W. Y. (2009). Intrusion detection by machine learning: A review. expert systems w ith
applications, 36(10), 11994-12000.
14. Münz, G., Li, S., & Carle, G. (2007, September). Traffic anomaly detection using K-Means clustering. In GI/ITG Workshop
MMBnet (pp. 13-14).
15. Quinlan, J. R. (1996). Learning decision tree classifiers. ACM Computing Surveys (CSUR), 28(1), 71-72. 19
16. Quinlan, J. R. (1996, August). Bagging, boosting, and C4. 5. In AAAI/IAAI, Vol. 1 (pp. 725-730).
17. http://mininet.org/overview/
18. Kaur, S., Singh, J., &Ghumman, N. S. (2014, February). Network programmability using POX controller. In ICC CS International
Conference on Communication, Computing & Systems, IEEE (Vol. 138).
19. http://scapy.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
20. http://www.unb.ca/cic/datasets/nsl.html
21. Zhu, W., Zeng, N., & Wang, N. (2010). Sensitivity, specificity, accuracy, associated confidence interval and ROC analysis with
practical SAS implementations. NESUG proceedings: health care and life sciences, Baltimore, Maryland, 19, 67.
Authors: P.Chinnasamy, P.Deepalakshmi, V. Praveena, K.Rajakumari, P.Hamsagayathri
Paper Title: Blockchain Technology: A Step Towards Sustainable Development

Abstract: The goal of this research paper is to summarize the collected works on blockchain concepts,
blockchain application area, blockchain problems, and draw appropriate conclusions. Since Blockchain is
relatively an innovative technology, a representative sample of research is presented, spanning the last ten years,
starting with the early work in this field. Different types of Blockchain use and other digital ledger techniques
have been investigated, including their challenges, security and privacy issues. The key motivation of the review
study is to detect the most favorable direction for future use of blockchain and research challenges in blockchain.
211.
1034-
Keyword: Keywords: Blockchain, Bitcoin, Sustainable Supply chain, Smart Contract, Peer-Peer Networking,
Consensus. 1040
References:
1. D. Yaga, P. Mell, N. Roby and K. Scarfone, “Blockchain Technology Overview”, National Institute of Standards and Technology
Internal Report 8202, (2018), 1-66.
2. Edvard Tijan, Saša Aksentijevi, Katarina Ivani and Mladen Jardas, Blockchain Technology Implementation in Logistics,
Sustainability 2019, 11, 1185; doi:10.3390/su11041185
3. Manav Gupta, “Blockchain for dummies”, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
4. T. Swanson, Consensus-as-a-Service: A brief report on the emergence of permissioned, distributed ledger system, Report,
available online, Apr.
5. V.King and J.Saia, Scalable byzantine computation, ACM SIGACT News, 41, pp. 89-104, 2010.
6. Iuon-Chang Lin and Tzu-Chun Liao, “A Survey of Blockchain Security Issues and Challenges”, International Journal of Network
Security, Vol.19, No.5, pp. 653-659, 2017.
7. Archana Prahshanth Joshi, Meng Han, and Yan Wang, “A Survey on Security and privacy issues of Blockchain Technology”,
Mathematical Foundations of Computing, Vol.1, No.2,pp-121-147, 2018.
8. “Majority Attack.” Bitcoin Wiki, https://en.bitcoin.it/wiki/Majority_attack.
9. Jin Ho Park and Jong Huyk Park, “Blockchain Security in Cloud Computing: Usecases, Challenges and Solutions”, Symmetry,
Vol. 9, No. 164, pp. 1-13, 2017.
10. Xiaoqi Li, Peng Jiang, Ting Chen, Xiapu Luo, Qiaoyan Wen, “A Survey on the Security of Blockchain System”,
arXiv.1802.06993v2, 2018.
11. L. Luu, D.-H. Chu, H. Olickel, P. Saxena, A. Hobor, Making smart contracts smarter, in: The ACM
SIGSAC Conference on Computer and Communications Security, 2016, pp. 254-269.
12. N. Atzei, M. Bartoletti, T. Cimoli, A survey of attacks on ethereum smart contracts (sok), in: International Conference on
Principles of Security and Trust, 2017, pp. 164-186.
13. https://www.gartner.com/smarterwithgartner/5-trends-emerge-in-gartner-hype-cycle-for-emerging-technologies-2018/
Authors: M. J. Abinash, V. Vasudevan
Paper Title: Methodize of Block Chain Technology

Abstract: A blockchain is a collection of records with cryptography. All records or exchanging information
are checked by all members. Once enter the information’s into the blockchain record means, it will be never
changed or deleted. Distributed and Peer authentication technology is used in blockchain technology. A
blockchain is maintaining a record in decentralized with high secure manner, so all users are easily accessed.
Blockchain technology is mainly used in financial sectors and banking sectors. This new technology mainly used
in IoT, Gaming and entertainment sector, Government Public services, online fund transformation, etc. In today
world, blockchain technology mainly used exchanging the documents and money. In blockchain technology is
based on the bit coin money transaction. This bit of coin technology will be reducing the intermediate of the
money transformation. The main scope of the blockchain technology is both money related and non-financial
world.
212. Keyword: Blockchain, bit coin, cryptography.

References: 1041-
1. S. Nakamoto, “Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System,” Www.Bitcoin.Org, 2008, pp. 9.
2. S. Underwood, “Blockchain beyond bitcoin,” Commun. ACM, vol. 59, no. 11, 2016, pp. 15–17. 1045
3. G. Hurlburt, “Might the Blockchain,” no. April, pp. 12–16, 2016.V. Vapnik and V.Vapnik, Statistical learning theory Wiley.
New York,1998, pp.156-160.
4. B. Libert, M. Beck, and J. Wind, “How blockchain technology will disrupt financial services firms,” Knowledge@Wharton,
2016, pp. 2–7.
5. W. E. Summary and S. Plants, “Power and the Industrial Internet of Things ( IIoT ),” no. January, 2015, pp. 1–14.
6. U. S. D. of H. and H. Services, “Standards for privacy of individually identifiable health information; proposed rule.” Fed.
Regist., vol. 64, no. 212, pp. 59917, 1999.
7. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Security Standards: Technical Safeguards,” HIPAA Secur. Ser., vol. 2, 2007,
pp. 1–17.
8. Banerjee, “Block chain Technology: Supply Chain Insights from ERP”, Advances in Computers, Elsevier, 2108.
https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.adcom.2018.03.007
9. R. Yu et al., “Authentication with Block-Chain Algorithm and Text Encryption Protocol in Calculation of Social Network,”
IEEE Access, vol. 5, 2017, pp. 24944–24951.
10. K. Delmolino, M. Arnett, A. E. Kosba, A. Miller, and E. Shi, “Step by Step Towards Creating a Safe Smart Contract:
Lessons and Insights from a Cryptocurrency Lab.,” IACR Cryptol. ePrint Arch., 2015, p. 460.
Authors: V.Vaissnave, P.Deepalakshmi
Paper Title: An Artificial Intelligence based Analysis in Legal domain

Abstract: Around the world, legitimate information and common laws are available in raw form, but hard to
understand and not in organized form. All legitimate information is nowadays computerized since the legal
information gets generated on a regular basis in a huge volume due to increase of maritime (law) courts. The
automation tool to analyse this legal data can serve effectively for lawyers and law students, which can address a
lawyer’s role and can even become powerful to release such a role in future. The machine learning and deep
learning algorithms-based analysis systems apply these methods mainly for document classification. Legal
document translation, text classification, summarization, data forecasting and data obtainment are part of the
213. goals got from research charity. In this study, we review about the different methods of deep learning used in
legal tasks such as Legal data search, Legal document analytics, and Legal perspective interface. To solve
aggregate tasks, one can use the deep learning methods like, Recurrent Network Networks (RNN), Gated 1046-
Recurrent unit network (GRU), Long Short Term Memory networks (LSTM), Convolutional neural network 1051
(CNN). Through this review, we instituted that deep learning models are giving advanced performance.
Keyword: Legal system, Deep learning, Data analytics, Classification, Prediction, Artificial Intelligence
References:
1. Sugathadasa, K.,etal.:”Legal document retrieval using document vector embeddings and deep learning”.
In:Arai,K.Kapoor,S.,Bhatia,R.(eds)SAI 2018.AISC, vol.857,pp.160-175. Springer, Cham(2019).
2. Landthaler. J., Waltl,B.,Holl.P.,Mathes,F.”:Extending full text search for legal document collections using word
embeddings”.In:JURIX, pp.73-829(2016)
3. Undovia,S.,Meyers,A.,J.E: “A Comparative study of classifying legal documents with neural networks”. In:Federated
Conference on Computer Science and Information Systems. (FedCSIS),pp. 515-522.IEEE,Poland (2018).
4. Wei,F.,Qin,H.”:Empirical study of deep learning for text classification in legal document review”. In: IEEE International
Conference On Big Data(Big Data), pp.3317-3320. IEEE,USA(2018).
5. Da Silva, N.C.:Document type classification for Brazil's supreme court using a Convolutional Neural Network. In: The Tenth
Conference on Forensic Computer Science and Cyber Law-ICoFCS, pp. 7-11.Brazil(2018).
6. Elnaggar, A., Gebendorfer,C.,Glaser,I., Matthes, F.: “Multi-task classification. Multi-task deep learning for legal document
translation, summarization”, andarXiv preprint arXiv:1810.07513(2018).
7. Wang, Y.: “An unsupervised approach to relatedness analysis of legal language”. Master's thesis, University of Waterloo(2018).
8. Li, S.,Zhang, H., Ye,L.,Geo,X.,Fang,B.:”Evaluating the rationality of judicial decision with LSTM-based case modeling” In.:
IEEE Third International Conference On Data Science in Cyberspace(DSC),pp.392-397,IEEE, China (2018).
9. Son, N.T., Nguyen, L.M., Quoe, H.B., Shumazu, A.:” Recognizing logical parts in legal texts using neural architectures”. In:
Eighth International Conference on knowledge and Systems Engineering (KSE), pp. 252-257. IEEE, Vietnam (2016)
10. Chalkidis, I., Androutsopoulos, I: “A deep learning approach to contract element extraction”. In: JURIX, pp. 155-164 (2017)
11. Neil, J.O., Buitelaar, P., Robin, C., Brien, L.O.: “Classifying sentential modality in legal language: a use case in financial
regulations acts and directives”. In: Proceedings of the 16th Edition of the International Conference on Artificial Intellige nce
and Law, pp.159–168. ACM, USA (2017).
12. Rishi chhatwal ESQ legal AT & T services Inc. “Empirical evaluation of Active learning strategies in legal document review”
2017 IEEE International conference on Big Data.(BIGDATA).
13. John, A.K., Di Caro, L., Robaldo, L., Boella, G.: “Legalbot: a deep learning-based conversational agent in the legal domain”.
In: Frasincar, F., Ittoo, A., Nguyen, L.M., Métais, E. (eds.) NLDB 2017. LNCS, vol. 10260, pp. 267–273. Springer, Cham
(2017). https://doi. org/10.1007/978-3-319-59569-6_32 18.
14. Do, P.K., Nguyen, H.T., Tran, C.X., Nguyen, M.T., Nguyen, M.L.: Legal question answering using ranking SVM and deep
convolutional neural network. arXiv preprint arXiv: 1703.05320 (2017).
15. Kowsrihawat, K., Vateekul, P., Boonkwan, P.: Predicting judicial decisions of criminal cases from thai supreme court using bi-
directional GRU with attention mechanism. In: 5th Asian Conference on Defense Technology (ACDT), pp. 50 –55. IEEE,
Vietnam (2018).
16. Hashianov, A., Alomava, I., Nurhumbetvo, G.: lawyers intellectual tool for analysis of legal documents in Russian. (IC-AIAI)
International Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications and Innovations (2018)
17. https://interestingengineering.com/ai-vs-lawyers-the-future-of-artificial-intelligence-an.
18. Dipankar Chakrabarti Senior Member, ”Use of Artificial Intelligence to Analyse Risk in Legal Documents for a Better Decision
Support” Proceedings of TENCON 2018 - 2018 IEEE Region 10 Conference (Jeju, Korea, 28-31 October 2018)
19. GayleMcElvain∗ gayle.mcevlain@capitalone.com CapitalOne McLean,Virginia,USA:A “Non-factoid Question-Answering
System for the Legal Domain”
20. Kaiz Merchant B.E in Computer Engineering Dwarkadas J. Sanghvi College of Engineering Mumbai, India
merchant.kaiz@gmail.com,YashPande B.E in Computer Engineering Dwarkadas J. Sanghvi College of Engineering Mumbai,
India yash3096@gmail.com. “NLP Based Latent Semantic Analysis for Legal Text Summarization”.
21. AFNAN IFTIKHAR et al:”Information mining from criminal judgements of lahore high court”.Received February 23, 2019,
accepted April 21, 2019, date of publication May 8, 2019, date of current version May 20, 2019. Digital Object Identifier
10.1109/ACCESS.2019.2915352.
22. Guangyi Xiao et al: “Multitask CNN for classification classification of chinese legal question”, The Fourteenth IEEE
International Conference on e-Business Engineering.
23. K.BrantingB.WeissB.Brown “semi-supervised methods for explainable Legal Prediction”. The MITRE Corporation
McLean,VA,USA {lbranting,bweiss,bcbrown}@mitre. org.
24. Octavia-Maria S, et al:, “Exploring the Use of Text Classification in the Legal Domain” ASAIL 2017, June 2017, London,
United Kingdom.
25. Jerrold shoLegal Area Classification: “A Comparative Study of Text Classifiers on Singapore Supreme Court Judgments”
Domains @agc.gov.sg @smu.ac.in.
Authors: Mukilan K., Ramesh babu C., Muthukannan M.
Paper Title: Influence of Claim Management in Construction Industry

Abstract: Most construction projects are suffering from claims due to many reasons. Claim emergencies
have risen for ten years due to the critical political situation. These claims have a bad impact on all groups who
were work in the construction field. The impact of claim could be followed to cost overrun, loss of efforts and
suspension of work, contract termination. This investigation means to recognize the real reason for causes of
claim in construction and demonstrate their difference between respondent concerning individual, company and
organization traits. It also aims found the important factors in developing for the management of construction
project claim to predict claim occurrence and to mitigate the negative impact of a claim. The objective of the
study achieved through a valid questionnaire obtained from several construction companies. The questionnaire
survey was conducted involving the contractor, consultant, client point of view. The result of the questionnaire
encountered in the SPSS software for finding the major factor that affects the construction. The finding
214. demonstrates the absence of site attention to detect claims, detachment or inaccessible of related documents
proactively, and conflicts which develop during owner/contractor negotiation are all critical issue related with
1052-
the system of claim management. My work aims to distinguish the various claims through review paper and to
recognize the most impacted causes of claim in our region. 1061
Keyword: Claim, Construction, Management, Regression Analysis, Relative index method (RII).
References:
1. Abdul-Mala.: “The five commandments of construction project delay analysis”, Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, ASCE Vol.40, No.4, 1998.
2. Abebe Dinku and Girmay Kahssay.: “Claims in International Construction Projects In Ethiopia And Case Studies On Selected
Projects”’ Journal of EEA, Vol 20, September 2003.
3. Abhishek Shah, Rajiv Bhatt, J. J. Bhavsar.: “Types and Causes of Construction Claims”, International Journal of Engineering
Research & Technology (IJERT) Vol. 3 Issue 12, December-2014.
4. Blaikie.P.M: “Claims by contractors against owners”, Journal of Construction Engineering and Management ASCE Vol. 120,
No.3 1986.
5. Bu-Bshait and I.Manzanera.: “Claim Management”, Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE Vol.8,
No.4, 1990.
6. Chaitanya Khekale, Nityan and Futane. “Management of Claims and Disputes in the Construction Industry”. International
Journal of Science and Research (IJSR) Volume 4 Issue 5, May 2015.
7. Cook duke Cox tod and Kenny.: “Foundations of construction contracts”, Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, ASCE January/ February 1998
8. D. A. Vlatas, “Owner And Contractor Review To Reduce Claims”., Journal of Construction Engineering and Management,
ASCE Vol. 112, No. 1, March 1986.
9. Dickman.J.E, Nelson.M.C, “Construction claims, frequency and severity”, Journal of Engineering Research & Technology
(IJERT) Vol. 3 Issue 12, December-2012.
10. Edward J. Jaselskis, Jeffrey S. Russell.: “Predicting contract survey bond claims using contractor financial data”, Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, Vol.120, No. 2, June 1994.
11. George F. Jergeas, Francis T. Hartman.: “Contractors Construction Claims Avoidance”, Journal of construction e ngineering
and management, ASCE Vol. 120, No.3,
12. G.K.Kululanga, W. Kuotcha.: “Construction Contractors Claim Process Framework”. Journal of construction engineering and
management ASCE July/August 2011.
13. Jeffrey S. Russell, Edward J. Jaselskis.: “Predicting construction contractor failure before contract award”, Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, Vol.118, No. 4, December 1992.
14. Jeffrey S. Russell, Edward J. Jaselskis.: “Trends in construction contractor financial data”, Journal of Construction
Engineering and Management, Vol.119, No. 4, December 1993.
15. J. K. Yates and Alan Epstein.: “Avoiding and Minimizing Construction Delay Claim Disputes in Relational Contracting”,
Journal of professional issues in engineering education and practice, ASCE / April 2006.
16. J. K. Yates and Alan Epstein.: “Analytical Model for Analyzing Construction Claims and Opportunistic Bidding”, Journal of
construction engineering and management ASCE January/February 2004
17. Kandi.: Journal of Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE Vol. 135, No.9, September 1, 2009
18. Kraiem, Z. M and Diekmann, J.E.: “Concurrent delays in construction projects”, Journal of construction engineering and
management ASCE Vol. 120, No.3, September 1995.
19. M. A. U Mustafa, A. M., El-Saadi, M. H. &Abou-Zeid, M. G.: “Process Model for Administrating Construction Claims”,
Journal of Management in Engineering, April 2002.
20. M. M. Kumaraswamy.: “Conflicts, Claims and Disputes in Construction, Engineering”, Construction and Architectural
Management, Vol.4, No.2, 1997.
21. Mukilan.K : “A Qualitative Study and analysis of causes of disputes in a claim in the construction industry”, International
Journal of Civil Engineering And Technology, IJCIET volume 10, issue 01, Jan 2019
22. Nor Azmi Bakhary, Hamimah Adnan, Azmi Ibrahim.: “Critical Review on Improving the Claim Management Process in
Malaysia”, Journal of Education and Vocational Research Vol. 4, No. 7, July 2013.
23. P. Levin.: “Construction Contract Claims", Changes & Dispute Resolution”, Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, Vol.34, No.2, 1992
24. R. K. Cox.: “Managing Change Orders and Claims”, Journal of Management in Engineering, ASCE January/ February 1997.
25. S.Alkass, and F. Harris.: “Construction Contractor’s Claims Analysis”, Journal of Engineering and management, ASCE
Vol.19, No.1, 1991.
26. Stephen Scott.: “Delay Claim in U.K. Contracts”. Journal of construction engineering and management, September 1997.
27. Steve Scott, Richard Anthony Harris.: “United Kingdom Construction Claims”, Journal of construction engineering and
management, ASCE September/October 2004.
28. Wonkyoung Seo and Youngcheol Kang: “Performance Indicators for the Claim Management Process of Construction
Projects”, Journal of construction engineering and management ASCE January 2019
29. Dhaval Parikh; G. J. Joshi and D. A. Patel: “Development of Prediction Models for Claim Cause Analyses in Highway
Projects” Journal of Legal affairs and Dispute Resolution in Engineering and Construction Volume 11 Issue 4- November
2018
30. Tak Wing Yiu, Tingting Liu and Lai Chun Kwok: “Explicating the Role of Relationship in Construction Claim Negotiations”,
Journal of Construction Engineering and Management Volume 144 Issue 2 February 2018
Authors: R. Sivasankar, R. Sutharsan, G. Gobinath, T. Thiruvarulselvan.

Contrastive Analysis on Mechanical Properties of M Sand and River Sand Cement Mortar Bricks
Paper Title:
With Partial Restoration of Rice Husk Ash
Abstract: Normally Rice Husk Ash (RHA) is treated as agricultural waste that do not afford any human feed
products across the globe, these kind of agricultural waste can be converted into a convenient product and also
M sand is used as a substitute for the river sand, the proportions of river sand from 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 0%
were restored by M sand, along with that rice husk ash in various proportions from 0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%,
25%, 30% to determine the optimum percentage of rice husk ash without affecting strength properties of
bricks. The optimum restoration of 35% of RHA delivered the average compressive strength of 5.34 MPa which
is higher than that of common buildingbricks.
Keyword: RHA- Rice Husk Ash, M Sand – Manufacturing sand

215. References:
1. Jamil.M et al (2016),” Physical and chemical contributions of Rice Husk Ash on the properties of mortar” Construction and 1062-
Building Materials 128 (2016) 185–198.
2. Jamil M, Kaish A.B.M.A, Raman S.N, Zain M.F.M (2013), Pozzolaniccontributionof rice husk ash in cementitious system, Constr. 1065
Build. Mater. 47 (2013) 588–593.
3. Sutas .J, Mana.A(2012) “ Effect of Rice husk ash to properties of Bricks” I-SEEC 2011, Proceedia Engineering vol 32(2012)
pp.1061-1067.
4. IS: 2116 – 1980 (1998), “Specification for sand for masonry mortars”,Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, India.
5. IS 2386-1963 (part-III)”Determination of specific gravity, voids, absorption” Bureau of Indian standards,New Delhi,India.
6. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Effect of glass fibers, flyash and quarry ash on
Strength and Durability Aspects of Concrete – An Experimental Study”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and
Engineering, doi:10.1088/1757-899X/396/1/012001.
7. PL. Meyyappan, K.Kumaran, M.Gopalakrishnan and E. Harikrishnan (2018), “Experimental Investigation on the Effect of Silica
fume and Pumice stone in Developing Light Weight Concrete”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and Engineering,
doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012064.
8. PL. Meyyappan, P. Amuthakannan, R. Sutharsan and M. Ahamed Azik Ali (2019), “Utilization of M-Sand & Basalt Fiber in
Concrete: An Experimental Study on Strength and Durability Properties”, IOP Conference Series: Material Science and
Engineering, doi:10.1088/1757-899X/561/1/012035.
Authors: T. Premkumar, K. Shanmugam, V. Kandeeban
Paper Title: Implementation of Lean in Four-Wheel DriveFront Axle Sub Assy line
Abstract: This project deals with the Optimizing the process and eliminating the waste in Four Wheel Drive
front axle sub assembly line. Four wheel drive sub assembly line consist of 20 different sub-assemblies are
available. In which Axle housing sub assy takes more time to complete i.e. around 20.8 min which is more than
TAKT time. In this most fatigue operation is Bush pressing which is done by manual hammering. Due to the
manual hammering process TAKT time increases and improper bush assy into the axle housing which leads to
failure in the front axle function which results in warranty claims thus increasing the external cost to the
company. As the existing process is manual, the accuracy of the pressing operation is not to the standards, while
pressing the bush, there is no assurance of full placement of the bush in the axle, also the fatigue is more, and
there may be chances of lack of skill in the work. The interference tonnage is found to be 3 to 4 tonnes and so
the intensifier unit for the appropriate pressure is to be designed initially 100% inspection is done after bush
pressing to check correct position of bush assy, internal diameter of the bush using gauges, Further through
PFMEA critical process are identified for failure .
Keyword: SMED – Lean, SMED, PFMEA.

216.
References: 1066-
1. Abdulmaleka, F. and J. Rajgopalb. "Analysing the benefits of lean manufacturing and value stream mapping via simulation: A
process sector case study." International Journal of Production Economics 2007 1070
2. Alvarez, R., R. Calvo, et al.. "Redesigning an assembly line through lean manufacturing tools." International Journal of
Advanced Manufacturing Technology 2009.
3. Jaiprakash Bhamu, and KuldipSingh Sangwan, Lean manufacturing, Lean production, Emerald Group Publishing Limited
(2014) "
4. FarzadBehrouziKuan and YewWong, Lean performance manufacturing system a dynamic
innovative approach, Elsevier, 2011.
5. Maria Elena Nenni1, Luca Giustiniano and Luca Pirolo, Improvement of Manufacturing Operations through a Lean
Management Approach: A Case Study in the Pharmaceutical Industry, Intech,2014.
6. Perumal puvanasvaram , Hamdan Megar, Lean process management implementation, Journal of industrial
engineering and management, 2009.
7. Qian Wang and Nick Bennett, Integration of Lean Approaches to Manage a Manual Assembly System, Scientific research
publishing, 2014.
8. R.Sundaram,A.N Balaji and R.M. SatheeshKumarc A Review on Lean Manufacturing Implementation Techniques,
Elsevier,2014
9. Shawkat Imam Shakil and Mahmud Parvez, Application of Lean Manufacturing in a Sewing Line for Improving Overall
Equipment Effectiveness (OEE), Scientific research publishing ,2018.
10. Sharma Neha and Matharou Gurpreet Singh , Kaur Simran3 , Gupta Pramod, Lean Manufacturing Tool and Techniques in
Process Industry, International Journal of Scientific Research and Reviews(IJSRR)2013.
Narayanan Selvapalam, Ramesh Prakash, M. Sivasubramanian, Karuppasamy Karpagalakshmi,
Authors:
Paper Title: Amino Acid as Capping Agent for Electrolytic Synthesis of Copper Nanoparticles
Abstract: Copper nanoparticles are the excellent resources for several applications, that include future nano-
based circuits, wound healing materials and many more. Here, we have explored the synthesis of copper
nanoparticles by electrolytic method of reduction using amino acids as capping agent. Unlike the other methods
of nanoparticles, electrolytic synthesis is a non-toxic way of preparation and our amino acid capped copper
nanoparticles were analyzed by SEM and XRD
Keyword: Electrolytic method, Copper nanoparticles, Amino acids, capping agent.

References:
1. Y. Xiao, F. Patolsky, E. Katz, J.F. Hainfeld and I. Willner, “Plugging into Enzymes": Nanowiring of Redox Enzymes by a Gold
Nanoparticle” Science vol. 299, March 2003, pp 1877-1881,
217. 2. R. Paull, J. Wolfe, P. Hebert, and M. Sinkula, “Investing in nanotechnology”, Nature Biotechnology, vol. 21, October 2003, pp
1134-1147. 1071-
3. E. Katz, I. Willner, “Integrated Nanoparticle–Biomolecule Hybrid Systems: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications” Angew.
Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. Vol. 43 November. 2004, pp 6042-6108, 1074
4. A. G. Tkachenko, H. Xie, Y. L. Liu, D. Coleman, J. Ryan, W. Glomm, M. K. Shipton, S. Franzen and D. L. Feldheim, “Cellular
Trajectories of Peptide-Modified Gold Particle Complexes:  Comparison of Nuclear Localization Signals and Peptide
Transduction Domains” Bioconjugate Chem. Vol.15 pp. April 2004, 482-490,
5. D. Zhang, R. Wang, M. Wen, D. Weng, X. Cui, J. Sun, H. Li and Y. Lu, “Synthesis of Ultralong Copper Nanowires for High -
Performance Transparent Electrodes” J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 134, July 2012, .pp. 14283 –14286,
6. Z. Liu, J. Xu, D. Chen and G. Shen, “Flexible electronics based on inorganic nanowires” Chem. Soc. Rev., vol. 44, January
2015, 161 –192,
7. Y. Liu, Z. Liu, N. Lu, E. Preiss, S. Poyraz, M. J. Kim and X. Zhang, “
Facile synthesis of polypyrrole coated copper nanowires: a new concept to engineered core–shell structures” Chem. Commun.,
vol. 48, January 2012, 2621 – 2623,
8. S. Poyraz, Z. Liu, Y. Liu, N. Lu, M. J. Kim and X. Zhang, “One-step synthesis and characterization of poly(o-toluidine)
nanofiber/metal nanoparticle composite networks as non-enzymatic glucose sensors” Sens. Actuators, B. , vol. 201, October
2014, 5 65 –74.
9. Y. Wei, S. Chen, B. Kowalczyk, S. Huda, T. P. Gray and B. A. Grzybowski, “Synthesis of Stable, Low-Dispersity Copper
Nanoparticles and Nanorods and Their Antifungal and Catalytic Properties” J. Phys. Chem. C, vol. 114, August 2010, 15612 –
15616
10. Z. Liu, Y. Liu, L. Zhang, S. Poyraz, N. Lu, M. Kim, J. Smith,Wang, Y. Yu and X. Zhang, “Controlled synthesis of transition
metal/conducting polymer nanocomposites” Nanotechnology, vol. 23, July 2012, pp. 335603.
11. Y-Q Liu, M. Zhang, F-X. Wang and G-B. Pan, “Facile microwave-assisted synthesis of uniform single-crystal copper
nanowires with excellent electrical conductivity” RSC Adv., vol. 2, 11235-11237, Oct. 2012.
12. A. R. Rathmell, S. M. Bergin, Y. Hua, Z. Li and J. Benjamin, “The Growth Mechanism of Copper Nanowires and Their
Properties in Flexible, Transparent Conducting Films” Wiley, Adv. Mater., vol. 22, August. 2010, 3558-3563,
13. Unpublished work: “Size Controllable Electrochemical Method of Preparation of Copper Nanoparticles with Various Capping
Agents” IJRTE, submitted for publication.
14. R. Prakash, G. Usha, L. Piramuthu and N. Selvapalam, “Facile Detection of Cucurbit[7]uril by Rhodamine B-decorated
Nanoparticles” Chem. Lett., vol. 46, September. 2017, 1300 – 1303,
15. R. Subapriya and S. Nagini, “Medicinal Properties of Neem Leaves: A Review” Current Medicinal Chemistry - Anti-Cancer
Agents, Vol. pp. March. 2005, pp. 149-156,
16. J. Robbins “The excitation and inhibition of crustacean muscle by amino acids”J. Physiol., Vol. 148, October 1959, pp 39-50
17. M. T. Reetz, M. Winter, R. Breinbauer, T. Thurn-Albrecht, W. Vogel, “Size‐Selective Electrochemical Preparation of
Surfactant‐Stabilized Pd‐, Ni‐ and Pt/Pd Colloids” Chem.s Eur. J., vol. 7, March. 2001, pp. 1084-1094,
18. S. S. Chang, C. W. Shih, C. D. Chen, W.-C. Lai, C. R. C. Wang, “The Shape Transition of Gold Nanorods”, Langmuir, vol. 15,
March 1999, pp 701-709,.
19. J-C. Yu, F-G. Zhao, W. Shao, C-W. Ge and W-S. Li, “Shape-controllable and versatile synthesis of copper nanocrystals with
amino acids as capping agents”, Nanoscale, vol. 7, April 2015, pp 8811-8818,
20. T. Theivasanthi and M. Alagar “Nano sized copper particles by electrolytic synthesis and characterizations”, International
Journal of the Physical Sciences vol. 6, August, 2011, pp. 3662-3671,
Authors: M. Thiruppathi, K. Leeladevi, C. Ramalingan, E. R. Nagarajan

Construction of Novel Zinc Vanadate Nanostructure: a Promising Visible-Light Active Photocatalyst
Paper Title:
for the Degradation of Methylene Blue
Abstract: In this study, novel zinc vanadate (ZnV2O6) nanoparticles were prepared using simple
hydrothermal method. The morphology and structure properties of ZnV2O6 were characterized by various
spectroscopic techniques such as SEM, EDX, XRD and DRS Spectroscopy. The prepared ZnV2O6 was used as
photocatalyst for the degradation of methylene blue dye solution under visible light irradiation which degrades
within 70 min with excellent reusability and stability of the catalyst up to 4th run.
Keyword: Methylene blue, Degradation, ZnV2O6, Visible light.

References:
1. S. Dong, J. Feng, M. Fan, Y. Pi, L. Hu, X. Han, M. Liu, J. Sun, J. Sun, “Recent developments in heterogeneous photocatalytic
water treatment using visible light-responsive photocatalysts: A review,” RSC Advances, Vol. 5, pp. 14610-14630, 2015.
2. D.J. Garcia, F. You, “The water-energy-food nexus and process systems engineering: A new focus”, Computers and Chemical
Engineering, Vol. 91, pp. 49-67, 2016.
3. H.M. Pinheiro, E. Touraud, O. Thomas, “Aromatic amines from azo dye reduction: Status review with emphasis on direct UV
218. spectrophotometric detection in textile industry wastewaters”, Dyes and Pigments, Vol. 61, pp. 121-139, 2004.
4. O. Amuda, I. Amoo, O. Ajayi, “Performance optimization of coagulant/flocculant in the treatment of wastewater from a beverage 1075-
industry”, Journal of Hazard Materials, Vol. 129, pp.69-72, 2006.
5. S. Ghafari, H.A. Aziz, M.H. Isa, A.A. Zinatizadeh, “Variability of parameters involved in leachate pollution index and 1078
determination of LPI from four landfills in malaysia”, Journal of Hazardous Materials, Vol. 163, pp. 650-656, 2009.
6. H. Wang, L. Zhang, Z. Chen, J. Hu, S. Li, Z. Wang, J. Liu, X. Wang, “Semiconductor heterojunction photocatalysts: Design,
construction, and photocatalytic performances”, Chemical Soicety Reviews, Vol. 43, pp. 5234-5244, 2014.
7. Fujishima, T.N. Rao, D.A. Tryk, “Investigation of photocatalytic degradation of methyl orange by using nano -sized ZnO
catalysts”, Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology C; Photochemistry Reviews, Vol. 1, pp. 1-21, 2000.
8. M. Thiruppathi, J.V. Kumar, M. Vahini, C. Ramalingan, E.R. Nagarajan, “A study on divergent functional properties of sphere -
like CuWO4 anchored on 2D graphene oxide sheets towards the photocatalysis of ciprofloxacin and electrocatalysis of methanol”,
Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Electronics, Vol 30, pp. 10172-10182, 2019.
9. M. Arunpandian, K. Selvakumar, A. Raja, P. Rajasekaran,
M. Thiruppathi, E.R. Nagarajan, S. Arunachalam, “Fabrication of novel Nd2O3/ZnO-GO nanocomposite: An efficient
photocatalyst for the degradation of organic pollutants”, Colloids and Surface A; Physicochemical and Engineering Aspect, Vo l.
567, pp. 213-227, 2019.
10. Bafaqeer, M. Tahir, N.A.S. Amin, “Synthesis of hierarchical ZnV2O6 nanosheets with enhanced activity and stability for visible
light driven CO2 reduction to solar fuels”, Applied Surface Science, Vol. 435, pp. 953-962, 2018.
11. C. Mondal, M. Ganguly, A.K. Sinha, J. Pal, R. Sahoo, T. Pal, “ Robust cubooctahedron Zn3V2O8 in gram quantity: A
material for photocatalytic dye degradation in water”, Cryst. Eng. Comm., Vol. 15, pp. 6745-6751, 2013.
Authors: C.Marimuthu, S.Vidya, S. Diwakaran
Paper Title: Biogas Production from Poultry Wastewater using Anaerobic Digester
Abstract: Experimental work was carried out for the production of Biogas from poultry waste water. The
Poultry waste was collected from farm near Nagercoil at Kanyakumari District. Batch anaerobic digester was
219. designed for 20L capacity. The experiment was carried out for 36 days to monitor the performance. Various
parameters like pH, TS, COD have checked for every 24hours. The Production of biogas was measured by water
1079-
displacement method. The methane content was analyzed by gas chromatography test. Based on the
experimental data, kinetics studies have done for various models like Line Weaver-Burk method, Eadie-Hofstee 1083
method, Hanes-Woolf method. The Eadie-Hofstee Method has provided better prediction than other method.
These results thus indicate that, Eadie-Hofstee Method is best to identify the growth rate, substrate concentration
and Limiting Substrate Concentration of the system. The sludge of the poultry wastewater and digester were
characterized by SEM analysis. The imaging was done to determine the morphological structure of the sludge
and to view the bacterial growth on the surface of the sludge.
Keyword: Anaerobic Digester, Biogas, Kinetic studies Poultry waste.

References:
1. Y.Jiang ,S.Heaven , C.J.Bamks.., “Strategies for stable anaerobic digestion of vegetable waste,” Renewable Energy, 2012, 44, pp.
206-214.
2. Zheng-Bo Yue , Jin Wang , Xio-Meng Liu , Han-Qing Yu, “Comparison of rumen microorganism and digester sludge dominated
anaerobic digesion process for aquatic plants,” Renewable Energy, 2012, 46, pp. 255-258.
3. V.N.Nkemka ,M.Muto , “Two-stage anaerobic dry digestion of blue mussel and reed,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 50, pp. 359-364.
4. Metcalf , Eddy , “Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse,” 4th ed, TATA McGraw-Hill Ed, 2007, pp. 1005 -01017
5. Azamjeihanipour , SolmazAslanzadeh , KarthikRajendran , GopinathBalasubramanian, “High-rate biogas production from waste
textiles using a two-stage process,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 52, pp. 128-135.
6. Yan-Yan Ning , Shao-Feng Wang , Da-Wei Jin , Hideki Harada , Xian-Yang Shi, “Formation of hydrogen-producing granules
and microbial community analysis in a UASB reactor,” Renewable Energy, 2013, 53, pp. 12-17.
7. J.Havukainen ,V.Uusitalo , A.Niskanen , V.Kapustina , M.Horttanainen, “Evaluation of methods for estimating energy
performance of biogas production,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 66, pp. 232-240.
8. Maria M.Estevex , ZehraSapci , Roar Linjordet , John Morken, “Incorporation of fish by-product into the semi-continuous
anaerobic co-digestion of pre-treated lignocellulose and cow manure, with recovery of digestate’s nutrients,” Renewable Energy,
2014, 66, pp. 550-558.
9. Pengchong Zhang , Che-Jen Lin , James Liu , PruekPongprueksa , Simon A. Evers , Peter Hart , “Biogas production from brown
grease using a pilot-scale high-rate anaerobic digester,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 68, pp. 304-313.
10. Marek Markowski, Ireneusz Bialobrzewski , Marcinzielinski , Marcin Debowski , Miroslawkrzemieniewski., “Optimizing low-
temperature biogas production from biomass by anaerobic digestion,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 69, pp. 219-225.
11. P.G.kougias, T.A.Kotsopoulos, G.g.Martzopoulos, “Effect of feedstock composition and organic loading rate during the
mesophilic co-digestion of olive mill wastewater and swine nmanure,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 69, pp. 202-207.
12. ElisavetTheofanous, NicolettaKythreotou, GregorisPanayiotou, GeorgiosFlorides, IoannisVyrides, “Energy production from
piggery waste using anaerobic digestion:Current status and potential in Cyprus,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 263-270.
13. James D.Browne , Jerry D,Murphy.,” The impact of increasing organic loading in two phase digestion of food waste,” Renewable
Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 69-76.
14. MehranAndalib , ElsayedElbeshbishy , Nizar Mustafa , hisham Hafez , George Nakhla , Jesse Zhu., “Performance of an
anaerobic fluidized bed bioreactor(AnFBR) for digestion of primary municipal wastewater treatment biosolids and bioethanol
thin stillage,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 71, pp. 276-285.
15. Ryan J. Lopez , Scott R Higgins , EulynPagaling , Tao Yan , Michael J.Cooney., “High rate anaerobic digestion of wastewater
separated from grease trap waste,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 62 pp. 234-242.
16. S.Tedesco , T.MarreroBarroso , A.G.Olabi., “Optimization of mechanical pre-treatment of Laminariaceae spp. Biomass-derived
biogas,” Renewable Energy, 2014, 62, pp. 527-534.
17. G.L.Karia ,R.A.Christian., Wastewater Treatment Concepts and Design Approach., 2nd Edition, PHI Publication,
18. J. Gelegenis et al, “Optimization of biogas production by co-digesting whey with diluted poultry manure” , Renewable Energy,
2007, 32. Pp. – 2147-2160
Authors: Sangilimuthukumar J, Winowlin Jappes J T, Siva I, Brintha N C
Paper Title: The Low Cost, High Performance Material for Automotive Application
Abstract: Recently, composite materials are used in various automotive applications. The reasons for
composite materials are low weight and can withstand high strength. The present work focuses on the
preparation and characterization of some advanced Fiber metal laminate (FML) like Al/BF with epoxy, Al/CF
with epoxy, Al/GF with epoxy and its automotive application. Fiber metal laminate is the arrangement of metal
fiber, resin in required stacking order. The required fiber metal laminate was fabricated using compression
moulding process and the samples were subjected to wide range of mechanical and thermo mechanical
characterizations such as tensile strength, impact, erosion wear and flammability test respectively. All the tests
are done as per ASTM standards. The applicability and replaceability of the material with conventional
automotive materials were studied and results were tabulated.
Keyword: FML, Aluminium (Al), Basalt fiber (BF), Glass Fiber (GF), Ceramic Foam (CF), compression
220. moulding, mechanical, thermo-mechanical properties, automotive application.
1084-
References:
1. Grigoriou, K., & Mouritz, A. P. (2018). Modelling and testing of fibre metal laminates and their constituent materials in fire. 1087
Composite Structures, (May), 25–35.
2. Majerski, K., Surowska, B., & Bienias, J. (2018). The comparison of effects of hygrothermal conditioning on mechanical
properties of fibre metal laminates and fibre reinforced polymers. Composites Part B: Engineering, 142, 108–116.
3. Sharma, A. P., Khan, S. H., Kitey, R., & Parameswaran, V. (2018). Effect of through thickness metal layer distribution on the low
velocity impact response of fiber metal laminates. Polymer Testing, 65(October 2017), 301–312.
4. Aghamohammadi, H., Hosseini Abbandanak, S. N., Eslami-Farsani, R., & Siadati, S. M. H. (2018). Effects of various aluminum
surface treatments on the basalt fiber metal laminates interlaminar adhesion. International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 84,
184–193.
5. Mohammed, I., Rahim, A., Talib, A., Thariq, M., Sultan, H., Jawaid, M., … Saadon, S. (2018).com Mechanical Properties of
Fibre-Metal Laminates Made of Natural/Synthetic Fibre Composites, 13(1), 2022–2034.
6. Trzepiecinski, T., Kubit, A., Kudelski, R., Kwolek, P., & Obłój, A. (2018). Strength properties of aluminium/glass-fiber-
reinforced laminate with additional epoxy adhesive film interlayer. International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 85, 29–36.
7. Chandrasekar, M., & Jawaid, M. (2016). An experimental review on the mechanical properties and hygrothermal behaviour of
fibre metal laminates.
8. Patil, N. A., Mulik, S. S., Wangikar, K. S., & Kulkarni, A. P. (2018). Characterization of Glass Laminate Aluminium Reinforced
Epoxy- A Review. Procedia Manufacturing, 20, 554–562.
9. Surowska, B., & Outline, C. (2017). Properties and characterization of fiber metal laminates.
10. Das, R., Chanda, A., Brechou, J., & Banerjee, A. (2016). 17- Impact Behaviour of FML. Dynamic Deformation, Damaged and
Fracture in Composites materials and structures.
Authors: Vignesh Sreekandan Nair*, Jothiraj Palaniappan, Vasanth Prasad, Winowlin Jappes J T
Paper Title: Development of Protective Industrial Mask for Working in Clensol Environment
Abstract: The proper mixing of the fuel and the air before the entry of engine makes the automobile
vehicles to function properly. This accurate mixing can be obtained with the solitude
great performance of carburetors. The performance of the carburetors is being checked continuously with
sequential development during manufacturing processes. Once the development of the carburetor with the
coverings is completed, their performances are in need to be checked. As the fuel used possess characteristics
such as high reactivity with atmospheric oxygen, lesser density and high volatility, it cannot be used in the
testing process. Hence fuel with the equivalent chemical formula as that of petrol is to be chosen and was found
to be clensol. Owing to the above reasons, it is used to test the performance of carburetor especially for
inspecting the movement of float and to detect leakage and so on. Hence they are used to test the performance of
the carburetor as movement of float, leakage etc. Though this chemical seems to be a gift for the industry, it
seems to have a lot of disadvantages because of this highly volatility which greatly placed the major role in
decrementing the respiratory health of human work force leading to the throat infection, lung infection and often
results in dermatological issues. Despite protective mask which are being provided by the industries to the work
in order to avoid direct inhalation of volatile clensol. The detrimental effects were found not to be reduced up to
the mark. Hence, this project deals with the development of mask with the suitable materials which will reduce
the amount of clensol penetration in the inhaling air. The
reduction of clensol level in the developed mask was tested and tabulated.
221.
Keyword: Carburretors, Clensol, Protective mask, Safety. 1088-
References: 1091
1. LarryE.Bowen Southern Research Institute, Birmingham, Alabama Does That Face Mask Really Protect You?
2. Linn Iren Vestly Bergh a,b,1, Arne Jarl Ringstad Gerard I.J.M. Zwetsloot. Psychosocial risks and hydrocarbon
leaks: an exploration of their relationship in the Norwegian oil and gas industry.
3. Respiratory Protection for Airborne Exposures to Biohazards Technical data bulletin
4. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1999. Hinds, W.C.: Aerosol Technology: Properties, Behavior and Measurement of Airborne
Particles.
5. TerjeAvena, 2011On risk assessment in the petroleum activities on the Norwegian and UK continental shelves
6. Anne MetteBjerkanHealth, environment, safety culture and climate – analysing the relationships to occupational
accidents
7. Aven and Pitblado, 1998; Vinnem et al., 2006, Barrier and operational risk analysis of hydrocarbon releases (BORA-Release):
Part I. Method description
8. Eninger, R.M., Adhikari, A., Reponen, T., and S.A. Grinshpun. Differentiating Between Physical and Viable
Penetrations.When Challenging Respirator Filters with Bioaerosols. Clean 36(7), 615-621; 2008.
9. A Morgan, A Holmes.Concentrations and characteristics of amphibole fibres in the lungs of workers exposed to
crocidolite in the British gas-mask factories, and elsewhere, during the second world war.
10. AtulDahiya, M. G. Kamath, Raghavendra R. Hegde (Hsu-Yeh Huang and Xiao Gao), Spunbond Technology Updated,April,
2004
11. Comparison of biodegradation of low-weight hydroentangled raw cotton nonwoven fabric and that of commonly used
disposable nonwoven fabrics in aerobic Captina silt loam soil
12. Weick and Sutcliffe, 2007, Psychosocial risks and hydrocarbon leaks: an exploration of their relationship in the Norwegian
oil and gas industry Stanton et al., 2005.
13. Ted.Aulich, Xinming He, Ames A.Grisanti and Curtis L.Knudson.Gasoline Evaporation- Ethanol and nonethanol blends.
Authors: Raj Pradeesh T, Venkumar P, Ramapandian A
Paper Title: Identification of Hazards and Safety Measures in Food Processing Industry
Abstract: The investigation of this study mainly target the food manufacturing machinery equipment’s by
conducting the risk assessment to identify high potential risk areas . The Risk assessment was carried out by
using a tool known as MACHINE SAFETY RISK ASSESSMENT (MSRA) (Machine Safety Risk Assessment)
.The focus of the work is an analysis of work demands being placed on Food manufacturing industry to the
Limited workers, as there is a potential problems. MACHINE SAFETY RISK ASSESSMENT (MSRA) tool
helps to identify the problems in a machine by directly investigating with the workers. In this investigation some
222. major 25 machineries are taken for the assessments purpose. With the help of this investigations the major high
potential hazards and most potential machinery areas can be easily identified. The results of this machinery risk
assessments should be communicated to all relevant persons or groups who were not themselves involved in 1092-
completing the assessment. Depending on the nature and scope of the assessment, this could include personnel
directly involved in the activities, as well as those responsible for supervising or managing the activities. 1097
Communication is typically best carried out by the individual(s) who lead the risk assessment. The assessment
concludes about 54% of hazards are happened due to the packing machinery sections, 24% of accidents causes
in mixing machinery units while the oven and loading area reaches 10 to 12% of the accidents in the food
manufacturing plants.
Keyword: Hazards, Risk, Assessment, Machine, Food manufacturing.
References:
1. E.De Boeck, L.Jacxsens.,M.Bollaerts., & P.Vlerick. “Food safety climate in food processing organizations: development and
validation of a self-assessment tool”. Trends in Food Science & Technology,Vol 46(2), 2015,242-251.
2. S.Costigan., & J.Lopez-Belmonte. “An approach to allergy risk assessments for e-liquid ingredients”. Regulatory Toxicology and
Pharmacology, Vol.87,2017, 1-8.
3. K.Eliasson., P.Palm.,T.Nyman.,& M.Forsman.“Inter-and intra-observer reliability of risk assessment of repetitive work without an
explicit method”. Applied ergonomics,Vol 62,2017, 1-8.
4. M.A.Hamka. “Safety risks assessment on container terminal using hazard identification and risk assessment and fault tree analysis
methods”. Procedia engineering, Vol 194, 2017, 307-314.
5. R.Proskovics., G.Hutton., R.Torr., & M.N. Scheu, . “Methodology for Risk Assessment of Substructures for Floating Wind
Turbines”. Energy Procedia,Vol 94,2016, 45-52.
6. A.A.Gonzalez., S.A.Patroni., & J.G.Vidal. “Developing competencies in the process of hazard identification in an enterprise
related to the field of logistic and food”. Procedia Manufacturing, Vol.3, 2015, 5052-5058..
7. L.Tang, Z.Li., Y.Zhao, J. Qin, & L.Lin.“Life Cycle Oriented Hazards Identification for Tailings .Facility”. Procedia
Engineering, Vol.43,2012, 282-287...
8. J.Tupa, J.Simota., & F.Steiner.“Aspects of risk management implementation for Industry 4.0. Procedia Manufacturing”,Vol. 11,
2017,1223-1230..
9. F.Goerlandt., N.Khakzad., &G.Reniers “Validity and validation of safety-related quantitative risk analysis: A review”. Safety
Science, Vol.99,2017, 127-139.
Authors: Avinash Shinde, I. Siva
Paper Title: AWJM Performance Measurement of Sandwich Composites

Abstract: Sandwich composites, wherein the skin and core fulfills the requirement of different properties,
like in foam sandwich structure, foam is providing damping and skin provides rigidity to the structure. In this
work a sandwich panels with foam core and glass/polyester skin is fabricated by vacuum infusion technique.
Abrasive water-jet drilling of these materials is performed to study the effect of standoff distance (SOD),
Water Jet Pressure (JP) and Traverse Rate (TR) on kerf taper and surface roughness and Material Removal Rate
(MRR). The experiment is designed using Taguchi’s L9 orthogonal array. The ANOVA is done to study the
influence of input parameters on output. It is found that SOD is the most influencing parameter on the kerf taper
and surface roughness..
Keyword: AWJM, Sandwich, Composite, Machining, glass fiber, ANOVA

References:
1. Cherniaev and I. Telichev, “Weight-Efficiency of Conventional Shielding Systems in Protecting Unmanned Spacecraft from
Orbital Debris,” J. Spacecr. Rockets, no. September 2016, pp. 1–15, 2016.
223. 2. V. Birman and G. A. Kardomateas, “Review of current trends in research and applications of sandwich structures,” Compos. Part
B Eng., vol. 142, no. January, pp. 221–240, 2018.
3. M. Haddad, R. Zitoune, F. Eyma, and B. Castanié, “Influence of Machining Process and Machining Induced Surface Roughness 1098-
on Mechanical Properties of Continuous Fiber Composites,” Exp. Mech., vol. 55, no.
1101
3, pp. 519–528, 2015.
4. I. W. Mm, A. Azmi, C. Lee, and A. Mansor, “Kerf taper and delamination damage minimization of FRP hybrid composites
under abrasive water-jet machining,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., vol. 94, no. 5–8, pp. 1727–1744,
2018.
5. Mustafa Armağan, “Cutting Performance of Glass-Vinyl Ester Composite by Abrasive Water Jet,” J. Mater. Manuf. Process.,
vol. 32, no. 15, pp. 1715–1722, 2016.
6. A. Dhanawade and S. Kumar, “Experimental study of delamination and kerf geometry of carbon epoxy composite machined by
abrasive water jet,” J. Compos. Mater., vol. 51, no. 24, pp. 3373–3390, 2017.
7. R. Selvam, L. Karunamoorthy, and N. Arunkumar, “Investigation on performance of abrasive water jet in machining hybrid
composites,” Mater. Manuf. Process., vol. 32, no. 6, pp. 700–706, 2017.
8. Jagadish, S. Bhowmik, and A. Ray, “Prediction and
optimization of process parameters of green composites
in AWJJ\1 process using response surface methodology," Int. J Adv. Manuf Techno!., val. 87, no. 5-8, pp. 1359-
1370, 2016.
9. M. A Azmir, A K. Ahsan, and A Rahmah, "Effect of abrasive water jet machining parameters on ararnid fibre reinforced
plastics composite," Int. J Mater. Form., vaL 2, no. I, pp. 37-44, 2009
Authors: Gokul A K, Gokula Krishnan S, Adam Khan M, Anushraj B, Winowlin Jappes J T
Paper Title: Behavior of SS-316 in Engine Oil Simulated Environment

Abstract: Oil pumps are facing aggressive environment during operation. The halides in the environment
are ingested with the oil during operation. At this condition, the oil is heated up to 80°C and making the
224.
component to prove under corrosion. To simulate this issue, components from oil pump made of (SS 316 L)
austenitic stainless steel. Engine oil before and after usage is considered as an electrolyte-to study the corrosion 1102-
using cyclic Volta-metric potentiostat, corrosion studies are performed with pure and filtered oil. After corrosion 1106
studies, samples are analyzed from SEM for surface damage.
Keyword: corrosion, oil, steel, polarization, electrochemical
References:
1. T. Bell, Surface engineering of austenitic stainless steel.
2. N. Dhar, S. Paul, A. Chattopadhyay, The influence of cryogenic cooling on tool wear, dimensional accuracy and surface finish
in turning AISI 1040 and E4340C steels, Wear 249 (2001) 932–942.
3. S.K. Bhambri, Journal of Material Science 21 (1986) 1741–1746.
4. N. Suresh Kumar Reddy, P. Venkateswara Rao, Experimental investigation to study the effect of solid lubricants on cutting
forces and surface quality in end milling, Int. J. Machine Tools Manuf. 46 (2006) 189–198.
5. P. Vamsi Krishna, D. Nageswara Rao, Performance evaluation of solid lubricants in terms of machining parameters in turning,
Int. J. Machine Tools Manuf. 48 (2008) 1131–1137.
6. V.Vasu, G.P.K.Reddy, Effect of minimum quantity lubrication with Al2O3 nanoparticles on surface roughness, tool wear and
temperature dissipation in machining Inconel 600 alloy, Proc. Instit. Mech. Eng., Part N 225 (2011) 3–16
7. R.S. Gunerkar, P. Kuppan, Experimental Investigation of Vegetable Oil Based Cutting Fluid During Turning of SS316L, Int. J.
Mech. Eng. Robotics (IJMER) 1 (2013) 46–52.
8. R Penchaliah, T J Harvey, R J K Wood, K Nelson, and H E G Powrie, The effects of diesel contaminants on tribological
performance on sliding steel on steel contacts.
9. K. D. Efird, R. J. Jasinski, Effect of the Crude Oil on Corrosion of Steel in Crude Oil/Brine Production.
Authors: Anil Kumar P. G., P. Aruna Jeyanthy, D. Devaraj
Paper Title: Energy Management Micro Grid using Hybrid De Algorithm with Genetic Algorithm
Abstract: this paper evaluates hybrid differential evolution algorithm and genetic algorithm of LAMG is
used to solving the medium scale mixed integer programming problems. Hybrid GA and DE algorithm is
implemented in Local place Micro grids. LPMG and the required need of power and choose more power
plants with power production with the help of Genetic algorithm. Genetic algorithm can be introduced with local
place micro grid and select any one of the power plant. In this DEA implemented the local place MG, then
survey period is one day. Last calculation shows which time or hour produce more power and sold out power
in nearest city area electricity board. DE algorithm determine the one day power survey and Genetic algorithm
choose more hour and select any one of the hour for better power production. The hybrid DEA and GA is to
maintain choosing and selecting of better power production. So our project aim is choose more hour and select
any one of the hour for better power production. This hybrid is use DE and GA is to maintain the real and
reactive power of any power plant this paper evaluates hybrid differential evolution algorithm and genetic
algorithm of LAMG is used to solving the medium scale mixed integer programming problems. Hybrid GA and
DE algorithm is implemented in Local place Micro grids. LPMG and the required need of power and choose
more power plants with power production with the help of Genetic algorithm. Genetic algorithm can be
introduced with local place micro grid and select any one of the power plant. In this DEA implemented the
local place MG, then survey period is one day. Last calculation shows which time or hour produce more power
and sold out power in nearest city area electricity board. DE algorithm determine the one day power survey and
Genetic algorithm choose more hour and select any one of the hour for better power production. The hybrid
DEA and GA is to maintain choosing and selecting of better power production. So our project aim is choose
more hour and select any one of the hour for better power production. This hybrid is use DE and GA is to
maintain the real and reactive power of any power plant
225.
Keyword: Local place micro grid (LPMG), Local place energy resources (LPERs), Differential evolution 1107-
algorithm (DEA), Genetic algorithm (GA) and Electricity (EB).
1111
References:
1. Man, K.F, Tang, K.S &Kwong. S “Genetic algorithm concepts and applications, IEEE Tranactions on industrial Electronics,
43(5),519-534,doi 10.1109/41538609.
2. IEEE Colloquium on “Genetic . Algorithm for control Systems Engineering 9Digest No 1993/130)
3. E.G.Talbi. T Munten IEEE colloquium on “Genetic Algorithm for control systems Engineering”1993.
4. A. Hernandez- Aramburo, T. C. Green, and N. Mugniot, “Fuel consumption minimization of a microgrid,” IEEETrans. Ind.
Appl., vol. 41, no. 3, pp. 673–681, May/Jun.2005
5. N. Ming, H. Wei, G. Jiahuan, and S. Ling, “Research on economic operation of grid-connected microgrid,” PowerSyst. Technol.,
vol. 34, no. 11, pp. 38–42, 2010
6. Jiang Xinzi; Tang Kezong 2007 chinese Chinese control Conferance on 2006 on “Hybrid Algorithm combing Ant
ColongOptization Algorithm with Ceneti Algorithm”.
7. Alessandra Parisio, EvangelosRikos, Luigi Glielmo,”
Stochastic model predictive control for economic / environmental operation management of micro grids. An experimental case
study”13 may 2016.
8. P.Kaelo and M.M.Ali, “A numerical study of some modified differential algorithms” Eur. J.Oper, Ees,vol,169,pp 1176-
1184,20006.
9. Levron, Yoash, Guerrero, Joseph M Beck, Yuval,
“Optimal power flow in micro grids with Energy storage”.
10. D.E.Golberg. and Richardson “Genetic algorithm with shairing for multimodel function optimization “ in proc
11. 2 ndconference , Genetic algorithms , Genetic Algorithm and Their Applications Camgbridge MA 1987.
S.KannanS.M.R.Silochannel and N.P. Padhy ,:Applications and comparision of methaheuristic techniques to generation
expansion planning problem ,”IEEE Trans Power Syst, vol20,no 2,pp,668-74, May 2005.
12. X.D. Li,”Efficient differential evolution using speciation for multimodel function optimization” in Genetic And evolutionary
Computation Conf- , ,GECCO 05. Washinton , DC, 2005.
13. IEEE transations on neural network and learning systems, Ganesh kumar, Ratnesh k Sharma, prajwal and AfshinAhmadi
“DynamicEnergy Management System for a smart micro grid
14. Miranda and N.Fonseca “EPSO—evolutionry optimization particle swaem optimization, a new algorithm with applications in
power systems” in proc IEEE Power EngSoc Summer meeting, Chicago, 2012.
15. L.J.Fogel , A.J. Owens, and M.J.Walsh, “Artifigual Intelligence Through Simulated evoulation,” New York:Willey 1996.
Authors: Vijayakumar K., Santhosh Ram G. P., Abubakkar siddhik M., Parameswari A. M.
Paper Title: Design and Fabrication of Low Cost Automatic Cleaning Module for Solar PV Systems
Abstract: The Solar PV modules are usually engaged in dusty environments which are the condition in many
tropical countries like India. The dirt gets hoarded on the superficial of the PV module and chunks the photons
from the sun. It decreases the generation ability of the PV module. The power output decreases the efficiency, if
the PV module is not cleaned for a long time. In order to habitually clean the dust, an automatic cleaning system
has been proposed, which senses the light energy from the sun on the solar panel and also cleans the PV module
automatically. This system is realized with PIC16F877A microcontroller which controls the geared servo motor.
This system consists of a sensor (LDR) to make it dusk to dawn. While for cleaning the PV modules, a
mechanism consists of a sliding wipers has been developed. In earlier machinery, cleaning of PV panels was
done manually. But here the PV panels has been cleaned by automatic system i.e. wiping mechanism with water
flow for effective cleaning.
226.
1112-
Keyword: automatic cleaning, DC wiper motor, low cost, Solar panel cleaning, Solar PV panel.
1114
References:
1. “Microcontroller Based Automatic Cleaning of Solar Panel”, by S. B. Halbhavi, S. G. Kulkarni, in International Journal of Latest
Trends in Engineering and Technology (IJLTET).
2. “Automatic Self Cleaning Solar Panel”, International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET) e-ISSN: 2395 -
0056, Volume: 04 Issue: 05 | May -2017 p-ISSN: 2395-0072.
3. “Design an Automated Cleaning System to Improve Efficiency of Photovoltaic Cells”, by Shishir Kumar Das, Ankit Srivasan, and
Lucky Shrivastav, SSIPMT, Raipur, Chhattisgarh, India, ISSN: 2250-0138.
4. J. B. Jawale; V. K. Karra; B. P. Patil et al, “Solar panel cleaning bot for enhancement of efficiency — an innovative approach”,
IEEE 3rd International Conference on Devices, Circuits and Systems (ICDCS), 3-5 March 2016.
5. Alireza Gheitasi; Ali Almaliky et al, “Development of an automatic cleaning system for photovoltaic plants”, IEEE PES Asia -
Pacific Power and Energy Engineering Conference (APPEEC), 15-18 Nov. 2015.
6. Dabhi Chirag et al, “Design and Development of Solar Panel Cleaning Machine”, International Journal of Advance Engineering
and Research Development, e-ISSN-2348-4470, P-ISSN-2348-6406, April-2017.
Authors: Nijitha Thomas K., Aswathy Wilson

Automating the Drug Dosage of Tacrolimus for Liver, Renal Transplant Patients using Neural
Paper Title:
Network
Abstract: Nowadays in medical field the major concern lies in the field of liver, renal diseases. Liver is the
largest organ in the body and it is the factory which processes all the foods we taken. We should keep liver in
perfect condition. But today there were lot of Liver, renal damages occurred commonly. where sluggish
lifestyle of humans and escalated alcohol abuse has become dangerously common, liver ,kidney health have
regained focus. This can cause liver cirrhosis and liver dysfunction. The main solution for this is transplantation
surgeries. In most of the cases, transplantation surgeries are successful. But after few days normal patients
become die. its a very common news. This is because of the lack of ideal drug dosage prediction. Today all of
the medical practitioners calculate manually using some patients responses towards the drug. So it is not a
systematic approach. Only purely mathematical approach is available for calculating drug dosage.
To achieve an optimal drug dosage calculation, proposed model will automate this system based on some
patients response data like cell viability, drug trough level, Creatine Test result, biopsy result, MELD score etc
using some artificial intelligence techniques like neural networks. The human and monetary of both optimal and
Sub- optimal drug dosage may be deduced from the action of various optimized neural networks. Neural
networks provide sceptical help to doctors. Currently there is no system will automize this dosage calculation.
This calculation based on patients responses after transplantation surgery. Normally start with zero level dosage
227. of medicines. After few days the ideal drug usage calculations occurred based on some observing patients
different levels of data. Automate this system will help to doctors to calculate automatically the optimal usage of 1115-
drugs makes precise calculations in the patients health. 1119
Keyword: Artificial Intelligence, Artificial Neural Network, MELD score, Tacrolimus

References:
1. http://www.chp.edu/our- services/transplant/liver/liver-transplant- necessary/liver-diseases-
2. [2] https://transplant.surgery.ucsf.edu/conditions-- procedures/chronic-kidney-disease.aspx
3. Ali Zarrinpar, Dong-Keun Lee, Aleidy Silva, Nakul Datta, Theodore Kee, Calvin Eriksen, “Individualizing liver transplant.
4. Kalluri Thishya, Kiran Kumar Vattam, Shaik MohammadvNaushad, Shree Bhushan Raju, Vijay Kumar Kutala,v“Artificial
neural network model for predicting thevbioavailability of tacrolimus in patients with renal transplantation“PLoS ONE
13(4): e0191921.
5. Sharon S. Tang, Cornelius Diamond and Scott Arouh,, “NEURAL NETWORK DRUG DOSAGE ESTMATION”, M. U.S.
Patent US 6,658,396 B1, dec2, 2013.
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Artificial_neural_ne twork
7. https://www.neuraldesigner.com/blog/5_algorithms_to_trai n_a_neural_network
8. [12] Hua Xu1, PhD, Son Doan1, PhD, Kelly A. Birdwell2, MD, James D. Cowan5, Andrew J. Vincz2, David W. Haas2,3,
MD, Melissa A. Basford4,” An Automated Approach to Calculating the Daily Dose of Tacrolimus in Electronic Health
Records”
9. Kristína Machová, František Barčák, Peter Bednár,” A Bagging Method using Decision Trees in the Role of Base
Classifiers”, Acta Polytechnica Hungarica, Vol. 3, No. 2, 2006.
Authors: Sherin Mariam John, K. Kartheeban
Paper Title: Sentiment Scoring and Performance Metrics Examination of Various Supervised Classifiers
Abstract: Sentiment Analysis probes public opinion on user generated content on Web like blogs, social
media or e-commerce websites. The results of Sentiment Analysis are getting much attention with marketers that
they are able to evaluate the success of an advertising campaign or the attitude of people on a new product
launch. Business owners and advertising companies are using Sentiment Analysis to start new business
strategies and to identify opportunities for new product development. In this paper, with R programming, the
tweets from Twitter about Samsung Galaxy mobile phone and Apple Iphone were retrieved from three countries
namely USA, UK and India for creating the dataset. The collected tweets were classified into positive, negative
and neutral sentiments. The machine learning classifier algorithms like Naïve Bayes, Support Vector Machine,
Random Forest, Decision Tree, Artificial Neural Network, XGBoost with K Fold cross validation were applied
on the dataset and the results were tabulated for comparing and estimating which classifier algorithm yields the
best accuracy. Other performance metric values like F Score, Precision, Recall were also calculated for
comparison of various classifier performances on Sentiment Analysis. It was found that XGBoost method
combined with K Fold cross validation has produced the best accuracy in prediction. We have also applied
SentiStrength algorithm to find out the intensity or the strength of positive and negative comments from each
sentence. With the help of the results in hand, we were able to predict the brand of mobile phone that was
preferred in each country.
Keyword: Sentiment Analysis, Machine learning, Text Mining and Analytics, Web Data Mining, Predictive
Analytics
References:
1. Zhe Zhao Tao Liu, Guiding the Training of Distributed Text Representation with Supervised Weighting Scheme for
Sentiment Analysis,Data Science and Engineering, Volume 2, Issue 2, pp 178–186, 2017
2. Feng, S., Song, K., Wang, D, A word-emoticon mutual reinforcement ranking model for building sentiment lexicon from
massive collection of microblogs, World Wide Web, Volume 18, Issue 4, pp 949–967, 2015.
3. Braja Gopal Patra, A Multilevel Approach to Sentiment Analysis of Figurative Language in Twitter, Springer International
Publishing AG, LNCS, Volume 9624, pp. 281–291, 2018.
4. Ashish Kumar Rathore, Santanu Das, Vigneswara Ilavarasan, Social Media Data Inputs in Product Design: Case of a
Smartphone, Global
Journal of Flexible Systems Management, Volume 19, Issue 3, pp 255– 272, 2018
5. Mondher Bouazizi, Tomoaki Ohtsuki, A Pattern-Based Approach for Multi-Class Sentiment Analysis in Twitter, IEEE
228. Access, Volume 5,pp 20617 – 20639, 2017
6. Kuo, YH., Fu, MH., Tsai, WH., Integrated microblog sentiment analysis from users’ social interaction patterns and textual 1120-
opinions, Applied Intelligence, Springer, Volume 44, Issue 2, pp 399–413, 2016
7. Liu, H., Cocea, M. & Ding, W., Multi-task learning for intelligent data processing in granular computing context, Granular 1126
Computing, Springer, Volume 3, Issue 3, pp 257–273, 2018.
8. Lin Yue ,Weitong Chen, A survey of sentiment analysis in social media, Knowledge and Information Systems, Springer, pp
1–47, 2018
9. Mike Thelwall, The Heart and Soul of the Web? Sentiment Strength
10. Detection in the Social Web with SentiStrength, Cyberemotions, Springer, pp 119-134, 2017
11. Andrius Mudinas, Dell Zhang, Mark Levene, Combining Lexicon and Learning based Approaches for Concept-Level
Sentiment Analysis, ACM Digital Library,2012
12. Pranali Borele, Dilipkumar A. Borikar, An Approach to Sentiment Analysis using Artificial Neural Network with
Comparative Analysis of Different Techniques, IOSR Journal of Computer Engineering, Volume 18, Issue 2, pp 64-69, 2016
13. Hassan Saif, Yulan He, Contextual Semantics for Sentiment Analysis of Twitter, Information Processing and Management,
Volume 52, Issue 1, pp 5-19, 2016
14. G. Vaitheeswaran, L. Arockiam, A Novel Lexicon Based Approach to Enhance the Accuracy of Sentiment Analysis on Big
Data, International Journal of Emerging Research in Management &Technology, Volume 5, Issue 1, 2016
15. Nirmala, C. Christy, M.A. Maria Parimala, An Enhanced Sentence Level Sentiment Classification Opinion Mining System
With Pos Tagging, International Journal of Emerging Technology in Computer Science & Electronics, Vol 19, Issue 2, 2016
16. N.Srinivasa Gupta, B. Valarmathi, Opinion Mining Using An Intuitive Scoring Approach, International Journal of Pharmacy
& Technology, Vol. 8, Issue 4, pp. 21527-21546, 2016
17. R.Nithyaa,, Dr.D.Maheswari, A Contrast Between Systematic and Automated Sentiment Analysis, I.J. Education and
Management Engineering,Vol 2, pp. 20-29, 2015
18. Fang and Zhan, Sentiment Analysis Using Product Review Data, Journal of Big Data, Vol 2, Issue 5, 2015
19. A Kowcika, Aditi Gupta, Sentiment Analysis for Social Media, International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer
Science and Software Engineering, Vol. 3, Issue 7, 2013
Thelwall, M., Buckley, K., Paltoglou, G., Cai, D., & Kappas, A., Sentiment strength detection in short informal text, Journal
of the American Society for Information Science and Technology, 61(12), pp. 2544–2558, 2010
20. Lu Y., Kong X., Quan X., Liu W., Xu Y. Exploring the Sentiment Strength of User Reviews, Web-Age Information
Management, Vol 6184, pp 471-482 , 2010
21. Bing Liu, Sentiment Analysis and Opinion Mining, Morgan & Claypool Publishers, May 2012
22. Bing Liu, Web Data Mining, Springer Publications, 2008
23. Muhammad Zubair Asghar, T‐ SAF: Twitter sentiment analysis framework using a hybrid classification scheme, WILEY,
2017
24. Jaspreet Singh, Optimization of sentiment analysis using machine learning classifiers, Human Centric Computing and
Information Sciences, Springer, 2017
25. Lulu Wang., Weighted Ensemble Classification of Multi-label Data Streams, Springer,2017
26. Wu He, Zuopeng Zhang & Vasudeva Akula, Comparing consumer-produced product reviews across multiple websites with
sentiment classification, Journal of Organizational Computing and Electronic Commerce, 2018
27. Cuiqing Jiang, Capturing helpful reviews from social media for product quality improvement: a multi-class classification
approach, International Journal of Production Research, 2017
229. Authors: M. Suba, S. B. Inayath Ahamed

Overview-Ecological Management Connecting Green Knowledge Management and Organizational
Paper Title:
Performance
Abstract: The ecological human capital management is almost focusing on the human administrative
practices of the organization. But the ecological personal administrative practices are not only created for the
human resource practices it's also encompass a second elements that is preservation of knowledge capital. Lot of
researcher has studied on the green human force management with the base of human force management
practices. This article like to examine the concept of knowledge sharing management and how its impact on
firm's performance.
Keyword: Ecological manual force, comprehensive management, environment management.

References:
1. Ansari Ch F, Holland A, and Fathi M (2010) Advanced Knowledge Management Concept for Sustainable Environmental
Integration. IEEE 9th International Conference on Cybernetic Intelligent Systems (CIS), 1-2September, 1-7.
2. Asoh, D. A., Belardo, S., and Duchessi, P. (2003) Alignment: The Missing Link in Knowledge Managemen t Research,
Proceedings of the 4th European Conference on Knowledge Management, Oriel College, Oxford University, UK, pp. 39-48.
3. Barnes, F.C. (1998) ISO 9000 Myth and reality, a reasonable approach to ISO 9000, SAM Advanced Management Journal,
63, 2, pp. 23-30.
4. Bebbington, J. (2001). Sustainable Development: A Review of the International Development, Business and Accounting
Literature. Accounting Forum, 25, 128–157.
5. Bohdanowicz, P., Zientara, P., & Novotna, E. (2011). International Hotel Chains and Environmental Protection: An
Analysis of Hilton’s we Care! Programme (Europe, 2006 2008).Journal of Sustainable Tourism, 19, 797–816. Doi:
10.1080/09669582.2010.549566.
6. Bounfour, A. (2003) The Management of Intangibles: The Organization´s Most Valuable Assets. Routledge, London, New
York.
7. C. M. Lau, and H. Y. Ngo, The HR system, organizational culture, and product innovation. International Business Review.
J., vol. 13, no.6, pp. 685–703, Dec. 2004.
8. Cherian, J., & Jacob, J. (2012). A Study of Green HR Practices and Its Effective Implementation in the Organization: A
Review. International Journal of Business and Management, 7, 25–33.
9. Choi, B., Lee, H. (2002) Knowledge management strategy and its link to knowledge creation process, Expert Systems with
Applications, 23(3), 173-187.
10. Collins, C. J., & Clark, K. D. (2003). Strategic human resource practices, top management team social networks, and firm
performance: The role of human resource in creating organizational competitive advantage. Academy of Management
Journal, 46 (6), 740-51.
11. Daily, B., & Huang, S. (2001). Achieving Sustainability through Attention to Human Resource Factors in
Environmental Management International. Journal of Operations & Production Management, 21(12), 1539-1552. Doi:
10.1108/01443570110410892
12. Dallas, N. (2008). Green business basics: 24 lessons for meeting the challenges of global
13. Dutta, S. (2012). Greening People: A Strategic Dimension. ZENITH: International Journal of Business Economics &
Management Research, 2, 143–148.
14. Fayyazia, M., Shahbazmoradib, S., Afsharc, Z., & Shahbazmoradic, MR. (2015). Investigating the Barriers of the 1127-
Green Human Resource Management Implementation in Oil Industry, Management Science Letters, 5, 101–108.
15. G. W. Bohlander, and S. A. Snell, Managing Human Resources (13thed.), Boston, Massachusetts, United States: South-
1133
Western College Pub., 2003.
16. Haden, S. S. P., Oyler, J. D., & Humphrey, J. H. (2009). Historical, Practical, And Theoretical Perspectives On Green
Management. An Exploratory Analysis Management Decision, 47(7), 1041-1055. Doi: 10.1108/00251740910978287
17. Hansen, M.T., Nohria, N. And Tierney, T. (1999) What's Your Strategy for Managing Knowledge?, Harvard Business
Review, 77(2), (March–April 1999), 106-116.
18. Kumar, J.A., Ganesh, L.S. (2011) Balancing knowledge strategy: codification and personalization during product
development, Journal of Knowledge Management, 15(1), 118-135.
19. Liu, H. Chai K.H., and Nebus, J.F., (2013) Balancing codification and personalization for knowledge reuse: a Markov
decision process approach, Journal of Knowledge Management, 17(5), 755-772.
20. Mcdonagh, P., & Prothero, A. (1997). Green Management: A Reader. London: Dryden Press.
21. Murari, K., & Bhandari, M. (2011). Green HR: Going Green with Pride. Journal of Social Welfare and Management, 3,
107–110.
22. Muster and Schrader Green Work-Life Balance: A New Perspective for Green HRM German Journal of Research in Human
Resource Management, DOI 10.1688/1862 0000_ZfP_2011_02_Muster 141
23. Opatha, H.H.D.N.P., & Arunrajah, A. Anton, & Nawaratne,
N.N.J. (2015), Green Human Resource Management Practices: A Review, Sri Lankan Journal of Human Resource
Management, 5(1), 1-16.
24. Owen, D. (1992). Green Reporting: Accountancy and the Challenge of the Nineties. London: Chapman Hall, 3-33.
25. PRME. (2010). The 6 Principles for Responsible Management Education. Accessed online at
http://www.unprme.org/the-6-principles/index.php.
26. R. M. Hodgetts, and K. W. Hegar, Modern Human Relations at Work
27. (10th ed.), Mason, U.S.A.: Thomson Higher Education, 2004.
Robinson, F. (2008). Going green: what does it really mean? [Online] Available at: http://
ezinearticles.com/?Going-green!-What-does-it-really-mean?&kd=22679 26.
28. S. Ahmad, and R.G. Schroeder, “The impact of human resource management practices on operational performance:
recognizing country and industry differences,” Journal of Operations Management, vol. 21, pp. 19–43, 2003.
29. S. Sudin, “Strategic Green HRM: A proposed model that supports Corporate Environmental Citizenship (Published
Conference Proceedings style), The International Conference on Sociality and Economics Development, Singapore: IACSIT
Press, 2011, pp. 79–83.
30. Sabherwal, R., Chan, Y. E. (2001). Alignment between business and is strategies: a study of prospectors, analyzers, and
defenders, Information Systems Research, 12(1), 11-33.
31. Shackelford, A., Sun, P. (2009) Knowledge management strategy employed in a sme: the case of a building materials
supplier, Journal of Knowledge Management Practice, 10(4), December 2009.
32. Sudin, S. (2011) ‘Strategic green HRM: a proposed model that supports corporate environmental citizenship’, Pape r
presented at the International Conference on Sociality and Economics Development, Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia, 4–5 June, IPEDR, IACSIT Press, Singapore, Vol. 10
33. Sudin, S. (2011). Fairness of satisfaction with Performance Appraisal Process. Journal of Global Management,2(1), 67-73.
Warming. New York: mcgrow-Hill.
34. Wehrmeyer, W., & Parker, K (1996). Identification and Relevance of Environmental Corporate Cultures as Part of a
Coherent Environmental Policy. In W. Wehrmeyer (ed.), Greening People (pp. 163-184).Sheffield, England: Greenleaf
Publishing.
35. Wright, P. M., Dunford, B. B. & Snell, S. A. (2007): Human resources and the resource based view of the firm. In: Schuler,
R. S. & Jackson, S. E. (ed.): Strategic Human Resource Management. 2nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
36. Wright, P.M., Dunford, B.B., & Snell, S.A., 2001, Human resource and the resource based view of the firm. Journal of
Management,27, 701-721.
37. Zack, M. H. (1999). Developing a knowledge strategy. California Management Review, 41(3), 125–145.
Authors: Jaison Mathew Zacharia, Hari Krishna Shaji, Jerald James, Sree Ram H.
Paper Title: Analysis and Optimisation of Disc BrakeSystem for Two-Wheeler Applications
Abstract: Braking system is used for restraining the motion by absorbing energy from a moving body. The
conventional braking system works on the principle of friction. Among the different types of brakes, disc brakeis
one of the most widely used braking systems. Estimation of efficiency of this class of brakes without
manufacturing of prototype is very difficult. This paper focuses on analysis and optimization of disc brake using
ANSYS software. The base modelling of the disc brake system will be carried out using SOLIDWORKS and the
model will be imported to ANSYS. The analysis is aiming at optimizing the deformation and stress
conditions. The final design is aiming at controlling the deformation and stresses of the disc by providing the
best material to be used for the certain design. The basic brake system used for the analysis was Bajaj Pulsar 150
motor cycles.
Keyword: Disc Brake, ANSYS, Modeling, Caliper, Friction.

References:
1. Thilak, V. M. M., Krishnaraj, R., Sakthivel, M.,
Kanthavel, K., G, D. M. M., & Palani, R. (2011). researchpape
Thermal-and-Structural-Analysis-of-the-Rotor-Disc-of-Disc-Brake.p
df, 2(8), 2–5.
2. Stimson, I. L., & Fisher, R. (1980). Design and engineering of carbon
230. brakes. Phil. Trans. i?. Soc. Lond. A, 294, 583–590.
3. Mackin, T. J., Noe, S. C., Ball, K. J., Bedell, B. C., Bim-Merle, D. P.,
Bingaman, M. C., … 1134-
Zimmerman, R. S. (2002). Thermal cracking in disc
brakes.Engineering Failure Analysis, 9(1), 63–76.
1137
4. Lee, K., & Dinwiddie, R. B. (1998). Conditions of frictional contact in
disk brakes and their effects on Brake Judder. SAE Technical Papers.
5. Jacobsson, H. (2003). Aspects of disc brake judder. Proceedings of the
Institution ofMechanicalEngineers, Part D: Journal of Automobile
Engineering, 217(6), 419–430.
6. Hegadekatte, V., Huber, N., & Kraft, O. (2005). Finite element based
simulation of dry sliding wear. Modelling and Simulation in Materials
Science and Engineering, 13(1), 57–75.
7. Eriksson, M., & Jacobson, S. (2001). Friction behaviour and squeal
generation of disc brakes at low speeds. Proceedings of the Institution
of Mechanical Engineers, Part D: Journal of Automobile Engineering,
215(12), 1245–1256
8. Me, L. De. (2015). Two- / three-dimensional hybrid model of the
thermomechanical behaviour of disc brakes, 218, 17–30.
9. Day, A. J., Tirovic, M., & Newcomb, T. P. (1991). Thermal effects and
pressure distributions in brakes. Proceedings of the Institution of
Mechanical Engineers, Part D: Journal of Automobile Engineering,
205(3), 199–206.
10. Day, A. J., & Newcomb, T. P. (1984). The Dissipation of Frictional
Energy from the Interface of an Annular Disc Brake. Proceedings of
the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, PartJournal of Automobile
Engineering, 19

Souvenir Volume-9 Issue-2S2 December 2019 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Souvenir Volume-9 Issue-2S2 December 2019 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

International Journal of Innovative

Technology and Exploring Engineering

ISSN : 2278 - 3075

Associated Editor-In-Chief Chair

Dr. Vinod Kumar Singh

Dr. Rachana Dubey

Associated Editor-In-Chief Members

Dr. Gamal Abd El-Nasser Ahmed Mohamed Said

Dr. Mayank Singh

Dr. Moinuddin Sarker

Prof. (Dr.) Nishakant Ojha

Dr. Shanmugha Priya. Pon

Dr. Veronica Mc Gowan

Dr. Fadiya Samson Oluwaseun

Dr. Robert Brian Smith

Dr. Durgesh Mishra

Special Issue Section Editor

Dr. Mahdi Esmaeilzadeh

Executive Editor Chair

Executive Editor Members

Dr. Saber Mohamed Abd-Allah

Dr. Xiaoguang Yue

Dr. Labib Francis Gergis Rofaiel

Dr. Hugo A.F.A. Santos

Dr. Sunandan Bhunia

Dr. Awatif Mohammed Ali Elsiddieg

Technical Program Committee Chair

Technical Program Committee Members

Dr. Hasan. A. M Al Dabbas

Dr. Gabil Adilov

Dr. Thanhtrung Dang

Dr. Wilson Udo Udofia

Dr. Manavalan Ilakkuvan

Dr. H. Ravi Kumar

Dr. Pratik Gite

Dr. S. Brilly Sangeetha

Dr. Liladhar R. Rewatkar

Dr. Raja Praveen.N

Dr. Issa Atoum

Dr. Sudhan M.B

Dr. Mohan P. Thakre

Dr. Umar Lawal Aliyu

Authors: Ramesh Babu Chokkalingam, Lavanya B

Keyword: Pervious concrete, compressive strength, void content

Authors: C. Sivapragasam, A. Kowsiga, G. Lidwin Joan Jeraldine

Keyword: Loss coefficient, Minor loss, Reynold’s number, Venturimeter. 4-7

Authors: C. Sivapragasam, K. Selva Rani, S.Vanitha, A.Kowsiga, G.Lidwin Joan Jeraldine

Paper Title: Effect of Different Combinations of Panchagavya on Plant Yield

Keyword: organic fertilizer, panchagavya, tender coconut water, vigour index,

Authors: S.Vanitha, C.Sivapragasam, K.Rohini, A.Malathy

Keyword: phosphate removal, genetic programming, weather parameters, mathematical modeling

Authors: S.Vanitha, C.Sivapragasam

Keyword: domestic sewage, Aquatic plants, biogas, spinach plant.

Authors: T.R. Neelakantan

Paper Title: User-friendly Method and Skew Removal in NIRF

Authors: T.R. Neelakantan, T. Rajeshwaran and G. N. Renganathan

Paper Title: Hydraulic Advantage of Piano-key Weir Over Ogee Weir

Keyword: hydraulic performance, labyrinth, piano-key, weir

Authors: T.R. Neelakantan, D. Vijay, R. Sasikrishna, R. Ashokkumar

8. Paper Title: Performance Advantages of Labyrinth Weir

Keyword: coefficient of discharge, hydraulic performance, labyrinth weir, ogee weir

Authors: Shaji M Jamal, Femi K M et al, T.R Neelakantan

Keyword: Dissolved iron, Drinking water, Iron remover